Image Runner Advance c5051 Series SM Rev0 092409

September 24, 2009
Revision 0
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051/C5045/C5035/C5030 Series

Service Manual
Product Outline
Function
Periodic Servicing
Parts Replacing and Cleaning
Adjustments
Troubleshooting
Error Code
Service Mode
Installation Appendix
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0-2
Application
This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory, The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the inconsistent with local law.
products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that does not
apply to your locality. Trademarks
The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks
Corrections of the individual companies.
This manual may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements
or changes in products. When changes occur in applicable products or in the contents of this Copyright
manual, Canon will release technical information as the need arises. In the event of major This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may
changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will issue a new not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or in part, without the
edition of this manual. written consent of Canon Inc.
(C) CANON INC. 2009
Caution
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential
information.
0-2
0-3
Explanation of Symbols The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:
The following symbols are used throughout this Service Manual.
1. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the
Symbols Explanation Symbols Explanation relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with reference to the timing of
operation.
In the diagrams, represents the path of mechanical drive; where a signal name
Check. Remove the claw.
accompanies the symbol, the arrow indicates the direction of the electric
F-0-1
signal.
F-0-2
The expression "turn on the power" means flipping on the power switch, closing the
Check visually. Insert the claw.
front door, and closing the delivery unit door, which results in supplying the machine with
power.
F-0-3 F-0-4
Check the noise. Use the bundled part. 2. In the digital circuits, '1' is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is
"High", while '0' is used to indicate "Low". (The voltage value, however, differs from
F-0-5 F-0-6 circuit to circuit.) In addition, the asterisk (*) as in "DRMD*" indicates that the DRMD
Disconnect the connector. Push the part. signal goes on when '0'.
In practically all cases, the internal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked
F-0-7 F-0-8 in the field. Therefore, the operations of the microprocessors used in the machines
Connect the connector. Plug the power cable. are not discussed: they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DC
controller PCB and from the output of the DC controller PCB to the loads.
F-0-9 F-0-10
Remove the cable/wire
The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for product
from the cable guide or wire Turn on the power.
saddle. improvement or other purposes, and major changes will be communicated in the form of
Service Information bulletins.
F-0-11 F-0-12
Set the cable/wire to the All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Service
cable guide or wire saddle. Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify and isolate faults
in the machine.
F-0-13
Remove the screw.
F-0-14
Tighten the screw.
F-0-15
0-3
Safety Precautions
■ CDRH Act
■ Laser Safety
■ Handling of Laser System
■ Turn power switch ON
■ Safety of Toner
■ Notes When Handling a imageRUNNER ADVANCE
Lithium Battery C5051/5045/5035/5030
■ Notes Before Servicing Series
0
0-2
CDRH Act Handling of Laser System

The Center for Devices and Radiological Health of the US Food and Drum Administration put When servicing the area around the laser assembly, be sure to turn off the main power.
into force regulations concerning laser products on August 2, 1976. These regulations apply The machine's covers that can reflect laser light are identified by means of a warning label
to laser products manufactured on and after August 1, 1976, and the sale of laser products (Figure). If you must detach a cover showing the label, be sure to take extra caution during
not certified under the regulations is banned within the Untied States. The label shown here the work.
indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations, and its attachment is required on all laser
products that are soled in the United States.
CANON INC.
30-2,SHIMOMARUKO,3-CHOME,OHTA-KU,TOKYO,JAPAN
MANUFACTURED:
THIS PRODUCT CONHORMS WITH DHHS RADIATION
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 21CFR CHAPTER 1
SUBCHAPTER J.
F-0-16
A different description may be used for a different product.
F-0-17
Laser Safety
Laser beam radiation may pose a danger to the human body. A laser scanner mounted on the
machine is sealed with the protection housing and external cover to prevent the laser beam
from leaking to the outside. The laser beam never leaks out of the scanner as far as users
operate the machine normally.
0-2
0
0
0-3
Turn power switch ON Safety of Toner

The machine is equipped with 2 power switches: main power switch and control panel power
switch. About Toner
The machine goes on when the main power switch is turned on (i.e., other than in low power The machine's toner is a non-toxic material made of plastic, iron, and small amounts of dye.
mode, sleep mode).
Do not throw toner into fire. It may cause explosion.
Toner on Clothing or Skin

• If your clothing or skin has come into contact with toner, wipe it off with tissue; then, wash it
off with water.
• Do not use warm water, which will cause the toner to jell and fuse permanently with the
fibers of the cloth.
• Tonner is easy to react with plastic material, avoid contact with plastic.
0-3
0
0
0-4
Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.

DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
The following warnings are given to comply with Safety Principles (EN60950).
Wenn mit dem falschen Typ ausgewechselt, besteht Explosionsgefahr.

Gebrauchte Batterien gemäß der Anleitung beseitigen.
Notes Before Servicing
At servicing, be sure to turn OFF the power source according to the specified steps and
disconnect the power plug.
0-4
0
Product Overview
1 ■ Product Lineup
■ Feature
■ Specifications
■ Name of Parts
1
1
1-2
Product Lineup imageRUNNER ADVANCE C50 51

A B
Host machine A: Product category (90: Production model, 50 : Office model)

B: Print speed (unit is ppm : print per minutes)
F-1-2
F-1-1
■ Host machine configuration

Host machine configuration
Printer only
T-1-1
■ Model type
C5051 C5045 C5035 C5030
Print Speed (BW /
51 / 51ppm 45 / 45ppm 35 / 35ppm 30 / 30ppm
Color)
Positioning High-speed / high-quality Middle-Office Cost-prioritized Standard-Office model
model Target machine :
Target machine : iRC3380 / 2880Series,
iRC5180 / 4580 / 3880Series iRC6800Series, iRC3100Series
T-1-2
1-2
1
1
1-3
Option No. Brand name Remarks and condition
1 Inner Finisher Additional Tray-A1 -
■ Pickup delivery / image reading options 2 Inner Finisher-A1 Built-in finisher
3 Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 ADF-XD (1 Path Duplex Type DADF) + Reader
【6】 4 Reader Heater Kit-G1 For USA,CCI,CLA, this is provided as a service
part.
【4】 5 Color Image Reader Unit-B1 ADF-SU (Reverse Duplex Type DADF) + Reader
【5】
6 Color Image Reader Unit-B2 Copyboard + Reader
7 Printer Cover-C1 -
8 Copy Tray-J1 -
【3】 9 Cassette Heater Unit-32 Deck Heater for Paper Deck Unit-B1.
10 Paper Deck Unit-B1 -
11 Envelope Feeder Attachment-D1 Cassette Attachment for envelope
【8】 12 FL Cassette-AG1 -
13 FL Cassette-AH1 -
14 Cassette Heater Unit-37 Cassette Heater for host machine, 2-Cassette
【9】 Pedestal-AD1
【7】
【2】 15 Cassette Feeding Unit-AD1 -
16 Buffer Pass Unit-G1 -
17 Inner 2Way Tray-F1 For host machine delivery additional tray
【1】 18 External 2 Hole Puncher-B1 External 2/3 Hole Puncher-B1(USA,CAN,CLA),
External 2/4 Hole Puncher-B1(EUR,FRA,CA),
External 4 Hole Puncher-B1(EUR)
【17】 19 Booklet Finisher-C1 Buffer Path Unit G1 is required
【10】 20 Staple Finisher-C1 Buffer Path Unit G1 is required
【11】 T-1-3
【16】
【15】
【20】【12】
【18】
【19】【14】【13】
F-1-3
1-3
1
1
1-4
■ Function expanding option No. Brand name Remarks and condition
14 Additional Memory Type B (512MB) -
【6】 15 Image Data Analyzer Board-A1 Document Scan Lock Kit-A1 is required
16 Super G3 FAX Board-AE1 -
17 Super G3 2nd Line Fax Board-AE1 1-line FAX board is required
【5】 Super G3 3rd/4th Line Fax Board-AE1
【7】 18 1-line FAX board + additional 2nd line FAX Board
【4】 is required
【2】 19 imagePASS-B1 -
【3】
【1】 20 IPSec Board-B2 PCI bus expansion kit-F1 is required
Voice 21 Wireless LAN Board-B1 -
Voice Guidance 22 Signal Interface Kit-A1 -
Operation Unit 23 Serial Interface Kit-K1 -
【8】
Unit
24 PCL Printer Kit-AE1 -
【11】【10】 Direct Print Kit (for PDF/XPS)-H1 -
Voice Barcode Printing Kit-D1 -
【24】 Encrypted Secure Print Software-D1 -
Operation
Voice
PCB IMPOSE(Ver2.7) Roman Number of license: 1, 3, 7
Guidance 【12】
PCB Universal Send Digital User Signature -
【23】【13】 Kit-C1
【22】 Universal Send Advanced Feature Set-D1 -
【14】
Universal Send Security Feature Set-D1 -
【21】
Remote Operators Software Kit-B1 -
【20】【9】 Remote Operators Software Kit-A3 -
【15】 HOTFOLDER VER.2 -
HDD Data Erase Kit-A1 -
【16】 Remote Fax Kit-A1 -
【17】 PS Printer Kit-AE1 -
【19】 Secure Watermark-A1 -
【18】
Document Scan Lock Kit-A1 -
F-1-4
ACCESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Kit-B1 -
No. Brand name Remarks and condition Web Access Software-H1 -
1 Voice Operation Kit-C1 Note T-1-4
2 Voice Guidance Kit-F1 Note
3 Removable HDD Kit-AC1 -
Note:
4 2.5inch/80GB HDD-C1 - There is a combination restriction when installing No1,2,5 to 6. (Part No5 can be
2.5inch/250GB HDD-D1 Only when Mirroring Kit is extended installed with any of those. Other than No5, only one of them can be installed.)
5 Copy Card Reader-C1 Note
Copy Card Reader Attachment-B1 Note
6 Utility Tray-A1 Note
7 Multimedia Reader/Writer-A1 USB device port-B1 is required
8 USB Device Port-B1 -
9 ColorPASS-GX300/PS-GX300 -
10 Key Switch Unit-A2 -
11 HDD Mirroring Kit-D1 -
12 HDD Data Encryption & Mirroring Kit-C1 -
13 Expansion Bus-F1 -
1-4
1
1
1-5
Feature Features at servicing

■ Improvement on upgrade operation
Product feature
It is possible to upgrade options through the host machine.
■ Product feature Same as conventional way, use SST (service support tool) to upgrade.
■ New type connector is adopted

Fixing Assembly
・Color on-demand fixing
　method is adopted.
Toner Container
・New toner is adopted. High-speed support
High image quality ITB

・Primary Transfer Roller
Y M C Bk 　detaching control is
adopted.
Developing Assembly
Low running cost
・ACR control is adopted.
・Developing Assembly/Drum
Unit are separated.
・Highly-durable drum is
adopted(BK only). Laser Scanner Unit
・Twin Laser Scanner Unit
High image quality ・Capable of 1200 dpi
Low running cost

High image quality
High-speed support
Main Controller
・Next generation controller
is adopted. To prevent the communication error due to following factors, new type connector is adopted.
High image quality

• Loose connector / disconnection due to vibration during transportation
• Imperfect connection of connector at service operation
High-speed support
F-1-5
1-5
1
1
1-6
Specification Paper size (multi-purpose tray A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, A5,A5R,12""×18""(305mm×457mm),11""×
pickup) 17"", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT, STMTR, EXEC, K8, K16, K16R,
FLS, 305×457, 320×450(SRA3), Custom size (Min 99mm x
139.7mm to Max 320 mm x 457.2mm),Postcard, Envelope (COM10,
Specification Monarch, DL, ISO-B5, ISO-C5)
Pickup capacity Cassette: 550 sheet (80g/m2), multi-purpose tray pickup: 100 sheet
Host machine installation Desktop type (80g/m2)
method Duplexing method Through path duplexing
Photosensitive medium Phi 30 OPC Memory capacity Main controller PCB: 1 GB
Exposure method Laser exposure Main controller PCB2: 1GB/1.5GB (differs depending on destination
Charging method Roller charging and model)
Developing method Dry type 2-component jumping development Note:
Transfer method Intermediate belt transfer Option (additional memory 512MB) can be extended to main
(Primary transfer: roller transfer, secondary transfer: roller transfer) controller PCB 2.
Separation method Curvature separation + static eliminator HDD capacity 80GB (Option 80GB C1/ 250GB D1)
Pickup method Separation retard Operation noise 75dB or less (during printing)
Fixing method On demand fixing (Ceramic nitride heater + Phi 30 elastic film) Ozone amount Maximum: 0.01 ppm or less
Delivery method Facedown (inner delivery) Power rating AC120V/20A (image RUNNER ADVANCE C5051/C5045 Series)
Drum cleaning method Cleaning blade AC120V/15A (image RUNNER ADVANCE C5035/C5030 Series)
Transfer cleaning method Cleaning blade AC220-240V/10A
Toner type Non-magnetic negative toner Maximum power consumption image RUNNER ADVANCE C5051/C5045 Series: 1.8kW or less
Toner supply method Toner container method image RUNNER ADVANCE C5035/C5030 Series: 1.3kW or less
Toner level detection function Yes Power consumption during 120V:1.1KW or less
Leading edge image margin 4.0+1.5/-1.0mm copy 220V-240:1.3KW or less
Left edge image margin 2.5+/-1.5mm Power consumption during 120V: 120W or less
Leading edge blank width 4.0+1.5/-1.0mm standby 220V-240: 150W or less
Left edge blank width 2.5+/-1.5mm Dimension (W x D x H) 620mm x735mmx 801mm (printer only)
Warm-up time At power-ON, 38 sec or less Grammage Approx. 133kg (printer only)
T-1-5
Image gradation 256 gradation
Print resolution 1200 x 1200dpi
Paper type (cassette) Thin paper (52 to 63g/m2), Recycled paper (64 to 81g/m2), Color
paper, Pre-Punched paper, Bond paper, Plain paper (64 to 105g/
m2), Heavy paper (106 to 209g/m2), Textured paper, Transparency
film, Tab paper, Envelope
Paper type (multi-purpose tray) Thin paper (52 to 63g/m2), Recycled paper (64 to 81g/m2), Color
paper, Pre-Punched paper, Bond paper, Plain paper (64 to 105g/
m2), Heavy paper (106 to 256g/m2), Textured paper, Tracking
paper, Coater paper,Labels paper, Washi paper,Transparency film,
Tab
Paper size (upper cassette) B4,A4,A4R,B5,B5R,A5R,LGL,LTRR,LTR,EXEC,Custom size (Min
139.7mm x 182mm to Max 304.8mm x 390mm),K8,K16,K16R
Paper size (lower cassette) A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 12"×18"(305mm×457mm), 11" x
17", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMTR, EXEC, Custom size (Min 139.7mm
x 182mm to Max 304.8mm x 457.2mm), K8, K16, K16R, Envelope
(COM10, Monarch, DL, ISO-B5, ISO-C5)
1-6
1
1
1-7
Weight / Size ImageRUNNER ADVANCE
Paper C5051 C5045
Width Depth Height WeightApprox. basis Multi- Multi-
Product name Size Mode Paper type
(mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) weight(g/ Cassette purpose Cassette purpose
iR ADVANCE C5051/C5045 620 735 806 153 m2) tray tray
iR ADVANCE C5035/C5030 620 735 806 170 Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W
Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 618 588 251 38.8 52-81 25.5 19.5 25.5 19.5
Color Image Reader Unit-B1 620 536 207 23 Plain paper
82-105 25.5 19.5 25.5 19.5
Color Image Reader Unit-B2 620 564 72 13.7 1-sided 105-163 12.5 9.8 12.5 9.8
Cassette Feeding Unit-AD1 620 700 251 27.5 Thick paper 164-209 10.0 9.8 10.0 9.8
Paper Deck Unit-B1 372 603 473 37 210-256 - 6.5 - 6.5
Envelope Feeder Attachment-D1 439 307 81 1.2 A3 / LDR
52-81 25.5 19.5 25.5 19.5
Inner Finisher-A1 602 540 234 13.5 Plain paper
82-105 25.5 19.5 25.5 19.5
Staple Finisher-C1 545 656 1071 47 2-sided 105-163 12.5 9.8 12.5 9.8
Booklet Finisher-C1 756 656 1071 76 Thick paper 164-209 10.0 9.8 10.0 9.8
Buffer Pass Unit-G1 489 493 184 4 210-256 - - - -
External 2 Hole Puncher-B1 107 623 908 7.2 T-1-7
External 2/3 Hole Puncher-B1 756 656 1071 76
T-1-6 ImageRUNNER ADVANCE
Paper C5035 C5030
Productivity (Print speed) Size Mode Paper type
basis Multi- Multi-
weight(g/ Cassette purpose Cassette purpose
ImageRUNNER ADVANCE m2) tray tray
Paper Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W
C5051 C5045
basis 52-81 35.0 20.0 30.0 20.0
Multi- Multi- Plain paper
Size Mode Paper type 82-105 35.0 20.0 30.0 20.0
weight(g/ Cassette purpose Cassette purpose
1-sided 105-163 17.0 10.0 17.0 10.0
m2) tray tray Thick paper 164-209 17.0 10.0 17.0 10.0
Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W 210-256 - 10.0 - 10.0
52-81 51.0 31.0 45.0 31.0 A4 / LTR
Plain paper 52-81 35.0 20.0 30.0 20.0
82-105 51.0 31.0 45.0 31.0 Plain paper
82-105 35.0 20.0 30.0 20.0
1-sided 105-163 25.5 15.5 25.5 15.5 2-sided 105-163 17.0 10.0 17.0 10.0
Thick paper 164-209 20.0 15.5 20 15.5 Thick paper 164-209 17.0 10.0 17.0 10.0
210-256 - 10.0 - 10.0 210-256 - - - -
A4 / LTR
52-81 51.0 31.0 45.0 31.0 52-81 17.5 13.0 17.5 13.0
Plain paper Plain paper
82-105 51.0 31.0 45.0 31.0 82-105 17.5 13.0 17.5 13.0
2-sided 105-163 25.5 15.5 25.5 15.5 1-sided 105-163 8.5 6.5 8.5 6.5
Thick paper 164-209 20.0 15.5 20 15.5 Thick paper 164-209 8.5 6.5 8.5 6.5
210-256 - - - - 210-256 - 6.5 - 6.5
A3 / LDR
52-81 17.5 13.0 17.5 13.0
Plain paper
82-105 17.5 13.0 17.5 13.0
2-sided 105-163 8.5 6.5 8.5 6.5
Thick paper 164-209 8.5 6.5 8.5 6.5
210-256 - - - -
T-1-8
1-7
1
1
1-8
Paper type ■ Pickup
Usable paper types are shown on the next page and later. Multi- Cassette Cassette
Paper type(g/ Cassette Cassette Paper
Size purpose Feeding Feeding
For irregular-sized paper, refer to the table below. m2) 1 2 Deck
tray Unit 1 Unit 2
Type Feeding direction (mm) Width direction (mm) • Plain 1 (52 to A4, LTR Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Irregular size 1-1 182.0 to 209.9 139.7 to 181.9 81) B4, A4R, A5R, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Irregular size 1-2 210.0 to 279.2 - Thin, Recycled, B5, B5R, EXEC,
Irregular size 1-3 279.3 to 432.0 - Pre-Punched, LGL, LTRR,
Irregular size 1-4 432.1 to 487.7 - Color STMTR, 16K,
Irregular size 2-1 182.0 to 209.9 182.0 to 210.0 16KR
Irregular size 2-2 210.0 to 279.2 - • Plain 2 (82 to A3, LDR, EXE, Yes No Yes Yes Yes No
Irregular size 2-3 279.3 to 432.0 -
105) 12”No18”, 8K
Bond A5, STMT, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Irregular size 2-4 432.1 to 487.7 -
Irregular size 3-1 182.0 to 209.9 210.1 to 297.0 SRA3, OFFICIO,
• Heavy 1 (106 E-OFFICIO,
Irregular size 3-2 210.0 to 279.2 - to 163) B-OFFICIO,
Irregular size 3-3 279.3 to 432.0 - Textured M-OFFICIO,
Irregular size 3-4 432.1 to 487.7 - • Heavy 2 (164 A-OFFICIO,
Irregular size 4-1 182.0 to 209.9 297.1 to 330.2 to 209) A-LTR, A-LTRR,
Irregular size 4-2 210.0 to 279.2 - Labels, Tab GLTR-R, GLTR,
Irregular size 4-3 279.3 to 432.0 - GLGL, AFLS,
Irregular size 4-4 432.1 to 487.7 - FLS, Irregular
Irregular size 5 487.8 to 630.0 139.7 to 330.2 size 1-1, Irregular
T-1-9 size 1-2, Irregular
size 1-3, Irregular
size 1-4, Irregular
size 2-1, Irregular
size 2-2, Irregular
size 2-3, Irregular
size 2-4, Irregular
size 3-1, Irregular
size 3-2, Irregular
size 3-3, Irregular
size 3-4, Irregular
size 4-1, Irregular
size 4-2, Irregular
size 4-3, Irregular
size 4-4, Irregular
size 5
EXEC-R Yes No No No No No
Transparency A4, LTR Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
1-8
1
1
1-9
Paper type(g/
Multi-
Cassette Cassette
Cassette Cassette
Paper Name of Parts
Size purpose Feeding Feeding
m2) 1 2 Deck
tray Unit 1 Unit 2
• Special paper A4, LTR, B4, Yes No No No No No External View
Tracing, Coated, A4R, A5R, B5,
Washi B5R, EXEC,
LGL, LTRR, 1
• Heavy 3 (210 STMTR, 16K,
to 258) 16KR, A3, LDR,
EXE, 12”No18”,
8K, A5, STMT,
SRA3, OFFICIO, 11
E-OFFICIO,
B-OFFICIO, 10
M-OFFICIO,
A-OFFICIO, 9
A-LTR, A-LTRR,
8 2
GLTR-R, GLTR, 12
GLGL, AFLS,
FLS, F4A, 7
Irregular size 1-1, 6
Irregular size 1-2, 5
Irregular size 1-3, 4 13
Irregular size 1-4,
Irregular size 2-1,
Irregular size 2-2,
Irregular size 2-3, 3 11
Irregular size 2-4,
Irregular size 3-1, F-1-6
Irregular size 3-2, [1] DADF [8] Front Cover
Irregular size 3-3, [2] Main Power Switch [9] Front Upper Cover
Irregular size 3-4,
[3] Stack Bypass Tray [10] Output Tray
Irregular size 4-1,
[4] Paper Drawer4 [11] Control Panel
Irregular size 4-2,
Irregular size 4-3, [5] Paper Drawer3 [12] Rear Cover
Irregular size 4-4, [6] Paper Drawer2 [13] Rear Rower Cover
Irregular size 5 [7] Paper Drawer1 [14] Breaker
Postcard A6 irregular Yes No No No No No
Envelope COM10, Yes No Yes* No No No
Monarch, ISO-C5,
ISO-B5, DL,
T-1-10
* When Envelope Feeder Attachment-D1 is installed
1-9
1
1
1-10
Cross Sectional View [1] Reversal roller [16] Fixing separration guide [31] Cassette 2 feeding roller
[2] 2-side delivery / delivery [17] Roller pressure [32] Cassette 2 separation
unit roller
[3] Secondary delivery roller [18] Film unit [33] Casset 2 pick-up roller
[4] Second delivery entrance [19] ITB unit [34] Casset pick-up unit
flapper
[5] Second delivery flapper [20] Registration roller [35] Laser scanner unit (BK /
[1]
C)
[2] [6] Third delivery roller [21] 2-side delivery lower [36] Laser scanner unit (M / Y)
[3] roller
[4] [7] Second / third delivery [22] Registration roller [37] Developing unit (Bk) +
entrance roller Drum unit (Bk)
[5]
[8] 2-side entrance roller [23] Bypass feeding roller [38] Developing unit (C) +
[45] [6] Drum unit (C)
[7]
[9] Primary delivery roller [24] Bypass pick-up roller [39] Developing unit (M) +
[44] [8]
Drum unit (M)
[9]
[43] [10] [10] Primary delivery flapper [25] Bypass separration roller [40] Developing unit (Y) +
[11] Drum unit (Y)
[42] [12] [11] Fixing inner delivery roller [26] Vertical path roller 1 [41] ITB cleaning unit
[13] [12] Fixing inner delivery [27] Cassette 1 feeding roller [42] Hopper unit (Y)
[14] opposed roller
[15] [13] Fixing unit [28] Cassette 1 separation [43] Hopper unit (M)
[16] roller
Y M C Bk [17]
[41] [14] Post-fixing roller [29] Casset 1 pick-up roller [44] Hopper unit (C)
[18] [15] 2-side delivery upper [30] Vertical path roller 2 [45] Hopper unit (BK)
[19] rollerr
[20]
[21]
[40] [22]
[23]
[24]
[39]
[38] [25]
[37] [26]
[27]
[28]
[36] [29]
[35] [30]
[31]
[32]
[34]
[33]
F-1-7
1-10
1
1
1-11
Operation ● How to turn ON / OFF the power and points to note
• While progress bar is kept displayed at power-on, HDD access is processing; thus, never
■ Power Switch turn OFF the Main Power Switch.
● Types of power switch • To turn off the power, turn off the Main Power Switch. (Conventional shutdown sequence
operation is not required.)
Environmnet Control Panel • After power-OFF (after the Main Power Switch is turned OFF), do not reactivate the Main
Heater Switch Power Switch
Power Switch until a screen disappears.
• Do not turn OFF the power while download is processing.
Main Power Switch
F-1-8
This machine is equipped with the Main Power Switch, Control Panel Power Switch and
Environment Heater Switch.
[1] Main Power Switch

This switch is used to turn OFF / ON the power of host machine.
[2] Control Panel Power Switch
This switch is to shift the machine to power-save mode or to restore it to normal mode.
[3] Environment Heater Switch
Environment Heater Switch is to supply and shut the power to Cassette Heater and
Reader Heater.
1-11
1
1
1-12
■ Description of Control Panel ● Main Menu
iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series
● Control Panel
iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series
1 2
15 1 2 3 4
14
3 Scan and Send
4 5 6 7 8
Fax / I-Fax
Inbox
9
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
F-1-9
[1] Control Panel Power Switch [9] ID (authentication) Key

[2] USB Insertion Slot [10] Touch Panel Display
[3] Settings / Registration Key [11] Screen Brightness Adjustment Dial
[4] Counter Check Key [12] FAX Volume Adjustment Key
[5] Operation Pen [13] Status Check / Stop Key F-1-10
[6] Main Power Lamp [14] Custom Menu Key
[1] Copy [6] Secured Print
[7] Error Lamp [15] Main Menu Key
[2] Scan and Send [7] Scanner
[8] Execution / Memory Lamp
[3] Scan and Store [8] Set / Regi. Short Cut
[4] Access Stored Files [9] Tutorial
[5] Fax / I-Fax Inbox
1-12
1
1
1-13
● Difference of main menu ● Settings / Registration menu
iR ADVANCE iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series
iRC 3380 / 2880 Series
C5151/5045/5035/5030 Series
Copy Copy Settings/Registration
Send Scan and Send
Select an item to set
Mail BOX Scan and Store
Access Stored Files
Fax / I-Fax Inbox TOP Preferences 1
Menu Change Key -----
Print Job Secured Print
Scan Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance
2
----- Set / Regi. Short Cut
(Help) Tutorial Function Settings
3
T-1-11
Set Destination 1/1

4
Management Settings
5
Log in OK
F-1-11
[1] Preferences [4] Set Destination

[2] Adjustment / Maintenance [5] Management Settings
[3] Function Settings
● Difference of Settings / Registration menu

iR ADVANCE
iRC 3380 / 2880 Series
C5151/5045/5035/5030 Series
Common Settings Preferences
Timer Settings
Adjustment / Cleaning Adjustment / Maintenance
System Settings Set Destination
Report Settings Function Settings
Copy Settings
Communication Settings
Mail Box Settings
Printer Settings
Address Book Settings Management Settings
T-1-12
1-13
1
1
1-14
■ Service Mode ● Description display of service mode item
Enables to display the description of initial screen, large category, middle category and small
It is possible to browse the usage method of service mode items in service mode.
category.
Following is the changed and added items compared to a conventional machine.
Select any from initial screen > large category > middle category > small category, and press [i]
(information button) so that the description of selected item (hereinafter called service mode
● Service mode menu
contents) is displayed.
In the stanbay condition, press in this order: key -> 2+8 key -> key, and the
e.g.) COPIER > DISPLAY > Version screen
screen will switch as on the below:
TOP screen
1) Press [i]
4) A detailed explanation on the

item will be displayed (usage
scenarios, instructions,
settings range, etc.).
2) Minor item titles
are displayed.
F-1-12
[MODELIST] :
This mode is newly added from this machine.
This mode has the function to browse the usage method of service mode items etc.
New functions described later are available in MODELIST mode.
[MODELIST CLASSIC] :
This is the same mode with a conventional machine.
New functions described later are not available in MODELIST CLASSIC mode.
When [MODELIST] or [MODELIST CLASSIC] is pressed, initial screen of each mode is 3) Select the desired
minor item and
displayed. press [i]
F-1-13
• Service mode contents can be displayed in J / E / F / I / G / S.
• Alike other system software, service mode contents can be upgrade with SST.
1-14
1
1
1-15
● Enhancement of I/O information Device classification
This mode is to check the signal input / output status of used electrical parts (sensor / motor /
fan etc.).
Searchability for target electrical parts has been improved in COPIER > I / O.
In addition, it is possible to check the signal input / output status on a screen. 1) Press the button.
Electrical parts
classification Which button to press, will depend on which
electrical parts intended and its device
classification. For instance, if the host
machine uses paper pass detection sensor,
then press the button on the "COPIER" and
"P-Sensor" position.
2) Then the selected electrical

parts classification's mark,
name, port number and 0/1
content will appear.
3) If the "i" button is pressed,

the screen displaying the
electrical parts array will appear.
F-1-14
1-15
1
1
1-16
● Subdivide COPIER > OPTION > BODY items Middle category classification
Middle
Details
category name
COPIER DISPLAY COPIER DISPLAY FNC-SW
Noise reduction SOUND Noise related
FEEDER FEEDER
I/O I/O DSPLY-SW Network NETWORK Network setting, IFAX, SEND, E-RDS etc.
SORTER SORTER
ADJUST ADJUST NETWORK Individual measure CUSTOM For individual measure
BOARD BOARD
FUNCTION FUNCTION SOUND T-1-13
OPTION BODY OPTION ENV-SET ● Security measure

TEST TEST CLEANING To prevent illegal access to service mode, a password can be specified.
COUNTER COUNTER FEED-SW Related service mode
ING-SPD COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW > PSWD-SW (level 1)
ING-RDR Password type setting when entering the service mode
ING-MCON
ING-LSR <Setting range>
ING-DEV 0: No password [Default]
ING-TR 1: Service engineer
ING-FIX 2: System administrator + Service engineer
CUSTOM
F-1-15 ● Screen display switch (level1 <-> level2)
With current machines, it is quite difficult to find out the target item since there are large
Screen can be switched between level 1 screen and level 2 screen.
number of items in COPER > OPTION > BODY (related to host machine specification).
When the level 1 screen is displayed and <Level 1> on the upper right screen is pressed, a
With this machine, all items in BODY are classified into 15 categories by usage to reach a
screen is switched to level 2 screen.
target item.
Middle
Middle category classification Details
category name
Function switch FNC-SW Language, cassette, paper type, NAVI / DA
connection, count up specification, original size
detection, dust detection level
Display switch / display timing DSPLY-SW UI display related
Image related (fixing) IMG-FIX Fixing related
Image related (transfer) IMG-TR Primary transfer, secondary transfer, ITB
Image related (development) IMG-DEV Development related
Image related (laser / latent) IMG-LSR Laser, latent image related
Image related (reader / ADF) IMG-RDR Reader, ADF image related
Image related (controller, IMG-MCON MN-CON image related and image related items
others) other than above
Image quality / copy speed IMG-SPD Down sequence
Cleaning CLEANING Cleaning of Charging Assembly / Drum / Transfer
Roller / ITB etc.
Environment settings ENV-SET Temperature / Humidity, Environment Heater / due
condensation / log acquisition
Feeding (pickup / delivery) FEED-SW Stack performance, motor speed fine-adjustment,
delivery function etc.
1-16
1
1
1-17
Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter
<VERSION > <　1/ 8　> < READY > <LEVEL 1 >
DC-CON 43.44
R-CON 00.52
PANEL 4C.50
FEEDER 44.46
SORTER 54.53
NIB 42.4E
DECK --.--
MN-CONT 4E.4D
Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter
<VERSION > <　1/ 2　> < READY > <LEVEL 2 >
LANG-CS 53.43
LANG-DA 41.44
LANG-EL 4C.45
LANG-ES 53.45
LANG-ET 54.45
LANG-FI 49.46
LANG-HU 55.48
LANG-KO 4F.4B
i
F-1-16
1-17
1
Technology
2 ■ Basic Configuration
■ Controller System
■ Laser Exposure System
■ Image Formation System
■ Fixing System
■ Pickup Feed System
■ MEAP
■ Embedded RDS
2
2
2-2
Basic Configuration ■ Basic sequence

● Sequence at Power-On
Functional Configuration • Reader
Main power switch ON
The machine may broadly be divided into the following functional system blocks; document
exposure system block, controller system block, laser exposure system block, image SREADY SSTBY
Forwarding Forwarding
formation system block, fixing system block and pickup/feed system block. Reader Motor Shift shading
Fixing shading
Backwarding Backwarding
Scanning Lamp White plate dust
Document exposure system detection control
HP Sensor Shading correction
Reader controller CCD Exposure lamp
Optical unit position
HP (Shading position) HP (Shading position)
Controller system Gain correction
Offset correction
HDD Main Delivery
controller F-2-2
Option 1/2 Duplexing • Printer Unit
board feed
DC Power ON
controller
Fixing WMUP WMUPR PSTBY
system Fixing Fixing heater: Fixing heater:
100 degree C 160 degree C(51/45ppm machine)
Image formation system Target temperature 135 degree C(35/30ppm machine)
ITB Transfer
Engage
Fixing motor(M21)
Fixing heater(H3)
Laser exposure system
Pickup Auto adjustment
Laser scanner Laser scanner
unit1 unit2
Pickup/ [1] Secondary transfer ATVC
[2] Patch sensor correction control
feed
Cassette1 [3] Discharge current correction
system
[4] Drum thickness detection
[5] Primary transfer ATVC
Flow of paper Cassette2
[6] Color displacement correction control
Flow of signal [7] ARCDAT control
Laser beam [8] ATR control
[9] Secondary transfer clearning control
F-2-1
F-2-3
2-2
2
2
2-3
Period Definition Definition ● Print sequence

SREADY An interval in which the shading correction is executed after the Start • Reader
(Scanner Ready) key is pressed. Start Key ON
SSTBY An interval between the completion of the shading correction and SSTBY SREADY SCRW SCFW SSTBY
(Scanner Standby) switching the Start key ON / turning the main power OFF. Reader Motor
Forwarding Backwarding Backwarding Forwarding Forwarding Forwarding
WMUP An interval in which the drive system stops, and it ends when the Backwarding Forwarding Backwarding
Scanning Lamp
(Warm-up) completion requirements of the fixing assembly startup is fulfilled.
HP Sensor ON ON
WMUPR An interval in which the drive system starts, and the bias adjustment
(Warm-up Rotation) is executed. End of the image
Optical unit position HP (Shading) Stream reading position HP (Shading)
PSTBY An interval in which the copy/print request signal can be accepted.
F-2-4
(Printer Standby)
T-2-1
• Printer
Start key ON
PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Fixing heater:
175 degree C(51/45ppm machine)
Target temperature 155 degree C(35/30ppm machine)
Fixing motor(M21) disengage
Fixing heater(H3)
Auto adjustment
The following adjustments to work, depending on the status of the product.

[1] Discharge current corrections
[2] Patch sensor correction control
[3] ATR control
[4] Primary transfer ATVC control
[5] Secondary transfer ATVC control
[6] Secondary transfer clearning
[7] D-max control
[8] ARCDAT control
[9] D-Half control
[10] Color displacement correction control
F-2-5
2-3
2
2
2-4
Period Definition Definition

SREADY An interval in which the shading correction is executed after the Start key
(Scanner Ready) is pressed.
SSTBY An interval between the completion of the shading correction and
(Scanner Standby) switching the Start key ON / turning the main power OFF.
PSTBY An interval in which the copy / print request signal can be accepted.
(Print Standby State)
PRINTR An interval between the reception of the print request signal and the state
(Printer Intial Rotation) the image signal is sent.
PRINT An interval in which all toner is transferred on the paper, and the paper is
delivered.
LSTR An interval between the completion of the paper delivery and the stop of
(Last Rotation) all drives.
T-2-2
2-4
2
2
2-5
Controller System ■ Specifications / configuration

● PCBs
Overview
■ Features
Using a new controller enables high speed PDL processing, high image quality and high
functionality.
F-2-8
Parts name Function, specifications, features

Main controller CPU: 1.2GHz, Control of the entire system
Main Controller PCB 1 Riser PCB Main Controller PCB 2
PCB 1 Various controls (memory, control panel, electric power, voice), I/Fs (PCI, USB (host),
F-2-6 RTC
Main controller PCB 1 controls the entire system. Main controller PCB 2 mainly controls Flash PCB Boot program
image processing. TPM PCB To generate and save encryption key
Available only when TPM settings is ON: Management Settings > Data Management
Main controller PCBs 1 and 2 are connected through the riser PCB. > TPM Settings (default: OFF)
Not available with China models
This configuration improves installability / removability of the main controller PCBs.
Main controller CPU: 400 MHz, Image control
(Slot-in / out) PCB 2 Various image processing (color space conversion, enlarge, reduction, rotation,
composition, compression, rasterizing, resolution conversion, image binarization),
delay memory control between drums, HDD control, I/Fs (reader, FAX, USB (device))
Bypass PCB Internal bus connection
Remove this PCB when using ColorPASS-GX300 (server type) or imagePASS-B1 (to
be attached to the main unit) and install the open I/F PCB.
Riser PCB I/F (main controller 1 - 2, main controller - HDD, main controller - DC controller)
HDD 2.5 inch SATA I/F Standard: 80 GB
Up to 2 HDDs can be mounted in the case of mirroring configuration.
BOX data, Address book, security information (password, certificate)
Op.: 2.5 inch / 80GB HDD-C1, 2.5 inch / 250 GB HDD-D1
T-2-3
F-2-7
2-5
2
2
2-6
● Memory Main controller PCB 2
Main controller PCB 1
J2032
BAT1
J2031
DDR2-SDRAM DDR2-SDRAM (M0)

512 MB + 512 MB 512 MB
J13
J11
DDR2-SDRAM (M1)
1 GB
J12 BAT1
F-2-9 DDR2-SDRAM (P)

512 MB
Parts name Function, specifications, features
F-2-10
DDR2-SDRAM 2 slot / 1GB (standard)
J2031: 512 MB Parts name Function, specifications, features
J2032: 512 MB DDR2-SDRAM (M1) 1 GB (standard) / clock frequency: 200MHz
Clock frequency: 333 MHz Rasterizing, rendering, resolution conversion, coding / decoding
Used for saving image, program data DDR2-SDRAM (M0) 512 MB (standard / Op.*) / clock frequency: 200MHz
Lithium battery (BAT1)) For RTC Product name: Additional Memory Type B (512MB)
Life: approx. 10 years Rasterizing, rendering, resolution conversion, coding / decoding
T-2-4 To be used when using the following options:
PS Printer Kit-AE1, Direct Print Kit (for PDF / XPS)-H1, imagePASS-B1,
ColorPASS-GX300
DDR2-SDRAM (P) 512 MB (standard) / clock frequency: 200MHz
Print image processing, delay processing between drums
SRAM 16 Mbit
To save data in Settings / Registration Mode / Service Mode and image
data management information in HDD
Lithium battery (BAT1) For SRAM backup, Life: approx. 10 years
T-2-5
* The capacity differs according to the location or model
2-6
2
2
2-7
● I/F, connector Main controller PCB 2
Main controller PCB 1 External I/F
J1002 Internal I/F
Voice External I/F Bypass I/F
/ open I/F J1010
UI Internal I/F
J1003
Mini-USB Reader
J1007 J3003
Fan Image
analysis I/F J1000
J1015
LAN USB (D)

J1017 Riser J13
J1019
USB (H) Flash

J1021 FAX
Riser (1 line)
J1020 J14 J17
J1022 TPM
PCI J1025
FAX-USB
J1026 J1027 (2-4 line)
CC-VI Coin
J16
F-2-11
F-2-12
No. Function, specifications No. Function, specifications
Jack No. Function, specifications
J1002 Voice I/F (Op.) J1020 Flash PCB I/F
J14 Riser PCB I/F
J1003 Control panel I/F J1021 USB I/F (Host) *1
J16 Mini-USB I/F for 2 to 4-lines FAX
For MEAP, For USB keyboard (Op.)
Product name: Advanced G3 2nd Line Fax Board-AE1, Advanced G3 3rd / 4th Line
J1007 Mini-USB I/F (Op.) J1022 TPM PCB I/F
Fax Board-AE1
Connect USB Device Port-B1
J17 FAX-USB I/F for 1-line FAX
USB Device Port-B1 is required when
Product name: Advanced G3 FAX Board-AE1
using Mobile Connect Kit-A1 (sold
J1000 Image analysis PCB I/F
separately).
Product name: Image Data Analyzer Board-A1
J1015 Fan I/F J1025 PCI expansion PCB I/F (Op.)
J1010 Bypass PCB I/F
J1017 LAN I/F J1026 I/F for control interface kit (Op.)
Mount the open I/F PCB when using ColorPASS-GX300 / imagePASS-B1
1000BASE-T / 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
J3003 Reader I/F
Also to be used as I/F for imagePASS-B1 J1027 I/F for card reader, I/F for serial interface
T-2-7
/ ColorPASS-GX300 (Op.) kit, I/F for coin manager (all Op.)
J1019 Riser PCB I/F
T-2-6
*1: There is 1 port on the control panel as well
2-7
2
2
2-8
● Function expansion options Main controller PCB 2
Main controller PCB1
Voice
Operation/
Voice
Guidance Open I/F PCB
PCB
Expansion Bus
PCB
Wireless LAN PCB Image

IPSec PCB
analysis PCB
IPSec PCB
F link PCB (main) F link PCB (sub)
Wireless LAN PCB Expansion Bus PCB Open I/F PCB
F-2-13
Name Function, specifications, features Main controller PCB 2

Voice operation PCB Product name: Voice Operation Kit-C1, Voice Guidance Kit-F1 (only for non-
F-2-14
Voice guidance PCB Japanese models)
Expansion Bus PCB Product name: Expansion Bus -F1 Name Function, specifications, features
Required when PCI option (Wireless LAN Board-B1, IPSec Board-B2) is Open I/F PCB imagePASS-B1 / ColorPASS-GX300
installed F link PCB (main)
Wireless LAN PCB Product name: Wireless LAN Board-B1 F link PCB (sub)
Expansion Bus -F1 is required. Only for non-Japanese models. Image analysis PCB Product name: Image Data Analyzer Board-A1
Parallel use with imagePASS-B1 / ColorPASS-GX300 is NOT available Scan protection for output original (Copy / SEND / BOX)
IPSec PCB Encryption / composition processing of packet data T-2-9
Product name: IPSec Board -B2
Expansion Bus -F1 is required.
Parallel use with imagePASS-B1 / ColorPASS-GX300 is NOT available
T-2-8
2-8
2
2
2-9
■ HDD ■ Boot sequence
The partitions for Advanced Box and the distribution server are added. [ ]: program storage location
User Box (same as the existing machine) area is 23GB and Advanced Box area is 9GB.
Advanced Box area can be increased by installing the high-capacity HDD option.
- Initialization process of hardware
FSTDEV Image data (User Box)

TMP_GEN Universal data (temporary file)
TMP_PSS For PDL spooling
TMP_FAX FAX data
APL_SEND Address book, filter
APL_MEAP MEAP application
APL_GEN Universal data
- Starting BIOS
APL_KEEP MEAP saving data [Main controller PCB 1]
APL_LOG System log
IMG_MNG Text management table - Starting IPL, OS
[Flash PCB]
PDLDEV PDL-related file (font, registration form, etc.)
FSTCDEV Job archiving (chasing)
THUMDEV Thumbnail
BOOTDEV System software (System, language, RUI, etc.)
CRBDEV For Advanced Box
APL_CDS For distribution server
- Starting system software for main/sub CPU
F-2-15 [HDD -> DDR2-SDRAM]
- Starting application
Standby screen display

F-2-16
2-9
2
2
2-10
Related Error Codes (major error codes): ■ Shutdown sequence
Error
Error description Before turning OFF the main power switch, it is necessary to perform HDD completion
Code
processing (to prevent damage on the HDD), cooling of the internal printer (to prevent fixed
E602 Error in HDD
0001 Failure in recognizing HDD toner due to high temperature) and exhaust (to prevent smeared image due to chemical
Boot partition (BOOTDEV) is not found at startup. reaction of ozone in the machine and photosensitive drum). This sequential processing is
0002 There is no system software for the main CPU. called “shutdown sequence” and was executed on the legacy models manually (by holding
0006 There is no system software for the sub CPU.
down the power supply switch on the Control Panel for a specific duration).
E604 Failure in memory (main controller PCB 1)
1024 Capacity shortage of DDR2-SDRAM (1GB required)
E613 Failure in memory (main controller PCB 2) When the main power switch is turned OFF on the main body, Main Controller PCB 1 detects
1024 Capacity shortage of DDR2-SDRAM (M0, M1) (1GB required) this operation and then the shutdown sequence starts / executes automatically.
1536 Capacity shortage of DDR2-SDRAM (M0, M1) (1.5GB required)
E748 Error in board (Flash PCB)
2010 IPL (Initial Program Loader) is not found.
2011 OS is not found.
T-2-10
2-10
2
2
2-11
Controls ● SEND
■ Flow of Image Data HDD

Network
Reader
● Copy
To DC Controller HDD Image processing
HDD Reader writing/reading
Resolution
　 conversion,
Image
　 rotation,
　
JPEG compression/extension
Data conversion
I/F HDD 　Tile raster conversion
writing/reading 　JPEG encode
LAN Image data buffer
Image processing Controller (memory)
R　esolution conversion,
I　
mage rotation,
Print type image 　
JPEG compression/extension
processing
Extension processing
Tile raster conversion
Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller
PCB 1 PCB 2
Image data buffer
(memory)
F-2-19
Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller ● Box

PCB 1 PCB 2
To DC Controller
F-2-17 HDD
FAX
● Print
Network To DC Controller
I/F
HDD HDD Image data buffer

writing/reading (memory)
I/F Rendering Print type image Image processing

processing
HDD Color space conversion,
writing/reading Extension
　 processing Image 2 level cell,
Tile
　 raster conversion Image multi level cell,
Image composition,
Image data buffer Resolution conversion,
(memory) Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller Image rotation,
PCB 1 PCB 2 Pixel skipping with 7x7 filter
F-2-20
LAN
Controller
Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller

PCB 1 PCB 2
F-2-18
2-11
2
2
2-12
■ Security features (encryption key and certificate, password To encrypt or decode the security information, use the TPM key installed in the chip.
protection) TPM PCB

On the Main Controller PCB 1 of the main body, “TPM PCB” is newly equipped. TPM stands
for Trusted Platform Module, and is the chip name which generates and stores the encryption
key and has the encryption calculation function for the public key.
HDD / SRAM
Encryption key Public key for User

for password SSL certificate
communication
F-2-22
It is extremely difficult from the outside to take out the TPM key installed in the chip.
Therefore, even the following cases occur, the security information in the main body can be
Removable protected securely.
• HDD or Main Controller PCB is taken out
• System of the main body is intruded through the network
TPM
To enable this function, setting is required in Settings / Registration mode.

F-2-21 Management Settings > Data Management > TPM Settings → ON (default: OFF)
TPM PCB can protect the security information (password, certificate and encryption key)
stored in the HDD and SRAM. Set / registered / saved data other than the security information
is not protected.
2-12
2
2
2-13
● Operation overview (When the TPM setting is “ON”) ● Before / after introduction
The setting needs to be specified in Settings / Registration mode (“TPM setting” is set OFF at
MN-CON 1
the time of shipment from the factory)
TPM PCB 1. Enable the feature
2. Backup the TPM key
TPM key HDD 3. Restore the TPM key
4. Disable the feature
Basically the user should perform this work
MN-CON 2
Caution:
SRAM To set “ON” for TPM setting, be sure to instruct the following points to the user.
Password
• Be sure to backup the TPM key immediately after selecting “ON”
Password
Certificate • Keep the password at the time of backup
Certificate
Key
Key • Be sure not to lose the USB memory that has saved the backup file of TPM key.
Common
key In the case of replacing the TPM PCB due to failure, it is necessary to restore the TPM
key after replacement.
F-2-23
Security information (password, certificate and encryption key to be used for various
Unless restoration is implemented, security information (password, certificate and
applications) is linked with the common key, so it is encrypted and stored in the HDD / SRAM. encryption key) cannot be used.
Without the common key, decoding is disabled.
When the TPM setting is set to “ON”, the common key itself is encrypted. The common key is
If restore work could not be performed due to lost of USB memory, etc., it is necessary
linked with the TPM key. Without the TPM key, decoding is disabled.
to first execute [Initialize All Data / Settings] to enable the TPM feature again. This is
It is extremely difficult to take out the TPM key from the outside.
due to security issue to keep the setup/register data unchanged.
TPM PCB can be used on this machine only, so it cannot be used on the other machines. (E746
occurs)
Related Error Codes:

E746 (Error in encryption)
• 0031 Hardware error
Cause: TPM PCB is not mounted, TPM PCB from other machine is installed, TPM chip
is faulty
Remedy: Mount the appropriate TPM PCB, Replace with a new TPM PCB
2-13
2
2
2-14
1. Enable the feature 2. Backup of TPM key
Only the USB memory (supported system file: FAT32) can be used as the device for saving
Setting of “system management encryption number” backup file of TPM key.
Recommend the user (administrator) to set up the system management encryption Data size of this file is several MB.
number in advance.
Backup of TPM key is performed after selecting “ON” for TPM settings, however,
backup is available only once. Therefore, it is efficient to set the system management
encryption number as a mean to avoid incidents, such as when backup file is obtained
F-2-26
by anyone other than the administrator, etc.
1) Connect the USB memory to the main unit.
There are two USB I/F (host): one at the side of the control panel and the other at the
1) Select the following: Management Settings > Data Management > TPM Setting; and side of main controller PCB 1.
select “ON” for TPM setting.
Caution:
Be sure to connect only one USB memory, otherwise, a message indicating backup
failure is shown if performing backup while 2 or more USB memories are connected.
MEMO:
The USB memory can save multiple backup files for TPM key.
2) Select the following: Management setting > Data management > TPM setting; and
click [Backup TPM key].
F-2-24
2) Click “Yes”, and then reboot this machine.
F-2-25
F-2-27
Encryption / decoding feature of security information is enabled after rebooting the
machine.
2-14
2
2
2-15
3) Click [Password] to enter the password (4 to 12-digit), and then enter the password to
Caution:
confirm the entry.
Cause of backup failure
In the case of the following, a message is shown indicating backup failure and its
cause. Be sure to perform appropriate remedy.
• USB memory is not connected

• 2 or more USB memories are connected
• Memory capacity of USB memory is insufficient
• Connected USB memory is read-only (writing is prohibited)
• There is no key
Caution:
F-2-28
Storage of USB memory
4) Click [OK] to start backup of TPM key.
Be sure to instruct the following points to the user.
• The USB memory should be securely kept/managed.

• Do not put the backup file of TPM key stored in the USB memory to any location
accessible by general public, such as on the server.
MEMO: Backup file name of TPM key

Serial No. is automatically given as the backup file name.
F-2-29
5) Once the backup completion screen is shown, click [OK] and remove the USB
memory.
2-15
2
2
2-16
3. Restore of TPM key
Caution:
Procedure is about the same as the backup work.
Difference between restore work and backup work: Cause of restore failure
Rebooting is necessary (turn OFF and then ON the main power) after completion of restore In the case of the following, a message is shown indicating restore failure and its cause.
work. Be sure to perform appropriate remedy.
1) Connect the USB memory that saves TPM key. • USB memory is not connected.
2) Select the following: Management setting > Data management > TPM setting; and • 2 or more USB memories are connected.
click [Restore TPM key].
• Connected USB memory is with security feature.
• There is no TPM key in the USB memory.
• The TPM key in the USB memory is not appropriate for the target machine.
• Mismatched entry password
• [Initialize All Data/Setting] is executed after obtaining backup of TPM key.
• The SRAM (main controller PCB 1) or the HDD is faulty.
F-2-30
3) Enter the password that has been specified at backup work.
4) Once the screen to confirm restore start is shown, click [OK] to start restore.
5) Once the restore completion screen is shown, click [OK] and remove the USB
memory, and turn OFF and then ON the main power switch.
2-16
2
2
2-17
4. Disable the feature ● Data to be encrypted/decoded (reference)
To set “OFF” for the TPM setting, execute [Initialize All Data / Settings].
Application/ Saving
Type Security information
feature destination
Password/ BOX Password for BOX HDD
encryption Password for encryption of BOX backup SRAM
number Password of SMB server for BOX backup SRAM
Password for FAX Box HDD
Super BOX Password for backup of Advanced Box SRAM
Password of SMB server for backup of Advanced SRAM
Box
Send Password for File destination in Address Book HDD
Password of LDAP server SRAM
Password of POP3 server SRAM
Password for PDF with time stamp SRAM
Password of Adobe ES Rights Management SRAM
server
F-2-31 Password for address (destination) registration SRAM
● Related Error Code UI Password for Service Mode SRAM
Network Password for IPP authentication SRAM
Error
Error description, Assumed cause, remedy Password for FTP authentication SRAM
Code User name and password of Proxy authentication SRAM
E746 Error in encryption client
0031 Error in hardware Login password of NetWare print server SRAM
Assumed cause TPM PCB is not installed, TPM PCB is from the other machine, TPM Policy common key for IPSec SRAM
chip is faulty. User name and password for PEAP / TTLS SRAM
Remedy Install the TPM PCB for this model, replace with a new TPM PCB authentication
0032 An error occurred that cannot recover the system. Others Password for login to AeAgent UI SRAM
Assumed cause Location of security information in HDD / SRAM is unknown. Login user information of device HDD
Remedy Execute “Initialize All Data / Setting” Password for FAX reception SRAM
0033 System recovery is available despite an error. Department management data (including SRAM
Assumed cause Key mismatch administrator password)
Remedy Execute restore of TPM key Encryption key MIB Authentication key and encryption key for SNMPv3 SRAM
0034 Automatic system recovery is available despite an error. Bluetooth Path key for Bluetooth security mode SRAM
Assumed cause Key mismatch occurred, however, recovery is available by rebooting. Certificate / SSL, AMS Device key pair (SS, AMS) HDD
Remedy Turn OFF and then ON the power. private (secret)
T-2-11 key Signature SEND User key pair HDD
Others User preference Key bundle information (password) HDD

data
T-2-12
2-17
2
2
2-18
■ High capacity HDD (Option) ■ HDD mirroring feature (option)
The HDD capacity mounted on this machine is 80GB as standard. Mounting a 2.5 inch / This option enables mirroring of HDD data (RAID1).
250GB HDD-D1 (option) makes 250GB in HDD capacity. High capacity is required in the case In the case of failure in one HDD, the operation is performed with the other HDD. This feature
of saving large amounts of data with “Advanced Box.” minimizes downtime as well as improves reliability as the document server.
There are 2 types of mirroring configurations according to the HDD capacity (80GB / 250GB):
Mounting this option increases capacity for Advanced Box.
9GB: in the case of 80GB HDD capacity Master (HDD1)
114GB: in the case of 250GB HDD capacity HDD Mirroring Kit – D1
80 GB
Standard Mirroring PCB
LED PCB
Ch A
FSTDEV Image data (Box, etc.) Backup (HDD2)
TMP_GEN Universal data (temporary file) Ch B
TMP_PSS For PDL spooling
TMP_FAX FAX data 80 GB
Address book, filter Option
APL_SEND
APL_MEAP MEAP application 2.5inch/80GB HDD - C1
APL_GEN Universal data
APL_KEEP MEAP saving data
APL_LOG System log Master (HDD1) 2.5inch/250GB HDD - D1
IMG_MNG Text management table
HDD Mirroring Kit - D1
PDLDEV PDL-related file (font, registration form, etc.) 250 GB
FSTCDEV Job archiving (chasing) Option Mirroring PCB
THUMDEV Thumbnail LED PCB
System software (System, language, RUI, etc.) Ch A
BOOTDEV
Backup (HDD2)
CRBDEV For Advanced Box Ch B
APL_CDS For distribution server
F-2-32 250 GB
Although simple calculation says: 250GB - 80GB = 170GB, it requires 20% of snapshot area Option
and the data area to be used for internal processing in the system. Therefore, 114GB can be 2.5inch/250GB HDD - D1
actually used for text storage area. F-2-33
Mirroring PCB controls reading / writing timing of HDD data.
LED PCB makes the LED show operation status of the HDDs.
Ch B Ch A
(HDD2) (HDD1)
F-2-34
2-18
2
2
2-19
● To start using this feature (installation) “Rebuild” progress is shown in a massage at the status line on the control panel.
“ Copying hard disk data... xx% “
Install the mirroring PCB and LED PCB HDD1 is connected to Ch A on the
for HDD1 mirroring PCB
MEMO:
Slot.2 (HDD2) • This machine can be used even during “rebuild” process (operation is performed with
HDD1)
Slot.1 (HDD1) • The HDD will not be damaged even if turning OFF the power during “rebuild” process.
“Rebuild” is resumed once the power is turned ON the next time. This does not apply in
the case of blackout or disconnecting the power code during “rebuild” process
CH B
CH A
Turn ON the main power
(Lv.1) COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW

Turn ON the mirroring feature > W/RAID ---> “1”
This Service Mode needs to be specified
before installing the 2nd HDD.
Turn OFF the main power
HDD2 is connected to Ch B on the

Install HDD2 mirroring PCB.
Slot.2 (HDD2)
Slot.1 (HDD1)
CH B
CH A
Turn ON the main power
The storage data of the 1st HDD is

Start “Rebuild” automatically copied to the 2nd HDD (this
operation is called “Rebuild”.
Time needed:
Complete “Rebuild” 80 GB HDD --- Approx. 20 minutes
250GB HDD ---Approx. 60 minutes
F-2-35
2-19
2
2
2-20
● HDD reading / writing operation ■ Removable HDD (option)
At reading: At writing: With this option, users can easily install or remove the HDD (slot-in / out).
Data is read by HDD1 (master HDD) The same data is written to each HDD at This option is assumed to be used for: enhancing information security at government / public
only the same timing
offices or private companies.
• Remove the HDD after the close of work to be kept in a safe.
Main controller PCB 2 Main controller PCB 2
• Install the HDD at the start of work. Make the HDD locked during operation.
Mirroring PCB Mirroring PCB
HDD HDD HDD HDD

1 2 1 2
F-2-36
The ACT LED (green) on the LED PCB is lighted up / blinking if reading / writing to each HDD
is performed properly.
In the case of failure:

• The LED (red) on the LED PCB is blinking. If only one HDD is faulty, the operation is Removable HDD Kit-AC1
F-2-37
continued by the other HDD.
• If both two HDDs are faulty, E602 error is shown on the control panel to stop the operation.
MEMO:
• To use this option, no setting is required with the software.
● List of operation status (LED) • The user needs to prepare a key because there is no key with this kit.
---: Light-out A: lighting-up B: blinking
HDD 1 (Ch A) HDD 2 (Ch B)
Status
Green LED Red LED Green LED Red LED
At normal operation --- --- --- ---
During access with HDD1 A --- --- ---
During access with HDD2 --- --- A ---
HDD1 is faulty --- A --- ---
HDD2 is faulty --- --- --- A
During data copy to HDD1 (rebuild) --- / A B --- / A ---
During data copy to HDD1 (rebuild) --- / A --- --- / A B
T-2-13
2-20
2
2
2-21
■ Software Counter ■ Fan
Count-up timing differs depending on the following conditions. ● Overview
• Print mode (1-sided / 2nd side of 2-sided, 1st side of 2-sided) Fan Layout
• Delivery position (built-in tray, finisher)
Print mode Controller fan 3(FM13)
HDD cooling fan(FM14)
Delivery position 1-side / 2nd side of 1-sided 1st side of 2-sided
Count-up timing
Controller fan 1(FM11)
1 Host machine First delivery tray First Delivery Sensor (PS41) Duplex Paper Sensor
Second delivery tray Second Delivery Sensor (PS42) (PS38) Controller fan 2(FM12) Fixing heat exhaust fan 2(FM2)
Third delivery tray Third Delivery Sensor (PS43)
2 In case finisher is installed. Finisher Delivery Sensor Fixing heat exhaust fan 1(FM1)
T-2-14
Delivery fan 1 (FM7)

Power supply cooling fan(FM3) Delivery fan 2(FM9)
Fixing cooling
fan (rear)(FM6)
Secondary transfer
exhaust fan(FM8)
Fixing cooling fan (front)(FM5)
Process cartridge fan (rear)(FM4)
Process cartridge fan (front)(FM10)
F-2-38
2-21
2
2
2-22
Air Flow
No. Name Function Error code
FM1 Fixing Exhaust Fan 1 Heat exhaustion around Fixing Assembly E805-0000 Air flow around the Main Controller and the Power Supply
FM2 Fixing Exhaust Fan 2 Heat exhaustion around Fixing Assembly E805-0001
FM3 Power Cooling Fan Cooling down of Power Supply Assembly E804
FM4 Process Cartridge Fan (rear) Heat exhaustion around Process Cartridge E807-0000
FM5 Fixing Cooling Fan (front) Cooling down of Fixing Assembly
FM6 Fixing Cooling Fan (rear) Cooling down of Fixing Assembly
FM7 Delivery Fan 1 Preventing delivery paper adhesion E806-0000
FM8 Secondary Transfer Delivery Fan Heat exhaustion around Secondary Transfer E806-0002
Unit
FM9 Delivery Fan 2 Preventing delivery paper adhesion E806-0001
FM10 Process Cartridge Fan (front) Heat exhaustion around Process Cartridge E807-0001
FM11 Controller Fan 1 Cooling down of Controller
FM14 HDD Cooling Fan Cooling down of HDD
T-2-15
Toner Filter is installed at the Ventilation Hole of the Process Cartridge Fan (rear) (FM4).
F-2-39
2-22
2
2
2-23
Air flow of fixing system Air flow around the operation system
F-2-40
F-2-41
2-23
2
2
2-24
2-speed control ■ Power Supply Control
Among the fans installed in this machine, the Power Cooling Fan (FM3) and the Delivery Fan
1 (FM7) perform the 2-speed control. Rotation speed is switched when the Voltage switching ● Power supply inside the printer
PCB of Fan switches the voltage. 3VR
All-night 3VR Main

DC controller PCB DC driver PCB Main switch
power PCB controller
PCB 1
24V 13V Fixing heater
3VR 3VR
Drive signal 24V/ 12V/ 0V TP AC 12VA2 Main
Volteage interlock 12VA1 controller
CPU Half-speed signal switchng switch 12V 12VB1 PCB 2
PCB power 12VB1 DC controller PCB
supply
PCB 24VA Laser
F-2-42 5VB driver
24V Front Right PCB
Right switch switch 24VA
Operation Sequence switch power
AC driver PCB supply Relay PCB 24VA
12VC 12VB1
PCB 2 5VA
Fan name Pre Initial Stand Copy/pint Post Jam Reader Low Sleep 3VA
rotation rotation by 1- 2- rotation error power
Process Cartridge Fan HVT 1 PCB
24VC HVT 2 PCB
24V
(front) power HVT 3 PCB
Leakage breaker
Process Cartridge Fan supply
24VB1 Drum driver
(rear) PCB 1
PCB
Fixing Exhaust Fan 1 24VB2 Cassette feed
Deck heater
Cassette pedestal heater
Cassette heater
Drum heater
Reader heater
driver PCB
Fixing Exhaust Fan 2 24VB3 Pickup feed
driver PCB
Fixing Cooling Fan (front) 24V2 12VB2 24V1 12VA3
Fixing Cooling Fan (rear)

Reader
Control
Option Controller
panel
Secondary Transfer PCB
Exhaust Fan
Delivery Fan 1
F-2-44
Delivery Fan 2
Power Cooling fan
Controller Fan 1
Controller Control
Controller Fan 2
Controller Control
Controller Fan 3
Controller Control
HDD Cooling Fan
Controller Control
: Full speed : Half speed

F-2-43
2-24
2
2
2-25
● Power supply of Reader Unit ● Power connection with each option
24V Reader / ADFUnit
Motor
24V
Fan
5V
Sensor
24V 24V
CMOS PCB LED Lamp Staple Finisher・C1
Reader 6V 24V
Printer Controller 4.5V （Reader） Unit
PCB
12V 24V
6V CMOS PCB 24V LED Lamp
4.5V （DADF） Unit
Paper Deck Unit・B1
Built-in wiring
24V
5V DADF driver PCB
F-2-45
Cassette Feeding Unit・AD1

F-2-46
Connector inside the cover is used for the connection with DADF Unit and the 2-Cassette
Pedestal. External Cable is used for the connection with the Side Paper Deck and the
Finisher.
2-25
2
2
2-26
● Power save function
Standby
* When option setting

is specified.
Control panel
Switch of control panel switch is
is turned off turned on. Sleep Standby
or or
5 min is elapsed. Sleep1
Backlight is
turned off.
Job end
Job submission
Deep Sleep
F-2-47
* When options are installed, the machine does not enter Sleep Standby but enters Sleep1
mode.
Standby
In this mode, the machine is either operating or ready to start operation immediately and all
power is supplied.
Sleep Standby or Sleep1

Control panel is turned OFF.
Power supply other than the control panel is the same with Standby mode.
Deep Sleep
3V for all-night power PCB is only supplied.
• Print job is submitted : The machine moves to Sleep Standby or Sleep1 mode.
• Control panel power switch is pressed : The machine moves to Standby mode..
2-26
2
2
2-27
Service Operations
■ When Replacing Parts
Parts name Remedy Reference
HDD "Backup of the set/registered data
HDD format
Downloading system software
Restoring the backup data
Executing “Auto Adjust Gradation (Full Adjust)”"
Main Controller PCB 1 Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB
Main Controller PCB 2 "Backup of the set/registered data
Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB
Restoring the backup data"
TPM PCB When TPM setting is “ON”:Restoring the TPM key
T-2-16
■ Consumables
No. Parts Name Parts number Qty Execution timing Remark
100k(B / W)
1 Toner filter FC6-9817 1
25k(CL)
T-2-17
■ Points to note at servicing

N/A
2-27
2
2
2-28
Laser Exposure System Laser Scanner Unit 1 Laser Scanner Unit 2
Imaging Lens
Overview
Reflection Mirror
■ Overview
To realize the high-speed printing, this machine adopts the 2 Laser Scanner Units and the
Laser Driver of each color executes laser scanning with 4-beam.
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045 employs 4 beam and C5035 / 5030 employs 2
beam.
Imaging Lens Reflection Mirror
Skew Correction Motor C (M33)
Scanner
Skew Correction Motor Bk (M34) Mirror
Skew Correction Motor Y (M31) Laser Scanner Unit 2

C
Imaging Lens Laser Laser Laser Laser
Skew Correction Driver Driver Driver Driver
Motor M (M32) (M) (Y) (Bk) (C)
Bk
Y
Scanner
BD Sensor (C, Bk) Y M C Bk Reflection
M Mirror Reflection
Mirror Mirror
Scanner Imaging Imaging
Mirror Laser Driver PCB C (UN15) Lens Lens
Laser Scanner Unit 1 Laser Driver PCB Bk (UN14) Reflection
BD Sensor (Y, M) Reflection
Mirror Mirror
Laser A
Laser Laser Laser Laser
Laser B Laser Driver PCB Y (UN13) Scanner Scanner
Driver Driver Driver Driver
Laser C Laser Driver PCB M (UN12) Mirror Mirror
(M) (Y) (Bk) (C)
Laser D
F-2-50
F-2-48
This machine emits the laser to the image area on the drum negatively-charged.
Image area
Non-image area Non-image area
Laser ON
Enlarged view
F-2-49
2-28
2
2
2-29
■ Specification
Item Description
Wavelength 775 to 800nm
Laser type Red color laser (non-visible light)
Laser output 10mW
Number of laser scanner unit 2
Number of laser light imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045: 4 beam for each color
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035 / C5030: 2 beam for each color
Resolution 1200dpi
Motor type Brushless motor
Number of motor rotation imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045: Approx. 29100rpm
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035 / C5030: Approx. 37800rpm
Number of scanner mirror facet 6 facet (phi 40)
Control list Laser ON / OFF control
Horizontal scanning synchronous control
Vertical scanning synchronous control
APC control
Laser scanner motor control
BD correction control
Laser shutter control
Image tilt correction control
T-2-18
2-29
2
2
2-30
Various Controls
DC Controller (UN1)
Laser Driver PCB
■ Overview Laser ON/OFF control
Item Operation description Laser Driver PCB
Laser ON / OFF control Laser light is turned ON / OFF according to the combination of
laser control signal Horizontal scanning Scanner Motor
Horizontal scanning To align the writing start position in horizontal scanning direction. synchronous control
synchronous control
Vertical scanning synchronous To align the writing start position in vertical scanning direction.
control Vertical scanning
APC control To make the laser light per 1 line consistent amount. synchronous control
Laser Scanner Motor Control To rotate the scanner mirror by the specified speed.
BD correction control To correct the gap BD timing gap due to the angle variation of
Scanner Mirror. APC control
Laser shutter control To prevent the laser light from being emitted to the machine inside. Laser Scanner Unit 1
Main
Image tilt correction control To correct the image tilt in vertical scanning direction (this control
Controller
is operated based on the result of color displacement correction
control). Laser scanner motor control Laser Driver PCB
T-2-19
Laser Driver PCB
Laser shutter control

Scanner Motor
BD correction control
Image tilt correction control
Laser Scanner Unit 2
F-2-51
2-30
2
2
2-31
■ Laser ON / OFF control ■ Horizontal scanning synchronous control
● Purpose ● Purpose
Laser light is turned ON / OFF according to the combination of laser control signals. This is to align the writing start position in horizontal scanning direction.
● Execution timing ● Execution timing

After the power ON Per 1 line
● Control detail ● Execution time

DC Controller switches the 4 modes (forcible OFF mode, APC mode, Print mode and standby Approx. 7.5µs
mode) according to the laser control signal.
● Control detail
Laser control signal 1) DC Controller forcibly emits the laser diode on M-laser driver PCB by setting the laser
control signal of M -laser to APC mode. Also, DC controller forcibly emits the laser diode of
DC Controller (UN1) Laser Driver Scanner mirror Bk laser driver PCB by setting the Bk laser control signal to APC mode.
PCB
Video signal Laser beam 2) Concerning the laser beam of M laser, there is a BD sensor (Y, M) on the scanning light
path and the laser bean is emitted to the BD sensor (Y, M). Regarding the laser beam of Bk
laser, there is a BD sensor (C, Bk) on the scanning light path and the laser beam is emitted
F-2-52
to the BD sensor (C, Bk) as well.
3) Two BD sensors detect the laser beam, create the BD signal (BD_YM, BD_CBk) and send
Mode Laser status Remark
Forcible OFF mode OFF Light intensity setting decided on APC is cleared. it to the DC controller.
APC mode ON Laser light intensity adjustment 4) DC Controller executes synchronous control based on this signal and sends the standard
Print mode ON / OFF Laser is emitted according to the video signal. BD signal to Main Controller as a horizontal scanning synchronous signal (BD) per 1 line.
Standby mode OFF Host machine is in standby status. 5) When Main Controller receives those signals, it outputs the video signal (VDO_Y, VDO_M,
T-2-20
VOD_C, VDO_Bk) to DC Controller. As a result of this, the Laser Driver emits the laser
Print Image formation beam from the specified position for each line.
instruction ready timing
PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

At 1st line (APC)
LaserA
At 2nd line (APC)
LaserB
At 3rd line (APC)
LaserC
At 4th line (APC)
LaserD
Mode Standby Forcible Standby

APC mode APC mode / Print mode
name mode OFF mode mode
F-2-53
2-31
2
2
2-32
■ Vertical Scanning Synchronous Control
Y Laser Driver Y Laser
VDO_Y
PCB ● Purpose
BD_YM
BD Sensor (Y, M) This is to align the writing start position in vertical scanning direction.
VDO_M
● Execution timing
M Laser Driver M Laser
Per printing
PCB
DC
Main Controller
Controller (UN1)
● Execution time
500ms
C Laser Driver C Laser
VDO_C
PCB
BD_CBk
BD Sensor (C, Bk) ● Control detail
1) When DC Controller receives the print instruction, it detects the reference signal.
Based on this signal, it creates the vertical scanning synchronous signal (PVREQ) and
VDO_Bk
Bk Laser Driver Bk Laser sends to Main Controller.
PCB
2) Main Controller is synchronized with PVREQ signal and sends VDO signal to DC Cotnroller.
3) DC Controller creates the laser drive signal based on VDO signal and sends it to the Laser
F-2-54
Scanner Unit. The Laser Scanner Unit conform the image leading edge with the paper
Reference DB
leading edge by emitting the laser in this timing.
1)
PVREQ Reference
VDO_Y Signal
VDO
Print
instruction
VDO_M
VDO DC Controller
Main
Controller2 (UN1)
Laser Laser Laser Laser
VDO_C
VDO
VDO_Bk VDO Laser drive signal

VDO 2) 3)
F-2-55 F-2-56
2-32
2
2
2-33
Print instruction
■ APC (Auto Power Control) control
Reference ● Purpose
signal
This is to make the laser light for 1 line consistent amount.
Video request signal

(PVREQ) T1 ● Execution timing
About15ms Per each line (before image writing)
Video signal
(VDO) T2
● Execution time
About15ms Approx. 2 µs
Y M C Bk
F-2-57
● Control details
1) DC Controller outputs the laser control signal to the Laser Driver IC on the Laser Driver
PCB.
2) APC mode is specified to the Laser Driver IC and it forcibly emits the laser diode of each
color. At the same time, each laser driver IC monitors the laser diode (LD) on the photo
diode (PD) and adjusts the output of laser diode until the light intensity becomes consistent
amount.
2-33
2
2
2-34
Laser Scanner Unit 1 ■ Laser scanner motor control
Y Laser ● Purpose
Y laser control signal This is to rotate the scanner mirror by the specified speed.
Y Laser Driver LD
PCB PD
At power-ON, per printing
M Laser
M laser control signal M Laser Driver LD ● Execution time
PCB PD Approx. 3s (at power-ON), approx. 1s (at printing)
● Control detail
DC Controller
(UN1) Laser Scanner Unit 2 1) DC Controller forcibly rotates the motors in the two Laser Scanner Units.
2) It detects the speed detection signal (FG1 to 2, BD_YM, BD_CBk) and compares the signal
C Laser
with the standard signal in DC Controller and then, controls the acceleration signal (ACC1
C laser control signal C Laser Driver LD to 2) and the deceleration signal (DEC1 to 2) to make the specified speed.
PCB PD
Bk Laser
Bk laser control signal Bk Laser Driver LD
PCB PD
F-2-58
2-34
2
2
2-35
Related error code
ACC1 Scanner Motor

(Y, M) E100-0100: BD error (laser scanner unit 1)
DEC1 When the Laser Scanner Unit 1 (YM laser) is started or print operation is processing, if
the BD signal cannot be detected after the specified time.
FG1
E100-0300: BD error (laser scanner unit 2)

When the Laser Scanner Unit 2 (CBk laser) is started or print operation is processing, if
the BD signal cannot be detected after the specified time.
BD_YM
BD Sensor (Y, M) E100-B000: BD error (laser scanner unit 1/2)
Y Laser Driver M Laser Driver When the Laser Scanner Unit 1/2 is started or print operation is processing, if the BD
PCB PCB cycle cannot be detected after the specified time.
DC Controller
(UN1) E102-0100: EEPROM error (laser scanner unit 1)
Reading error of EEPROM on Laser Driver (Y) occurs.
ACC2 Scanner Motor

(C, Bk) E102-0300: EEPROM error (laser scanner unit 2)
DEC2 Reading error of EEPROM on Laser Driver (C) occurs.
FG2
BD_CBk
BD Sensor (C, Bk)
C Laser Driver Bk Laser Driver

PCB PCB
F-2-59
2-35
2
2
2-36
■ BD correction control START
● Purpose
This is to correct the displacement of writing start position of each color laser due to the angle Scanner motor
control finish
variation of scanner mirror facet.
(Constant-speed
rotation detection)
At power-ON, per printing BD interval
measurement Constant interval Constant interval
Narrow interval Constant interval
● Execution time
Within approx. 0.5s or less BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4
Writing start correction
value calculation
● Control detail α
1) DC Controller measures the BD interval after the constant-speed rotation control of
Scanner Motor is completed. BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4
2) DC Controller calculates the correction value according to the gap of BD interval. Writing start position
3) Based on the foregoing correction value, image writing position is corrected. correction α
BD1 VDO BD2 VDO BD3 VDO BD4 VDO
END
F-2-60
2-36
2
2
2-37
■ Laser shutter control Bk Laser Shutter Color Laser Shutter
● Purpose Bk Shutter Lever

This is to prevent the residue toner from sticking to the dust-prevention glass. Or to prevent
the laser light from emitting to the machine inside when the front cover / right cover is opened.
Color
Shutter Lever
After power-ON
Bk Shutter Cam
● Execution time
Drive Shaft
Approx. 3s (at power-ON), approx. 1s (when scanner motor is started or cover is opened) Laser Shutter Motor (M28)
Color Shutter Cam

● Control detail Laser Shutter Sensor (PS29)
While the Laser Scanner Motor is operating, the Laser Shutter is opened. During other period, Sensor Lever
the laser shutter is closed.
Front Cover Sensor (PS26)
Also, the Front Cover Sensor (PS18) or the Right Cover Sensor (PS20) works together and
DC Controller (UN1)
it stops the output signal of laser driver. At the same time, if the Front Cover or Right Cover is
Right Cover Sensor (PS26)
opened, the Shutter is closed and the laser light path is forcibly blocked.
F-2-61
Those operations are controlled by the DC Controller.
2-37
2
2
2-38
Laser shutter position Relation of shutter lever and cam
Sensor lever position
■ Image tilt correction control
For Bk For color For Bk For color
● Purpose
This is to prevent the gap of laser emission.
(PS29)
Close Close Shutter
Lever
Sensor
Lever
At power-ON, per total 360 sheets printing
Shutter Cam
Laser
Shutter ● Execution time
Approx. 3 sec
Open Close
● Control detail
1) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color on the ITB.
2) DC Controller compares the patch pattern with the standard value backed up in the
DC Controller by reading this patch pattern at the Patch Sensor and detects the color
displacement amount.
Open Open 3) Based on the foregoing detection result, the laser emission position (tilt degree) of Laser
Scanner Unit is changed.
F-2-62
Related error code
E0112-0000: Laser shutter motor error (not in home position)

If the Laser Shutter Sensor (PS29) is not in the home position at initial operation.
E0112-0001: Laser shutter motor error (operation failure at shutter close)

If the Laser Shutter Sensor (PS29) is not in the home position after approx. 10 sec from
the shutter close operation.
E0112-0002: Laser shutter motor error (operation failure at shutter open)

If the Laser Shutter Sensor (PS29) is still in the home position after approx. 10 sec from
the shutter open operation.
2-38
2
2
2-39
Photosensitive Drum Imaging Lens
Cam
Skew
Correction
Motor Arm
Position relation of
imaging lens and arm
Skew Correction Motor
Imaging Lens
Imaging Lens
Before correction Arm Cam
Photosensitive Drum Imaging Lens

Cam
Cam
Arm Skew
Correction
Motor Arm
Position relation of
imaging lens and arm
Imaging Lens
After correction Arm Cam
F-2-63
Imaging Lens Cam
Skew
Correction
Motor
Scanner Mirror
Reflection
Mirror
Arm
F-2-64
2-39
2
2
2-40
Service Works
■ Periodically replaced parts
There is no periodically replaced part.
■ Consumables
No. Parts Name Parts Number Qty Estimated Life
1 Dust-blocking Glass cleaning pad FL2-9476 1 150k
T-2-21
■ Periodical service list

Parts name: Dust-blocking Glass
Expected life: per 50K sheet
Operation: Clean it with the Dust-blocking Glass Cleaning tool stored in the machine.
Dust-blocking glass
cleaning tool
F-2-65
■ Operation at parts replacement

N/A
■ Points to note at servicing

N/A
2-40
2
2
2-41
Image Formation System ■ Specifications

Item Function/Method
Overview
Photosensitive Material OPC
Drum O/D of drum 30mm
Cleaning Cleaning blade
■ Overview Process speed imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051=246mm/s,
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5045=215mm/s,
Image formation system of this machine uses the magnetic 2-component jumping developing
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035/5030=160mm/s
method for developing and the intermediate transfer method for transfer to create toner Drum heater Mounted with Bk drum as a standard.
image. Assigned as an option for color drums.
To increase life of the image formation unit, this machine uses the primary transfer Developing Developing cylinder 1pc (single developing)
assembly Developing method Dry, 2-component jumping
disengagement method as a new technology.
Toner Non-magnetic negative toner
Following shows major improved points compared to the previous iRC3880/2880 series. Toner level detection Not available
O/D of cylinder 20mm
Purpose : Improved points : Primary Charging method Roller charging
Lower running cost Separating developing assembly from drum unit charging O/D of roller 14mm
Improved life of drum unit Introducing Bk drum (highly-durable type) Cleaning Brush roller
Improved life of developing assembly Introducing ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) technology Toner Toner amount (the life value imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051/5045
Improved productivity Separating the laser scanner unit into 2 units container is based on A4 size with 5% Bk: approx. 940g (Life: approx. 40k)
(4-beam for each laser driver) (see Note) image ratio) Color: approx. 590g (Life: approx. 30k)
imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035/5030
Detection of toner container Not Available
Secondary transfer
ITB cleaner unit Primary transfer roller inner roller (presence)
ITB belt Post-secondary Availability to replace a toner Available
transfer static eliminator container (during continuous
print)
Secondary transfer Transfer method Intermediate Transfer (ITB)
outer roller
ITB unit ITB unit Material PI (Polyimide)
Circumferential length 893mm
Y M C Bk Cleaning Cleaning blade
Patch sensor
Developing
Belt displacement correction Available (photosensitive sensor)
assembly Primary Transfer method Transfer roller
Laser Laser Laser Laser transfer Disengagement mechanism Available
O/D of roller 16mm
Developing
cylinder Secondary Transfer method Transfer roller
transfer Disengagement mechanism Not available
Charging Photosensitive
roller drum Cleaning Electrostatic cleaning
drum unit O/D of secondary transfer inner 16mm
Laser scanner unit 2
Laser scanner unit 1 roller
F-2-66 O/D of secondary transfer outer 24mm
roller
Note : Separating method Curvature separation + static eliminator
4-beam for iR ADVANCE 5051/5045, 2-beam for iR ADVANCE 5035/5030 Patch sensor Yes
T-2-22
2-41
2
2
2-42
■ Parts configuration ■ Print process
● Major Parts Delivery
Fixing block
Toner container ITB cleaning block 8. Fixing
Transfer block
Y M C Bk Transfer 9. ITB cleaning
assembly ITB
7. Separation
6. Secondary transfer
Toner supply 5. Primary transfer 5. Primary transfer 5. Primary transfer 5. Primary transfer
assembly
Y M C Bk
4. Developing
Waste toner case Developing block 10. Drum cleaning
Y 1.Pre-exposure M C Bk
3. Laser exposure Photosensitive Photosensitive Photosensitive Photosensitive Registration
Developing assembly drum drum drum drum
Laser scanner unit + Drum unit
2. Primary charging Drum
F-2-67 Static latent image cleaning
formation block block Pickup
Flow of print paper

Rotating direction of ITB, photosensitive drum
F-2-68
● Overview
Static latent 1 Pre-exposure To remove residual charge on the surface of photosensitive
image drum by exposure of pre-exposure LED light
formation block 2 Primary charging To charge the surface of photosensitive drum to be
uniformed negative potential
3 Laser exposure To create static latent image on the surface of
photosensitive drum by emitting laser light (image exposure:
laser exposure area becomes image area)
Developing 4 Developing To attach negatively-charged toner from the developing
block cylinder to the photosensitive drum by non-negative
2-component jumping developing method.
Transfer block 5 Primary transfer To apply positively-charged potential from the back surface
of ITB to transfer toner on the surface of photosensitive
drum to ITB.
6 Secondary transfer To apply positively-charged potential to the secondary
transfer outer roller to transfer toner on the ITB to the paper.
7 Separation To separate paper from the ITB by curvature separation
method. In the case of thin paper which has low elastic
force, the static eliminator reduces potential on the surface
of paper to separate thin paper more easily.
Fixing block 8 Fixing To fix toner on the paper with heat and pressure.
ITB cleaning 9 ITB cleaning To remove residual toner on the ITB by the cleaning blade.
block
Drum cleaning 10 Drum cleaning To remove residual toner on the photosensitive drum by the
block cleaning blade.
T-2-23
2-42
2
2
2-43
● Bias Types
There are the following 8 types biases used on this machine.
Bias value
Bias name Bias type Application destination
(Reference value)
Primary charging bias (DC) DC Approx. –600V Primary Charging Roller
Primary charging bias (AC) AC Approx. 1.5kVpp
Flying toner blocking bias (DC) DC Approx. -1.3kV Toner Blocking Terminal Plate
Developing bias (DC) DC Approx. -400V Developing Cylinder
Developing bias (AC) AC Approx. 1.6kVpp
Primary transfer bias DC Approx. 1.5kV Primary Transfer Roller
Secondary transfer bias DC Approx. 3kV Secondary Transfer Outer Roller
Secondary transfer cleaning bias DC Approx. -1.0kV
Aforementioned biases are created by 3 HVT and are supplied to the loads used in the T-2-24
printing process.
Developing Developing Developing Developing

subhigh subhigh subhigh subhigh
voltage voltage voltage voltage
PCB Y PCB M PCB C PCB Bk
(UN43) (UN44) (UN45) (UN46)
Secondary
transfer
Primary Secondary outer roller
Photosensitive transfer transfer
drum roller inner roller
Toner-blocking
electrode plate
Y M C Bk
Y M C Bk Developing AC
monitoring signal
Primary transfer DC HVT2
(UN17)
Developing AC+DC
Developing Primary Charging AC+DC
cylinder charging
roller
monitoring signal
HVT3 DC controller
Secondary transfer DC (UN18) (UN1)
Charging AC+DC
HVT1
Developing AC+DC (UN16)
F-2-69
2-43
2
2
2-44
Controls ■ Pre-exposure
■ Overview ● Pre-exposure control
Removing residual potential on the photosensitive drum before executing the primary
Pre-exposure Image stabilization control
Pre-exposure control Drum film thickness detection charging prevents drum ghost during continuous print.
D-max control According to the command from the DC controller PCB, the pre-exposure unit exposes (emits)
Primary charging
D-half control LED when the photosensitive drum is rotated.
Primary charging bias control
ARCDAT control Emitting LED light through the light guide removes residual potential on the photosensitive
Discharge current control
PASCAL control
Primary charging cleaning control drum.
Color displacement correction control
ATVC control To make up for the lack of LED’s light intensity, two (2) pre-exposure LEDs are used in total:
Developing/drum
Developing bias control one at the front of the main unit, and the other at the rear of the main unit.
Toner supply
ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) control Pre-exposure LED (rear)
Toner cap automatic opening control
Toner-blocking bias control (UN24 / 26 /28 / 30)
Toner level detection/toner supply control
Drum (presence) detection
New/old detection of drum unit Waste toner feeding
Drum life detection Waste toner full level detection
Drum heater control Waste toner case (presence) detection
Drum Drum rotation speed control T-2-25
Transfer/separation Light guide

Primary transfer disengagement control
Primary transfer bias control
Secondary transfer bias control
ITB displacement correction control
ITB cleaning control
Photosensitive drum
Secondary transfer outer roller cleaning
control
Drum cleaning Charging roller cleaning brush

Pre-exposure LED (front)
Drum cleaning control (UN23 / 25 /27 / 29)
Primary charging roller

DC controller
(UN1)
F-2-70
2-44
2
2
2-45
■ Primary charging ● Primary charging bias control
To charge the surface of photosensitive drum to be uniform negatively-charged potential
● Overview
The primary charging bias (AC+DC negative), generated by HVT1/2 PCB, is applied to the
This machine uses the roller charging method for primary transfer.
primary charging roller.
To prevent image fault (white spot/missing image) caused by residual toner, the cleaning
brush roller is added to clean the primary charging roller. DC controller(UN1)
Photosensitive Drum
drum cleaner
HVT1 /2(UN16/17)
AC + DC negative
Photosensitive
drum
Cleaning brush Primary charging

roller roller
Cleaning brush roller Primary charging roller

F-2-72
● Discharge current control

F-2-71
To apply optimal primary charging bias according to the environmental change or use
condition of photosensitive drum
Execution timing
1) When the power is turned ON, at sleep recovery
2) At post-rotation after the total reaches 250 prints (see Note1)
Note1: The total print is counted separately between the color mode and the Bk mode. This
control is executed when the counter of either mode reaches the specified number.
Detection description
To detect the current monitoring value of the primary charging AC bias
2-45
2
2
2-46
Execution time ● Primary charging cleaning control
Within 1 second This machine may not be able to collect residual toner on the drum because this machine
uses fine-grain toner, which possibly results in image fault (white spot/missing image) due to
Operation of the main unit residual toner attached on the primary charging roller.
1) Current monitoring value of the primary charging AC bias is detected To prevent this symptom, the cleaning brush roller is added to forcibly remove residual toner
2) Optimal primary charging current value is determined according to the result of the attached on the primary charging roller.
environment sensor (UN22) and the current monitoring value The drive of the brush roller is engaged with the primary charging roller.
3) The primary charging AC bias is determined to apply to the primary charging roller
Photosensitive Drum
drum cleaner
Primary charging AC
Current monitoring signal HVT1
(UN16)
Y M C Bk Primary charging AC DC controller

(UN1)
HVT2
(UN17)
Current monitoring signal
F-2-73
Related error codes:

E061-0X01: Current monitor value error other than initial detection (current monitor value is
lower limit or less, or drum unit is absent)
E061-0XE0: Current monitor value error at initial detection (current monitor value is upper limit Cleaning brush Primary charging
roller roller
or more)
F-2-74
E061-0XF0: Current monitor value error at initial detection (current monitor value is lower limit
or less)
E061-0XF1: Change amount error of current monitor value (change amount is abnormal after
time elapsed)
x indicates the corresponding color. (1=Y, 2=M, 3=C, 4=Bk)
2-46
2
2
2-47
■ Developing/drum ● Developing bias control
To create toner image on the photosensitive drum after the toner has been attached on the
● Developing overview
photosensitive drum
Toner-blocking Developing Control description
electrode plate cylinder The developing bias (AC, DC negative) generated by HVT1/2 (UN16/17) is applied to the
developing cylinder
• Developing DC bias: bias for generating potential difference from the photosensitive drum
Bias value is determined based on detection result of the drum film thickness
Toner feeding screw B
• Developing AC bias: bias for improving image quality
DC controller(UN1)
HVT1/2(UN16/17)
Developing motor M5 M8
AC+DC
Developing
cylinder
ATR sensor
(TS5 TS8)
Toner feeding screw A

Waste toner delivery
discharge outlet
F-2-75
Parts name Function

Developing assembly To develop toner fed from the hopper unit on the photosensitive drum
Developing cylinder To develop toner in the developing assembly on the photosensitive drum
Toner feeding screw A/B To stir developer (toner and carrier) in the toner container to supply to
the developing cylinder
Toner-blocking electrode To apply DC bias to the electrode plate to increase retention strength of
plate toner on the developing cylinder
T-2-26
● Drive configuration
F-2-76
Parts name Function
M5 to M8 Developing motor To rotate the developing cylinder and the toner feeding screw
TS5 to TS8 ATR sensor To detect the ratio of developer (toner + carrier) in the developing
assembly
T-2-27
2-47
2
2
2-48
● ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) control ● Toner-blocking bias control
This machine introduced a method to supply developer (toner + carrier) to improve life (longer This control prevents scattering of toner on the developing cylinder due to deterioration of the
life) of the developing assembly. developing assembly.
This is a control to supply developer to the developing assembly and also discharge Developing AC bias which has been generated by HVT1 (UN16) is generated to be negative
developer to keep optimal developer amount in the developing assembly. DC bias on the developing sub high voltage PCB (UN43 to 46).
This control prevents deterioration of carrier, which had been occurred due to reuse of The generated bias is applied to the toner-blocking electrode plate. This improves retention
developer in the developing assembly. strength of toner on the developing cylinder.
The Toner Feed Screw A & B drive when the Developing Motor (M5 to 8) drives so that the
DC controller(UN1)
developer will be exhausted. The developer is supplied at the right time based on the ATR
control result.
HVT1/2 (UN16/17)
Flow of toner Toner feeding screw A Return screw
Toner discharge outlet

Developing sub high voltage PCB Y/M/C/Bk (UN43 46)
DC
Toner-blocking
electrode plate
Toner supply inlet Toner feeding screw B ATR sensor Toner feeding screw C Developing
cylinder
Toner supply inlet
Toner feeding screw A

Toner feeding screw B
Return screw
Toner feeding screw C
Toner discharge outlet
F-2-77
Toner feeding screw B Toner feeding screw A

F-2-78
2-48
2
2
2-49
● Drum overview ● Drive configuration
Photosensitive drum Pre-exposure LED light guide Drum motor
M1 M4
Drum rotation sensor1
Drum rotation sensor2 (UN31 / 33 / 35 / 37) Pre-exposure LED
(UN32 / 34 / 36 / 38) light guide
Photosensitive drum
Waste toner screw

Waste toner screw
Drum cleaning blade

Drum cleaning blade
Cleaning brush roller Primary charging roller Cleaning brush roller Primary charging roller
F-2-79 F-2-80
Parts name Function Parts name Function

Drum unit To create toner image by the toner from the developing cylinder after the M1 to M4 Drum motor To rotate the photosensitive drum, the waste toner screw
static latent image has been created on the photosensitive drum. UN31 to UN38 Drum rotation sensor 1/2 To detect rotation of the photosensitive drum
Light guide To expose pre-exposure LED light on the photosensitive drum T-2-29
Photosensitive drum To create toner image on the photosensitive drum
Primary charging roller To make the surface of photosensitive drum to be evenly-charged potential
Charging cleaning To remove residual toner on the primary charging roller
brush roller
Drum cleaning blade To remove residual toner on the photosensitive drum
Waste toner screw To feed residual toner
T-2-28
2-49
2
2
2-50
● Detection of drum (presence) Operation of the main unit
To detect if the drum unit is installed or not 1) The main unit checks presence of the fuse attached to each drum (the fuse detection signal
is monitored)
Execution timing 2) If there is a fuse, the main unit clears the drum film thickness detection data of the
1) When the power is turned ON applicable drum unit, which is kept in SRAM (IC2).
2) At recovery from sleep mode 3) The main unit cuts the fuse (to make the fuse cut signal “H”)
Drum unit
To be determined by current monitoring value of the primary charging AC bias DC controller
In case that current monitor value is less than the specified value (1mA): no Drum Unit (UN1)
In case that current monitor value is the specified value (1mA) or more: Drum Unit present
+24V
Execution timing
Within 1 second
SRAM Fuse detection signal
(IC2)
Operation of the main unit Fuse cut signal
Operation of the main unit is stopped while “No drum unit” is shown on the control panel.
Primary charging AC Fuse

Current monitoring signal HVT1
(UN16) F-2-82
MEMO:
Y M C Bk Primary charging AC DC controller Fuse cut operation is executed when the power is turned ON after a new Drum Unit is
(UN1)
installed.
HVT2 Thus, if replacing a Drum Unit to another one (new one) to identify a cause of failure at
(UN17) a field, fuse is blown and the drum thickness data is cleared.
Current monitoring signal As a result, even though the original Drum Unit is installed to the host machine again,
the host machine identifies it as like-new one and correct print image may not be
output.
F-2-81
With consideration to above matter, do not use a new Drum Unit when identifying a
● Old/new detection of drum unit cause of failure.
To detect whether the drum unit is new or old
Detection timing
1) When the power is turned ON
2) At recovery from sleep mode
To check state of the fuse that is attached to each drum unit
There is a fuse: new drum
Fuse is blown: used drum
2-50
2
2
2-51
● Drum life detection
Related service mode
COPIER > FUNCTION > INSTALL > AINR-OFF (fuse cut extend on new drum unit) Detects the life of Photosensitive Drum
This is to disable the Drum Unit initialization to be executed when a new Drum Unit is
inserted. Also, fuse meltdown after Drum Unit initialization will not be executed. Execution timing
This is used when replacing a Drum Unit temporarily and checking the image to identify
a cause of a trouble etc. 1) At power-ON
0: Initialization is executed when a new one is installed. Fuse meltdown is executed. 2) At every print
[Default]
1: Initialization is not executed when a new one is installed. Fuse melt down is not
Control details
executed.
Make sure to set this service mode to “1” only when it is necessary at servicing. Be 1) Drum lift count value is calculated by the rotation time of Photosensitive Drum and
sure to reset this service mode to “0” when service works are completed. application time of primary charging AC bias.
2) The count value calculated at control details step 1) is added to the drum count value
stored in SRAM.
Message
Detection detail Detection timing
(host machine operation)
Drum life warning (approx. 10% When the drum life count value has No message
until the end of drum line) reached the specified value.
• Color drum :45k
• Bk drum:135k
The end of drum life (approx. 0% When the drum life count value has Replace the Drum Unit.
until the end of drum life) reached the specified value (Color (print can continue)
drum :50k,Bk drum:150k) as a total
from drum life warning.
T-2-30
The drum life value is based on A4 size with 5% image ratio

Drum motor drive signal
Primary charging DC controller

AC bias (UN1)
drive signal HVT2
M1~M4
(UN17)
SRAM(IC2)
Drum life
count
Y M C Bk
Y
M
C
Bk
Photosensitive drum
HVT1
Primary charging (UN16)
Primary charging
roller AC bias
drive signal
F-2-83
2-51
2
2
2-52
● Drum heater control ● Drum rotation speed control
The drum heater is attached below the photosensitive drum to keep stabilized charging and This control is performed to keep a uniform drum rotation speed in order to increase accuracy
exposure according to the environmental change in the machine. of the image position (color displacement).
This heater works only when the main power switch is turned OFF while the environment
switch is turned ON. Execution timing
1) The drum rotates, driven by the drum motors (M1 to M4).
2) There is an encoder on the drum shaft, of which rotation is monitored by the two sensors (Y:
Photosensitive
drum UN31/32, M: UN33/34, C: UN35/36, Bk: UN37/38,).
3) This sensor counts the drum count based on a pulse, and feeds back the drum rotation
speed to the drum DC controller to perform speed control.
Photosensitive drum
Drum motor
(M1~M4)
Drum heater
F-2-84
(UN32 / 34 / 36 / 38)

(UN31 / 33 / 35 / 37)
DC controller (UN1)
F-2-85
2-52
2
2
2-53
■ Transfer/separation ● Drive configuration
ITB motor
● Overview M13 M14 ITB displacement control motor
Post-secondary transfer ITB steering
Drive roller static eliminator position sensor(PS24)
(steering roller) ITB displacement
ITB scraper sensor 1 to 4 (PS25 28)
ITB Cleaning
blade Primary transfer
Drive roller disengagement sensor(PS23)
(steering roller) ITB scraper Idol roller
Primary transfer
disengagement sensor(PS22) Secondary transfer
Waste toner outer roller
feeding screw
Primary transfer Waste toner

auxiliary roller Primary transfer Primary transfer Secondary transfer feeding screw
Tension roller outer roller
Primary transfer roller Primary transfer roller ITB cleaning
roller (M) roller (Bk) blade Primary
(C) transfer Primary transfer
(Y) roller(C)
auxiliary roller Primary transfer Primary transfer Patch sensor
F-2-86 Tension roller
Primary transfer roller(M) roller(Bk) (Front/Center/Rear)
Toner on the photosensitive drum is transferred on paper roller(Y) (UN47 / UN48 / UN49)
M15 Primary transfer disengagement motor
Parts name Function
F-2-87
ITB unit To transfer toner on the photosensitive drum to the paper
ITB (Intermediate Transfer Belt) To transfer toner on the photosensitive drum Parts name Function
Primary transfer roller To attract toner on the photosensitive drum to the ITB M13 ITB motor To rotate the ITB and the waste toner screw
Primary Transfer Auxiliary Roller To make the contact surface of Primary Transfer Roller (Y) with M14 ITB displacement To move the drive roller (steering roller)
the ITB horizontal. control motor
Static eliminator To drive ITB. To correct the displacement of ITB. M15 Primary transfer To make the tension roller and the primary transfer roller (Y/M/C)
ITB scraper To scrape toner inside the ITB disengagement motor engaged/disengaged
Tension roller To keep appropriate tension of the ITB PS24 ITB steering position To detect position of the drive roller (steering roller)
sensor
Cleaning blade To scrape toner on the ITB
PS22 Primary Transfer To detect whether the Tension Roller and Primary Transfer
Waste toner feeding screw To feed residual toner inside the ITB cleaner unit
Pressure Sensor Roller (Y/M/C) are pressurized condition.
Secondary transfer unit To transfer toner on the ITB to the paper
PS23 Primary Transfer To detect whether the Tension Roller and the Primary Transfer
Secondary transfer outer roller To attract toner on the ITB to the paper and feed the paper
Disengage Sensor Roller (Y/M/C) is disengaged condition.
Static eliminator To eliminate electric charge on the paper after secondary
PS25 to 28 ITB displacement To detect position of the ITB
transfer
sensor
T-2-31
UN47 to 48 Patch Sensor (front/ To detect color displacement level (amount)
rear)
UN49 Patch Sensor (center) To detect patch density for image stabilization control (D-max,
D-half, etc.) and to detect the color displacement amount
UN54 ITB HP sensor To detect home position of the ITB
T-2-32
2-53
2
2
2-54
● Primary transfer disengagement control
The primary transfer roller for color is engaged or disengaged to keep longer life of the image
formation parts (photosensitive drum, ITB)
Primary transfer
Execution timing auxiliary roller
• Roller to be engaged: when making color prints (If 2 and more sheets of Bk continues
Support arm
within a job at Color + Bk mix printing, disengage the Primary Transfer Roller when printing
color) Cam
Drive shaft
• Roller to be disengaged: anytime other than the above timing
Sensor flag
Control description ITB
1) Drive of the primary transfer disengagement motor (M15) rotates the cam. Primary transfer
roller(M)
2) Rotation of the cam moves the support arm up/down, which separates (disengages) the
color primary transfer roller from the ITB.
Primary transfer Primary transfer
3) Position of the primary transfer roller is detected by the primary transfer disengagement roller(Y) disengagement
motor(M15)
sensor (PS22/23).
Primary transfer
disengagement
MEMO: sensor (PS22)
Primary transfer
• At standby, the color’s primary transfer roller is disengaged. Support arm disengagement
• P22 is ON (the sensor flag blocks the light) at the time of engagement while PS23 is ON sensor(PS23)
(the sensor flag blocks the light) at the time of disengagement.
Drive shaft
Primary transfer
roller(C)
F-2-88
Related error code

E074-0001: ITB pressurized operation error
E074-0002: ITB disengaged operation error
E074-0003: Breakdown of Primary Transfer Pressure Sensor and Primary Transfer Disengage
Sensor.
2-54
2
2
2-55
● Primary transfer bias control ● Secondary transfer bias control
This control transfers toner on the photosensitive drum to the ITB. This control transfers toner on the ITB to the paper.
The primary transfer bias (DC), which has been generated by HVT2 (UN17), is applied to the The secondary transfer bias (DC), which has been generated by HVY3 (UN18), is applied to
primary transfer roller. the secondary transfer outer roller.
Bias value is determined by the measurement value of environment sensor 1 (UN22) Bias value is determined by the measurement value of environment sensor 2 (UN50) and the
paper type.
DC controller(UN1)
DC controller(UN1)
HVT2 (UN17)
HVT3 (UN18)
DC DC DC DC
DC
Drive roller
(steering roller)
Secondary transfer outer roller
F-2-90
Primary transfer Primary transfer Primary transfer Primary transfer
roller(Y) roller(M) roller(C) roller(Bk)
F-2-89
2-55
2
2
2-56
● ITB displacement correction control
Related Error Codes
This control prevents damage on the ITB due to displacement of the ITB. E075-0002: failure in ITB steering position sensor
E075-0003: failure in ITB displacement control (full displacement to the rear)
Execution timing E075-0004: failure in ITB displacement sensor
When the ITB is rotated E075-0103: failure in ITB displacement control (full displacement to the front)
Control description
MEMO:
1) The ITB displacement sensors (PS25 to 28) detect displacement of the ITB.
Following table shows detection result of the ITB displacement sensor and operation of
2) Drive of the ITB displacement control motor (M14) rotates the cam. the main unit.
The cam position is detected by the steering position sensor (PS24).
3) Rotation of the cam moves the drive shaft up/down to tilt the steering roller.
State of ITB displacement sensor
4) Tilt of the steering roller generates tension difference of the ITB to move the ITB to the front Edge state of ITB belt Operation of main unit
PS25 PS26 PS27 PS28
or rear. Full displacement to the rear Error code (E075-0003) stops
OFF OFF OFF OFF
5) Repeating steps 1) through 4) corrects displacement of the ITB. (approx. 5.8mm or more) the main unit.
Displacement to the rear Steering roller (rear) is moved
ITB steering OFF OFF OFF ON
position sensor(PS24) (approx. 4.0mm to 5.7mm) down.
Displacement to the rear
Drive shaft OFF OFF ON ON
ITB displacement control (approx. 2.1mm to 3.9mm)
motor(M14) Cam OFF ON ON ON
Reference position
ITB displacement ON ON ON ON Steering roller (rear) is moved
sensor2(PS26) up.
Displacement to the front
ITB displacement
ON ON ON OFF
ITB (approx.2.1mm to 3.9mm)
sensor1(PS25)
Drive roller Displacement to the front
(steering roller) ON ON OFF OFF
(approx.4.0mm to 5.7mm)
Full displacement to the front Error Code (E075-0103) stops
ON OFF OFF OFF
(approx.5.8mm or more) the main unit.
ITB displacement T-2-33
sensor3(PS27)
ITB displacement The “ON” state of the sensors above indicates that the light is blocked
sensor4(PS28)
Sensor flag
Support arm
F-2-91
2-56
2
2
2-57
● ITB cleaning control ● Secondary transfer outer roller cleaning control
To remove residual toner on the ITB To prevent soil on the back of the sheet caused by soil on the secondary transfer outer roller
Control description Execution timing

1) The ITB cleaning blade scrapes toner on the ITB. 1) At warm-up rotation (fixing temperature is less than 50 deg C, jam recovery)
2) Scraped toner is fed to the waste toner case by the waste toner feeding screw. 2) At the post-rotation
ITB motor 3) After executing image stabilization control (creating patch image on the ITB)
M13
Control description
The secondary transfer bias (see Note 1), which has been generated by HVT3 (UN18), is
applied to the secondary transfer outer roller.
Residual toner on the secondary transfer outer roller is attached to the ITB, and then collected
by the ITB cleaning unit.
Caution:
Waste toner
feeding screw Both positive bias and negative bias are applied:
ITB cleaning blade Drive roller Because of polarized-charged (positive and negative) residual toner, both types of
(steering roller) residual toner need to be removed.
F-2-92
Therefore, positively-charged bias is applied on the 1st cycle of ITB while negatively-
charged bias is applied on the 2nd cycle of ITB.
ITB cleaning blade
Cleaning bias2
Waste toner
feeding screw
Drive roller Secondary transfer
(steering roller) outer roller
F-2-93
Related Service Mode

Forced execution of the secondary transfer outer roller cleaning
COPIER > FUNCTION > CLEANING > 2TR-CLN
2-57
2
2
2-58
● Separation ■ Drum cleaning
Paper is separated from the ITB due to paper’s elastic force.
● Overview
In the case of thin paper which has low elastic force, the static eliminator reduces potential on
To clean residual toner on the photosensitive drum
the back surface of paper. This reduces electrostatic adsorption of paper so that thin paper is
Residual toner on the drum is scraped by the drum cleaning blade.
separated from the ITB more easily.
Then, rotation of the waste toner screw feeds the residual toner to the waste toner case.
Post-secondary transfer
static eliminator Photosensitive drum
Secondary transfer
inner roller
Secondary transfer Waste toner screw

outer roller
F-2-94
Drum cleaning blade
MEMO:
On this machine, by reducing the diameter of Secondary Transfer Inner Roller, contact
surface of the paper with the ITB is reduced. This prevents the thin paper from sticking
onto the ITB.
Cleaning brush roller Primary charging roller
F-2-95
2-58
2
2
2-59
■ Image stabilization control
Execution timing
Execution condition
Required time (sec)

Control types
Startup correction (*1)

Discharge current correction
Drum thickness detection
ATR control (patch detection)
Primary transfer ATVC
Secondary transfer ATVC
Secondary transfer cleaning
D-Max control
ARCDAT control
D-Half control
● Overview
To prevent image fault due to environmental change or deterioration of photosensitive drum
to make stable print image
DC controller(UN1)
Main controller 2
ATVC control
ATR control
PASCAL control
Toner Toner Toner Toner
Y M C Bk
Patch sensor D-half control

(Front/Center/Rear)
(UN47 / UN48 / UN49) Color displacement At power ON At normal Model A: approx 20.9
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
correction control condition Model B: approx 29.5
D-max control Model A: approx
H/H environment
Laser scanner unit ARCDAT control 46.0Model B: approx ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Drum film thickness 68.1
detection
At recovery Sleep is less than Model A: approx
F-2-96
from sleep 8 hours 12.1Model B: approx ○ ○ ○ ○
● Control timing 17.6
Execution items for image stabilization control differ according to the environment or the Sleep is 8 hours Model A: approx
or more 20.9Model B: approx ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
condition of image-formation parts.
29.5
Following shows the control items to be executed by each sequence as well as the downtime Sleep is 8 hours Model A: approx 46.0
(estimation). or more (in H/H Model B: approx 68.1 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
environment)
At pre-rotation At environment Model A: approx 12.1
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
change Model B: approx 17.6
Per total of 500 Model A: approx 2.7
○
sheets Model B: approx 4.0
At sheet During printing per Model A: approx 8.4
○ ○ ○
interval total of 100 sheets Model B: approx 12.8
During printing per Model A: approx 3.3
○
total of 250 sheets Model B: approx 4.3
○ ○ ○ ○
(model A) or total ○ ○
of 240 sheets
(Model B)
total image ratio Model B: approx 4.3 ○ ○
2000%
2-59
2
2
2-60
● Drum film thickness detection
Execution timing
Execution condition
Required time (sec)

Control types
Startup correction (*1)

Discharge current correction
Drum thickness detection
ATR control (patch detection)
Primary transfer ATVC
Secondary transfer ATVC
Secondary transfer cleaning
D-Max control
ARCDAT control
D-Half control
To detect use condition of the photosensitive drum
Execution timing
1) When the power is turned ON.
2) Every time making print
Control description
1) The drum count value is calculated by the monitor signal of the primary charging AC bias.
2) The count value calculated in step 1) above is added to the drum count value that has been
kept in SRAM.
3) The latest count value determined in step 2) above is classified to be one of the 10 levels
At post- After printing per Model A: approx 6.1 as the drum film thickness detection data.
○ ○
rotation total of 25 sheets Model B: approx 9.3
4) The determined data is compared to the existing drum film thickness detection data kept in
After printing per Model A: approx 11.7
○ ○ ○ ○ the other area in SRAM. If there is any difference between both data, the newly-determined
After printing per Model A: approx 5.0 data is overwritten on SRAM as the latest drum film thickness detection data. If there is no
total of 180 sheets Model B: approx 7.6 difference in both data, the newly-determined data is not overwritten, but disposed.
(model A) or total ○
of 120 sheets DC controller
(UN1)
(model B)
SRAM(IC2)
After printing per Model A: approx 2.8
total image ratio Model B: approx 4.3 ○ ○ Drum count
data
800%
After printing Model A: approx 42.6
Y
per total of 1000 Model B: approx 65.7 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ M
C
sheets Y M C Bk
After printing Model A: approx 47.6
Photosensitive Drum film
per total of 5000 Model B: approx 72.1 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ drum Monitor signal thickness data
HVT1
sheets Primary charging (UN16)
T-2-34 roller Primary charging
AC bias Y
Model A: imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051/5045 drive signal M
C
Model B: imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035/5030
F-2-97
*1: ITB dirt correction, patch sensor correction etc.

MEMO:
Bk Drum for highly-durable type, the drum is no shave.
Related service mode Therefore, Bk drum is not the thickness detection.
COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING>T-LW-LVL (setting of the number of sheet to execute The result of drum thickness detection is reflected to the following data.
ITB cleaning sequence after transparency feed) • Developing bias
COPIER>CLEANING>IMG-TR>ITBB-TMG (setting of ITB cleaning interval) • Primary transfer bias
• ATR patch detection result
• Laser output
2-60
2
2
2-61
● D-max control
Start
This control determines optimal developing DC bias, primary charging DC bias, laser power
output.
DC controller(UN1)
Execution timing
1) When replacing a drum unit or developing assembly. Patch pattern is created
2) At every post-rotation after the total reaches 1000 prints.

3) Power ON (High temperature and humidity)and corrects the each color developing DC Patch sensor(Center)(UN49)
bias, primary charging DC bias, laser power output to realize the target density.
(Y)D-max correction table Patch scanning
Detection details
Density
1) DC controller creates the patch pattern in corresponding color on the ITB.
Y10 DC controller(UN1)
2) DC Controller measures the patch density with the Patch Sensor (center) (UN49)
Target Y3 D-max correction table is created(Y,M,C,Bk)
Y2
ITB
Y1
DC controller(UN1)
0
Developing DC bias,
Vdc
Primary charging DC bias,
Laser Power output is determined
Photosensitive F-2-99
drum
Developing
cylinder
Primary
Primary charging DC bias
charging roller
Laser Power output
Developing DC bias
Patch sensor
(Center)
(UN49)
HVT2 Laser scanner

HVT1(UN16) (UN17) unit 1/2
Patch image date
D-max control
DC controller(UN1)
F-2-98
2-61
2
2
2-62
● PASCAL control
MEMO:
This control stabilizes gradation density characteristics of the image This control creates 4 types of patch patterns as follows:
This control is executed when selecting [“Auto gradation correction” > “Full correction”] in • Patch pattern for copy (64 patches for each color)
User Mode. • Patch pattern for text (64 patches for each color)
• Patch pattern for photo (64 patches for each color)
Density characteristics of the patch pattern made by test print is scanned by the reader to • Patch pattern for D-max (64 patches for each color)
create the image density correction table. Using this table corrects image gradation density
characteristics, which vary according to the environmental change or deterioration of
photosensitive drum.
Main Controller 2 DC Controller (UN1) ITB Reader
PASCAL PG
1st Sheet Patch image date
PS49
(D-maxPASCAL)
Target Patch Sensor (Center)
Density Printer
Vdc Reader PASCAL control
PG
F-2-101
Paper
2nd～4th Sheet
(Gradation Reader
PASCAL) LUT
PG
Paper
Standard data PG
for D-half - 10 Patch
- 3 Screen x 4 color
PS49
density value
Standard data PG
for ARCDAT - 3 Patch
- 3 Screen x 4 color
PS49
density value
F-2-100
Execution timing
When executing calibration (during execution of [“Auto gradation correction” > “Full
correction”] in User Mode)
Control description
1) When the specified conditions are satisfied, the main controller prints 4 types of memorized
test prints (patch pattern).
2) Set the test print on the reader.
3) The reader scans gradation density of patch pattern from the test prints.
4) Main controller 2 creates the image gradation density correction table from the gradation
density data scanned by the reader.
2-62
2
2
2-63
● D-half control
Start
This control determines optimal image gradation
Main controller2
Execution timing
Output of patch pattern data
1) When replacing a drum unit or developing assembly
2) At post-rotation every time the total reaches 1000 prints
DC controller(UN1)
3) At execution of PASCAL control
Patch pattern is created
Control details
1) The Main Controller 2 outputs the patch data of each color (Y, M, C, Bk) to the DC
Patch patterns (4 types) Controller.
are printed on paper
2) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color (Y, M, C, Bk) on the ITB based on this
data.
Printed test patterns 3) DC Controller measures the patch pattern with the Patch Sensor (center) (UN49) and
are scanned by the reader returns the result to the Main Controller 2.
(Y)PASCAL correction table Patch sensor(Center)(UN49)
Actual gradation
Patch scanning
characteristics
Y63Y64
100
DC controller(UN1)
Density data（D-CON）
Output of density data
Ideal gradation Main controller2

Y2 characteristics
Y1 PASCAL correction table is
0 100 created(Y,M,C,Bk)
Data output（M-CON）
100
Ideal gradation
characteristics
Actual gradation
characteristics
0 100
Data output（M-CON）
F-2-102
2-63
2
2
2-64
4) The Main Controller 2 executes the gradation correction to realize the ideal halftone image
Start
based on this data.
Also, this control creates the standard patch used at ARCDAT control and stores the
Main controller2
standard data for ARCDAT according to the measurement result of UN49. (refer to MEMO.)
Output of patch pattern data
ITB
DC controller(UN1)
Patch pattern is created
(Y)D-half correction table Patch sensor(Center)(UN49)

Actual gradation
characteristics
Patch scanning
Y9 Y10
100
DC controller(UN1)
Output of density data
Laser Power output
Patch sensor Y2 Ideal gradation Main controller2

(center) characteristics
(UN49) Y1 D-half correction table is
0 100 created（Y,M,C,Bk）
Data output（V-CON）
Laser scanner unit 1/2

100
Ideal gradation
characteristics
Video data Patch image date
DC controller(UN1)
Actual gradation
Density data characteristics
0 100
D-half Control Data output（V-CON）
Main controller2
F-2-104
F-2-103
MEMO:
Following 4 types of patch patterns are created on this control.
• Copy pattern (10 patch per each color)
• Letter priority pattern (10 patch per each color)
• Photo priority pattern (10 patch per each color)
• Standard pattern for ARCDAT control (3 patch per each color)
2-64
2
2
2-65
Correction value calculation flow for ARCDAT control Control details
1) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color (Y, M, C, Bk) on the ITB.
Start (3 patterns per each color, total 12 patterns)
2) DC Controller measures the patch pattern with the Patch Sensor (center) (UN49) and
DC controller(UN1) returns the result to the Main Controller 2.
Reference patch pattern for 3) The Main Controller 2 compares the actual measured data with the backed up standard
ARCDAT is created(3Patch)
data for ARCDAT control. Difference after comparison is reflected to D-half result as offset
example)Reference data for
Patch sensor(center)(UN49) value.
ARCDAT of copy pattern
Patch scanning ITB
Density data(D-CON)
100
DC controller(UN1)
Output of density data (INT)
40 INT
20
10 40 100 Main controller2

Data output(D-CON) Saved as reference
data for ARCDAT
F-2-105
● ARCDAT control Patch sensor

(center)
This control obtains ideal gradation characteristics while reducing down time (UN49)
Execution timing
1) When replacing a drum unit or developing assembly
2) At post-rotation every time the total reaches 25 prints (when continuously making prints, Laser scanner unit 1/2
printing is interrupted for every 100 prints to execute this control)
Video data Patch image date
DC controller(UN1)
Density data
ARCDAT Control
Main controller2
F-2-106
2-65
2
2
2-66
● Color displacement correction control
Start
This control corrects uneven exposure of the laser scanner unit or color displacement caused
by uneven rotation of the drum or ITB
DC controller(UN1)
ITB belt
Patch pattern formation
Patch sensor(center)(UN49)
Patch scanning
DC controller(UN1)
Measurement data (SIN) transmission
Main controller2
Comparison of measurement data (SIN)
and reference data (INT)
Density data(D-CON)
INT
40
α
Registration sensor
20 SIN (rear)
Patch sensor (UN48)
Main controller2
10 40 (Center)
Offset value (alpha) determination (UN49)
Data output(D-CON)
(i.e., difference between SIN and INT)
Patch sensor
(front) DC controller(UN1)
(UN47)
Main controller2
F-2-108
Inclusion of result in
D-half correction table
Current gradation
Density data(D-CON)
100
characteristics
60 Gradation characteristics
after correction
40
α
20
40
Data output(V-CON)
F-2-107
2-66
2
2
2-67
Control detail supplying amount of toner by 3 types of data as follows.
1) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color on the ITB. • Developing Assembly Toner Supply Count
2) DC Controller compares those patterns with the standard value backed up in the DC • ATR sensor
Controller by reading the patch sensor (front, center, rear) (UN47 to 49) and detects the • Patch sensor
color displacement amount. When the DC controller determines that it is necessary to supply toner, the developing motors
3) Based on the detected result as above, the DC Controller executes correction depending (M5 to M8) and the toner supply clutches (CL2 to CL5) are turned ON. This operation rotates
on the color displace amount. the toner feeding screw A/B so that the specified amount of developer is supplied to the
Timing to start developing assembly.
At power ON
360 prints in total

During print for every
100 prints in total
During print for every
Hopper assembly Toner feeding
screw
Developing Toner supply Developing assembly
motor clutch
Control type Control description
M5~M8 CL2~CL5 Developing cylinder
Toner supply levelsensor

(PS1~PS4) Toner feeding ATR sensor
Correction in Write-start Change write-start timing in main screwA/B (TS5～TS8)
Yes Yes Yes DC controller(UN1)
main scanning correction scanning direction Developing assembly toner supply Count
direction Correction Increase/reduce the number of pixels in ATR sensor Result Patch sensor
of overall Yes Yes No main scanning direction (at both edges (center)(UN49)
Patch sensor Result
magnification ratio of image)
Correction of odd Increase/reduce the number of pixels F-2-109
magnification ratio Yes Yes No in main scanning direction (at center of
image) Related Error Codes
Correction in Write-start Change write-start timing in sub E020-001x: Error in patch sensor of developing assembly (at initial state) (more than the upper
Yes Yes No
sub scanning correction scanning direction limit)
direction Correction of Change position of laser exposure by
Yes Yes No E020-002x: Error in patch sensor of developing assembly (at initial state) (less than the lower
skewed image the laser scanner unit
limit)
T-2-35
E020-010x: Error in patch sensor (more than the upper limit)
● ATR control E020-020x: Error in patch sensor (less than the lower limit)
This control supplies developer to the developing assembly to keep ideal ratio of developer in E020-0x90: Error in ATR sensor (less than the lower limit)
the developing assembly E020-0x91: Error in ATR sensor (more than the upper limit)
E020-0xB0: Error in developer ratio when making prints (less than the lower limit)
Timing to start E020-0xB1: Error in developer ration when making prints (more than the upper limit)
When replacing with a new drum unit (ATR sensor)
x indicates the target color (1=Y, 2=M, 3=C, 4=Bk)
At every print (Developing Assembly Toner Supply Count, ATR sensor)
In the case of post-rotation every time the total reaches 150 prints or continuous print, the job
is interrupted when the total reaches 250 prints to execute this control (patch sensor)
Control description
Developer is supplied to the drum unit while the supplying amount of the developer for
each color is calculated by the above-mentioned start timing. The DC controller determines
2-67
2
2
2-68
● ATVC control • Secondary transfer ATVC
This control prevents transfer failure due to environmental change or deterioration of the Execution timing
primary transfer roller or the secondary transfer roller 1) When the power is turned ON
2) At every print job
• Primary transfer ATVC
Execution timing Control description
1) When the power is turned ON 1) Monitoring current value of the secondary transfer DC bias is detected
2) When replacing with a new drum unit 2) Optimal primary charging current value is determined based on the temperature/
3) At recovery from sleep mode humidity data of environment sensor 2.
4) At post-rotation after the total reaches 500 prints 3) The secondary transfer DC bias is determined to apply to the secondary transfer roller
5) When the environment is changed Primary transfer DC Bias
Current monitoring
signal
Catuion:
The total print is counted separately between the color mode and the Bk mode. This Secondary transfer
outer roller
control is executed when the counter of either mode reaches the specified number.
Current monitoring
signal
Control description Secondary transfer DC controller(UN1)

DC Bias
1) Monitoring current value of the primary transfer DC bias is detected Environment
2) Optimal primary charging current value is determined based on the temperature/ sensor1
Primary transfer (UN22)
humidity data of Environment sensor 1. roller
Environment
3) The primary transfer DC bias is determined to apply to the primary transfer roller sensor2
(UN50)
F-2-110
2-68
2
2
2-69
■ Toner supply assembly ● Toner cap automatic opening control
This control automatically opens/closes the cap of toner container
● Overview
Toner container driver motor
To supply toner in the toner container to the developing assembly
M9~M12
Cap release Cap drive
holder link holder Toner supply drive unit Cap drive
Cap release holder
Toner container link holder Toner cap
Toner container
Toner cap Toner cap

Toner stirring plateA position sensor1 position sensor2
(PS9 PS12) (PS5 PS8)
Hopper unit F-2-112

Execution timing
Toner stirring plateB When replacing a toner container
Control description (e.g.: release of toner cap)

Developing assembly 1) Toner cap position sensor 1 and 2 (PS5 to 12) detect the state of toner cap.
2) Operation of the toner container drive motors (M9 to 12) moves the cap drive link holder
Toner supply screw
and the cap release holder to the right (toner container side).
F-2-111
3) The toner cap is secured with the cap drive link holder.
Parts name Function
<Hold the toner cap>
Toner supply drive unit To supply toner in the toner container to the hopper unit
Cap drive link holder To open/close the toner cap and rotate the toner container 4) Operation of the toner container drive motors (M9 to 12) moves the cap drive link holder to
Cap release holder To release the toner cap the left. <Release the toner cap>
Hopper unit To supply toner in the hopper unit to the developing assembly
Toner stirring plate A, B To stir toner in the hopper unit Related Error Codes
Toner supply screw To supply toner in the hopper unit to the developing assembly E025-0100: Error in lock of toner container drive motor (Y)
T-2-36 E025-0200: Error in lock of toner container drive motor (M)
E025-0300: Error in lock of toner container drive motor (C)
E025-0400: Error in lock of toner container drive motor (Bk)
E025-0110: Error in timeout of toner cap position sensor (for Y toner container)
E025-0210: Error in timeout of toner cap position sensor (for M toner container)
E025-0310: Error in timeout of toner cap position sensor (for C toner container)
E025-0410: Error in timeout of toner cap position sensor (for Bk toner container)
2-69
2
2
2-70
• Toner supply control
MEMO:
Following shows detection result of toner cap position sensor and the operational Title Description Timing to supply Operation of main unit
relationship with the main unit. Supply to To supply developer in When the output result of The toner container drive motors
hopper the toner container to piezo sensors (TS1 to 4) is (M9 to 12) are driven for 2
State of toner cap Toner cap position sensor 1 Toner cap position sensor 2 the hopper unit changed from H to L seconds (*1)
Released OFF ON Supply to To supply developer in Toner supply is determined The developing motors (M5 to8)
In motion(released → sealed) OFF OFF developing the hopper unit to the to be necessary by the result and the toner supply clutches
Sealed ON ON assembly developing assembly of ATR control (CL2 to 5) are driven for the
In motion(sealed → released) ON OFF specified period.
T-2-37 T-2-38
*1: If the output result of piezo sensors TS1 to 4 keeps L despite drive of M9 to 12, make M9
to 12 driven for 2 seconds and then stopped for 2 seconds and repeat this procedure up to
● Toner supply control/toner level detection 20 times.
Supplies the toner in the Toner Container to the Developing Assembly. At the same time, it
detects the toner level inside the Hopper Unit. • Toner level detection
Toner container driver motor Detection Message
Toner supply drive unit Detection description Detection timing
M9~M12 source (operation of main unit)
Toner container
CCW Out of toner warning Expected from the Developing Developing Please prepare a toner
(approx. 10% until Assembly toner supply count Assembly toner container (continuous
toner is out) (judged from the number of supply count (*1) print is available)
times of toner supply to the
Hopper Unit)
Out of toner warning When the output result of Piezo sensor The toner container can
(approx. 5% until toner sensors is changed from H to L be replaced (continuous
Toner stirring plateA
is out) print is available)
DC controller(UN1) Out of toner warning Assembly Toner Supply count Developing Please replace a toner
Piezo sensor (approx. 0% until toner is started from no toner warning Assembly toner container (the main unit
(TS1 TS4) Hopper unit Toner supply
Developing clutch Developing motor is out) 2, when a total of approx. 1000 supply count (*1) stops the operation)
supply count CL2~CL5 M5~M8 sheets is printed. (In case of
Toner stirring plateB
image on A4, dot ratio of each
Toner supply color is 5%)
level sensor
(PS1～PS4) Developing assembly T-2-39
ATR control
Toner feeding
screw *1: Developing Assembly toner supply count indicates the toner amount that is supplied from
the Hopper Unit to the Developing Assembly.
F-2-113
2-70
2
2
2-71
Related Error Codes

■ Waste toner feeding assembly
E025-0100: Error in toner container drive motor (Y) ● Overview
E025-0200: Error in toner container drive motor (M)
To feed waste toner of the drum cleaning unit and the ITB cleaning unit to the waste toner
E025-0300: Error in toner container drive motor (C)
case
E025-0400: Error in toner container drive motor (K)
ITB cleaner unit
E027-0100: Error in supply to developing assembly (Y) ITB unit
E027-0200: Error in supply to developing assembly (M)
E027-0300: Error in supply to developing assembly (C)
E027-0400: Error in supply to developing assembly (K)
Drum unit
Related service mode

COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>T-CRG-SW (Toner Container replacement mode
display switch)
COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING>T-LW-LVL (No toner warning display timing changing Developing
assembly
switch)
Waste toner screw1

Waste toner feeding screw
Waste toner
Waste toner case Waste toner screw2

F-2-114
Parts name Function

Waste toner feeding unit To feed waste toner in each unit to the waste toner case
Waste toner feeding screw To feed waste toner from the drum cleaning unit
Waste toner case To keep waste toner
Waste toner screw 1, 2 To stir toner in the waste toner case
T-2-40
2-71
2
2
2-72
● Waste toner case full level detection
Related Error Code
To detect toner level accumulated in the waste toner case E013-0001: error in lock of waste toner feeding path
ITB cleaner
unit
ITB unit
● Detection of waste toner case

To detect if the waste toner case is installed
Drum Execution timing
unit
1) When the power is turned ON
2) When the front cover is open
Waste
toner DC controller
stirring Developing (UN1)
M26 plate assembly Detection description
motor
The waste toner case sensor (UN21) detects the presence of waste toner case.
Waste toner ON: there is a waste toner case
screw1 Waste toner
feeding screw OFF: there is no waste toner case (user message is displayed)
UN21
ITB cleaner
unit
Waste ITB unit
toner
Waste toner case
detect
Waste toner signal
Waste toner case Waste toner screw2 case sensor
Drum
[There is not [There is unit
waste toner case : Sensor ON] waste toner case : Sensor OFF]
Waste
toner DC controller
stirring Developing (UN1)
M26 plate assembly
motor
Waste toner
screw1 Waste toner
feeding screw
F-2-115 UN21
Detection Detection Message

Detection timing
description source (operation of main unit) Waste
toner
Waste toner full level When the output result of sensor is Waste toner Please prepare a waste Waste toner case
warning (approx. 7% changed from H to L full level toner case (continuous detect
Waste toner signal
until the waste toner sensor print is available)
Waste toner case Waste toner screw2 case sensor
level is full)
Waste toner full level After the Developing Assembly toner Developing Please replace a waste [There is not [There is
waste toner case : Sensor ON] waste toner case : Sensor OFF]
warning (approx. 0% supply count is started from full alert, Assembly toner case (the main unit
until the waste toner when a total of approx. 1000 sheets toner supply stops the operation)
level is full) is printed (in case of image on A4, count
dot ratio of each color is 5%)
T-2-41
F-2-116
2-72
2
2
2-73
■ Other controls
● Special control
Following sequences are assigned as special sequence with this machine
ITB cleaning blade ITB cleaning blade ITB cleaning blade Solid color band
Solid black band Solid black band (Y/M/C/Bk)
ITB ITB ITB
F-2-117
Sequence for black band
In the case of continuous prints while no toner is fed to the ITB cleaning blade, the ITB
cleaning blade can be removed. Therefore, toner (width = full width of ITB, length = 1mm
solid black band) is transferred on the ITB to supply toner to the ITB cleaning blade.
<Execution timing>
At post-rotation after the total reaches 100 prints
Sequence for transparency black band

When resistance adjustment agent on the transparency is attached on the ITB, it reduces
transfer efficiency on the attached area. If considerable amount of resistance adjustment
agent is attached on the ITB, it can cause fusion in the ITB cleaning assembly. To prevent this
symptom, toner (width = full width of ITB, length = 80mm solid black band) is supplied to the
ITB cleaning blade.
<Execution timing>
Sheet-to-sheet interval after 15 sheets of transparency are printed continuously
At post-rotation after 7 sheets are printed continuously since the last execution
Sequence for color band

Making prints with low image ratio can deteriorate toner and reduces developing performance.
To prevent this symptom, average image ratio for each color is calculated by ATR control and
appropriate amount of toner (width = A4, length = solid color band appropriate for deteriorated
toner amount) determined by the calculation is transferred to the ITB.
<Execution timing>
When average image ratio per sheet is 2% or less
2-73
2
2
2-74
Service work
■ Periodically replaced parts
Not applicable
■ Consumable parts
No. Parts name Parts number Qty Estimated life Remarks
1 ITB FC8-4400 1 500k
2 Primary transfer roller FC8-4401 4 500k
3 Secondary transfer inner roller FC8-4402 1 500k
4 Secondary transfer outer roller FC8-4876 1 500k
5 ITB cleaning blade FM3-6018 1 150k
6 Transfer separation guide unit FM3-8893 1 500k
7 Developing assembly (Y) FM3-8977 1 500k imageRUNNER ADVANCE
C5051/5045
Developing assembly (M) FM3-8978 1 500k imageRUNNER ADVANCE
Developing assembly (C) FM3-8979 1 500k C5035/5030
Developing assembly (Bk) FM3-8939 1 500k
8 Developing assembly (Y) FM3-8973 1 500k
Developing assembly (M) FM3-8974 1 500k
Developing assembly (C) FM3-8975 1 500k
Developing assembly (Bk) FM3-8976 1 500k
9 Toner filter FC6-9817 1 100k
T-2-42
■ List of periodical service works

No. Parts name Execution timing Work Remarks
1 Secondary transfer guide 50k Cleaning
2 Feeding contact guide 50k Cleaning
3 Patch sensor 50k Inspection
T-2-43
2-74
2
2
2-75
1. Saving energy
Fixing System Fast warm-up reduces standby electric power thanks to low heat capacity.
Overview 2. High speed

51ppm is enabled by introducing a new toner and the film capable of high heat transfer.
■ Features
This machine introduces the on-demand fixing method. 3. Supported media
Separation guide Feeding 52g/m2 paper is available due to the modification of film path and Separation
Fixing delivery roller
Guide, and image quality has been improved as well.
Fixing film
Inner delivery
roller
Fixing heater
Pressure roller
Fixing inlet guide
F-2-118
2-75
2
2
2-76
■ Specifications ■ Major parts configuration
Item Function/method
Fixing method On-demand fixing
Fixing speed 51 / 45ppm 246 mm/s (1/1-speed, plain paper) Pressure roller
machine 123 mm/s (1/2-speed, thick paper)
82 mm/s (1/3-speed, coated paper, transparency)
35 / 30ppm 160 mm/s (1/1-speed, plain paper)
machine 80 mm/s (1/2-speed, thick paper, coated paper, transparency)
Heater Ceramic heater
Individual drive of Main Heater (heat-generation distribution:
high in center) / Sub Heater (heat-generation distribution: high in
edges).
Purpose: to control temperature rise at the edge
Control temperature Target temperature at printing (plain paper 1 (64 to 81 g/m2))
51 / 45 ppm machine: 169~180 deg C Film unit
35 / 30 ppm machine: 150~163 deg C
Temperature By the main thermistors (2pc) and the sub thermistors (2pc) F-2-119
detection
Main
Protection feature Thermistors
thermistor 1
To block power supply to the fixing heater when a failure is
(TH1)
detected
Shutter HP sensor Fixing heater
Temperature fuse
(PS31) Fixing heater (H1)
Rated operation temperature: 228 +0/-6 deg C (H1)
T-2-44 Main
thermistor 2
(TH1)
Fixing pressure
sensor (PS30)
Inner delivery
sensor (PS37)
Sub thermistor 2
(TH1)
Shutter position sensor
(PS32)
Temperature fuse
(TP1)
Main thermistor 2
(TH1)
Main thermistor 1
(TH1)
Sub thermistor 1
(TH1)
F-2-120
2-76
2
2
2-77
Shutter
Fixing cooling fan (front)
(FM5)
M27
Shutter motor
Shutter position sensor(PS32)
Shutter HP sensor
(PS31)
Fixing cooling fan (rear)

(FM6)
F-2-121
Parts name Function / method

--- Film unit Applying heat and pressure makes the toner image on paper fixed
--- Pressure roller (fused).
H1 Fixing heater Ceramic heater
TH1 Main thermistor 1 To be in contact with the heater
Temperature control, detection of abnormal temperature rise
Main thermistor 2 To be in contact with the film
Temperature control, detection of abnormal temperature rise
Sub thermistor 1 To be in contact with the heater (non-feeding area)
Temperature control, detection of abnormal temperature rise,
temperature detection / cooling control on the edge
Sub thermistor 2 To be in contact with the heater (non-feeding area)
Temperature control, detection of abnormal temperature rise,
temperature detection / cooling control on the edge
TP1 Temperature fuse Noncontact type with the heater
To block AC electric power supply when a failure is detected.
PS30 Fixing pressure sensor Detection of engagement / disengagement of the film unit
PS31 Shutter HP sensor Detection of shutter’s home position
PS32 Shutter position sensor Detection of shutter’s position
PS37 Internal delivery sensor Jam detection
T-2-45
2-77
2
2
2-78
Controls ■ Standby temperature control
■ Fixing temperature control: overview Fixing
temperature
Fixing STBY INTR PRNT
temperature
STBY INTR PRNT Flaying start
control
Flying start Startup During-print Sheet-t temperature
control (warm-up control o-sheet
temperature rotation) temperature control
control temperature
temperature
15 sec Time
Time Command for

flying start
Command for Command for F-2-123
flying start print start
• Flying start temperature control
F-2-122
Purpose:
• Standby temperature control
to reduce print time (FPOT) of the 1st sheet
To preheat the fixing assembly to reduce time for starting print
• Flying start temperature control Starting conditions:
• When pressing the numeric key on the control panel
• Print temperature control • When pressing the button / key on the touch panel
To increase temperature to meet the fixing target temperature and keep the target • When opening / closing the cassette
temperature during printing • At recovery from sleep mode to standby mode
• Startup (warm-up rotation) temperature control
Control description:
• Print temperature control
Temperature rises to a certain point (150 degrees Centigrade: Main Thermistor 2).
• Sheet-to-sheet temperature control
This operation takes for 15 seconds after the last operation.
• Down sequence control

To prevent fixing failure due to rising temperature at the edge or fall in temperature.
This control causes reduced through-put.
• Down sequence when feeding small size paper
• Down sequence when switching paper size
2-78
2
2
2-79

■ Print temperature control
(Lv.2) COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW > FLYING
Fixing
(To enable/disable Flying start (pre-mature start)
temperature
<Setting value> STBY INTR PRNT

0: Enable Flying start [default]
1: Disable Flying start Startup During print Sheet-to
(warm-up control -sheet
rotation) temperature control
control temperature
temperature
Time
Command for Command for

Flying start print start
F-2-124
• Startup (warm-up rotation) temperature control
To increase fixing temperature to be ready for printing once the print-start command is
received.
• Print temperature control

To set optimal target temperature to prevent fixing failure or offset, and keep the
specified target temperature during printing
A. Setting target temperature → see the table on the next page
Target temperature is specified depending on the paper type, environment
(temperature), fixing speed, elapsed time since the last control of fixing temperature
and fixing temperature at the start of warm-up control.
B. Temperature control during printing
Temperature is controlled according to the detection result of main thermistors 1 and 2.
2-79
2
2
2-80
• Sheet-to-sheet distance temperature control Target temperature during printing
If the distance between sheets is longer than usual*1, temperature between sheets is Print speed (ppm)
Target
reduced to prevent temperature rise. Paper type Paper length in width direction
Model Speed temperature
Temperature between sheets = target temperature during printing – (30 to 50 deg C)*2 () : paper weight g / m2 216.1 431.9 457.3
(deg C) ~216.0
~431.8 ~457.2 ~630.0
*1:At down sequence 51 / 45 Plain 1(64~81) / Color 1 / 1-speed 169~180 51 25.5 20 16
ppm (64~81) / Recycled (64~81) / 246 mm /
Between the 1 side and the 2 side when making 2-sided print
st nd
machine Pre-Punched / Tracing paper sec.
When controls are executed (ATR control, registration control, ATVC control) / Japanese paper (93)
*2:To be determined according to the elapsed time since the last control of fixing temperature Thin (52~63) 148~164 51 25.5 20 16
(including standby control) and fixing temperature at the start of warm-up control Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond 181~197 51 25.5 20 16
(80~90) Except Japan
Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond 181~197 40 20 17 14
(80~90) Japan
Heavy 1 (106~163) / Label 1 / 2-speed 162~179 25.5 12.5 10 8
(151~180) 123 mm /
Heavy 2 (164~209) / sec. 166~179 20 10 8 7.5
Embossed(150) / Postcard, 4
on 1 postcard(190) / Tab
Envelope 149 20 10 8 7.5
Coated 1(106~163) 1 / 3-speed 165 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Heavy 3(210~256) 82 mm / 160 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Coated 2 (164~209) sec. 170~172 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Transparency (151~180) 159 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
35 / 30 Plain 1(64~81) / Color 1 / 1-speed 150~163 35 17.5 15 12
ppm (64~81) / Recycled (64~81) / 160 mm /
machine Pre-Punched / Tracing paper sec.
/ Japanese paper (93)
Thin (52~63) 135~153 35 17.5 15 12
Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond 165~185 35 17.5 15 12
(80~90) Except Japan
Coated 1(106~163) 1 / 2-speed 165 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Heavy 3(210~256) 80 mm / 160~172 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Heavy 1 (106~163) / Label sec. 150~167 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
(151~180)
Heavy 2 (164~209) / 155~170 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Embossed(150) / Postcard, 4
on 1 postcard(190) / Tab
Coated 2 (164~209) 170 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Transparency (151~180) 159 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
Envelope 149 17 8.5 7.5 5.5
T-2-46
2-80
2
2
2-81

■ Down sequence control
• Display of thermistor detection temperature • Down sequence when feeding small size paper
(Lv.1) COPIER > DISPLAY > ANALOG
> FIX-C (detected temperature of main thermistor 2)
Purpose:
> FIX-E (detected temperature of main thermistor 1) To prevent temperature rise of non-feeding area in the case of continuous print
> FIX-E2 (detected temperature of sub thermistor 1) of small size paper (less than A4R of length in width direction), fixing offset or
> FIX-E3 (detected temperature of sub thermistor 2)
deterioration of fixing film.
• Offset of fixing control temperature Starting conditions:
(Lv.1) COPIER > OPTION > IMG-FIX
> TEMP-TBL (plain paper 1) When the detected temperature of sub thermistor 1 or 2 reaches the specified
> TMP-TBL2 (thick paper 1) temperature or higher (250 to 260 deg C) during printing
> TMP-TBL3 (thick paper 2)
> TMP-TBL4 (thick paper 3) Operation:
> TMP-TBL5 (thin paper) Temperature is reduced by making wider sheet-to-sheet distance to control the
> TMP-TBL6 (envelope)
temperature at slightly lower than the target temperature for normal print.
> TMP-TBL7 (plain paper 2)
> TMP-TBL8 (transparency) Target Print
> TMP-TBL9 (coated paper 1)
Model Paper type () : paper weight g / m2 temperature speed
> TMP-TB10 (coated paper 2)
(deg C) (ppm)
<Setting value> 51 / 45 Plain 1(64~81) / Color (64~81) / Recycled (64~81) / Pre-Punched / 165~180 12~4
ppm Tracing paper / Japanese paper (93)
-2: -10 deg C machine Thin (52~63) 144~164
-1: -5 deg C Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond (80~90) Except Japan 175~192
0: 0 deg C [default] Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond (80~90) Japan 175~192
+1: +5 deg C Heavy 1 (106~163) / Label (151~180) 158~179 9~3
+2: +10 deg C Heavy 2 (164~209) / Embossed(150) / Postcard, 4 on 1 162~179
postcard(190) / Tab (160~203)
Envelope 145~149
Coated 1(106~163) 176~180 6~2
Heavy 3(210~256) 163~179
Coated 2 (164~209) 181~185
Transparency (151~180) 155~159
35 / 30 Plain 1(64~81) / Color (64~81) / Recycled (64~81) / Pre-Punched / 146~163 12~4
ppm Tracing paper / Japanese paper (93)
machine Thin (52~63) 131~153
Plain 2 (82~105) / Bond (80~90) 161~185
Coated 1(106~163) 176~180 6~2
Heavy 3(210~256) 163~179
Heavy 1 (106~163) / Label (151~180) 146~167
Heavy 2 (164~209) / Embossed(150) / Postcard, 4 on 1 151-170
postcard(190) / Tab (160~203)
Coated 2 (164~209) 181~185
Transparency (151~180) 155~159
Envelope 145~149
T-2-47
2-81
2
2
2-82
Completion conditions:
This down sequence is completed if any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Setting for down sequence start temperature when feeding small size paper
(Lv.1) COPIER > OPTION > IMG-SPD > FX-D-TMP • When the detected temperature of sub thermistor 1 or 2 reaches the specified
temperature or less.
<Setting value> • When the specified period of time*1 has passed since the preceding paper went
-4: -20 deg C through the fixing nip.
-3: -15 deg C
-2: -10 deg C *1: Specified period of time differs whether the fan has cooled the preceding paper or not.
-1: -5 deg C • If the preceding paper is A4R or larger and A3 or smaller (the fan has cooled the
0: 0 deg C [Default] paper)
+1: +5 deg C → 15 seconds
+2: +10 deg C
• If the preceding paper is smaller than A4R (the fan has not cooled the paper)
+3: +15 deg C
+4: +20 deg C → 30 seconds
• Down sequence when switching paper size

Purpose:
This down sequence prevents temperature rise of non-feeding area: there can be
possible fixing offset or wrinkle of the succeeding paper due to increased temperature
of non-feeding area of the preceding paper when continuously making prints or
feeding wider length of paper than the preceding paper.
Non-feeding area
Film
A4R A4
Non-feeding area
F-2-125
Starting conditions:
If the detected temperature of sub thermistor 1 or 2 exceeds the specified temperature
(250~260 deg C) when switching to the paper which has longer width than the
preceding paper.
Operation:
Pickup of the succeeding paper and power distribution to the heater are stopped as
well.
2-82
2
2
2-83
■ Fixing film edge cooling control ■ Detection of fixing assembly
Temperature at the edge of the film is increased when continuously making prints. Excessive The thermistor connection signal, which is input to the DC controller, detects presence of
temperature rise can deteriorate the film. When small size paper (A4R or shorter size in width fixing assembly at warm-up rotation (when the power is turned ON, the cover is open).
direction) is printed, the mode changes to the down sequence. An error code “E004-0000” is displayed to stop the operation if no fixing assembly is detected.
When making prints with paper that is A4R or longer and A3 or shorter in width direction while Signal Detection result
the film temperature exceeds the specified temperature (sub thermistor 1,2), the fan attached Thermistor connection signal (THRM_CNNT) High: No fixing assembly is found.
near the fixing assembly sends air and cools the film to control temperature rise. Unlike down Low: There is a fixing assembly.
sequence, this control will not reduce the through-put because this control is executed while T-2-48
printing is continued.
Shutter
Fixing cooling fan (front)
(FM5)
M27
Shutter motor
Shutter position sensor (PS32)
Shutter HP sensor
(PS31)
Fixing cooling fan (rear)
(FM6)
Direction of movement
Shutter HP sensor Shutter Shutter position sensor
(PS31) (PS32)
M27
Shutter motor
A4-RLTR-R B4 EXE 8K LTRA4
F-2-126
There is a shutter at the air vent, which moves (opens) in 7 levels according to the size of
feeding paper. This feature enables to send air to optimal area on the film.
2-83
2
2
2-84
■ Film unit engagement / disengagement control ■ Protection features
To prevent deformation of the fixing film / pressure roller caused by heat and pressure when Code Description
Error
Clear
the drive of pressure roller is stopped, and also to improve jam recovering performance, the
E001 Detection of abnormal high temperature
film unit is disengaged from the pressure roller under the following conditions: 0000 When main thermistor 1/2 detects 255 deg C or more for 0.2 sec. Clear
0001 When sub thermistor 1/2 detects 275 deg C or more for 0.2 sec Clear
Fixing pressure sensor (PS30) Fixing pressure sensor (PS30) 0003 When the thermistor detects temperature beyond the upper value: Clear
Sensor flag Cam Main thermistor 2 = 265 deg C
Fixing Motor Fixing Motor Main thermistor 1 = 264 deg C
M21 M21 Sub thermistor 1 = 280 deg C
Sub thermistor 2 = 280 deg C
Cam E003 Detection of low temperature
Sensor flag 0000 When main thermistor 1/sub thermistor 1/sub thermistor2 detects 21 Clear
Film unit Film unit to 50 deg C for 3 sec.
0001 When main thermistor 1 detects “(target temperature – 70 deg C)” or Clear
less for 5 sec.
0002 When the thermistor detects disconnection (any thermistor detects 20 Clear
Pressure Pressure deg C or less for 3 sec)
plate plate 0003 When the control fails to be completed 60 sec after the start of warm- Clear
Pressure roller Pressure roller up rotation.
Engaged Disengaged E004 Detection of abnormal fixing heater drive circuit
0000 When disconnection of the thermistor is detected. Unnecessary
F-2-127 E808 Detection of abnormal fixing drive circuit/power supply
Execution conditions / timing Execution conditions / timing 0000 Zero-cross error (faulty low voltage circuit) Unnecessary
• The film unit is disengaged when the power is • When the power is turned OFF T-2-50
turned ON • At jam detection when the power is turned ON
• recovery from sleep mode
At • When the mode is shifted to sleep mode (when
• At recovery from jam removal the power switch on the control panel is OFF,
• When the front cover/right cover is closed. when the specified period of time has passed
since the mode has shifted to sleep mode)
• When a jam occurs
• When an error occurs
T-2-49
Related Error Codes

E009 (Error in engagement/disengagement of film unit)
• 0000 Error in engagement
• 0001 Error in disengagement
2-84
2
2
2-85
Service work ■ List of periodical service works
Parts Estimated
■ Periodically replaced parts Parts name
number
Qty
life (print)
Remarks
1 Fixing Separation Cuide FC8-4906 1 300,000 Replace the Film Unit at the same time
No parts are assigned to be replaced periodically.
2 Shutter Cover XG9-0172 1 300,000 Replace the Film Unit at the same time
■ Consumable parts ■ When replacing parts

Parts Estimated life Counter
Parts name Qty Adjustment Remarks • Film unit, pressure roller
number (print) (DRBL-2)
1 Film unit FM3-5949 1 300,000 FX-UP-FR N.A. * 1
100V Check that the fixing nip width is within the specified range.
FM3-5950 120V
FM3-5951 230V
2 Pressure roller FC8-4906 1 300,000 FX-LW-RL N.A. *1
Paper to be used: A4 / LTR size (plain paper, 80 to 105 g/m2)
3 Fixing bearing XG9-0172 2 300,000 FX-LW-BR N.A.
*1: Be sure to check if nip width is appropriate after replacement. T-2-51
1) Set paper on the manual feed pickup tray.

Bearing 2) Execute output of fixing nip paper in Service Mode:
(Lv.1) COPIER > FUNCTION > FIXING > FIX-NIP
Paper is picked up to make 2-sided print.
1st side: solid image in Magenta, 2nd side: no image (blank)
Pressure Roller The paper is stopped at the nip area when fixing is performed on the 2nd side, and then
delivered outside the machine approx. 15 sec later.
3) Measure the nip width and check that the measured value is within the specified range.
Bearing
Film Unit (100V)

(120V)
(230V)
F-2-128
2-85
2
2
2-86
Specified value (range):
Center: 9.0 -/+ 1.0mm
Edge (145mm from the center of feeding paper): 9.0 -/+ 1.0mm
Feeding direction
Edge
145 mm
Center
145 mm
Edge
F-2-129
If measured value is out of the specified range, reinstall the replaced parts (film unit or
pressure roller) and then measure the nip width again.
MEMO:
Fixing nip width cannot be adjusted in the field
2-86
2
2
2-87
Pickup Feed System ■ Specification

Item Description
Overview
Paper storage method Front loading method
Pickup method Cassette 1, 2 Separation retard method
Multi-purpose tray Simple retard method
■ Features Paper stack capacity Cassette 1, 2 550 sheets (80g / m2 paper), 650 sheets (64g / m2 paper)
Multi-purpose tray 100 sheets (80g / m2 paper, 100 sheets (64g / m2 paper)
• Improvement of productivity (33 sheets / min → 51 sheets / min)
Paper feed reference Center reference
The number of circulation sheets is changed to 5 in 1 set at 2-sided feeding. As a
Paper size Cassette 1 Standard (universal) B4, A4, B5, LGL, LTR, EXE, A4R,
result, although the motor speed is slowed down reducing the motor loads and noise, B5R, LTRR, A5R, STMTR, 8K, 16K, 16KR,
productivity is improved. Cassette 2 Standard (universal) A3, B4, A4, B5, LDR, LGL, LTR,
A4R, B5R, LTRR, EXE, A5R, STMTR, 12” x 18”, 8K,
• Increase of supported paper size and types for printing
16K, 16KR,
The curve of feed path is made gentler and the curl occurrence is reduced by Envelope (when an option is installed.)
changing the fixing temperature depending on the paper grammage. As a result, it is Multi-purpose tray A3, B4, A4, B5, LDR, LGL, LTR, A4R, B5R, LTRR, EXE,
realized to feed the paper with 52g / m2 to 256g / m2. A5R, STMTR, 12”x18”, SRA3, 8K, 16K, 16KR, postcard,
envelope, non-standard size (99mm x 140mm to 320mm
• Auto paper size identification in cassette x 457.2mm)
By using the 2 size switches and the guide plate, auto size identification is realized. Paper grammage Cassette 1, 2 52 to 209g / m2
Users do not have to configure the size setting. Multi-purpose tray 52 to 256g / m2, For 210g / m2 or more, multi-purpose
• Increase of Multi-Purpose Tray pickup capacity (50 sheets → 100 sheets) tray 1-sided only.
Paper size switch Cassette 1, 2 Size auto detection
Simple retard method is applied for the pickup method. The tray is lifted up and down
Multi-purpose tray Input from the operation panel by uses
at paper pickup, so stack capacity of the tray is increased from 50 sheets to 100
2-sided print method Through path method
sheets. Paper level display Yes (displayed in 3 levels on LCD panel)
OHP detection Yes
Lead edge margin 4.0mm –1 ~ + 1.5mm
Right edge margin 2.5mm –1.5 ~ +1.5mm
T-2-52
2-87
2
2
2-88
■ Parts Configuration [1] Reverse Roller [13] Cassette 1 Separation Roller
[2] Second Delivery Roller [14] Cassette 1 Feed Roller
● Roller Layout Drawing [3] Third Delivery Roller [15] Cassette 1 Pickup Roller
[4] Duplex Inlet Roller [16] Vertical Path Roller 1
[1] [2]
[5] Duplex Feed Upper Roller [17] Registration Roller
[6] Duplex Feed Lower Roller [18] Secondary Transfer Roller
[7] Multi-Purpose Tray Pickup / Feed Roller [19] Fixing Roller
[8] Multi-Purpose Tray Separation Roller [20] Post-Fixing Roller
[3]
[9] Vertical Path Roller 2 [21] Fixing Inner Delivery Roller
[10] Cassette 2 Feed Roller [22] First Delivery Roller
[11] Cassette 2 Separation Roller [23] Second / Third Delivery Inlet Roller
[23]
[12] Cassette 2 Pickup Roller
[22] [4]
[21]
[20] [5]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[6]
[7]
[16] [8]
[15]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[14] [13] [12]

F-2-130
2-88
2
2
2-89
● Sensor / Switch Layout Drawing PS33 Registration sensor PS49 Cassette 1 Paper Presence Sensor
PS34 Fixing Inlet Sensor PS50 Cassette 2 Paper Presence Sensor
[PS39]
PS35 Fixing Loop Sensor 1 PS51 Cassette 1 Paper Level Sensor A
PS36 Fixing Loop Sensor 2 PS52 Cassette 1 Paper Level Sensor B
[PS45] PS37 Inner Delivery Sensor PS53 Cassette 2 Paper Level Sensor A
PS38 Duplex Paper Sensor PS54 Cassette 2 Paper Level Sensor B
[PS42] PS39 Reverse Sensor PS55 Cassette 1 Pre-Registration Sensor
[PS43]
[PS40] PS40 Duplex Inlet Sensor PS56 Cassette 2 Pre-Registration Sensor
PS41 First Delivery Sensor UN51 OHP Sensor
[PS44] PS42 Second Delivery Sensor UN53 Vertical Path Sensor
[PS41] PS43 Third Delivery Sensor SW6 Cassette 1 Size Switch A
PS44 First Delivery Tray Full Sensor SW7 Cassette 1 Size Switch B
[PS37]
PS45 Second Delivery Tray Full Sensor SW8 Cassette 2 Size Switch A
PS47 Multi-Purpose Tray Paper Presence Sensor SW9 Cassette 2 Size Switch B
[PS34][PS35] [PS36]
[UN52]
[PS38]
[PS47]
[PS33]
[UN51]
[UN53]
[PS49] [PS55]
[SW7] [PS52] [PS51]
[SW6]
[PS50] [PS56]
[SW9] [PS54][PS53]
[SW8]
F-2-131
2-89
2
2
2-90
● Load Driving Drawing ■ Paper Path
M24 SL6 SL7 R40
Reverse mouth
M25 Third delivery
Second delivery
First delivery
M23
Meandering
SL5
is reduced
M22
M20
Multi-purpose
M21 tray pickup
R40
M19 CL1 M18
SL4 Side deck

Cassette 1 pickup pickup
SL2 M16
Cassette 2 pickup
SL3 M17 Option Cassette pickup

F-2-133
F-2-132
To support the heavy paper feeding, the feed path at Duplex Feed Assembly is made a gentle
M16 Cassette 1 Pickup Motor M24 Reverse Roller Motor
M17 Cassette 1 Pickup Motor M25 Third Delivery Motor curve and damage on the paper is reduced.
M18 Multi-Purpose Tray Motor SL2 Cassette 1 Pickup Solenoid
M19 Registration Motor SL3 Cassette 2 Pickup Solenoid
M20 2-Sided Feed Motor SL5 First Delivery Flapper Solenoid
M21 Fixing Motor SL6 Second Delivery Flapper Solenoid
M22 Fixing Delivery Motor SL7 Third Delivery Flapper Solenoid
M23 First / Second Delivery Motor CL1 Multi-Purpose Pickup Clutch
2-90
2
2
2-91
■ Interval Speed Up
Reverse sensor [PS39]
246mm/sec
(C5051,C5045) 400mm/sec
(C5035,C5030) 300mm/sec
(C5051,C5045) 340mm/sec
(C5035,C5030) 300mm/sec
Delivery speed up position
Inner delivery sensor [PS37]
Duplex paper
sensor [PS38]
Duplex re-pickup position
Registration position
Pre-registration sensor [PS33]

Vertical path sensor [UN53] Pre-registration position
Cassette 2 pre-registration
Pre-registration
sensor [PS56]
position
F-2-134
2-91
2
2
2-92
Various Controls ■ Cassette Pickup Assembly
■ Overview ● Overview
Parts Configuration
Cassette 1 Pre-registration sensor
Duplex / Delivery
Assembly Cassette 2
Cassette 1 Pre-registration sensor
paper presence sensor
Cassette 1 feed roller
Cassette 1 pickup solenoid
Cassette 1
Cassette 1 detachment roller
paper level sensor A
Cassette 2 feed roller

Cassette 1
paper level sensor B
Fixing / Registration A ssembly Cassette 2

detachment roller
Cassette 2 Pickup assembly
Cassette 2 Idler gear
paper level sensor B pickup solenoid
Multi-Purpose Pickup Cassette 2 Cassette 2
Assembly paper level sensor A paper presence sensor
F-2-136
Cassette 1 size switch B
Cassette 1 size switch A
Cassette Pickup
Assembly
F-2-135
Area Detection, Control

Cassette Pickup Assembly Paper Level / Presence Detection
Paper Size / Cassette Presence Detection
Pre-Registration Control
Multi-Purpose Pickup Assembly Paper Presence Detection
Paper Size Detection
Fixing / Registration Assembly OHP Control
Cassette 2 size switch A
Registration Control
Fixing Arch Control
Duplex / Delivery Assembly Duplex Feed Control
Duplex Wait Control Cassette 2 size switch B
JAM Detection JAM Detection
F-2-137
T-2-53
2-92
2
2
2-93
● Drive Configuration ● Detection
Vertical path Roller1 Paper Level / Presence Detection
Pickup Roller1
Feed Roller1 There are 3 sensors to detect the paper level and paper presence in the cassette.
Paper level is displayed on the operation panel.
Detachment Roller1
Lifter
Vertical path Roller2 If the paper is full
SL2 M16 Cassette paper level sensor A
Feed Roller2
Pickup Roller2 Cassette paper level sensor B Paper
Detachment Roller2
Lifter
SL3 M17
F-2-138
M16 Cassette 1 Pickup Motor

OFFOFF
M17 Cassette 2 Pickup Motor
SL2 Cassette 1 Pickup Solenoid If the paper is approx. half Cassette paper level sensor A Paper
SL3 Cassette 2 Pickup Solenoid
Cassette paper level sensor B
OFFON
Paper
If the paper is a little Cassette paper level sensor A
Cassette paper level sensor B
ON ON Cassette paper Presence sensor

Fulg
Paper tray
If the paper is absent
F-2-139
2-93
2
2
2-94
Sensor Sensor Paper Presence Cassette size
Display Remaining Level A B Sensor switch A
100% to approx. 50% of capacity OFF OFF OFF Rear detection
Approx. 50% of capacity to rink
ON OFF OFF Rear guide plate
approx. 50 sheets
Approx. 50 sheets or less ON ON OFF
No paper - - ON
F-2-140
Paper Size Detection / Cassette Presence Detection
Paper size of the cassette can be automatically detected by adjusting the position of the
guide plate.
Concavo-convex area of the cassette dial is switched when the guide plate is shifted and two
Size Switches on a printer are switched. Length and width are detected according to the ON
/ OFF combination of switches. As long as standard paper, both AB type and inch type can Cassette size
be used. However, size should be found manually on the check screen for the combination of switch B
Detection dial
A5-Rand STMT-R or the combination of B5-R and EXEC.
Side guide plate

Detection dial
Cassette 2 size switch B
F-2-141
2-94
2
2
2-95
Multi-purpose tray pickup 1 sheet feed list
Width detection Length detection
Width Length 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Be sure to set the following paper sheet-by-sheet to the Multi-purpose Tray.
B5 257 182 0 ON ON 0 0 0 0 0 If fails to set the paper sheet-by-sheet, it may cause troubles.
EXEC 267 184 0 ON ON 0 0 0 0 0
Paper type Basis weight/name
16K 270 195 0 ON ON 0 ON 0 0 0
Glossy paper (coated paper) Overall
A5-R 148.5 210 ON 0 ON 0 ON ON 0 0
Tracing paper Overall
A4 297 210 0 ON 0 0 ON ON 0 0
Washi Overall
STMT-R 139.7 215.9 ON 0 ON 0 ON ON 0 0
Extra long paper (up to 1200mm) Pickup can be enabled at service setting. Overall
LTR 279.4 215.9 0 ON ON 0 ON ON 0 0
T-2-56
B5-R 182 257 ON 0 ON 0 0 ON ON ON
LTR-R 215.9 279.4 0 0 ON 0 ON 0 0 ON Paper that requires extra caution at setting
A4-R 210 297 0 0 ON 0 0 ON ON 0 Paper type Basis weight/name Caution
LGL 215.9 355.6 0 0 ON 0 ON ON 0 ON Envelope Overall Let out the air of envelope and disperse the glued tabs
B4 257 364 0 ON ON 0 ON ON ON 0 Since there are size variations, non-image area appears in
8K 270 390 0 ON ON 0 ON ON ON ON Washi Overall
case of full copy. Handle this by free size setting.
A3 297 420 0 ON 0 0 0 0 ON ON T-2-57
LDR 279.4 431.8 0 ON ON 0 0 0 ON ON
12x18 304.8 457.2 0 ON 0 0 0 0 0 ON ● Pre-Registration Control
T-2-54 To correct the feed variation at pickup and to perform the stabilized paper feed, pre-
Also, the cassette presence is detected when the size switch is pushed. (If no switch is registration control is executed.
pushed, it is determined as no cassette.) When the paper leading edge is detected at the Pre-Registration Sensor (at Vertical Path
Sensor on cassette 1 only) on each cassette, the machine determines whether to stop the
Separation paper list pre-registration or not.
It is recommended to separate the following paper depending on the paper status (especially Pre-registration stop is determined when the following conditions are true.
moisture absorption) and paper trimming state when setting the paper. • There is preceding paper.
This ""separation"" can avoid troubles. • The preceding paper has not reached the Registration Sensor.
Paper type Basis weight/name etc Main area • Time until the Registration Sensor of preceding paper is turned OFF > / = time until the
Carbonless paper Overall - Registration Sensor of succeeding paper is turned ON
Transparency Overall -
Labels Overall -
Tub paper Overall -
Pre-punched paper Overall -
Especially thin paper, 52 gsm JPN
OK Prince Joshitsu
etc.
Canon Europe Canon Recycled 80 EUR
Overall
(Vision Classic White)
Canon Europe Canon High Grade Especially heavy paper 220/250 EUR
(Mondi Business Paper) gsm etc.
Canon Digital Office Colour Especially heavy paper 160 gsm EUR
(Stora Enso MultiCopy Special Colour Laser) etc.
T-2-55
2-95
2
2
2-96
■ Multi-Purpose Tray Pickup Assembly Drive Configuration
● Overview
Parts Configuration
Multi-purpose tray
Multi-purpose Multi-purpose
pickup clutch (CL1) size sensor (UN52)
Multi-purpose
motor (M18)
Multi-purpose
motor
M18 CL1 Multi-purpose tray
lifting solenoid
Multi-purpose SL4
pickup clutch
Multi-purpose tray
lifting solenoid (SL4) Multi-Purpose Tray
Detachment Roller
Multi-purpose pickup / feed roller
F-2-143
● Detection
Multi-purpose Paper Presence Detection
paper sensor (PS47) The paper presence is detected by the Multi-Purpose Tray Paper Presence Sensor.
F-2-142 When the paper absence is detected, if there is the same size & same type paper exists in
other cassette, auto cassette change is executed.
Paper Size Detection

The paper width is detected according to output value from the variable resistor that works in
conjunction with the side guide. Since the length cannot be detected, users have to specify
the setting.
2-96
2
2
2-97
■ Fixing / Registration Assembly ● Registration Control
OHP Detection
● Overview
As the countermeasure for when the paper other than transparency film is fed in transparency
Parts / Drive Configuration
mode, OHP sensor is used as white paper detection to identify whether the fed paper is
transparency or not. However, since this is not used to identify the transparency for CLC, jam
will occur when CLC paper is fed.
Registration motor(M19)
Registration Control
To make the paper straight-enter the transfer assembly, registration control is executed.
After the paper passes through the Registration Sensor, the drive of the Pickup Motor (Multi-
Purpose Tray Pickup Motor, Duplex Pickup Motor) is turned OFF to stop the paper by the
distance from the Registration Sensor to the Registration Roller with arch amount added.
Registration sensor Registration roller To reduce the noise when the paper enters the Registration Roller, speed is decreased by
(PS33) 200mm / sec upon Registration Sensor ON.
However, if the distance with the preceding paper is too far, productivity cannot be satisfied.
Registration sensor flug
Moreover, the paper may be late for the image. In such case only, the speed is changed by
Cassette 1 pre-registration 246mm / sec when the paper enters the Registration Roller.
sensor(PS55)
Pre-registration sensor flug

● Fixing Arch Control
Transparency sensor(UN51) Vertical path sensor(UN53) To always feed the paper to the Fixing Unit in optimal status, this control is to monitor the
Vertical path roller paper slack (arch) condition and to switch the feed speed at the Fixing Motor according to the
status.
This is executed between the Secondary Transfer Unit and the Fixing Unit. When the
F-2-144
Pressure Roller of the Fixing Unit expands with heat, circumference of roller is also increased.
Thus, even though the number of rotation is consistent, the feed speed at the fixing side is
faster than the feed speed at the secondary transfer side. To fix this, change the speed of the
Fixing Motor according to the arch condition using the Fixing Arch Sensor 1&2.
2-97
2
2
2-98
■ Duplex / Delivery Assembly
● Overview
Big arch detection
Parts / Drive Configuration
Reverse roller M24 Second delivery roller
SL6 SL7
Fixing inlet sensor On Third delivery roller

Fixing arch sensor 2
Fixing motor feed speed up M25
M23 Duplex inlet roller
Second & third

First delivery roller delivery Inlet roller
SL5 Duplex feed upper roller
M20
Fixing inlet sensor Duplex paper sensor

Small arch detection Fixing motor feed speed down
Duplex feed lower roller
F-2-146
M20 Duplex Feed Motor SL5 First Delivery Flapper Solenoid

M23 First / Second Delivery Motor SL6 Second Delivery Flapper Solenoid
M24 Reverse Motor SL7 Third Delivery Flapper Solenoid
M25 Third Delivery Motor
Fixing arch sensor 1
F-2-145
2-98
2
2
2-99
● Duplex Control Duplex Wait Control
Duplex Feed Control To realize 5-sheet circulation, there are 2 duplex wait positions. Following is the duplex wait
On this machine, the paper is revered outside the machine with using the reverse mouth. position for small paper.
After that, feed operation is performed by 340mm / sec on imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051
/ C5045 (300mm / sec on imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035 / C5030).The paper fed to the
duplex path is transferred to the duplex re-pickup position unless there is paper on the path
at the downstream side. If there is paper on the downstream path, it is delivered from the
reverse path or it stops at the duplex upstream.
In case of output to the First / Second Delivery Mouth, 5-sheet circulation is used for small
Duplex inlet wait position
size (LTR or smaller); however, 3-sheet circulation is used for large size (larger than A4R).
This is because 2 sheets of paper cannot wait on the duplex feed path.
In case of output to third delivery mouth, 3-sheet circulation is used for middle size (A4R
42.4mm
or smaller); however, 1-sheet circulation is used for large size (larger then A4R) since the
succeeding paper enters the reverse path before the preceding paper goes through the
reverse path and jam will occur.
Following is the each duplex reverse position and the number of sheet circulation by size.
First / Second Delivery Third Delivery
Small size (LTR or smaller) 5 3
Middle size (A4R or smaller) 3 3
Large size (larger than A4R) 3 1
T-2-58
Compared to the conventional model (imageRUNNER C3380), feed speed at the duplex feed 50mm
assembly is slowed down. This is to get the precise feed, to reduce the noise and the motor
loads. However, by changing the circulation algorism, the speed is accelerated when printing Duplex wait position
両面入口待機位置
a number of sheets and 51 sheets / min speed is achieved.
F-2-147
Since the curve of duplex path shape gets steeper at the leading end, as duplex wait position
gets closer to the registration, curl tends to occur frequently. For the paper smaller than A3,
the duplex wait position is 50mm away from the Registration Sensor toward upstream in due
consideration with the productivity. In case of A3 paper or larger, the sheet interval is wide
enough to satisfy the productivity, so the position which avoids curl occurrence and is 85mm
away from the Registration Sensor on the upstream side is to be the duplex wait position.
2-99
2
2
2-100
■ JAM Detection
At the cassette pickup assembly, since the feed speed is increased, detection cannot catch
up with it. Thus, delay and stationary jam detection are not executed at the Cassette 1 Pre-
Registration Sensor. Instead of it, the Vertical Path Sensor executes the delay and stationary
jam detection. Since the residual jam should be detected on each cassette, the Cassette 1
Pre-Registration Sensor detects it. Because the Vertical Path Sensor is too close and it is
unnecessary to execute detection, the Vertical Path Sensor does not execute residual jam
detection.
Sensor XX
02: Stationary 03: Residual
01: Delay jam
Jam jam jam
code Name Code C5051 C5035 C5051 C5035 C5051 C5035
/ / / / / /
C5045 C5030 C5045 C5030 C5045 C5030
XX01 Cassette 1 pre-registration sensor PS55 N N N N Y Y
XX02 Cassette 2 pre-registration sensor PS56 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX13 Vertical path sensor UN53 Y Y Y Y N N
XX05 Registration sensor PS33 Y Y Y Y Y Y
85mm XX06 Fixing inlet sensor PS34 Y Y Y Y Y Y
Duplex wait position XX07 Inner delivery sensor PS37 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX08 First delivery sensor PS41 Y Y Y Y Y Y
F-2-148 XX09 Second delivery sensor PS42 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX0A Reverse sensor PS39 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX0B Third delivery sensor PS43 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX0C Duplex inlet sensor PS40 Y Y Y Y Y Y
XX0D Duplex paper sensor PS38 Y Y Y Y Y Y
T-2-59
Y: Detected
N: Not detected
2-100
2
2
2-101
Service Works
■ Periodically replacement parts
N/A
■ Consumables
Parts Number of used Replacement
No. Parts Name Remarks
Number part timing
1 Cassette Feed Roller FC6-7083 2 120K -
2 Cassette Detachment Roller FC6-6661 2 120K -
3 Multi-Purpose Feed Roller FB1-8581 1 120K -
4 Multi-Purpose Tray Detachment DC6-6661 1 120K -
Roller
5 Pickup Assembly Idler Gear FU3-0280 2 120K For
Chinese
model only
T-2-60
■ Periodical service
Execution
No. Parts Name Work Remarks
timing
1 Registration roller 50k Cleaning -
2 Pre-registration guide 50k Cleaning -
3 Transparency sensor 50k Cleaning -
4 Fixing delivery guide 50k Cleaning -
5 Post-fixing roller 50k Cleaning -
6 Fixing delivery roller 50k Cleaning -
7 First delivery roller 50k Cleaning -
8 Second delivery roller 50k Cleaning -
9 Third delivery roller 50k Cleaning -
10 Duplex feed upper roller 50k Inspection -
11 Duplex feed lower roller 50k Inspection -
12 Vertical path sensor 150k Cleaning
13 Lightproof sheet 150k Cleaning
T-2-61
2-101
2
2
2-102
Settings / Registration screen shows menu paths on the left, increasing accessibility to
MEAP the paths from the current screen.
Changes
■ Changes of Local UI / Remote UI Designs
In line with iR model innovation, changes have been made on UI designs.
Local UI
Particularly menus on Local UI have been drastically changed from the tab to icon format.
Main Menu
F-2-151
Remote UI
Shortcuts to SMS, etc. are added to Remote UI.
Remote UI: Portal and SMS
F-2-149
Settings / Registration (Additional Functions mode)
F-2-152
F-2-150
2-102
2
2
2-103
■ Integration of Remote UI and MEAP Portal ■ Changes in Login application components
MEAP Portal, conventionally provided as an independent function, has been integrated in Single Sign On (hereinafter "SSO"), conventionally packaged in Administrator's CD, has been
Remote UI. Changes made with this integration include: out of service and removed from Administrator's CD.
• The list of servelet applications supported in MEAP-Portal is shown on the lower right of In addition, SSO-H packaged in Administrator's CD for this model is not supported in older
Remote UI. models.
■ Support of USB Devices

Mass Storage Support
While the older models support only keyboards among USB devices, this model extends its
supports to Mass Storage devices.
Two USB Drivers

Though previous iR device has the MEAP application-specific USB driver (hereinafter "MEAP
driver"), iR-ADV series has the MEAP driver and USB System driver (hereinafter "system
driver")
Both USB drivers have some drivers (HID, Mass Storage and so on).
Since two drivers are mutually exclusive, the use of one driver will disable the other.
For details, refer to the section of "Using USB Devices" of this manual.
F-2-153
• MEAP Portal is out of service when Remote UI functions are disabled.
• Portal.jar conventionally included in MEAP Administrator's CD is not packaged in CDs for
iR-ADV C5051 series / iR-ADV C9075 series series and later. In addition the older versions
of portal.jar are not supported, either.
• When specifying http:// <iR device's IP address> :8000/portal, the user will be redirected to
Remote UI Portal.
F-2-154
MEMO:
There are some MEAP applications that are displayed only when a user logs in as an
administrator.
2-103
2
2
2-104
■ Changing Default System Manager PIN ■ Initial Display Languages of SMS
Conventionally, System Manager PIN was null in the factory setting, while this model sets the SMS supports English and Japanese. Display language can be changed with selecting by the
default values at the factory shipment. drop down list on a login page.
The default values are set as below:
System Manager ID : 7654321 The initial display language at the time of accessing SMS depends on the setting.
System PIN : 7654321 In former SMS, the language setting of "initial setting/registration (user mode)" was used.
However, when the language setting is other than English or Japanese, it displays in English.
After changed, it will be as follows.
Start
Refer to the value

Logged in by RLS Yes
of portalLang
authentication. stored in Cookie.
No English or Japanese
Remote UI display
setup language
F-2-155
Refer to the setting of the
■ SVGA Support on Touch Panel (Local UI) Accept-Language header, Except English or Japanese
which a browser sends out.
Touch Panel now supports SVGA extended from VGA. The table below shows the major
specifications. Language priority English or Japanese
setting of a
Conventional iR device iRA device browser
Touch Panel VGA SVGA ( 800 x 498） Refer to the setting of a language Except English or Japanese
Color 8bit Full color/24bit displaying in registration/initial
setting [Additional Function].
Available Fonts 12/16dot 12/16/18/24dot Display setting English or Japanese
T-2-62 of a device
MEAP applications created on the VGA basis are shown in the center of screen, however,
this will not affect application's behaviors. Except English or Japanese
Example of Screen View Display in the

Display in English. language configured.
F-2-157
When accessing by SMS Installer Service (Password Authentication)
It is referred in order of the language priority (setting of the Accept-Language header which a
browser sends out) and the display-language setting in the "user mode". When the language
setup is other than English or Japanese, it is displayed in English.
F-2-156
2-104
2
2
2-105
When accessing by SMS Installer Service (Remote Login Service Authentication).
Checking the Operating Environment
Initial display language is set by the language setting (value of portalLang storing in Cookie)
selected by the remote UI screen. When the setting is other than English or Japanese, This section lists the requirements on the operating environment for the maintenance.
Selection of display language is performed in a similar way with the SMS Installer Service
(Password Authentication) mentioned above. MEMO:
• Cookies must be enabled for each session.
• Java Script must be enabled in all environments.
• The required web server functions for each server are built into the MEAP device, so
there is no need to configure them separately.
For the following operations in the combined environment of Windows XP and Internet
Explorer6, Java2 Runtime Environment Standard Edition 1.5 or later is required.
• User registration / edit in SSO-H local device
• Use of remote login in SSO-H.
■ SMS
The following system environments are required in order to enable SMS access.
Operating System Supported browser

Windows 2000 Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1
Windows XP Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1
Windows Server 2003 R2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
Windows Vista Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
Mac OS X 10.3 Safari 1.3.2
T-2-63
2-105
2
2
2-106
■ SSO-H Management
System environments for administrator and ordinary user
When using SSO-H for the login service, required system environments are different in
domain authentication or local device authentication. Operating System Supported browser Java Runtime Environmen
See the following for system requirements in each of authentication methods: Windows 2000 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 • Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 :
Professional Sun Java Runtime Environment
Windows XP Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 1.4 or later
MEMO:
• In case either of the following OS is installed in a client computer, Java Runtime Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 • Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 :
Environment should be installed separately. Sun Java Runtime Environment
- Windows 2000 Professional Japanese version (Service Pack 4 and later) Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 1.4 or later
- Windows XP Professional Japanese version (Service Pack 1a and later) Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
- Windows Server 2003 Japanese version, Windows Server 2003 R2 Japanese version R2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
• Visit the URL of Sun Microsystems (US) to learn how to obtain Java Runtime
Environment.
• Accesses via IPv6 communication from a client computer require Java 2 Runtime Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
Environment Standard Edition 1.5 and later. Mac OS X v10.3 Safari 1.3.2 Sun Java Runtime Environment 5.0
• If [Internet Option]>[Securities]>[Customizing Levels]>[Run ActiveX controller and Plug-in]
Mac OS X v10.4 Safari 2.0.4
is disabled in a computer, Internet Explorer prompts the warning message, “Java Runtime
Environment not Installed”. Mac OS X v10.5 Safari 3.0.4
• Use Update6 or later for Java Runtime Environment6. T-2-64
• Accesses via IPv6 communication from a client computer require JAVA 2 Runtime
Environment Standard Edition 1.5 and later. System environments for administrator and ordinary user (when using IPv6 communication)
Operating System Supported browser Java Runtime Environment

Windows XP Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2 Sun Java Runtime
Domain authentication management Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 Environment 1.5 or later
In order to use domain authentication in SSO-H, the following sytem environments are Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
Windows Server 2003 R2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
required.
• The following Windows servers are installed under Active Directory, and DNS server for
name resolution. Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
T-2-65
• Microsoft Windows 2000 Server SP4
• Microsoft Windows Server 2003 SP1
• Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2
• Microsoft Windows Server 2008
• Windows 2000/2003 Domain Name System (DNS) access privileges
• Domain controller access privileges
2-106
2
2
2-107
Local Device Authentication Management
MEMO:
For user registration / edit in Local Authentication, following system requirements must be
• Use “User Logon Name (Windows 2000 or older)” registered in Active Directory as the
user name for domain authentication. satisfied.
• For domain authentication, set a user name only with 1-byte alphanumeric characters
and symbols of - (hyphen), _ (underbar), and % (percent). iR device will reject login with System environments for administrator and ordinary user
a user name including a forbidden character.
• For domain authentication, the time setting should be synchronized between Active Operating System Supported browser Java Runtime Environment
Directory server and the device (as well as the PC to be logged in). If the time is different
Windows 2000 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 • Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 :
for 5 minutes or more, a login error is triggered in domain authentication (the setting of
Professional Sun Java Runtime Environment
allowable time difference can be changed).
Windows XP 1.4 or later
• A domain authentication manager should be registered when domain authentication is Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1
used. If not registered, setting or management is disabled for some applications. How to Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 • Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 :
register the manager depends on system environments.
Sun Java Runtime Environment
- When using imageWARE/iW Accounting Manager, the administrator registered Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 1.4 or later
to imageWARE/iW Accounting Manager will be authorized also as the domain Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
authentication manager. See Users’ Guide of imageWARE/iW Accounting Manager on R2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
how to register the administrator.
- When not using imageWARE/iW Accounting Manager, a user belonging to “Canon Windows Vista Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
Peripheral Admins” group on Active Directory will be authorized as the domain Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
authentication manager. Follow Active Directory Operation Manual to create “Canon Mac OS X v10.3 Safari 1.3.2 Sun Java Runtime Environment 5.0
Peripheral Admins” group before registering the manager.
T-2-67
Network ports used System environments for administrator and ordinary user (when using IPv6 communication)
Port No. Application Operating System Supported browser Java Runtime Environment
53 Communication with DNS server (fixed) Windows XP Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2 Sun Java Runtime Environment 1.5
88 Kerberos authentication with KDC (Key Distribution Center) Professional Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 or later
389 Communication with directory service using LDAP (default is 389, may be changed to Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2
any port on LDAP service side) Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
T-2-66
R2
Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7
T-2-68
2-107
2
2
2-108
Setting Up the Network MEMO:
When System Manager ID and PIN are set, the menus under [Network] are gray-out
To support a MEAP-enabled iR device via network (SMS, etc.), set up the network setting on
and cannot be selected.
the touch panel of the iR device (this setting is [ON] by default). In such cases, return to Top screen and press [Log In] button shown on the lower left to
log in as System Manager for setup.
1) Press [Settings/Registration] button, select [Preferences]> [Network]>[TCP/IP Settings]>
[Use HTTP] and press [On]button.
MEMO:
When using SSL, press [Settings/ Registration] button, select [Management Settings]>
[License / Other] > [MEAP Settings] > [SSL Settings] and press [On] button. (This
setting is applied to SSL setting on RUI. Vice versa, [On] set for SSL on RUI is also
applied to the touch panel.)
When [Use SSL] is set to On, the message dialog, [The Default Key is not set. Check
the Key and Certificate List settings in Certificate Setting.], is shown. Press [OK] button
for this message.
F-2-158
2) Press [OK] button to return to Main Menu screen.

3) Restart the device.
2-108
2
2
2-109
Login to SMS
• The setting [Use HTTP] is not actually enabled/disabled until you have restarted the SMS login may be done by entering a password for authentication, or by authentication via
device. the Remote Login Service (RLS) login window (RLS authentication). Settings can be changed
to allow either only one of these methods or both of them.
• You cannot make a connection through a proxy server. If a proxy server is in use,
enter the IP address of the MEAP device in the Exceptions field for the browser.
Open Internet Options dialog of Internet Explorer and select Connections tab, LAN SMS login window (password auth) RLS login window (user name/ password auth)
Settings button, Use a proxy server option, and Advanced button of Proxy server
group. Proxy Settings dialog will opens. The Exceptions field is in the dialog. As
network settings vary among environments, consult the network administrator.
• If Cookie and JavaScript are not enabled in the Web browser, you will not be able to
use SMS.
• To type text using the Web browser, use the characters compatible with the MEAP
device's touch panel display. The MEAP device may not properly recognize some
characters. F-2-159
• When [se SSL] is made available, it is necessary to set the key and the certificate Login method Authentication Authentication service name Users who may log in
necessary for the SSL communication. Set the key and the certificate by SSL with method
[Certificate Settings] that exists in [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [TCP/IP Password Password SMS Installer Service Users who know the SMS
Settings] on the iR device. authentication authentication (Password Authentication) login password
RLS login SSO-H SMS Installer Service(Remote Users registered as
Login Service Authentication) administrators with SSO-H
T-2-69
MEMO:
If Default Authentication is selected as the device authentication method, 'RLS Au-
thentication' is not selectable as SMS Login method. Also, if 'RLS Authentication' is
selected, the device authentication method (Default Authentication, SDL, SSO) cannot
be changed.
2-109
2
2
2-110
■ Login by Password Authentication 2) If the wrong password is entered, the following window is displayed. The user's system
administrator may have changed the password, so confirm the password with the system
In the SMS login window, enter the password for authentication. Only one password can be
administrator. Note that there is no special password for service.
registered with SMS. The login procedures are as follows.
1) Access SMS from the browser of a PC on the same network as the MEAP device. The URL
is as follows.
URL: http://<MEAP Device IP address>:8000/sms/
Ex.) http://172.16.188.240:8000/sms/
MEMO:
• The default password is "MeapSmsLogin." (The password is case-sensitive.) When you
want to change the display original language, change in the box in the right of the screen.
This setting is not affect by the setting of the language of the device.
F-2-161
F-2-160
2-110
2
2
2-111
■ Login by RLS Authentication MEMO:
Login without using the SMS login window but by entering the user ID and password for SMS Access can be gained also from Remote UI.
Access Remote UI and click on SMS shortcut shown on the lower left of the screen to
authentication in the RLS (Remote Login Service) window. The user information (user
gain access to SMS.
name and password) used is the information for domain authentication or local device When only the password authentication is enabled, the password authentication screen
authentication. The login procedures are as follows. is shown.
When only the RLS authentication is enabled, no further authentication is needed to
access SMS. This is because users have already authorized upon accessing to Remote
1) Access SMS by RLS Authentication from the PC browser on the same network as the UI.
MEAP device.
URL: http://<IP address of MEAP device>:8000/sms/rls/
Ex.) http://172.16.188.240:8000/sms/rls/
F-2-162
MEMO:
• When the device authentication method used is domain authentication, enter the user
name, password and login destination registered with Active Directory and then click 'Log
In'.
• If the authentication method used is local device authentication, enter the user name,
password and login destination registered in the device and click 'Log In'. - When using
SDL as the login service, enter the user information registered in the device, as per local
device authentication.
• The user information is set as below for local device authentication by default. Both are
case sensitive.
- User Name: Administrator
- Password: password
• Only the following users may us SMS via RLS.
- In the case of domain authentication, users belonging to the Canon Peripheral Admins
Group.
- For local device authentication, users with Administrator or Device Admin authority.
2-111
2
2
2-112
Setting the method to login to SMS ■ Setting for login by Password Authentication
The SMS login method settings are done by setting the login Start/ Stop via the other login The procedures for changing the password authentication Start/ stop settings are as follows.
method. In other words, the password authentication Start/ Stop setting is done by first
logging in with RLD authentication, and the RLS authentication Start/ Stop setting is done by 1) Access SMS by RLS Authentication from the PC browser on the same network as the
first logging in with password authentication. The Start/ Stop combinations of the two login MEAP device.
methods are as follows. URL: http://<IP address of MEAP device>:8000/sms/rls/
Ex.) http://172.16.188.240:8000/sms/rls
Combination of Login Methods
Login screen (In case authentication method is SSO-H)
Start RLS Authentication Stop RLS Authenti
Start Password Authentication Login available with either method Login available only with
Stop Password Authentication Login available only with RLS Setting unavailable
Authentication
T-2-70
If only login via RLS is programmed, login may be disabled for the following reasons.
• authentication server is down
• network problem, no communication with authentication server
In the event of either of these cases, try the following.
1. If local device authentication is active, try logging in with local device
authentication.
2. If only domain authentication is active, launch in MEAP safe mode from the F-2-163
device service mode. 2) Select [System Application Management]

After launching in MEAP safe mode, the Default Authentication will become active, and
you will be able to login to SMS with password authentication. After logging into SMS,
set the password authentication login to ON (active) and restore the device from MEAP
safe mode to normal mode. Until the problem blocking authentication is resolved, log
into SMS with password authentication.
F-2-164
2-112
2
2
2-113
3) Click [Start] or [Stop] button shown in Status field of SMS Installer Service (Password ■ Setting for login by RLS Authentication
Authentication) to check if the status is changed.
The procedures for changing the RLS authentication Start/ Stop settings are as follows.
1) In order to make a setting for Login by RLS Authentication, you need to Login by Password
Authentication.
URL: http://<IP address of MEAP device>:8000/sms/rls/
Ex.) http://172.16.188.240:8000/sms/rls
Login screen by Password Authentication
F-2-165
4) Logout once and login again to check to see that the setting is applied properly.
When clicking [Stop] to change the status to [Start], another password authentication login
screen is firstly shown. When trying to access the password authentication screen after
clicking [Start] to change the status to [Stop], the user is automatically redirected to RLS
authentication screen. F-2-167
2) Select [System Application Management] on System Management menu.
Password authentication started screen and Password authentication stopped screen
F-2-166
F-2-168
2-113
2
2
2-114
3) Click on [Start] or [Stop] button shown on Status field of SMS Installer Service (Remote
Checking MEAP Application Management Page
Login Service Authentication) to check if the status is changed.
Application Management page shows [resource information] for information of the whole
device resources including Amount Used, Remaining, and Percent Used.
This function enables users to judge the remaining resources before installing the additional
application. Such resource information is shown based on the manifest header stated at the
top of each application, which declares the resources required in the application. Therefore,
the information does not necessarily show the resources actually in use.
The following resource information is shown:
• hard disk
• memory
• thread
• socket
• file descriptor
You will not be able to install an application if the size of the remaining memory falls short
F-2-169
of the size declared by the application. Moreover, the specifications have been designed so
4) Log out and then log in again and access via the RLS authentication login window.
that an application will not be able to start up if there is a shortage of memory for any of the
When RLS authentication is set to [Start], another RLS login screen is firstly shown. When
foregoing items (i.e., memory, thread, socket, file descriptor).
accessing to RLS status screen with the setting of [Stop], the user will be redirected to the
Follow the steps below to check the remaining memory:
password authentication screen.
1) Log in to SMS.
RLS authentication started screen and RLS authentication stopped screen 2) Click [MEAP Application Managemnet].
3) Check [Resource Information] for information of the whole device resources.
• Amount Used
• Remaining
• Percent Used
F-2-170
F-2-171
2-114
2
2
2-115
MEMO ： Starting and Stopping a MEAP Application

Older iR models show resource information required in each application in List of 1) Log in to the SMS. (Refer to 'Login to SMS' in this manual.)
Application page (corresponding to MEAP Application Management page of this model). 2) Click [Application List]. (If the Application List is already being displayed, this operation is
When checking the resource information of each application in this model, click on the not necessary.)
application name in MEAP Application Management page. 3) Click [Start] or [Stop] button shown for the MEAP application to be started or stopped.
F-2-172
4) Check to see that the status of the MEAP application in question is either [Started] or
[Stopped.]
F-2-173
2-115
2
2
2-116
Checking the Platform Information MEAP Specifications
This screen allows users to check MEAP-Contents versions, MEAP Specifications for the What is MEAP Specifications (MEAP Spec Version)?
device and others. MEAP Specifications is one of the information required to judge whether MEAP applications
can be operated or not. With MEAP Specifications, you can prevent an application that uses
a specific function of device from being installed onto the device that does not have the
function.
• Some applications may not be installed to some MEAP devices of specific specifica-
tions. (See 'MEAP Specifications ').
About Name
MEAP Specification is shown as 'MEAP Specifications' in the screen to check the version
on the side of device that supports MEAP (counter confirmation button) and MEAP
1) Log in to SMS. platform (SMS). On the other hand, in the manifest file of MEAP application, it is shown as
2) Click [System Management] > [System Info] tab. 'MeapSpecVersion' (described in the same way in the SDK document)
(Note) 'MEAP Specifications' hereafter in this document.
Mechanism
MEAP platform judges whether MEAP applications can be operated on it using on the 2
information below:
• Device Specification ID
• MEAP Specifications
Device Specification ID shows information such as the original functions of MFP (including
print, scan, and copy), and one that differs by model such as maximum copy number,
thus each model has a different ID. (It is easy to determine the IDs for this reason.) MEAP
application declares 1 or more Device Specification ID required for its execution. Declaration
of multiple Device Specification IDs means that the application is operable in all the models
declared. Upon installation of MEAP application in (using) SMS or MEAP Enterprise Service
Manager, matching of Device Specification ID is executed on the side of MEAP platform
machine. The machine which doesn't support the ID declared by the application rejects
installation of such an application.
Meanwhile, MEAP Specifications shows other information than defined by Device

F-2-174 Specification
ID above, including network and security. Thus each model does not always have the same
version.
MEAP application declares 1 or more MEAP Specifications required for its execution.
Declaration of multiple Device Specification IDs means that the application is operable
in all the environments declared. Upon installation of MEAP application in SMS or MEAP
Enterprise
Service Manager, matching of MEAP Specifica tions is executed on the side of MEAP
2-116
2
2
2-117
platform machine. The machine which doesn't support the version declared by the application
rejects installation of such an application. Version Description
29 IMI API added (IMI version 1.2.1 enabled)

MEAP Spec Version for each model 30 Extended address book function. (e-mail/group/i-FAX/file)
Product Name Initial MEAP SpecVer Remarks 31 Integrated ERS function
CCN / TW
OCE
KOR
EUR
USA
Extended Imaging function (function to generate PDF/OOXML (PowerPoint) with visible
SPL
32
signature)
33 Extended function for image Runner/iR Advanced series (API for address book/ CTK/
iR-ADV C5051/C5045/ Y Y Y Y - 5,6,7,9,10,11,13,14,15,17,18,19,25,26,27 TopMenu)
C5035 /C5030 ,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,37,38,39,40,45
34 Extended IMI Box function (v1.3.0)
iR-ADV C9075 Y Y Y Y Y 5,6,7,9,10,11,13,14,15,17,18,19,25,26,27
iR-ADV C9070 Y ,29,30,31,32,33,34,35,37,38,39,40,45 35 Extended SIS function (function to check the network cable status, function to check PS
print server unit status)
iR-ADV C9065 Y Y Y Y
iR-ADV C9060 Y 37 CLS (Contextual Login Service) Supporting API Added
iR-ADV C7065 Y Y Y Y 38 Image Runner/iR Advanced Series administrative privileges supported
iR-ADV C7055 Y Y Y Y Y 39 MEAPSpecVersion added according to Jcrypto API Specification Change
T-2-71
40 ImagingAPI (Creation API of Visible Signature PDF) added
MEAP Spec Version
45 Image Runner/iR Advanced Series Remote Address Book Supported, RemoteFAX
Supported.
Version Description T-2-72
1 MEAP basic function

2 MEAP Spec Version 1 function and SSL/TSL + Proxy
5 MEAP Spec Version 1 function and CPCA V2 + ERS (Error Recovery Service) + New
SSL/TSL
7 MEAP Spec Version 5 function and Compact PDF + OCR PDF(Text Searchable) + USB-
Host(Buffering of Interrupt Transfer)
10 MEAP Spec Version 5 function and USB-Host(Exception + ClearFeature + SetFeature
+ HotPlug) + WINS address acquisition using MIBAgent + TimerService + SSL client
authentication
11 MEAP Spec Version 5 function and AMS
13 MEAP Spec Version 5 function and J2ME1.1 Support + Encrypted PDF + Trace and
smooth PDF + CTK2.0
14 Device signature PDF
15 IMI + ERS (API addition for IMI) , IPv6, Extended encryption function (AES/RC4)
17 Acquiring images of JBIG format
18 Parsing XML documents (XML parser)
19 Enhancement of IMI function (IMI Version1.2 series)
25 API to access the HID/Mass Storage class devices.
26 MEAP driver preference function
27 Symbols that can be used with MibAgent added. (symbols for IPv6 address acquisition)
2-117
2
2
2-118
MEAP Application System Information ■ Printing the System Information of a MEAP Application
Information about an application installed in the device is called MEAP application system MEAP system information can be printed out with iR device for confirmation.
information. This information should be obtained for reporting troubles because multiple Follow the steps below when confirming information:
information items can be collectively confirmed.
The following sections describe the details of information items. Each item is shown or printed 1) Select [ Settings/ Registration] > [ Management Settings] > [ License/ Other] > [MEAP
by application. Settings] > [ Print System Information] and click[ Yes] button.
MEMO: MEMO:
The system information shown on the screen and the system information printed in the When System Manager ID and PIN are set, go to Top screen and log in as System
MEAP device's user mode are exactly the same. Manager to continue jobs.
■ Checking the System Information of a MEAP Application with

SMS
1) Log in to SMS.
2) On System Management menu, click [System Info].
3) Click [Details] button.
F-2-176
2) Press [OK] button.
MEAP system information was printed out in PDL format conventionally. However,
the information has been printed out in text format instead of PDL format, enabling iR
devices without PDL installation to print out information (iR C3220 and later).
F-2-175
4) System information of each application (including system applications) is shown in an
additional window. Copy and paste all the information in a file to attach to AR reports as
text information. This function is useful to check status information of each application.
2-118
2
2
2-119
■ Content of MEAP system information Not Installed: no license has been installed.
Installed: the appropriate license has been installed. Invalid: the license has been invalidated.
Application System Information
Overlimt: the license has been used beyond its permitted limit.
Application Name: C-Cabinet Gateway for MEAP
Application ID/System Application Name: 03a46668-63e4-4636-9cbb-492b6cef05d5 License Expires After
Application Version: 1.0.0 It indicates the date after which the license expires. If the status of the license is 'none', this
Status: Resolved item will not be printed.
Installed on: Tue Oct 21 14:00:11 GMT+09:00 2003
Vendor : Canon Inc. License Upper Limit
License Status : Installed It indicates the limit imposed on individual counter readings. If the status of the license is
Maximum Memory Usage : 1024 'none', this item will not be printed.
Registered Service :
Application Name Counter Value
It is the name (bundle-name) declared in a statement within the application program. It may It is the current counter reading of a specific counter. If the status of the license is 'none', this
not necessarily be identical to the name of the program. item will not be printed.
Application ID/System Application Name Maximum Memory Usage

In the case of a system application, it will be the file name. If a general application, it is the It indicates the maximum amount of memory that the application uses. It is the amount
application ID (application-ID) declared in a statement within the ap plication program. Within (maximum memory usage) declared in a statement within the application program, and is
the device, the applications are set apart by means of their application IDs. expressed in kilobytes.
Application Version Registered Service

It is the version of the application (bundle-version) declared in a statement within the It is a list of services that have been registered by the application with the MEAP framework.
application program. Some services may not have printable data.
Status
It indicates the status of the application in question; specifically, Installed: the application has
been installed.
Active: the application is being in use. Resolved: the application is at rest.
Installed On
It indicates the date on which the application was installed.
Vendor
It is the name of the vendor that developed the application, and is the name (bundle-vendor)
declared in a statement within the application program.
License Status
It indicates the status of the license; specifically, None: no license is needed.
2-119
2
2
2-120
Installing an Application ■ Procedure to install applications
1) Long on to SMS.
■ Resource
2) Click [Install MEAP Application] on the menu.
When 1 MEAP application operates, the resource volume allocated to each device is as
follows (loaded resource list). Since the following value is an estimate, when installing the
MEAP applications, it needs to check the available resource of SMS.
Since the indication of SMS resource volume fluctuates by the login service (authentication
function) and configuration (future model), which the user selected, it may show a bigger
value than the following values.
List of Available Resources
Product Name HDD Memory Thread Socket File Description

iR-ADV C5051 series 1024MB 128MB 256 256 256
iR-ADV C9075 series 1024MB 128MB 256 256 256
T-2-73
MEMO:
• As for memory, check the available resource when starting up the application. For other
resources F-2-177
• other than memory, check them when installing. Some applications call for a specific 3) Check [ Install MEAP Application/License ]page appears.
set of conditions for installation. For details, see the User's Guide that comes with the
4) Click [Browse..] button, and select the application file and the license file of the application;
individual applications.
• Maximum installable application is up to 20 even if the remaining resource is adequate. then, click [OK] button.
(However, the Send function consumes 1, it must be 19 in practice.) Authentication
application is not included in this number. MEMO:
• The MEAP application, which can be started simultaneously, is up to 19. (Authentication Application File: identified by the extension "jar".
application is not included in this number.) License File: identified by the extension "lic".
• To install an application, the user needs to use the following URL when accessing
the license control system to obtain a license file. In doing so, he/she needs to regis-
ter the license access number of the application and the serial number of the device.
http://www.canon.com/meap/
F-2-178
2-120
2
2
2-121
7) Check the message "Installing...Please wait a moment." appears, beginning the installation.
• You cannot install only the license.

• You will not be able to install the application without using the appropriate license.
Be sure to select its license file.
• If you are adding a license to an existing application, see Chapter 2, "Adding a
License File." in this manual.
• If you are updating an existing application, stop the application; then, install the new
application or its license file. You will not be able to update an application while it is
running. F-2-180
8) Upon installation completed, click [To MEAP Application Management] button shown on the
screen to view MEAP Application Management page.
5) Check the contents of the Confirm page; then, click [OK] button.
F-2-181
MEMO:
To use the application that you have just installed, you must make sure that the applica-
tion status is Started.
F-2-179
6) Some applications show a screen to indicate the terms of agreement. Read the terms, and
click [OK].
2-121
2
2
2-122
MEMO: Adding a License File

The license file is provided in text file format, enabling to view in a text editor. The
application ID and device serial number shown in the file allow users to confirm which ■ Procedure adding a license file
device to install with the license file.
Note that any changes added to the license file may disable installation. Cares should 1) Log on to SMS.
be taken when confirming the contents of the license file. 2) On MEAP Application Management, click the name of the application to which you want to
add a license file.
Sample file
License File ID
Application ID
Serial Number
Validated Period
Counter informations
F-2-182
2-122
2
2
2-123
3) In [Application / License Information] page shown on the screen, click [License 4) Click [ Browse ] button, and select the license file you want to install.
Management ] button.
F-2-184
5) Click [ Install ] button.
F-2-183
F-2-185
6) Check the content of the confirmation page, and click [OK] button
2-123
2
2
2-124
Disabling a License File 2) Click the name of the application that you want to disable.
■ Procedure disabling a license file (suspending a license)
• To invalidate (or suspend) a license, you must first stop the application in question.
• Once suspended, the status of the license will be 'Not Installed', and its application
will no longer be available for use.
• You can later restore a suspended license file as long as you are doing so on the
same iR, the device with the same device serial number.
• When replacing the device due to lease up or trouble, use the license for forwarding
(see Chapter 2, "License for forwarding.").
1) Stop the application you want to uninstall on MEAP Application Management page.
F-2-187
3) On Application/ License Information page, click [License Management] button.
F-2-188
F-2-186
2-124
2
2
2-125
4) License Management page appears. Click [Disable] button.
Downloading / Removing an Invalidated License File
You must remove the invalidated license file before uninstalling an application. If re-
installation is a possibility, you may download the license file to a PC for storage. To download
or delete a license file, first disable it.
Once you have removed an invalidated license file, you will no longer be able to
download it form the MEAP device.
■ Procedure downloading / removing an invalidated license file

The downloaded license file can be used for reinstallation only in the same iR device (with the
same device serial number).
1) Login to SMS.
2) Application List page appears. On MEAP Application Management page , click the name of
the application you want.
F-2-189
5) Click [Yes].
F-2-190
F-2-191
3) Check Application/ License Information page appears.
2-125
2
2
2-126
4) On Application / License Information page, click [License Management] button. 7) To delete, click [Delete] button.
F-2-192
5) License Management page appears. To download, click [Download] button.
F-2-194
8) When the dialog to confirm deletion is shown, click [Yes] button.
F-2-195
F-2-193
6) When you have selected [Download] button, specify where you want to store the file by
following the instructions on the screen. Without the license file, an application cannot be reinstalled even to the MEAP de-vice
that the application had been installed last time. Download and save the license file
before deleting the application.
2-126
2
2
2-127
Reusable license License for forwarding
When reinstalling, Disable License file should be downloaded (see Chapter 2, "Disabling a ■ Outline
License File ." and see Chapter 2, "Downloading / Removing an Invalidated License File." in
When the device is replaced due to lease up or trouble, it is possible to continue using the
this manual) or a license for reinstallation should be obtained from LMS, before reinstallation.
current license information of MEAP application by forwarding it to a new device. Service
This specification aims to prevent misuse of applications.
engineers are responsible for license transfer as this task requires the SMS hidden page (not
To increase convenience of users, only application with unlimited validity date and application
open to users).
counter (e.g. Portal Service, SDL, SSO) has been made to be able to install as many times
as needed by the same license file. This kind of license is called 'Reusable license'.
■ Procedure to create license for forwarding
1) Log in to SMS, stop the application to be forwarded (see Chapter 2, "Starting and Stopping
a MEAP Application." in this manual).
F-2-196
2) Move to the download page of license forwarded for the device as sender (http:// IP
address of device: 8000/sms/ForwardLicense).
F-2-197
2-127
2
2
2-128
3) Specify the application to be forwarded. 5) The window to confirm whether to create a transfer licence will be displayed. Click [OK].
F-2-200
6) Icon of license file for forwarding is displayed in the box of license file downloading. Click
[Download].
F-2-198
4) Click [Create] at Create Transfer License File.
F-2-201
F-2-199
2-128
2
2
2-129
7) The dialogue [File Download] is displayed. Click [Save]. 11) Since this downloaded transfer license is the file only to prove the license invalidation,
it cannot be used for installation to the other device as it is. Send the transfer license to
the service support contact of your nearest sales company to request issuance of the new
license for installation in the new device.
MEMO:
When requesting issuance of license for forwarding, inform the sales company of the
name of product name and serial No. of the device as sender, and of the name of prod-
uct name and serial No. of the forwarding destination.
12) Install application using the license for forwarding issued by the sales company.
F-2-202
8) Specify the download destination, click [Save].
F-2-203
9) After downloading the license file for forwarding, click [Delete] to display the confirmation
screen and click [Yes] to delete the file (in consideration of breakage of license for
forwarding, deleting disabled license can be executed after all steps have been completed).
F-2-204
10) Log out of SMS.
2-129
2
2
2-130
3) Click [Uninstall] button for the application to be uninstalled.
Uninstalling an Application
■ Procedure uninstalling an application
• To uninstall a MEAP application, the license status should be set to “Not Installed” (to
be deleted). When a user tries to uninstall an application before deleting the license,
the following message is shown. Refer to the sections of "Disabling a License File "
and "Downloading / Removing an Invalidated License File" of this manual to delete
the license file.
F-2-205
4) Check the application name to be uninstalled shown on the screen to click [Yes] button.
Upon [Yes] button clicked, uninstallation process is started.
• Dimmed [Uninstall] button shows that the selected application cannot be removed.
• If the application you are uninstalling is associated with another application, a mes-
sage will appear to indicate that the package exported by the application will no
loner be available. Uninstalling such an application may also disable its associated
applications.
1) Log in to SMS to click [MEAP Application Management] on the menu.

2) [MEAP Application Management] page is shown. F-2-206
2-130
2
2
2-131
Login Service ■ Default Authentication overview
The login service is started up to authenticate the user when MEAP-enabled iR device is This login service is selected when the department ID management is enabled or no
booted up. Login service changes and install/ uninstall are carried out from the 'System authentication function is set. Set the department ID management to [ON] on Setting /
Management' page. The pre-install applications and those provided on the accessory CD Registration (Additional Functions mode) of this device and register 7-digit ID and PIN by
are as follows. Default Authentication is used as the default at the time of shipment from the department. This setting restricts the use of this device only to users keying the registered
factory. ID and PIN. Department IDs/ and PINs can be registered on the touch panel of this device or
Remote UI.
Description
Pre-install Default Authentication ( Default), Single Sign On-H
Accessory CD Single Sign On-H
■ SSO-H (Single Sign-On-H) overview
T-2-74 This is a merger of the existing SDL and SSO login services and has the following features.
• Both the domain authentication and local device authentication login services can be used.
• There is no need to have a separate SA server.
• Login is not via SA, so SSO-H refers directly to DNS for authentication.
• When the login service is set to SSO-H, Department ID management needs to be
• Kerberos and NTML protocols are supported.
[OFF] before changes can be made. To use SSO-H local device authentication and
• The following three authentication methods may be selected from.
Department ID management at the same time, after allocation of the department ID
to the Administrator, switch the authentication method to local device authentication • Domain authentication
and then turn Department ID management ON. • Local device authentication
• Domain authentication + local authentication
• To use Department ID management in domain authentication, the option image-
WARE accounting manager is required.
• When the setting is SSO-H, the card reader for the option controller card cannot be
used. • The system configuration is different from previous SSO, so individual management
is required.
• When using SSO-H, the clock settings of the server managing the Active Directory
and the MEAP device (and the PC used to log in), must be matched. If there is a • Data porting of user information that was being used with the earlier SSO local
time difference of greater than five minutes in the clock settings, an error will be device authentication and SDL can be done by exporting/ importing. However, ap-
generated when login is attempted. plication settings information cannot be ported.
• When the setting is SSO-H, start up takes a little longer when compared to Default
Authentication (because of the time required for object initialization).
• To use the SEND function when the setting is for SSO-H, when sending email, mail
addresses need to be programmed against each user. If they are not, email cannot
be sent. Note, however, that when sending i-Fax, the mail addresses set in the
device are used.
• This device does not support SDL, conventional SSO and Security Agent. In addition
these are not packaged in Administrator's CD.
2-131
2
2
2-132
■ Authentication methods of SSO-H Differences from conventional SSO
SSO-H can use multiple authentication methods, and the user can toggle between them Domain B Domain C Domain B Domain C
from a Web browser. (Refer to the MEAP Authentication System Settings Guide 'User DC DC DC DC
Authentication Method Settings'.)
DC DC
The factory shipment setting is 'Domain authentication + local device authentication'.

In order to provide increased security, as soon as SSO is used, it is recommended that SA
the administrator's user name and password in local device authentication be changed
from the factory shipment settings as soon as possible.
Device Device
Local device authentication
This is an authentication method that is used for single iR devices. The authenticating Domain A Domain A
SSO SSO-H
users are registered in the iR device's database. User management is performed on the
F-2-207
Web application provided by the device, or from the imageWARE Enterprise Management
Domain authentication + local device authentication
Console/ iW Management Console. The login destination is [This device].
This is a user authentication method that provides both domain authentication and local
device authentication functionalities. Principally, domain users who are registered/ managed
Domain authentication
by the Active Directory are authenticated by domain authentication, and local device
This is a form of user authentication which operates in collaboration with the domain controller
authentication can be used when it is necessary to au thenticate a temporary user that cannot
on the Active Directory environment network and, as soon as the iR device is logged into,
be added to the Active Directory. Also, should there be any kind of a problem with the domain
carries out authentication of the domain on the network. In addition to users belonging to
controller or Security Agent (SSO only), local device authentication can be used in emergency
the domain that includes the iR device, users belonging to domains that have a reliable
situations, while waiting for normal status to be restored.
relationship with the domain (multi-domain) can also be authenticated. The domain name of
In the figure shown below, users belonging to Domain A, which includes the iR device,
the login destination can be selected by the users themselves upon login.
and users belonging to Domain B, which has a reliable relationship with Domain A, can be
authenticated, and users registered with the iR device itself can also be registered. The login
The function makes use of options iW EMC Accounting Management Plig-in to enable
destination (domain name or [This device]) is se lected by the user upon login.
analysis and management of the iR device usage status.
Domain A Domain B
The protocol used is as follows. Domain Controller

Domain Controller (Active Directory )
• Kerberos:LLS/RLS/ILS (Active Directory )
• NTLMV2:WLS(Web Service Login Service)

User information acquisition is done by LADP, so the Active Directory LDAP port needs to be
made accessible. If LDAP connection fails, the authentication will end in error. iR Device Domain B User
Domain A User
No. of supported domains: 200 (unchanged from SSO) Site access supported.
F-2-208
2-132
2
2
2-133
■ Access Mode in Sites
With SSO-H, access to Active Directory within site can be prioritized or restricted, so there
• To run domain authentication and Department ID management at the same time, the
is a setting called 'Access Mode in Sites'. Sites programmed in Active Directory comprise
options Net Spot Accountant, iW Accounting Manager or iW EMC Accounting Man-
multiple subnets. In this mode, SSO-H uses site information to access the same site as the
agement Plug-in are required. If domain authentication is selected as the authenti-
cation method without linkage to these systems, login will be disabled and Depart- device, or the subnet Active Directory.
ment ID management will not come ON. If Department ID management cannot be • The SSO-H default setting is with the site internal access mode OFF.
turned ON when using domain authentication and login is disabled, switch the login • Access Active Directory within same site only.
service to Default Authentication and turn Department ID management OFF. • If there is no Active Directory within the same site, or if connection fails, there will be an
• In order to link local device authentication and Department ID management authentication error.
and manage print pages and scan pages per department ID, Department ID • Access another site if Active Directory within the same site cannot be located.
manage-ment must be set ON. To run local device authentication and Department • If there is no Active Directory within the same site, or if connection fails, an Active Directory
ID management at the same time, the information registered in local device external to the site will be accessed.
authentication must match the De-partment ID management user information • If all attempts to access Active Directory fail, there will be an authentication error.
(department ID and password).
• In local device authentication the card reader for the option control card cannot be The operating specifications of the site internal access mode are as described below.
used. When first logging in to the login service after booting iR, the domain controller (DC) is
obtained from the site list.
However, upon the first login, even if the site functionality is active, connection to DC is
Linkage with Department ID management when using SSO-H
random. (This is because, if connection to DC should fail, the site to which the device belongs
SSO-H has collaborative linkage with imageWARE/iW Enterprise Management Console
cannot be ascertained.)
Access Managemnet Plug-in, imageWARE/iW Enterprise Management Console Accounting
If the device IP address or the domain name are changed, the site settings are acquired once
Managemnet Plug-in. Only when used with 'Local device authentication', can department ID/
more.
passwords be allocated to users.
In the event that these are allocated, authentication can be performed even when the main
In this mode, at the first login (first authentication of domain to which the device belongs)
unit's department management is ON. Department ID and department passwords are not
LDAP-Bind is performed directly to DC and site information acquired by LDAP from DC.
allocated to domain users.
When the main unit's department management function is ON, domain users cannot be
From the acquired site list, the site to which the device subnet belongs is extracted and this
authenticated.
becomes the site to which device belongs. Active Directory address is acquired (retrieved
from DNS)
MEMO:
With SSO, linkage with imageWARE/iW Enterprise Management Console Accounting
Managemnet Plug-in was assumed and department management linkage was enabled
even in domain authentication, but with SSO-H, this is now unsupported.
System Manager Linkage (automatic ID allocation to System Managers)

SSO provided the automated function conventionally on Security Agent (hereinafter “SA”) to
authenticate System Manager by allocating IDs set on SA to domain authentication managers
(users belonging to Canon Peripheral Admins group). However, SSO-H does not support this
function.
2-133
2
2
2-134
Settings for access mode in sites
Switching between site internal access mode/ non site internal access mode, as well as
• The Active Directory subnet is assumed to be the same subnet as the device sub-net. detailed mode settings, are done via DMS or iWEMC. Site internal access mode settings
• In the Active Directory addresses, the Active Directories of the same site are listed. window (DMS)
• Active Directories of the same subnet as the device are listed first.
• If there is no Active Directory with the same subnet as the device, Active Directories
belonging to different subnets than the device are listed.
• The Active Directories within the same site are accessed in order. Note, however,
that where there are multiple Active Directories within the same site, access to those
Active Directories will be in the order in which the address list was obtained.
• If there is no Active Directory within the same site, if access outside of the site is
programmed, Active Directories outside of the site will be accessed in the order in
F-2-209
which the address list was obtained.
The figure below shows a sample of processing Access Mode in Sites.
Sample of Processing Access Mode in Sites
Site list acquisition Domain X

After booting up, upon the first login by LLS or ILS/ RLS, the site list is obtained from the 4.Access Active
Directory of same Site:Tokyo::
DNS Server A Repllic
Active Directory. In order to obtain the site list from the Active Directory, Active Directory site ation 172.24.12.0/24
records: DC-Tokyo/DNS 172.24.35.0/24
needs to be accessed in LDAP, so SASL-Kerberos-Bind is used by the login user account. If AD 192.168.1.2
n
172.24.12.2 1. When making initial
io
at
AD 172.24.12.2 Site:Osaka::
settings, obtain site list
lic
authentication by Active Directory should fail, an authentication error will be generated and AD 172.24.35.2
pl
and ascertain which 192.168.1.0/24
Re
AD 211.111.1.30 2.Get Active site the device
the site list will be acquired again from Active Directory upon the next login. SSO-Tokyo 172.24.12.80 Directory list Site:Hakata::
belongs to.
SSO-Osaka 192.168.1.90 SSO-Tokyo 211.111.1.0/24
SSO-Hakata 211.111.1.3 N 172.24.12.80 WAN
WA3. Access Active
In SSO-H, the Active Directory to be accessed when acquiring the site list cannot be Directory of same
specified. In other words, if there is no site list, which site's Active Directory is accessed subnet
Site:Tokyo
depends upon the order of the Active Directory addresses returned by DNS. Therefore, when DC-Osaka/DNS 172.12.12.0/24 DC-Hakata/DNS
172.168.1.2 172.24.35.0/24 211.111.1.30
acquiring the site list, LDAP may access the Active Di rectory of a different site. Therefore, in
such cases, it is sometimes necessary to access across sites or subnets, which means that
LDAP protocol needs to have continuity across sites (subnets) (normally, LDAP is port No. SSO-Tokyo
SSO-Tokyo
389). Further, if connection with Active Directory fails when acquiring site information, another Site:Osaka 192.168.1.90 Site:Hakata 211.111.1.3
192.168.1.0/24 211.111.1.0/24
Active Directory will be accessed.
Site information, once it has been acquired, is cached within the device. The life settings of F-2-210
the cache can be set so that site information in the cache is updated upon the first login after 1) SSO-Tokyo acquires site lists from Active Directories.
the device boots up, or so that the cache is not updated once acquired. Note, however, that the Active Directories accessed in order to acquire site lists are in the
order in which they were returned by DNS, so there is no guarantee that the same Active
Directory will be accessed as in the initial settings (upon device settings or changes to NW
settings, etc.).
[Site subnet list]
Site: Tokyo: = 172.24.12.0/24, 172.24.35.0/24
2-134
2
2
2-135
Site: Osaka: = 192.168.1.0/24 ■ Specification of SSO-H
Site: Hakata: = 211.111.1.0/24
Item Specification
As a result, since SSO-Tokyo is 172.24.12.80, the subnet is 172.24.12.0/24, and is judged
No. of local device users Up to 5000
as belonging to site Tokyo. Maximum number of domains 200 domains (“this device” not included)
2) The DNS server obtains its Active Directory list from the primary or secondary DNS, as set Supported device All the MEAP-enabled iR devices (different SSO-H versions are
in the device. supported depending on machine types)
IPv6 △ (Authentication provided in IPv6 supports AD/KDC/DNS of
[Active Directory]
Windows Server 2008 only)
172.24.12.2, 172.24.35.2, 192.168.1.2, 211.111.1.30 Memory (KB) / thread (numbers) 3584/33
3) Of the Active Directories in 2), above, the ones that belong to the same site (Tokyo) are Supported Active Directory Windows 2000 Server SP4/ Windows Server 2003 SP1/Windows
172.24.12.2 and 172.24.35.2. Server 2003 R2/ Windows 2008 Server(64BitOS not supported)
Availability of Department Available only in local authentication
Of these, the Active Directory that is the same subnet as SS-Tokyo is 172.24.12.2.
Management Linkage
Therefore, this one will be accessed. Site access Supported
4) If access fails at step 3), above, the other Active Directory of the same site, 172.24.35.2, T-2-75
will be accessed. SSO/SDL handling
5) If access fails at step 4), above, also, SSO-Osaka and SSO-Hakata will be accessed (the Conventional SSO and SDL are not packaged in Administrator's CD of this model. In addition,
order will depend on the order of the Active Directories in DNS). Note, however, that this is this model does not support older versions of SSO or SDL released in the past.
an optional operation.
Logging into other domains at multi-domain

At multi-domain, if another domain is logged into, based on the site/ subnet information
retrieved in the home domain, the Active Directories of the login destination domain/ KDC
address list are computed. In the event that the domain controller IP addresses of other
domains are outside of the site access range, and only the domain controller within the site
is programmed for access, an error message will be displayed to the effect that the site
information is incorrect.
■ Environment confirmation
Refer to the section of "Checking the Operating Environment" of this manual for system
requirements needed in each login service.
2-135
2
2
2-136
Changing Login Services 3) When login service application you have selected turns to Start after Restart, restart the
device.
■ Steps to Change Login Services
1) Click [ Enhanced System Application Management] on [System Management ].
F-2-211
2) A page will appear showing the various selections you can make for the login service.Click F-2-213
[SWITCH] button for the login service to be used.
F-2-212
2-136
2
2
2-137
Initializing the Password Creating a Backup, Formatting the Hard Disk, Restoring
When a user forgets the password to log in to SMS, initialize it to the default value of with the Backup data, Using the SST
“MeapSmsLogin” using the switch license for initializing passwords.
Follow the steps below:
■ Outline
This function aims to temporarily save MEAP application memory areas in HDD of the PC at
■ Procedure to initialize the SMS login password the time of HDD formatting.
1) Get the switch license for initializing the password.

You can back up the area of the HDD where MEAP applications reside to a PC, as when
Request the support of the regional headquarters of the Canon for switch license for
you want to format the HDD. MEAP devices use a license-based mechanism to control
initializing the password presenting the device serial number.
applications so that formatting the HDD will necessarily delete the jar files and application
data, requiring you to not only reinstall them but also make necessary settings. (Doing so
2) Click [Login] button leaving Password field blank or entering incorrect password. The
consists in obtaining special license files for reinstallation and downloading user data/settings,
Return to install Password Settings area appears. Click [Browse..] button and select the
increasing your work load.)
switch license file prepared in advance.
If you use the SST's backup function, you will be able to temporarily put aside the area of
MEAP applications, thus being free of the foregoing extra work. This function, however, is
limited to a specific MEAP device (serial number), and cannot be used for illegal copying of
applications.
You must not perform any other work (including checking operation) until the HDD has
been backed up. This arrangement is to prevent a mismatch of MEAP counter readings
and the HDD contents, and any fault in operation arising as the result of failure to
observe this will not be covered by the guarantee of operation.
MEMO:
The application that is installed with a reusable license can be reinstalled by using the
same license.
F-2-214
3) When you click [Initialize] button, the confirmation message appears. Click [OK] button.
Then Login page opens. Enter the default password 'MeapSmsLogin' to log in. The
password is case-sensitive.
MEMO:
If you click [Cancel] button, the Login page opens without initializing the password.
2-137
2
2
2-138
■ Backup Items
The following items are backed up using SST:
• If a hard disk of a system that uses SSO-H is formatted without changing the login
• jar files of MEAP applications service to the default authentication, the error message "The login service must be
• Setup data generated by MEAP applications (Note that image data stored in BOX will not set again with SMS" appears and the system cannot start up when you attempt to
be saved for MEAP applications using BOX function). restart the system after formatting.
• User information data registered for local device authentication in SSO-H
• If this problem occurs, change the login service to SSO-H with SMS. If you cannot
access to SMS since you do not have the IP address of the device, start the system
■ Requirements for Backup Using the SST with FIXIP mode -hold down the numeric keys 1 and 7 and turn the power switch on.
The IP address "172.16.1.100" will be automatically assigned for the device. Then
The following conditions must be met for use of the function:
log in to SMS specifying the address.
1)Device Firmware Version

Device Firmware Version for SST (Ver4.2x) 2)Starting the device in Download Mode
Boot ROM System SST Press [2] and [8] buttons at the same time on the control panel and turn on the main power
image Runner Already supported Already supported The version supporting switch to start the device in Download Mode. Note that SST backup function is enabled only
Advanced series since the 1st version. since the 1st version. the corresponding in Download Mode.
devices.
T-2-76 3) Connecting the main unit to the PC to start SST
2)SST Version Connect the main unit to the PC with SST installed using the crossing cable and the like to
Version 1.81 or later. An earlier version will not permit the use of the function. If needed, start SST on the PC.
upgrade the SST.
4) Connecting the device using SST
3)Space for backup When starting SST, select the target device type as Single and click [Start] button.
To back up the HDD of the iR, the PC must have approx 1024MB of free space at maximum.
Sizes of backup files depend on actual data capacities to be backed up.
■ Making a Backup and Formatting Hard Disk Drive with Service

Support Tool
1)Switching Login Service / Backup of Login User Information
If SSO-H is used for the login service, switch to default authentication before backing up the
user information. Although SST will back up local device user information, it is recommended
to export the user information just in case. For local device user information backup, go to
User Management page of SSO-H site and export the data. (The SSO-H login page opens
with the URL "http://<device IP address>:8000/sso/").
F-2-215
2-138
2
2
2-139
5)Generating backup data to transfer it to the PC (uploading)
Click [Upload Data] button of SST and select “Meapback.bin” as the item to be backed up to ■ Procedures to Restore Backup Data
click [ Start ] button.
1)Installing files
When HDD is successfully formatted, install a set of System files.
2)Restoring backup file

Click [Upload Data] button and select the data backed up in the previous step (Meapback.
bin) to click [Start Restoring Data]. Note that the data backed up in a different version cannot
be restored.
F-2-216
6)Saving backup data
Upon the backup data transferred to the PC, enter an appropriate file name and click [OK] to
save the backup data on the PC.
F-2-219
3)Transferring Data
When the data is successfully transferred, click the [OK] button shown on the screen. To
continue other jobs, click [Return to Menu] button.
F-2-217
When the file is successfully saved, click [OK] button, and then click [Return to Menu] button.
F-2-220
4)Turn off and on the main power switch of the device to gain access in SMS to check that
MEAP applications are surely restored.
5) Restore the backup data and setting saved before formatting HDD. Note that the user
information of the local device is included in the backup data, thus does not need to be
restored.
F-2-218
7) Formatting HDD
Select HDFormat to connect the HDD unit and format all the partitions.
2-139
2
2
2-140
the user, and install them using the license files for reinstallation.
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive
Installation method is the same as normal installation.
■ Outline 5) As necessary, make login service selections and import user information.
If you must replace the hard disk drive because of a fault, all MEAP application files stored on
MEMO:
it will also be lost, requiring you to re-install the applications and their license files in addition When you replace the HDD without uninstalling MEAP applications, make sure to rein-
to performing the normal work associated with the replacement of the hard disk. stall the previously installed applications. Unless reinstalling them, MEAP counter will
not be released and the message "The number of applications that can be installed has
exceeded the limit. Try to install this application after uninstalling other applications." is
Like other counter information, MEAP counter information will remain after replacement. displayed so that the installation of new applications may not be accepted. If you want
Reinstallation of MEAP applications calls for special license files de signed to continue with to install new applications in this case, once reinstall the applications in-stalled before
the current counter readings, thus enabling the use of the applications until the date of their formatting and uninstall unnecessary applications.
expiration. These special licenses are service tools, and are not offered to general users.
If you cannot make a backup of the license files as hard disk suffers a fault, contact the
support staff of the regional headquarters of Canon telling the device serial number and the
names of MEAP applications installed to the device to obtain the necessary special license
files.
In the support departments of regional headquarters of Canon, all license files of the
applications that have been issued are filed according to device serial numbers, enabling you
to obtain a series of license files through a single screen as long as you can identify the serial
number of the device in question.
The following shows the steps to follow after you have obtained a special license from the
support staff of the regional headquarters of Canon.
■ HDD replacement procedure

1) Copy a set of obtained special license files to a laptop for service operation.
Register a set of System files, Language files, Remote UI files, HDD format files,
MeapContents
files of a target product to SST (System Support Tool). (Make sure the compatibility
of the each file version.)
2) Prepare the required service parts of the HDD unit and replace the HDD unit on user's site.
While pressing [2] and [8] numerical keys simultaneously on the control panel, turn on the
main power so that the machine starts in Download mode. (IP address "172.16.1.100" will
be automatically specified, thus it is recommended to download via high-speed network.)
3) Using SST, format HDD and install each file of System, MeapContents, Language and
RemoteUI.
4) When the device has started normally, obtain the jar files of the MEAP applications from
2-140
2
2
2-141
3) Press or button for several times until [MEAPSAFE] button is shown. Click
MEAP Safe Mode (level 2)
[MEAPSAFE] button.
Use safe mode if you need to start up the system without worrying about extra applications. It
will start up only those system software files (including SMS) that normally start up as default
files while preventing MEAP applications and the like from starting up.
When you have made changes and restart the device, the control panel will indicate 'MPSF'
in its lower right corner. The MEAP applications that may have been active before you shut
down the equipment will not start up on their own. Make use of safe mode when restoring
the system software as when MEAP applications or services cause a fault as the result of a
conflict or wrong sequence of registration/use. You can access to SMS in this condition so
that you can take necessary measures, for example, you can stop application that may cause
the trouble.
F-2-222
If default authentication has been selected, the mode of authentication remains valid; 4) Press the 1 key on the control panel keypad to change the setting to '1'; then, click [OK]
otherwise, the message "The login service must be set again with SMS" ap pears. Change button.
the login service as necessary.
■ Starting in Safe Mode

1) Startup level 2 of [SERVICE MODE] . The start procedure of [SERVICE MODE] level2 is as
follows.
1. Press [Settings /Registration] button n control panel.
2. Press [2] button and [8] button at the same time on control panel.
3. Press [Settings /Registration] button.
4. [SERVICE MODE] screen is displayed.
6. Press [2] button.
2) Press [COPIER] >[Option] > [USER] buttons.
F-2-223
F-2-221
2-141
2
2
2-142
5) Check that the notation 'MPSF' has appeared in the lower right corner of the screen; then, ■ How to cancel MEAP SAFE mode
restart the device.
If you want to end safe mode, repeat the steps but change '1' to '0' in step -4 and restart the
device.
MEMO
If accessed to SMS in MEAP SAFE mode, the device started mode is shown on the title
bar of the browser.
When normally started:

Service Management Service : <Device Name>: <Product Name>
When starting in MEAP SAFE mode:

Service Management Service : <Device Name>:<Product Name>: Safe Mode
F-2-224
2-142
2
2
2-143
2) Press [COPIER] >[Option] > [NETWORK] buttons.
Setting HTTP port for MEAP application (level 2)
For the ports in which the MEAP application uses, the default is 8000 for the port on HTTP
server, and 8443 for the port on HTTPS server. In the case that these ports have already
used by the customer who is to introduce this application, the MEAP application cannot use
the HTTP (or HTTPS) server(s).
By changing the following ports to use, however, the MEAP application can be used as well
as the existing system.
HTTP server
Setting value is 0 through 65535 [the value at factory shipment/after clearing RAM: 8000]
F-2-225
MEMO:
3) Press or button until [MEAP-PN] is shown on the screen. Press [MEAP-PN]
Do not use port number"8080" when PS print server unit is connected. If the port
is used, you can not see the page for RUI of the device with MEAP authen-tication button.
application. (port "8080" is reserved for redirecting from PS print server unit to device.)
HTTPS server
Setting value is 0 through 65535 [the value at factory shipment/after clearing RAM: 8443]
MEMO:
As for port on HTTPS server, it only applies to the device that supports SSL function.
■ Port setup procedure of HTTP Server

1) Startup level 2 of [SERVICE MODE] . The start procedure of [SERVICE MODE] level2 is as F-2-226
follows. 4) Press the port number to specify on the control panel (the numerical value input in the field
1. Press [Settings /Registration] button n control panel. is displayed), and press [OK] button.
F-2-227
2-143
2
2
2-144
5) Check to see that it is reflected in setting field, and turn off the main power, and then, 4) Press the port number to specify on the control panel (the numerical value input in the field
restart the device. is displayed), and press [OK] button.
F-2-228
■ Port setup procedure of HTTPS Server

1) Startup level 2 of [SERVICE MODE] . The start procedure of [SERVICE MODE] level2 is as F-2-230
follows. 5) Check to see that it is reflected in setting field, and turn off the main power, and then,
1. Press [Settings /Registration] button n control panel. restart the device.
2) Press [COPIER] >[Option] > [NETWORK] buttons.
3) Press or button until [MEAP-SSL] is shown on the screen. Press [MEAP-SSL]
button.
F-2-231
F-2-229
2-144
2
2
2-145
Setting the USB driver for each USB device (MEAP driver preference registration)
Using USB Devices
If it is set to use the system driver, the conventional applications that support the MEAP
■ USB Driver application driver cannot use the USB input device.
Therefore, for the USB drivers used by USB devices/MEAP applications, there is setting
Setting of the USB driver
function (MEAP driver preference registration) to give priority to the MEAP driver.
USB System driver (hereinafter "system driver") and MEAP application-specific USB driver
If you register the ID of the USB device by using this function, the USB device can use the
(hereinafter "MEAP driver") are mutually exclusive, the use of one driver will disable the othe
MEAP driver despite the Additional Function settings.
By default, USB system driver is enabled.

Using this function requires the conditions below:
Go to Additional Function to enable either of drivers.
• Supported MEAP SpecVer: 26
• Describe the idVendeor(VID) and idProdutc(PID) of USB device in the manifest or activate/
deactivate the VID and PID by calling API from MEAP applications.
The driver setting that is used in a manifest file is reflected in the following timing.
When registering from a manifest file.
• The registration will be enabled when an application is activated and device is
restarted.
• The registration will be disabled when an application is stopped and device is
restarted.
MEMO:
You can display/check the used driver setting at “USB device report print” described
below regardless of whether it is registered from a manifest file or is registered from
API.
F-2-232
Operating mode Software keyboard

Conventional USB
settings [Use application System driver supported Availability for MEAP application of the USB device A (either HID keyboard or Mass Storage)
keyboard enabled
MEAP driver as (System Driver/ MEAP application plugged to iR device
MEAP application
USB input device] MEAP Driver)
Registration USB Setting Native MEAP application
ON Can use USB keyboard. Cannot use USB Cannot use
status of [Use MEAP application System driver System driver Application
* MEAP driver Can work only on the keyboards. (Device USBkeyboards.
(conventional conventional applications cannot be detected.) USB device driver for USB supported not supported with VID/PID
compatibility mode) that support the MEAP A input device] application / conventional declared in
application driver. application Manifest for x
OFF (*default) Cannot use USB Can use USB Can use USB keyboards. Not OFF YES YES NO
* Native driver keyboards. (Device keyboards. Via software keyboards registered ON NO NO YES
cannot be detected.) only. Registered OFF NO NO YES YES
T-2-77 ON NO NO YES YES
T-2-78
MEMO: YES ＝ USB device available NO ＝ USB device not available

When any settings changes are made, the device must be restarted.
2-145
2
2
2-146
Availability for MEAP applications of USB devices B and C (either HID keyboard or Mass
Storage) plugged to iR device
MEMO:
Registration Setting to use USB Native MEAP application
The factory shipment default setting is to enable the use of native (main unit
status of MEAP driver device application System System driver Application functionality) USB keyboards. Therefore, in order to use MEAP application keyboards,
USB device (Additional driver not supported with VID/PID [Use MEAP driver for USB input device] under [System management settings (initial
B Functions supported / conventional declared in settings/ registration)] needs to be set to ON (factory shipment setting is OFF).
mode) application application Manifest for B Operations change as described below in accordance with ON/ OFF settings.
Registered Not used B YES YES NO • ON: when using MEAP application keyboard
• OFF: when using native (main unit functionality) keyboard (factory shipment default)
(Native driver C YES YES NO
to be used)
To be used B NO NO YES
YES
Not Not used
C
B
NO
NO
NO
NO YES YES
■ Initialization of MEAP driver priority registration
registered (Native driver C YES YES NO NO When any trouble occurs regarding USB driver settings and it is necessary to reset the setting
to be used)
information, you can reset the MEAP driver preference registration by using service mode.
To be used B NO NO YES YES
C NO NO YES YES
T-2-79 Steps to initialize preference use registration
1) Start [SERVICE MODE] in Level 1.
YES ＝ USB device available NO ＝ USB device not available
2) Press [COPIER] > [Function] > [CLEAR] > button.
Specifications for the use of USB keyboards

Characters that could be entered on the software keyboard displayed on the conventional
control panel can be entered using a USB connected keyboard.
• When the software keyboard window is displayed, characters can be entered from the USB
keyboard (in-line entry not possible).
• When the software keyboard window is not displayed, entered characters will not be
remembered.
• The characters, which can be entered from a USB keyboard, is only a character, which can
be entered from the software keyboard.
• Even if characters are entered from the USB keyboard, the software keyboard window will
not change (the corresponding key does not invert or change color).
• Input from the USB keyboard can be accepted at the same time as input from the software
keyboard or numeric keys.
F-2-233
• Since the device supports Plug and Play, the USB keyboard can be disconnected/
connected freely. However, do not disconnect and connect during in deep sleep (when
in sleep with setting "low" at "the power consumption in sleep"). It is out of an operation
guarantee to disconnect and connect the USB keyboard in deep sleep.
• Keyboard layout is English. Moreover, the function key or the numeric key, which are not
displayed on the software keyboard, cannot be used. (Although the keyboard, which used
for operation check, is 84 keyboard, it does not mean to guarantee the operation with any
84 keyboard.)
2-146
2
2
2-147
3) Press or button for several times until [USBM-CLR] is shown on the screen. 2) Press [COPIER] > [Function] > [MISC-P] > button.
Press [USBM-CLR] button.
F-2-236
F-2-234 3) Press or button for several times until [USBH-PRT] is shown. Press [USBH-PRT]
4) Press [OK] button to restart this device. button.
F-2-237
4) When pressing [OK] button, [ACTIVE] blinks on the status field.
F-2-235
■ USB Device report print

To check the vendor IDs (idVendor) and the product IDs (idProduct) registered in this device
by means of declaration in Manifest file of MEAP applications, output the USB Device repot
report print.
Steps to output the USB Device report print

1) Start [SERVICE MODE] in Level 1.
F-2-238
2-147
2
2
2-148
5) When [OK] is shown on the status field, the status print is output. Check the contents of the USB device information Content
print. Display the information of the USB device, which the device recognized.
If not displayed, there may be some fault occurred.
Some of standard optional devices are not displayed on a report.
The details of each item are as follows.
T : Topology
Internal hierarchical structure, which a USB device is connected, is shown. The number of a
connected bus, the hierarchical structure and connection speed can be indicated.
D : Device
Information of USB devices is shown.
F-2-239 P : Product
Example of output result Product information of USB devices is shown. Vendor ID and Product ID can be recognized
here.
********************************
*** USB Device report print ***
******************************** S : String
USB device information

The character string embedded in a USB device is shown. A manufacture name and a
product name can be recognized here.
T: Bus=05 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=01 Cnt=01 Dev#= 4 Spd=480 MxCh= 0
D: Ver=2.00 Cls=00(>ifc) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=64 #Cfgs= 1
P: Vendor=04bb ProdID=0c2a Rev=bb.03 C : Configure
S: Manifacturer=I-O DATA The configuration information of a USB device is shown. * mark is to know whether it is
S: Product=USB Flash Disk active.
S: SerialNumber=A0C0470407000073
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=200mA
I: If#= 0 Alt=0 #EPs=2 Cls=08(stor.) Sub=06 Prot=50 Driver=sub-storage I : Interface
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS=512 Ivl=0ms The interface information of a USB device is shown. Interface class and the driver to handle
E: Ad=02(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS=512 Ivl=31875us
can be recognized.
The value and the content of Driver are as follows.

MEAP oreferred device information Labeling Content
usbhid It is displayed when the USB system driver is assigned to the input device connected.
AppID=8c72686b-29c2-46c5-a07a-a6c4177a6le3 VID=04A9 PID=2680 usb-storage It is displayed when storage devices (USB memory storage etc.) are connected.
AppID=8c72686b-29c2-46c5-a07a-a6c4177a6le3 VID=1234 PID=5678
irda-usb IrDA It is displayed when the dongle is connected.
AppID=8c72686b-29c2-46c5-a07a-a6c4177a6le3 VID=4321 PID=8765
hub It is displayed when HUB is connected.
gpusb It is displayed when the USB driver only for MEAP application is assigned to the input
Application ID Vendor ID Product ID
device connected.
gpusbex It is displayed when a USB device, which specific vendor ID/ Product ID are
preferentially registered using a manifest and MEAP API, is connected and the USB
F-2-240 driver only for MEAP application is assigned.
T-2-80
2-148
2
2
2-149
Reference material
E:Endpoint
The Endpoint information of a USB device is shown. ■ Glossary
Terms & Acronyms Definitions and Explanations
Right or wrong of report output
Application A program unit to provide users with solutions.
Connecting device User installation Report printing Application ID An identifier assigned to each application.
HID Available Yes A unique ID is assigned to each MEAP application.
Storage Available Yes
FAX Not available No Applet A MEAP application type created in Java.
(Applet Type This type of applications show buttons on the touch panel display.
USB Device Port IrDA Not available Yes
Application)
Mutimedia Card Reader Not available Yes
IC Card Reader Not available Yes Code Sign Information to check if an application is genuine. An application marketed
Image Data Analyzer Board-A1 Not available No in the normal procedure has a code sign assigned by LMS. MEAP platform
rejects applications without Canon code signs for being installed or
Hub Internal Hub* Not available No
executed on the device.
External Hub Available Yes
T-2-81 CPCA Common Peripheral Controlling Architecture. CPCA defines an object
(Common Peripheral model of peripheral deices. A client can control a device by creating or
* USB device port - B1 [USB Device Port-B1] Hub for device ports installed at the introduction Controlling modifying objects in the device.
Architecture)
The content of MEAP preferred device information CPCA Java CL (Class CPCA Java Class Library. A Java class library, which is used to control a
Display the information of the application or a USB device, which preferentially registered with Library) device.
MEAP application. Default Authentication The login service used when the department ID control is used but other
-Department ID authentication controls are not used. When the Department ID control is
By seeing this information, it can check which Application ID of the MEAP application is in the
Management turned on, the login dialog prompts the users to enter the department ID
status using a specific USB device. and password. The dialog appears the initial screen of both the control
panel on the MEAP device and Remote UI
AppID : Application ID Device Specification ID allocated to each device type. This represents CPCA API specification
ID and the version number to use MFP generic functions or obtain information
including maximum allowable copies.
VID : Vendor ID
Esplet A MEAP application type created in Java.
(Esplet Type This type of applications do not show user interfaces either on Local UI or
PID : Product ID Application) Web. Esplet is a coined word created by Canon, consisting of [Espresso] or
Italian coffee and [let] derived from Applet/Service.
File Description An identifier for the OS to identify the destination file requested by a
program. A program descriptor includes an identifier and information such
as a file name and size, which helps OS to judge the file to be edited.
HID class HID stands for Human Interface Device, representing man-machine
interfaces of PC components and peripheral devices. HID class means
USB class classified as HID.
iR Native application The functionalities that existing imageRUNNER has such as Copy,
Universal Send and Mailbox.
ISV Independent Software Vender. Software manufacturer who develops and/or
(Independent sells applications and tools but does not entire computer systems. Refers
Software Vendor) application developer in this document.
2-149
2
2
2-150
Terms & Acronyms Definitions and Explanations Terms & Acronyms Definitions and Explanations
J2ME (Java2 Platform Java 2 Platform Micro Edition. One of Java Platforms licensed by Sun MEAP Specifications MEAP Spec Version, the term used for the SDK. The version number that
Micro Edition) Microsystems, Inc. It is applied for MEAP. Other devices such as cellular (MEAP Spec Version) shows the APIs of the MEAP platform other than CPCA, such as network
phones and PDA. and security. The version number is not assigned for each device model.
J2RE A set of basic programs to run applications developed in the programming MEAP Application Runs on MEAP platform. Consists of application files (*.jar) and the license
(Java 2 Runtime language of Java2. This set includes Java virtual machine providing file (*.lic).
Environment) runtime environment for Java applications among others. Java applets do MEAP-enabled iR imageRUNNER (iR) devices with built-in MEAP platform.
not require J2RE since these are executed on Web browsers using Java device
runtime environment provided on browsers. However, standalone Java
applications require Java runtime environment such as J2RE for execution. MFP Multi Function Peripheral. Peripheral device that supports more than one
Runtime environments can be downloaded for free of charge from the Web (Multi Function function, such as digital copier, printer, scanner, and fax.
site of Sun Microsystems, the Java developer. Peripheral)
Java A programming language developed by Sun Microsystems, in the U. S. A. OSGi (Open Service Open Service Gateway Initiative. See "http://www.osgi.org/".
Low dependent on models and OSes and runs on various platforms. Taking Gateway Initiative)
advantage of this feature, many applications that runs on web servers uses Portal Service The web portal to gain access to a MEAP-enabled device. This service has
Java. The MEAP platform uses J2ME - a type of Java. been integrated in Remote UI top page in iR Advanced series.
JavaScript A script language developed by Netscape Communications, in the U.S. A., Protocol A set of rules applied to data transmission procedures over network. Major
runs on web browsers such as Netscape Navigator and Internet Explorer. communication protocols include:
Allows web designers to create interactive pages with HTML files such as • FTP: File Transfer Protocol. This is a communication protocol or protocol-
animated buttons and display of timetables. implemented commands to provide file transfer between a host and
Java VM JAVA Virtual Machine. The Java byte code interpreter. The Virtual Machine clients over TCP/IP network.
(Java Virtual Machine) acts as an interpreter for processing the byte code using the native • DHCP: An upward compatible protocol of BOOTP. This communication
instruction set. protocol allocates a dynamic IP address to each client machine upon
communication startup on TCP/IP network and collects the allocated IP
License Access A number issued for accessing license file. The Licensing server requires
address when communication is completed. The server allocates one of
Number entries of application ID, expiration date/times information,
multiple IP addresses and notifies the setup information to a client.
and the number of access numbers, to issue license access numbers
• BOOTP: A communication protocol to automatically load setup
Licensae File A software manufacture of a MEAP application provides the users with the information including IP address and a domain name from the server to a
license files. Specifies the terms of agreement that a user concludes with client on TCP/IP network.
the manufacturer. Required for installing a MEAP application. • RARP: A communication protocol to request IP address information via
LMS (License The license is required for installing a MEAP application in a MEAP- the network adaptor address (MAC address) of a client.
Management System) enabled iR device. LMS is the server issuing [License Files] as well as • IPP: A communication protocol to execute remote printing between the
license access numbers. print server and clients via Internet.
• TCP/IP: A standard communication protocol required to access to
Login Service Manages user information of MEAP device. Authenticates users with user Internet and other large-scale network.
names and passwords. Three login services are available for MEAP device
- Default Authentication, which provides department ID control, SDL (Simple Proxy Server Provides functions to store data fetched from remote servers. When a
Device Login) and SSO (Single Sign-On). user request to display a web page that has been displayed and stored
in the proxy, the proxy server read the stored data but does not access
Mass Storage class Mass Storage means a storage device with large capacity, generally the remote server where the original page is present, for efficient access
secondary storage devices. services. When a proxy server receives a URL from a PC, it searches the
Mass Storage class means USB class classified in the secondary storage file in the cache and sends it to the PC if the requested file is found. If the
device group. requested file is not stored in the cache, it accesses the remote server of
MEAP (Multifunction Multifunctional Embedded Application Platform. Provides an environment the URL to acquire the file and, at the same time, stores the acquired file
Embedded Application for executing application programs on a peripheral device. Uses the Java in the cache so that the proxy server can quickly send the file at the next
Platform) platform (J2ME - Java 2 platform Micro Edition) to run Java application for request.
MEAP. Redistribution module A built-in module of an application created with SDK. Applications without
MEAP Contents iRequired to install an MEAP application to a MEAP device. this module cannot work on MEAP platform.
2-150
2
2
2-151
Terms & Acronyms Definitions and Explanations Option for exclusive individual measure
SDK The kit containing information and tools required for software development.
(Software ■ Display Setting of Copy Icon (level2)
Development Kit)
Make a setting as to whether to display/hide the copy screen (copy tab) on the control panel.
Service A functional unit or an application program working on MEAP platform.
[Applications] are generally termed [Services] in Java world. This is the specification for users who want to customize hiding it on control panel.
Servlet A MEAP application type created in Java. This type of applications is
(Servlet Type designed to show user interface on the Web browser. Default value
Application) 1: display
SMS The web-base service to provide user interfaces for application life cycle Setting range, item
(Service Management management.
0: hide 1: display
Service)
Socket A virtual interface of an application for network communication. A user
only needs to specify a socket as a unit of an address and a port from an Setting Procedure
application. This establishes the network connection for data transmission, 1) Startup [SERVICE MODE] (After pressing [USER MODE] button of MEAP device, press [2]
eliminating complication related to detailed communication procedures. button and [8] button at the same time on control panel. Then by pressing [USER MODE]
SSO-H Login service providing features of both local device authentication button again, [SERVICE MODE] screen is displayed).
(Single Sign-On H) and domain authentication. The former is the method that iR device
2) Startup level 2 of [SERVICE MODE] (After starting up [SERVICE MODE] in step 1, press
independently authorizes users; whereas the latter is that iR device links to
the domain controller on the network in the Active Directory environment to [USER MODE] button again. Then, by pressing [2] button on control panel, the screen is
authorize users. displayed.
Thread A unit for program execution. A multi-task system allowing multiple 3) Press [COPIER] button.
programs to run concurrently assigns a memory space and other resources 4) Press [Option] button.
independently to each program, providing users with a feel as if only a
program is running. 5) Press [DSPLY-SW] button.
At least one thread is generated upon a program generated. 6) Press or (arrow) button.
URL The method to denote Web page locations on Internet and the like. 7) Press [UI-COPY].
(Uniform Resource For instance, a URL on the Web is denoted as [http://www.w3.org/default. 8) Press either 0 (hide) or 1 (display) on control panel (the numerical value input in the field is
Locator) html]. [http] at the beginning means that an address following this is in a
displayed), and press [OK] button.
web page on the Internet.
9) Check to see that it is reflected in setting field, and restart the device.
USB Abbreviation of Universal Serial Bus.
This is the interface standard to link between information devices.
USB system driver The general-purpose driver that control the behavior of the device, there
are HID class driver, Mass Storage class driver and so on.
T-2-82
2-151
2
2
2-152
■ Error at starting up the MEAP application/Setting to hide JAM ■ Setting of Screen Transition from MEAP Screen to the Standard
screen (level 2) Screen (level2)
In the case that operation is restricted by MEAP application, hide the warning screen of error/ In the case that the operation is restricted by MEAP application, make a setting to hide Native
JAM (such as JAM screen, door opening, no-toner). In the case that these errors occur, there applications such as Copy/Send/Box. With this setting, disable screen transition with => key.
will be a display indicating 'call the service personnel' etc. Default value
0: OFF (transit to Native screen)
MEMO: Setting range, item
Part of the warning screens is displayed if shifting to the device screen.
0: OFF (transit to Native screen) 1: ON (No-transition to Native screen)
• As for the screens for jam and no-toner, the warning screen (animation) can be displayed
by pressing the followings: [Device Screen] > [Recovery Procedure]
• As for the screen for door opening, the warning screen cannot be displayed because Setting Procedure
there is no display for [[Device Screen] > [Recovery Procedure]
1) Startup [SERVICE MODE] (After pressing [USER MODE] button of MEAP device, press [2]
button and [8] button at the same time on control panel. Then, by pressing [USER MODE]
button again, [SERVICE MODE] screen is displayed).
Default value
1: No activation of warning display
[USER MODE] button again. Then, by pressing [2] button on control panel, the screen is
displayed.
Setting range, item
3) Press [COPIER] button.
0: display warning screen 1: hide warning screen
4) Press [Option] button.
5) Press [DSPLY-SW] button.
Setting Procedure
6) Press or (arrow) button.
1) Startup [SERVICE MODE] (After pressing [USER MODE] button of MEAP device, press [2]
7) Press [MEAP-DSP] button.
button and [8] button at the same time on control panel. Then by pressing [USER MODE]
8) Press either 0 (transit to Native screen) or 1 (no-transition to Native screen) on control
button again, [SERVICE MODE] screen is displayed).
panel (the numerical value input in the field is displayed), and press [OK] button.
[USER MODE] button again. Then, by pressing [2] button on control panel, the screen is
displayed.
3) Press [COPIER] button.
4) Press [Option] button.
5) Press [DSPLY-SW] button.
6) Press or (arrow) button.
7) Press [ANIM-SW] button.
8) Press either 0 (display warning screen) or 1 (hide warning screen) on control panel (the
numerical value input in the field is displayed), and press [OK] button.
2-152
2
2
2-153
Embedded RDS ■ Features and benefits

E-RDS embedded with a network module in advance can realize a front-end processing
Product Overview of e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system without attaching any extra hardware
equipment.
■ Overview
Embedded RDS (hereafter, referred to as E-RDS) is a network module embedded with ■ The following functions are added
customer's device and enables e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote (Remote Diagnosis Service Call Button
System), which can collects and transmits status changes, counter values, error log and If a user touches Service call button when corrupt image, paper jam, or/and other problems
consumable information such as toner low/ out of the device to UGW via Internet. has occurred, E-RDS generates a pseudo alarm and notifies it to UGW. Moreover, E-RDS
also notifies cancellation and the completion of the request.
The following device information/ status can be monitored.
• Service mode counter (Billing counts) Service Browser
• Parts counter Service browser is a web browsing functionality only for service persons in charge, and is
• Mode counter used for referring to the FAQ contents which is connected to UGW.
• Firmware info
• Service call errors log Transmitting Servicemode menu
• Jam log When specified alarm or error codes are detected, and ADJUST data setting is changed with
• Alarm log Service mode menu, E-RDS transmits the limited service mode data to UGW.
• Status changes (Toner low/ out, etc.)
Since high confidentiality is required for the information shown above, it performs
communication between a device and a server using HTTPS/SOAP protocol.
Communicationg using HTTPS /SOAP
Internet UGW
Firewall
DNS server Proxy server
Intranet
The e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system using E-RDS F-2-241
2-153
2
2
2-154
a. Enter Settings/ Registration > Preference > Network > TCP/ IP settings > IPv4 settings > IP
E-RDS Setup
address settings.
■ Confirmation and preparation in advance b. Set the IP address, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations,
Information item 1, described above.
To monitor a Copier/ MFP with e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote, the following settings
- For automatic acquisition, select from [DHCP], [RARP], [BOOTP].
are required.
- For manual setting, set the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address.
(1) Advance confirmation
Confirm with the UGW administrator that the device to be monitored with e-Maintenance/
imageWARE Remote is registered in the UGW.
(2) Advance preparations

Interview the user's system administrator in advance to find out the following information
about the network.
Information item 1
IP address settings
- Automatic setting (DHCP, RARP, BOOTP)
- Manual setting IP address, subnet mask and gateway address to be set
Information item 2 F-2-242

Is there a DNS server in use? c. Touch [OK].
- If there is a DNS server in use, find out the following. d. Select TCP/IP Settings from breadcrumbs of the left columns, and then Touch it.
- Primary DNS server address e. Enter DNS settings > DNS server address settings.
- Secondary DNS server address f. Set the IP address, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations,
Information item 3
Is there a proxy server?
- If there is a proxy server in use, find out the following.
- Proxy server address
Information item 4
Is proxy server authentication required?
- If proxy server authentication is required, find out the following.
- User name and password required for proxy authentication
- Port No. for proxy server
(3) Network settings

Based on the results of the information obtained in (2) Advance preparations, make the iR
F-2-243
device network related settings in accordance with the following procedures.
2-154
2
2
2-155
g. Touch [OK].
h. Select TCP/IP settings from breadcrumbs, then Touch it.
i. Enter TCP/ IP settings > Proxy settings.
j. Set the proxy server, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations,
- Set Use Proxy to [On].
- Enter the server address and port Number.
F-2-245
m. Touch [OK].
n. Touch [OK] to quit the Settings/ Registration.
o. Turn the device power OFF/ ON.
F-2-244
k. If proxy server authentication is required, Touch [Authentication Settings].
l. Set the following items, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations,
- Use Proxy Authentication to [On].
- User name.
- Password
2-155
2
2
2-156
■ Relevance to service mode ● Steps to E-RDS settings
a. Select Servicemode MODE LIST > COPIER > Function > Clear > ERDS-DAT, and then
E-RDS settings
touch [OK].
Item Script format Description
E-RDS 2 bytes 0: Disable/ 1:Enable e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote
system to send device information, counter data, error
statuses to the UGW.
Default value is 0 (not in use)
RGW-ADR 129 bytes URL of UGW (default) ：
(SJIS not https://a01.ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010
allowed)
RGW-PORT 4 bytes The UGW Port Number by default : 443
Validation: 1~ 65,535
COM-TEST Perform Communication test with UGW and set "OK!"/
"NG!" as the result.
COM-LOG Detailed communication log displays the last 5 error
information, consisting of data, error code, and error
reasons up to now
Max 30 latest loggings retained
Max 128 characters for Error information. F-2-246
CLEAR Reset E-RDS settings * When [MODE LIST] is chosen, an operation guide will be displayed if the item set as the
T-2-83
object of operation is selected and then a green [i] button located in the buttom of screen is
SERVICE CALL BUTTON settings touched. In case of [MODE LIST CLASSIC], this button is not appeared.
Item Script format Description [Service Browser] will be appeared after [BRWS-ACT] is set as Active (="1"), and after turning
SCALL-SW 0: Disable (Service Call button is not appeared)/ 1: Enable ( the power of the device Off/ On. (Default is off.)
The button is displayed)
Default value is 0 (not in use)
T-2-84
SERVICE BROWSER settings

Item Script format Description
BRWS-ACT Activate Service Browsing.
Browsing info is sent to UGW when OFF (BRWS-ACT=0) is
changed to ACTIVE.
Setting result is displayed as OK! / NG!
BRWS-STS 2 bytes Activate Service Browsing.
(COPIER > DISPLAY Browsing info is sent to UGW when OFF (BRWS-ACT=0) is
> USER) changed to ACTIVE.
Setting result is displayed as OK! / NG!
T-2-85
F-2-247
b. Select Service mode > COPIER > Function > INSTALL > E-RDS, enter [1] and touch [OK].
This turns ON the function enabling the communication with the UGW.
2-156
2
2
2-157
F-2-248 F-2-250
When [i] button is touched, detailed information is appeared. The following settings i.e. RGW-PORT and RGW-ADR in servicemode must not be change
unless there are specific instructions to do so. Changing these values will cause error in
communication with UGW.
F-2-249
F-2-251
c. Select COM-TEST and then touch [OK]. This initiates the communication test between
the device and the UGW. If the communication is successful, OK! is displayed. If NG! (failed)
appears, refer to the troubleshooting guide and repeat until OK! is displayed.
2-157
2
2
2-158
● Steps to Service Call button settings
In order to display a repair/ service call button on LUI, enter Servicemode, then select
COPIER > Option > USER > SCALL-SW. and then set values as ON(1.) The default value is
OFF(0.)
If the function becomes effective, [Request] and [cancel] button will be shown on the bottom
of the counter check screen.
From the screen, if a user touches the button [Request], the notice through which it passes to
UGW will be tried, and the following messages will be displayed. One [Request] is touched,
the notice to UGW will be tried and below guidance will be displayed.
Status User Message

Request starts The call will be sent, wait a while.
Done The call has been sent. To cancel calling, touch
F-2-252 the [Cancel request]
Failure The calling is failed.
In processing - (No message)
T-2-86
After the service completion, service person in charge sets the completion flag ("1") from
service mode > COPIER > Option > USER > SCALLCMP. If sets, the completion (pseudo
alarm) will be notified to UGW, and Service Call button will be reset
2-158
2
2
2-159
● Steps to Service Browser settings Case Description Transferred Info Error retry
a. Select and touch Servicemode > COPIER > Function > INSTALL > BRWS-ACT. OK! When Service Browse is 1. Service Browser is enables Service Browser: No. not attempted
Activated from Servicemode menu. Register Service Browser
is displayed when the communication has done with UGW successfully, however NG! is (In case of operation 2. Browsing data is sent to WEB Browser option: is not activated.
displayed if failed. from Off only.) UGW. On/ Off depending on (Keep Off)
3. If UGW replies, Service the licensing.
Browser is set 1 (:Active.)
(Rebooting is required)
T-2-87
F-2-253
b. Turn the main power off ,and then turn on.
c. Select and check COPIER > DISPLAY > USER > BRWS-STS. BRWS-STS is changed to "1" from "0" automatically.
F-2-254
2-159
2
2
2-160
CPCA data which saved internally. Therefore if the data remains, these retries will be done.
FAQ
Q1: Registration information of an E-RDS is once deleted from the UGW server, and is re- Q6: How many log-data can be stored?
registered after that. If a communication test is not carried out, then device information on the A6: Up to 30 log data can be accumulated. The data size of error information is maximum
UGW becomes invalid. 128 bytes.
A1: When registration of the E-RDS is deleted from the UGW, the status will be changed to
that the communication test has not completed because related information has lost from a Q7: Although Microsoft ISA as a proxy server is introduced, the authentication check is failed.
database. So, device information will also become invalid if that condition will be left for seven Can E-RDS adopt with Microsoft ISA?
days without carrying out the communication test. A7: "Integrated" authentication is used for Microsoft ISA though, E-RDS must comply
with "Basic." Therefore if you can change to "Basic" authentication on the server, the
Q2: A communication test with the UGW results NG! authentication with E-RDS can be done.
A2: The following cases can be considered in the becoming case.
1. Name resolution was failed due to an incorrect host name or DNS server has been halted. Q8: Can I turn the device power off during the e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system
2. Network cable is blocked off. operation?
3. Proxy server settings is not correct. A8: While operating the e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system, the power of the
device must be ON. If power OFF is needed, do not leave the device power OFF for long
Q3: Let me know the interval of data transmitting from E-RDS to the UGW, and what data time. It will become "Device is busy, try later" errors if the power supply of network equipment
size is sent to the UGW? such as HUB is made prolonged OFF.
A3: The schedule of data transmitting, the start time are determined by settings in the UGW
side. The timing is once per 16 hours by default, and counter data volume could be maximum Q9: Although a Service call error may not be notified to UGW, the reason is what?
250 bytes. A9: If a serviceperson in charge turns off the power supply of a device immediately after error
occurred once, It may be unable to notify to UGW because data processing does not take a
Q4: Some part of information seems to be suppressed as screens passes: Settings/ time from the controller of the device to NIC though, the data will be saved on the RAM. If the
Registration > System administration settings > Network settings > TCP/ IP settings, when power supply is blocked off while starting up, the data will be inevitably deleted.
the device is connected with a PS server unit. How the authentication information such as CA
certificate is dealt? Q10: Describe about the behavior of E-RDS while enabling the Real Deep Sleep functionality.
A4: Although the device's been connected with the PS server unit, the data of the A10: While being in Real Deep Sleep, and if data to be sent is in E-RDS, the system wakes
e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system is able to pass through to the PS server unit. up asleep, then starts to send the data to the UGW. The system also waits for completion of
Therefore the e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system functions normally even if the data transmission and let the device to shift to asleep status again. However, transition time
PS server unit is connected. The screen of IP Address settings is disabled though, the item to the Real Deep Sleep depends on the device, and the transition to sleep won't be done if
related to authentication can be enabled. the next data transmission will be done within 10 minutes.
Q5: Does error-retry carry out at the time of a communication error with the UGW? Q11: Is E-RDS compatible with Section counter (Department counter)?
A5: The retry of SOAP communication is performed as follows. A11: No, E-RDS does not support Section counter.
1. As for postAlert data, three times of data which failed transmitting to the UGW can be
stored in RAMDISK and will be resent at the predetermined interval. When forth error Q12: Is E-RDS operation possible to a device which used IPv6?
occurred continuously, its data is stored in the HDD after eliminating the oldest data. The retry A12: It depends on UGW side, however IPv6 has not been supported by UGW3.0.
data will be sent at interval of 5 * n minutes. (n: retries, 5, 10, 15minutes…up to 30 min)
2. As to postJamLog, postServiceCallLog and postAlarmLog, these retries depend on the
2-160
2
2
2-161
Q13: In order to confirm Service mode menu transmission, are some set up by the device
Troubleshooting
side? Moreover, what is Service mode menu set as the object of transmission?
A13: No steps peculiar to Transmitting Servicemode menu. No.1
Following servicemode data will be sent to UGW at each event mentioned below. A communication test (COM-TEST) results NG!
Causes: Initial settings or network conditions is incomplete.
Remedy: Check and take actions mentioned below.

1) Check network connections
Is the status indicator LED for the HUB port to which the main unit is connected ON?
YES: Proceed to Step 2).
NO: Check that the network cable is properly connected.
2) Confirm loop back address

a) Settings/ Registration/ Registration > System administration settings > Network settings
> TCP/ IP settings > IPv4 settings > PING command. Input 127.0.0.1, and touch the Start
button.
F-2-256
Is the response from the host displayed?
NO: There is a possibility that the main unit's network settings are wrong. Check the details
of the IPv4 settings once more.
F-2-255
3) Confirmation from another PC connected to same network.
a) Request the user to ping the main unit from a PC connected to same network.
2-161
2
2
2-162
Does the main unit respond? will be displayed.
NO: Confirm the details of the main unit's IP address and subnet mask settings.
4) Confirm DNS connection

a) Settings/ Registration > System administration settings > Network settings > TCP/ IP
settings > DNS settings > DNS Server Address Settings, and note down both the primary and
secondary DNS server addresses.
F-2-258
In the log, text strings that start with * are communication test (COM-TEST) error logs. (See
line 5 in the illustration above.)
"SUSPEND: Communication test is not performed" is displayed when the communication test
has not completed excepting E-RDS disabled.
"Event Registration is Failed " is displayed when either Jam, Alarm, Service call error, Alert
F-2-257 notifications is specified and semaphoring event is failed in the device.
b) Touch Cancel. In other cases, it is outputted in the form of the following.
c) Settings/ Registration/ Registration > System administration settings > Network settings >
TCP/ IP settings > IPv4 settings > PING command. Input the primary DNS server noted down [*] [Error strings] [Method name] [Error details provided by UGW]
in step a) as the IP address, and then touch Start. Touching on a line that begins with an will *(star) display further details, as per the illustration
Is the response from the host displayed? below.)
YES: Proceed to step Troubleshooting using communication log.
NO: Input the secondary DNS server noted down in step a) as the IP address, and then
touch Start.
Is the response from the host displayed?

YES: Proceed to Troubleshooting using communication log.
NO: There is a possibility that the DNS server address is wrong. Reconfirm the address
with the user's system administrator.
Remedy2:
1) Troubleshooting using communication log
Enter Servicemode > Function > INSTALL > COM-LOG and the following communication log
2-162
2
2
2-163
COPIER > Function > INSTALL > E-RDS > COM-TEST about 60 seconds later.
No.4
"Unknown error" is displayed though a communication test has done successfully.
Causes: A certain problem was in the server side, or possibly a network load has been added.
Remedy: The following points should be checked.

1. Change data transmission schedules, and then see how things going.
2. Try again after a period of time. If the same error persists, check the UGW status with a
network and UGW administrator.
F-2-259
No.5 Enabling Service Browser (BRWS-ACT) results NG!
A detailed description of the error appears below 'Information'. Touch the OK button to return
to the log screen. Cause: A communication test with UGW has not been performed yet.
No.2
A communication test results NG! even if network setting is set properly .
Causes: No proper firmware has been installed, or E-RDS settings have not been completed.
Remedy: The following points should be checked.

1. Check the firmware compatibility of device
2. Check network conditions such as proxy server settings and so on.
3. Check the E-RDS setting values.
- Check the communication log from COM-LOG.
- Check whether RGW-ADDRESS or RGW-PORT settings has changed.
F-2-260
Remedy: Touch COM-TEST and complete the communication test with UGW.
No.3:
There was a log, indicating "Device is not ready, try later" in error details of COM-LOG list.
Causes: A certain problem occurred in networking.
Remedy: Check and take actions mentioned below.

1) Check networking conditions and connections.
2) Turn on the power supply of a device and perform a communication test (servicemode >
2-163
2
2
2-164
Error code and strings Code Error strings Cause Remedy
8xxx Server certificate verify The server certificate Check that Service mode >
Details of the errors and their remedies are as described below. 2029 error verification error occurred. Function > Install > RGW-ADR
(Here, a server means UGW.) can be https://a01.ugwdevice.
(URL check error)
net/ugw/agentif010.is correct.
Code Error strings Cause Remedy 8xxx Server certificate expired The device time and date Check that the device time
0500 SUSPEND: Communication The communication test had Select and perform Service 2046 is outside of the certificated and date are correctly set. If
0003 test is not performed. not been performed, though mode > Function > INSTALL > period. the device time and date are
E-RDS is enabled. COM-TEST The route certificate correct, upgrade to the latest
0xxx Event Registration is Failed Processing (event Turn the device OFF/ ON. registered with the device has system software.
00F2 processing) within the device If the error persists, replace expired.
has failed. the device system software. Certificate other than that
(Upgrade) initially registered in the user's
8xxx URL Scheme error(not The header of the URL of Check that the value of Service operating environment is
2001 https) the registered UGW is not in mode > Function > Install being used, but has not been
https format. > RGW-ADR is https://a01. registered with the device.
ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010. 8xxx Unknown error Some other kind of Try again after a period of
8xxx Server connection error Displayed in the event of Check the network 2000 communication error has time. If persists, check the
200A a TCP/IP communication connection, as per the initial occurred. UGW status with the UGW
fault. Also displayed when procedures described in the administrator.
an attempt is made at troubleshooting. 8xxx SOAP Fault SOAP communication error Check that the value of Service
communication with the 2063 has occurred. mode > Function >Install >
device IP address not set. RGW-PORT can be 443.
8xxx URL server specified is A URL different to that Check that the value of Service 8xxx Server response error Displayed when Try again after a period of time.
2002 illegal specified by the UGW has mode > Function>Install > 2004 (NULL) communication with UGW has If the same error occurs again,
been set. RGW-ADR can be https://a01. been successful, but an error check the UGW status with the
ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010. of some sort has prevented UGW administrator.
8xxx Proxy connection error Could not connect to proxy Check proxy server address UGW from responding. When
2014 server due to improper and re-enter as needed. (Null) is displayed at the end
address. of the message, this indicates
8xxx Proxy authentication error Proxy authentication is failed. Check the user name and that there has been an error
201E password required in order to in the HTTPS communication
login to the proxy, and re-enter method.
as needed. 8xxx Server response error Displayed when Try again after a period of time
8xxx Proxy address resolution Could not connect to proxy Check that the proxy server 2004 (Hexadecimal) communication with UGW and also check detailed error
2015 error server due to name resolution name is correct. If the proxy [Error details in UGW] *1 has been successful, but code (hexadecimal) from UGW
error. server name is correct, check an error of some sort has displayed after the message.
the DNS connection, as per prevented UGW from respon
the troubleshooting initial ding.(Hexadecimal)
procedures. displayed at the end of the
8xxx Server certificate error No route certificate installed Install the latest device system message is an error code
2028 in device. software. (Upgrade) returned by UGW.
- Certificate other than that In the case of this kind of
initially registered in the user's error only, [Server detailed
operating environment is error] is displayed at the end
being used, but has not been of the error information.
registered with the device.
2-164
2
2
2-165
Code Error strings Cause Remedy Code Error strings Cause Remedy
8xxx Device internal error An internal error, such as Switch the device power OFF/ 0xxx Communication test is not When BRWS-ACT is set.and Perform and complete a
0101- memory unavailable, etc., ON or replace the device 0003 performed postBrowserInfor is operated communication test.
0A01 has occurred during a device system software. (Upgrade) before completing a
internal error phase. communication test
8xxx Server schedule is invalid During the communication When the error occurs, report 8xxx Server specified list is too Alert filtering error: The The number of elements of alert
0201 - test, there has been some the details to the support 0221 big number of elements of the list filtering is specified correctly.
0204, kind of error in the schedule section, then, after the UGW specified by the server is over
0206 values passed from UGW. side has responded, try the restriction value.
communication test again. 8xxx Server specified list is Alert filtering error: Unjust The element of alert filtering is
8xxx Server response time out Due to network congestion, If this error occurs when the 0222 wrong value is included in the specified with the right value.
2047 etc., the response from UGW communication test is being run element of the list specified
does not come within the or Service Browser is being set, by the server.
specified time. (HTTPS level wait some time and run the test xxxx SUSPEND: Initialize Internal error occurred at the Turn the device power OFF/
time out) again. xxxx Failure! initiating E-RDS. ON.
8xxx Service not found There is a mistake in the Check that the value of Service 8300 SRAM version unmatched! Improper value is written in at Turn the device power OFF/
2048 UGW URL, and UGW cannot mode > Function > Install > 0306 the head of SRAM domain of ON.
be accessed. (Path is wrong) RGW-ADR can be https://a01. E-RDS.
ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010. 8300 SRAM AeRDS version Improper value is written in at Turn the device power OFF/
0xxx E-RDS switch is set OFF A communication test has Set Service mode > Function > 0306 unmatch! the head of SRAM domain of ON.
0003 been attempted with the Install > E-RDS to 1, and then Ae-RDS.
E-RDS switch being OFF. run Service mode > Function > 8xxx Device is busy, try later The semaphore consumption Wait a while then rerun the test.
Install > COM-TEST. 0304 error at the time of a
0xxx Server schedule is not exist Blank schedule data have Check the device settings status communication test.
0003 been received from UGW. with the UGW administrator. 8xxx Internal Schedule is broken The schedule data in the Perform the communication
0207 - inside of E-RDS is not right. test.
8xxx Network is not ready, try Communication attempted Check the network connection, 0208
2003 later without confirming network as per the troubleshooting initial 8xxx Operation is not supported Method which E-RDS is not Contact help desk
connection, just after booting procedures. 0004 supporting attempted.
up a device in which the Run Service mode>Function> 8xxx Tracking ID is not match When upgrading firmware, Contact help desk
network preparations are not Install > COM-TEST about 0709 the TrackingID notified by
ready. (Network connection 60 seconds after turn on the Updater differs from the thing
not established within 60 device. of UGW designates.
seconds of device boot up.) *1. [Hexadecimal ] indicates an error code returned from UGW. [Error strings]: indicates error
T-2-88
8xxx URL error The data which is not URL is Check Servicemode > #E-RDS details returned from UGW.
2052 inputted into URL field. > RGW-ADDRESS can be
https://a01.ugwdevice.net/ugw/
agentif010.
If not, enter the correct URL
strings in URL description field..
8xxx Server address resolution Server address name Check that the value of Service
200B error resolution has failed. mode > Function > Install >
RGW-ADR can be https://a01.
ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010.
0xxx Communication test is not Communication test has not Perform and complete a
0003 performed completed communication test.
2-165
2
2
2-166
Service cautions
1. After performing the following service actions, it is necessary to perform Service mode
> COPIER > Function > Clear > ERDS-DAT and Service mode > COPIER > Function >
INSTALL > COM-TEST.
Failure to do so will result that the counter transmitting value to the UGW may become
unusual.
• System upgrade
• HDD format and system installation
• COPIER > Function > Clear > MN-CONT
Also, after replacing the main controller board, all settings must be reprogrammed.
2. The following settings in service mode must not be change unless there are specific
instructions to do so. Changing these values will cause error in communication with UGW.
Service mode > COPIER > Function > INSTALL > RGW-PORT
Default: 443
Service mode > COPIER > Function >INSTALL > RGW-ADR
Default: https://a01.ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010
3. Sublog settings
To enable Sublogging, Servicemode > COPIER > FUNCTION > SYSTEM (LEVEL-2)>
DEBUG-1, and then set "3"(Overwritten SUBLOG when Reboot/ Exception/ E-code detected)
at DEBUG-1.
F-2-261
2-166
2
Periodical
3 Service
■ Consumable Parts and
Cleaning Parts
■ Cleaning Parts
3
3
3-2
No.
Category
Part Name
Part No
Number
Counter
Adjustment (Yes/No)
Remark
Reference
Consumable Parts and Cleaning Parts Interval
At installation
20K
50K
100K
120K
150K
300K
500K
●: Replacement (Consumable parts) Δ: Cleaning ■: Inspection
No.
Category
Part Name
Part No
Number
Counter
Adjustment (Yes/No)
Remark
Reference
Interval
At installation
20K
50K
100K
120K
150K
300K
500K
30 Cassette 1 feeding roller FC6-7083 1 ● DRBL-1 C1-FD-RL -
31 Cassette 2 feeding roller FC6-7083 1 ● DRBL-1 C2-FD-RL -
32 Cassette 1 separation roller FC6-6661 1 ● DRBL-1 C1-SP-RL -
33 Cassette 2 separation roller FC6-6661 1 ● DRBL-1 C2-SP-RL -
34 Multi-Purpose Tray Feed Roller FB1-8581 1 ● DRBL-1 M-PU-RL
Cleaning with Dust- Multi-Purpose Tray Separation

35 FC6-6661 1 ● DRBL-1 M-SP-RL
Roller
1 Dust-blocking glass - 1 Δ - blocking glass Cleaning
Body tool For Chinese model only.
Replacing when replace
Replacing when replace 36 Pickup assembly idler gear FU3-0280 2 ● - - -
2 Dust-blocking glass cleaning pad 1 ● - - - feeding roller and
ITB cleaning blade
separation roller.
Reference in A4 size,
If necessary cleaning
image ratio 5% 37 First delivery roller - 1 Δ - - -
3 Drum unit (Y) 1 ● DRBL-1 PT-DR-Y - Life of Drum unit with alcohol
For C5051 / C5045 85K
For C5035 / C5030 59K 38 Second delivery roller - 1 Δ - - -
Reference in A4 size, with alcohol
image ratio 5% If necessary cleaning
4 Drum unit (M) 1 ● DRBL-1 PT-DR-M - Life of Drum unit 39 Third delivery roller - 1 Δ - - -
For C5051 / C5045 85K with alcohol
For C5035 / C5030 59K If necessary cleaning
Reference in A4 size, 40 Registration roller - 1 Δ - - -
with alcohol
image ratio 5%
5 Drum unit (C) 1 ● DRBL-1 PT-DR-C - Life of Drum unit If necessary cleaning
For C5051 / C5045 85K 41 Pre-registration guide - 1 Δ - - -
Process Pickup/ with lint-free paper
For C5035 / C5030 59K
Feeding Cleaning with lint-free
Unit Reference in A4 size, 42 Transparency sensor RH7-7129 1 Δ - - -
image ratio 5% System paper
6 Drum unit (Bk) 1 ● DRBL-1 PT-DRM - Life of Drum unit
For C5051 / C5045 171K 43 Fixing delivery guide - 1 Δ - - -
For C5035 / C5030 169K with lint-free paper
7 Developing unit (Y) FM3-5926 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-Y - For C5051 / C5045 If necessary cleaning
8 Developing unit (M) FM3-5941 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-M - For C5051 / C5045 44 Post-fixing roller - 1 ■ - - -
with alcohol
9 Developing unit (C) FM3-5942 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-C - For C5051 / C5045
10 Developing unit (Bk) FM3-5943 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-K - For C5051 / C5045 45 Fixing delivery roller - 1 ■ - - -
with alcohol
11 Developing unit (Y) FM3-5973 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-Y - For C5035 / C5030
12 Developing unit (M) FM3-5974 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-M - For C5035 / C5030 46 Duplex feed upper roller - 1 ■ - - -
13 Developing unit (C) FM3-5967 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-C - For C5035 / C5030 with alcohol
14 Developing unit (Bk) FM3-5968 1 ● DRBL-1 DV-UNT-K - For C5035 / C5030 If necessary cleaning
47 Duplex feed lower roller - 1 ■ - - -
15 Primary transfer roller (Color) FC8-4401 3 ● DRBL-1 TR-ROLC - with alcohol
16 Primary transfer roller (Bk) FC8-4401 1 ● DRBL-1 TR-ROLK - Cleaning with lint-free
Replacing when replace 48 Secondary transfer guide 1 Δ
paper
17 Secondary transfer inner roller FC8-4402 1 ● - - - secondary transfer outer Cleaning with lint-free
roller 49 Feeding contact guide - 1 Δ - - -
paper
18 Image Secondary transfer outer roller FC8-4402 1 ● DRBL-1 2TR-ROLL -
Cleaning with lint-free
19 Transfer separation guide unit FM3-8893 1 ● DRBL-1 T/S-UNIT - 50 Vertical path sensor FK2-6470 1 Δ
Formation
20 ITB (intermediary transfer belt) FC8-4400 1 ● DRBL-1 TR-BLT - paper
System Cleaning with lint-free
Cleaning when replace
intermediary transfer belt 51 Lightproof Sheet 1 Δ
(ITB) paper
21 Patch sensor FK2-7316 1 ■ - Toner filter ● DRBL-1 TN-FIL1
Clean with lint-free paper 52 Filter FC6-9817 1 -
moistened with water 3 User maintenance.
times in one direction 53 - Recycle toner container FM3-5945 1 ● DRBL-1 WSR-TNR - Reference in A4 size,
22 ITB cleaning blade FM3-6018 1 ● DRBL-1 T-CLN-BD - image ratio 5%
23 Film unit (100V) FM3-5949 1 ● DRBL-1 FX-UNIT - For 100V T-3-1
24 Film unit (120V) FM3-5950 1 ● DRBL-1 FX-UNIT - For 120V
25 Film unit (230V) FM3-5951 1 ● DRBL-1 FX-UNIT - For 230V
26 Fixing Pressure roller FC8-4906 1 ● DRBL-1 FX-LW-RL -
27 Fixing bearing XG9-0172 2 ● PRDC-1 FX-LW-BR -
System
28 Shutter cover FC8-5043 1 Δ
Film Unit
29 Fixing separation guide FC8-5046 1 Δ
Film Unit
3-2
3
3
3-3
Toner filter
Recycle toner bottle
Dust-blocking glass cleaning pad
F-3-1
3-3
3
3
3-4
Developing unit(Bk)
Developing unit(C)
Developing unit(M)
Developing unit(Y)
Transfer Separation guide unit
ITB
Secondary transfer inner roller
ITB cleaning blade Primary transfer roller
F-3-2
3-4
3
3
3-5
Fixing bearing
Roller pressure
Fixing bearing
Film unit(100V)
(120V)
(230V)
F-3-3
3-5
3
3
3-6
Multi-Purpose Tray
Feed Roller
Multi-Purpose Tray
Separation Roller
Cassette feeding 1 roller
Pickup idler gear
Cassette separation 1 roller Cassette feeding 2 roller
Cassette separation 2 roller
Pickup idler gear
F-3-4
3-6
3
3
3-7
Cleaning Parts [1] Second Delivery Roller

[2] Third Delivery Roller
[3] Second/Third Delivery Inlet Roller
[4] Fixing Inner Delivery Roller
[1] [5] Duplex Feed Upper Roller
[6] Fixing Delivery Guide Assembly
[7] Duplex Feed Lower Roller
[2] [8] Registration Roller
[9] Pre-registration Guide Assembly
[3] [10] Transparency Sensor
[11] Dust-blocking Glass
[19] [12] Secondary Transfar Guide Assembly
[13] Feed Contact Point Guide Assembly
[14] Post-Fixing Roller
[4] [15] First Delivery Roller
[18] [5]
[17]
[6]
[16]
[15]
[7]
[14]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[13] [13] [13] [13] [12] [11]

F-3-5
3-7
3
4 PartsReplacementandCleaning
■ List of Parts
■ Main Controller

■ Laser Exposure System

■ Image Formation System
■ Fixing System

■ Pickup Feed System
■ Option
4

4
4-2
ListofParts No. Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence

1 Readerrightretainingcover FL2-9815
2 Readerfrontcover FC8-6095
ListofCover 3 Controlpanelundercover FC9-4395
4 Controlpaneluppercover FC8-7818
[21] 5 Controlpanelsidecover1 FC8-7819
[20] [1] 6 Controlpanelsidecover2 FC8-7820
[2] 7 Frontrightcover FC8-4126
[19]
[3] 8 Frontuppercover FC8-4146
[18] 9 Tonerreplacementcover FC8-4111
[4]
10 Frontcover FC8-4123
[5]
[17] 11 Leftgripcover FC8-4143
12 Leftductcover FC8-4140
[6] 13 Leftlowercover FC8-4138
[16] 14 Leftuppercover FC8-4139
15 Innerbottomcover FC8-4149
[7] 16 Readerleftcover FC8-6098
17 Readerleftretainingcover FC8-6117
[15] 18 DFbaseleftcover FC8-6115
19 Jampbasecover FC8-6120
[8]
20 Readercablecover FL2-9816
21 DFbaserightcover FC8-6114
[14] T-4-1
[9]
[11]
[10]
[13]
[12]
[11]
F-4-1
4-2
4

4
4-3
[51] No. Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence
[50] 22 Readerrearcover FC8-6096
23 Readerrearundercover FC8-6099
24 Leftrearsubcover FC8-4142
[49] [22] 25 Leftrearcover FL3-3167
26 Rearcover FL3-3166
[48] 27 Rearlowercover FC8-4128
[23]
28 Filtercover FC8-4130
[47] 29 Rightrearcover1 FC8-5377
[24] 30 Conectorcover FC8-5200
[46] 31 Rightrearcover2 FC8-4131
[25]
32 Heaterswitchcover FC8-4137
[45]
33 Rightrearcover3 FC8-4135
[44] 34 Rightlowersubcover2 FC8-5298
[43] 36 Rightlowercover FC8-4875
37 cassetrightuppersubcover2
[42]
39 Cassetgrip
[41]
40 cassetrightuppercover2 FC8-4845
[40] [28] 41 cassetrightuppersubcover1 FC8-4861
[39] 42 cassetrightuppersubcover3
[29] 43 Rightfrontcover3 FC8-4134
[38]
[37] [30] 44 Stackbypasstraysubcover FC8-5105
[36] 45 Rightfrontcover2 FC8-4921
[35] [31] 46 Stackbypasstray FC8-5100
[34]
47 Rightfrontcover1 FC8-4153
[33] [32] 48 Grip FC8-4835
49 Rightoutputframecover FC8-5110
F-4-2
50 Rightuppercover FL3-1186
51 Readerrightcover FL2-9818
52 Inneroutputcover FC8-4936
53 Outputframe FL3-1127
54 Outputtrayguide FL2-9483
55 Outputtray FC8-4144
56 Innerlowercover FC8-4154
57 Outputstopper FC8-4766
58 Innerrearcover3 FC8-4917
61 Innerrightcover
T-4-2
4-3
4

4
4-4
Inner rear cover 1
Inner output cover
Inner rear cover 2
Inner rear cover 3
Output frame Inner right cover
Output stopper
Output tray
Output tray guide
F-4-3
No. Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence

[52] Inneroutputcover FC8-4936
[53] Outputframe FL3-1127
[54] Outputtrayguide FL2-9483
[55] Outputtray FC8-4144
[56] Outputstopper FC8-4766
[57] Innerrearcover3 FC8-4917
[60] Innerrightcover
T-4-3
4-4
4

4
4-5
ListofMainUnit
■ UnitLayout
Developing unit(Bk)
Developing unit(C)
Developing unit(M)
Developing unit(Y)
Transfer Separation guide unit
ITB
Secondary transfer inner roller
ITB cleaning blade Primary transfer roller
F-4-4
4-5
4

4
4-6
ITB Unit
Toner container[Bk]
ITB Cleaning Unit Toner container[C]
Toner container[M]
Toner container[Y]
Drum Unit[Bk]
Developing Assembly[Bk]
Laser Scanner Unit
Drum Unit[C]
Developing Assembly[C]
Drum Unit[M]
Developing Assembly[M]
Drum Unit[Y]
Developing Assembly[Y]
Process Unit
F-4-5
4-6
4

4
4-7
Multi-Purpose Tray
Feed Roller
Multi-Purpose Tray
Separation Roller
Cassette feeding 1 roller
Pickup idler gear
Cassette separation 1 roller Cassette feeding 2 roller
Cassette separation 2 roller
Pickup idler gear
F-4-6
4-7
4

4
4-8
No. Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence

[1] ControlPanel FM3-7992
[2] Recycletonercontainer FM3-5945
[3] HopperUnit NPN
[4] Tonercontainer(Y) NPN
[5] Tonercontainer(M) NPN
[6] Tonercontainer(C) NPN
[7] Tonercontainer(Bk) NPN
[8] ITBUnit NPN
[9] ITBCleaningUnit FM3-5932
[10] DrumUnit(Y)
[11] DrumUnit(M)
[12] DrumUnit(C)
[13] DrumUnit(Bk)
[14] DevelopingAssembly(Y)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8977
[15] DevelopingAssembly(M)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8978
[16] DevelopingAssembly(C)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8979
[17] DevelopingAssembly(Bk)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8939
[18] DevelopingAssembly(Y)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8973
[19] DevelopingAssembly(M)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8974
[20] DevelopingAssembly(C)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8975
[21] DevelopingAssembly(Bk)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8976
[22] ProcessUnit NPN
[23] LaserScannerUnit(C5051/C5045) FM3-5420
[24] LaserScannerUnit(C5035/C5030) FM3-5425
[25] SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FM3-5999
[26] Multi-purposeDeliveryUnit FM3-6013
[27] FirstDeliveryUnit FM3-5977
[28] RightDoorUnit FM3-6006
Main Drive Unit [29] FixingAssembly NPN
[30] Cassette1PickupUnit FM3-5935
F-4-7
[31] Cassette2PickupUnit FM3-9230
[32] Cassette1 NPN
[33] Cassette2 NPN
[34] MainDriveUnit NPN
4-8
4

4
4-9
Clutch/Solenoid
Third delivery flapper solenoid (SL7)

Second delivery flapper solenoid (SL6)
Cassette 1 pickup
solenoid (SL2) First delivery flapper solenoid (SL5)
Cassette 2 pickup
solenoid (SL3)
F-4-8
No. Name MainUnit ServicePartsNo. Refarence

SL2 Cassette1pickupsolenoid CassettePickupUnit FK2-0408
SL3 Cassette2pickupsolenoid CassettePickupUnit FK2-0408
SL5 First delivery flapper solenoid SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FH6-5088
SL6 Second delivery flapper solenoid SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FH6-5088
SL7 Third delivery flapper solenoid SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FH6-5088
4-9
4

4
4-10
Multi-purpose
pickup clutch (CL1)
Multi-purpose tray
lifting solenoid (SL4)
Registration shutter
solenoid (SL1)
F-4-9
No. Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence
CL1 Multi-purposepickupclutch DeviceParts(rear) FH6-5076
SL1 Registrationshuttersolenoid DeviceParts(front) FH7-5940
SL4 Multi-purposetrayliftingsolenoid DeviceParts(rear) FK2-7310
4-10
4

4
4-11
Toner supply clutch (Bk)(CL5)
Toner supply clutch (C)(CL4)
Toner supply clutch (M)(CL3)
Toner supply clutch (Y)(CL2)

CL2 Tonersupplyclutch(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285
CL3 Tonersupplyclutch(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285
CL4 Tonersupplyclutch(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285
CL5 Tonersupplyclutch(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285
T-4-4
4-11
4

4
4-12
Motor
Toner container motor (Bk) (M12)
Toner container motor (C) (M11)
Toner container motor (M) (M10)

Duplex feed motor (M20)
Toner container motor (Y) (M9)
Registration
motor (M19)
Cassette 1 pickup
motor (M16)
Multi-purpose
motor (M18)
Cassette 2 pickup
motor (M17)
F-4-10
4-12
4

4
4-13
M9 Tonercontainermotor(Y) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307
M10 Tonercontainermotor(M Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307
M11 Tonercontainermotor(C) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307
M12 Tonercontainermotor(Bk) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307
M16 Cassette1pickupmotor cassette FK2-7326
M17 Cassette2pickupmotor cassette FK2-7326
M18 Multi-purposemotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7304
M19 Registrationmotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7327
M20 Duplexfeedmotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7326
T-4-5
4-13
4

4
4-14
Fixing delivery motor (M22)
Fixing motor (M21)
Shutter motor
(M27)
Laser shutter
motor (M28)

M21 Fixingmotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-7301
M22 Fixingdeliverymotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-7304
M27 Shuttermotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-2069
M28 Lasershuttermotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-2069
T-4-6
4-14
4

4
4-15
Primary transfer separation motor (M15)
Third delivery motor (M25)
Reverse roller
motor (M24)
ITB displacement First & Second

control motor (M14) delivery motor (M23)
ITB motor (M13)
Image skew correction

motor (C) (M33)
Image skew correction Recycle toner stirring motor (M26)
motor (Bk) (M34)
Image skew correction Scanner motor (CBk) (M30)
motor (Y) (M31)
Image skew correction

motor (M) (M32)
Scanner motor (YM) (M29)
4-15
4

4
4-16

M13 ITBmotor ITBUnit FK2-7300
M14 ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor ITBUnit FK2-0481
M15 Primarytransferseparationmotor ITBUnit FK2-0481
M23 First&Seconddeliverymotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304
M24 Reverserollermotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304
M25 Thirddeliverymotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304
M26 Recycletonerstirringmotor ProcessUnit FK2-7328
M29 Scannermotor(YM) LaserScannerUnit FK2-8602
M30 Scannermotor(CBk) LaserScannerUnit FK2-8602
M31 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Y) LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501
M32 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(M LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501
M33 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(C) LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501
M34 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Bk) LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501
T-4-7
4-16
4

4
4-17
Drum motor (Bk) (M4)
Drum motor (C) (M3)
Drum motor (M) (M2)
Drum motor (Y) (M1)
Developing
motor (Bk) (M8)
Developing
motor (C) (M7)
Developing
motor (M) (M6)
Developing
motor (Y) (M5)
F-4-11
4-17
4

4
4-18

M1 Drummotor(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298
M2 Drummotor(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298
M3 Drummotor(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298
M4 Drummotor(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298
M5 Developingmotor(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303
M6 Developingmotor(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303
M7 Developingmotor(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303
M8 Developingmotor(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303
T-4-8
4-18
4

4
4-19
Fan
Fixing heat exhaust

fan 2 (FM2)
Fixing heat exhaust

fan 1 (FM1)
F-4-12
4-19
4

4
4-20
Fixing cooling
fan (front) (FM5)
Process cartridge Fixing cooling
fan (rear) (FM4) fan (rear) (FM6)
Secondary transfer
exhaust fan (FM8)
Process cartridge
fan (front) (FM10)
F-4-13
4-20
4

4
4-21
Controller
fan 3 (FM13)
Controller
fan 1 (FM11)
Controller
fan 2 (FM12)
HDD cooling fan (FM14)
Power supply
cooling fan (FM3)
F-4-14
4-21
4

4
4-22

FM1 Fixingheatexhaustfan1 Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7286
FM2 Fixingheatexhaustfan2 Deviceparts(rear) FK2-3679
FM3 Powersupplycoolingfan Electric FK2-7286
FM4 Processcartridgefan(rear) Deviceparts(center) FK2-0360
FM5 Fixingcoolingfan(front) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679
FM6 Fixingcoolingfan(rear) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679
FM7 Deliveryfan1 Deviceparts(center) FK2-7362
FM8 Secondarytransferexhaustfan Deviceparts(center) FK2-7290
FM9 Deliveryfan2 Deviceparts(front) FK2-7291
FM10 Processcartridgefan(front) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679
FM11 Controllerfan1 Electric FK2-8372
FM14 HDDcoolingfan Electric FK2-7363
T-4-9
4-22
4

4
4-23
Sensor
Second delivery
tray full sensor (PS45)
Third delivery sensor (PS43)
Fixing pressure
sensor (PS30)
Inner delivery
sensor (PS37)
Second delivery sensor (PS42)

Shutter HP sensor (PS31)
Duplex inlet sensor (PS40)
Reverse sensor (PS39)
Shutter position sensor (PS32)
Primary transfer detachment

sensor 2 (PS23)
Primary transfer detachment
sensor 1 (PS22)
ITB steering
sensor (PS24)
ITB displacement
sensor 3 (PS27)
ITB displacement
sensor 4 (PS28)
ITB displacement
sensor 1 (PS25)
ITB displacement
sensor 2 (PS26)
F-4-15
4-23
4

4
4-24
PS22 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor1 ITBUnit WG8-5848
PS23 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor2 ITBUnit WG8-5848
PS24 ITBsteeringsensor ITBUnit WG8-5848
PS25 ITBdisplacementsensor1 ITBUnit WG8-5848
PS30 Fixingpressuresensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848
PS31 ShutterHPsensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848
PS32 Shutterpositionsensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848
PS37 Innerdeliverysensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848
PS39 Reversesensor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
PS40 Duplexinletsensor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
PS42 Seconddeliverysensor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
PS43 Thirddeliverysensor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
PS45 Seconddeliverytrayfullsensor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
T-4-10
4-24
4

4
4-25
[16] [1]
[15]
[14] [2]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[3]
[10]
New/old detection
[4] fuse (Bk) (UN59)
Bk drum rotation sensor 2 (UN38) New/old detection
[9] [5] fuse (C) (UN58)
[6] Bk drum rotation sensor 1 (UN37)
New/old detection
C drum rotation sensor 2 (UN36) fuse (M) (UN57)
[7]
C drum rotation sensor 1 (UN35) New/old detection
fuse (Y) (UN56)
[8] M drum rotation sensor 2 (UN34)
M drum rotation sensor 1 (UN33)
Y drum rotation sensor 2 (UN32)
Y drum rotation sensor 1 (UN31)
ATR sensor (Bk) (TS8)
ATR sensor (C) (TS7)
ATR sensor (M) (TS6)
ATR sensor (Y) (TS5)
4-25
4

4
4-26
F-4-16
INDEXNo. No. Name MainUnit ServicePartsNo. Refarence

[1] PS8 TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[2] TS4 Piezosensor(Bk) HopperUnit FK2-0590
[3] PS4 Tonersupplysensor(Bk) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[4] TS3 Piezosensor(C) HopperUnit FK2-0590
[5] PS3 Tonersupplysensor(C) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[6] TS2 Piezosensor(M) HopperUnit FK2-0590
[7] PS2 Tonersupplysensor(M) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[8] PS1 Tonersupplysensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[9] TS1 Piezosensor(Y) HopperUnit FK2-0590
[10] PS5 TonercontainercamHPsensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[11] PS9 Tonercappositionsensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[12] PS10 Tonercappositionsensor(M) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[13] PS6 TonercontainercamHPsensor(M) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[14] PS11 Tonercappositionsensor(C) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[15] PS7 TonercontainercamHPsensor(C) HopperUnit WG8-5848
[16] PS12 Tonercappositionsensor(Bk) HopperUnit WG8-5848
T-4-11
TS5 ATRsensor(Y) DevelopingAssembly FK2-7872
TS6 ATRsensor(M) DevelopingAssembly FK2-7872
TS7 ATRsensor(C) DevelopingAssembly FK2-7872
TS8 ATRsensor(Bk) DevelopingAssembly FK2-7872
UN31 Ydrumrotationsensor1 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN32 Ydrumrotationsensor2 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN33 Mdrumrotationsensor1 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN34 Mdrumrotationsensor2 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN35 Cdrumrotationsensor1 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN36 Cdrumrotationsensor2 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN37 Bkdrumrotationsensor1 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN38 Bkdrumrotationsensor2 MainDriveUnit FM3-7944
UN56 New/olddetectionfuse(Y) DrumUnit FM2-3472
UN57 New/olddetectionfuse(M) DrumUnit FM2-3472
UN58 New/olddetectionfuse(C) DrumUnit FM2-3472
UN59 New/olddetectionfuse(Bk) DrumUnit FM2-3472
T-4-12
4-26
4

4
4-27
Right door sensor (PS20)
First delivery tray Second & third delivery

full sensor (PS44) door sensor (PS21)
First delivery sensor (PS41)
Fixing inlet sensor (PS34)
Transparency
Fixing arch sensor 1 (PS35)
sensor (UN51)
Fixing arch sensor 2 (PS36)
Registration
sensor (PS33)
Environment Patch sensor (rear) (UN48)

sensor 1 (UN22)
Laser shutter
sensor (PS29) Patch sensor (center) (UN49)
Vertical path sensor (UN53) Toner container outer

cover sensor (PS17)
Patch sensor (front) (UN47)
Environment sensor 2 (UN50)
Front door sensor (PS18)

Toner container inner cover sensor (Bk) (PS16)
Toner container inner cover sensor (C) (PS15)
Toner container inner cover sensor (M) (PS14)
Toner container inner cover sensor (Y) (PS13) F-4-17
4-27
4

4
4-28
PS13 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Y) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS14 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(M) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS15 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(C) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS16 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Bk) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS17 Tonercontaineroutercoversensor DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS18 Frontdoorsensor DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848
PS20 Rightdoorsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
PS21 Second&thirddeliverydoorsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
PS29 Lasershuttersensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
PS33 Registrationsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
PS35 Fixingarchsensor1 2-sideUnit WG8-5848
PS36 Fixingarchsensor2 2-sideUnit WG8-5848
PS41 Firstdeliverysensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
PS44 Firstdeliverytrayfullsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848
UN22 Environmentsensor1 DeviceParts(center) FM3-7941
UN47 Patchsensor(front) DeviceParts(center) FK2-7315
UN48 Patchsensor(rear) DeviceParts(center) FK2-7315
UN49 Patchsensor(center) DeviceParts(center) FK2-7316
UN50 Environmentsensor2 Electric WP2-5264
UN51 Transparencysensor DeviceParts(center) RH7-7129
UN53 Verticalpathsensor DeviceParts(center) FK2-6470
T-4-13
4-28
4

4
4-29
Multi-purpose size
sensor (UN52)
Duplex paper sensor (PS38)
Multi-purpose paper
sensor (PS47)
Right lower door

sensor (PS19)
Cassette 1 pre-registration sensor (PS55)
Cassette 1 paper sensor (PS49)
Cassette 2 pre-registration
Cassette 1 paper level sensor A (PS51) sensor (PS56)
Cassette 1 paper level sensor B (PS52)
Cassette 2 paper sensor (PS50)

Cassette 2 paper level sensor A (PS53)
Cassette 2 paper level sensor B (PS54)
4-29
4

4
4-30
PS19 Rightlowerdoorsensor 2-sideUnit WG8-5848
PS38 Duplexpapersensor 2-sideUnit WG8-5848
PS47 Multi-purposepapersensor Multi-purposeDeliveryUnit WG8-5848
PS49 Cassette1papersensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS50 Cassette2papersensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS51 Cassette1paperlevelsensorA CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS52 Cassette1paperlevelsensorB CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS53 Cassette2paperlevelsensorA CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS54 Cassette2paperlevelsensorB CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS55 Cassette1pre-registrationsensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
PS56 Cassette2pre-registrationsensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848
UN52 Multi-purposesizesensor Multi-purposeDeliveryUnit FH7-7600
T-4-14
4-30
4

4
4-31
Heater/Other
Fixing heater (H1)
Sub thermistor 2 (TH1)
Temperature fuse (TP1)
Main thermistor 2 (TH1)

Main thermistor 1 (TH1)
Sub thermistor 1 (TH1)
Drum heater (Bk) (H2)
F-4-18
4-31
4

4
4-32
Speaker (SP1)
Leakage breaker
(ELCB1)
F-4-19
4-32
4

4
4-33

ELCB1 Leakagebreaker Electric FH7-7626
H1 Fixingheater FixingAssembly FK2-7292
H2 Drumheater(Bk) ProcessUnit FK2-7295
SP1 Speaker Electric FK2-0428
TH1 Mainthermistor2 FixingAssembly FK2-7312
TH1 Mainthermistor1 FixingAssembly FK2-7312
TH1 Subthermistor1 FixingAssembly FK2-7312
TH1 Subthermistor2 FixingAssembly FK2-7312
TP1 Temperaturefuse FixingAssembly FK2-7314
T-4-15
4-33
4

4
4-34
Switch
AC interlock
switch (SW5)
Cassette 1 size
switch B (SW7)
DC interlock
Cassette 1 size switch 1 (SW3)
switch A (SW6)
DC interlock
switch 2 (SW4)
Cassette 2 size switch B (SW9)
Cassette 2 size switch A (SW8)
F-4-20
4-34
4

4
4-35
Main power supply switch (SW1)
Environment
switch (SW2)
F-4-21
4-35
4

4
4-36

SW1 Mainpowersupplyswitch Electric FK2-7264
SW2 Environmentswitch Electric WC1-5179
SW3 DCinterlockswitch1 DeviceParts(front) FK2-0506
SW4 DCinterlockswitch2 DeviceParts(front) FK2-0506
SW5 ACinterlockswitch DeviceParts(rear) FK2-3076
SW6 Cassette1sizeswitchA Cassette WC2-5680
SW7 Cassette1sizeswitchB Cassette WC2-5680
SW8 Cassette2sizeswitchA Cassette WC2-5680
SW9 Cassette2sizeswitchB Cassette WC2-5680
4-36
4

4
4-37
PCB
Hub PCB
Toner sensor relay PCB (Bk) (UN42)
Toner sensor relay PCB (C) (UN41) Ten key PCB
Toner sensor relay PCB (M) (UN40) Inverter PCB
Sub key PCB CPU PCB

Toner sensor relay PCB (Y) (UN39)
Volume PCB
Laser driver PCB (C) (UN15)
Laser driver PCB (Bk) (UN14)
Laser driver PCB (Y) (UN13)
Laser driver PCB (M) (UN12)
F-4-22
4-37
4

4
4-38

C5051/C5045
UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420
UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420
UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420
UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420
C5035/C5030
UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425
UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425
UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425
UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425
UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) HopperUnit FM3-7948
UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) HopperUnit FM3-7948
UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C) HopperUnit FM3-7948
UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk) HopperUnit FM3-7948
4-38
4

4
4-39
Developing sub bias PCB (Bk) (UN46)
Developing sub bias PCB (C) (UN45)
Developing sub bias PCB (M) (UN44)
Developing sub bias PCB (Y) (UN43)
Bk pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN30)
C pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN28)
M pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN26)
Y pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN24)

Drum unit new/old
detection PCB (UN19)
Bk pre-exposure LED
PCB (front) (UN29)
Recycle toner sensor PCB (UN21)
C pre-exposure LED PCB (front) (UN27)
Process unit relay PCB (UN20)
M pre-exposure LED PCB (front) (UN25)
Y pre-exposure LED PCB (front) (UN23)
F-4-23
4-39
4

4
4-40
UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7940
UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7938
UN21 RecycletonersensorPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7949
UN23 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN24 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN25 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN26 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN27 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN28 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN29 Bkpre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN30 Bkpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945
UN43 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(Y) DevelopingAssembly FM3-7951
UN44 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(M) DevelopingAssembly FM3-7951
UN45 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(C) DevelopingAssembly FM3-7951
UN46 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(Bk) DevelopingAssembly FM3-7951
T-4-16
4-40
4

4
4-41
HDD DC controller
PCB (UN1)
Riser PCB
Main controller PCB 1 Main controller PCB 2
HVT 2 PCB (UN17)
HVT 3 PCB (UN18)
Cassette feed
driver PCB (UN3) HVT 1 PCB (UN16)
Relay PCB (UN5)
Pickup feed
driver PCB (UN2) Drum driver PCB (UN4)
24V power supply
PCB 2 (UN10)
AC driver
PCB (UN6)
AC sub driver
PCB (UN7)
All-night
power PCB (UN9)
12V power
supply PCB (UN11) 24V power
supply PCB 1 (UN8)
F-4-24
4-41
4

4
4-42

UN1 DCcontrollerPCB Electric FM3-7931
UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB Electric FM3-7932
UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB Electric FM3-7933
UN4 DrumdriverPCB Electric FM3-7934
UN5 RelayPCB Electric FM3-7935
UN6 ACdriverPCB Electric FM3-7936
UN7 ACsubdriverPCB Electric FM3-7950
UN8 24VpowersupplyPCB1 Electric FM3-7955
UN9 All-nightpowerPCB Electric FK2-6324
UN10 24VpowersupplyPCB2 Electric FK2-6448
UN11 12VpowersupplyPCB Electric FK2-6319
UN16 HVT1PCB Electric FK2-7348
T-4-17
4-42
4

4
4-43
Conector
24
23
10 22
25
1 25
9 25
26 2 13 25
3 8
4
5
17 6
12 7
31 28
16
19
18
27
14
30
29
20
21
11
F-4-25
4-43
4

4
4-44
KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName

1 J102 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 11 J822 - ECO-ID
2 J103 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 12 J202 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB
3 J104 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5076 J5066 13 J1300 UN22 Environmentsensor1
3 J104 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5076 14 J810 UN50 Environmentsensor2
3 J104 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB - J3002 - CassettefeedingUnit-AD1
4 J106 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 16 J231 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB
5 J107 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 18 J311 UN4 DrumdriverPCB
6 J109 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 19 J313 UN4 DrumdriverPCB
7 J110 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5044 20 J654 UN16 HVT1PCB
7 J110 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5044 21 J653 UN16 HVT1PCB
8 J111 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 22 J656 UN17 HVT2PCB
9 J112 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5026 J5036 24 J5061 SW1 Mainpowersupplyswitch
9 J112 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5026 J5036 J5075 J5012 25 J42 TH1 Mainthermistor1
9 J112 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5026 J5036 J5075 J5012 25 J42 TH1 Mainthermistor2
9 J112 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5026 J5036 J5075 J5012 25 J42 TH1 Subthermistor1
9 J112 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5026 J5036 J5075 J5012 25 J42 TH1 Subthermistor2
10 J114 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 27 J863 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk)
10 J114 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 28 J864 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C)
10 J114 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 29 J853 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M)
10 J114 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 30 J854 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y)
T-4-18
4-44
4

4
4-45
34
33
35
19
24 21
20
31
32
15
16
13
14
1
2
11
8
3 7
12
30 6
10 5
4
9
25
18
17
F-4-26
4-45
4

4
4-46

1 J118 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J825 13 J102 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y)
1 J118 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J825 14 J203 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M)
2 J119 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J823 15 J102 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C)
2 J119 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J823 16 J203 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(C)
3 J121 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 17 J401 UN5 RelayPCB
4 J122 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 18 J402 UN5 RelayPCB
5 J123 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5028 J5068 19 J6087 PS34 Fixinginletsensor
5 J123 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5028 J5068 20 J6086 PS36 Fixingarchsensor2
5 J123 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5028 J5068 21 J6085 PS35 Fixingarchsensor1
6 J124 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5045 24 J6084 M21 Fixingmotor
8 J126 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5071 - J815 - BufferPassUnit-G1
8 J126 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5071 - J816 - InnerFinisher-A1
9 J127 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5037 - J809 - BookletFinisher-C1/StapleFinisher-C1
9 J127 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB - J813 - PaperDeckUnit-B1
10 J132 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB 30 J5042 - KeySwitchUnit
11 J136 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5053 31 J2111 SW3 DCinterlockswitch1
11 J136 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5053 32 J2111 SW4 DCinterlockswitch2
12 J138 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5031 33 J6140 M25 Thirddeliverymotor
12 J138 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5031 34 J6141 M24 Reverserollermotor
12 J138 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB J5031 35 J6142 M23 First&Seconddeliverymotor
T-4-19
4-46
4

4
4-47
20
26
19 25
24 9
21 8
23
22 28
11 7
31
29
27
17
13
16
10 18
12
14
15
1
4
5
3
2
F-4-27
4-47
4

4
4-48

1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J5109 6 J6058 M22 Fixingdeliverymotor
1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 7 J6091 PS44 Firstdeliverytrayfullsensor
1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 8 J6088 PS41 Firstdeliverysensor
1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J5110 9 J6099 PS21 Second&thirddeliverydoorsensor
1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 - J6070 - -
1 J204 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 11 J6062 FM9 Deliveryfan2
2 J205 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5050 J5051 J755 J601 12 J900 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB
2 J205 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5050 J5051 J755 J601 10 J901 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB
2 J205 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5050 J5051 J755 13 J600 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB
2 J205 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5050 J5051 J755 14 J6111 M26 Wastetonerstirringmotor
2 J205 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5050 J5051 J755 15 J6110 UN21 WastetonersensorPCB
3 J207 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5048 J5046 16 J6108 UN49 Patchsensor(center)
3 J207 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5048 J5046 17 J6107 UN48 Patchsensor(rear)
3 J207 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5048 J5046 18 J6106 UN47 Patchsensor(front)
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5108 19 J6076 PS40 Duplexinletsensor
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 20 J6075 PS43 Thirddeliverysensor
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5097 21 J6074 SL7 Third delivery flapper solenoid
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5097 22 J6073 SL6 Second delivery flapper solenoid
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5106 J5083 23 J6065 SL5 First delivery flapper solenoid
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5106 J5083 24 J6089 PS42 Seconddeliverysensor
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 J5106 25 J6090 PS39 Reversesensor
4 J210 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5032 26 J6092 PS45 Seconddeliverytrayfullsensor
5 J212 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5028 J5054 27 J6077 PS38 Duplexpapersensor
5 J212 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5028 J5099 28 J6081 UN52 Multi-purposesizesensor
5 J212 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5028 J5099 29 J6171 PS47 Multi-purposepapersensor
5 J212 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5028 31 J5100 PS19 Rightlowerdoorsensor
T-4-20
4-48
4

4
4-49
14
13
12
33
11
10
20
21
32 18 7
22
31 17 8
26 15 9 23
30 19
34
24 16
29
27
25
6
4 1
3
2
5
F-4-28
4-49
4

4
4-50
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 7 J6082 CL1 Multi-purposepickupclutch
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 8 J6083 M18 Multi-purposemotor
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 9 J6072 SL4 Bypasstrayliftersolenoid
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6056 10 J6157 M19 Registrationmotor
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6057 11 J6158 M20 Duplexfeedmotor
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB 12 J6066 FM1 Fixingheatexhaustfan1
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB 13 J6067 FM2 Fixingheatexhaustfan2
1 J213 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB 14 J5004 PS20 Rightdoorsensor
2 J214 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5049 15 J6060 M28 Lasershuttermotor
2 J214 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5049 16 J6123 FM10 Processcartridgefan(front)
2 J214 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5049 17 J6097 PS29 Lasershuttersensor
3 J215 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB 18 J6155 M16 Cassette1pickupmotor
3 J215 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB 19 J6156 M17 Cassette2pickupmotor
4 J216 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5036 J5075 J5012 20 J6103 PS31 ShutterHPsensor
4 J216 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5036 J5075 J5012 21 J6102 PS32 Shutterpositionsensor
4 J216 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5036 J5075 J5012 J5060 22 J6104 PS30 Fixingpressuresensor
4 J216 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5038 J5075 J5012 J5060 23 J6101 PS37 Innerdeliverysensor
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 - J5059 - -
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 J5041 24 J6093 UN51 Transparencysensor
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 J5056 25 J6064 SL1 Registrationshuttersolenoid
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 J5057 26 J6095 PS33 Registrationsensor
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 J5058 27 J6096 PS18 Frontdoorsensor
5 J217 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5055 J5114 29 J6094 UN53 Verticalpathsensor
6 J218 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5034 30 J6071 FM8 Secondarytransferexhaustfan
6 J218 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5034 31 J6069 FM6 Fixingcoolingfan(rear)
6 J218 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5034 32 J6068 FM5 Fixingcoolingfan(front)
6 J218 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5034 33 J6061 FM7 Deliveryfan1
6 J218 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5034 34 J6059 M27 Shuttermotor
T-4-21
4-50
4

4
4-51
14
17
13
16
15
19 6
20 7
22 21 9
25 23
24
12
8
11
10
4
5
3
2
F-4-29
4-51
4

4
4-52

1 J234 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5073 4 J6127 SW9 Cassette2sizeswitchB
1 J234 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5073 5 J6128 SW8 Cassette2sizeswitchA
1 J234 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5074 6 J6125 SW7 Cassette1sizeswitchB
1 J234 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5074 7 J6126 SW6 Cassette1sizeswitchA
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 8 J6138 SL3 Cassette2pickupsolenoid
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 9 J6137 PS56 Cassette2pre-registrationsensor
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 10 J6136 PS54 Cassette2paperlevelsensorB
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 11 J6135 PS53 Cassette2paperlevelsensorA
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 12 J6134 PS50 Cassette2papersensor
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5064 13 J6133 SL2 Cassette1pickupsolenoid
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5064 14 J6132 PS55 Cassette1pre-registrationsensor
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5064 15 J6131 PS52 Cassette1paperlevelsensorB
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5064 16 J6130 PS51 Cassette1paperlevelsensorA
2 J235 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5064 17 J6129 PS49 Cassette1papersensor
3 J237 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5011 J5052 - J5067 - -
3 J237 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5011 J5052 19 J6032 PS23 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor2
3 J237 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5011 J5052 20 J6031 PS22 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor1
3 J237 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5011 J5052 J5062 21 J6030 PS28 ITBdisplacementsensor4
3 J237 UN3 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5011 J5052 25 J6026 PS24 ITBsteeringsensor
T-4-22
4-52
4

4
4-53
43
44
45
42 41
40
39 37
14
38 34
15
36
35
16
33
26
27 30
25
31
24 10
28
23 32
11
22
29
21
12
13
8 17
7 18
9
19
1 20
3 2
6
5 4
F-4-30
4-53
4

4
4-54

1 J303 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 10 J6008 CL5 Tonersupplyclutch(Bk)
1 J303 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 11 J6007 CL4 Tonersupplyclutch(C)
1 J303 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 12 J6006 CL3 Tonersupplyclutch(M)
1 J303 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 13 J6005 CL2 Tonersupplyclutch(Y)
2 J304 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5078 J5027 J5070 14 J6004 M15 Primarytransferseparationmotor
2 J304 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5078 J5027 J5070 15 J6003 M14 ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor
2 J304 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5078 J5027 J5070 16 J6025 M13 ITBmotor
3 J305 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 17 J6011 M8 Developingmotor(Bk)
3 J305 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 18 J6012 M7 Developingmotor(C)
3 J305 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 19 J6013 M6 Developingmotor(M)
3 J305 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 20 J6015 M5 Developingmotor(Y)
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 21 J6024 UN31 Ydrumrotationsensor1
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 22 J6023 UN32 Ydrumrotationsensor2
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 23 J6022 UN33 Mdrumrotationsensor1
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 24 J6021 UN34 Mdrumrotationsensor2
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 25 J6020 UN35 Cdrumrotationsensor1
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 26 J6019 UN36 Cdrumrotationsensor2
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 27 J6018 UN37 Bkdrumrotationsensor1
4 J306 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 28 J6017 UN38 Bkdrumrotationsensor2
5 J307 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 29 J6010 M1 Drummotor(Y)
6 J308 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 30 J6009 M4 Drummotor(Bk)
6 J308 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 31 J6014 M3 Drummotor(C)
6 J308 UN4 DrumdriverPCB 32 J6016 M2 Drummotor(M)
7 J309 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5079 J5029 J5030 33 J6053 PS13 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Y)
7 J309 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5079 J5029 J5030 34 J6052 PS14 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(M)
7 J309 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5079 J5029 J5030 35 J6050 PS15 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(C)
7 J309 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5079 J5029 J5030 36 J6048 PS16 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Bk)
7 J309 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5079 J5029 37 J6046 PS17 Tonercontaineroutercoversensor
8 J310 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5015 J5016 38 J5017 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y)
8 J310 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5018 J5019 39 J5020 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M)
8 J310 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5021 J5022 40 J5023 UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C)
8 J310 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J5024 J5025 41 J5035 UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk)
9 J312 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J1180 42 J2 M9 Tonercontainermotor(Y)
9 J312 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J1181 43 J5 M12 Tonercontainermotor(Bk)
9 J312 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J1182 44 J4 M11 Tonercontainermotor(C)
9 J312 UN4 DrumdriverPCB J1184 45 J3 M10 Tonercontainermotor(M
T-4-23
4-54
4

4
4-55
31
23 18
24
2 19
5
11 6
16 1 21
34
3
20
15
12 4
7 9 32
8 10
22
14 F-4-31
30
4-55
4

4
4-56
1 J411 UN5 RelayPCB 14 J835 UN11 12VpowersupplyPCB
2 J412 UN5 RelayPCB 15 J834 UN10 24VpowersupplyPCB2
34 J426 UN5 RelayPCB - J5101 - ReadercontrollPCB
3 J413 UN5 RelayPCB 16 J691 UN9 All-nightpowerPCB
5 J422 UN5 RelayPCB 18 J129 UN1 DCcontrollerPCB
6 J423 UN5 RelayPCB 19 J211 UN2 PickupfeeddriverPCB
7 J424 UN5 RelayPCB 20 J301 UN4 DrumdriverPCB
7 J424 UN5 RelayPCB 21 J302 UN4 DrumdriverPCB
8 J425 UN5 RelayPCB J5043 22 J650 UN16 HVT1PCB
8 J425 UN5 RelayPCB 23 J651 UN17 HVT2PCB
8 J425 UN5 RelayPCB 24 J652 UN18 HVT3PCB
9 J427 UN5 RelayPCB J5081 - J802 - USBDevicePort-B1
10 J428 UN5 RelayPCB J5080 - J804 - InnerFinisher-A1
10 J428 UN5 RelayPCB - J805 - CassettefeedingUnit-AD1
10 J428 UN5 RelayPCB - J803 - BookletFinisher-C1/StapleFinisher-C1
11 J432 UN5 RelayPCB 30 J6122 FM3 Powersupplycoolingfan
11 J432 UN5 RelayPCB 31 J6124 FM4 Processcartridgefan(rear)
12 J451 UN5 RelayPCB 32 J662 UN8 24VpowersupplyPCB1
4-56
4

4
4-57
22
21
26
25
32
3
4
8 29
12
18
13
14 19
10
15 30
2
1
5
6
9
7 20
32
11 31
27
F-4-32
4-57
4

4
4-58

1 J1001 UN6 ACdriverPCB - - - ACincable
2 J1002 UN6 ACdriverPCB - J866 - GND
2 J1002 UN6 ACdriverPCB - J833 - GND
3 J1003 UN6 ACdriverPCB - - SW5 ACinterlockswitch
4 J1004 UN6 ACdriverPCB 18 J1021 UN7 ACsubdriverPCB
5 J1005 UN6 ACdriverPCB 20 J681 UN9 All-nightpowerPCB
- - SW5 ACinterlockswitch J5006 J5087 J5012 J5007 21 J5013 H1 Fixingheater
- - - - 22 J5014 H1 Fixingheater
- - SW5 ACinterlockswitch J5006 J5087 J5012 J5007 - - TP1 Temperaturefuse
6 J1006 UN6 ACdriverPCB J5006 J5010 - - SW1 Mainpowersupplyswitch
7 J1007 UN6 ACdriverPCB 32 J5005 H4 Cassetteheater
32 J1008 UN6 ACdriverPCB - - - CassetteFeedingUnit-AD1
8 J1009 UN6 ACdriverPCB - - SW2 Environmentswitch
9 J1010 UN6 ACdriverPCB - J5102 - ReadercontrollPCB
10 J1011 UN6 ACdriverPCB J5038 25 J5088 H3 Drumheater(YMC)
10 J1011 UN6 ACdriverPCB 26 J5039 H2 Drumheater(Bk)
11 J1012 UN6 ACdriverPCB - - - Cassetteheaterunit-31/32
12 J2001 UN6 ACdriverPCB 27 J431 UN5 RelayPCB
13 J2002 UN6 ACdriverPCB - J5002 - -
15 J1022 UN7 ACsubdriverPCB J5077 30 J1102 UN10 24VpowersupplyPCB2
15 J1022 UN7 ACsubdriverPCB J5077 31 J1101 UN11 12VpowersupplyPCB
T-4-24
4-58
4

4
4-59
13
14
12
10
9
5
2
8
11
4
6
7
1
3
F-4-33
4-59
4

4
4-60

1 J202 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) 7 J103 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y)
2 J204 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) 8 J6159 M32 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(M
2 J204 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) 9 J6160 M31 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Y)
3 J205 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) 10 J6161 M29 Scannermotor(YM)
4 J202 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) 11 J103 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C)
5 J204 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) 12 J6166 M33 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(C)
5 J204 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) 13 J6165 M34 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Bk)
6 J205 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) 14 J6167 M30 Scannermotor(CBk)
T-4-25
4-60
4

4
4-61
21
20
17
16
4
14
3
13
2
12
1
11
10
8 22
9 19
7 18
5
6 15
F-4-34
4-61
4

4
4-62

1 J902 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5093 11 J6114 TS5 ATRsensor(Y)
1 J902 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB 11 J5093 UN43 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(Y)
2 J903 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5094 12 J6116 TS6 ATRsensor(M)
2 J903 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB 12 J5094 UN44 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(M)
3 J904 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5095 13 J6118 TS7 ATRsensor(C)
3 J904 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB 13 J5095 UN45 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(C)
4 J905 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5096 14 J6120 TS8 ATRsensor(Bk)
4 J905 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB 14 J5096 UN46 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(Bk)
5 J601 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 15 J6115 UN23 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(front)
6 J602 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 16 J6147 UN24 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(rear)
6 J602 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 17 J6148 UN26 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear)
7 J603 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 18 J6117 UN25 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(front)
8 J604 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 19 J6119 UN27 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(front)
9 J605 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 20 J6149 UN28 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear)
9 J605 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 21 J6150 UN30 Bkpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear)
10 J606 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB 22 J6121 UN29 Bkpre-exposureLEDPCB(front)
T-4-26
4-62
4

4
4-63
18
14 17
10 13
6 9
5
4
3 20
2 16
19
1 12
15
8
11
7
F-4-35
4-63
4

4
4-64

1 J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) 5 J6154 PS5 TonercontainercamHPsensor(Y)
1 J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) 6 J6035 PS9 Tonercappositionsensor(Y)
1 J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) 7 J6034 PS1 Tonersupplysensor(Y)
1 J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) 8 J6033 TS1 Piezosensor(Y)
2 J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) 9 J6151 PS6 TonercontainercamHPsensor(M)
2 J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) 10 J6038 PS10 Tonercappositionsensor(M)
2 J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) 11 J6037 PS2 Tonersupplysensor(M)
2 J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) 12 J6036 TS2 Piezosensor(M)
3 J660 UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C) 13 J6152 PS7 TonercontainercamHPsensor(C)
3 J660 UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C) 14 J6041 PS11 Tonercappositionsensor(C)
3 J660 UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C) 15 J6040 PS3 Tonersupplysensor(C)
3 J660 UN41 TonersensorrelayPCB(C) 16 J6039 TS3 Piezosensor(C)
4 J661 UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk) 17 J6153 PS8 TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk)
4 J661 UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk) 18 J6044 PS12 Tonercappositionsensor(Bk)
4 J661 UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk) 19 J6043 PS4 Tonersupplysensor(Bk)
4 J661 UN42 TonersensorrelayPCB(Bk) 20 J6042 TS4 Piezosensor(Bk)
T-4-27
4-64
4

4
4-65
2
4 3
40
8 14
11 15
9
41 34
30 39
6 33
7 29
38
5 21
26
10
17 19
42
13 27
12 25
1
43 46
16
45 18
44
37
31 50
36
35
32 23
49
28
48 22
47
20
24
F-4-36
4-65
4

4
4-66

1 J1020 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - FlashPCB
2 J1004 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - DDR2-SDRAM(M1)
4 J1002 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - VoiceOperation(OptionA)
4 J1002 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - VoiceGuidance(OptionB)
5 J1018 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - USB(D)
6 J1015 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - FM13 Controllerfan3
7 J1017 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - Ethernet
8 J1003 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - Operationpart
9 J1019 - MaincontrollerPCB1 37 J103 - RiserPCB
10 J1021 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - USB(H)
11 J1007 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - DevicePortHub(Option)
12 J1027 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - CardReaderIFkitCardReader(OptionA)
12 J1027 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - RSConv(USAonly)(OptionB)
12 J1027 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - -
13 J1026 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - CC-VII/Fcable(TBD)(Option)
14 J1006 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - USB-FLASH(nouse)
15 J1013 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - POSTPONEI/F(dealeronly)
16 J1025 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - YON-RISER(PCI-Bridge)(option)
17 J1022 - MaincontrollerPCB1 - - - TPM
20 J13 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - DDR2DIMM(P)
21 J14 - MaincontrollerPCB2 38 J101 - RiserPCB
22 J16 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - G3FAXBOX(Option)
23 J17 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - G3FAXBOX(Option)
24 J18 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - FRAMCounter
25 J1000 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - ImagedataanalyzerPCB
26 J1010 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - BypassPCB
26 J1010 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - EFIcontroller(option)
27 J3003 - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - ReadercontrollPCB
28 JJ1xxx - MaincontrollerPCB2 - - - DebugSRAM(debugonly)
29 J102 - RiserPCB - - UN1 DCcontrollerPCB
30 J104 - RiserPCB - - - -
31 J105 - RiserPCB - - - HDD
32 J107 - RiserPCB - - - HDD
33 J108 - RiserPCB - - FM11 Controllerfan1
34 J109 - RiserPCB - - FM12 Controllerfan2
35 J110 - RiserPCB 39 J6174 FM14 HDDcoolingfan
36 J111 - RiserPCB - - - SATA-Op
T-4-28
4-66
4

4
4-67
10
3 12
5 13
9
1
2
7 6
14 4
F-4-37
4-67
4

4
4-68
1 J1002 - CPUPCB - - RelayPCB
2 J1003 - CPUPCB 8 J4001 - SubkeyPCB
2 J1003 - CPUPCB 9 J9001 - InverterPCB
3 J1006 - CPUPCB 10 J2002 - HubPCB
4 J1007 - CPUPCB 11 J1 - LCD
5 J1008 - CPUPCB 12 J3002 - TenkeyPCB
6 J1009 - CPUPCB 13 J3001 - TenkeyPCB
7 J4002 - SubkeyPCB 14 J5001 - VolumePCB
T-4-29
4-68
4

4
4-69
MainController 3)RemovethesignalcableandthepowercablefromtheHDD.
RemovingtheHDD
x2
■ Howtoremove
Signal cable
1)OpentheRightRearCover1.
Power cable
F-4-40
4) InsertthesignalcableandthepowercableintotheholeoftheControllerBox.
F-4-38
2)OpentheHDDLid.
• 1screw
F-4-41
F-4-39
4-69
4

4
4-70
5)RemovetheHDDUnit. 7)RemovetheHDD.
• 2screws • 4screws
• 1groundingplate
• 4spacers
x2 • 4vibration-preventiondumpers
HDD
x4
HDD fixing plate
Spacers
F-4-42
Vibration-prevention dumpers
6)Removetheplate. HDD grounding plate
• 2screws F-4-44
Caution:
Atinstallation,installthegroundingplateinsidethe[A]partofHDDFixingPlate.
x2
F-4-43
[A] [A]
Grouding Plate Grouding Plate
F-4-45
4-70
4

4
4-71
RemovingtheMainControllerPCB1 2)RemovetheUSBcableandthecontrolpanelcommunicationcable.
Control panel
■ BeforeremovingtheMainControllerPCB1 communication cable USB cable
• RemovetheRightRearCover x2
• 1screw(RStight;M4)
• 2screws(TP;M3)
• 1claw
x3
F-4-48
3)Removethe2screwsandliftthegrip.
x2
Claw
F-4-46
■ Howtoremove
1)IftheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable.
• 2connectors Grips
• 2wiresaddles F-4-49
• 1cableguide 4)HoldthegripandremovetheMainControllerPCB1.
Reader power cable

x2
x2
Cable guide
Wire saddles
Connectors F-4-50
F-4-47
MEMO:
IfoptionPCBisinstalled,removeit.
4-71
4

4
4-72
Caution: RemovingtheMainControllerPCB2
Atinstallation,liftthegrip,inserttheMainControllerPCB1untilitstops,thentiltthe ■ BeforeRemovingtheMainControllerPCB2
gripandinstallitwith2screws.
• RemovetheLeftRearCoverandtheLeftRearSubCover.
1)RemovetheLeftRearCover.
x2 • 2rubbercaps
• 2screws
• 5claws
Rubber cap
x2
Grips Claws
F-4-51 x5
MEMO:
IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,handlethereaderpowercablefromtheconnectorside, Rubber cap
makethecableslackintheupperareaandinstallit.
F-4-53
Reader power cable
x2 2)IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,removethereadersignalcable.
• 1connector
x2
Cable guide
Wire saddles
Connectors
F-4-52
MEMO:
Make sure that the Main Controller PCB 1 is fixed to the device.
F-4-54
4-72
4

4
4-73
3)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover.
MEMO:
• 1screw WhentheoptionPCBisinstalled,removeit.
• 1hook
Hook Caution:
Atinstallation,avoidtheharness,holdthegripinraisedcondition,puttheMain
ControllerPCB2allthewayin,tiltthegrip,andinstallit.
x2
Left rear sub cover
■ Howtoremove F-4-55 Grip
1)IftheFAXUnitisinstalled,removetheconnectorofcommunicationcable.
MEMO:
IftheFAXUnitisinstalled,installtheconnector.
MEMO:
Make sure that the Main Controller PCB 2 is fixed to the device.
F-4-56
2)HoldthegripandremovetheMainControllerPCB2.
• 2screws
x2
Grip
F-4-57
4-73
4

4
4-74
OpeningtheControllerBox
Reader power cable
■ BeforeopeningtheControllerBox x2
• RemovetheRightRearCover
• RemovetheLeftRearCover x2
Cable guide
• RemovetheLeftRearSubCover
• RemovetheRearCover
Wire saddles
• 2rubbercaps
• 2screws
• 1claw Connectors
F-4-59
x2
Rubber caps
Claw
Rear cover
■ Howtoopen F-4-58
1)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removethereaderpowercable.
• 2connectors
• 2wiresaddles
• 1cableguide
4-74
4

4
4-75
2-1)AvoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBox.
• 2screws Cable
x2
F-4-60
F-4-62
2-2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,avoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBoxandthe
FAXUnit.
• 3screws
x3
3) Close the Controller Box while pressing the cable with afinger. Check
F-4-61 that the cable is
storedwhencloseingthebox.
4-75
4

4
4-76
RemovingtheMainPowerUnit 3)RemovetheRearLowerCover.
• 2rubbercaps
■ BeforeremovingtheMainPowerUnit • 2screws
• 2claws
• 2hooks
• RemovetheLeftRearCover
• RemovetheLeftRearSubCover
• RemovetheRearLowerCover x2
Claw
1)RemovetheConnectorCover. x2
• 1screw Claw
Hook
Hook
F-4-63
2)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheconnector.
• 6harnessguides
• 5connectors
Connectors
F-4-65
x6
x5
Harness guides
F-4-64
4-76
4

4
4-77
■ Howtoremove 3)PullouttheMainPowerUnit.
• 3connectors
1)OpentheDrumDriverUnit.
• 3screws
• 1screw
Connectors
Drum Driver Unit

x3 Main power unit

x3
Screw
Screw
Screw Screw
F-4-66
F-4-68
2)RemovetheFINLatticeConnectorUnit. 4)RemovetheMainPowerUnit.
• 2connectors • 15connectors
• 1wiresaddle • 5wiresaddles
• 2screws
Connectors
Wire saddle Connector
x15 12 Connectors
x2
Connector
x5
Wire saddles

Connector
Finisher laffice Screws
x2 connector unit
Wire saddles Main power unit
F-4-69
F-4-67
4-77
4

4
4-78
RemovingtheACDriver RemovingtheControlPanel
■ BeforeremovingtheACDriver ■ Howtoremove
• RemovetheRightRearCover 1)PullouttheControlPanelandremovethemold.
• RemovetheLeftRearSubCover Control panel
• RemovetheRearLowerCover
Mold
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovealltheconnectoronthePCBandremovetheACDriver.
• 6wiresaddles
• 13connectors(12piecesforoverseasmodel)
• 3screws
F-4-71
Wire saddles AC Driver Screw 2)Removethestopper.
• 2screws
x6
x13

x2
Screw
13 Connectors
x3
Wire saddles Screw
F-4-70 Stopper
F-4-72
4-78
4

4
4-79
LaserExposureSystem RemovingtheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad
■ BeforeRemovingtheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad
CleaningtheDust-blockingGlass
• OpentheFrontCover.
■ BeforeCleaningtheDust-blockingGlass
• OpentheFrontCover. ■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheGlassCleaningTool.
F-4-76
■ HowtoClean F-4-78
2)RemovetheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad.
1)TakeouttheDust-blockingCleaningToolandcleantheDust-blockingGlassfromthe4
holesoftheWasteTonerContainer.
Dust-blocking glass
cleaning tool
F-4-79
F-4-77
4-79
4

4
4-80
RemovingtheLaserScannerUnit ● RemovetheITBUnit
1)CheckthatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetrianglemark.
■ BeforeRemovingtheLaserScannerUnit (Ifitisnotaligned,adjustthearrowoflevertothetrianglemark.)
• OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover.
Triangle mark Triangle mark
ITB sub pressure ITB sub pressure

release lever release lever
F-4-80 F-4-82
● RemovetheITBCover. 2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintherightdirectionuntiltheprotrusionofgripis
alignedwiththetrianglemarkontheplatetoreleasethepressure.
• 2screws(loosen)
ITB pressure release lever
F-4-83
F-4-81
4-80
4

4
4-81
3)Removethe2connectors. 5) Hold the ITB Unit as show in the below figure, and remove in the direction of the arrow
x2
F-4-87
F-4-84 Caution:
WheninstallingtheITBUnit,aligntheITBUnitwiththe2positionsattheleadedgeof
Caution:
rail.
WhenpullingouttheITBUnit,itmaydropbecauseitdoesnotclickatstoppositionif
pulledoutwhileliftingit.Thus,becarefulofpullingitout. Rails
F-4-85 ITB unit
4) Pull out the ITB Unit up to the stop label position flatly. F-4-88
• 2screws
x2
Stop label position
F-4-86
4-81
4

4
4-82
● RemovingtheProcessUnit 3)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight.
Paper
Caution:
Wheninstalling/removingtheProcessUnit,donotremovetheWasteTonerContainer.
1) Remove the 4 stepped screws fixed on the right and left rails.
x4
F-4-91
4)Takethe2railsofProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine.
F-4-89
2) Hold the front and rear of Process Unit and remove it flatly.
F-4-92
■ Howtoremove
Caution:
F-4-90 DonotinstalltheusedLaserScannerUnit2(C/Bklaser)intheinstallationpositionof
LaserScannerUnit1(Y/Mlaser).
Ifswitchingtheunits,imageskewdegreeofYcolorthatisthestandardcolormay
changeandcolordisplacementmightgetworse.
4-82
4

4
4-83
2)RemovetheImageFormationSuctionDuct.
Caution:
• 1screw
IfswitchingtheLaserScannerUnit1and2,imagedisplacementoccurs.Thus,notethe • 1claw
serial number affixed on the respective unit before removing it, and match the number
whenreinstallingit
Image formation suction duct
Screw
Memo:
ThisproceduredescribestheremovalofBk,CLaserScannerUnit.Gothroughthe
sameprocedureforremovingtheM,YLaserScannerUnit.
Claw
1)RemovetheDrumHeater.
• 1screw
Drum heater F-4-94
WhenremovingtheLaserScannerUnit1(Y/Mlaser),
T-4-30
3)RemovetheLeftUpperCover.
• 5rubbercaps
• 5screws
• 3hooks
Screw
• 5claws
Left upper cover

F-4-93
x5 x5
x3
Claws
Claws
Rubber caps
F-4-95
4-83
4

4
4-84
4)RemovetheLeftDuctUnit.
Caution:
• 2screws
SincetheLaserScannerUnitneedsadjustment,donotdisassembleit.
x2
Caution:
Atinstallation,pushtheprotrusionofLaserScannerUnitintotheholeofrearplateand
adjustthefrontbosswiththeplateholeandinstallit.
Protrusion Laser scanner unit
Hole
Left duct unit
F-4-96
5)RemovetheScannerFixingSpring.
• 1screw
Boss
Protrusion
Caution:
Atinstallation,passtheharnessthroughtheSheetGuideandinstallit.
Fixing spring Screw
F-4-97
6)RemovetheLaserScannerUnit.
• 4connectors
Laser scanner unit
Connectors Connectors
x2 x2
F-4-98
4-84
4

4
4-85
ImageFormationSystem RemovingtheITBUnit
■ BeforeRemovingtheITBUnit
RemovingtheTonerFilter
• OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheTonerFilterCover.
• 1claw
Claw
F-4-101
• RemovetheITBCover.
• 2screws(loosen)
F-4-99
2)RemovetheFanProtectionPlateandtheTonerFilter.
Toner filter
Fan protection plate
F-4-102
Caution:
DonottouchtheITBsurface.
F-4-100
4-85
4

4
4-86
■ Howtoremove 3)Removethe2connectors.
1)CheckthatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetrianglemark.
(Ifitisnotaligned,adjustthearrowoflevertothetrianglemark.)
x2

release lever release lever F-4-105
F-4-103 Caution:
2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverinthearrowdirectionuntiltheprotrusionofgripis WhenpullingouttheITBUnit,itmaydropbecauseitdoesnotclickatstoppositionif
alignedwiththetrianglemarkontheplatetoreleasethepressure. pulledoutwhileliftingit.Thus,becarefulofpullingitout.

4) Pull out the ITB Unit up to the stop label position flatly.
F-4-104 • 2screws
x2
Stop label position
F-4-106
4-86
4

4
4-87
5) Hold the ITB Unit as show in the below figure, and remove in the direction of the arrow
CleaningthePatchSensor
■ Beforecleaningthepatchsensor
• RemovetheITBCover
• RemovetheITBUnit
■ HowtoClean
1)Whilepushingtheshutter,cleanthesurfaceofPatchSensorwithacottonswabmoistened
withwaterandtightlywrungbywipingitinonedirection.Aftercleaning,makesurethat
F-4-107
thereisnotonercontaminationonthesensorsurface..
Caution: Caution:
WheninstallingtheITBUnit,aligntheITBUnitwiththe2positionsattheleadedgeof Donotusethealcoholsinceitmeltsthesensorwindowandcauseswhileturbidity.
rail.
Rails Caution:
Donotdry-wipeitsincethesensorwindowischargedandattractsthetoner.
Patch sensor
ITB unit
Patch sensor shutter
F-4-108
6)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate.
7)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-
P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes.
4-87
4

4
4-88
RemovethePatchSensor(front,center,rear) 2)RemovethePre-secondaryTransferGuide.BesurenottoputtoomuchforceonthePre-
secondaryTransferGuidewhenremovingit.
■ Beforecleaningthepatchsensor • 2screws
Secondary Transfer Guide
• RemovetheProcessUnit Grounding Cable
■ Howtoremove
1)ReleasethehookandremovetheShutterofthesensor.
• 2Claws
Shutter
F-4-110
3)Removethemold.
• 4screws
• 4bosses
Claw
Boss
Hook
F-4-109
F-4-111
4-88
4

4
4-89
4)RemovetheWireSaddle,Reuseband,andEdgeSaddletomaketheSensorAssembly
RemovingtheITBCleaningUnit
movingfreely.
• 2WireSaddles ■ BeforeremovingtheITBCleaningUnit
• 1ReuseBand
• 1EdgeSaddle
■ Howtoremove
Edge Saddle
Wire Saddle Caution:

Whenremoving/installingit,donotcontacttheITBCleaningUnittotheITB.
Reuse Band
1) Removethesensordesiredtobereplaced.(PatchSensor(Rear)asanexample)
F-4-112
• 2Screws
• 1Connector
1)HoldtheleftandrightgripandremovetheITBCleaningUnitinthedirectionofthearrow.
• 2screws
x2
Connector
F-4-113
MEMO:
WhenreplacethePatchSenosor(center),InitializationofPatchsensor(center)is
necessary
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON>P-ALPHAInputPatchSensoralphavalue
F-4-114
4-89
4

4
4-90
2)PlacetheremovedITBCleaningUnitonthepaper.
RemovingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit
■ BeforeremovingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit
• RemovetheITBCleaningUnit
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheITBCleaningBladeUnitandputitonthepaper.
F-4-115 • 1screw
F-4-116
MEMO:
Holdthescrewareaof2screwsontheITBCleaningBladeUnitsothatitiseasyto
remove.
4-90
4

4
4-91
Caution: Caution:
WheninstallingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit,makesurethatEqualizeBlockisinstalled. AfterinstallingtheITBCleaningBladeUnittotheITBCleaningUnit,makesuretolift
theprotectionsheetwithascrewdriveretc.Atthattime,donotfoldtheprotectionsheet.
2)AfterinstallingtheITBCleaningUnittotheITBUnit,applytospearlonthewholearea
Caution: indicated in the figure below.
DonottouchtheITBCleaningBlade.
F-4-117
Caution:
Whenapplyingtospearl,becarefulnottoscatteritoninsideoftheITB,theDriveRoller
andtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller.
IfitisscatteredoninsideoftheITB,theDriveRollerortheSecondaryTransferInner
Roller,wipeitwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotatingthemotorby
hand.Atthistime,turnthemotorcounterclockwiseanddonotturnitclockwise.
4-91
4

4
4-92
RemovingtheITB
P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. ■ BeforeremovingtheITB
Caution:
DonottoughthesurfaceofITB.(Ifneeded,holdtheITBwithin10mmfrombothedge
ofthebelt.)
■ Howtoremove
1)TurnovertheITBUnit.
2)RemovethePushSlider.
• 1stopring
F-4-118
3)PulltheITBPressureReleaseLevertothefront.
4-92
4

4
4-93
4)Removetheharness. 6)LifttheITBandstanditontheITBCover.
• 3wiresaddles
• 1edgesaddle Caution:
• Makesurethatitisremovedfromthefrontandrearhooks.
• MakesuretoaligntheclawoftheITBCoverwiththecut-offofprotectionsheet.
x4
• 2claws
x2
F-4-119
Hooks
5)Removetherearpin.
• 1screw
ITB cover
Claw
Claws
F-4-121
F-4-120
MEMO:
PlacetheITBcoverupsidedownontheplacewheretheITBUnitwillbestood.
4-93
4

4
4-94
7)Pulloutthefrontpin. 9)HoldtheITBwithin10mmfromtheedgeandremoveitupward.
MEMO:
Tolockthepressure,pulloutthepinwhileholdingtheITBUnitwithhand.
10mm
• 1screw
10mm
F-4-124
Caution:
DonottouchthesurfaceofITBDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerand
PrimaryTransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure.
F-4-122
8)BendtheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitby90degreeandreinstallitwiththepin
removedinstep7).
11)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode
(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2
F-4-123
to3minutes.
4-94
4

4
4-95
RemovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk) 1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe
removedpin.
■ BeforeremovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk)
■ Howtoremove
Caution:
DonottouchthesurfaceofDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerandPrimary
F-4-125
TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure.
2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaperinthepositionwhere
therollerisplacedupside.
• 2claws
ITB unit
x2
Claws
ITB cover Paper

F-4-126
4-95
4

4
4-96
3)Whileholdingthefrontbushing,pinchtheclawandremovetheDisengagement/
Caution:
EngagementArm.
• WindpaperonthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk)andwithouttouchingthesurfaceofthe
roller.
• Donottouchtherollersurface.
Stopper Bushing
Paper
F-4-127
4)RemovethePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk).
Primary transfer roller (BK)
• 1bushing
• 1spring
Primary transfer roller (Bk) Caution:

Hold the stopper with finger lightly after installation to check that the claw is surely
installed.
Bushing
Spring
F-4-128
MEMO:
ThereisnoparticulardirectionforthePrimaryTransferRollerinstallation.
4-96
4

4
4-97
RemovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y) 1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe
removedpin.
■ BeforeremovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
ThisproceduredescribesthestepsforPrimaryTransferRoller(C).Gothroughthe
sameprocedureforMandY. F-4-129
2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaper.
• 2claws
Caution:
ITB unit
TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure. x2
Claws
ITB cover Paper

F-4-130
3)TurntheITBSubPressureReleaseLevertomakethePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)
lifted.
Primary transfer roller(C) Primary transfer roller(M) Primary transferr oller(Y)
ITB sub pressure release lever

F-4-131
4-97
4

4
4-98
4) Whileholdingthefrontbushing,pinchtheclawandremovetheDisengagement/
MEMO:
EngagementArm.
ThereisnoparticulardirectionforthePrimaryTransferRollerinstallation.
Disengagement/
engagement arm Caution:
• WindpaperonthePrimaryTransferRoller(C)andwithouttouchingthesurfaceofthe
Claw roller.
• Donottouchtherollersurface.
Boss
Bushing
F-4-132
5)Whileholdingthebushing,removethestopperfromtheboss.
Paper
Boss
Stopper
Primary transfer roller (C)
Caution:
• AfterinstallingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y),turntheITBSubPressureRelease
LevertomakesurethatthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)movesupanddown.
Bushing
• Afterchecking,besuretomakethePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)loweredposition.
Primary transfer roller (C) Primary transfer roller (M) Primary transfer roller (Y)
F-4-133
6)RemovethePrimaryTransferRoller(C).
• 1bushing
• 1spring
Bushing
Spring
Transfer roller (C)
F-4-134 7)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate.
4-98
4

4
4-99
RemovingtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller
■ BeforeremovingtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller
■ Howtoremove
Caution:
TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure.
F-4-135
4-99
4

4
4-100
1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe 3)RemovetheGroundingPlateandtheSecondaryTransferBearingHolder.
removedpin. • 1screw
Secondary transfer
Grounding plate bearing holder
F-4-136 F-4-138
2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaperinthepositionwhere 4)RemovetheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller.
therollersidefacesup.
• 2claws
ITB unit
x2
Claws
F-4-139
ITB cover Paper
F-4-137
4-100
4

4
4-101
Caution: ReinstallingtheITB
BecarefuloftheinstallationdirectionwheninstallingtheSecondaryTransferInner ■ BeforereinstallingtheITB
Roller.
■ Howtoreinstall
1)CheckthattheITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisinthebelowposition.
P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. 2)StandtheITBUnitontheITBCover. F-4-140
• 2claws
x2
ITB cover
Claw
Claws
F-4-141
4-101
4

4
4-102
3) Bend the Secondary Transfer Inner Roller Unit by 90 degree and fix it with the pin.
Caution:
MakesuretoinstallitbyhookingtheITBDisplacementSensorLeverontotheITB
edge.
F-4-142
4)HoldtheITBwithin10mmfromtheedgeandinstallitbyaligningitwiththemarkingline.
5)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe
10mm removedpin.
• 1screw
10mm Marking line
F-4-143
F-4-144
4-102
4

4
4-103
6)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandinstallittotheplate. 8)PushtheITBPressureReleaseLeverandinstalltheBushSlidertotheboss.
• 2claws • 1stopring
x2
F-4-145
7)Installtherearpin.
• 1screw F-4-147
Caution:
MakesurethatthereisnogapbetweentheITBPressureReleaseLeverandthePlate.
space
F-4-146
9)Installtheharness.
• 1edgesaddle
• 3wiresaddles
4-103
4

4
4-104
Caution: RemovingtheRecycleTonerBottle
Make sure that the shaft is fixed to the fixing member. ■ BeforeremovingtheRecycleTonerBottle
• OpentheFrontCover
■ Howtoremove
1)ReleasetheRecycleTonerBottleLockLever.
Caution:
Make sure that the hook is fixed to the plate.
F-4-148
2)RemovetheRecycleTonerBottle.
10)TurnovertheITBUnit. F-4-149
11)InstalltheITBCleaningUnit.
12)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. Caution:
13)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode DonottilttheRecycleTonerBottle.
(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2 (BecauseitmaycausemisdetectionontheFullDetectionSensor.)
to3minutes.
4-104
4

4
4-105
PullingOuttheProcessUnit 2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintherightdirectionandreleasethepressure.
■ BeforepullingouttheProcessUnit Caution:
WhenreleasingthepressureofITBPressureReleaseLever,makesurethatthe
protrusionofgripisalignedwiththetrianglemarkofplate.
■ Howtoremove
1)MakesurethatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetriangle
markoftheplate.
(Ifitisnotaligned,alignthearrowofleverwiththetrianglemarkofplate.)
F-4-151
3)PullouttheProcessUnituntilitstops.
• 2screws
release lever release lever
x2
F-4-150
F-4-152
4-105
4

4
4-106
4)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight.
RemovingtheProcessUnit
Paper ■ BeforeremovingtheProcessUnit
• PullouttheProcessUnit
■ Howtoremove
Caution:
Wheninstalling/removingtheProcessUnit,donotremovetheRecycleTonerBottle.
F-4-153
1) Remove the 4 stepped screws fixed on the right and left rails.
x4
F-4-154
2) Hold the front and rear of Process Unit and remove it flatly.
F-4-155
4-106
4

4
4-107
3)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight.
ReinstallingtheProcessUnit
Paper
■ BeforereinstallingtheProcessUnit
• RemovetheProcessUnit
■ Howtoreinstall
1)Pulloutthe2railsofProcessUnitfromthehostmachine.
F-4-156
4)Takethe2railsofProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine.
F-4-158
2)Alignthe4protrusionsofProcessUnitwiththepositioningpinofrailandinstallit.
F-4-157 Protrusions of process unit Protrusions of process unit
MEMO:
WheninstallingtheProcessUnit,iftheDustproofShutterisopenanditprevents
installation,turnOFF/ONthepowerandmakesurethattheDustproofShutterisclosed
beforeinstallation.
Positioning pins Positioning pins

F-4-159
4-107
4

4
4-108
3)InstalltherightandleftrailsandtheProcessUnitwith4steppedscrews. 4) Slowly take the Process Unit back to the host machine and fix it with 2 screws.
x4 x2
F-4-160 F-4-161
Caution: Caution:
Makesurethatthereisnogap[A]betweenthehostmachineandtheProcessUnitand AfterclosingtheProcessUnit,holdtheedgeofeachDrumUnitfromaboveas
fix it with the screw. describedbelow.IftheDrumUnitisnotsecured,itmaycausethecolordisplacement.
[A] [A]
5)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintheleftdirectiontoapplythepressure.
Caution:
WhenapplyingthepressureofITBPressureReleaseLever,makesurethatthe
protrusionofgripisalignedwiththelowertrianglemarkofplate.
4-108
4

4
4-109
RemovingtheDrumUnit
■ BeforeremovingtheDrumUnit
■ Howtoremove
Caution:
Donottouchthedrumsurface.
F-4-162
6) InstalltheITBCoverandtightenthe2loosenedscrews. 1)Holdthegripwithbothhands,presstheDrumUnitagainsttheDevelopingAssemblyand
pullitoutvertically.
Grips
F-4-163
7)ClosetheFrontCover.
F-4-164
8)ClosetheRightUpperCover.
9)ClosetheRightLowerCover.
4-109
4

4
4-110
Caution: ReinstallingtheDrumUnit
WhenremovingtheDrumUnit,donotpullitoutfromonehandle. ■ BeforereinstallingtheDrumUnit
• RemovetheDrumUnit
■ Howtoreinstall
Caution:
Donottouchthedrumsurface.
1)Holdthegripandinstallitfromthetopvertically.
Grips
F-4-165
4-110
4

4
4-111
Caution: MEMO:
WheninstallingtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine,performthefollowing
Wheninstallingitatanangle,theshuttermaybedamaged.Thus,makesuretoinstallit
procedures.
fromdirectlyabove.
2-1) PlacethehalffoldpaperincludedinthepackagingboxontheDeveloping
Assembly(Bk).BesuretosettheedgeofhalffoldpaperovertheTonerCollecting
SheetoftheDevelopingAssembly.
2)AligntheguideofProcessUnitwiththeguideofDrumUnitandinstalltheDrumUnit.
Guide of
drum unit
Guide of
process unit
Guide of
drum unit
Guide of process unit
F-4-166
Toner Collecting Sheet
Caution:
Sincetherailmaybebroken,makesurethattheshutterissurelyslidontherail.
Shutter Shutter
Rail Rail
4-111
4

4
4-112
2-2) Whilethepaperisset,installtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine. RemovingtheDevelopingAssembly

Drum Unit (BK) ■ BeforeremovingtheDevelopingAssembly
• RemovetheDrumUnit
• RemovetheRecycleTonerBottle
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
ThisproceduredescribestheremovalofBkDevelopingAssembly.Gothroughthe
sameprocedureforremovingtheY,M,CDevelopingAssembly.
2-3) Holdthefoldedportionandpullthispaperouttothedirectionofarrow Caution:

Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchtheDevelopingSleeve.
Caution:
3) Hold the grip part (8 places) with finger lightly and make sure that the Drum Unit is securely
installed. Wheninstalling/removingtheDevelopingAssembly,besuretoremovetheRecycle
TonerBottle.
1)Removetheharnessfromthe2harnessguidesandremovetheconnector.
x2 Harness
Harness guides
Connector
F-4-167
F-4-168
4-112
4

4
4-113
2)Removethesteppedscrew.
Caution:
Makesuretoinsertthe2pinsofstopperintothe2holesofDevelopingAssemblyand
installit.
F-4-169
3)Whilepullingoutthestopper,removetheDevelopingAssemblyupward.
Developing assembly
Stopper MEMO:
InitializationofDevelopingAssembly(tonerratioandpatch)isnecessaryanditdiffers
dependingonthecolor.
If4colorsarereplacedsimultaneously,executeINISET-4.
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-YInitializationofYDevelopingAssembly
(tonerratioandpatch)
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-MInitializationofMDevelopingAssembly
F-4-170
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-CInitializationofCDevelopingAssembly
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-KInitializationofBkDevelopingAssembly
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-4Initializationof4-colorsDeveloping
Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
4-113
4

4
4-114
InstallinganewDevelopingAssembly Caution:
■ BeforeinstallinganewDevelopingAssembly WhenremovingtheSealontheDevelopingAssembly,besuretoliftitslowlyand
vertically.Ifliftingitinanobliquedirection,theSealontheDevelopingAssemblyis
• OpeningtheFrontCover stressed,andmaycausetearoftheseal
• RemovingtheITBCover
• PullingouttheProcessUnit
• RemovingtheDrumUnit
• RemovingtheWasteTonerContainer
■ Howtoinstall
1)InstalltheDevelopingAssemblytotheProcessUnitinthereverseprocedureof“Removing
theDevelopingAssembly”.
2)WhileholdingtheDevelopingAssemblywithonehand,pulloutthedevelopingsealstraight
upwithotherhand.
Performthisprocedureforeachcolor.
F-4-171
4-114
4

4
4-115
Caution: RemovingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand
IftheSealontheDevelopingAssemblyistorn,removethetornsealbypullingtheend SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit
ofitinthedirectionofthearrow.Atthattime,becarefulnottoleavethetornsheetin
theDevelopingAssembly. ■ BeforeremovingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand
SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit
Rear side
Seal • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover
■ Howtoremove
Seal Caution:
DonottouchthesurfaceofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller.
Front side
3) Byfollowing“installingtheDrumUnit”,installtheeachcolorDrumUnit.
4)BesuretoholdtheuppersideofeachDevelopingAssemblywhenremovingtheseal.
Otherwisethecoverwillbeofffromitsposition.
1)PlacethepapertoputtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerUnit.
2)Removetherearstopper.
• 1claw
F-4-172
F-4-173
4-115
4

4
4-116
3)PinchtheclawsonbothsidesofbearingholderandremovetheSecondaryTransferOuter 5)RemovetheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller.
RollerUnit. • 2bearingholders
• 4claws • 2bearings
x4
Bearing holder
Bearing
Bearing
Bearing holder
Secondary transfer
outer roller
F-4-174 F-4-176
4)RemovetheSecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit.
• 1bushing
• 2springs
Spring
Spring
Bushing
Secondary transfer
separation guide unit
F-4-175
4-116
4

4
4-117
ReinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand 2)Fittheprotrusionwiththegrooveoftheguideandinstallthebushing.
3)Installthespringontobothsideofprotrusion.
Spring
■ BeforereinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand
• OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover
• RemovetheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerandSecondaryTransferSeparationGuide
Unit
■ Howtoremove
Protrusion
F-4-178
Caution:
DonottouchthesurfaceofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller.
1)FitthesidewithlongershafttotheholeofSecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnitand
installtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller.
Shorter shaft Longer shaft
Hole
F-4-177
Caution:
AfterinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,makesurethatthebearingholder
canrotate.
4-117
4

4
4-118
Caution: RemovingtheTonerBottlemanually
MakesurethatthespringontheDuplexUnitsideisnotskewed. ■ BeforeRemovingtheTonerBottlemanually
• 2screws(TP;M3)
• 1claw
x3
4)FitthespringontheDuplexUnittotheprotrusiononthebearingholderofSecondary
TransferOuterRollerUnitandinstallitoneafterother.
Claw
F-4-180
• RemovetheLeftRearCover,LeftRearSubCover.
• 2rubbercaps
• 2screws
• 5claws
Rubber cap
x2
5)Reinstalltherearstopper. F-4-179
Claws
MEMO: x5
WhenreplacingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,executetheservicemode.
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING>TNR-COAT
Rubber cap
F-4-181
4-118
4

4
4-119
2)IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,removethereadersignalcable. • RemovetheRearCover
• 1connector • 3rubbercaps
• 3screws
• 1claw
x2
Rubber caps
Claw
F-4-182
3)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover.
• 1screw Rear cover
• 1hook F-4-184
• OpentheControllerBox
Hook 1)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removethereaderpowercable.
• 2connectors
• 2wiresaddles
• 1cableguide
Reader power cable

x2
Left rear sub cover x2

Cable guide
F-4-183
Wire saddles
Connectors
F-4-185
4-119
4

4
4-120
2-1)AvoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBox. ■ Howtoremove
• 2screws
MEMO:
ThisproceduredescribestheprocedureofTonerBottle(Bk).Gothroughthesame
x2 procedureforTonerBottle(C,M,Y).
1)OpentheTonerReplacementCover.
2)Removethehandle.
• 1screw
Screw
F-4-186
2-2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,avoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBoxand
theFAXUnit.
• 3screws
x3
F-4-188
3)Installthehandletotheshaft.
4)Turnthehandlelikeratchetandopenthesmallcover.
F-4-187
F-4-189
4-120
4

4
4-121
5)Pulloutthetonercontainer.
RemovingtheMainDriveUnit
■ BeforeRemovingtheMainDriveUnit
• RemovetheLeftRearSubCover.
• OpentheControllerBox
• RemovetheRearLowerCover
1)RemovetheConnectorCover.
F-4-190 • 1screw
Caution:
Atinstallation,makesuretoinserttheTonerContainerallthewayinandclosethe
smallcover.
F-4-191
2)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheconnector.
• 5connectors
• 6harnessguides
Connectors
x6
x5
Harness guides
F-4-192
4-121
4

4
4-122
3)RemovetheRearLowerCover. ■ Howtoremove
• 2rubbercaps
1)RemovetheLeftUpperCover.
• 2screws
• 5rubbercaps
• 2claws
• 5screws
• 2hooks
Left upper cover
x2 x5
Claw
x2
Claw
Hook Rubber caps
F-4-194
2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,opentheControllerBoxandtheFAXUnitwhileavoiding
Hook
theharness.
• 3screws
x3
Harness
F-4-193
F-4-195
4-122
4

4
4-123
3)OpentheHigh-voltagePCB. 5)RemovetheHarnessGuideCover.
• 2screws • 2screws
HVT PCB Harness guide cover
x2 x2
F-4-196 F-4-198
4)RemovetheDrumDriverPCB. PullouttheharnessofLaserScannerandmakeaspacebyhookingtheclawofharness
• 3screws guide.
• 1edgesaddle
• 1claw
x3 Harness
Drum driver PCB

Edge saddle
F-4-197
Claw
F-4-199
4-123
4

4
4-124
6)RemovetheFanDuct1. 8)RemovealltheredconnectorsfromtheDrumDriverPCB.
• 2screws • 10connectors
• 1connector • 10wiresaddles
• 1claw
Wire saddles Wire saddles
Claw x10 Connectors
Wire saddles
x10
x2 Connectors
Wire saddle
Wire saddles Drum driver PCB
Connector Connectors Connectors
Fan duct F-4-202

F-4-200 9)RemovetheMainDriveUnit.
7)RemovetheharnessofHopper. • 2connectors
• 8connectors • 6screws
Connectors Connectors
x8 x2
x6
Connectors Main drive unit

F-4-201 F-4-203
4-124
4

4
4-125
RemovingtheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover 2)RemovetheSmallPlate.
• 1screw(Ptight)
■ BeforeremovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover
• ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode)
MEMO:
ToreleasethelockofTonerContainermanually,refertothestep1)to4)in“Removing
theTonerContainermanually”.Atthattime,donotpulloutthetonercontainer.
1)OpentheTonerReplacementCover.
2)ExecutetheservicemodeandreleasethelockofTonerContainer.
3)TurnOFFthepowerbeforeclosingtheSmallCoverandtheTonerReplacementCover.
4)Closethe4SmallCoversandtheTonerReplacementCover.(Sameinmanualoperation)
F-4-205
3)RemovetheFrontUpperCover.
• RemovetheITBUnit.
• RemovetheProcessUnit. • 1screw(Ptight)
• 1screw(RS)
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheFrontRightCover. x2
• 1rubbercap
• 1screw(remove)
• 1screw(loosen)
F-4-206
Loosen
Rubber cap
Front right cover
F-4-204
4-125
4

4
4-126
4)RemovetheFrontUpperRightCover. 7)RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover.
• 1connector
• 1wiresaddle
• 4screws(RS)
x4
Connector
F-4-207
Wire saddle
5)RemovetheDeliveryTray.
F-4-210
F-4-208
6)Openthe4SmallCoversandremovethe4TonerContainers.
F-4-209
4-126
4

4
4-127
RemovingtheHopper(M) Caution:
■ BeforeremovetheHopper(M) Ifitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmaycausethe
operationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper.
• RemovetheProcessUnit.
• RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover
•
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheTonerTray.
• 1screw(M4binding)
Paper
F-4-213
Caution:
WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle
FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine.
F-4-211
2)Whileavoidingtheductsheet,removetheHopperUnit.
• 1connector
• 1wiresaddle
• 5screws(RS)
Connector
[A]
x2
x3 Hopper Unit [B]
F-4-214
Wire saddle
Duct sheet
F-4-212
4-127
4

4
4-128
Caution: RemovingtheHopper(Y)
WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close ■ BeforeremovetheHopper(Y)
RodLeverandinstallit.
Toner cover Open/Close rod lever • RemovetheITBUnit.
Rod lever • RemovetheProcessUnit.
•
■ Howtoremove
F-4-215
Caution:
WheninstallingtheremovedTonerContainer,besurenottoshakeit.
Caution:
WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain
Drive Unit first and then, the Hopper Unit in order. Otherwise, toner supply failure may
occur. F-4-216
2)RemovetheLeftCover.
• 5rubbercaps
Caution:
• 5screws
WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly,makesuretoinitializebeforeinstallingthe • 5claws
TonerContainer
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-M
Crows
IfinstalltheTonerContainerbeforeinitialization,T/Dratiocannotsettherightvalue.
x5
Crow
x5
Crows
F-4-217
4-128
4

4
4-129

Caution:
3)RemovetheLeftMiddleStay.
• 2screws Ifitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmaycausethe
operationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper.
x2
F-4-218
4)Whileavoidingtheductsheet,removetheHopperUnit.
• 1connector Paper
• 1wiresaddle F-4-220
• 5screws(RS)
Hopper Unit Connector Caution:
Wire saddle
x3 x2 WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle
Duct sheet
F-4-219

[A]
[B]
F-4-221
4-129
4

4
4-130
Caution: RemovingtheHopper(C)
WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close ■ BeforeremovetheHopper(C)
RodLeverandinstallit.
Toner cover Open/Close rod lever • RemovetheITBUnit.
Rod lever • RemovetheProcessUnit.
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheReverseTray.
2)RemovetheInsideRearCover1&2.
• 3caps
• 3screws(RS)
F-4-222
x3
Caution:
Caution:
occur. Inner rear cover 1 Inner rear cover 2
F-4-223
3)RemovetheHarnessGuide.
Caution:
• 2screws(RS)
WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly,makesuretoinitializebeforeinstallingthe
TonerContainer
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-Y
x2
F-4-224
4-130
4

4
4-131

4)RemovetheHopperUpperStay.
• 3screws(RS)
x3
F-4-225
F-4-228
5)RemovetheSecondaryDeliveryDuct.
8)WhileavoidingtheDuctSheet,removetheHopperUnit.
• 2screws(Ptight)
• 1connector
• 1wiresaddle
• 5screws(RS)
x2
Hopper Unit
x3 x2 Connector
Wire saddle
Duct sheet
F-4-226 F-4-229
6)RemovetherailRetainingPlate.
• 4screws(M4binding)
x4
F-4-227
4-131
4

4
4-132
Caution: Caution:
IftheHopperUnitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmay WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close
causetheoperationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. RodLeverandinstallit.
Toner cover Open/Close rod lever
Rod lever
F-4-232
Paper
F-4-230 Caution:
Caution:
WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle Caution:
FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine. WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain
occur.
Caution:
TonerContainer

COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-C
[A]
[B]
F-4-231
4-132
4

4
4-133
RemovingtheHopper(Bk) • 2screws(binding)
■ BeforeremovetheHopper(Bk)
• ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) x2
• RemovetheProcessUnit.
• RemovetheDrumHeater(Bk)
• RemovetheHopper(C)
■ Howtoremove
F-4-235
1)RemovetheHarnessfromtheFixingGuide. 4)RemovetheHopperUnit.
• 1connector
Harness • 1wiresaddle
• 6screws(RS)
• 3 fixing guides
Connector
Wire saddle
x4 x2 x3
Guide
Fixed guide
F-4-233
2)RemovealltheTonerTrays.
F-4-236
• 3screws(M4binding)
x3
F-4-234
3)RemovetheDuctSheet.
4-133
4

4
4-134
Caution: Caution:
IftheHopperUnitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmay WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close
causetheoperationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. RodLeverandinstallit.
Toner cover Open/Close rod lever
Rod lever
F-4-238
Paper
Caution:
Caution:
WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle Caution:
occur.
Caution:
TonerContainer
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-K
[A]
[B]
F-4-237
4-134
4

4
4-135
FixingSystem 2)PinchandpulloutthetabofFixingAssembly.
RemovingtheFixingAssembly
■ BeforeremovingtheFixingAssembly Tabs
F-4-241
3)HoldthegripandremovetheFixingAssembly.
F-4-239
■ HowtoRemove
1)OpentheFixingRailandloosenthe4screws.
Loosen
the screws
F-4-242
Loosen
the screws Caution:
BesuretoinserttheFixingAssemblyuntilitstopsatthetimeofinstallation.
IncaseofthefaultyinstallationoftheFixingAssembly,eitherE009ornoisemayoccur.
Fixing Rail Ifso,removetheFixingAssembly,andinstallitagain.
Fixing Rail
F-4-240
4-135
4

4
4-136
RemovingtheFilmUnit 3)RemovetheShutterUnit.
• 4screws
■ BeforeremovingtheFilmUnit
x4
• RemovetheFixingUnit
■ HowtoRemove
MEMO:
Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchtheFilmUnitandPressureRoller.
1)ChangethedirectionoftheFixingAssembly.(PlaceitinthepositionwheretheDrawer
F-4-244
connectorsidefacesup.) 4)TurnthepressuregearwithhandandmakethePressureRollerengagedcondition.
2)Removetheharness.
• 3connectors Pressure roller
• 6harnessguides engaged condition
Drawer connector
Connectors Harness
x3
x8
Harness guides
F-4-245
Harness guides
F-4-243
4-136
4

4
4-137
5)OpentheleftandrightPressureLevers. 7)RemovetheharnessfromtheharnessguideandremovetheFilmUnit.
• 2screws
x2
F-4-248
8)RemovetheSeparationGuidefromtheFilmUnit.
F-4-246
• 2leafsprings
6)RemovetheleftandrightFixingPlatesandtheTerminalPlate.
• 3screws
x3
Fixing Plates
Terminal Plate
F-4-249
F-4-247
4-137
4

4
4-138
CleaningtheFixingSeparationGuide CleaningtheShutterCover
■ BeforeCleaningtheFixingSeparationGuide ■ BeforeCleaningtheShutterCover
• OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover
• RemovetheFixingUnit • RemovetheFixingUnit
• RemovetheFilmUnit • RemovetheFilmUnit
■ HowtoClean ■ HowtoClean
1)CleantheFixingSeparationGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. 1)CleantheShutterCoverwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol.
F-4-250 F-4-251
4-138
4

4
4-139
RemovingthePressureRollerandPressureRoller Caution:
Bearing At installation, install it after fitting the 3 hooks to the notches.
■ BeforeremovingthePressureRollerandPressureRoller
Bearing
• RemovetheFixingUnit
• RemovetheFilmUnit
■ HowtoRemove
MEMO: F-4-253
Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchthePressureRoller.
2)Wheninstalling/removingit,topreventthePressureRollerfrombeingdamaged,insertthe
paper(approx.5mm)undertheFixingDeliveryLowerGuidetomakeaspacebetweenthe
1)RemovetheFixingInletGuide.
InnerDeliveryGuideandthePressureroller.
• 1claw
• 1screw
• 3hooks
Space
Inner delivery
guide
Paper
About 5mm Pressure roller
thickness
F-4-254
Hooks
Claw Fixing inlet guide

Hook
F-4-252
4-139
4

4
4-140
3)LifttherightsideandremovethePressureRollerUnit.
Caution:
WhenkeepingtheFixingAssemblyforlongperiods,turnthepressuregearandmake
thePressureRollerdisengagedcondition.
Pressure roller
disengaged condition
Pressure roller unit
F-4-255
4)RemovethePressureRollerandthe2PressureRollerBearingsfromthePressureRoller
F-4-257
Unit.
• 2bearingholders
• 1E-ring
• 1gear
Pressure roller Bearing

Bearing bearing holder
holder
Gear Pressure roller
E-ring bearing
Roller unit
F-4-256
4-140
4

4
4-141
PickupFeedSystem CleaningtheFeedContactPointGuide
■ BeforecleaningtheFeedContactPointGuide
CleaningtheSecondaryTransferGuide
■ BeforecleaningtheSecondaryTransferGuide
• OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover ■ HowtoClean
1)CleantheFeedContactPointGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol.
Feed contact point guide
F-4-258 F-4-260
■ HowtoClean
1)CleantheTransferGuidewiththelint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol.
Secondary transfer guide
F-4-259
4-141
4

4
4-142
CleaningtheRegistrationRoller CleaningthePre-registrationGuideAssembly
■ BeforecleaningtheRegistrationRoller ■ BeforecleaningthePre-registrationGuideAssembly
1)CleantheFeedContactPointGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. 1)CleantheinsideofPre-registrationGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith
alcohol.
Secondary Transfer Guide Pre-registration Guide Assembly
Registration roller
F-4-261
2)CleantheOuterRegistrationRollerwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhile F-4-263
rotatingit. 2)CleantheoutsideofPre-registrationGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith
alcohol.
Pre-registration Guide
Registration roller Assembly
F-4-262
F-4-264
4-142
4

4
4-143
CleaningtheTransparencySensor CleaningtheVerticalPathSensorandtheLightproof
■ BeforecleaningtheTransparencySensor Sheet
• OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover ■ BeforecleaningtheVerticalPathSensorandtheLightproof
Sheet
■ HowtoClean
1)CleantheTransparencySensorwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithwaterinonedirection.
■ HowtoClean
1)CleantheVerticalPathSensorwithdrylint-freepaper.
Transparency sensor Vertical Path Sensor
F-4-265
2)CleanthePrismwithlint-freepaper.
2)CleantheLightproofSheetwithdrylint-freepaper. F-4-267
Prism
F-4-266
Lightproof Sheet
F-4-268
4-143
4

4
4-144
CleaningtheFixingDeliveryGuideAssembly Cleaning the Post-fixing Roller
■ BeforecleaningtheFixingDeliveryGuideAssembly ■ Before cleaning the Post-fixing Roller
1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide. 1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide.
2)CleantheinsideofFixingDeliveryGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith 2) Clean the Post-fixing Roller 1 with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol while rotating it.
alcohol.
Post-fixing roller
Fixing delivery guide
F-4-271
F-4-269 3) Clean the Post-fixing Roller 2 with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol while rotating it.
3)CleantheoutsideofFixingDeliveryGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith
alcohol.
Post-fixing roller
F-4-272
Fixing delivery guide
F-4-270
4-144
4

4
4-145
CleaningtheFixingDeliveryRoller CleaningtheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheel
■ BeforecleaningtheFixingDeliveryRoller ■ BeforecleaningtheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheel
1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide. 1)OpentheRightLowerCover.
2)CleantheFixingDeliveryRoller1withlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotating 2)CleantheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheelwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol
thegear. whilerotatingit.
Duplex feed upper rollers
F-4-273 F-4-275
3)CleantheFixingDeliveryRoller2withlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotating
it.
Duplex feed upper wheels
F-4-276
F-4-274
4-145
4

4
4-146
CleaningtheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheel CleaningtheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRoller
■ BeforecleaningtheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheel ■ BeforecleaningtheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRoller
1)OpentheRightLowerCover. 1)CleantheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRollerswithlint-freepapermoistenedwith
2)CleantheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheelwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol alcohol.
whilerotatingit.
Second and Third
delivery roller
Duplex feed lower rollers
F-4-279
F-4-277
Second and Third
delivery wheels
Duplex feed lower wheels F-4-280
F-4-278
4-146
4

4
4-147
RemovingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit
■ BeforeremovingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit
■ Howtoremove
First delivery roller
1)RemovetheFrontRightCover.
• 1rubbercap
• 1screw(remove)
F-4-281 • 1screw(loosen)
Second delivery roller
Loosen
Rubber cap
Front right cover
F-4-282 F-4-284
2)RemovetheReverseTrailEdgeGuideandtheInnerDeliveryCover.
• 1screw
• 2hooks
Third delivery roller
x2
F-4-283
Reverse trail edge guide

Hooks Inner delivery cover
F-4-285
4-147
4

4
4-148
3)Removethe2connectorsand3wiresaddles.
Caution:
AfterinstallingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit,makesurethattheSensorFlagin1
Wire saddles
placeworksnormally.
x3
Sensor flag
x2

Connectors
Second delivery
sensor
F-4-286
4)RemovetheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit.
• 4screws
F-4-288
Second and third delivery unit
x4
F-4-287
4-148
4

4
4-149
RemovingtheFirstDeliveryUnit 4)RemovetheFirstDeliveryUnit.
• 2screws
■ BeforeremovingtheFirstDeliveryUnit • 1steppedscrew
• RemovetheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit
x3 First delivery unit
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheRightUpperCoverLatch.
• 2screws
2)RemovetheRightLowerCoverLatch.
• 2screws
F-4-291
Right upper cover latch
Caution:
x4
Atinstallation,aligntheFirstDeliverySensorandtheSensorFlagandinstallit.
Sensor flag
First delivery sensor
Right lower cover latch

F-4-289
3)OpentheFixingAssemblyandremovetheFixingGearCover. Sensor flag
• 1screw
Fixing gear cover
F-4-292
Fixing assembly
F-4-290
4-149
4

4
4-150
Caution: RemovingtheDuplexUnit
AfterinstallingtheFirstDeliveryUnit,makesurethatthe2SensorFlagsworknormally. ■ BeforeremovingtheDuplexUnit
Sensor flag • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheFrontCoverofRightUnit.
• 1screw
• 1claw
F-4-293
Claw
F-4-294
4-150
4

4
4-151
2)Removetheconnectorandthegroundingwire.
Caution:
• 2connectors
• 1screw WhenremovingtheDuplexUnit,notethattheRightDoorRotationHingeandthespring
• 1wiresaddle areeasilydisassembled.
Connectors
x２
Right door
rotation hinge
Spring
Wire saddle Grounding wire
F-4-295
3)HoldthesidesofDuplexUnitandremoveit. F-4-297
F-4-296
4-151
4

4
4-152
RemovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller 3)Tilttheshaft,pulltheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRollerandremoveit.
■ BeforeremovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller
• OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Multi-purpose tray pickup roller
• RemovetheDuplexUnit
Shaft
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheBothAngleGuide.
• 2screws
x2 F-4-300
Caution:
At installation, be sure to fit the Split Pin into the Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Roller.
Multi-purpose tray pickup roller
Split pin
F-4-298
2)Removethegear,2stopringsandthebushing.
F-4-301
Stop rings
Gear
Bushing
F-4-299
4-152
4

4
4-153
RemovingtheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller 2)RemovetheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller.
• 1claw
■ BeforeremovingtheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller
• RemovetheDuplexUnit
• RemovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller
■ Howtoremove
1)RemovetheFrontFeedGuideandMiddleFeedGuide. Multi-purpose tray
separation roller Claw
• 2screws
• 3claws
MEMO: F-4-303
LifttheFrontandMiddleFeedGuides,pushthemintotherear,andpullthemout
towardfront. Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation
AlignthegrooveofMulti-purposeTraySeparationRollerwiththeprotrusionoflimiter
andpushituntilitclicks.
x2
Multi-purpose tray
separation roller
Claws
Middle feed guide Protrusion
x3 Limiter
Front feed guide
Claws
F-4-302
4-153
4

4
4-154
Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation RemovingthePickupRoller
OpentheMulti-purposeTraySubCoverandmakesurethattheholesofFrontand ■ BeforeremovingthePickupRoller
MiddleFeedGuidearehookedontotheclawofMulti-purposeTrayPickupFrame.
• RemovetheCassette
Front feed guide Middle feed guide
MEMO:
x3 Thisproceduredescribesthestepofcassette1.Gothroughthesameprocedurefor
cassette3and4iftheCassettePedestalisinstalled.
Pushthereleasebuttonandremovethecassette.
Claws
Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation
OpentheMulti-purposeTraySubCoverandmakesurethatthebearingpartofMulti-
purposeTrayPickupSensorFlagissurelyinstalled.
Bearing part Bearing part

F-4-304
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
Thisproceduredescribestheremovingstepofcassette1PickupRoller.Gothroughthe
sameprocedureforthePickupRollerofcassette2.
Sensor flag
Caution:
DonottouchthesurfaceofPickupRollerandtheSeparationRoller.
4-154
4

4
4-155
1)Removethecassette1andcassette2.
RemovingtheFeedRoller
2)RemovethePickupRoller.
• 1pin ■ BeforeremovingtheFeedRoller
• 1tab
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
Thisproceduredescribestheremovingstepsofcassette1FeedRoller.Gothroughthe
sameprocedurefortheFeedRollerofcassette2.
Caution:
F-4-305
2)RemovetheCassetteFeedRoller.
• 1tab
F-4-306
4-155
4

4
4-156
RemovingtheSeparationRoller RemovingthePickupAssemblyIdlerGear
■ BeforeremovingtheSeparationRoller ■ BeforeremovingthePickupAssemblyIdlerGear
• RemovetheCassette • RemovetheCassette
• RemovethePickupRoller
■ Howtoremove • RemovetheFeedRoller
MEMO: ■ Howtoremove
Thisproceduredescribestheremovingprocedureofcassette1SeparationRoller.Go
throughthesameprocedurefortheSeparationRollerofcassette2.
MEMO:
Thisproceduredescribestheremovingprocedureofcassette1PickupAssemblyIdler
Gear.GothroughthesameprocedureforthePickupAssemblyIdlerGearofcassette2.
Caution:
Caution:
2)RemovetheSeparationRoller.
1)RemovethePickupAssemblyIdlerGear.
• 1tab
• 1tab
F-4-307
F-4-308
4-156
4

4
4-157
RemovingtheCassette1PickupUnit 4)OpentheRightUpperCoverandtheRightLowerCover.
■ BeforeremovingtheCassette1PickupUnit
• RemovetheRightLowerCover
1)Pulloutthecassette1andcassette2.
2-1)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheRightFrontCover3.
• 1screw
F-4-311
5)RemovetheRightRearCover3.
• 3claws
• 1hook
Claw
Right front cover 3

x4
F-4-309 Right rear cover 3
2-2)WhentheCassettePedestalisnotinstalled,removetheRightLowerSubCover1and
theRightFrontCover3.
• 1screw Claws
Right front cover 3

Claw
Right lower sub cover 1 F-4-312

6)Removethe2screwsandtheconnector.
Claw
F-4-310
3)OpentheCassetteRightUpperCoverandtheCassetteRightLowerCover.
Connector
F-4-313

4-157
4

4
4-158
7)Removethefrontstopringandseparatethearm. ■ Howtoremove
1)LifttheleverandremovetheRightFrontInnerCover.
• 2screws
Arm Stop ring
Stop ring
x2
Arm
D
F-4-314 Lever
8)RemovethewirefromthehostmachineandremovetheRightLowerCover.
Right front inner cover
F-4-316
Wire
2)RemovetheRightLowerSubCover2andremovetheRightRearInnerCover.
• 2screws
Right rear inner cover
x2
Right lower cover
x2
F-4-315
Right lower sub cover 2

Claws
F-4-317
4-158
4

4
4-159
3)RemovethePickupHarness.
RemovingtheCassette2PickupUnit
• 1wiresaddle
• 1edgesaddle ■ BeforeremovingtheCassette2PickupUnit
• 2connectors
• RemovetheRightLowerCover
Connectors
x2 ■ Howtoremove
1)Pulloutthecassette2.
x2 Wire saddle 2)RemovetheRightLowerSubCover2andremovetheRightRearInnerCover.
• 2screws
Edge saddle Right rear inner cover
x2
F-4-318
4)HoldthePickupGuideandremovetheCassette1PickupUnit. x2
• 4screws(RS;M4)
• 1screw(RS;M3)
Pickup guide Right lower sub cover 2
Claws
x5 F-4-320
3)RemovethePickupHarness.
• 1wiresaddle
• 1edgesaddle
• 2connectors
Connectors
Cassette 1 pickup unit
F-4-319
x2
x2
Wire saddle Edge saddle
F-4-321
4-159
4

4
4-160
4)RemovetheCassette2PickupUnit.
RemovingtheCassetteSizeDetectionUnit
• 4screws
■ BeforeremovetheCassetteSizeDetectionUnit
x4
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
• ThisproceduredescribestheremovingstepsofCassette1SizeDetectionUnit.Go
throughthesameprocedureforCassette2SizeDetectionUnit.
Cassette 2 pickup unit • WhenremovingtheCassette1SizeDetectionUnit,makesuretoremovetheCassette1
PickupUnit.

• WhenremovingtheCassette2SizeDetectionUnit,makesuretoremovetheCassette2
F-4-322
PickupUnit.
1)RemovetheCassette1SizeDetectionUnit.
• 1connector
• 1wiresaddle
• 2screws
x2
Connector Cassette size detection unit

Wire saddle
F-4-323
4-160
4

4
4-161
Option 3)Removethecablefromthewiresaddle.
RemovingtheADFUnit
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
WhenremovingtheADFUnitandtheReaderUnitfromthehostmachine,removethe
ADF Unit first and then, remove the Reader Unit because the accuracy of scanner
systemsmaybedeteriorated.
1)OpentheADF.
Wire saddle
F-4-326
MEMO:
ThereisnowiresaddleincaseofDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1.
3)Removetheinnerplate.
• 4screws
F-4-324
2)RemovetheReaderCableCover. x4
• 2screws
x2
F-4-327
F-4-325
4-161
4

4
4-162
4)Removethecable.
Caution:
• 1edgesaddle
• 2connectors IncaseofColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2,recordthepositionofscaleofADFmounting
screw.
x2
F-4-330
5-1)IncaseofColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2,removethe2screws.
F-4-328
MEMO:
Afterremovingthecable,closetheedgesaddle. x2
MEMO:
Remove the flat cable in case of Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1.
• 1reuseband
• 1edgesaddle
• 1harnessretainer
• 3connectors
F-4-331
x3
x3
F-4-329
4-162
4

4
4-163
5-2)IncaseofDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1,removethe4screws.
Caution:
BecarefulnottodamagetheReaderCommunicationCableGuidewhen
x4 placingit.
F-4-332
Caution:
BesurenottogetscratchesontheWhiteSheetontheremovedADF. F-4-334
MEMO:
Atinstallation,installitintherecordedscalepositionofADFmountingscrew.
F-4-333
4-163
4

4
4-164
■ HeightAdjustment
1.Checktheheight.
1)ClosetheDADF.
2)Checkthatthe2heightadjustmentrollsonthefront/rearleftcomecontactwiththestream
readingglass.
MEMO:
TurningONtheLEDhelpsthecheckoperation.
(Lv.1)COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>SCANLAMP
Height adjustment roll

Protrusion Sheet Reading position Paper Protrusion Sheet Reading pos
Stream reading glass
CAUTION:
Donotsetitinthepositionwheretheoriginalreadpositioniscoveredbythepaper.
2)ClosetheDADF.
3)Pulloutthepaperinthedirectionofthearrowandcheckthatthereisresistance.
Height adjustment roll
F-4-335
3)Ifnot,executetheheightadjustment.
Ifyoucannotcheckitvisually,checkitbythefollowingmethod.
a.Checkingtheheightoffrontheightadjustmentroll.
1)Pushthepaper(plainpaper)totheprotrusionofthestreamreadingglassandsetitinthe
positionwherethesheetofthestreamreadingglassisfullycovered.
F-4-337
4)Ifthereisnoresistance,executetheheightadjustment.
b.Checkingtheheightofrearheightadjustmentroll.
1)Pushthepaper(plainpaper)totheprotrusionofthestreamreadingglassandsetitinthe
positionwherethesheetofthestreamreadingglassisfullycovered.
4-164
4

4
4-165
Protrusion Sheet Reading position
2)ClosetheDADF.
Paper Protrusion Sheet Reading position
3)Pulloutthepaperinthedirectionofthearrowandcheckthatthereisresistance.
F-4-339
4)Ifthereisnoresistance,executetheheightadjustment.
F-4-338
CAUTION:
Donotsetitinthepositionwheretheoriginalreadpositioniscoveredbythepaper.
4-165
4

4
4-166
■ Adjustmentprocedure ■ RightAngleAdjustment
1) Rotate the fixing screw on top of the left hinge to adjust it.
Toremovethespaceonthefront:rotateitclockwise(blackarrowdirection) MEMO:
Thereare2adjustmentmethods;forfrontsidereading(readersidescannerunit)and
Toremovethespaceontherearorbothsides:rotateitcounterclockwise(whitearrow
forbacksidereading(DADFsidescannerunit).
direction)
Blanking cover a.Adjustmentforfrontsidereading

1)SetatestcharttoDADFandmakea1-sidedprint.
2)ChecktherightangleaccuracyofangleAontheprintedpaper.Ifitisnotrightangle,make
anadjustment.
Image on test chart

Printed image
Fixing screw
F-4-340
2)Checktheheightagainandmakesurethattheheightisappropriate.
Feed direction
F-4-341
4-166
4

4
4-167
3)Loosenthe2knurledscrewsonfrontofrighthingeunit. b.Adjustmentforbacksidereading
4)Opentherubbercoveronthebackofrighthingeunitandloosenthescrew,andthenmake 1)SetatestcharttoDADFupsidedownandmakea2-sidedprint.
anadjustmentbythehexagonsocketbolt. 2)ChecktherightangleaccuracyofangleAontheprintedpaper.Ifitisnotrightangle,make
IfAislessthan90deg,rotateitclockwise. anadjustment.
IfAismorethan90deg,rotateitcounterclockwise.
Image on test chart
Printed image
Rubber cover
Hexagon socket bolt Fixing nut
Feed direction
F-4-343
3)Removethefrontcover.
4)Loosentheadjustmentscrew.
5)Adjustthepositionoftheguidethatsupportsthescannerunit.
IfAislessthan90deg,movetheguidetorightdirection(blackarrowdirection).
IfAismorethan90deg,movetheguidetoleftdirection(whitearrowdirection).
Adjusting screw
Guide
Knurled screw
F-4-342
5) After adjustment, tighten the fixing nut and 2 knurled screws.
6)PrintoutatestchartagainandcheckthatangleAisrightangle.
F-4-34
4-167
4

4
4-168
6)Afteradjustment,tightenthescrew.
RemovingtheReaderUnit
7)Printoutatestchartagainandcheckthatitisrightangle.
■ Howtoremove
MEMO:
WhenremovingtheADFUnitandtheReaderUnitfromthehostmachine,makesure
to remove the ADF Unit first and then, remove the Reader Unit since the accuracy of
scannersystemsmaybedeteriorated.
1)RemovetheReaderLeftCover.
• 2claws
• 2screws(binding;M4x8)
• 2rubbercaps
Claws
x2
x2
Rubber caps Reader left cover

F-4-345
2) Install the fixing screw of scanner system kept at the installation.
• screw(binding;M4x8)
x2
F-4-346
4-168
4

4
4-169
3)RemovetheReaderRightCover. 6)RemovethescrewofReaderFrontCover.
• 2claws • 2screws
• 2screws(binding;M4x8) • 1 screw (flat-head; M4x6) (for Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 only)
• 2rubbercaps
flat-head : M4x6
Claws
x3
x2
x2
Rubber caps
Reader right cover F-4-349
F-4-347
7)RemovetheReaderFrontCover.
4)MovetheControlPanelinthedirectionofthearrow. • 3bosses
5)MovetheControlPanelBaseCoverinthedirectionofthearrow.
• 1screw
F-4-350
8)RemovethefrontsideofReaderUnitwithastubbyscrewdriver.
• 2screws(TP;M4x8)
Plate
F-4-348 x2 x2
(Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1) (Color Image Reader Unit-B1/B2)

F-4-351
4-169
4

4
4-170
9)Removethereaderpowercable. 12)RemovetheFixingHookCandtheReaderFixingHookA.
• 2connectors • 2screws(binding;M4x8)
• 2wiresaddles
Protrusion Protrusion
• 1cableguide
x2
x2
Protrusion
Cable guide Fixing hook C Reader fixing hook A
Wire saddles
F-4-354
13)Removetheconnectorofreadercommunicationcable.
Reader power cable
14)Removethereadercommunicationcablefromthecut-offofthehostmachineplate.
Connectors
F-4-352
10)OpentheRightUpperCoverandtheRightLowerCover.
Right upper cover Cut-off of the host machine plate
Reader communication cable

F-4-355
15)Removethe2ReaderFixingHooksB.
Right lower cover
• 2 screws (flat-head; M4x6)
F-4-353
11)ClosetheRightLowerCover.
x2 (Duplex Color Image (Color Image Reader
Reader Unit-B1) Unit-B1/B2)
Protrusions Protrusions
F-4-356
4-170
4

5 Adjustment
■ MainController
5

5
5-2
MainController Whenusing
theCard
1)GotoCOPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>CARDandenterthenumericalvalue
oftheleadingcardwhichisusedforDepartmentID.
Readerand Then,press“OK”button.(e.g.:IfNo.1toNo.1000cardsareusedfor
imageWARE DepartmentID,enter“1”oftheleadingcard.)
HDD Accounting 2)AfterturningOFFandONthemainpowerswitch,performthefollowing
Manager operationsfromSettings/Registrationmode.
Before 1)Backupoftheset/registereddata • InManagementSettings>UserManagement>DepartmentIDManagement>
Replacing UsetheRemoteUI. PageTotals,besurethat“ID00000001”to“ID00001000”arecreated.
ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export • Setthefollowing:Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>IPv4Settings>IP
Targetdata: AddressSettings>IPAddress,GatewayAddress,SubnetMask
• AddressList • InManagementSettings>UserManagement>SystemManagerInformation
• ForwardingSettings Settings>SystemManagerIDandSystemPIN,registeranynumberforthem.
• Settings/Registration Then,turnOFFandONthemainpowerswitch.
• WebAccessFavorites If“SystemManagerID”and“SystemPIN”arenotregistered,“cardregistration
• PrinterSettings todevice”cannotbeexecutedfortheimageWAREAccountingManagersetting
• PaperInformation operation.
2)Printingtheset/registereddata 3)DownloadthecardIDfromimageWAREAccountingManagertotheMainBody
Usetheservicemode. again.
(Lv.1)COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>USER-PRT 4)Afterdownloadingiscompleted,gotoManagementSettings>User
Listoftheset/registereddatawhichcannotbebackedupisprinted." Management>DepartmentIDManagement>PageTotals.Besurethatonly
AftterReplacing 1)HDDformat thedownloadedcardIDisdisplayed.
1-1)Startwiththesafemode.(Whilepressing2and8keyssimultaneously, 5)PrintusingtheusercardregisteredfromimageWAREAccountingManager.
turnONthemainpowerswitch.) BesurethatthecardinformationusedforthetargetdevicesofimageWARE
1-2)UseSSTtoformatallpartitions. AccountingManageriscollected.
2)Downloadingsystemsoftware PointstoNotewhenUsingtheSystemSoftware-installedHDDWhenusingthe
2-1)UseSSTtodownloadthesystemsoftware(System,LANG,RUIand HDDwhichwasinstalledthesystemsoftwareoftheothermachine(differentserial
others). number),besuretoformattheHDDaftertheinstallation.
3) Initializing the key, certificate and CA certificate IftheHDDisnotformatted,theoperationcannotbeguaranteed.
(Lv.2)COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>CA-KEY PointstoNote WhenusingtheHDDwhichwasinstalledthesystemsoftwareoftheother
4)TurningOFFandONthemainpowerswitch whenUsing machine(differentserialnumber),besuretoformattheHDDaftertheinstallation.
5)Restoringthebackupdata theSystem IftheHDDisnotformatted,theoperationcannotbeguaranteed.
UsetheRemoteUI. Software-
ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export installedHDD
6)Resetting/registeringthedata T-5-1
Whilereferringtothelistofset/registereddatawhichwasprintedbefore
replacement,reset/registerthedata.
7) When the user generates and adds the encryption key, certificate and/or CA MaincontrollerPCB1
certificate, request the user to generate them again.
8)Executing“AutoAdjustGradation(FullAdjust)”Settings/Registrationmode: Operationat TransferringthepartsfromoldPCBtonewPCB
Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjustGradation Replacement • DDR2-SDRAM(2pc.)
• FlashPCB
• TPMPCB
Resetting/registeringthedataisnotnecessaryafterMainControllerPCB1is
replaced.
T-5-2
5-2
5

5
5-3
MaincontrollerPCB2 DevelopingAssembly
Before 1)Backupoftheset/registereddata Adjustment InitializationofDevelopingAssembly(tonerratioandpatch)isnecessaryandit
Replacing UsetheRemoteUI. procedure differsdependingonthecolor.
ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export If4colorsarereplacedsimultaneously,executeINISET-4.
Targetdata: COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-YInitializationofYDeveloping
• AddressList Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
• ForwardingSettings COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-MInitializationofMDeveloping
• Settings/Registration Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
• WebAccessFavorites COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-CInitializationofCDeveloping
• PrinterSettings Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
• PaperInformation COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-KInitializationofBkDeveloping
2)Printingtheset/registereddata Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
Usetheservicemode. COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-4Initializationof4-colorsDeveloping
(Lv.1)COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>USER-PRT Assembly(tonerratioandpatch)
Listoftheset/registereddatawhichcannotbebackedupisprinted T-5-4
Replacement TransferringthepartsfromoldPCBtonewPCB
• DDR2-SDRAM(2pc.) Patchsensor
• FlashPCB
• TPMPCB
AftterReplacing 1)Afterinstallingtheparts,turnONthemainpowerswitch. Adjustment InitializationofPatchsensorisnecessary
2)Restoringthebackupdata procedure COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON>P-ALPHAInputPatchSensoralphavalue
UsetheRemoteUI. T-5-5
ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export
3)Resetting/registeringthedata
Whilereferringtothelistofset/registereddatawhichwasprintedoutbefore
replacement,reset/registerthedata.
4) When the user generates and adds the encryption key, certificate and/or CA
certificate, request the user to generate them again.
Prohibited Donottransferthefollowingpartstoanothermodel(whichhasadifferentserial
Operation number).
Ifyoufailtodoso,theMainBodydoesnotactivatenormallyandthismightcause
tofailtherestoration.
• MainControllerPCB1
• MainControllerPCB2(withMemoryPCBinstalled)
• MemoryPCB
T-5-3
5-3
5

6 Troubleshooting
■InitialCheck
■TestPrint
■Troubleshootingitems
■ Upgrading procedure
6

6
6-2
InitialCheck
Initialcheckitemslist
Item No. Detail Check
SiteEnvironment 1 Thevoltageofthepowersupplyisasrated(±10%).
The site is not a high temperature / humidity environment (near a water faucet, water boiler, humidifi er), and it is not in a cold place. The
2
machine is not near a source of fi re or dust.
3 Thesiteisnotsubjecttoammoniumgas.
4 Thesiteisnotexposedtodirectraysofthesun.(Otherwise,providecurtains.)
5 The site is well ventilated, and the fl oor keeps the machine level.
6 Themachine'spowerplugremainsconnectedtothepoweroutlet.
CheckingthePaper 7 Thepaperisofarecommendedtype.
8 Thepaperisnotmoist.Trypaperfreshoutofpackage.
CheckingthePlacementofPaper 9 Check the cassette and the manual feed tray to see if the paper is not in excess of a specifi c level.
10 Ifatransparencyisused,checktomakesurethatitisplacedinthecorrectorientationinthemanualfeedtray.
CheckingtheDurables 11 Checkthetableofdurablestoseeifanyhasreachedtheendofitslife.
CheckingthePeriodically Checkthescheduledservicingtableandtheperiodicallyreplacedpartstable,andreplaceanypartthathasreachedthetimeofreplacement.
12
ReplacedParts
T-6-1
6-2
6

6
6-3
TestPrint
Overview
ThismachinehavethefollowingtestprintTYPEandyoucanjudgetheimagefailurethatischeckedas“Yes”inthefollowingimagecheckitemswitheachtestprint.
Iftheimagefailureoccurredonnormaloutputdoesnotreappearonthetestprint,itmaybecausedbythePDLinputorreaderside.
Items
Uneven
PG
TYPEPattern Transfer Blackline Uneven Density Right Straight Color Originator
TYPE Gradation Fogging Whiteline
Fault (Colorline) Density attheFront/ Angle Lines displacement,
Rea
0 Normalcopy/print ----
1to3 ---(ForR&D) ----
4 16gradations Yes Yes Yes Yes MaincontrollerPCB2
5 Fullhalf-tone Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MaincontrollerPCB2
6 Grid Yes Yes Yes MaincontrollerPCB2
7to9 ---(ForR&D) ----
10 MCYBkhorizontalstripes MaincontrollerPCB2
Yes Yes Yes
(subscanningdirection)
11 ---(ForR&D) ----
12 64-gradation Yes Yes Yes MaincontrollerPCB2
13 ---(ForR&D) ----
14 Fullcolor16-gradation Yes Yes MaincontrollerPCB2
15to100 ---(ForR&D) ----
T-6-2
StepstoselectthetestprintTYPE
1)Setthenumberofprint,papersizeetc.
2)Select:COPIER>TEST>PG.
3)Select:COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE.
4)EnterthedesiredTYPEnumberandpressOKkey.
5)Selectthecorrespondingcolor(setting1meansoutput)inCOLOR-Y/M/C/K.
6)SetthedensityinDENS-Y/M/C/K(thisisenabledforTYPE=5only).
7)Pressstartkey.
6-3
6

6
6-4
Howtousethetestprint
■ 16gradations(TYPE=4)
Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthegradation,fogging,whitelineandunevendensityatfront&rear.
Checkitem Checkmethod Assumedcause
Gradation Checkthat16densitygradationisproperlyreproduced. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
FailureofLaserScannerUnit
Fogging Checkthatfoggingoccursonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofDevelopingAssembly
Unevendensityat Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearatfront&rear. FailureofPhotosensitiveDrum(approx.94mm)
front&rear FailureofDevelopingCylinder(approx.63mm)
T-6-3
F-6-1
■ Fullhalftone(TYPE=5)
Thistestprintisformainlycheckingtheblackline,whitelineandunevendensity.
MEMO:
1.Select:servicemode>COPIER>TEST>PGandspecifydevelopingcolor“COLOR-Y/M/C/K”tooutputtheprintby
developingcolor.
2.Tochangethedensityoftestprint,select:servicemode>TEST>PG>DENS-Y/M/C/Kandsetthedensity.

Transferfailure Checkthatthetransferfailuredoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofITB(scratch,dirt)
FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller(scratch,dirt)
FailureofSecondaryTransferRoller(scratch,dirt)
Blackline Checkthatblacklinedoesnotappearonentireimage. ScratchonPhotosensitiveDrum
(colorline) DirtonPrimaryChargingRoller
Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofITBUnit
FailureofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller
F-6-2
Dirtonlaserlightpath
Unevenpitch Checkthatunevenpitchdoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofPhotosensitiveDrum(approx.94mm)
FailureofDevelopingCylinder(approx.94mm)
Unevendensity Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearonentireimage. DirtonDustproofGlass
DeteriorationofITB
T-6-4
6-4
6

6
6-5
■ Grid(TYPE=6)
Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthecolordisplacement,rightangleaccuracyandstraightlineaccuracy.
Checkitems Checkmethod Assumedcause
Unevendensity Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearonsolidareaof FailureofLaserScannerUnit
eachcolor FailureofdeveloperinDevelopingAssembly
FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller
Blackline(colorline) Checkthatblackline(colorline)doesnotappearonsolidarea ScratchonPhotosensitiveDrum
ofeachcolor DirtonPrimaryChargingRoller
Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonsolidareaofeach FailureofITBUnit
color FailureofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller
DirtonLaserLightPath
T-6-5
F-6-3
■ MCYBkhorizontalstripe(TYPE=10)
4.0+1.5/-1.0mm Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthedarkareadensityofeachcolor,eachcolorbalanceandwhitelineondevelopment.
Checkitems Checkmethod Assumedcause
Unevendensity Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearonsolidareaof FailureofLaserScannerUnit
eachcolor FailureofdeveloperinDevelopingAssembly
FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller
Blackline(colorline) Checkthatblackline(colorline)doesnotappearonsolidarea ScratchonPhotosensitiveDrum
ofeachcolor DirtonPrimaryChargingRoller
Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonsolidareaofeach FailureofITBUnit
color FailureofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller
DirtonLaserLightPath
T-6-6
2.5 +1.5mm/-1.5mm
F-6-4
6-5
6

6
6-6
■ 64-gradations(TYPE=12)
ThistestprintisformainlycheckingthegradationsofYMCBksinglecoloratonetime.
Gradation Checkthat64gradationsdensityisproperlyreproduced. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
Fogging Checkthatfoggingappearsonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
Whiteline Checkthatthereisnowhitelineonentireimage. FailureofDevelopingAssembly
T-6-7
F-6-5
■ Fullcolor16-gradations(TYPE=14)
Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthegraybalance,gradationsofYMCBksingecolorandfogging.
Gradation Checkthat64gradationsdensityisproperlyreproducedin FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
eachcolor. FailureofLaserScannerUnit
Light areas Fogging Checkthatfoggingappearsonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
Graybalance Checkthatdensityisevenineachcolorongrayscalearea. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife)
T-6-8
White White
F-6-6
6-6
6

6
6-7
Troubleshootingitems ImageFaults
■ Imagefoggingduetotheelectrostaticchargefailure
Troubleshootingitemslist
Category Item Reference
Image Displacement/blur/ Foggyimageduetochargefailure 6-x
failure smear/fogging 35mmpitchghostduetotonerdeterioration 6-x
35mmunevendensityduetocyclevariationof 6-x
DevelopingCylinder
Dirt/line 95mmunevendensityonpaperleadedge 6-x
Blankimage/line Colorspotduetolaserexposurefailure 6-x
Secondarytransferblankimage 6-x
FixingwrinkleduetodeteriorationofribonFixingInlet
Guide
SoiledimageduetotheoilattachedtotheFixing
SeparationGuide
Operationfailure NoisearoundtheFixingFilmUnit
ProcessUnitcannotbeclosed. 6-x
Productivityisreducedonpaperstackdeliveryinthin 6-x [Occurrencearea]
F-6-7
papermode(52g/m2to63g/m2).<StapleFinisher
C1/SaddleStitchFinisherC1> BetweenthePrimaryChargingRollerandthedrum
T-6-9
[Cause]
WhenthesolidimageofYcoloriscopiedunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidity
environment,unevendischargemayoccurbetweenthePrimaryChargingRollerandthe
drum.Asaresult,thereisapossibilitythatamottledimagemayoccuronothercolorsthanY.
[Occurrencecondition]
Incasethatthedrumunitisunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironmentatan
initialstate
[Remedy]
Pleaseperformthefollowingprocedures.
● InCasethatPaperSettingforthePoorImageis"PlainPaper"
1)Targetcurrentsettingofdischargecurrentcontrol
(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>DIS-TGM/TGC/TGK)<Level2>
Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Ifnotimproved,thesetting
valueisincreasedbyevery[+2].
2)AdjustmentofelectrostaticchargeACcurrent
(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTAC-M/OFSTAC-C/OFSTAC-K)<Level1>
6-7
6

6
6-8
Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Thesettingvalueissetto+4, ■ 35-mmpitchghostduetotonerdeterioration
Ifnotimproved.
● InCasethatPaperSettingforthePoorImageis"HeavyPaper"
1)Targetcurrentsettingofdischargecurrentcontrol(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>DIS-TGM2/
TGC2/TGK2)<Level2>
Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Ifnotimproved,thesetting
valueissetto+4.
2)AdjustmentofelectrostaticchargeACcurrent(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACM2/
OFSTACC2/OFSTACK2)<Level1>
Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Thesettingvalueissetto+4,
Ifnotimproved.
[Notesaboutremedy]
A drum life will be influenced if the 2nd service mode (adjustment of electrostatic charge AC
[Occurrencearea] F-6-8
current)ischanged.
Developingcylinder
Forthisreason,pleasedonotsetthesettingvalueto+4ormoreatthemaximum.
[Cause]
Incasethattheimagepattern,whichhasextremeshadingdifferences,iscopiedunderthe
hightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironment,thedeteriorationtonerofapreviousimage
mayadhereonadevelopingcylinder.Forthisreason,theinversionresidualimage(negative
ghost)ofthepreviousimagemayoccurinthenextimage.
Incasethattheimagepatternwithextremeshadingdifferencesiscopied(thehalftoneimage
wascopiedimmediatelyafterthesolidimage)
[Remedy]
1)TargetedvaluesettingofATRcontrol(COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>P-TG-Y/M/C/K)<Level2>
Theapplicableservicemodesettingvalueforthecolor,whichthepoorimagehasoccurred,
issetto"-1."
2)Aftercyclingthepowerofthemainunit,copy8A3solidimages.
Asaresult,iftheimageonthe8thsheetischeckedandadefectisnotimproved,please
moveontothefollowingstep.
3)Lowerthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeby1step.
4)Aftercyclingthepowerofthemainunit,copy8A3solidimages.
5)Checktheimageonthe8thsheet.
6)Ifapoorimageisnotimproved,repeatStep3)-5).
6-8
6

6
6-9
■ The 35-mm uneven image density due to the periodic deflection ■ UnevenImageDensityat95mmofPaperLeadingEdge
ofthedevelopingcylinder
About 95mm
FixingUnit
[Cause]
Usually,thepaper,whichpassedtheFixingUnit,isfedtotheInnerFeedRolleralongwith
About 35mm
theseparationguide.However,whenthinpaperisused,sincetheelasticityofthepaperis
[Occurrencearea] F-6-9 low,thereisapossibilitythatthepapermaybepulledbytherollerifthepaperleadingedge
Developingcylinder reachestheInnerFeedRoller.
As a result, since the paper, which met the separation guide, comes floating, the nip angle of
[Cause] theFixingUnitchanges.
IncasethatthedurableadvancedDevelopingAssemblyisusedunderthehightemperature Forthisreason,adensitychangemayoccurataround95mmfromtheimageleadingedge.
and high humidity environment, the slight periodic deflection on the developing cylinder may
occur.Asaresult,sincethegapbetweenthedevelopingcylinderandthedrumbecomes [Occurrencecondition]
uneven,theunevenimagedensityinacycleof35mmduetoadevelopingfailuremayoccur. Incasethatthesolidimageiscopiedonthethinpaperunderthehightemperatureandhigh
humidityenvironment
IncasethatthedurableadvancedDevelopingAssemblyisusedunderthehightemperature [Remedy]
andhighhumidityenvironment. Pleaseperformthefollowingsteps.
Thisphenomenontendstooccur,whenasolidimageorahalftoneimageiscopied. ● IncasethatthePaperSettingforthePoorImageis"ThinPaper"
SettingoftheITOPtemperatureinthinpaper(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-TR>FXS-TMP5)
[Remedy] <Level2>
AdjustmentofthedevelopingACbiasmaximumvalue(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX>ADJ- Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"-1."Ifnotimproved,setthesetting
VPP)<Level2> valueto"-2."
Theapplicableservicemodesettingvalueissetto"-1."Ifadefectisnotimproved,checkthe
imageswithloweringthesettingvalueonestepbyonestep.
6-9
6

6
6-10
● IncasethatthePaperSettingforthePoorImageis"PlainPaper1" [Remedy]
SettingoftheITOPtemperatureintheplainpaper1(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX>FX-S-TMP) WheninstallingtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine,performthefollowingprocedures.
<Level2>
Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"-1."Ifnotimproved,setthesetting 1)PullouttheProcessUnit.
valueto"-2." 2)RemoveadummyDrumorDrumUnit.
3)PlacethehalffoldpaperontheDevelopingAssembly(Bk).
[Notesaboutremedy]
If the applicable service mode is changed and a heavy paper is fed, fixing capability may Paper
deteriorate.
■ Missingcolorduetothelaserexposurefailure
4)Whilethepaperisset,installtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine.
F-6-12
Drum Unit (BK)
DevelopingAssembly
[Cause]
IfpushingthedrumunittotheDevelopingAssemblyininstallation,thereisapossibilityto
catchtheMylarsheetoftheDevelopingAssemblydownward.
Asaresult,sinceanopticalpathisshutwhenthelaserfortheapplicablecolorisirradiated,
theimagemaybecomelight.
Theinstallationfailureofthedrumunit
F-6-13
6-10
6

6
6-11
5)Holdthefoldedportionandpullthispaperouttothedirectionofupper.
■ Blankareacasedbypoorsecondarytransfer
Paper
F-6-14 F-6-15
[Occurrencearea]
SecondaryTransferOuterRoller
[Cause]
Sincetheresistanceofapaperchangeswhentherecycledpaperhavingbadsurfacenature
isusedunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironment,thecurrentvalueofthe
Secondary Transfer may be insufficient. As a result, the blank area caused by Secondary
Transferfailuremayoccur.
Incasethattherecycledpaperhavingbadsurfacenatureisusedunderthehightemperature
andhighhumidityenvironment.
Thisphenomenonwillbemoreobviouswhenabluesolidimageiscopied.
[Remedy]
Pleaseperformthefollowingsteps.
1) Check environmental classification inside the machine.
Indication of inside environmental classification (COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC>ENV-TR)
<Level1>
2)Checkthe"papertype"whenthepoorimageoccurred.(Example:Plainpaper1)
3) Check the "printing surface" which the poor image occurred. (Example: In the case of a first
side)
6-11
6

6
6-12
4)PerformadjustmentofsecondarytranscriptionATVCtargetcurrent(COPIER>ADJUST>H Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"+10"aftercheckingthesub-item
VTR>XXXX). namecorrespondingtoXXXXfromthefollowingtable.Ifnotimproved,pleaseincreasethe
settingvalueby+10each.
(Example: When the paper type is the plain paper 1, environmental classification is 1 and it is
on a first side, COPIER>ADJUST>HVTR>2TR-N1)
Papertype Environmental Servicemodesub-itemname
Classification Firstside Secondside
PlanePaper1 1 2TR-N1 2TR-N2
64~82g 2 2TR-N12 2TR-N22
3 2TR-N13 2TR-N23
PlanePaper2 1 2TR-HN1 2TR-HN2
83~105g 2 2TR-HN12 2TR-HN22
3 2TR-HN13 2TR-HN23
ThinPaper 1 2TR-T1 2TR-T2
52~64g 2 2TR-T12 2TR-T22
3 2TR-T13 2TR-T23
RecycledPaper 1 2TR-R1 2TR-R2
2 2TR-R12 2TR-R22
3 2TR-R13 2TR-R23
Heavypaper1 1 2TR-H1 2TR-H2
106~163g 2 2TR-H12 2TR-H22
3 2TR-H13 2TR-H23
Heavypaper2 1 2TR-SH1 2TR-SH2
164~209g 2 2TR-SH12 2TR-SH22
3 2TR-SH13 2TR-SH23
Heavypaper3 1 2TR-UH1 2TR-UH2
210~256g 2 2TR-UH12 2TR-UH22
3 2TR-UH13 2TR-UH23
Postcard 1 2TR-P1 2TR-P2
2 2TR-P12 2TR-P22
3 2TR-P13 2TR-P23
Envelope 1 2TR-E1 2TR-E2
2 2TR-E12 2TR-E22
3 2TR-E13 2TR-E23
Transparency 1 2TR-O1 -
2 2TR-O12 -
3 2TR-O13 -
[Notesaboutremedy] T-6-10
Iftheservicemodeischanged,thelifeoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerwillbe
influenced.
Forthisreason,pleasedonotsetthesettingvalueto+80ormoreatthemaximum.
6-12
6

6
6-13
■ FixingwrinkleduetodeteriorationofribonFixingInletGuide
[Location] F-6-16
FixingInletGuide
[Cause]
Whenmaking2-sidedcopiesofsolidimagecontinuouslyinhightemperature&highhumidity
environment,ribsideontheFixingInletGuideisdeterioratedandresinpartmaybescraped.
Asaresult,whentheleadingedgeofpaperenterstheFixingInletGuide,itistrappedbythe Fixing Inlet Guide
scraped rib and the paper deflects leading to the wrinkle at the trailing edge of paper. F-6-17
[Condition]
Whenmaking2-sidedcopiesofsolidimagecontinuouslyinhightemperature&highhumidity
environment.
[FieldRemedy]
ReplacetheFixingInletGuide.
6-13
6

6
6-14
■ SoiledimageduetotheoilattachedtotheFixingSeparation
Guide
Separation Guide
Cleaning Area
約120mm
[Location] F-6-18
F-6-19
LeadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuide
[Cause]
WhenthepaperpassesthroughtheFixingAssembly,oiloffusedtonermayattachtothe
leadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuideanditmayaccumulate.
Atthattime,whenmaking2-sidedsolidprintwith2-colors,curledleadingedgeofpaperon
2ndsidemaycontactwiththeDeliveryFlapper.
Thus,movementofthispaperchangesanditmaytouchtheleadingedgeofFixing
SeparationGuide.Asaresult,oilattachedtotheleadingedgeofguidemayappearonthe
image.
[Condition]
WithusingtheFixingAssemblythatisusedoveraprolongedperiod,whenmaking2-sided
solidprintwith2-colors.
[FieldRemedy]
DrywipetheleadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuidewithling-freepaper.
6-14
6

6
6-15
OperationError
■ NoisearoundtheFixingFilmUnit
[Location]
FixingFilmUnit
[Cause]
BecausethegreaseinsidetheFixingFilmdeterioratesduetoprolongeduse,sliding
performancebetweentheFixingFilmandtheheatersurfacemaybedecreased.
Asaresult,theFixingFilmcontactswiththeheatersurfacewhenitrotatesandnoisemaybe F-6-21
generated.
[FieldRemedy]
By pushing the Fixing Film area, grease inside the film circulates and sliding performance will
beimproved.
Operationprocedureisasbelow.
1)RemovetheFixingUnit.
2)ChangethedirectionoftheFixingAssembly.(PlacetheFixingAssemblywheretheDrawer
Connecterfacesup.)
Drawer connector
F-6-20
3)WhilepushingtheFixingFilmareawithlint-freepaper,moveitrightandleft2times.
6-15
6

6
6-16
■ CannotclosetheProcessUnit
[Location]
Thispaper(52g/m2to63g/m2)isselectedandthepaperstackisdeliveredfromthe
ProcessUnit
corresponding finisher.
[Cause]
[FieldRemedy]
IfthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFFjustafterthecopyoperation(approx.within5
Changethepaperselectiontoplainpaper1(64g/m2~81g/m2)anddeliverthepaperstack.
seconds)andtheProcessUnitisopened,theLaserShutterMaynotbeclosed.
Approx.19%ofproductivitycanbeenhanced(inthefollowingcondition).
Asaresult,therearsideofProcessUnitandtheLaserShutterinterfereeachotherwhenthe
Condition:A4paperand10sheetsstackdelivery(1-pointstaple)
UnitisclosedandtheProcessUnitcannotbeinstalledtothehostmachine.
[Noteatoperation]
[OccurrenceCondition]
Feed speed is enhanced when the plain paper 1 (64g/m2 ~ 81g/m2) is specified for paper
IfthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFFjustafterthecopyoperation(approx.within5
selection.
seconds)orifthepowerplugisdisconnectedwithoutturningOFFthemainpowerswitch.
However,thepossibilitytogeneratetheelectrostaticisalsoincreasedwhenthefeedspeedis
enhancedanditmaycausethealignmentfailure.
[FieldRemedy]
Ifsuchacase,changethepaperselectiontothinpaper(52g/m2~63g/m2).
ProcessUnitcanbeinstalledtothehostmachinebystronglypushingit.
However,iftheUnitisinstalledtothehostmachinewithbruteforce,itmaydamageother
parts.Thus,besuretofollowthebelowoperationprocedure.
1)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.(LaserShutterisclosedautomatically.)
2)WhiletheProcessUnitremainspulledout,makesurethattheLaserShutterissurely
closed.Atthistime,donotputyourhandsinsidethemachine.
3)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitchandinstalltheProcessUnittothehostmachine.
■ Productivitydecreaseatstackdeliveryinthinpaper(52g/m2~
63g/m2)mode<StapleFinisherC1/SaddleStitchFinisherC1>
[Location]
ProcessTrayontheStapleFinisherC1/SaddleStitchFinisherC1
[Cause]
Whenthethinpaper(52g/m2to63g/m2)isselectedandthepaperstackisdeliveredfrom
the corresponding finisher, electrostatic is generated under the low humidity environment
becausethepaperisfractionedintheProcessTraycausingpaperattraction.Asaresult,
alignmentfailuremayoccur.
Toavoidthis,theelectrostaticispreventedfrombeinggeneratedbydeceleratingthefeed
speedincaseofforegoingcondition.
6-16
6

6
6-17
Upgradingprocedure
Outline
Therearetwotypesofupgradingprocedureforthesystemsoftware:
(1)UseaPC(SST)orUSBmemorytodownloadthroughthemaincontrollerofthemainunit.
(2)UsingaPC(SST)+downloadPCB,directlyconnecttothetargetproducttodownload.
Procedure(2)isavailablefortheexternal2-holepuncheronly.Forotherproducts,upgradingisavailablebyprocedure(1).
Targetsystemsoftware Upgradingprocedure
Category PC/USB PC+DL Remarks
DisplayonSST
memory PCB
Mainunit Maincontroller iAC5051 SYSTEM
Languagemodule LANGUAGE
RemoteUIcontents RUI
RUIportal RPTL
Mobileprint MOBPR
UI-BOX BOX
UI-COPY COPY
UI-Intro INTRO
Yes ---
UI-SEND SEND
MEAPlibrary MEAP
Paper type information file MEDIA
ServiceModecontents SMCNT
DCcontroller DCON
Bootprogram FLASH
WebDAVcontents WebDAV
Key and certificate for encryption communication iAXXXX KEY
Image Readercontroller(2-sidedreversalscantype) iAC5051 RCONS
scanning Readercontroller(2-sidedsimultaneousscantype) RCOND Yes ---
options
Pickup/ Finishercontroller(externaltype) Fin_C1 FIN_CON StapleFinisher-C1/BookletFinisher-C1
Yes ---
delivery SDL_CON Saddle finisher – C1
options EXP-B1 EXP_CON External2HolePuncher-B1
External2/3HolePuncher-B1
--- Yes
External2/4HolePuncher-B1
External4HolePuncher-B1
Inner finisher controller IFN_A1 FIN_CON Yes --- InnerFinisher-A1
Function Voicecompositiondictionary iAC5051 TTS VoiceGuidanceKit
expansion Voicerecognitiondictionary ASR VoiceOperationKit
options WEBbrowser BROWSER Yes --- WebAccessSoftware-H1
OCRdictionary iAXXXX SDICT SearchablePDFkit
G3FAX iAC5051 G3FAX
T-6-11
6-17
6

6
6-18
ServiceSupportTool(SST) DownloadMode
■ SupportedVersion
Only safe mode is available as the download mode for the equipment. .
UseSSTVer.4.22orlater.
Asfortheexistingmodels,normalmodeandsafemodeareavailable,andselecteither
■ Features onedependingontheintendeduse.
● SimpleMode
NormalMode:
ItisahighlyconvenientmodeaddedfromSSTVer.4.02.
Normalupgradework,batchdownloadwork
(1) Auto Identification of Connected Model

SafeMode:
Automaticallyidentifytheconnectedmodel.Withthisfunction,itisnolongernecessaryto
FormattingaftertheHDDreplacement,downloadwork
specifythemodelmanually.
With the equipment, all works related to upgrade/download are possible in safe mode.
(2) Auto Identification of Version
IncasethecombinationofthesystemsoftwareregisteredinSSTisnewerthanthatin
the equipment, the new one is automatically selected. If the combination of the system
softwareregisteredinSSTisold,itwillnotbeselected.Inaddition,manualselectionis
alsoavailable.
(3) Auto Identification of Download Mode

Identifythedownloadmode(normalmode/safemode)andindicatethemessageif
changingthedownloadmodeisneeded.(XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)
● InitializationFunctionforServiceModePassword
AfunctionaddedfromSSTVer.4.11.
Incasetheservicemodepasswordisforgotten,itisusedtoinitializeit.
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
6-18
6

7 ErrorCode
■ Overview
■ ErrorCode
■ JamCode
■ AlarmCode
7

7
7-2
Overview
Outline
Thischapterdescribesvariouscodeswhicharedisplayedwhenafailureoccursonthe
product. These are classified into 3 codes as follows.
Codetype Explanation Reference

Errorcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenanerroroccursonthemachine.
Jamcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenajamoccursinsidethemachine.
Alarmcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenafunctionofthemachineismalfunctioned.
T-7-1
7-2
7

7
7-3
ErrorCode Ecode Detail Location Item Description

Code
E001 0003 05 Title Hightemperatureerrordetectedbyhardware
ErrorCodeDetails Description Hardwaredetectsabnormalhightemperatureofthe
Thermistor(MainThermistor1:264degC,MainThermistor
2:265degC,SubThermistor1,2:280degC)for400msec
Ecode Detail Location Item Description
consecutively.
Code
Remedy 1.IfthedetectedtemperatureoftheThermistorislessthan
E001 0000 05 Title AbnormalhightemperatureinMainThermistor1,2 the abnormal high temperature specified for Thermistor,
Description MainThermistor1,2(TH1)detects260degCormorefor0.2 gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>
sec. FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen
Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-C, ONthepower.
orDISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-E;ifit'slessthan260degC, Ifit'satabnormallyhightemperature,donotturnonthe
gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCT powerbeforereplacingtheFilmUnit.
ION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFF/ONthepower. 2.ReplacetheFilmUnit
Itit's260degCormore,donotturnonthepowerbefore 3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit
replacingtheFilmUnit. 4.GothroughthefollowingtocheckdriveofFM5and
2.ReplacetheFilmUnit. FM6:COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>FAN;ifthenot
3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit. workingproperly,replacethefan.
4.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). 5.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)

MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough
thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION> thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION>
CLEAR>ERR CLEAR>ERR
E001 0001 05 Title AbnormalhightemperatureinSubThermistor1,2 E003 0000 05 Title ErrordetectedwhentheHeaterisON
Description SubThermistor1,2(TH1)detects275degCormorefor0.2 Description AftertheHeaterwasturnedON,MainThermistor2,Sub
sec. Thermistor1orSubThermistor2detects20degCormore
Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-E2 and50degCorlessfor3sec.
orDISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-E3;ifit'slessthan275deg Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>
C,gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER> FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen
FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen ONthepower.
ONthepower. 2.CheckconnectionoftheConnectors(Thermistor
Ifit's275degCormore,donotturnonthepowerbefore ConnectorandACConnector).
replacingtheFilmUnit. 3.ReplacetheFilmUnit
2.ReplacetheFilmUnit 4.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit
3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit 5.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)
4.GothroughthefollowingtocheckdriveofFM5andFM6:
COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>FAN;ifnotworking MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough
properly,replacethefan. thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION>
5.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1) CLEAR>ERR

MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough
thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION>
CLEAR>ERR
7-3
7

7
7-4
Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description
Code Code
E003 0001 05 Title Abnormaldetectionduringpaperfeeding E004 0000 05 Title Thermistordisconnectiondetectionerror
Description Duringprintcontrol,SubThermistordetects70degCor Description Signalname,FUSER_CNCTX,detectsdisconnectionfor
lessfromthetargettemperaturefor5sec. 500msecorlonger.
Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER> Remedy 1.CheckiftheFixingAssemblyisinstalled.
FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen 2.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorsinFixingAssembly.
ONthepower. 3.CheckconnectionofDCControllerPCB(UN1)Connector.
2.ReplacetheFilmUnit 4.ReplacetheFilmUnit.
3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit 5.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit.
4.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1) 6.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
E004 0001 05 Title Error in detection of welding with fixing relay
MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough Description Welding of fixing relay on the AC Driver PCB
thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION> Remedy 1.ReplacetheACDriverPCB(replacementisnecessary
CLEAR>ERR duetoweldingoftherelay).
E003 0002 05 Title AbnormallowtemperaturewhentheHeaterisON
(disconnectiondetected) Other fixing-related error occurs (highly possible of E001)
Description AftertheHeaterwasturnedON,anyoftheThermistors 2.Performtheremedyfortheerroroccurred.
detects20degCorlessfor3sec. E009 0000 05 Title Errorinengagement
Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER> Description FailedtodetectONwiththeFixingPressureSensor
FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen although3sechaspassed.
ONthepower. Remedy IfitoccursatthetimeoftheFixingAssemblyremoveand
2.CheckconnectionoftheConnectors(Thermistor reinstall,itishighlypossiblethattheinstallationofthe
ConnectorandACConnector). Fixing Assembly is insufficient. Therefore, remove and then
3.ReplacetheFilmUnit reinstall the Fixing Assembly first.
4.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit
5.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1) 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.RemovetheFixingAssemblyandtheninstalltheFixing
MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough Assembly(toreinstall)
thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION> 3.DamagecheckforGear,Cum,etc.
CLEAR>ERR 4.ReplacetheFixingDriveUnit
E003 0004 05 Title Timeoutatstart-up 5.ReplacetheFixingMotor
Description Afterthestart-upcontrolwasstarted,thestart-upcontrolis 6.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)
notcompletedalthough60sechaspassed. E009 0001 05 Title Errorindisengagement
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheConnectors(Thermistor Description FailedtodetectOFFwiththeFixingPressureSensor
ConnectorandACConnector). although3sechaspassed.
2.ReplacetheFilmUnit Remedy IfitoccursatthetimeoftheFixingAssemblyremoveand
3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit reinstall,itishighlypossiblethattheinstallationofthe
4.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1) Fixing Assembly is insufficient. Therefore, remove and then
reinstall the Fixing Assembly first.
MEMO:Afterperformingtheaboveremedywork,gothrough
thefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCTION> 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
CLEAR>ERR 2.RemovetheFixingAssemblyandtheninstalltheFixing
Assembly(toreinstall)
3.DamagecheckforGear,Cum,etc.
4.ReplacetheFixingDriveUnit
5.ReplacetheFixingMotor
6.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)
7-4
7

7
7-5
Code Code
E012 0X01 05 Title FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor1and2 E012 0X05 05 Title FailureinDrumMotorControl
Description FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor1and2 Description UnstablerotationoftheDrumMotor
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionofDrumRotationSensor1and2 Remedy 1.CheckiftheDrumisinstalled.
(UN31,UN32,UN33,UN34,UN35,UN36,UN37,UN38) 2.TakeouttheDrumRotationSensor(UN31,UN32,UN33,
2.CheckthattheDrumRotationSensorWheelisproperly UN34,UN35,UN36,UN37,UN38)tocleantheSensorand
installed. theWheel.
3.CheckconnectionoftheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). 3.RemovetheProcessUnitandtheninstall(reinstall)the
4.ManuallyturntheRotoroftheDrumMotor ProcessUnit.
counterclockwiseandcheckthattheDrumRotationSensor 4.ReplacetheDrumUnit.
Wheelrotates.->Ifthewheeldoesnotrotate,replacethe 5.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4)
DrumDriveUnit. E012 0X06 05 Title FailureinrotationofDrumMotor
5.TakeouttheDrumRotationSensortocleantheSensor Description The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed/is
andtheWheel. stopped.
6.ReplacetheDrumRotationSensor. Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeDrumMotor.
7.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4) 2.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwithDrumDriverPCB
E012 0X02 05 Title FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor1 (UN4).
Description Nodetectionwiththesignalfor80msecormore 3.ChecktheITB(toseeiftheITBisdisplaced/damaged.
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionofDrumRotationSensor1. RefertoE075iftheITBisdisplaced).
2.TakeoutDrumRotationSensor1(UN31,UN33,UN35, 4.ReplacetheITBCleaningBlade.
UN37)tocleantheSensor. 5.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4)
3.ReplaceDrumRotationSensor1. E012 1000 05 Title FailureinrotationwhenITBMotorisdriven.
4.CheckiftheharnessoftheDrumRotationSensorisfaulty Description The ITB Motor is not rotating at the specified speed/is
(replacetheharnessifit'sdisconnected). stopped.
5.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4) Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBMotor
E012 0X03 05 Title FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor2 (M13).
Description Nodetectionwiththesignalfor80msecormore 2.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBUnit.
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionofDrumRotationSensor2(UN32, 3.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeDrumDriver
UN34,UN36,UN38). PCB(UN4).
2.TakeoutDrumRotationSensor2tocleantheSensor. 4.ChecktheITB(toseeiftheITBisdisplacedordamaged.
3.ReplaceDrumRotationSensor2. RefertoE075iftheITBisdisplaced).
4.CheckiftheharnessoftheDrumRotationSensorisfaulty 5.ReplacetheITBCleaningBlade.
(replacetheharnessifit'sdisconnected). 6.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4)
5.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4) E012 1001 05 Title FailureisdetectedbeforeITBmotorisdriven.
E012 0X04 05 Title FailureinDrumRotationSensorWheel Description LOCKsignalisdetectedLowbeforetheITBMotorisdriven.
Description FailureisdetectedwiththeDrumRotationSensorWheel Remedy 1.CheckthecableconnectedtotheITBMotor.
Remedy 1.TakeouttheDrumRotationSensortocleantheSensor 2.CheckthecableconnectedtotheDrumDriverPCB(UN4).
(UN31,UN32,UN33,UN34,UN35,UN36,UN37,UN38) E012 2000 05 Title FailureinrotationofDrumMotors(inallcolors)andITB
andtheWheel. Motor
2.ReplacetheDrumRotationSensorWheel. Description FaultyrotationwithalloftheMotorsatthesametime(based
3.ReplacetheDrumRotationSensor. ontheassumptionthatallofthemotorsfailtorotate)
4.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4) Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4).
2.ChecktheconnectorontheRelayBoard(UN5).
3.ChecktheInterlockSwitch.
4.ChecktheDrumDriverHarness.
7-5
7

7
7-6
Code Code
E012 3000 05 Title FailureinDrumRotationSensors(inallcolors) E020 002X 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
Description TheDrumRotationSensorsarefaulty(inallcolors)atthe Description Patchlevelislowerthanthetargetlowerlimitalthoughthe
sametime. patchlevelwasmaximizedatthetimeofpatchinitialization.
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>P-LED-DA;perform
2.FU3isdisconnectedontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4)-> cleaning first if P-LED-DA is 3F or more.
Checktheharness&replacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). IfthePatchSensor(UN47,UN48,UN49)valueshows
E012 3001 05 Title FailureincontrolofDrumMotorsinallcolors 1-digit,checkthattheDevelopingAssemblyisinstalled,and
Description ControlsoftheDrumMotors(inallcolors)arefaultyatthe thenperformremedyfrom"3".
sametime.
Remedy ChecktheProcessUnit(toseeifit'sproperlyinstalled). 1.CheckinstallationoftheDevelopingAssemblyandthe
ChecktheDrumUnit(toseeifit'sproperlyinstalled). Drum.
E012 3002 05 Title FailureinrotationofDrumMotor(inallcolors) 2.CleanthePatchSensorWindow.
(M1,M2,M3,M4) 3.ReplacethePatchSensor.
4.ReplacetheDrum.
Description All of the Drum Motors are not rotating at the specified
speed/arestopped. E020 010X 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
Remedy ChecktheconnectorontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). Description Thevalueishigherthantheupperlimitforthepatch.
E013 0001 05 Title ErrorinRecycleTonerStirringMotor Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>P-LED-DA;perform
cleaning first If P-LED-DA is 3F or more.
Description The motor failed to rotate at the specified speed.

Remedy 1.CheckdisconnectionoftheRecycleTonerStirringMotor
1.CheckinstallationoftheDevelopingAssemblyandthe
(M14)
Drum.
2.ChecktonerlevelintheRecycleTonercontainer(replace
2.CleanthePatchSensor(UN47,UN48,UN49)Window.
theRecycleTonercontainerifthetonerlevelistoomuch).
3.Checkifthepatchsensorisdisconnected.
3.ReplacetheRecycleTonerStirringMotor.
4.ReplacethePatchSensor.
4.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
5.ReplacetheDrum.
5.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
E020 020X 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
E014 0001 05 Title ErrorinFixingMotor
Description Thevalueislowerthanthelowerlimitforthepatch.
Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>P-LED-DA;perform
Remedy 1.ChecktheFixingAssembly.
cleaning first if P-LED-DA is 3F or more.
2.RemoveandtheninstalltheFixingAssembly.
IfthePatchSensor(UN47,UN48,UN49)valueshows1-digit,
3.ReplacetheFixingDriveUnit.
performremedyfrom"3".
4.ReplacetheFixingMotor.
IfthesupplyareaoftheDevelopingAssemblyisbadly
soiled,tonercanbeleaked.
E020 001X 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly

Description Patchlevelishigherthanthetargetupperlimitalthoughthe 1.CheckinstallationoftheDevelopingAssemblyandthe
patchlevelwasminimizedatthetimeofpatchinitialization. Drum.
Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>P-LED-DA;perform 2.CleanthePatchSensorWindow.
cleaning first If P-LED-DA is 3F or more. 3.Checkifthepatchsensorisdisconnected.
4.ReplacethePatchSensor.
1.CheckinstallationoftheDevelopingAssemblyandthe 5.ReplacetheDrum.
Drum. 6.ChecktonerleakfromtheTonerBufferUnit.
2.CleanthePatchSensor(UN47,UN48,UN49)Window. 7.ChecktonerlevelintheTonerContainer.
3.ReplacethePatchSensor. 8.Checkshort-circuitoftheharnessoftheTonerSupply
4.ReplacetheDrum. Sensor(PS1,PS2,PS3,PS4).
7-6
7

7
7-7
Code Code
E020 0X30 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly E020 0XB0 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
Description TheaverageofATRreferencevalueismorethanthe Description ErrorinupperlimitwithT/Dratioatthetimeofprint
specified value at the time of ATR initialization. sequence
Remedy 1.Checkshort-circuitoftheATRSensorHarness. (LargeamountoftonerintheDevelopingAssembly)
2.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly. Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-X
E020 0X31 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly (YMCK);ifDENS-X(YMCK)isslightlyhigherthan5.0%,
Description TheaverageofATRreferencevalueislessthanthe output10sheetsofsolidimagewiththecolorcausingthe
specified value at the time of ATR initialization. error(toreduceT/Dratio).SeetheServiceModeagainto
Remedy 1.CheckiftheATRSensor(TS5,TS6,TS7,TS8)Connector seeiftheproblemisimproved.Remedyiscompleteifit's
isproperlyconnected. improved.Ifnot,performthefollowingremedywork.
2.Checkshort-circuitoftheATRSensorHarness.
3.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly. 1.CheckiftheATRSensor(TS5,TS,6,TS7,TS8)Connector
E020 0X40 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly isdisconnected.
Description UnabletoadjustthecontrolvoltageatthetimeofATR
3.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly.
initialization: less than the specified value (3.2V).
E020 0XB1 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
Remedy 1.CheckiftheATRSensor(TS5,TS6,TS7,TS8)Connector
isproperlyconnected. Description ErrorinlowerlimitwithT/Dratioatthetimeofprint
2.Checkshort-circuitoftheATRSensorHarness. sequence
3.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly. (SmallamountoftonerintheDevelopingAssembly)
E020 0X41 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly Remedy 1.Output10sheetsofwhite(blank)sheets(toincreaseT/D
ratio).
Description UnabletoadjustthecontrolvoltageatthetimeofATR
2.ChecktonerleakfromtheTonerBufferUnit.
initialization: exceeds the specified value (6.8V).
3.ChecktonerlevelintheTonerContainer.
Remedy 1.Checkshort-circuitoftheATRSensorHarness.
5.Checkshort-circuitoftheharnessoftheTonersupply
E020 0X90 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
sensor(PS1,PS2,PS3,PS4).
Description ErrorinsignallowerlimitwithATRsamplingdetectedvalue
E021 0X00 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingMotor*DetailedCodeXindicatescolor;
Remedy 1.CheckiftheATRSensorConnectorisdisconnected. 1=Y,2=M,3=C,4=Bk
Remedy 1.ChecktheloadappliedtotheDevelopingAssembly(turn
E020 0X91 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly
thegearwithyourhandtocheckiftheloadisappropriate.If
Description ErrorinsignalupperlimitwithATRsamplingdetectedvalue theloadistoomuch,replacetheDevelopingAssembly).
Remedy 1.ChecktonerleakfromtheTonerBufferUnit. 2.SelectthefollowinginServiceMode:COPIER>
2.ChecktonerlevelintheTonerContainer. FUNCTION>PART-CHK>MTR;andturnM5,M6,M7and
3.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly. M8tocheckthedriveoftheDevelopingMotor.Ifit'snot
4.Checkshort-circuitoftheharnesswiththeTonerBuffer rotatingproperly,checktheharness(toseeiftheharnessis
SupplySensor(PS1,PS2,PS3,PS4). caught,disconnectedorphysicallyremoved).
3.(Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,)replace
theDrumDriverPCB(UN4).
7-7
7

7
7-8
Code Code
E025 0X00 05 Title ErrorinlockoftheTonerContainerMotor*DetailedCodeX E025 0X10 05 Title TimeouterrorindetectionofTonerBottleSeal/Release
indicatescolor;1=Y,2=M,3=C,4=Bk Sensor
Description TheTonerContainerMotorisdetectedtobelocked/lock Description FailureindetectionaboutthechangesofON=>OFF=>ON
detection. withthesensorwhenthecapoftheTonerContainerwas
Remedy 1.UsetheattachedtooltomanuallyrotatetheMainDrive sealed/released.
Unittochecktheoperation(bycomparingwithothercolor, Remedy 1.UsetheattachedtooltomanuallyrotatetheMainDrive
etc.) Unittochecktheoperation.
IfthemanualrotatingoperationresultsinNG,performthe 2.IftheMainDriveUnitsidefailedtorotate,checkthedrive
followingbecauseit'sduetomechanicaloverload. (toseedamageofthegear,etc.)
Ifthereisnoproblem,gotostep5. Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheMainDriveUnit.
2.RemovetheDeliveryTraytocheckthepositionofthe 3.IftheMainDriveUnitsidefailedtorotatewhiletheDrive
projectionattachedatthebackofthegearintheHopper rotates,turntheSet-onHopperUnittochecktherotating
Assembly.Comparewiththegearthatworksproperly.Ifthe operation.Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheSet-onHopper
positionoftheprojectionisdisplaced,checkthefollowing. Unit.
Checkthelevertoopen/closetheTonerSmallCover(tosee 4.IfboththeMainDriveUnitandtheSet-onHooperUnit
iftheoperationissmooth,nodamagewiththelever,the rotatestogetheroncetheMainDriveUnitismanuallyrotated
leverworksOK(nowrongmovetoup/down).Iftheleveris whilesealing/releasingofthecontainerworksproperly,
faulty,replacethelever. checkthesensorharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught,
3.RemovetheMainDriveUnittochecktheunit(tosee disconnectedorphysicallyremoved).
damage,etc.) 5.Replacethesensorwhichhasbeencheckedinstep4.
Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheMainDriveUnit. 6.(Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,)Replace
4.Manuallyturnthegearonthecaminthehopperunitto theDrumDriverPCB(UN4).
checktherotation. E025 0X20 05 Title Mismatchedphase
Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheSet-onHopperUnit. Description Set-onUnitdetectsopeningoftheTonerContaineraswell
5.(Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem)Replace astheSmallDoor.
theTonerContainerMotor(M9,M10,M11,M12). Remedy 1.CheckiftheSmallDoorcanbeclosed.
ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). 2.ClosetheSmallDoorandturnOFFandthenONthe
powertocheckrecovery.
3.ChecktheinstallationoftheOpen/CloseSensorofthe
SmallDoor(toseeifit'sinstalledatthecorrectposition).
4.ChecktheSensorHarness(toseeiftheharnessis
caught,disconnectedorphysicallyremoved).
5.(Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,)Replace
theDrumDriverPCB(UN4).
7-8
7

7
7-9
Code Code
E027 0X00 05 Title ErrorinsupplywithDevelopingAssembly E061 0XE0 05 Title The change in current level for drum film thickness detection
Description FailureindetectionaboutthechangesofON=>OFF=> istoomuchcomparedtotheprevioustime.
ONwiththesensorwhichdetectsafullrotationofthesupply Description The change in current level for drum film thickness detection
screw within the specified period of time. istoomuchcomparedtotheprevioustime.
Remedy 1.CheckthedamageoftheDevelopingCoupling. Remedy 1.CheckwiththeHostMachinewhichgeneratesanerror
Ifit'sdamaged,replacetheDevelopingAssembly. tocheckifawrongcartridge(whichisdifferentfromthe
2.Checkthedamageofthecoupling(withtheDeveloping initializedcartridge)isinstalled.
Assembly)attheHostMachineside. 2.CheckifthereisfailureingroundingcontactattheDrum
Ifit'sdamaged,removetheMainDriveUnittoreplacethe Unitside(suchasloosenedscrewwhichsecurestheplate
coupling. atthecontactpoint)
3.TurnthemotorasasingleunitwhiletheDrum/Developing 3.Checkifthereisfailureingroundingcontactwiththe
AssemblyisremovedtocheckrotationoftheMainDrive DrumatProcessUnitside.
Unit. 4.ReplacetheDrumUnit.
Ifitdoesnotrotate,replacetheMotor. 5.ReplacethePre-exposureLEDPCB(UN23-UN30).
Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,replacethe E061 0XF0 05 Title Abnormalinitialcurrentlevelatthetimeofinitializationof
DrumDriverPCB(UN4). the drum film thickness (large current level)
Iftherestillremainstheproblem,replacetheMainDrive Description Abnormalinitialcurrentlevelatthetimeofinitializationof
Unit. the drum film thickness (large current level)
4.RemovetheHopperUnitandmanuallyturntheSupply Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDrumUnit.
InputGeartocheckrotation. 2.CheckifthereisfailureingroundingcontactattheDrum
Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheHopperUnit. Unitside(suchasloosenedscrewwhichsecurestheplate
E032 0001 05 Title ASSISTCounterfailedtowork atthecontactpoint).
Description Detectionofshort-circuitwiththeCountPulseSignal 3.Checkifthereisfailureingroundingcontactwiththe
Remedy Checkthecable(toseeifit'sdisconnected) DrumattheProcessUnitside.
E045 0000 05 Title ErrorinTransparencySensor 4.ForcedinitializationinServiceMode:COPIER>
Description WhenthepowerisONorthedoorisclosed,thelightfailed FUNCTION>DPC>DRMRSET(X)X:executionofthe
tobebackalthoughthereisnopaper. colorcausingtheerror.
Remedy 1.CheckinstallationorsoiloftheTransparencySensor 5.ReplacetheDrumUnit.
(UN51)andtheprism. 6.Checktheprimarytransfervoltagevalue(ifit'snot
2.ChecktheSensorHarness(toseeiftheharnessis appropriate,turnOFFandthenONthemainpowerto
caught,disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). forciblyexecutetheATVCcontrol).
3.ReplacetheTransparencySensor. E061 0XF1 05 Title Abnormalinitialcurrentlevelatthetimeofinitializationof
4.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). the drum film thickness (small current level)
E061 0X01 05 Title AbnormalcurrentruntotheDrum(smallcurrentlevelorno Description Abnormalinitialcurrentlevelatthetimeofinitializationof
drumisfound) the drum film thickness (small current level)
Description AbnormalcurrentruntotheDrum(smallcurrentlevelorno Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDrumUnit.
drumisfound) 2.CheckifthereisfailureingroundingcontactattheDrum
Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDrumUnit. Unitside(suchasloosenedscrewwhichsecurestheplate
2.CheckifthereisfailureingroundingcontactattheDrum atthecontactpoint).
Unitside(suchasloosenedscrewwhichsecurestheplate 3.Checkifthereisfailureingroundingcontactwiththe
atthecontactpoint). DrumatProcessUnitside.
3.Checkifthereisfailureingroundingcontactwiththe 4.ForcedinitializationinServiceMode:COPIER>
DrumatProcessUnitside. FUNCTION>DPC>DRMRSET(X)X:executionofthecolor
4.ReplacetheDrumUnit. causingtheerror)
5.ReplacethePre-exposureLEDPCB(UN23-UN30). 5.ReplacetheDrumUnit.
6.ReplacethePre-exposureLEDPCB(UN23-UN30).
7-9
7

7
7-10
Code Code
E074 0001 05 Title Errorindisengagementoperation E075 0003 05 Title ErrorinfulldisplacementofITB(rear)
Description PrimaryTransferDetachmentSensor1failedtobedetected Description ITBDisplacementSensordetectsfulldisplacementposition
for2secatthetimeofdisengagementoperation attherear.
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBUnit. Remedy 1.In the case that the floor surface is either warped or
2.CheckdisconnectionwiththeITB(includingtheinsideof uneven, The main body is moved to the flat surface place.
theITBUnit). 2.CleardisplacementoftheITB(proceduresarewritten
3.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). below).
E074 0002 05 Title Errorinengagementoperation 3.TheITBdisplacementcorrectionmechanismintheITB
Description PrimaryTransferDetachmentSensor2failedtobedetected unit is confirmed.
for2secatthetimeofengagementoperation
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBUnit. a).PlacepaperandtakeouttheITBunit.
2.CheckdisconnectionwiththeITB(includingtheinsideof b).liftthefrontleftsideup(wherethecleanerandthemotor
theITBUnit). arelocated)andholdtheITBUnitasiftotwistit.
3.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). c).TurntheMotorcounterclockwiseasittomake2to3
E074 0003 05 Title ErrorinSensor roundoftheITB.
d).As the ITB is getting closer to the center, fit the marking
Description BothPrimaryTransferDetachmentSensor1and2
linewiththeedgeoftheITB.
(PS22,PS23)aredetectedatthetimeofengagement/
e).Execute the ITB Equilibrium Position Detection Service
disengagementoperation
Mode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISCP>
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBUnit.
ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to
2.CheckdisconnectionwiththeITB(includingtheinsideof
3minutes.
theITBUnit).
E075 0004 05 Title ErrorincombinationofITBDisplacementSensors
Description FailedtodeterminepositionduetocombinationoftheITB
E075 0002 05 Title TimeouterrorinsearchingITBsteeringHP
DisplacementSensors(PS25-PS28)(faultysensor)
Description Unabletodetectchange(Low->HighorHigh->Low)of
Remedy 1.CheckdisconnectionoftheITBConnector.
ITBSteeringSensorSignalalthough10sechaspassed.
theITBUnit).
3.ReplacetheITBUnit.
theITBUnit).
E075 0005 05 Title Error/failureinsearchingITBsteeringHP
Description FailedtodetectcorrectHPpositionalthoughthechange
(Low->HighorHigh->Low)oftheITBSteeringSensor
Signalcanbedetected(executeretrytwice)
theITBUnit).
7-10
7

7
7-11
Code Code
E075 0103 05 Title ErrorinfulldisplacementofITB(front) E102 0100 05 Title FaultyEEPROMofYM-sideScanner
Description ITBDisplacementSensordetectsfulldisplacementposition Description InthecaseofanerrorinreadingEEPROMintheLaser
atthefront. Driver(YM)orinthecaseofawrongLaserScannerUnit
Remedy 1.In the case that the floor surface is either warped or whichdoesnotmatchwiththeHostMachine.
uneven, The main body is moved to the flat surface place. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.CleardisplacementoftheITB(proceduresarewritten 2.ChecktheconnectoroftheLaserScannerUnit1
below). 3.ReplacetheLaserScannerUnit1.
3.TheITBdisplacementcorrectionmechanismintheITB E102 0300 05 Title FaultyEEPROMofCBk-sideScanner
unit is confirmed. Description InthecaseofanerrorinreadingEEPROMoftheLaser
Driver(CBk),inthecaseoffailureinreadingthecorrect
a).PlacepaperandtakeouttheITBunit. information(laser,etc.)fromEEPROM,orinthecaseofa
b).Lifttherearleftsideup(wherethecleanerislocated; wrongLaserScannerwhichdoesnotmatchwiththeHost
oppositetothemotor)andholdtheITBUnitasiftotwistit. Machine.
c).TurntheMotorcounterclockwiseasittomake2to3 Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
roundoftheITB. 2.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit2.
d).As the ITB is getting closer to the center, fit the marking 3.ReplaceLaserScannerUnit2.
linewiththeedgeoftheITB. E110 0100 05 Title ErrorinPolygonMotorofYM-sideScanner(BDlockfailed)
e).Execute the ITB Equilibrium Position Detection Service
Description InthecaseoffailureindetectingFGsignalalthoughthe
Mode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISCP>ITB-INIT)(Level1).
specified period of time has passed after the Scanner Motor
Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes.
ofLaserScannerUnit1(YMlaser)wasstarted.
E100 0100 05 Title BDerrorofYM-sideScanner
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit1.
Description Failure in detection of BD signal even though the specified 2.ReplaceLaserScannerUnit1.
periodoftimehaspassedwhenLaserScannerUnit1(YM
E110 0300 05 Title ErrorinPolygonMotorofCBk-sideScanner(BDlockfailed)
laser)isstartedormakingprints.
Description InthecaseoffailureindetectingFGsignalalthoughthe
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
specified period of time has passed after the Scanner Motor
2.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit1
ofLaserScannerUnit2(CBklaser)wasstarted.
3.ReplaceLaserScannerUnit1.
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit2.
E100 0300 05 Title BDerrorofCBk-sideScanner
Description Failure in detection of BD signal even though the specified
E110 0101 05 Title ErrorinPolygonMotorofYM-sideScanner(unreached
periodoftimehaspassedwhenLaserScannerUnit2(CBk
speed)
laser)isstartedormakingprints.
Description InthecaseoffailureindetectingFGsignalwhilethe
ScannerMotorofLaserScannerUnit1(YMlaser)isstably
2.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit2.
rotating.
E100 B000 05 Title BDcycleerror
2.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit1
Description When the BD cycle count value is not within the specified 3.ReplaceLaserScannerUnit1.
range.
E110 0301 05 Title ErrorinPolygonMotorofCBk-sideScanner(unreached
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. speed)
2.CheckconnectionofharnessontheLaserScannerUnit.
Description InthecaseoffailureindetectingFGsignalwhilethe
3.ReplacetheLaserScannerUnit.
ScannerMotorofLaserScannerUnit2(CBklaser).
5.Replacetheharness.
2.ChecktheconnectorofLaserScannerUnit2.
7-11
7

7
7-12
Code Code
E112 0000 05 Title ErrorinDustproofShutter E197 0X02 05 Title ErrorincommunicationofHOBsingle-shotmode(wrong
Description FailedtobeatHPwhenit'sopen(whentheJobisstarted). address)
Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDustproofShutterDrive. Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC
2.CheckiftheconnectoroftheLaserShutterSensor(PS29) ControllerPCB(UN1).
ortheLaserShutterMotor(M27)isremoved(disconnected). Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
3.CheckthestatusofSensorFlag. 2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
4.ReplacetheHPSensor,ReplacetheLaserShutterMotor E197 0X03 05 Title TimeouterrorinHOBsingle-shotmode
(M27). Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC
E112 0001 05 Title ErrorinDustproofShutter ControllerPCB(UN1).
Description Failure to be back to the HP although the specified period of Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
timehaspassedwhenclosing. 2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDustproofShutterDrive. E197 0X80 05 Title TimeouterrorinEHOBtransmission-waiting
2.CheckiftheconnectoroftheLaserShutterSensor(PS29) Description CommunicationfailurebetweentheDCControllerPCB
ortheLaserShutterMotor(M27)isremoved(disconnected). (UN1)andLaserScannerUnit.
3.CheckthestatusofSensorFlag. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
4.ReplacetheHPSensor,ReplacetheLaserShutterMotor 2.Checkconnectionofharnessonthetargetcolorside(YM/
(M27). CK).
E112 0002 05 Title ErrorinDustproofShutter 3.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
Description FailedtomovefromtheHPwhenopening(theJobis 4.ReplacetheLaserScannerUnit.
started) 5.Replacetheharnessonthetargetcolorside(YM/CK).
Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDustproofShutterDrive. E197 0X81 05 Title TimeouterrorinEHOBreception-waiting
2.CheckiftheconnectoroftheLaserShutterSensor(PS29) Description CommunicationfailurebetweentheDCControllerPCB
ortheLaserShutterMotor(M27)isremoved(disconnected). (UN1)andLaserScannerUnit.
3.CheckthestatusofSensorFlag. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
4.ReplacetheHPSensor,ReplacetheLaserShutterMotor 2.Checkconnectionofharnessonthetargetcolorside(YM/
(M27). CK).
E193 0X01 05 Title ErrorinIMG2 3.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
Description FailureofLSItimingadjustmentcircuitontheDCController 4.ReplacetheLaserScannerUnit.
PCB. 5.Replacetheharnessonthetargetcolorside(YM/CK).
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. E197 0XA0 05 Title TimeouterrorinHOBtransmission-waiting
2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC
E197 0X00 05 Title ErrorincommunicationofHOBDMAmode ControllerPCB(UN1).
Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Controller. 2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. E197 0XB0 05 Title TimeouterrorinHOBreception-waiting
2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC
E197 0X01 05 Title ErrorincommunicationofHOBsingle-shotmode(wrong ControllerPCB(UN1).
command) Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC 2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1).
ControllerPCB(UN1).
7-12
7

7
7-13
Code Code
E202 0001 05 Title ScannerHPerror E227 0001 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error
Description ScannerUniterrorwhenmovingtotheleftsideforHPcheck Description 24VporterrorwhenthepoweristurnedON
operation Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
2.CheckthedriveofScannerMotor.(OpentheDFUnitto checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
checktheoperationofMotor.) 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF
3. Check the flag position of Scanner Home Position Sensor DriverPCB.
andScannerUnit. 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. side.
E202 0002 05 Title ScannerHPerror 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB.
Description ScannerUniterrorwhenmovingtotherightsideforHP E227 0002 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error
checkoperation Description 24Vporterrorwhenajobisstarted
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.CheckthedriveofScannerMotor.(OpentheDFUnitto 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
checktheoperationofMotor.) checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
3. Check the flag position of Scanner Home Position Sensor 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF
andScannerUnit. DriverPCB.
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter
E202 0101 05 Title GlassHPerror side.
*ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB.
only. E227 0003 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error
Description GlasserrorwhenmovingtotheleftsideforHPcheck Description 24Vporterrorwhenajobisended
operation Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
2.CheckthedriveofGlassShiftingMotor.(Settheservice 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF
mode:FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-CHK>7.Then,set DriverPCB.
FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-ON.) 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter
3. Check the flag position of Scanner Home Position Sensor side.
andScannerUnit. 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB.
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. E227 0004 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error
E202 0102 05 Title GlassHPerror Description 24Vporterrorwhenloading
*ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1 Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
only. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
Description GlasserrorwhenmovingtotherightsideforHPcheck checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
operation 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. DriverPCB.
2.CheckthedriveofGlassShiftingMotor.(Settheservice 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter
mode:FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-CHK>7.Then,set side.
FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-ON.) 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB.
3. Check the flag position of Scanner Home Position Sensor
andScannerUnit.
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
7-13
7

7
7-14
Code Code
E227 0101 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error E240 0002 05 Title 3minuteshaspassedsincethestatusremainedtobe
Description 24VporterrorwhenthepowerofDFUnitisturnedON waiting for image output request
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Description Noresponseafter3minuteshaspassedsincetheimage
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and output request from the Main Controller to the DC Controller
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. duringprinting.
3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector.
DriverPCB. CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox.
4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/
side. MainControllerPCB1.
5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB. E240 0003 05 Title Keeponrotatingafterthejam(enginebug)
E227 0102 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error Description Enginekeepsrotatingwhenjamoccurs.
Description 24VporterrorwhenajobisstartedintheDFUnit Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector.
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. MainControllerPCB1.
3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF E240 0004 05 Title Errorincontrollercommunication
DriverPCB. Description Noresponseafter1.5minuteshaspassedsincetheprint
4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter request from the Main Controller to the DC Controller.
side. Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector.
5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB. CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox.
E227 0103 05 Title Powersupply(24V)error CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/
Description 24VporterrorwhenajobisendedintheDFUnit MainControllerPCB1.
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. E240 0005 05 Title Timeout error in Dhalf request
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and Description Noresponseafter1.5minuteshaspassedsincetheauto
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. adjustment request from the Main Controller to the DC
3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF Controller.
DriverPCB. Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector.
4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox.
side. CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/
5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB. MainControllerPCB1.
E240 0000 05 Title Errorincommunicationdata E248 0000 05 Title Errorinbackupaccess
Description Whencommunicationdataerrorbetweenthecontrollerand Description ErrorincheckingofBackUpSRAMboard.Tobedetectedby
DCControllerPCBisdetected. BootROM.
Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector. Remedy 1.CheckiftheBackUpSRAMPCBisinstalledornot.
CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox. 2.Removeandtheninstall(reinstall)theBackUpSRAM
CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/ PCB.
MainControllerPCB. 3.ReplacetheBackUpSRAMPCBwithanewone.
E240 0001 05 Title 3minuteshaspassedsincethestatusremainedtobe E248 0001 05 Title EEPROMerror
waiting for pickup request Description ErroratEEPROMpower-onforReaderControllerPCB
Description Noresponseafter3minuteshaspassedsincethepickup Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
request from the Main Controller to the DC Controller during 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
printing. checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector. 3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox.
CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/
MainControllerPCB1.
7-14
7

7
7-15
Code Code
E248 0002 05 Title EEPROMerror E270 0101 05 Title ScannerUnit(PaperBack)VSYNCsignalerror
Description EEPROMwritingerrorforReaderControllerPCB *ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. only.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and Description DuetotheVSYNCerrorintheScannerUnitPCB(Paper
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. Back)whichcommunicateswithReaderControllerPCB,
3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. VSYNCsignalisnotsentappropriately,sotheimageerror
E248 0003 05 Title EEPROMerror occursortheoperationstopsabnormally.
Description ReadingerrorafterwritingtoEEPROMforReaderController Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
PCB 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. andScannerUnitPCB(PaperBack),andcheckthatthe
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and Cableisnotopen-circuit.
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. 3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
E270 0001 05 Title ScannerUnit(PaperFront)VSYNCsignalerror 4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
5.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperBack).
Description DuetotheVSYNCerrorintheScannerUnitPCB(Paper
Front)whichcommunicateswithReaderControllerPCB, E280 0001 05 Title CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand
VSYNCsignalisnotsentappropriately,sotheimageerror ScannerUnit(PaperFront)
occursortheoperationstopsabnormally. Description Within specified time, communication between Reader
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. ControllerPCBandScannerUnit(PaperFront)cannotbe
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB made.
andScannerUnitPCB(PaperFront),andcheckthatthe Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Cableisnotopen-circuit. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB
3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and andScannerUnitPCB(PaperFront),andcheckthatthe
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. Cableisnotopen-circuit.
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. 3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and
5.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperFront). checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
E270 0002 05 Title DDIHSYNCerror 4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
5.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperFront).
Description DuetotheDDIhardwareHSYNCsignalerror,VSYNC
signalisnotsentappropriately,sotheimageerroroccursor E280 0101 05 Title CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand
theoperationstopsabnormally. ScannerUnit(PaperBack)
*ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1
only.
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. Description Within specified time, communication between Reader
3.ReplacetheDDI-SCablebetweenReaderandPrinter. ControllerPCBandScannerUnit(PaperBack)cannotbe
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. made.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB
andScannerUnitPCB(PaperBack),andcheckthatthe
Cableisnotopen-circuit.
checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
5.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperBack).
7-15
7

7
7-16
Code Code
E302 0001 05 Title Errorinpaperfaceshading E400 0002 05 Title CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand
Description ErrorinshadingRAMaccess DFUnit
The shading value is out of the specified range. Description CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand
Remedy 1.CheckthattheLEDoftheScannerUnit(PaperFront)is DFUnit
lit. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenScannerUnit(Paper 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB
Front)andLED,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. andDFDriverPCB(SignalCableandPowerSupplyCable),
3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB andcheckthattheCablesarenotopen-circuit.
andScannerUnitPCB(PaperFront),andcheckthatthe 3.ReplacetheCablebetweenReaderControllerPCBand
Cableisnotopen-circuit. DFDriverPCB.
4.ChecktheconditionofShadingWhitePlateoftheStream 4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
ReadGlass(PaperFront)(scratches,dust,soil,etc.). 5.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
5.CheckifScannerUnit(PaperFront)detectsHPcorrectly. E401 0001 05 Title Pickuperror
(Ifitdoesnotdetectcorrectly,theScannerUnitreachesto Description PickupUnitisnotreturnedtothehomeposition.
theendwhenDFisopened.) Remedy 1. Check that Pickup Unit Lifter HP Sensor flag moves
6.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperFront). smoothly.
7.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenDFDriverPCBandPickup
E302 0101 05 Title Errorinpaperbackshading UnitLifterHPSensor,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-
Description ErrorinshadingRAMaccess circuit.
The shading value is out of the specified range. 3.ChecktheoperationofPickupMotor.(Settheservice
Remedy 1.CheckthattheLEDoftheScannerUnit(PaperBack)is mode:FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-CHK>9.Then,set
lit. FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-ON.)
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenScannerUnit(Paper 4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
Back)andLED,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. E401 0002 05 Title Pickuperror
3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB Description PickupUnitdoesnotmovefromthehomeposition.
andScannerUnitPCB(PaperBack),andcheckthatthe Remedy 1. Check that Pickup Unit Lifter HP Sensor flag moves
Cableisnotopen-circuit. smoothly.
4.ChecktheconditionofShadingWhitePlateofthe 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenDFDriverPCBandPickup
ScannerGlass(PaperBack)(scratches,dust,soil,etc.). UnitLifterHPSensor,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-
5.CheckifScannerUnit(PaperBack)detectsHPcorrectly. circuit.
6.ReplacetheScannerUnit(PaperBack). 3.ChecktheoperationofPickupMotor.(Settheservice
7.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. mode:FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-CHK>9.Then,set
E400 0001 05 Title CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-ON.)
DFUnit 4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
Description CommunicationchecksumerrorbetweenReaderController E407 0001 05 Title TrayLifterMotorerror
PCBandDFUnit Description Tray HP Sensor does not detect ON or OFF within specified
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. time.
2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB Remedy 1.CheckthatafterLifterisliftedfully,itislocatedinthe
andDFDriverPCB(SignalCableandPowerSupplyCable), correctposition.(ChecktheengagementwiththeGear.)
andcheckthattheCablesarenotopen-circuit. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenTrayHPSensorandDF
3.ReplacetheCablebetweenReaderControllerPCBand DriverPCB,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
DFDriverPCB. 3.ChecktheoperationofTrayLifterMotor.
4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. 4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
5.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. 5.ReplacetheTrayLifterMotor.
7-16
7

7
7-17
Code Code
E407 0002 05 Title TrayLifterMotorerror E413 0012 05 Title DFDisengagementMotorerror
Description PaperFaceDetectionSensorwhenLifterisbeinglifteddoes Description LeadRoller2disengagementerror
not become ON within specified time. Remedy 1.OpentheADFFrontCover,andthenchecktheoperation
Remedy 1.CheckthatafterLifterisliftedfully,itislocatedinthe ofactiveDisengagementMotor.
correctposition.(ChecktheengagementwiththeGear.) 2.CheckthephysicalpositionofDisengagingHPSensor
2.ChecktheTrayLifterMotor,andalsocheckwhether and its flag.
shiftingoperationisperformednormally. 3.CheckthattheCableofDisengagingHPSensorisnot
3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenPaperFaceDetection open-circuit.
SensorandDFDriverPCB,andcheckthattheCableisnot 4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
open-circuit. E423 0001 05 Title DFUnitSDRAMerror
4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. *ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1
5.ReplacetheTrayLifterMotor. only.
E413 0001 05 Title DFDisengagementMotorerror Description SDRAMaccesserror
Description LeadRoller1disengagementerror Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Remedy 1.OpentheADFFrontCover,andthenchecktheoperation 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandController,
ofactiveDisengagementMotor. andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
2.CheckthephysicalpositionofDisengagingHPSensor 3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
and its flag. E423 0002 05 Title DFUnitSDRAMerror
3.CheckthattheCableofDisengagingHPSensorisnot *ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1
open-circuit. only.
4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. Description SDRAMVerifyerror
E413 0002 05 Title DFDisengagementMotorerror Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Description LeadRoller1disengagementerror 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandController,
Remedy 1.OpentheADFFrontCover,andthenchecktheoperation andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit.
ofactiveDisengagementMotor. 3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
2.CheckthephysicalpositionofDisengagingHPSensor E490 0003 05 Title DifferentDFmodel
and its flag. Description InstalledDFisnotthesupportedDF.
3.CheckthattheCableofDisengagingHPSensorisnot Remedy 1.Usingtheservicemode,checkiftheinstalledDFmodelis
open-circuit. thesamemodelwhichwassetintheservicemode.
4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB
E413 0011 05 Title DFDisengagementMotorerror andDFDriverPCB,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-
Description LeadRoller2disengagementerror circuit.
Remedy 1.OpentheADFFrontCover,andthenchecktheoperation 3.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB.
ofactiveDisengagementMotor. 4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
2.CheckthephysicalpositionofDisengagingHPSensor E500 0000 05 Title Communicationerror
and its flag. Description 1. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
3.CheckthattheCableofDisengagingHPSensorisnot 2.ThehostmachineDCControllerPCB(UN1)isfaulty.
open-circuit. Remedy Thecommunicationwiththehostmachineisinterrupted.
4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. E503 0002 05 Title Communicationerror
Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and saddle
controllerPCBisfaulty.
2. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy Thecommunicationwiththesaddlestitcherisinterrupted.
7-17
7

7
7-18
Code Code
E503 0003 05 Title Communicationerror E519 8001 05 Title Gearchangehomepositionerror
Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and host Description 1.Thegearchangehomepositionsensor(PI117)isfaulty.
machineDCControllerPCB(UN1)isfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and gear
2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. changemotorisfaulty.
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 3.Thegearchangemechanismisfaulty.
4.ThehostmachineDCControllerPCB(UN1)isfaulty. 4.Thegearchangemotor(M110)isfaulty.
Remedy Thecommunicationwiththepuncherunitisinterrupted. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
E503 0004 05 Title Communicationerror Remedy ThegearchangehomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFF
Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and host whenthegearchangemotorhasbeendrivenfor387
machinecontrollerPCBisfaulty. pulses.
2. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. E519 0002 05 Title Gearchangehomepositionerror
3.ThehostmachinecontrollerPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thegearchangehomepositionsensor(PI117)isfaulty.
Remedy Thecommunicationwiththeinserterorthefolderis 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and gear
interrupted. changemotorisfaulty.
E505 0001 05 Title EEPROMerror 3.Thegearchangemechanismisfaulty.
Description 1. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 4.Thegearchangemotor(M110)isfaulty.
Remedy ThechecksumfortheEEPROMdatahasanerror. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
E505 0002 05 Title EEPROMerror Remedy ThegearchangehomepositionsensordoesnotturnON
whenthegearchangemotorhasbeendrivenfor387
Description 1.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
pulses.
Remedy ThechecksumfortheEEPROMdatahasanerror.
E520 0001 05 Title ShiftMotorfailstomovefromHP
E514 8001 05 Title Rearendassisthomepositionerror
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
Description 1.Therearendassisthomepositionsensor(PI109)isfaulty.
oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and rear
if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
endassistmotorisfaulty.
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M4)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
3.Theendassistmechanismisfaulty.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
4.Therearendassistmotor(M109)isfaulty.
3.CheckiftheShiftRollerHPSensor(S2)Connectoris
physicallyremoved.
Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavetherearendassisthomeposition
4.CheckiftheShiftRollerHPSensor(S2)failureoccurs.
whentherearendassistmotorhasbeendrivenfor3
E520 0002 05 Title ShiftMotorfailstoreturntoHP
seconds.
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
E514 8002 05 Title Rearendassisthomepositionerror
oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif
Description 1.Therearendassisthomepositionsensor(PI109)isfaulty.
the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and rear
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M4)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
endassistmotorisfaulty.
3.Theendassistmechanismisfaulty.
3.CheckiftheShiftRollerHPSensor(S2)Connectoris
4.Therearendassistmotor(M109)isfaulty.
physicallyremoved.
4.CheckiftheShiftRollerHPSensor(S2)failureoccurs.
Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntotherearendassisthome
positionwhentherearendassistmotorhasbeendrivenfor
3seconds.
7-18
7

7
7-19
Code Code
E530 8001 05 Title Frontaligningplatehomepositionerror E531 8001 05 Title Staplehomepositionerror
Description 1.Thefrontaligningplatehomepositionsensor(PI106)is Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler
faulty. isfaulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and front 2.Thestaplerisfaulty.
aligningplatemotorisfaulty. 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
3.Thefrontaligningplateisfaulty. Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavethestaplehomepositionwhen
4.Thefrontaligningplatemotor(M103)isfaulty. thestaplemotorhasbeendrivenfor0.4sec.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. E531 8002 05 Title Staplehomepositionerror
Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotleavethealigningplatefront Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler
homepositionsensorwhenthealignmentplatefrontmotor isfaulty.
hasbeendrivenfor4seconds. 2.Thestaplerisfaulty.
E530 8002 05 Title Frontaligningplatehomepositionerror 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
Description 1.Thefrontaligningplatehomepositionsensor(PI106)is Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntothestaplehomeposition
faulty. whenthestaplemotorhasbeendrivenfor0.4sec.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and front E532 0001 05 Title STPMoveMotorfailstomovefromHP
aligningplatemotorisfaulty. Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
3.Thefrontaligningplateisfaulty. oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror
4.Thefrontaligningplatemotor(M103)isfaulty. if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M1)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotreturntoaligningplatefront 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
homepositionsensorwhenthealignmentplatefrontmotor 3.CheckiftheStaplerMoveHPSensor(S10)Connectoris
hasbeendrivenfor4seconds. physicallyremoved.
E531 0001 05 Title StaplerMotorfailstomovefromHP 4.CheckiftheStaplerMoveHPSensor(S10)failureoccurs.
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period E532 0002 05 Title STPMoveMotorfailstoreturntoHP
oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M10)Connectorisphysically the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
removed. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M1)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
3.CheckiftheStaplerHPSensor(S18)Connectoris 3.CheckiftheStaplerMoveHPSensor(S10)Connectoris
physicallyremoved. physicallyremoved.
4.CheckiftheStaplerHPSensor(S18)failureoccurs. 4.CheckiftheStaplerMoveHPSensor(S10)failureoccurs.
E531 0002 05 Title StaplerMotorfailstoreturntoHP E532 8001 05 Title Staplershifthomepositionerror
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period Description 1.Thestaplerdrivehomepositionsensor(PI110)isfaulty.
oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler
the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. shiftmotorisfaulty.
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M10)Connectorisphysically 3.Thestaplershiftbaseisfaulty.
removed. 4.Thestaplershiftmotor(M105)isfaulty.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
3.CheckiftheStaplerHPSensor(S18)Connectoris Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavethestaplershifthomeposition
physicallyremoved. whenthestaplershiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor5seconds.
4.CheckiftheStaplerHPSensor(S18)failureoccurs.
7-19
7

7
7-20
Code Code
E532 8002 05 Title Staplershifthomepositionerror E537 8002 05 Title Rearaligningplatehomepositionerror
Description 1.Thestaplerdrivehomepositionsensor(PI110)isfaulty. Description 1.Thealigningplaterearhomepositionsensor(PI107)is
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler faulty.
shiftmotorisfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and
3.Thestaplershiftbaseisfaulty. aligningplaterearmotorisfaulty.
4.Thestaplershiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. 3.Therearaligningplateisfaulty.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 4.Therearaligningplatemotor(M104)isfaulty.
Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntothestaplershifthomeposition 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
whenthestaplershiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor20seconds. Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotreturntoaligningplaterear
E535 8001 05 Title Swinghomepositionerror homepositionsensorwhenthealignmentplaterearmotor
Description 1.Theswinghomepositionsensor(PI105)isfaulty. hasbeendrivenfor4seconds.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and swing E540 0001 05 Title TrayLiftMotortimeouterror
motorisfaulty. Description Unable to complete the operation even after the specified
3.Theswingmechanismisfaulty. periodoftimeduringinitialrotation.WhentheMotor
4.Theswingmotor(M106)isfaulty. remains in the same area for the specified period of time
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. and the same symptom occurs again after the first retry, it is
Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavetheswinghomepositionwhen detectedasanerror.
theswingmotorhasbeendrivenfor3seconds. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M11)Connectorisphysically
E535 8002 05 Title Swinghomepositionerror removed.
Description 1.Theswinghomepositionsensor(PI105)isfaulty. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and swing 3.CheckiftheStackTrayClockSensor(S14)Connectoris
motorisfaulty. physicallyremoved.
3.Theswingmechanismisfaulty. 4.CheckiftheStackTrayClockSensor(S14)failureoccurs.
4.Theswingmotor(M106)isfaulty. E540 0002 05 Title TrayLiftMotorclockerror
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Description Atinitialrotation,whentheTrayLiftMotorrotatesandclock
Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntotheswinghomepositionwhen input is not detected within the specified period of time, it is
theswingmotorhasbeedrivenfor3seconds. detectedasanerrorifthesamesymptomoccursagainafter
E537 8001 05 Title Rearaligningplatehomepositionerror the first retry.
Description 1.Thealigningplaterearhomepositionsensor(PI107)is Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M11)Connectorisphysically
faulty. removed.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
aligningplaterearmotorisfaulty. 3.CheckiftheStackTrayClockSensor(S14)Connectoris
3.Therearaligningplateisfaulty. physicallyremoved.
4.Therearaligningplatemotor(M104)isfaulty. 4.CheckiftheStackTrayClockSensor(S14)failureoccurs.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. E540 8001 05 Title Tray1timeouterror
Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotleavethealigningplaterear Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty.
homepositionsensorwhenthealignmentplaterearmotor 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1
hasbeendrivenfor4seconds. shiftmotorisfaulty.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty.
Remedy Ifthetraydoesnotreturntohomepositionwhenthetray1
shiftmotorisdrivenfor25seconds.
Ifthetraydoesnotmovetootherareawhentray1shift
motorisdrivenfor5seconds.
7-20
7

7
7-21
Code Code
E540 8002 05 Title Tray1shiftareaerror E540 8006 05 Title Thetray1shiftmotoraccelerationerror
Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1
shiftmotorisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. 4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
Remedy Thedangerousareaisreachedbeforethetray1paper Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnONwhenthetray1
surfacesensordetectspapersurfaceduringthepaper shiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor1second.
surfacedetectionoperation. E540 8007 05 Title Thetray1shiftmotorerror
Adiscontinuousareaisdetectedduringtrayoperation. Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty.
E540 8003 05 Title Swingguideswitch/Staplesafetyswitcherror 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1
Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
shiftmotorisfaulty. 4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnOFFwhenthetray1
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. shiftmotorisatastop.
Remedy Theswingguideswitchorstaplesafetyswitchisactivated E542 0001 05 Title AdditionalTrayLiftMotortimeouterror
whilethetrayisoperating. Description Unable to complete the operation even after the specified
E540 8004 05 Title Thetray1shiftmotorclockerror periodoftimeduringinitialrotation.WhentheMotor
Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. remains in the same area for the specified period of time
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 and the same symptom occurs again after the first retry, it is
shiftmotorisfaulty. detectedasanerror.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M12)Connectorisphysically
4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. removed.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
Remedy TheFGinputcannotbedetectedwhenthetray1shiftmotor 3.CheckiftheAdditionalTrayClockSensor(S23)
hasbeendrivenfor0.2second. Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
E540 8005 05 Title Thetray1shiftmotorspeederror 4.CheckiftheAdditionalTrayClockSensor(S23)failure
Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. occurs.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 E542 0002 05 Title AdditionalTrayLiftMotorclockerror
shiftmotorisfaulty. Description Atinitialrotation,whentheTrayLiftMotorrotatesandclock
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. signal is not detected within the specified period of time, it is
4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. detectedasanerrorifthesamesymptomoccursagainafter
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. the first retry.
Remedy ThelockdetectionsignalturnsOFF150msafterthelock Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M12)Connectorisphysically
detectionsignalturnedON. removed.
3.CheckiftheAdditionalTrayClockSensor(S23)
Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
4.CheckiftheAdditionalTrayClockSensor(S23)failure
occurs.
7-21
7

7
7-22
Code Code
E542 8001 05 Title Tray1timeouterror E542 8006 05 Title Thetray2shiftmotoraccelerationerror
Description 1.TheTray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thetray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2
shiftmotorisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
4.TheTray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. 4.Thetray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty.
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
Remedy Ifthetraydoesnotreturntohomepositionwhenthetray1 Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnONwhenthetray2
shiftmotorisdrivenfor25seconds. shiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor1second.
Ifthetraydoesnotmovetootherareawhentray2shift E542 8007 05 Title Thetray2shiftmotorerror
motorisdrivenfor5seconds. Description 1.Thetray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty.
E542 8002 05 Title Tray2shiftareaerror 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2
Description 1.Thetray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
shiftmotorisfaulty. 4.Thetray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
4.Thetray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnOFFwhenthetray2
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. shiftmotorisatastop.
Remedy Theupperlimitareaisreachedbeforethetray2paper E567 0001 05 Title ShiftRollerReleaseMotorfailstomovefromHP
surfacesensor1detectsthepapersurfaceduringpaper Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
surfacedetectionoperation. oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror
Adiscontinuousareaisdetectedduringtrayoperation. if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
Duringevacuationoperation,arrivalattheareabeyondthe Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M5)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
tray2papersurfacesensor2isdetectedbeforethissensor 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
detectspapersurface. 3.CheckiftheShiftRollerReleaseSensor(S3)Connector
E542 8004 05 Title Thetray2shiftmotorclockerror isphysicallyremoved.
Description 1.TheTray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. 4.CheckiftheShiftRollerReleaseSensor(S3)failure
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 occurs.
shiftmotorisfaulty. E567 0002 05 Title ShiftRollerReleaseMotorfailstoreturntoHP
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
4.TheTray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
Remedy TheFGinputcannotbedetectedwhenthetray2shiftmotor Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M5)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
hasbeendrivenfor0.2second. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
E542 8005 05 Title Thetray2shiftmotorspeederror 3.CheckiftheShiftRollerReleaseSensor(S3)Connector
Description 1.Thetray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. isphysicallyremoved.
2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 4.CheckiftheShiftRollerReleaseSensor(S3)failure
shiftmotorisfaulty. occurs.
3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty.
4.Thetray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty.
Remedy ThelockdetectionsignalturnsOFF150msafterthelock
detectionsignalturnedON.
7-22
7

7
7-23
Code Code
E56F 0001 05 Title EntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPMotorfailstomove E575 0001 05 Title GripperUnitMoveMotorfailstomovefromHP
fromHP Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror
oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M2)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M6)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 3.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)Connectoris
3.CheckiftheEntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPSensor physicallyremoved.
(S5)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 4.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)failureoccurs.
4.CheckiftheEntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPSensor E575 0002 05 Title GripperUnitMoveMotorfailstoreturntoHP
(S5)failureoccurs. Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period
E56F 0002 05 Title EntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPMotorfailstoreturnto oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif
HP the same symptom occurs again after the first retry.
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M2)Connectorisphysicallyremoved.
oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs.
the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. 3.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)Connectoris
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M6)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. physicallyremoved.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 4.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)failureoccurs.
3.CheckiftheEntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPSensor E584 8001 05 Title Shutterhomepositionerror
(S5)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. Description 1.Theshutterhomepositionsensor(PI113)isfaulty.
4.CheckiftheEntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPSensor 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stack
(S5)failureoccurs. ejection motor, and between the finisher controller PCB and
E571 0001 05 Title GripperOpen/CloseMotorfailstomovefromHP shutterclutchisfaulty.
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period 3.Theshuttermechanismisfaulty.
oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror 4.Thestackejectionmotor(M102),shutterclutch(CL101),
if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. angstackejectionlowerrollerclutch(CL102)isfaulty.
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M7)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavetheshutterhomepositionwhen
3.CheckiftheGripperArmHPSensor(S13)Connectoris thestackejectionmotorhasbeendrivenfor30seconds.
physicallyremoved. E584 0002 05 Title Shutterhomepositionerror
4.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)failureoccurs. Description 1.Theshutterhomepositionsensor(PI113)isfaulty.
E571 0002 05 Title GripperOpen/CloseMotorfailstoreturntoHP 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stack
Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period ejection motor, and between the finisher controller PCB and
oftimeandcannotreturntoHP,itisdetectedasanerrorif shutterclutchisfaulty.
the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. 3.Theshuttermechanismisfaulty.
Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M7)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 4.Thestackejectionmotor(M102),shutterclutch(CL101),
2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. angstackejectionlowerrollerclutch(CL102)isfaulty.
3.CheckiftheGripperArmHPSensor(S13)Connectoris 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
physicallyremoved. Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntotheshutterhomeposition
4.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)failureoccurs. whenthestackejectionmotorhasbeendrivenfor3
seconds.
7-23
7

7
7-24
Code Code
E590 8001 05 Title Punchhomepositionerror E592 8001 05 Title Trailingedgesensorerror
Description 1.Thepunchhomepositionsensor(PI63)andpunchmotor Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand
clocksensor(PI62)isfaulty. punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor 2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty.
isfaulty. 3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
3.Thepunchmechanismisfaulty. 4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
4.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis3.0Vorlesseven
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. whenthelightemittingdutyofthetrailingedgesensor
Remedy Thepuncherdoesnotdetectthepunchhomeposition (LED5,PTR5)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore.
sensorwhenthepunchermotorhasbeendrivenfor20 E592 8002 05 Title Trailingedgesensorerror
msec. Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty.
E590 8002 05 Title Punchhomepositionerror 2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Description 1.Thepunchhomepositionsensor(PI63)andpunchmotor 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
clocksensor(PI62)isfaulty. Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen
2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor thelightemittingdutyofthetrailingedgesensorhasbeen
isfaulty. decreasedto0%.
3.Thepunchmechanismisfaulty. E592 8003 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor1error
4.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand
5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy Afterthemotorhasbeenstoppedattimeofpunchmotor 2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty.
initialization,thepuncherdoesnotdetectpunchhome 3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
positionsensor. 4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
E591 8001 05 Title Scrapfulldetectionerror Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.5Vorlessevenwhen
Description 1.ThewiringbetweenthescrapfulldetectorPCBandpunch thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor1
controllerPCBisfaulty. (LED1,PTR1)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore.
2.ThescrapfulldetectorPCBisfaulty. E592 8004 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor1error
3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty.
4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis3.0Vorlessevenwhen 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
thelightemittingdutyofthescrapfulldetectorsensorhas Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen
beenincreasedto66%ormore. thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor1
E591 8002 05 Title Scrapfulldetectionerror (LED1,PTR1)hasbeendecreasedto0%.
Description 1.ThescrapfulldetectorPCBisfaulty. E592 8005 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor2error
2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen 2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty.
thelightemittingdutyofthescrapfulldetectorsensorhas 3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
beendecreasedto0%. 4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.5Vorlessevenwhen
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor2
(LED2,PTR2)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore.
7-24
7

7
7-25
Code Code
E592 8006 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor2error E593 8001 05 Title Horizontalregistrationhomepositionerror
Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thehorizontalregistrationhomeposition(PI61)isfaulty.
2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. isfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen 3.Thehorizontalregistrationmechanismisfaulty.
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor2 4.Thehorizontalregistrationmotor(M62)isfaulty.
(LED2,PTR2)hasbeendecreasedto0%. 5.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
E592 8007 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor3error 6. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand Remedy Attimeofhorizontalregistrationmotorinitialization,the
punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. punchslideunitdoesnotleavethehorizontalhomeposition
2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. sensorevenwhenithasbeendrivenfor9mm.
3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. E593 8002 05 Title Horizontalregistrationhomepositionerror
4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Description 1.Thehorizontalregistrationhomeposition(PI61)isfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.5Vorlessevenwhen 2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor3 isfaulty.
(LED3,PTR3)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore. 3.Thehorizontalregistrationmechanismisfaulty.
E592 8008 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor3error 4.Thehorizontalregistrationmotor(M62)isfaulty.
Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. 5.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty.
2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 6. The finisher controller PCB is faulty.
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy Attimeofhorizontalregistrationmotorinitialization,the
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen punchslideunitdoesnotreturntothehorizontalregistration
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor3 homepositionsensorevenwhentheunithasbeendriven
(LED3,PTR3)hasbeendecreasedto0%. for37mm.
E592 8009 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor4error E5F0 8001 05 Title Paperpositioningplatehomepositionerror
Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand Description 1.Thepaperpositioningplatehomepositionsensor(PI7)is
punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. faulty.
2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. 2.Thepositioningplatedrivemechanismisfaulty.
3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 3.Thepaperpositioningplatemotor(M4)isfaulty.
4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.5Vorlessevenwhen Remedy Thepaperpositioningplatehomepositiosensordoesnot
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor4 turnONwhenthepaperpositioningplatemotorhasbeen
(LED4,PTR4)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore. drivenfor1500pulses.
E592 800A 05 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor4error E5F0 8002 05 Title Paperpositioningplatehomepositionerror
Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thepaperpositioningplatehomepositionsensor(PI7)is
2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. faulty.
3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 2.Thepositioningplatedrivemechanismisfaulty.
Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen 3.Thepaperpositioningplatemotor(M4)isfaulty.
thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor4 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
(LED4,PTR4)hasbeendecreasedto0%. Remedy Thepaperpositioningplatehomepositionsensordoesnot
turnOFFwhenthepaperpositioningplatemotorhasbeen
drivenfor300pulses.
7-25
7

7
7-26
Code Code
E5F1 8001 05 Title Paperfoldingmotorlockerror E5F4 8001 05 Title Stitcher(rear)homepositionerror
Description 1.Thepaperfoldingmotorclocksensor(PI4)andpaper Description 1.Thestitcherhomepositionsensor(rear)(SW5)isfaulty.
foldinghomepositionsensor(PI21.isfaulty. 2.Thestitcher(rear)isfaulty.
2.Thepaperfoldingrollerdrivemechanismisfaulty. 3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
3.Thepaperfoldingmotor(M2)isfaulty. Remedy ThestitchinghomepositionsensordoesnotturnONwhen
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. thestitchmotor(rear)hasbeendrivenbackwardfor0.5sec.
Remedy Thefeedspeedofthepaperfoldrollerreaches5mm/secor E5F4 8002 05 Title Stitcher(rear)homepositionerror
less. Description 1.Thestitcherhomepositionsensor(rear)(SW5)isfaulty.
E5F1 8002 05 Title Paperpositioningplatehomepositionerror 2.Thestitcher(rear)isfaulty.
Description 1.Thepaperfoldingmotorclocksensor(PI4)andpaper 3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
foldinghomepositionsensor(PI21)isfaulty. Remedy ThestitchinghomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFFwhen
2.Thepaperfoldingrollerdrivemechanismisfaulty. thestitchmotor(rear)hasbeendrivenforwardfor0.5sec.
3.Thepaperfoldingmotor(M2)isfaulty. E5F5 8001 05 Title Stitcher(front)homepositionerror
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thestitcherhomepositionsensor(front)(SW7)isfaulty.
Remedy Thestatusofthepaperfoldhomepositionsensordoesnot 2.Thestitcher(front)isfaulty.
changewhenthepaperfoldmotorhasbeendrivenfor3 3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
seconds. Remedy ThestitchinghomepositionsensordoesnotturnONwhen
E5F2 8001 05 Title Guidehomepositionerror thestitchmotor(front)hasbeendrivenforwardfor0.5sec.
Description 1.Theguidehomepositionsensor(PI13)isfaulty. E5F5 8002 05 Title Stitcher(front)homepositionerror
2.Theguideplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. Description 1.Thestitcherhomepositionsensor(front)(SW7)isfaulty.
3.TheguideMotor(M3)isfaulty. 2.Thestitcher(front)isfaulty.
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. 3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Remedy TheguidehomepositionsensordoesnotturnONwhenthe Remedy ThestitchinghomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFFwhen
guidemotorhasbeendrivenfor700pulses. thestitchmotor(front)hasbeendrivenbackwardfor0.5
E5F2 8002 05 Title Guidehomepositionerror sec.
Description 1.Theguidehomepositionsensor(PI13)isfaulty. E5F6 8001 05 Title Paperpushingplatehomepositionerror
2.Theguideplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14),
3.TheguideMotor(M3)isfaulty. paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty.
Remedy TheguidehomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFFwhen 2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty.
theguidemotorhasbeendrivenfor50pulses. 3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty.
E5F3 8001 05 Title Aligningplatehomepositionerror 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
Description 1.Thealigningplatehomepositionsensor(PI5)isfaulty. Remedy Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensordoesnotturn
2.Thealigningplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. ONwhenthepaperpushingplatemotorhasbeendrivenfor
3.Thealigningmotor(M5)isfaulty. 0.5sec.
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. E5F6 8002 05 Title Paperpushingplatehomepositionerror
Remedy ThealigningplatehomepositionsensordoesnotturnON Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14),
whenthealigningplatemotorhasbeendrivenfor500 paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper
pulses. pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty.
E5F3 8002 05 Title Aligningplatehomepositionerror 2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty.
Description 1.Thealigningplatehomepositionsensor(PI5)isfaulty. 3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty.
2.Thealigningplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty.
3.Thealigningmotor(M5)isfaulty. Remedy Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensordoesnotturn
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. OFFwhenthepaperpushingplatemotorhasbeendriven
Remedy ThealigningplatehomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFF for150ms.
whenthealigningplatemotorhasbeendrivenfor50pulses.
7-26
7

7
7-27
Code Code
E5F6 8003 05 Title Paperpushingplatemotorclockerror E602 0002 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14), Description ThereisnosystemforthemainCPU
paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper Remedy 1.StartinSafeMode,thenperformoverallformatusingSST
pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty. andreinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturn
2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. OFFandthenONtheMainSwitch.
3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. causedbyfailurewithHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Remedy Thenumberofpulsesdetectedbythepaperpushingplate reinstallthesystem.
motorclocksensoris6pulsesorless. E602 0003 00 Title ErrorinHDD
E5F6 8004 05 Title Pushingpositionerror Description WriteAbortwasdetectedwithBootDevice
Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14), Remedy 1.ExecutedetectionandrecoveryofWriteAbortSector
paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper <InthecaseofdisplayofB/WE-code>
pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty. 1-1.PerformthefollowingstepsbecauseServiceModeis
2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. notavailable.
3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty. 1-2.TurnOFFthepower.Then,whilepressing1+9keys,
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. turnONthepower.WriteAbortSectorrecoveryroutineis
Remedy Thepaperpushingplateleadingedgepositionsensordoes automaticallystartedwhichmakesthescreenblack.
notturnONwhenthepaperpushingplatemotorhasbeen 1-3.Afterawhile,progressisdisplayedbecausetheprocess
drivenfor0.1sec. takestime(40to50min.).Theprocessiscompletewhen
E5F6 8005 05 Title Pushingpositionerror thescreenturnswhite.
Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14), <In the case of official display of wrench-mark>
paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper 1-1.Setasfollows:CHK-TYPE=0;andexecuteHD-CHECK
pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty. (40to50min.),andthenturnOFFandthenONthemain
2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. switch.
3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,start
4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. upinSafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTand
Remedy Thepaperpushingplateleadingedgepositionsensordoes reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
notturnOFFwhenthepaperpushingplatemotorhasbeen andthenONthemainswitch.
drivenfor0.5sec. 3.Ifnoimprovementisfounddespitetheabovemeasures,
E602 0001 00 Title ErrorinHDD itcanbecausedbyfailurewithHDD;therefore,replacethe
Description HDDfailedtoberecognized.Startuppartition(BOOTDEV) HDDandreinstallthesystem.
failedtobefoundatstartup. E602 0006 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy 1.TurnOFFthemainswitchandcheckconnectionofHDD Description ThereisnosystemforthesubCPU
cable,andthenturnONthemainswitch. Remedy 1.StartupinSafeModeandreinstallthesystem(System,
2.CheckforspinupofHDDwhenturningONthemain Lang,RUI)usingSST;andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
switch,orcheckif5V/12Vpowerissupplied. mainpowerswitch.
3.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,replace 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
theHDDandreinstallthesystem.Iftherestillremainsthe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
problem,replacetheMainControllerPCB1. andreinstallthesystem.
7-27
7

7
7-28
Code Code
E602 0007 00 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0102 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Description There is no ICCProfile Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
Remedy 1.StartupinSafeModeandreinstallthesystem(System, Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
Lang,RUI)usingSST;andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
mainpowerswitch. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
andreinstallthesystem. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
E602 0009 00 Title ErrorinHDD failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Description There is no Font file in /BOOTDEV/BOOT reinstallthesystem.
Remedy 1.StartupinSafeModeandreinstallthesystemusingSST; E602 0103 00 Title ErrorinHDD
andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainpowerswitch. Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
andreinstallthesystem. dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
E602 0012 00 Title ErrorinHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter
Description There is no file in which the Web browser refers to theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
Remedy 1.StartupinSafeModeandreinstalltheWebbrowser CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch.
usingSST,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainpower E602 0104 00 Title ErrorinHDD
switch. Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
andreinstallthesystem. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
E602 0100 00 Title ErrorinHDD thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall reinstallthesystem.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand E602 0105 00 Title ErrorinHDD
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. Description Error in file system
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
reinstallthesystem. MainSwitch.
E602 0101 00 Title ErrorinHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. andreinstallthesystem.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin E602 0110 00 Title ErrorinHDD
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
reinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
andreinstallthesystem.
7-28
7

7
7-29
Code Code
Description FailureinHDDconnection Description FailureinHDDconnection
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
level. level.
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Description WriteAbort Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
damaged. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
power. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe andreinstallthesystem.
applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- E602 0124 00 Title ErrorinHDD
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Switch. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
reinstallthesystem. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
E602 0114 00 Title ErrorinHDD andreinstallthesystem.
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
7-29
7

7
7-30
Code Code
Description WriteAbort Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
damaged. executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
power. CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe E602 0204 00 Title ErrorinHDD
applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
Switch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
reinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
E602 0200 00 Title ErrorinHDD reinstallthesystem.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror E602 0205 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Description Error in file system
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand MainSwitch.
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand andreinstallthesystem.
reinstallthesystem. E602 0210 00 Title ErrorinHDD
E602 0201 00 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andreinstallthesystem.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand E602 0211 00 Title ErrorinHDD
reinstallthesystem.
Description FailureinHDDconnection
E602 0202 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror level.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andreinstallthesystem.
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
reinstallthesystem.
7-30
7

7
7-31
Code Code
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror E602 0225 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Description WriteAbort
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF damaged.
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
andreinstallthesystem. power.
E602 0221 00 Title ErrorinHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
Description FailureinHDDconnection applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
level. Switch.
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
andreinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
reinstallthesystem.
7-31
7

7
7-32
Code Code
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
reinstallthesystem. reinstallthesystem.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description Error in file system
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall MainSwitch.
reinstallthesystem. Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
E602 0302 00 Title ErrorinHDD Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andreinstallthesystem.
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby E602 0311 00 Title ErrorinHDD
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand Description FailureinHDDconnection
reinstallthesystem. Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
E602 0303 00 Title ErrorinHDD level.
Description WriteAbort(atstartup) 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. andreinstallthesystem.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter E602 0312 00 Title ErrorinHDD
theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
7-32
7

7
7-33
Code Code
level. Switch.
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
reinstallthesystem.
7-33
7

7
7-34
Code Code
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
E602 0402 00 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureinHDDconnection
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. level.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
reinstallthesystem. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
E602 0403 00 Title ErrorinHDD 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
Description WriteAbort(atstartup) reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter andreinstallthesystem.
theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- E602 0413 00 Title ErrorinHDD
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. Description WriteAbort
E602 0404 00 Title ErrorinHDD Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror damaged.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand power.
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
reinstallthesystem. Switch.
E602 0405 00 Title ErrorinHDD (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
Description Error in file system thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
MainSwitch. reinstallthesystem.
7-34
7

7
7-35
Code Code
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description WriteAbort
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand damaged.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD power.
andreinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
E602 0421 00 Title ErrorinHDD applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
Description FailureinHDDconnection CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write Switch.
level. (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
andreinstallthesystem. reinstallthesystem.
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
reinstallthesystem.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
andreinstallthesystem. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-35
7

7
7-36
Code Code
Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
theapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Description WriteAbort
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall damaged.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand power.
reinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
Description Error in file system CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto Switch.
executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
MainSwitch. thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
level. level.
7-36
7

7
7-37
Code Code
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror reinstallthesystem.
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. E602 0602 00 Title ErrorinHDD
E602 0525 00 Title ErrorinHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
Description WriteAbort failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe reinstallthesystem.
damaged. E602 0603 00 Title ErrorinHDD
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
power. dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter
applicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- theapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch.
Switch.
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
reinstallthesystem.
7-37
7

7
7-38
Code Code
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description WriteAbort
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin damaged.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby power.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
reinstallthesystem. applicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
E602 0605 00 Title ErrorinHDD CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Description Error in file system Switch.
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
MainSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD reinstallthesystem.
andreinstallthesystem. E602 0614 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem.
Description FailureinHDDconnection Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write level.
level. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
7-38
7

7
7-39
Code Code
Description WriteAbort reinstallthesystem.
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe E602 0703 00 Title ErrorinHDD
damaged. Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
power. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
applicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch.
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower E602 0704 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Switch. Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
reinstallthesystem. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. reinstallthesystem.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall Description Error in file system
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby MainSwitch.
7-39
7

7
7-40
Code Code
level. level.
7-40
7

7
7-41
Code Code
reinstallthesystem.
reinstallthesystem.
7-41
7

7
7-42
Code Code
level. Switch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-42
7

7
7-43
Code Code
7-43
7

7
7-44
Code Code
level. Switch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-44
7

7
7-45
Code Code
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy RecoveryinBootPartitionisavailableonlythroughSSTin
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin SafeMode.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSST
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andreinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturn
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. OFFandthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
reinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Remedy RecoveryinBootpartitionisavailableonlythroughSSTin level.
SafeMode. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
1.Setasfollows:CHK-TYPE=4=0;andexecuteHDD- 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
CHECK(duration:severaldozenminutes),andthenturn causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
OFFandthenONthepower. andreinstallthesystem.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,getin E602 1012 00 Title ErrorinHDD
DownloadModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTand Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
E602 1004 00 Title ErrorinHDD reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andreinstallthesystem.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
reinstallthesystem.
7-45
7

7
7-46
Code Code
level. Switch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-46
7

7
7-47
Code Code
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. level.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
reinstallthesystem. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Description WriteAbort(atstartup) reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=5inthepartitionto andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter andreinstallthesystem.
theapplicableCHK-TYPE=5inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- E602 1113 00 Title ErrorinHDD
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. Description WriteAbort
7-47
7

7
7-48
Code Code
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description WriteAbort
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand damaged.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=5inthepartitionto
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD power.
andreinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
Description FailureinHDDconnection CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write Switch.
level. (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
reinstallthesystem.
reinstallthesystem.
7-48
7

7
7-49
Code Code
Remedy 1.Ifpossible,askthecustomertoretrievethedatainthe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
AddressBookfromtheremoteUI. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
dozenminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
3.Iftheabovemeasurefailedtorecoverthesystem,getin causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
DownloadModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTand andreinstallthesystem.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF E602 1213 00 Title ErrorinHDD
andthenONthemainpowerswitch. Description WriteAbort
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe E602 1214 00 Title ErrorinHDD
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror
andreinstallthesystem. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andreinstallthesystem.
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD Description FailureinHDDconnection
andreinstallthesystem. Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Description FailureinHDDconnection 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
level. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. andreinstallthesystem.
7-49
7

7
7-50
Code Code
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror reinstallthesystem.
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. E602 1302 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Description WriteAbort failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe reinstallthesystem.
damaged. E602 1303 00 Title ErrorinHDD
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=6inthepartitionto Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral Remedy RecoveryinBootpartitionisavailableonlythroughSSTin
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe SafeMode.
power. 1.Setasfollows:CHK-TYPE=7=0;andexecuteHDD-
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe CHECK(duration:severaldozenminutes),andthenturn
applicableCHK-TYPE=6inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- OFFandthenONthepower.
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,getin
Switch. DownloadModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTand
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-50
7

7
7-51
Code Code
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description WriteAbort
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin damaged.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=7inthepartitionto
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby power.
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
reinstallthesystem. applicableCHK-TYPE=7inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
E602 1305 00 Title ErrorinHDD CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Description Error in file system Switch.
Remedy RecoveryinBootPartitionisavailableonlythroughSSTin (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
SafeMode. thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSST 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
andreinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturn failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
OFFandthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. reinstallthesystem.
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD Description FailureinHDDconnection
andreinstallthesystem. Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write
Description FailureinHDDconnection 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
level. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. andreinstallthesystem.
7-51
7

7
7-52
Code Code
Description WriteAbort reinstallthesystem.
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe E602 1403 00 Title ErrorinHDD
damaged. Description WriteAbort(atstartup)
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=7inthepartitionto Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=8inthepartitionto
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
power. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=8inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
applicableCHK-TYPE=7inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch.
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower E602 1404 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Switch. Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
reinstallthesystem. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. reinstallthesystem.
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall Description Error in file system
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=8inthepartitionto
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. executeHDD-CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby MainSwitch.
7-52
7

7
7-53
Code Code
level. level.
7-53
7

7
7-54
Code Code
reinstallthesystem.
reinstallthesystem.
7-54
7

7
7-55
Code Code
level. Switch.
reinstallthesystem.
7-55
7

7
7-56
Code Code
7-56
7

7
7-57
Code Code
level. Switch.
7-57
7

7
7-58
Code Code
E602 2000 00 Title ErrorinHDDEncryptionBoard E602 4001 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Description Authenticationerrorbetweenthehostmachineandthe Description NoLinuxsystemstartscript.
EncryptionBoard. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandthepowerconnector.
Remedy 1.AftercheckingconnectionoftheEncryptionBoard, 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
disconnectandconnecttheconnectorand,turnOFFand SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
thenONthepower. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
2.Executethekeyclearprocedure. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
*Keyclear:systemrecoveryprocedure failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
1.ExecutethekeyclearprocedurewithSST. reinstallthesystem.
-->Asaresult,thediskbecomesunformatteddisk.Thus,it E602 FF00 00 Title ErrorinHDD
isnecessarytoexecutestep2. Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
-->E602-0001willbeindicatedifactivatingthemachinewith Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
theunformatteddisk. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
2.ExecuteHDDformatandsystemreinstallationwithSST. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
E602 2001 00 Title ErrorinHDDEncryptionBoard thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
Description MismatchintheEncryptionBoardoperation. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
Remedy 1.Executethekeyclearprocedure. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
E602 2002 00 Title ErrorinHDDEncryptionBoard failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand
Description FailureoftheEncryptionBoard. reinstallthesystem.
Remedy 1.AftercheckingconnectionoftheEncryptionBoard, E602 FF01 00 Title ErrorinHDD
disconnectandconnecttheconnectorand,turnOFFand Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
thenONthepower. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
2.Executethekeyclearprocedure. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
3.AfterreplacingtheEncryptionBoard,executeHDDformat SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
andsystemreinstallationwithSST. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
4.ReplacetheLAN-BARSACBoard-->replacetheMain thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
ControllerPCB1. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
Description UnabletomounttheLinuxsystem. reinstallthesystem.
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandthepowerconnector. E602 FF02 00 Title ErrorinHDD
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand thenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
reinstallthesystem. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby
reinstallthesystem.
7-58
7

7
7-59
Code Code
E602 FF03 00 Title ErrorinHDD E602 FF12 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy 1.Setasfollows:CHK-TYPE=3=0;andexecuteHDD- Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug.
CHECK(duration:severaldozenminutes),andthenturn 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand
OFFandthenONthepower. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,execute andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch.
HDD-CLEARwithCHK-TYPE=3=1,2,3,5,andthenturn 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe
OFFandthenONthepower. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD
E602 FF04 00 Title ErrorinHDD andreinstallthesystem.
Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror E602 FF13 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Description WriteAbort
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe
SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall damaged.
thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=3inthepartitionto
thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand power.
reinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
E602 FF05 00 Title ErrorinHDD applicableCHK-TYPE=3inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
Description Error in file system CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
Remedy Thisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccur. Switch.
1.ExecuteHDD-CLEARwithCHK-TYPE=3=1,2,3,5,and (UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof
thenturnOFFandthenONthepower. thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND)
level. level.
7-59
7

7
7-60
Code Code
E602 FF22 00 Title ErrorinHDD E604 0000 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description Insufficient memory for the model
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Addthemainmemory.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF E604 0001 00 Title Insufficient memory for MEAP application
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. Description MEAPapplicationisinstalledalthoughMEAPisthebase
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe model.
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD Remedy 1. Change the configuration to make MEAP as Full Model
andreinstallthesystem. anduninstalltheapplication(downloadingthelicense,etc),
E602 FF23 00 Title ErrorinHDD andthenmakeitasMEAPBase.
Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror 2. Change the configuration to make MEAP as the Full
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. model.
1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand E604 0002 00 Title Overloadofimagememory
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF Description Mountedmemoryexceeds1.5GB
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. Remedy 1.Makethemainmemory1.5GBorless.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe E604 0512 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory
causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD (whenthenecessarysizeisdetermined)
Description 512MB memory needs to be mounted (insufficient memory
E602 FF24 00 Title ErrorinHDD forthemodel)
Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Mount512MBormoremainmemory.
reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF E604 1024 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory
andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. (whenthenecessarysizeisdetermined)
forthemodel)
E602 FF25 00 Title ErrorinHDD
Remedy 1.Mount1024MBormoremainmemory.
Description WriteAbort
Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe E604 1536 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory
damaged. (whenthenecessarysizeisdetermined)
1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=3inthepartitionto
performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral
forthemodel)
dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe
power.
Remedy 1.Mount1536MBormoremainmemory.
2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe
applicableCHK-TYPE=3inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD-
E611 0000 00 Title RebootingbecauseSRAMwasdestroyedwhenexecuting
CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONtheMainPower
transmissionjobthatsecuresdisconnectionofthepower
Switch.
(UseSSTtoperformreformat/reinstallationinthecaseof Description BecauseSRAMinformationwasdamagedandthejob
thefollowing:BOOTDEV,BOOTDEV2andAPL_SEND) informationsavedonSRAMcannotberead(retrieved).
3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby Remedy ClearSRAMtoerasethejobthatsecuresdisconnectionof
failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand thepower.
reinstallthesystem. E612 0001 00 Title Postponementerror
Description Mismatchedchecksumoflicense.
Remedy Enterthecorrectlicenseandthenewserialnumber,and
thenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
7-60
7

7
7-61
Code Code
E612 0002 00 Title Postponementerror E674 0004 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard
Description Differentmodelbetweentheoldmodelcodeandthenew Description FailureinaccessofthemodemICwhichisusedwith
modelcode. OnBoardFax
thenturnOFFandthenONthepower. Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main
E612 0003 00 Title Postponementerror ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1"
Description Nodataiswritteninthenewserialnumberarea. for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard.
thenturnOFFandthenONthepower. 1.CheckconnectionbetweentheFAXboardandtheMain
E612 0004 00 Title Postponementerror controllerPCB.
2.ReplacetheFaxboard.
Description MismatchedserialnumberofthelicensewithSoftID.
3.ReplacetheMaincontrollerPCB.
E674 0008 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard
thenturnOFFandthenONthepower.
Description FailureinaccessoftheportICthatisbeusedwith
E612 0005 00 Title Postponementerror
OnBoardFax
Description Thelicenseiswrittenalthoughthepostponementhasbeen
Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main
executedonce.
ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1"
Remedy TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard.
E613 0512 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory

Description NonecessarymemoryatMainControllerPCB2 1.CheckconnectionbetweentheFAXboardandtheMain
Remedy MaketheMemorycapacityatMainControllerPCB2as controllerPCB.
indicatedby0512. 2.ReplacetheFaxboard.
E613 1024 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory E674 000C 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard
Description NonecessarymemoryatMainControllerPCB2 Description FailureisdetectedinaccessofthemodemICandportIC
Remedy MaketheMemorycapacityatMainControllerPCB2as thatareusedwithOnBoardFax
indicatedby1024. Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main
ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1"
E613 1536 00 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard.
Description NonecessarymemoryatMainControllerPCB2
Remedy MaketheMemorycapacityatMainControllerPCB2as 1.CheckconnectionbetweentheFAXboardandtheMain
indicatedby1536. controllerPCB.
E674 0001 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard 3.ReplacetheMaincontrollerPCB.
Description Error is detected for specified number of times in E674 0010 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard
communicationwithFAXboard. Description Failureinopeningofthetimerdevicetobeusedwith
Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main OnBoardFax
ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1" Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main
for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard. ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1"
for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard.
1.CheckconnectionbetweentheFAXboardandtheMain
controllerPCB. ReplacetheMaincontrollerPCB.
7-61
7

7
7-62
Code Code
E674 0011 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard E711 0001 05 Title ErrorinregisterofIPC(Ctrl)
Description Failureinstartingofthetimerdevicewhichisusedwith Description Set4errorswithin1.5secinregisterIPCchip.
OnBoardFax Remedy Checkthecable.
Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main E713 0001 05 Title ErrorinIPCcommunication
ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1" Description When receiving retransmission request for 3 times in a row.
for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard. Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
E713 0002 05 Title ErrorinIPCcommunication
ReplacetheMaincontrollerPCB.
Description WhendetectingCRCerrorattransmission.
E674 0030 00 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard
Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
Description ErrorinchecksumofUSB-FAXMAINROM
Remedy GetinthedownloadmodefromtheServiceModewhenthe
Description When not receiving data for more than specified time
poweristurnedONandexecutedownloadingofUSBFAX
MAINROM.
E677 0001 00 Title FailureinPrintServer
Description Whenchecksumofthereceiveddataisnotcorrect.
Description ExhaustFanError(failureisdetectedinoperationofthe
exhustfanonPrintServer)
E713 0010 05 Title ErrorinUFDIcommunication
Remedy ReplacethePrintServerboard
Description Neither ACK nor NAK is returned for specified times in a
E677 0003 00 Title FailureinPrintServer
row.
Description Error is detected at the configuration check when print
serverisstarted.
E713 0011 05 Title ErrorinUFDIcommunication
Remedy 1.CheckconnectionofthecableandturnOFFandthenON
thepower. Description NAK is returned for specified times in a row.
2.ReinstallthePrintServer Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
E677 0004 00 Title FailureinPrintServer E713 0020 05 Title ErrorinUFDIcommunication
Description CPUFanError(failureisdetectedinoperationoftheexhust Description BCC of the received data is invalid for specified times in a
fanonPrintServer) row.
Remedy ReplacethePrintServerboard Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
E677 0010 00 Title FailureinPrintServer E713 0021 05 Title ErrorinUFDIcommunication
Description FailurewasdetectedinoperationoftheCPUfanontheprint Description Timeout before the completion of reception for specified
server. timesinarow.
Remedy 1.Replacetheboardoftheprintserver. Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
2.ReinstallthePrintServer E713 0022 05 Title ErrorinUFDIcommunication
E677 0080 00 Title FailureinPrintServer Description Undefined error for specified times in a row at reception.
Description Anerroroccurredinnetworkcommunicationwiththeengine Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher.
whilethejobisexecutedfromtheprintserver. E717 0001 00 Title ErrorwhenstartingAssistsystem
Remedy 1.CheckthecableconnectionandturnOFFandthenON Description TheAssistsystem,whichshouldhavebeenconnected
thepower. beforethepowerwasturnedOFF,isnotconnectedwhen
2.Reenterthejob. thepoweristurnedON.
3.Reinstalltheprintserver. Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror.
E710 0001 05 Title ErrorininitializationofIPC(Ctrl) E717 0002 00 Title ErrorinIPCwhenAssistsystemisrunning
Description Failedtobeatreadystatuswithin3secafterIPCchiphas Description InthecaseofdisconnectionofIPCoranerrorinwhichIPC
beenstarted. communicationfailedtoberecovered.
Remedy Checkthecable. Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror.
7-62
7

7
7-63
Code Code
E719 0001 00 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. E730 1001 00 Title ErrorinPDLsoftware
Description ErrorinstartingoftheCoinVendor Description Initializationerror.
-TheCoinVendor,whichshouldhavebeenconnected Remedy 1.ExecutethePDLresetprocess.
beforethepowerwasturnedOFF,isnotconnectedwhen 2.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
thepoweristurnedON. E730 100A 00 Title ErrorinPDLsoftware
Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. Description Fatalsystemerroroccurs.
E719 0002 00 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. Remedy 1.ExecutethePDLresetprocess.
Description ErrorinIPCwhenCoinVendorisrunning. 2.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
-InthecaseofdisconnectionofIPCoranerrorinwhich E730 A006 00 Title ErrorinPDLcommunication
IPCcommunicationfailedtoberecovered. Description PDLfailstorespond.NoresponsefromPDLdueto
-Whendisconnectionofthepickupdeliverysignalis Subbootablefailure,notinstalled,RIPAfailure,etc.
detected. Remedy 1.ExecutethePDLresetprocess.
-Whenillegalconnectionisdetected(short-circuitwithTx 2.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
andRxofIPC) 3.ChecktheconnectionofMainControllerPCB2.
Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. 4. Reinstall the firmware.
E719 0003 00 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. 5.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1.
Description -Inthecaseofcommunicationerrorwiththecoinvendor E730 A007 00 Title MismatchinPDLversion
whileobtainingtheunitpriceatstart-up. Description Mismatchofversionbetweenthecontrolsoftwareofthe
Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. hostmachineandPDLcontrolsoftware.
E719 0011 00 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. Remedy Executeoverallsystemformatandinstallation.
Description ErrorinstartingofNewCardReader E730 B013 00 Title ErrorinPDLembeddedfont
-NewCardReader,whichshouldhavebeenconnected Description Fontdataiscorrupted.
beforethepowerwasturnedOFF,isnotconnectedwhen Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
thepoweristurnedON. 2.Reinstallthesystem.
Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. 3.Executeoverallsystemformatandinstallation.
E719 0012 00 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. E730 C000 00 Title Errorininitialization
Description ErrorinIPCwhenNewCardReaderisrunning. Description An error, such as memory acquisition failure, occurs at
-InthecaseofdisconnectionofIPCoranerrorinwhich initialization.
IPCcommunicationfailedtoberecovered. Remedy Executeoverallsystemformatandinstallation.
Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1.
E719 0031 00 Title ErrorinserialcommunicationatthestartoftheNewCard E730 C001 00 Title ErrorinHDDaccess
Reader Description AnerroroccursatHDDaccess.
Description FailureincommunicationwiththeserialNewCardReader Remedy Executeoverallsystemformatandinstallation.
atstart-up. ReplacetheHDD.
Remedy -CheckifthecableoftheserialNewCardReaderis ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2.
disconnected. ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1.
-TakeouttheserialNewCardReader. E731 3000 00 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2
-COPIER>Function>CLEAR>CARD
Description UnabletorecognizetheSURFBoard.
-COPIER>Function>CLEAR>ERR
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectionoftheMainControllerPCB2.
E719 0032 00 Title ErrorinserialcommunicationatthestartoftheNewCard
2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2.
Reader
Description Communicationfailedinthemiddleoftheoperation
althoughcommunicationwiththeserialNewCardReader
wassuccessfulatstart-up.
Remedy -CheckifthecableoftheserialNewCardReaderis
disconnected.
7-63
7

7
7-64
Code Code
E731 3001 00 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2 E743 0000 00 Title DDIcommunicationerror
Description FailureofSURFinitialization. Description SCIerroroccurrence,receptiondataNG,receptiontimeout,
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectionoftheMainControllerPCB2. SEQtimeouterror
2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
3.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1. 2.ChecktheconnectionoftheCablebetweenReaderand
E731 3002 00 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2 Controller.
Description FailureofSURFinitialization. 3.Checkthevoltage(+24Vand+12V)ontheReader
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectionoftheMainControllerPCB2. ControllerPCB.
2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2. 4.ReplacetheDDI-SCable.
3.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1. 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
E731 3015 00 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2 6.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2.
Description VideodataisnottransmittedtoCL1-Geventhoughthereis E743 0003 00 Title DDIcommunicationerror
noprobleminthesoftware. Description SCIerroroccurrence,receptiondataNG,receptiontimeout,
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. SEQtimeouterror
2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
3.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1. 2.ChecktheconnectionoftheCablebetweenReaderand
E732 0001 00 Title Errorinscannercommunication Controller.
3.Checkthevoltage(+24Vand+12V)ontheReader
Description ErrorinDDI-Scommunication
ControllerPCB.
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorconnectingtotheScanner.
4.ReplacetheDDI-SCable.
2.CheckthepoweroftheScanner->whethertoperform
initializationatstart-up?
3.ReplacetheRcon,theScannerBoardortheMain
E743 0004 00 Title DDIcommunicationerror
controllerPCB2.
Description SCIerroroccurrence,receptiondataNG,receptiontimeout,
E732 9999 00 Title Errorinscannercommunication
SEQtimeouterror
Description When a Scanner is detected for the first time from the Printer
Model(notanerror).
2.ChecktheconnectionoftheCablebetweenReaderand
Controller.
E733 0000 00 Title Errorinprintercommunication
3.Checkthevoltage(+24Vand+12V)ontheReader
Description Communicationwiththeprinterfailedatstart-up. ControllerPCB.
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorconnectingtothePrinter. 4.ReplacetheDDI-SCable.
2.CheckthepowerofthePrinter->whethertoperform 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB.
initializationatstart-up? 6.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2.
3.ReplacetheDconortheMaincontrollerPCB2. E744 0001 00 Title Failure in language file
E733 0001 00 Title Errorinprintercommunication Description MismatchedversionbetweentheHDDandtheBootable
Description ErrorinDDI-Pcommunication Remedy Reinstall the correct language file or reinstall the entire
Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorconnectingtothePrinter. software.
2.CheckthepowerofthePrinter->whethertoperform
initializationatstart-up? E744 0002 00 Title Failure in language file
3.ReplacetheDconortheMainControllerPCB2.
Description Oversized language file in HDD
E740 0002 00 Title FailureinEthernetBoard
Remedy FormattheHDDandreinstallthesoftwarebecausethere
Description IncorrectMACaddress can be more than necessary language files.
Remedy 1ReplacetheLANcard. E744 0003 00 Title Failure in language file
E740 0003 00 Title FailureinEthernetBoard Description Unable to find the language which should be switched and
Description IncorrectMACaddress described in Config.txt in the HDD.
Remedy 1ReplacetheLANcard. Remedy Reinstallthesoftware.
7-64
7

7
7-65
Code Code
E744 0004 00 Title Failure in language file E746 0033 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID
Description UnabletoswitchtothelanguageintheHDD. Description Errorthatcanberecovered
Remedy Reinstallthesoftware. Remedy Recoveryisavailableifthereisabackupkeydueto
E744 1000 00 Title ErrorinBootROMproject mismatchofinternaldata
Description TheinsertedBootROMisofdifferentmodel. E746 0034 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID
Remedy 1.ReplacewiththecorrectBootROM. Description Errorthatisautomaticallyrecovered
E744 2000 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Remedy Tobeautomaticallyrecoveredatthenextstart-up
Description TheengineIDdescribedinSoftIDisincorrect E747 3F00 00 Title UndetectederroroftheImageProcessChipP
Remedy 1.ReplacetheSoftIDPCB Description UndetectederroroftheImageProcessChipP
E746 0011 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Remedy ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
Description Becauseboththevoicecompositionboardandthe E747 7F00 00 Title UndetectederroroftheImageProcessChipR
compositionrecognitionboardareinserted. Description UndetectederroroftheImageProcessChipR
Remedy Insertonly1boardoftheappropriatevoiceboard. Remedy ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
E746 0021 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID E747 9F00 00 Title DetectionshowsthatSubBoardOfailedtobeinstalled
Description Failureinself-checkingoftheoptionboard. Description DetectionshowsthatSubBoardOfailedtobeinstalled
Remedy 1.ReplacetheOptionBoard. Remedy CheckcontactoftheSubBoardOandthecable,orreplace
2.Asatemporarymeasure,removetheOptionBoardand ->ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
disablethePCAMlicense. E747 BF00 00 Title DetectionshowsthatSubBoardOfailedtobeinstalled
E746 0022 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Description DetectionshowsthatSubBoardOfailedtobeinstalled
Description DifferentversionoftheOptionBoard Remedy CheckcontactoftheSubBoardOandthecable,orreplace
Remedy 1. Update the firmware of the Option Board. ->ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
2.Asatemporarymeasure,removetheOptionBoardand E747 DF00 00 Title UndetectederrorofImageProcessChipS
disablethePCAMlicense. Description UndetectederrorofImageProcessChipS
E746 0023 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Remedy CheckcontactofScanI/Fcable-->Replace
Description NoresponsefromtheOptionBoard ->ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
Remedy 1.ChecktoseeiftheOptionBoardisproperlyinserted. E747 FF00 00 Title AwrongSubBoardwasdetected
2.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Description AwrongSubBoardwasdetected
3.Iftheabovemeasuredoesnotsolvetheproblem,replace Remedy CheckcontactofScanI/Fcable-->Replace
theOptionBoard. CheckcontactoftheSubBoardOandthecable-->Replace
4.Asatemporarymeasure,removetheOptionBoardand ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
disablethePCAMlicense. E747 FF01 00 Title ConnectionfailurewithDDR-SDRAM(P)/inappropriate
E746 0024 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID memorysize
Description FailureinbehavioroftheOptionBoard. Description ConnectionfailurewithDDR-SDRAM(P)/inappropriate
Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. memorysize
2.Iftheabovemeasuredoesnotsolvetheproblem,replace Remedy ReplacetheDDR-SDRAM(P)
theOptionBoard. E747 XXXX 00 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2
3.Asatemporarymeasure,removetheOptionBoardand
Description ErrorinMainControllerPCB2
disablethePCAMlicense.
Remedy 1.CheckcontactofSDRAMatMainControllerPCB2.-->
E746 0031 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID
Replace
Description Errorinhardware 2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2
Remedy ReplacetheOptionBoard. 3.ReplacetheHDD(replacethenewencryptionboard)
E746 0032 00 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID CheckcontactofScanI/Fcable-->Replace
Description Errorthatcannotberecovered CheckcontactoftheSubBoardOandthecable,orreplace
Remedy ReinstallationisnecessaryusingSST
7-65
7

7
7-66
Code Code
E748 2010 00 Title ErrorinFlashPCB E749 0004 00 Title BootcommandduetoE-coderecovery
Description Unable to find the IPL. Description There has been a change in configuration that needs to turn
Remedy ReplacetheFlashPCB. OFFandthenONthepower.
E748 2011 00 Title ErrorinFlashPCB Remedy TurnOFFandthenONthepower.
Description Unable to find the kernel. E804 0001 00 Title ErrorinPowerSupplyFan
Remedy ReplacetheFlashPCB. Description LockofthePowerSupplyFanwasdetected
E748 2012 00 Title ErrorinFlashPCB Remedy 1.CheckpowerdistributiontotheFan.
Description UnabletomounttheLinuxsystematstartingservicemode, 2.ReplacetheFan.
orthereisnosystemstartscript. E805 0000 05 Title ErrorinFixingHeatExhaustFan1
Remedy ReplacetheFlashPCB. Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturned
E748 2021 00 Title ErrorinaccessofMainControllerPCB2 ON,rotationoftheFixingHeatExhaustFan1(FM1)was
Description NecessaryH/WontheMainControllerPCB2isnotfound. detectedbeforeturningONthefan.
Remedy 1.CleantheterminaloftheMainControllerPCB2,and 2.ThereisnorotationsignalwhiletheFixingHeatExhaust
disconnectandthenconnectit. Fan1(FM1)isrotating.
2.CleantheterminaloftheMainControllerPCB1,and Remedy 1.ChecktheFixingHeatExhaustFan1(FM1)harness
disconnectandthenconnectit. (toseeiftheharnessiscaught,disconnectedorphysically
3.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2. removed).
E748 2022 00 Title ErrorinaccessofMainControllerPCB2 2.CheckthefuseofthePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
3.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
Description NecessaryH/WontheMainControllerPCB2isnotfound.
4.ReplacetheFixingHeatExhaustFan1(FM1).
Remedy 1.RemoveandtheninserttheMainControllerPCB1and
E805 0001 05 Title ErrorinFixingHeatExhaustFan2
theMainControllerPCB2.
2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1andtheMain Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturned
ControllerPCB2. ON,rotationoftheFixingHeatExhaustFan2(FM2)was
detectedbeforeturningONthefan.
E748 2023 00 Title ErrorinaccessofMainControllerPCB2
2.ThereisnorotationsignalwhiletheFixingHeatExhaust
Description UnabletoinitializethememoryDDR2-SDRAMontheMain
Fan2(FM2)isrotating.
ControllerPCB2.
Remedy 1.ChecktheFixingHeatExhaustFan2(FM2)harness
Remedy 1.CleantheterminaloftheDDR2-SDRAM,anddisconnect
(toseeiftheharnessiscaught,disconnectedorphysically
andthenconnectit.
removed).
2.ReplacetheDDR2-SDRAM.
2.ReplacetheFeedDriverPCB.
E748 2024 00 Title ErrorinaccessofMainControllerPCB2
3.ReplacetheFixingHeatExhaustFan2(FM2).
Description CPUontheMainControllerPCB2failstocompletethe
E806 0000 05 Title ErrorinDeliveryfan1
initialization.
Description 1.FailureintheConnectsignalwhenthefanwasturned
Remedy 1.CleantheterminaloftheDDR2-SDRAM,anddisconnect
OFF.
andthenconnectit.
2.Failuredetectedwhilethefanisrotating.
2.ReplacetheDDR2-SDRAM.
Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught,
E749 0001 00 Title Reboot command due to change in PDL configuration
disconnectedorphysicallyremoved).
Description There has been a change in configuration that needs to turn 2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
OFFandthenONthepower. 3.ReplacetheDeliveryFan(FM7).
E749 0003 00 Title Boot command due to change in mAccele configuration
Description There has been a change in configuration that needs to turn
OFFandthenONthepower.
7-66
7

7
7-67
Code Code
E806 0001 05 Title ErrorinDeliveryfan2 E811 0001 05 Title Errorin24Vofthedrumnew/olddetection.
Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturnedON, Description Errorin24Vofthedrumnew/olddetection.
rotationofthefanwasdetectedbeforeturningONthefan. Remedy 1.ChecktheFUSE_5onthePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
2.Thereisnorotationsignalwhilethefanisrotating. 2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught, E840 0000 05 Title ErrorinshutterforFixingEdgeCoolingFan(iftheHPfailed
disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). tobedetectedwhentheerroroccurred).
2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). Description Failedtodetectthatthefanshutterhasmovedtothe
3.ReplacetheDeliveryFan2(FM9). specified position when moving the fan shutter from
E806 0002 05 Title ErrorinSecondaryTransferExhaustFan anywhereotherthantheHP.
Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturnedON, Remedy 1.ChecktheharnessoftheShutterMotor(M27),theShutter
rotationofthefanwasdetectedbeforeturningONthefan. HPSensor(PS31)andtheShutterPositionSensor(PS32)
2.Thereisnorotationsignalwhilethefanisrotating. (toseeiftheharnessiscaught,disconnectedorphysically
Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught, removed).
disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). 2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2).
2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). 3.ReplacetheShutterMotor,theShutterHPSensororthe
3.ReplacetheSecondaryTransferExhaustFan(FM8). ShutterPositionSensor.
E807 0000 05 Title ErrorinProcesscartridgefan(front) E880 0001 00 Title ErrorinControllerFan
Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturnedON, Description FanlockoftheControllerCPUcoolingfanwasdetected
rotationofthefanwasdetectedbeforeturningONthefan. Remedy Checkiftheconnectorisconnected.
2.Thereisnorotationsignalwhilethefanisrotating. IftheconnectionwasfoundOK,replacetheControllerFan
Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught, 3(FM13).
disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). E880 0003 00 Title ErrorinControllerFan
2.ReplacetheRelayBoard. Description RiserPCBFanwasdetectedtobelocked.
3.Replacethefan. Remedy Checkiftheconnectorisconnected.
E807 0001 05 Title ErrorinProcesscartridgefan(rear) IftheconnectionwasfoundOK,replacetheControllerFan
Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturnedON, 1(FM11).
rotationofthefanwasdetectedbeforeturningONthefan. E880 0004 00 Title ErrorinControllerFan
2.Thereisnorotationsignalwhilethefanisrotating. Description RiserPCBFanwasdetectedtobelocked.
Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught, Remedy Checkiftheconnectorisconnected.
disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). IftheconnectionwasfoundOK,replacetheControllerFan
2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). 2(FM12).
3.Replacethefan. E880 0005 00 Title ErrorinControllerFan
E808 0000 05 Title ErrorinZeroCross Description FanlockoftheHDDCoolingFanwasdetected
Description ZeroCrossfailedtobedetectedfor50msormorewhilethe Remedy Checkiftheconnectorisconnected.
fixing relay was ON. IttheconnectionisOK,replacetheHDDCoolingFan
Remedy 1.ReplacetheACDriver(UN6). (FM14).
2.Checkthecycleoftheinputvoltage(failureinpower- T-7-2
peripheralareaofthecustomer.Askthecustomertoperform
thepowersupplywork).
E811 0000 05 Title FusecutofferrorinProcessCartridge
Description Fusecannotbecutoff(disconnect)althoughitistriedtobe
cutoff.
2.ChecktheresistancevalueoftheFuseonDrum.
3.ReplacetheDrum.
7-67
7

7
7-68
JamCode ACC Jam

Type SensorName SensorID
ID Code
00 0DA1 MISSPRT - MISSPRT
imageRUNNERADVANCEC5051/C5045/C5035/ 00 0DA2 MISSPRT - MISSPRT
00 0B00 DOOROP Frontdoorsensor,Rightlowerdoor PS18,PS19,PS20
C5030 sensor,Rightdoorsensor
00 0105 DELAY Registrationsensor PS33
[PS39] 00 0205 STNRY Registrationsensor PS33
00 0A05 POWERON Registrationsensor PS33
[PS42] [PS43] 00 0106 DELAY Fixinginletsensor PS34
[PS40] 00 0206 STNRY Fixinginletsensor PS34
00 0A06 POWERON Fixinginletsensor PS34
[PS41] 00 0107 DELAY Innerdeliverysensor PS37
00 0207 STNRY Innerdeliverysensor PS37
[PS37] 00 0A07 POWERON Innerdeliverysensor PS37
00 010D DELAY Duplexpapersensor PS38
00 020D STNRY Duplexpapersensor PS38
[PS34] [PS35] [PS36] 00 0A0D POWERON Duplexpapersensor PS38
00 010A DELAY Reversesensor PS39
[PS38] 00 020A STNRY Reversesensor PS39
[PS33] [PS47] 00 0A0A POWERON Reversesensor PS39
00 010C DELAY Duplexinletsensor PS40
[UN53] 00 020C STNRY Duplexinletsensor PS40
[PS55] 00 0A0C POWERON Duplexinletsensor PS40
00 0108 DELAY Firstdeliverysensor PS41
00 0208 STNRY Firstdeliverysensor PS41
[PS56] 00 0A08 POWERON Firstdeliverysensor PS41
00 0109 DELAY Seconddeliverysensor PS42
00 0209 STNRY Seconddeliverysensor PS42
F-7-1 00 0A09 POWERON Seconddeliverysensor PS42
00 010B DELAY Thirddeliverysensor PS43
[PS1D] 00 020B STNRY Thirddeliverysensor PS43
00 0A0B POWERON Thirddeliverysensor PS43
[PS6D]
00 0A01 POWERON Cassette1pre-registrationsensor PS55
00 0102 DELAY Cassette2pre-registrationsensor PS56
00 0202 STNRY Cassette2pre-registrationsensor PS56
00 0A02 POWERON Cassette2pre-registrationsensor PS56
00 010F DELAY Deckpickupsensor PS6D
00 0111 DELAY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) PS8
00 0112 DELAY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) PS9
00 020F STNRY Deckpickupsensor PS6D
00 0211 STNRY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) PS8
F-7-2 00 0212 STNRY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) PS9
00 0A0F POWERON Deckpickupsensor PS6D
00 0A11 POWERON Tonersupplysensor(Y) PS1
00 0A12 POWERON Tonersupplysensor(M) PS2
7-68
7

7
7-69
ACC Jam
Type SensorName SensorID DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1/ColorImage
ID Code
00 0103 DELAY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) PS8 ReaderUnit-B2
00 0203 STNRY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) PS8
00 0A03 POWERON TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) PS8 [SR22] [PCB2] [SR2]
00 0104 DELAY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) PS9
00 0204 STNRY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) PS9
[SR4] [SR3] [PCB5]
00 0A04 POWERON Tonercappositionsensor(Y) PS9
00 0CA6 RETRYERR -
00 0CF1 ERR -
00 0DA3 MISSPRT -
[PCB3]
00 1F01 SEQNG -
00 FFA1 SEQNG - [PCB4]
00 FFA2 SEQNG - [SR5]
00 FFA3 SEQNG -
00 0D91 SIZENG -
00 0D92 OHPNG Transparencysensor UN51
00 0D93 OHPNG Transparencysensor UN51
00 0113 DELAY Verticalpathsensor UN53 [SR4]
00 0213 STNRY Verticalpathsensor UN53 [SR6] [SR9] [SR7] [SR8]
[SR12～15]
T-7-3
[SR1] [SR5]
[SR11] [SR2] [SR3] [VR1] [SR10]

F-7-3
SensorID
ACC Jam
Type SensorName C5051,C5045/
ID Code
C5035,C5030
01 0090 ADFOP - ADFOP
01 0091 ADFOP - ADFOP
01 0092 COVEROP - COVEROP
01 0093 COVEROP - COVEROP
01 0094 RESIDUAL - INITNG
01 0005 DELAY Registrationsensor PCB3/SR1
01 0045 DELAY Registrationsensor PCB3/SR1
01 0006 STNRY Registrationsensor PCB3/SR1
01 0046 STNRY Registrationsensor PCB3/SR1
01 0007 DELAY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2
7-69
7

7
7-70
ACC Jam
SensorID StapleFinisher-C1/BookletFinisher-C1
Type SensorName C5051,C5045/
ID Code
C5035,C5030
01 0047 DELAY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2 PI108 PI123 PI105 PI107
01 0008 STNRY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2 PI109 PI101
01 0048 STNRY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2
PI111
01 0011 DELAY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3 PI117
01 0051 DELAY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3
01 0012 STNRY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3 PI106
01 0052 STNRY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3
01 0075 HPNG Pickupunitlifterhomepositionsensor SR12/- PI114
01 0073 HPNG Disengaginghomepositionsensor1 SR15/SR11
01 0074 HPNG Disengaginghomepositionsensor2 SR16/- PI104
01 0001 DELAY Post-separationsensor1,Post-separation SR2,SR3,PCB2/-
sensor2,Post-separationsensor3
01 0095 PICKUPNG Post-separationsensor1,Post-separation SR2,SR3,PCB2/- PI102
sensor2,Post-separationsensor3 PI103
01 0002 STNRY Post-separationsensor1,Post-separation SR2,SR3,PCB2/-
01 0042 STNRY Post-separationsensor1,Post-separation SR2,SR3,PCB2/-
01 0013 DELAY Reversingpathsensor -/SR3
01 0053 DELAY Reversingpathsensor -/SR3 PI110
01 0014 STNRY Reversingpathsensor -/SR3
01 0054 STNRY Reversingpathsensor -/SR3
01 0003 DELAY Delaysensor SR4/SR4
01 0043 DELAY Delaysensor SR4/SR4
01 0004 STNRY Delaysensor SR4/SR4
01 0044 STNRY Delaysensor SR4/SR4
01 0009 DELAY Readsensor2 SR5/- PI115
01 0049 DELAY Readsensor2 SR5/-
01 0010 STNRY Readsensor2 SR5/-
PI112 PI120
01 0050 STNRY Readsensor2 SR5/-
01 0071 TIMINGNG - TIMINGNG F-7-4
T-7-4
7-70
7

7
7-71
ACC Jam
ID Code
02 1F2F RETRYERR - -
02 1F8F RETRYERR - -
02 1012 DELAY - DELAY
PI22 02 1408 DOOROP - DOOROP
PI16 PI9 02 1488 DOOROP - DOOROP
PI18 02 1122 STNRY - PCB12
PI19 02 1092 DELAY Paperpushingplatemotorclock PI1
PI11 sensor
02 1387 POWERON Paperpushingplatemotorclock PI1,PI17,PI18,PI19
PI20 sensor,Verticalpatpapersensor,No.1 ,PI20,PI22
papersensor,No.2papersensor,No.3
PI21 papersensor,Saddleinletsensor
02 1011 DELAY Inletsensor PI103
PI6 02 1121 STNRY Inletsensor PI103
PI14 02 1205 RESIDUAL Inletsensor PI103
02 1014 DELAY Feedpathsensor PI104
PI5 PI15 02 1124 STNRY Feedpathsensor PI104
02 1307 POWERON Feedpathsensor PI104
02 11A2 STNRY #N/A! PI11,PI17
02 1091 DELAY No.1papersensor PI18
PI12
02 11A1 STNRY No.1papersensor,No.2paper PI18,PI19,PI20
sensor,No.3papersensor
02 1093 DELAY Saddleinletsensor PI22
PI17
02 11A3 STNRY Saddleinletsensor PI22
PI13 02 1644 PUNCH SideregistrationHPsensor PI63
PI4 PI8 02 1345 POWERON - POWERON
02 1586 SDLSTP - SDLSTP
PI1 PI7
02 1506 STP - STP
F-7-5 02 1C75 ERR GripperunitHPsensor S7
T-7-5
7-71
7

7
7-72
InnerFinisher-A1 ACC Jam
ID Code
S22 S2 S1 02 1C71 ERR Gripuarmsensor S13
02 1C20 ERR ShiftrollerHPsensor S2
02 1C67 ERR Shiftrollerreleasesensor S3
02 1C32 ERR staplermoveHPsensor S10
02 1C6F ERR Entrancerollerrelease/stopperHPsensor S5
02 1C40 ERR stacktrayclocksensor S14
02 1C42 ERR Additionaltrayclocksensor S23
02 1CF3 ERR - -
02 1CF6 ERR - -
02 1CF1 ERR - -
02 1CF7 ERR - -
02 1001 DELAY Entrancesensor S1
02 1101 STNRY Entrancesensor S1
02 1102 STNRY Processingtraysensor S6
02 1300 POWERON Entrancesensor,Processingtraysensor S1,S6
02 1F00 Entrancesensor S1
02 1500 STP StaplerHPsensor,Stapleredgingsensor S18,S19
02 1400 DOOROP Frontcoverswitch SW1
T-7-6
S15 S16 S6
F-7-6
S18
S19
S20
S10 S13
S9
S7
S12
S11
F-7-7
7-72
7

7
7-73
AlarmCode Location Alarm

Description Details
ofTrouble Code
34 - 0002 Autoregistration Abnormal data occurred on more or equal to 8 out of
AlarmCode adjustment 10setsofautoregistrationpattern.
Dirtonthebeltandscratcheswerewronglydetected
asapatternanddiscrepancyinreadingdata
Location Alarm
Description Details occurredastheresult.
ofTrouble Code 34 - 0003 Autoregistration Timeoutoccurredduetounsuccessinreading10
00 - 0246 Errorcodedisplay SoftcounterPCBcannotwritenormally. adjustment setsofautoregistrationpattern.
(4-digit) Registrationdetectionsensorfailure,Registration
00 - 0247 Errorcodedisplay SoftcounterPCBcannotrestoredata. detectionsensorcleaningmembercoveredthe
(4-digit) registrationdetectionsensor,ornoimagedrewon
02 - 0020 FrontfaceDADFdust SET:Incasethat'DADFdustcorrectionwiththe thebelt.
correctionoccurs frontfacerollerduringDADFpaperinterval"is 37 - 0001 ForR&D ForR&D
enabled. 37 - 0002 ForR&D ForR&D
02 - 0021 ReversefaceDADFdust SET:Incasethat'DADFdustcorrectionwiththe 37 - 0003 ForR&D ForR&D
correctionoccurs reversefacerollerduringDADFpaperinterval"is 37 - 0004 ForR&D ForR&D
enabled.
37 - 0005 ForR&D ForR&D
02 - 0022 Insufficient LED light In case the light intensity is insufficient when LED
intensityerrorinfront lighting
scanner
02 - 0023 Insufficient LED light In case the light intensity is insufficient when LED
intensityerrorinback lighting 37 - 2000 ForR&D ForR&D
scanner 38 - 0001 ForR&D ForR&D
04 - 0008 Optionaldeckliftererror - 38 - 0002 ForR&D ForR&D
09 - 0001 Drumlife(Y) - 61 - 0001 Nostaple Operation:Usermessageisdisplayedoncontroller
09 - 0002 Drumlife(M) - (processtrayassembly) ofmainunit.
Printingoperationissuspendedwhenoperating
09 - 0003 Drumlife(C) -
staplejobduringaprintjob.
09 - 0004 Drumlife(K) -
Recoverymethod:Replenishwithstaples.
10 - 0001 Notoner(Bk)(RDS -
62 - 0001 Nostaple Operation:Printoperationissuspendedafteruser
creates)
(saddleassembly) messageisdisplayedoncontrollerofmainunit.
10 - 0002 Notoner(Cy)(RDS - Printingoperationissuspendedwhenoperating
creates) side-staplejobduringaprintjob.
10 - 0003 Notoner(M)(RDS - Recoverymethod:Replenishwithstaples.
creates) 65 - 0001 Punchdustfull Operation:Usermessageisdisplayedoncontroller
10 - 0004 Notoner(Ye)(RDS - ofmainunit.
creates) Whenpunchingduringaprintjob,operationvaries
11 - 0001 Wastetoneralarm Detectedwastetonerbottlefull. dependingonthedetectionlevelofthepunchdust
31 - 0006 HDDfailurewhen HDD failure when equipped with the mirroring sensor.
equipped with the function Punchdustdetectionlevel1:Continueoperation.
mirroringfunction Punchdustdetectionlevel2:Suspendprinting(in
33 - 0011 Fixingexhaustfanalarm SET:Incasethefanabnormalityoccurredduringa casepunchingoperated1000timesafterthelevel1
job. detection)
RESET:Incasethefanoperatesnormallyduringa Recoverymethod:Removepunchdust.
job 70 - 0001 Memory overflow -
70 - 0002 Font memory overflow -
70 - 0003 Micromemory overflow -
70 - 0004 Image memory overflow -
7-73
7

7
7-74
Location Alarm Location Alarm
Description Details Description Details
ofTrouble Code ofTrouble Code
70 - 0005 Patternmemory - 75 - 9106 Videotransfererror -
overflow (CLG-O1VsyncA,
70 - 0006 Aharddiskerror - VsyncBerror)
70 - 0007 Detectoperation - 75 - 9107 Videotransfererror -
abnormalityfortheHDD (CLG-O1VsyncA,
access request VsyncB,Overrunerror)
73 - 0004 LIPS Overflow of work memory for translator 75 - 9108 Videotransfererror -
73 - 0006 LIPS Error in configuration acquisition/management (CLG-O1HsyncBerror)
73 - 0007 LIPS MemorymanagementerrorinLIPS 75 - 9109 Videotransfererror -
73 - 0008 LIPS FilemanagementerrorinLIPS (CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0009 LIPS Receptiondatamanagementerror Overrunerror)
73 - 0010 LIPS Pagecontrolerror 75 - 910A Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0011 LIPS Macromanagementerror
VsyncBerror)
73 - 0012 LIPS Colormanagementerror
75 - 910B Videotransfererror -
73 - 0013 LIPS Layoutcontrolerror
(CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0014 LIPS Fontmanagementerror
VsyncB,Overrunerror)
73 - 0015 LIPS Letterdrawingerror
75 - 910C Videotransfererror -
73 - 0016 LIPS Graphicdrawingerror (CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0017 LIPS Imagedrawingerror VsyncAerror)
73 - 0018 LIPS DisplayerrortoLCD 75 - 910D Videotransfererror -
73 - 0019 LIPS Textmodecommanderrorlayererror (CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0020 LIPS Vectormodecommanderrorlayererror VsyncA,Overunerror)
73 - 0021 LIPS Utilityexecutioncontrolerror 75 - 910E Videotransfererror -
73 - 0022 LIPS DatabasemanagementerrorinLIPS (CLG-O1HsyncB,
73 - 0023 LIPS MenucontrolerrorinLIPS VsyncA,VsyncBerror)
73 - 0024 LIPS BooterrorinLIPS 75 - 910F Videotransfererror -
73 - 0025 LIPS Whenthegraphiclibraryisinuseforimage (CLG-O1HsyncB,
processing,ifthememoryallocationisfailed. VsyncA,VsyncB
73 - 0026 LIPS Dataformaterrorofimagemode ,Overunerror)
75 - 0001 ErroroccurredinYukon - 75 - 9110 Videotransfererror -
75 - 0002 Erroroccurreddueto - (CLG-O1HsyncAerror)
invalidSVGanalysis 75 - 9111 Videotransfererror -
fromYukon (CLG-O1HsyncA,
75 - 9101 Videotransfererror - Overrunerror)
(CLG-O1Overrunerror) 75 - 9112 Videotransfererror -
75 - 9102 Videotransfererror - (CLG-O1HsyncA,
(CLG-O1VsyncBerror) VsyncBerror)
75 - 9103 Videotransfererror - 75 - 9113 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1VsyncB, (CLG-O1HsyncA,
Overrunerror) VsyncB,Overrunerror)
75 - 9104 Videotransfererror - 75 - 9114 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1VsyncAerror) (CLG-O1HsyncA,
VsyncAerror)
75 - 9105 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1VsyncA,
Overrunerror)
7-74
7

7
7-75
75 - 9115 Videotransfererror - 75 - B104 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1HsyncA, (CLG-O2VsyncAerror)
VsyncA,Overunerror) 75 - B105 Videotransfererror -
75 - 9116 Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2VsyncA,
(CLG-O1HsyncA, Overrunerror)
VsyncA,VsyncBerror) 75 - B106 Videotransfererror -
75 - 9117 Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2VsyncA,
(CLG-O1HsyncA, VsyncBerror)
VsyncA,VsyncB, 75 - B107 Videotransfererror -
Overunerror) (CLG-O2VsyncA,
75 - 9118 Videotransfererror - VsyncB,Overrunerror)
(CLG-O1HsyncA, 75 - B108 Videotransfererror -
HsyncBerror) (CLG-O2HsyncBerror)
75 - 9119 Videotransfererror - 75 - B109 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O1HsyncA, (CLG-O2HsyncB,
HsyncB,Overrunerror) Overrunerror)
75 - 911A Videotransfererror - 75 - B10A Videotransfererror -
HsyncB,VsyncBerror) VsyncBerror)
75 - 911B Videotransfererror - 75 - B10B Videotransfererror -
HsyncB,VsyncB, VsyncB,Overrunerror)
Overrunerror) 75 - B10C Videotransfererror -
75 - 911C Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncB,
(CLG-O1HsyncA, VsyncAerror)
HsyncB,VsyncAerror) 75 - B10D Videotransfererror -
75 - 911D Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncB,
(CLG-O1HsyncA,Hsync VsyncA,Overunerror)
B,VsyncA,Overunerror) 75 - B10E Videotransfererror -
75 - 911E Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncB,
(CLG-O1HsyncA,Hsync VsyncA,VsyncBerror)
B,VsyncA,VsyncBerror) 75 - B10F Videotransfererror -
75 - 911F Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncB,
(CLG-O1HsyncA,Hsync VsyncA,VsyncB
B,VsyncA,VsyncB,Overr ,Overunerror)
unerror) 75 - B110 Videotransfererror -
75 - 9120 Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncAerror)
(CLG-O1timeouterror) 75 - B111 Videotransfererror -
75 - B101 Videotransfererror - (CLG-O2HsyncA,
(CLG-O2Overrunerror) Overrunerror)
75 - B102 Videotransfererror - 75 - B112 Videotransfererror -
(CLG-O2VsyncBerror) (CLG-O2HsyncA,
75 - B103 Videotransfer - VsyncBerror)
error(CLG-O2 75 - B113 Videotransfererror -
VsyncB,Overrunerror) (CLG-O2HsyncA,
VsyncB,Overrunerror)
7-75
7

7
7-76
75 - B114 Videotransfererror - 76 - 0005 Font Failstoanalyzetheinternalfont.
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 76 - 0006 Font Alignmentoffontdataiswrong.
VsyncAerror) 76 - 0007 Font Failedtoallocateworkmemorywithscaler.There
75 - B115 Videotransfererror - are3typesdependingonwheretooccur.
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 76 - 0008 Font Failedtoallocateworkmemorywithscaler.There
VsyncA,Overunerror) are3typesdependingonwheretooccur.
75 - B116 Videotransfererror - 77 - 0001 PDL Failstoallocatethememory
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 77 - 0002 PDL Failureofrendering
VsyncA,VsyncBerror) 77 - 0003 PDL DGLentryinvalid
75 - B117 Videotransfererror - 77 - 0005 PDL Othererrors
(CLG-O2HsyncA,
77 - 0006 PDL DLG memory insufficient
VsyncA,VsyncB,
78 - 0003 GL GLentryinvalid
Overunerror)
78 - 0005 GL Systemmemoryfull
75 - B118 Videotransfererror -
79 - 0001 In-housedevelopedPCL PCLinitializationerror
(CLG-O2HsyncA,
HsyncBerror) 79 - 0002 In-housedevelopedPCL PCLprocessingerror
75 - B119 Videotransfererror - 79 - 0003 In-housedevelopedPCL Overflow of work memory for translator
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 79 - 0004 In-housedevelopedPCL Download overflow
HsyncB,Overrunerror) 80 - 0001 BDL Adminerror
75 - B11A Videotransfererror - 80 - 0003 BDL DataAreaerror
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 80 - 0010 BDL Graphicserror
HsyncB,VsyncBerror) 80 - 0011 BDL Charerror
75 - B11B Videotransfererror - 80 - 0015 BDL Printdatacannotprocessthisversion.
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 80 - 0016 BDL Overflow of work memory for translator
HsyncB,VsyncB, 80 - 0018 BDL Syntaxerror
Overrunerror) 80 - 0019 BDL IncaseofinvaliddataformatinBDLcustommode.
75 - B11C Videotransfererror - 81 - 0001 Imaging Failstoallocatethememory
(CLG-O2HsyncA, 81 - 0002 Imaging Failureofrendering
HsyncB,VsyncAerror)
81 - 0003 Imaging Overflow of work memory for translator
75 - B11D Videotransfererror -
81 - 0004 Imaging Imaginginitializationerror
(CLG-O2HsyncA,Hsync
81 - 0005 Imaging Imagingprocessingerror
B,VsyncA,Overunerror)
82 - 0001 RIP H/WDarthangupbytheDisplayListinjustice
75 - B11E Videotransfererror -
83 - 0001 CanonPDF PDFdataerror
(CLG-O2HsyncA,Hsync
B,VsyncA,VsyncBerror) 83 - 0002 CanonPDF PDFcompressionanalysiserror
75 - B11F Videotransfererror - 83 - 0003 CanonPDF PDFpagecompressionerror
(CLG-O2HsyncA,Hsync 83 - 0004 CanonPDF PDFdataprocessingerror
B,VsyncA,VsyncB,Overr 83 - 0005 CanonPDF PDFmemoryfull
unerror) 83 - 0006 CanonPDF PDF temporary file error
75 - B120 Videotransfererror - 83 - 0007 CanonPDF PDFcoloranalysiserror
(CLG-O2timeouterror) 83 - 0008 CanonPDF PDFdatareadingerror
76 - 0001 Font Nomemoryforinternalfont 83 - 0009 CanonPDF PDFoutputselectionerror
76 - 0002 Font Failstoassuretheworkareatoanalyzethefontthat 83 - 0010 CanonPDF PDF process file error
isdownloadedat"ResourceDownload". 83 - 0011 CanonPDF PDFaccesserror
76 - 0003 Font Fails to access the file that stores the font. 83 - 0012 CanonPDF PDFanalysisaccesserror
76 - 0004 Font FailstoallocatetheFMworkmemory. 83 - 0013 CanonPDF PDFfonterror
7-76
7

7
7-77
Location Alarm
Description Details
ofTrouble Code
83 - 0014 CanonPDF PDFrenderingerror
83 - 0015 CanonPDF PDFdatadecodeerror
83 - 0016 CanonPDF PDFprintrangeerror
83 - 0017 CanonPDF PDFerror
83 - 0018 CanonPDF PDFanalysiserror
Un-supportedtransparentobjectexists.
84 - 0001 XPSmemoryfullerror -
84 - 0002 XPSspoolfullerror -
84 - 0003 XPSprintrangeerror -
84 - 0004 XPSdocumentdata -
error
84 - 0005 XPSpagedataerror -
84 - 0006 XPSimagedataerror -
84 - 0007 XPSfontdataerror -
84 - 0008 XPSnon-supportimage -
error
84 - 0009 XPSrenderingerror -
T-7-7
7-77
7

8 ServiceMode
■ Overview
■ COPIER
■ FEEDER
■ SORTER
■ BOARD
8

8
8-2
Overview Servicemodeitemexplanations
Instructionsonhowtouseservicemodeitemscanbefoundwithintheservicemodeitself. Explanatorytextsfortheinitialwindow,mainitems,subitemsandminoritemscanbe
Theinformationexplainswhatitemshavebeenaddedorchangedfrompreviousmodels. displayed.
Selectthedesiredinitialwindow,mainitem,subitemorminoritem,thenpres[i](Information
button)todisplayanexplanatorytext(hereafter,servicemodecontents)ontheselecteditem.
ServiceModeMenu
E.g.,COPIER>DISPLAY>Versionwindow
TOPScreen
1) Press [i]
4) A detailed explanation on the

item will be displayed (usage
scenarios, instructions,
settings range, etc.).
F-8-1 2) Minor item titles
"MODELIST" Abrandnewadditionalmodeinthehostmachine. are displayed.
Afunctionthatcanbeusedasareferenceon
howtouseeachiteminServiceModeisinstalled.
Thenewfunction,whichwillbedescribedlater,is
availableinMODELISTMode.
"MODELISTCLASSIC" Thismodeissameastheoldmachine.Thenew
function,whichwillbedescribedlater,isnot
availableintheMODELISTCLASSICMode.
If"MODELIST"or"MODELISTCLASSIC"ispressed,thescreenwillswitchtoinitialscreenfor
eachmode.
3) Select the desired

minor item and
press [i]
F-8-2
• TheservicemodecontentscanbedisplayedinJ/E/F/I/G/Slanguages.
• Servicemodecontents,likesystemsoftware,canbeupgradedbySST.
8-2
8

8
8-3
I/Oinformationenhancement DisplayofErrorCode/AlarmCodedescription
On the COPIER > I/O, the mode to confirm input output signal of electrical parts used (sensor, Thedetaildescriptionofeachcodecanbeviewedontheerrorcodeandalarmcode
motor,fan,etc),makesiteasiertolookfortheintendedelectricalpart. occurrencerecordscreen.
Andthescreenwillalsodisplaytheinputoutputsignal.
Device classification ERRORCODE:COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR
1) Press the button.

Electrical parts
classification Which button to press, will depend on which
electrical parts intended and its device
classification. For instance, if the host
machine uses paper pass detection sensor,
then press the button on the "COPIER" and
"P-Sensor" position.
2) Then the selected electrical

parts classification's mark,
name, port number and 0/1
content will appear.
F-8-4
ALARMCODE:COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR
3) If the "i" button is pressed,

the screen displaying the
electrical parts array will appear.
[PS39]
[PS42] [PS43]
[PS40]
[PS41]
[PS37]
[PS34] [PS35] [PS36]

[PS38]
[PS33] [PS47]
[UN53]
[PS55]
[PS56]
F-8-3
F-8-5
8-3
8

8
8-4
COPIER>OPTION>BODY,ItemSegmentation Securityfeatures
Onthecurrentmachine,thereareextremelymanyitemsintheCOPIER>OPTION>BODY(in TopreventunauthorizedaccesstoServiceMode,Passwordsetisenabled.
related to host machine specification), that it is difficult to reach the intended item.
In order to reach the intended item in shorter time, all items inside the BODY is classified to ■ Relatedservicemodes
15categories.
• COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>PSWD-SW(Level1)
Setpasswordtypefortransitiontoservicemode.
Classification Name Description <Settingrange>
Functionswitching FNC-SW Language,cassette,papersizetype,NAVI/DA 0:Nopassword(default)
connection,count-upspec.,documentsize
detection,dirtdetectionlevel
1:Serviceengineer
2:SystemadministratorandServiceengineer.
Displayswitching/displaytiming DSPLY-SW UI(UserInterface)displayrelated
Image related (fixing) IMG-FIX Fixingrelated
• COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>SM-PSWD(Level2)
Imagerelated(transfer) IMG-TR Primarytransfer,secondarytransfer,ITB
Passwordforserviceengineerfortransitiontoservicemode.
Imagerelated(developing) IMG-DEV Developerrelated
<Settingrange>
Imagerelated(laser/latentimage) IMG-LSR Laser,latentimagerelated
Imagerelated(reader/ADF) IMG-RDR Reader,ADFimagerelated Toreinforcethesecurity,changethepasswordfromadefault.
Imagerelated(controller,other IMG-MCON MN-CONimagerelated,andimagerelateditems
generalitems) otherthanthosereferredtoabove. ********(eightdigitnumeral)[default:11111111]
Imagequality/copyspeed IMG-SPD Powerdownsequence
Aftertheabovesetting,toenterServiceMode,enterpasswordscreenwillappear.
Cleaning CLEANING Cleaningofchargingunit,drum,transferroller,
ITB,etc.
Environmentsettings ENV-SET Temperature,humidity,environmentalheater,
condensation,logacquisition
Paperfeed(pickup,delivery) FEED-SW Stackperformance,motorspeedadjustment,
deliveryfunctions,etc.
Noisereduction SOUND Noiserelated
Network NETWORK Networksettings,IFAX,SEND,E-RDS,etc.
Customization CUSTOM Customization
T-8-1
8-4
8

8
8-5
1)AdditionalFunctions>SystemSettings>SystemManagerSettings>enterSystem
SwitchingScreen(Level1<->2)
ManagerID>enterSystemPasswordSettings>pressOKbutton.
Switchingscreensbetweenlevel1and2hasbeenmadeeasier.
Whenlevel1screenisdisplayed,press<LEVEL1>intherightuppersideofthescreen,and
itwillswitchtolevel2.
System
Manager
ID
System
Password
F-8-6
2)Afterenteringthepasswordforservicetechnician(Servicemode:COPIER>Option>
FNC-SW>SM-PSWD),pressOKbutton.
SM-PSWD
F-8-7
MEMO:
IfServiceEngineer’spasswordisforgotten,passwordfunctioniscancelablebyusing
ServiceSupportTool(SST).
F-8-8
8-5
8

8
8-6
Languageswitch Back-upofservicemode
ThelanguageoftheexplanatorytextdisplayedintheServiceModecanbeswitchedby Infactorysetting,adjustmentsaremadeforeachmachine,andadjustmentvaluesarewritten
performingthebelowlanguangeswitchoperationinUserMode intheservicelabel.
TheexplanatorytextcanbedisplayedbyinstallingtheServiceModeContent(SCMNT)in WhenyoureplacedtheDCcontrollerPCB,orexecutedtheRAMclearfunction,adjustment
HDD. valuesforADJUSTorOPTIONreturntodefault.Therefore,whenyoumadeadjustmentsand
ServiceModeContent(SCMNT)canbeinstalledandupgradedonSST. changed values of the Service Mode in the field, be sure to write down the changed values in
AdditionalFunctions>CommonSettings>LanguageSwitch the service label. When there is no relevant field in the service label, write down the values in
a blank field.
Service Label
F-8-10
F-8-9
MEMO:
IftheServiceModeContent(SMCNT)oftheconcernedlanguageisnotinstalled,
Englishexplanatorytextwillbedisplayed.
IfEnglish-languageServiceModeContent(SMCNT)isnotinstalledeither,explanatory
textcan'tbedisplayed.
8-6
8

8
8-7
COPIER PANEL
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION
DisofControlPanelCPUPCBROMversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionofControlPanelCPUPCB.
DISPLAY Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Adj/set/operatemethod -
■ VERSION Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION Unit -
DC-CON Display of DCON firmware version Appropriatetargetvalue -
Lv.1 Details To display the firmware version of DC Controller PCB. Defaultvalue -
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Requiredtime -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Relatedservicemode -
Caution - Relatedusermode -
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Supplement/memo -
Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
R-CON Display of RCON firmware version
Lv.1 Details To display the firmware version of Reader Controller PCB.
Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-7
8

8
8-8
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION
ECO DisplayofECO-IDPCBROMversion NIB Displayofnetworksoftwareversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionofECO-IDPCB Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheversionofthenetworksoftware.
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Adj/set/operatemethod - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Unit - Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Defaultvalue - Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime - Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode - Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode - Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - Supplement/memo -
FEEDER Notused PS/PCL DisplayofUFRfunctionversion
Lv.1 Details - Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheUFRfunctionversion
Usecase - Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Unit - Unit -
SORTER Display of FIN-CONT firmware version SDL-STCH DisofSaddleSttchCtrollrPCBROMver
Lv.1 Details To display the firmware version of Finisher Controller PCB. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionoftheSaddleStitcherController
Usecase When upgrading the firmware PCB.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Caution -
Unit - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit -
Defaultvalue - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Requiredtime - Defaultvalue -
Relatedservicemode - Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode -
Supplement/memo - Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-8
8

8
8-9
OP-CON DisplayofOptionControllerPCBROMver PUNCH DisplayofPuncherUnitversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMverofOptionControllerPCB. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofPuncherUnit.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MN-CONT Display of MNCON firmware version LANG-EN Display of English language file version
Lv.1 Details To display the firmware version of Main Controller PCB. Lv.1 Details To display the version of English language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
RUI DisplayofremoteUIversion LANG-FR Display of French language file version
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofremoteUI. Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-9
8

8
8-10
LANG-DE Display of German language file version LANG-CS Display of Czech language file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-IT Display of Italian language file version LANG-DA Display of Danish language file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-JP Display of Japanese language file ver LANG-EL Display of Greek language file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Japanese language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-10
8

8
8-11
LANG-ES Display of Spanish language file version LANG-HU Display of Hungarian language file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Spanish language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-ET Display of Estonian language file ver LANG-KO Display of Korean language file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-FI Display of Finnish language file version LANG-NL Display of Dutch language file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-11
8

8
8-12
LANG-NO Display of Norwegian language file ver LANG-RU Display of Russian language file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-PL Display of Polish language file version LANG-SL Display of Slovenian language file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-PT Display of Portuguese language file ver LANG-SV Display of Swedish language file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-12
8

8
8-13
LANG-TW Dis of Chinese language file ver: trad GDI-UFR DisplayofUFRfunctionversion
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Chinese language file (traditional). Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofUFRfunction.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-ZH Dis of Chinese language file ver: smpl LANG-BU Display of Bulgarian language file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Chinese language file (simplified). Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ECO-ID DisplayofECO-IDcode LANG-CR Display of Croatian language file ver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheECO-IDcode. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file.
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange ASCIIcharacterstring(12digits) Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Unit - Unit -
8-13
8

8
8-14
LANG-RM Display of Romanian language file ver MEAP DisplayofMEAPcontentsversion
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofMEAPcontentsinHDD.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LANG-SK Display of Slovak language file version OCR-CN Display of Chinese OCR: simplified
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file. Lv.1 Details To display the version of Chinese OCR (simplified).
Usecase When upgrading the firmware "--.--" is displayed when no file is found.
LANG-TK Display of Turkish language file version Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file. OCR-JP DisplayofJapaneseOCRversion
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapaneseOCR.
Adj/set/operatemethod - "--.--" is displayed when no file is found.
Caution - Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Adj/set/operatemethod -
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Defaultvalue - Unit -
Requiredtime - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedservicemode - Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode - Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo - Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-14
8

8
8-15
OCR-KR DisplayofKoreanOCRversion TTS-JA DisofJapanesevoicedictionaryversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofKoreanOCR. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapanesevoicedictionary.
"--.--" is displayed when no file is found. "--.--" is displayed when no file is found.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
OCR-TW DisplayofChineseOCRver:traditional TTS-EN DisofEnglishvoicedictionaryversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofChineseOCR(traditional). Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofEnglishvoicedictionary.
"--.--" is displayed when no file is found. "--.--" is displayed when no file is found.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOOTROM DisplayofBOOTROMversion TTS-IT DisofItalianvoicedictionaryversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofBOOTROM. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofItalianvoicedictionary.
Usecase When upgrading the firmware "--.--" is displayed when no file is found.
Supplement/memo -
8-15
8

8
8-16
TTS-FR DisofFrenchvoicedictionaryversion HELP DisplayofeasyNAVIversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofFrenchvoicedictionary. Lv.1 Details To display the version of "EASY NAVI" file.
"--.--" is displayed when no file is found. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Caution VersionshouldbedisplayedforEASYNAVIfunctionbecauseit
Caution - is an external file.
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo - Supplement/memo EASYNAVIfunctionisequippedasstandardinsteadofthe
TTS-DE DisofGermanvoicedictionaryversion conventionalHELPfunction.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofGermanvoicedictionary. LANG-CA Display of Catalan language file version
"--.--" is displayed when no file is found. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file.
Usecase When upgrading the firmware “--.--” is displayed when no file is found.
WEB-BRWS DisplayofWebbrowserversion Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofWebbrowser. WEBDAV DisplayofWebDAVversion
"--.--" is displayed when no file is found. Lv.1 Details To display the version of “WebDAV” file.
Usecase When upgrading the firmware “--.--” is displayed when no file is found.
Supplement/memo -
8-16
8

8
8-17
TIMESTMP Displayoftimestampversion MEDIA-JA DisofJapanesemediainformationver
Lv.1 Details To display the version of “Time Stamp” file. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapanesemediainformation.
“--.--” is displayed when no file is found. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Adj/set/operatemethod - Caution -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit -
Unit - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue -
Defaultvalue - Requiredtime -
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode -
Relatedservicemode - Relatedusermode -
Relatedusermode - Supplement/memo -
Supplement/memo - MEDIA-EN DisofEnglishmediainformationversion
ASR-JA DisofJapaneseASRdictionaryversion Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofEnglishmediainformation.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapaneseautomaticspeechrecognition Usecase When upgrading the firmware
dictionary. Adj/set/operatemethod -
“--.--” is displayed when no file is found. Caution -
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Adj/set/operatemethod - Unit -
Caution - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Defaultvalue -
Unit - Requiredtime -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Relatedservicemode -
Defaultvalue - Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime - Supplement/memo -
Relatedservicemode - MEDIA-DE DisofGermanmediainformationversion
Relatedusermode - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofGermanmediainformation.
Supplement/memo ASR:AutomaticSpeechRecognition(voicerecognition) Usecase When upgrading the firmware
ASR-EN DisofEnglishASRdictionaryversion Adj/set/operatemethod -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofEnglishautomaticspeechrecognition Caution -
dictionary. Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
“--.--” is displayed when no file is found.
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo ASR:AutomaticSpeechRecognition(voicerecognition)
8-17
8

8
8-18
MEDIA-IT DisofItalianmediainformationversion MEDIA-SK DisofSlovakmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofItalianmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSlovakmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-FR DisofFrenchmediainformationversion MEDIA-TK DisofTurkishmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofFrenchmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofTurkishmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-ZH DisofChinesemediainfover:smpl MEDIA-CS DisofCzechmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Chinese media information (simplified). Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofCzechmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-18
8

8
8-19
MEDIA-EL DisofGreekmediainformationversion MEDIA-FI DisofFinnishmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofGreekmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofFinnishmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-ES DisofSpanishmediainformationversion MEDIA-HU DisofHungarianmediainformationver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSpanishmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofHungarianmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-ET DisofEstonianmediainformationver MEDIA-KO DisofKoreanmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofEstonianmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofKoreanmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-19
8

8
8-20
MEDIA-NL DisofDutchmediainformationversion MEDIA-PT DisofPortuguesemediainformationver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofDutchmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofPortuguesemediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-NO DisofNorwegianmediainformationver MEDIA-RU DisofRussianmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofNorwegianmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofRussianmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-PL DisofPolishmediainformationversion MEDIA-SL DisofSlovenianmediainformationver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofPolishmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSlovenianmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-20
8

8
8-21
MEDIA-SV DisofSwedishmediainformationversion MEDIA-CR DisofCroatianmediainformationver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSwedishmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofCroatianmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-TW DisofChinesemediainfoversion:trad MEDIA-RM DisofRomanianmediainformationver
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofChinesemediainformation(traditional). Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofRomanianmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MEDIA-BU DisofBulgarianmediainformationver MEDIA-CA DisofCatalanmediainformationversion
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofBulgarianmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofCatalanmediainformation.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-21
8

8
8-22
ECO2 Notused IOCS DisplayofBIOSversion
Lv.1 Details - Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheBIOSversion.
Usecase - Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Unit - Unit -
FAX1 Displayof1-lineFAXPCBROMversion SYSTEM Dis of Linux kernel/tool/driver/file ver
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionof1-lineFAXPCB. Lv.1 Details To display the version of Linux kernel/tool/driver/file.
“NULL”isdisplayedifthePCBisnotconnected. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Display/adj/setrange ASCIIcharacterstring(12digits) Unit -
Supplement/memo - ROOT DisplayofROOTversion
FAX2/3/4 Disof2/3/4-lineFAXPCBROMversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROOTversion.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionof2/3/4-lineFAXPCB. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
“NULL”isdisplayedifthePCBisnotconnected. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase When upgrading the firmware Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99
Caution - Unit -
Display/adj/setrange ASCIIcharacterstring(12digits) Appropriatetargetvalue -
Unit - Defaultvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue - Relatedservicemode -
Requiredtime - Relatedusermode -
Relatedservicemode - Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-22
8

8
8-23
S-LNG-JP Dis of service mode Japanese file ver S-LNG-IT Dis of service mode Italian file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Japanese language file in service Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file in service mode.
mode. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Supplement/memo - S-LNG-GR Dis of service mode German file version
S-LNG-EN Dis of service mode English file version Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file in service mode.
Lv.1 Details To display the version of English language file in service mode. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Supplement/memo - S-LNG-SP Dis of service mode Spanish file version
S-LNG-FR Dis of service mode French file version Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file in service mode.
Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file in service mode. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Supplement/memo -
8-23
8

8
8-24
COPY-AP DisplayofCOPY(JAVAUI)version MOBPR-AP Displayofmobileprint(JAVAUI)version
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofCOPYapplication(JAVAUI). Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheversionofthemobileprintapplication(JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-AP DisplayofSEND(JAVAUI)version RPTL-AP DisplayofRUIportalversion
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofSENDapplication(JAVAUI). Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheRUIportalversion.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-AP DisplayofBOX(JAVAUI)version INTRO-AP Disofusefulfuncintroduceappliver
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofBOXapplication(JAVAUI). Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofIntroductiontoUsefulFeatures
Usecase When upgrading the firmware application.
Supplement/memo -
8-24
8

8
8-25
TSP-JLK DisofImageDataAnalyzerPCBversion COPY-DE Dis of COPY appli German file version
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofImageDataAnalyzerPCB. Lv.1 Details To display the German language file version of COPY application
Usecase When upgrading the firmware (JAVAUI).
COPY-FR Dis of COPY appli French file version Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details To display the French language file version of COPY application COPY-ES Dis of COPY appli Spanish file version
(JAVAUI). Lv.1 Details To display the Spanish language file version of COPY application
Usecase When upgrading the firmware (JAVAUI).
COPY-IT Dis of COPY appli Italian file version Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details To display the Italian language file version of COPY application COPY-ZH Dis COPY appli Chinese file ver: smpl
(JAVAUI). Lv.2 Details To display the simplified Chinese language file version of COPY
Usecase When upgrading the firmware application(JAVAUI).
Supplement/memo -
8-25
8

8
8-26
COPY-TW Dis of COPY appli Chinese file ver:trad COPY-DA Dis of COPY appli Danish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the traditional Chinese language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Danish language file version of COPY application
application(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-KO Dis of COPY appli Korean file version COPY-EL Dis of COPY appli Greek file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Korean language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Greek language file version of COPY application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-CS Dis of COPY appli Czech file version COPY-ET Dis of COPY appli Estonian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Czech language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Estonian language file version of COPY
(JAVAUI). application(JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-26
8

8
8-27
COPY-FI Dis of COPY appli Finnish file version COPY-NO Dis of COPY appli Norwegian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Finnish language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Norwegian language file version of COPY
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-HU Dis of COPY appli Hungarian file version COPY-PL Dis of COPY appli Polish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Hungarian language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Polish language file version of COPY application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-NL Dis of COPY appli Dutch file version COPY-PT Dis of COPY appli Portuguese file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the Dutch language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Portuguese language file version of COPY
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-27
8

8
8-28
COPY-RU Dis of COPY appli Russian file version COPY-ID Dis of COPY appli Indonesian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the Russian language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Indonesian language file version of COPY
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-SL Dis of COPY appli Slovenian file version COPY-BU Dis of COPY appli Bulgarian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Slovenian language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Bulgarian language file version of COPY
application(JAVAUI). application(JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-SV Dis of COPY appli Swedish file version COPY-CR Dis of COPY appli Croatian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Swedish language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Croatian language file version of COPY
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-28
8

8
8-29
COPY-RM Dis of COPY appli Romanian file version COPY-CA Dis of COPY appli Catalan file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Romanian language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Catalan language file version of COPY application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-SK Dis of COPY appli Slovak file version SEND-FR Dis of SEND appli French file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Slovak language file version of COPY application Lv.1 Details To display the French language file version of SEND application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
COPY-TK Dis of COPY appli Turkish file version SEND-IT Dis of SEND appli Italian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Turkish language file version of COPY application Lv.1 Details To display the Italian language file version of SEND application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-29
8

8
8-30
SEND-DE Dis of SEND appli German file version SEND-TW Dis of SEND appli Chinese file ver:trad
Lv.1 Details To display the German language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the traditional Chinese language file version of SEND
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-ES Dis of SEND appli Spanish file version SEND-KO Dis of SEND appli Korean file version
Lv.1 Details To display the Spanish language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the Korean language file version of SEND application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-ZH Dis SEND appli Chinese file ver: smpl SEND-CS Dis of SEND appli Czech file version
Lv.2 Details To display the simplified Chinese language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Czech language file version of SEND application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-30
8

8
8-31
SEND-DA Dis of SEND appli Danish file version SEND-FI Dis of SEND appli Finnish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Danish language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the Finnish language file version of SEND application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-EL Dis of SEND appli Greek file version SEND-HU Dis of SEND appli Hungarian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Greek language file version of the SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Hungarian language file version of SEND
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-ET Dis of SEND appli Estonian file version SEND-NL Dis of SEND appli Dutch file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Estonian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Dutch language file version of SEND application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-31
8

8
8-32
SEND-NO Dis of SEND appli Norwegian file version SEND-RU Dis of SEND appli Russian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Norwegian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Russian language file version of SEND application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-PL Dis of SEND appli Polish file version SEND-SL Dis of SEND appli Slovenian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Polish language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the Slovenian language file version of SEND
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-PT Dis of SEND appli Portuguese file ver SEND-SV Dis of SEND appli Swedish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Portuguese language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Swedish language file version of SEND application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-32
8

8
8-33
SEND-ID Dis of SEND appli Indonesian file ver SEND-RM Dis of SEND appli Romanian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Indonesian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Romanian language file version of SEND
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-BU Dis of SEND appli Bulgarian file version SEND-SK Dis of SEND appli Slovak file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Bulgarian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Slovak language file version of SEND application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
SEND-CR Dis of SEND appli Croatian file version SEND-TK Dis of SEND appli Turkish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the Croatian language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the Turkish language file version of SEND application
(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-33
8

8
8-34
SEND-CA Dis of SEND appli Catalan file version INTRO-DE Dis of useful func intro German file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the Catalan language file version of SEND application Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file of Introduction to
(JAVAUI). UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-FR Dis of useful func intro French file ver INTRO-ES Dis useful func intro Spanish file ver
Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file of Introduction to Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file of Introduction to
UsefulFeaturesapplication. UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-IT Dis useful func intro Italian file ver INTRO-ZH Useful func intro Chinese file ver: smpl
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file of
UsefulFeaturesapplication. IntroductiontoUsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-34
8

8
8-35
INTRO-TW Useful func intro Chinese file ver: trad INTRO-DA Dis of useful func intro Danish file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file of Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file of Introduction to
IntroductiontoUsefulFeaturesapplication. UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-KO Dis of useful func intro Korean file ver INTRO-EL Dis of useful func intro Greek file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file of Introduction to
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-CS Dis of useful func intro Czech file ver INTRO-ET Dis useful func intro Estonian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file of Introduction to
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-35
8

8
8-36
INTRO-FI Dis useful func intro Finnish file ver INTRO-NO Dis useful func intro Norwegian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file of Introduction
UsefulFeaturesapplication. toUsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-HU Dis useful func intro Hungarian file ver INTRO-PL Dis of useful func intro Polish file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file of Introduction Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file of Introduction to
toUsefulFeaturesapplication. UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-NL Dis of useful func intro Dutch file ver INTRO-PT Dis useful func intro Portuguese filever
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file of Introduction
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-36
8

8
8-37
INTRO-RU Dis useful func intro Russian file ver INTRO-ID Dis of useful func intro Indon file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file of Introduction
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-SL Dis useful func intro Slovenian file ver INTRO-BU Dis useful func intro Bulgarian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file of Introduction Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file of Introduction
toUsefulFeaturesapplication. toUsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-SV Dis useful func intro Swedish file ver INTRO-CR Dis useful func intro Croatian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file of Introduction to
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-37
8

8
8-38
INTRO-RM Dis useful func intro Romanian file ver INTRO-CA Dis useful func intro Catalan file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file of Introduction Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file of Introduction to
toUsefulFeaturesapplication. UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-SK Dis of useful func intro Slovak file ver CSTMN-FR Dis of custom menu French file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file of Introduction to Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file for custom menu
UsefulFeaturesapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
INTRO-TK Dis useful func intro Turkish file ver CSTMN-IT Dis of custom menu Italian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file of Introduction to Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file for custom menu
UsefulFeaturesapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-38
8

8
8-39
CSTMN-DE Dis of custom menu German file version CSTMN-TW Dis of custom menu Chinese file ver:trad
Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for
application. custommenuapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-ES Dis of custom menu Spanish file version CSTMN-KO Dis of custom menu Korean file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file for custom menu
application. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-ZH Dis custom menu Chinese file ver: smpl CSTMN-CS Dis of custom menu Czech file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file for custom menu
custommenuapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-39
8

8
8-40
CSTMN-DA Dis of custom menu Danish file version CSTMN-FI Dis of custom menu Finnish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for custom menu
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-EL Dis of custom menu Greek file version CSTMN-HU Dis of custom menu Hungarian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file for custom
application. menuapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-ET Dis of custom menu Estonian file version CSTMN-NL Dis of custom menu Dutch file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file for custom menu
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-40
8

8
8-41
CSTMN-NO Dis of custom menu Norwegian file ver CSTMN-RU Dis of custom menu Russian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for custom menu
menuapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-PL Dis of custom menu Polish file version CSTMN-SL Dis of custom menu Slovenian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file for custom
application. menuapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-PT Dis of custom menu Portuguese file ver CSTMN-SV Dis of custom menu Swedish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file for custom menu
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-41
8

8
8-42
CSTMN-ID Dis of custom menu Indonesian file ver CSTMN-RM Dis of custom menu Romanian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for custom
menuapplication. menuapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-BU Dis of custom menu Bulgarian file ver CSTMN-SK Dis of custom menu Slovak file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file for custom menu
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
CSTMN-CR Dis of custom menu Croatian file version CSTMN-TK Dis of custom menu Turkish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file for custom menu
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-42
8

8
8-43
CSTMN-CA Dis of custom menu Catalan file version ACSBT-DE Dis of accessibility German file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for custom menu Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-FR Dis of accessibility French file version ACSBT-ES Dis of accessibility Spanish file ver
Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file for Accessibility Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-IT Dis of accessibility Italian file ver ACSBT-ZH Dis Accessibility Chinese file ver: smpl
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for
application. Accessibilityapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-43
8

8
8-44
ACSBT-TW Dis accessibility Chinese file ver:trad ACSBT-DA Dis of accessibility Danish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for Accessibility
Accessibilityapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-KO Dis of accessibility Korean file version ACSBT-EL Dis of accessibility Greek file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-CS Dis of accessibility Czech file version ACSBT-ET Dis of accessibility Estonian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-44
8

8
8-45
ACSBT-FI Dis of accessibility Finnish file ver ACSBT-NO Dis of accessibility Norwegian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-HU Dis of accessibility Hungarian file ver ACSBT-PL Dis of accessibility Polish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-NL Dis of accessibility Dutch file version ACSBT-PT Dis of accessibility Portuguese file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file for
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-45
8

8
8-46
ACSBT-RU Dis of accessibility Russian file ver ACSBT-ID Dis of accessibility Indonesian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-SL Dis of accessibility Slovenian file ver ACSBT-BU Dis of accessibility Bulgarian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-SV Dis of accessibility Swedish file ver ACSBT-CR Dis of accessibility Croatian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-46
8

8
8-47
ACSBT-RM Dis of accessibility Romanian file ver ACSBT-CA Dis of accessibility Catalan file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for Accessibility
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACSBT-SK Dis of accessibility Slovak file version ERS-FR Display of ERS French file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file for Accessibility Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo - Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
ACSBT-TK Dis of accessibility Turkish file ver ERS-IT Display of ERS Italian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file for Accessibility Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file for ERS application.
application. Usecase When upgrading the firmware
Relatedusermode - Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
Supplement/memo -
8-47
8

8
8-48
ERS-DE Display of ERS German file version ERS-TW Display of ERS Chinese file ver:trad
Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for
application. ERSapplication.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
ERS-ES Display of ERS Spanish file version ERS-KO Display of ERS Korean file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ERS-ZH Display of ERS Chinese file ver:smpl ERS-CS Display of ERS Czech file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file for ERS
ERSapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-48
8

8
8-49
ERS-DA Display of ERS Danish file version ERS-FI Display of ERS Finnish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ERS-EL Display of ERS Greek file version ERS-HU Display of ERS Hungarian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file for ERS application. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file for ERS
Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem Relatedusermode -
ERS-ET Display of ERS Estonian file version Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file for ERS ERS-NL Display of ERS Dutch file version
application. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file for ERS application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-49
8

8
8-50
ERS-NO Display of ERS Norwegian file version ERS-RU Display of ERS Russian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ERS-PL Display of ERS Polish file version ERS-SL Display of ERS Slovenian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file for ERS application. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file for ERS
ERS-PT Display of ERS Portuguese file ver Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file for ERS ERS-SV Display of ERS Swedish file version
application. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file for ERS
Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem
8-50
8

8
8-51
ERS-ID Display of ERS Indonesian file ver ERS-RM Display of ERS Romanian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ERS-BU Display of ERS Bulgarian file version ERS-SK Display of ERS Slovak file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ERS-CR Display of ERS Croatian file version ERS-TK Display of ERS Turkish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file for ERS
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-51
8

8
8-52
ERS-CA Display of ERS Catalan file version UAC-DE Display of UAC German file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for ERS Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo ERS:ErrorRecoverySystem Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl
UAC-FR Display of UAC French file version UAC-ES Display of UAC Spanish file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file for UAC Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl
UAC-IT Display of UAC Italian file version UAC-ZH Display of UAC Chinese file ver:smpl
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file for UAC application. Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for
Usecase When upgrading the firmware UACapplication.
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl
8-52
8

8
8-53
UAC-TW Display of UAC Chinese file ver:trad UAC-DA Display of UAC Danish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for UAC
UACapplication. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
UAC-KO Display of UAC Korean file version UAC-EL Display of UAC Greek file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file for UAC application.
Relatedusermode - Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl UAC-ET Display of UAC Estonian file version
UAC-CS Display of UAC Czech file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file for UAC
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file for UAC application.
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl
8-53
8

8
8-54
UAC-FI Display of UAC Finnish file version UAC-NO Display of UAC Norwegian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
UAC-HU Display of UAC Hungarian file version UAC-PL Display of UAC Polish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file for UAC application.
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl UAC-PT Display of UAC Portuguese file ver
UAC-NL Display of UAC Dutch file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file for UAC
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file for UAC application. application.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-54
8

8
8-55
UAC-RU Display of UAC Russian file version UAC-ID Display of UAC Indonesian file ver
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
UAC-SL Display of UAC Slovenian file version UAC-BU Display of UAC Bulgarian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
UAC-SV Display of UAC Swedish file version UAC-CR Display of UAC Croatian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-55
8

8
8-56
UAC-RM Display of UAC Romanian file version UAC-CA Display of UAC Catalan file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for UAC
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
UAC-SK Display of UAC Slovak file version BOX-FR Display of BOX appli French file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file for UAC Lv.1 Details To display the version of French language file for BOX
application. application(JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl Supplement/memo -
UAC-TK Display of UAC Turkish file version BOX-IT Dis of BOX appli Italian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file for UAC Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file for BOX application
application. (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo UAC:UserAccessControl Supplement/memo -
8-56
8

8
8-57
BOX-DE Display of BOX appli German file version BOX-TW Dis of BOX appli Chinese file ver:trad
Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for
application(JAVAUI). BOXapplication(JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-ES Dis of BOX appli Spanish file version BOX-KO Display of BOX appli Korean file version
Lv.1 Details To display the version of Spanish language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Korean language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-ZH Dis of BOX appli Chinese file ver:smpl BOX-CS Display of BOX appli Czech file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of simplified Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file for BOX application
BOXapplication(JAVAUI). (JAVAUI).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-57
8

8
8-58
BOX-DA Display of BOX appli Danish file version BOX-FI Dis of BOX appli Finnish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-EL Display of BOX appli Greek file version BOX-HU Dis of BOX appli Hungarian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Greek language file for BOX application Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-ET Dis of BOX appli Estonian file version BOX-NL Display of BOX appli Dutch file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Estonian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Dutch language file for BOX application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-58
8

8
8-59
BOX-NO Dis of BOX appli Norwegian file version BOX-RU Dis of BOX appli Russian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-PL Display of BOX appli Polish file version BOX-SL Dis of BOX appli Slovenian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Polish language file for BOX application Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovenian language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-PT Display of BOX appli Portuguese file ver BOX-SV Dis of BOX appli Swedish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Portuguese language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Swedish language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-59
8

8
8-60
BOX-ID Display of BOX appli Indonesian file ver BOX-RM Dis of BOX appli Romanian file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-BU Dis of BOX appli Bulgarian file version BOX-SK Display of BOX appli Slovak file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Bulgarian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Slovak language file for BOX application
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-CR Dis of BOX appli Croatian file version BOX-TK Dis of BOX appli Turkish file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Croatian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Turkish language file for BOX
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-60
8

8
8-61
COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION
BOX-CA Dis of BOX appli Catalan file version
Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for BOX
application(JAVAUI).
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-2
8-61
8

8
8-62
■ USER ■ ACC-STS
COPIER>DISPLAY>USER COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS
SPDTYPE DisofCtrollrBoardenginespeedtype FEEDER DisplayofDADFconnectionstate
Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheenginespeedtype(ppm)ofControllerBoard. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofDADF.
Usecase WhencheckingtheenginespeedtypeofControllerBoard Usecase WhencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandDADF
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Unit - 0:Notconnected,1:Connected
BRWS-STS Displayofservicebrowserusestatus Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheusestatusofthebrowserforserviceengineersin SORTER ConnectstateofFinisher-relatedoption
theservicemodeinitialscreen. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofFinisher-relatedoptions.
GotoCOPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>BRWS-ACTtoturn Usecase WhencheckingtheconnectionofFinisher-relatedoptions
ON/OFFthebrowserforserviceengineers. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whencheckingtheoperationmodeofthebrowserforservice Caution -
engineers Display/adj/setrange Leftcolumn(connectingstateofFinisher-relatedoptions):1to5
Adj/set/operatemethod - 1:WithoutSaddle
Caution - 2:WithSaddle,withoutFoldingUnit
Display/adj/setrange - 3:WithSaddleandInserter,withoutFoldingUnit
Unit - 4:WithSaddleandFoldingUnit,withoutInserter
Appropriatetargetvalue - 5:WithSaddle,InserterandFoldingUnit
Defaultvalue - Rightcolumn(connectingstateofFinisher-belongedInserter):0
Requiredtime - to4
0:nohole,1:2-hole,2:2/3-hole,3:4-hole,4:4-hole(SW)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>BRWS-ACT
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
T-8-3
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-62
8

8
8-63
COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS
DECK DisofPaperDeckconnectionstate RAM DisplayofMNCONPCBmemorycapacity
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofthePaperDeck. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythememorycapacityoftheMainControllerPCB.
Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe Usecase Whencheckingthememorycapacityofthemachine
PaperDecks Adj/set/operatemethod -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange -
Display/adj/setrange 0:Notconnected Unit MB
1:Connected Appropriatetargetvalue -
5:Multi-purposeTrayonly Defaultvalue 1G
Relatedservicemode - COINROBO DisofCoinManagerconnectionstate
Relatedusermode - Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateoftheCoinManager.
Supplement/memo - Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe
CARD DisofconnectionstateofCardReader CoinManager
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofCardReader. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe Caution -
CardReader Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Adj/set/operatemethod - 0:Notconnected,1:Connected
Caution - Unit -
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Appropriatetargetvalue -
0:NocardisinsertedwhiletheCardReaderisconnected.(Copy Defaultvalue -
isnotavailable.) Requiredtime -
1:CardReaderisnotconnected,orcardisinsertedwhilethe
CardReaderisconnected.(Copyisavailable.)
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
NIB DisplayofNetworkPCBconnectionstate
Defaultvalue -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateoftheNetworkPCB.
Requiredtime -
Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe
NetworkPCB
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0to3
0:Notconnected,1:EthernetPCBconnected,2:TokenRing
PCBconnected,3:EthernetPCB+TokenRingPCBconnected
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-63
8

8
8-64
NETWARE Dis of NetWare firmware install state PDL-FNC1 DisplayofenablingPDLfunction(1)
Lv.1 Details To display the installation state of the NetWare firmware. Lv.1 Details Todisplayenabling/disablingstateofPDLfunctioninbitrow.
Usecase When checking whether NetWare firmware is installed to the Whenthecorrespondingbitforeachfunctionis0,thefunction
machine isdisabled.Whenthecorrespondingbitis1,thefunctionis
Adj/set/operatemethod - enabled.
Caution - Usecase WhendisplayingtheavailablePDLonthemachine
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod -
0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Caution -
Unit - Display/adj/setrange 0000000000000000to1111111111111111
Appropriatetargetvalue - 0:Disabled,1:Enabled
Defaultvalue - bit31:BDL
Requiredtime - bit30:PS
bit29:PCL
bit28:PDF
Relatedusermode -
bit27:LIPS(LIPS/LXemulation)
Supplement/memo -
bit26:N201(LIPS/LXemulation)
SEND DisplayofSENDsupportPCBexistence bit25:I5577(LIPS/LXemulation)
Lv.1 Details TodisplaywhetherthereisPCBtosupportSENDfunction. bit24:ESC/P(LIPS/LXemulation)
SENDfunctioncanbeusedonlywhenthePCBismounted. bit23:HPGL(LIPS/LXemulation)
Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe bit22:HPCL2(LIPS/LXemulation)
PCBthatsupportsSENDfunction Unit -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Caution - Defaultvalue -
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Requiredtime -
0:Notmounted,1:Mounted Relatedservicemode -
Unit - Relatedusermode -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue - PDL-FNC2 DisplayofenablingPDLfunction(2)
Requiredtime - Lv.1 Details Todisplayenabling/disablingstateofPDLfunctioninbitrow.
Relatedservicemode - Whenthecorrespondingbitforeachfunctionis0,thefunction
Relatedusermode - isdisabled.Whenthecorrespondingbitis1,thefunctionis
Supplement/memo - enabled.
Usecase WhendisplayingtheavailablePDLonthemachine
Caution -
0:Disabled,1:Enabled
b15tob0:Reserved(tobeusedwhenPDLisnewlyadded)
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-64
8

8
8-65
HDD DisplayofHDDmodelname PCI2 DisplayofPCI2-connectedPCBname
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemodelnameofHDD. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythenameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI2.
Usecase WhencheckingthemodelnameofHDDusedonthemachine Usecase WhencheckingnameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI2
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange -:NoPCBconnected
Unit - iSLOT:iSLOTWirelessLANPCB
Appropriatetargetvalue - VoiceBoard:VoicePCB
Defaultvalue - VoiceBoardR:VoiceRecognitionPCB(Displayishiddenonthis
Requiredtime - machine.)
3DESBoard:EncryptionPCB
1Gbit-Board:GigaEthernetPCB
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
PCI1 DisplayofPCI1-connectedPCBname
Defaultvalue -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythenameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI1.
Requiredtime -
Usecase WhencheckingthenameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI1
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Supplement/memo -
Display/adj/setrange -:NoPCBconnected
PCI3 DisplayofPCI3-connectedPCBname
VoiceBoard:VoicePCB
3DESBoard:EncryptionPCB Lv.1 Details TodisplaythenameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI3.
1Gbit-Board:GigaEthernetPCB Usecase WhencheckingnameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI3
Unit - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Caution -
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange -:NoPCBconnected
Requiredtime - iSLOT:iSLOTWirelessLANPCB
VoiceBoard:VoicePCB
VoiceBoardR:VoiceRecognitionPCB(Displayishiddenonthis
Relatedusermode -
machine.)
Supplement/memo -
3DESBoard:EncryptionPCB
1Gbit-Board:GigaEthernetPCB
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-65
8

8
8-66
COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS ■ ANALOG
USBH-SPD DisplayofUSBdeviceconnectionspeed
Lv.2 Details Todisplaytheconnectionspeedof8USBdevicestobe
COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG
connectedtoUSB-Hostchips. TEMP Displayofoutsidetemperature
High-speedconnectionmaynotbepossibleonsomemachines Lv.1 Details Todisplaythetemperatureoutsidethemachine.
resultinginlow-speedconnection. ThisismeasuredbytheEnvironmentSensor2thatdetectsthe
Samplemessage:USBH-SPDOFFOFFOFFFLLOFFHGH outsideair.
OFFLOW
Usecase WhencheckingtheconnectionspeedofUSBdevices Usecase Whencheckingthetemperatureoutsidethemachine
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange OFF:Notconnected,LOW:Low-speedconnection,FLL:Full Display/adj/setrange 0to50
connection,HGH:High-speedconnection Unit DegC
Unit - Appropriatetargetvalue 20to27
Supplement/memo - HUM Displayofoutsidehumidity
IA-RAM DisplayofMNCONPCBmemory(IA)capacity Lv.1 Details Todisplaythehumidityoutsidethemachine.
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythememory(IA)capacityoftheMainControllerPCB. ThisismeasuredbytheEnvironmentSensor2thatdetectsthe
Usecase WhencheckingthememorycapacityoftheMainControllerPCB outsideair.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whencheckingthehumidityoutsidethemachine
Display/adj/setrange - Caution -
Unit MB Display/adj/setrange 0to100
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit %
Defaultvalue 1G Appropriatetargetvalue 30to70
T-8-4
Supplement/memo -
8-66
8

8
8-67
COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG
ABS-HUM Displayofoutsidemoistureamount FIX-E2 DisofFixingHeaterfrontedgetemp
Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheabsolutemoistureamountoutsidethemachine. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythefrontedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater
ThisismeasuredbytheEnvironmentSensor2thatdetectsthe detectedbytheSubThermistor1.
outsideair. Usecase WhencheckingtheedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater
Usecase Whencheckingthemoistureamountoutsidethemachine Adj/set/operatemethod -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange 0to300
Display/adj/setrange 0to100 Unit DegC
Unit g(g/m3) Appropriatetargetvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue 0to22 Defaultvalue -
Supplement/memo - TEMP2 Displayofinsidetemperature
FIX-C DisplayofFixingFilmtemperature Lv.1 Details Todisplaythetemperatureinsidethemachinedetectedbythe
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythecentertemperatureoftheFixingFilmdetectedby EnvironmentSensor1.
theMainThermistor2. Usecase Whencheckingthetemperatureinsidethemachine
Usecase WhencheckingthetemperatureofFixingFilm Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange 0to300 Unit DegC
Unit DegC Appropriatetargetvalue 20to27
Supplement/memo - HUM2 Displayofinsidehumidity
FIX-E DisofFixingHeatercentertemperature Lv.1 Details Todisplaythehumidityinsidethemachinedetectedbythe
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythecentertemperatureoftheFixingHeaterdetected EnvironmentSensor1.
bytheMainThermistor1. Usecase Whencheckingthehumidityinsidethemachine
Usecase WhencheckingthetemperatureatthecenterofFixingHeater Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange 0to300 Unit %
Unit DegC Appropriatetargetvalue 30to70
Supplement/memo -
8-67
8

8
8-68
COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG ■ CST-STS
FIX-E3 DisofFixingHeaterrearedgetemp
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytherearedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater
COPIER>DISPLAY>CST-STS
detectedbytheSubThermistor2. WIDTH-MF DisofMulti-purposeTraypprwidthsize
Usecase WhencheckingtheedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater Lv.2 Details TodisplaythepaperwidthsizesetontheMulti-purposeTray.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase WhencheckingthepaperwidthsidesetontheMulti-purpose
Caution - Tray
Unit DegC Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange -
Defaultvalue - Unit mm
Relatedusermode -
T-8-5
Supplement/memo -
T-8-6
8-68
8

8
8-69
■ HV-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS
1ATVC-C Disprytrnspaperintervalcurrent(C)
COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly
1ATVC-Y Disprytrnspaperintervalcurrent(Y) flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (C) by the primary transfer
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly paperintervalATVCcontrol.
flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (Y) by the primary transfer Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe
paperintervalATVCcontrol. displayedvalue
Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe Adj/set/operatemethod -
displayedvalue Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Display/adj/setrange 0to900
Caution - Unit uA
Display/adj/setrange 0to900 Appropriatetargetvalue 10to500
Unit uA Defaultvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue 10to500 Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - 1ATVC-K4 Disprytrnspprintvlcrrnt(Bk):clr
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly
1ATVC-M Disprytrnspaperintervalcurrent(M) flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (Bk) by the primary transfer
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly paperintervalATVCcontrolatfull-colorjobs.
flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (M) by the primary transfer Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe
paperintervalATVCcontrol. displayedvalue
Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe Adj/set/operatemethod -
displayedvalue Caution -
Caution - Unit uA
Display/adj/setrange 0to900 Appropriatetargetvalue 10to500
Unit uA Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-69
8

8
8-70
COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS
2ATVC DisofSecTransferATVCtargetcurrent THCK-M DisplayofMDrumabrasionamount
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthecurrent,whichisderivedby Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheabrasionamountofMPhotosensitiveDrumthatis
the secondary transfer ATVC control, flown on the Secondary derivedbytheresultofthedrumthicknessdetection.
TransferOuterRoller. The result of the drum thickness detection is reflected to each
AstheuseofSecondaryTransferOuterRollerisextended,the controlofcharging,developmentandtransfer.
valueisdecreased. Usecase • Whencheckingtheadequacyofsettingvaluefortransferand
Usecase Whenclassifyingthecauseofanimagefailure development.
Adj/set/operatemethod - • WhencheckingthechangesofDrumthicknessagainstthelife
Caution - ofDrumCartridge.
Unit uA Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 10to900 Display/adj/setrange 0to20
Defaultvalue - Unit um
Requiredtime - Appropriatetargetvalue 0to15
THCK-Y DisplayofYDrumabrasionamount Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheabrasionamountofYPhotosensitiveDrumthatis Supplement/memo -
derivedbytheresultofthedrumthicknessdetection. THCK-C DisplayofCDrumabrasionamount
The result of the drum thickness detection is reflected to each Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheabrasionamountofCPhotosensitiveDrumthatis
controlofcharging,developmentandtransfer. derivedbytheresultofthedrumthicknessdetection.
Usecase • Whencheckingtheadequacyofsettingvaluefortransferand The result of the drum thickness detection is reflected to each
development. controlofcharging,developmentandtransfer.
• WhencheckingthechangesofDrumthicknessagainstthelife Usecase • Whencheckingtheadequacyofsettingvaluefortransferand
ofDrumCartridge. development.
Adj/set/operatemethod - • WhencheckingthechangesofDrumthicknessagainstthelife
Caution - ofDrumCartridge.
Unit um Caution -
Defaultvalue - Unit um
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-7
8-70
8

8
8-71
■ CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD
TARGET-R Shadingtargetvalue(R)
COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheshadingtargetvalueofRed.
TARGET-B Shadingtargetvalue(B) Continuousdisplayof0(minimum)orFFFF(maximum)is
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheshadingtargetvalueofBlue. consideredafailureoftheReaderControllerPCB.
Continuousdisplayof0(minimum)orFFFF(maximum)is Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB
consideredafailureoftheReaderControllerPCB. • Atscannedimagefailure
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Adj/set/operatemethod -
• Atscannedimagefailure Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF
Caution - Unit -
Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Appropriatetargetvalue 512to2047
Relatedusermode - GAIN-OB GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(B):frt
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueinodd-numbered
TARGET-G Shadingtargetvalue(G) bitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetvalueofGreen. Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe
Continuousdisplayof0(minimum)orFFFF(maximum)is ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB.
consideredafailureoftheReaderControllerPCB. Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB • Atscannedimagefailure
• Atscannedimagefailure Adj/set/operatemethod -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF
Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Unit -
Supplement/memo -
8-71
8

8
8-72
COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD
GAIN-OG GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(G):frt GAIN-EB GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(B):frt
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueinodd- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueineven-
numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe
ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB
• Atscannedimagefailure • Atscannedimagefailure
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF
Unit - Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246 Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246
GAIN-OR GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(R):frt GAIN-EG GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(G):frt
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueinodd-numbered Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueineven-
bitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF
Unit - Unit -
8-72
8

8
8-73
GAIN-ER GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(R):frt LAMP2-BW ScanLampintensityadjVL(B&W):back
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueineven- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheLEDlightintensityadjustmentvalueofScanner
numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). Unit(paperback)inB&Wscanningmode.
Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode.
ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Caution -
• Atscannedimagefailure Display/adj/setrange 20to195
Caution - Appropriatetargetvalue 20to195
Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Defaultvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246 Relatedservicemode -
Requiredtime - Supplement/memo LEDcannotbereplacedindividually.ReplacetheScannerUnit.
Relatedservicemode - LAMP2-CL ScanLampintensityadjVL(color):back
Relatedusermode - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheLEDlightintensityadjustmentvalueofScanner
Supplement/memo - Unit(paperback)incolorscanningmode.
LAMP-BW ScanLampintensityadjVL(B&W):front Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanningincolormode
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheLEDlightintensityadjustmentvalueofScanner Adj/set/operatemethod -
Unit(paperfront)inB&Wscanningmode. Caution -
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode Display/adj/setrange 33to195
Caution - Appropriatetargetvalue 33to195
Display/adj/setrange 20to195 Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime - Supplement/memo LEDcannotbereplacedindividually.ReplacetheScannerUnit.
Relatedservicemode - OFST-BW ImgSensoroffsetvalue(B&W)[Front]
Relatedusermode - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensoroffsetvalueatB&Wscanning.
Supplement/memo LEDcannotbereplacedindividually.ReplacetheScannerUnit. Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode
LAMP-CL ScanLampintensityadjVL(color):frt Adj/set/operatemethod -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheLEDlightintensityadjustmentvalueofScanner Caution -
Unit(paperfront)incolorscanningmode. Display/adj/setrange 1to95
Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanningincolormode Unit -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Appropriatetargetvalue 1to95
Unit - Relatedservicemode -
Appropriatetargetvalue 33to195 Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue - Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo LEDcannotbereplacedindividually.ReplacetheScannerUnit.
8-73
8

8
8-74
OFST-CL ImgSensoroffsetvalue(color)[Front] GAIN-BW2 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL2(B&W):frt
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensoroffsetvalueatcolorscanning. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue2
Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanningincolormode ofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode
Display/adj/setrange 1to95 Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 1to95 Unit -
Defaultvalue - Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47
OFST2-BW ImgSensoroffsetvalue(B&W)[Back] Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensoroffsetvalueatB&Wscanning. GAIN-BW3 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL3(B&W):frt
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue3
Adj/set/operatemethod - ofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Caution - Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode.
Unit - Caution -
GAIN-BW1 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL1(B&W):frt Relatedusermode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue1 Supplement/memo -
ofScannerUnit(paperfront). GAIN-BW4 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL4(B&W):frt
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue4
Adj/set/operatemethod - ofScannerUnit(paperfront).
Caution - Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode.
Unit - Caution -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-74
8

8
8-75
GAIN2BW1 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL1(B&W):Back GAIN2BW4 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL4(B&W):Back
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue1 Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue4
ofScannerUnit(paperback). ofScannerUnit(paperback).
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode. Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode.
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Display/adj/setrange 1to47
Unit - Unit -
GAIN2BW2 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL2(B&W):Back GAIN2-OR GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(R):bck
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue2 Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueinodd-numbered
ofScannerUnit(paperback). bitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback).
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode. Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe
Adj/set/operatemethod - ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB.
Caution - Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB
Display/adj/setrange 1to47 • Atscannedimagefailure
Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Caution -
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange 1to47
Requiredtime - Unit -
Relatedservicemode - Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47
Relatedusermode - Defaultvalue -
Supplement/memo - Requiredtime -
GAIN2BW3 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL3(B&W):Back Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue3 Relatedusermode -
ofScannerUnit(paperback). Supplement/memo -
Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode.
Caution -
Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-75
8

8
8-76
GAIN2-OG GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(G):bck GAIN2-ER GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(R):bck
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueinodd- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueineven-
numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
GAIN2-OB GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(B):bck GAIN2-EG GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(G):bck
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueinodd-numbered Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueineven-
bitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback).
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-76
8

8
8-77
COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD ■ DPOT
GAIN2-EB GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(B):bck
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueineven-
COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT
numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). 2TR-PPR DisofsectrnsATVCpprallottedvoltg
Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Lv.2 Details Todisplaythepaperallottedvoltagesetbythelatestsecondary
ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. transferFullATVCcontrol.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Theappropriaterangemaybeexceededduetowrongmedia
• Atscannedimagefailure setting.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursoncertainmedia
Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Unit V
Defaultvalue - Appropriatetargetvalue Dependingonmedia
OFST2-CL ImgSensoroffsetvalue(color)[Back] Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensoroffsetvalueatcolorscanning. 2TR-BASE DisofsectransferATVCbasevoltage
Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanningincolormode. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythebasevoltagesetbythelatestsecondarytransfer
FullATVCcontrol.
Theappropriaterangemaybeexceededduetowrongmedia
Caution -
setting.
Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursoncertainmedia
Unit -
Caution -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Unit V
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue -
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
T-8-8
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-77
8

8
8-78
COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT
1TR-DC-Y Disofprimarytransfervoltage(Y) 1TR-DC-K Disofprimarytransfervoltage(Bk)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer
Roller(Y). Roller(Bk).
Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer
Caution - Caution -
Unit V Unit V
1TR-DC-M Disofprimarytransfervoltage(M) CHG-AC-Y DisplayofprimarychargingACbias(Y)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheprimarychargingACbiaslastlyappliedtothe
Roller(M). PrimaryChargingRoller(Y).
Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer Usecase Whenthechargingfailureimageoccurs
Caution - Caution -
Unit V Unit Vpp
1TR-DC-C Disofprimarytransfervoltage(C) CHG-AC-M DisplayofprimarychargingACbias(M)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheprimarychargingACbiaslastlyappliedtothe
Roller(C). PrimaryChargingRoller(M).
Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer Usecase Whenthechargingfailureimageoccurs
Caution - Caution -
Unit V Unit Vpp
8-78
8

8
8-79
CHG-AC-C DisplayofprimarychargingACbias(C) LPWR-M Displayoflaserpower(M)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheprimarychargingACbiaslastlyappliedtothe Lv.2 Details TodisplayMlaserpowerdeterminedbyD-maxcontrol.
PrimaryChargingRoller(C). FFdisplaywithlowimagedensityisconsideredthatthe
Usecase Whenthechargingfailureimageoccurs PhotosensitiveDrummaybenearlytheendoflife.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whentheimagedensityislow
Unit Vpp Display/adj/setrange 00-FF(hexadecimal)
Defaultvalue - Appropriatetargetvalue 60toFF
CHG-AC-K DisplayofprimarychargingACbias(Bk) Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheprimarychargingACbiaslastlyappliedtothe LPWR-C Displayoflaserpower(C)
PrimaryChargingRoller(Bk). Lv.2 Details TodisplayClaserpowerdeterminedbyD-maxcontrol.
Usecase Whenthechargingfailureimageoccurs FFdisplaywithlowimagedensityisconsideredthatthe
Adj/set/operatemethod - PhotosensitiveDrummaybenearlytheendoflife.
Caution - Usecase Whentheimagedensityislow
Unit Vpp Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 1300to2000 Display/adj/setrange 00-FF(hexadecimal)
Requiredtime - Appropriatetargetvalue 60toFF
LPWR-Y Displayoflaserpower(Y) Relatedusermode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplayYlaserpowerdeterminedbyD-maxcontrol. Supplement/memo -
FFdisplaywithlowimagedensityisconsideredthatthe LPWR-K Displayoflaserpower(Bk)
PhotosensitiveDrummaybenearlytheendoflife. Lv.2 Details TodisplayBklaserpowerdeterminedbypotentialcontrol.
Usecase Whentheimagedensityislow FFdisplaywithlowimagedensityisconsideredthatthe
Adj/set/operatemethod - PhotosensitiveDrummaybenearlytheendoflife.
Caution - Usecase Whentheimagedensityislow
Display/adj/setrange 00toFF(hexadecimal) Adj/set/operatemethod -
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 60toFF Display/adj/setrange 00-FF(hexadecimal)
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-79
8

8
8-80
PVCONT-Y Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(Y) PVCONT-C Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(C)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetY-patchcontrastpotential. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetCpatchcontrastpotential.
Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether
thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity
failure. failure.
Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe
defined range. defined range.
Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure
• Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem • Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision.
Unit V Unit V
PVCONT-M Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(M) PVCONT-K Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(Bk)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetMpatchcontrastpotential. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetBkpatchcontrastpotential.
Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether
thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity
failure. failure.
Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe
defined range. defined range.
• Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem • Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Unit V Unit V
8-80
8

8
8-81
VRATE-Y DisplayofD-maxY-colorVdgainvalue VRATE-K DisofD-maxPASCALBk-colorVdgainVL
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainvaluefortheYVdsetbyD-maxPASCAL/ Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainfortheBkVdsetbyD-maxPASCALcontrol
D-maxcontrolagainsttheenvironmenttablevalue. againsttheenvironmenttablevalue.
Usecase Whentheimagedensityisnotappropriate Usecase Whenimagedensityisnotappropriate
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Display/adj/setrange -100to100
Unit % Unit %
VRATE-M DisplayofD-maxM-colorVdgainvalue LPGAIN-Y DisofY-colorlaserpowergainvalue
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainfortheMVdsetbyD-maxPASCAL/D-max Lv.2 Details TodisplaythegainvalueofYlaserpowerbyD-maxcontrol.
controlagainsttheenvironmenttablevalue. Usecase WhencheckingD-maxcontrolresults
Usecase Whentheimagedensityisnotappropriate Adj/set/operatemethod -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange -100to100
Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Unit %
Unit % Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>LPGAIN-M,LPGAIN-C
Supplement/memo - LPGAIN-M DisofM-colorlaserpowergainvalue
VRATE-C DisplayofD-maxC-colorVdgainvalue Lv.2 Details TodisplaygainvalueofMlaserpowerbyD-maxcontrol.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainfortheCVdsetbyD-maxPASCAL/D-max Usecase WhencheckingD-maxcontrolresults
controlagainsttheenvironmenttablevalue. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whenimagedensityisnotappropriate Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Display/adj/setrange -100to100
Caution - Unit %
Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Unit % Defaultvalue -
Defaultvalue - Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>LPGAIN-Y,LPGAIN-C
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-81
8

8
8-82
COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT ■ DENS
LPGAIN-C DisofC-colorlaserpowergainvalue
Lv.2 Details TodisplaygainvalueofClaserpowerbyD-maxcontrol.
COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS
Usecase WhencheckingD-maxcontrolresults DENS-Y DisofYdeveloperdensitychangeratio
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-colordeveloperdensityand
thetargetvaluein%(percentage).
Caution -
IntolerabledifferencewilltriggerE020.Thismaybecausedby
Display/adj/setrange -100to100
deteriorationofthedeveloper,failure/disconnectionoftheATR
Unit % Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem.
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on.
Defaultvalue - Usecase • Whenthedensitygreatly
Requiredtime - • Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>LPGAIN-Y,LPGAIN-M Adj/set/operatemethod -
Relatedusermode - Caution -
Supplement/memo - Display/adj/setrange -7to7
T-8-9 Unit %
Appropriatetargetvalue -4.5to4.5
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>SGNL-Y
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
DENS-M DisofMdeveloperdensitychangeratio
Lv.1 Details TodisplaydifferencebetweenM-colordeveloperdensityandthe
targetvaluein%(percentage).
Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem.
Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on.
Usecase • When the density greatly fluctuates
• Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection
Caution -
Unit %
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>SGNL-M
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-82
8

8
8-83
COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS
DENS-C DisofCdeveloperdensitychangeratio DENS-S-Y DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(Y)
Lv.1 Details TodisplaydifferencebetweenC-colordeveloperdensityandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplayYpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol.
targetvaluein%(percentage). Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
IntolerabledifferencewilltriggerE020.Thismaybecausedby Adj/set/operatemethod -
deteriorationofthedeveloper,failure/disconnectionoftheATR Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem. theQualitySupportDivision.
Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Usecase • When the density greatly fluctuates Unit -
• Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection Appropriatetargetvalue 300to700
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Unit %
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
DENS-S-M DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(M)
Requiredtime -
Lv.2 Details TodisplayMpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>SGNL-C
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
DENS-K DisofBkdeveloperdensitychangeratio theQualitySupportDivision.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaydifferencebetweenBk-colordeveloperdensityand Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
thetargetvaluein%(percentage).
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem.
Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Requiredtime -
Usecase • When the density greatly fluctuates
• Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection Relatedusermode -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Supplement/memo -
Caution - DENS-S-C DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(C)
Display/adj/setrange -7to7 Lv.2 Details TodisplayCpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol.
Unit % Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Appropriatetargetvalue -4.5to4.5 Adj/set/operatemethod -
Defaultvalue - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Requiredtime - theQualitySupportDivision.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>SGNL-K Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Relatedusermode - Unit -
Supplement/memo - Appropriatetargetvalue 300to700
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-83
8

8
8-84
DENS-S-K DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(Bk) D-C-TRGT DisofATRctrlCpatchtargetdensity
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBkpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetdensityforCpatchimagecreatedbyATR
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem control.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Adj/set/operatemethod -
theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 theQualitySupportDivision.
D-Y-TRGT DisofATRctrlYpatchtargetdensity Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetdensityforYpatchimagecreatedbyATR REF-Y DisofYdeveloperdensitytargetvalue
control. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedeveloperdensitytargetvaluefortheATRSensor
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem (Y).
theQualitySupportDivision. Caution -
Unit - Unit -
D-M-TRGT DisofATRctrlMpatchtargetdensity REF-M DisofMdeveloperdensitytargetvalue
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetdensityforMpatchimagecreatedbyATR Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedeveloperdensitytargetvaluefortheATRSensor
control. (M).
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution -
theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to255
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit -
Supplement/memo -
8-84
8

8
8-85
REF-C DisofCdeveloperdensitytargetvalue SGNL-M DisplayofM-colordeveloperdensity
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedeveloperdensitytargetvaluefortheATRSensor Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemeasuredvalueofM-colordeveloperdensity.
(C). ThedensityismeasuredwiththeATRSensor(M)foreachjob.
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on.
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-M
REF-K DisofBkdeveloperdensitytargetvalue Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedeveloperdensitytargetvaluefortheATRSensor SGNL-C DisplayofC-colordeveloperdensity
(Bk). Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemeasuredvalueofC-colordeveloperdensity.
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem ThedensityismeasuredwiththeATRSensor(C)foreachjob.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on.
Caution - Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem
Unit - Caution -
Supplement/memo - Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-C
SGNL-Y DisplayofY-colordeveloperdensity Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemeasuredvalueofY-colordeveloperdensity. Supplement/memo -
ThedensityismeasuredwiththeATRSensor(Y)foreachjob. SGNL-K DisplayofBk-colordeveloperdensity
Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemeasuredvalueofBk-colordeveloperdensity.
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem ThedensityismeasuredwiththeATRSensor(Bk)foreachjob.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on.
Unit - Caution -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-Y Defaultvalue -
Supplement/memo - Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-K
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-85
8

8
8-86
P-SENS-P DisATRctrlbaselightintnsty(P-wave) DEV-DC-M DisofdevelopingDCvoltage(M)
Lv.2 Details To display the light intensity (P-wave) reflected from the base Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestMdevelopingDCvoltageVdc.
(ITB)atATRcontrol. Usecase • Whenimagefailureoccursduetocarrieradherence
IntolerablevaluesmaybecausedbyPatchSensor • Whenfoggingappears
disconnection,LEDfailure,stainonSensorsurface,Shutter • Whenfoggingisdeteriorated
failure,RegistrationPatchShutterOpen/CloseSolenoidfailure, Adj/set/operatemethod -
insufficient ITB cleaning, etc. Caution -
Usecase WhencheckingthefailureofPatchSensor/ITBatlowdensity, Display/adj/setrange 280to480
foggingdeteriorationorE020display Unit V
Requiredtime - DEV-DC-C DisofdevelopingDCvoltage(C)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>P-SENS-S Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestCdevelopingDCvoltageVdc.
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>PT-LPADJ
Usecase • Whenimagefailureoccursduetocarrieradherence
Relatedusermode -
• Whenfoggingappears
Supplement/memo - • Whenfoggingisdeteriorated
DEV-DC-Y DisofdevelopingDCvoltage(Y) Adj/set/operatemethod -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestYdevelopingDCvoltageVdc. Caution -
Usecase • Whenimagefailureoccursduetocarrieradherence Display/adj/setrange 280to480
• Whenfoggingappears Unit V
• Whenfoggingisdeteriorated Appropriatetargetvalue -
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Unit V
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
DEV-DC-K DisofdevelopingDCvoltage(Bk)
Requiredtime -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestBkdevelopingDCvoltageVdc.
Usecase • Whenimagefailureoccursduetocarrieradherence
Relatedusermode -
• Whenfoggingappears
Supplement/memo - • Whenfoggingisdeteriorated
Caution -
Unit V
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-86
8

8
8-87
CHG-DC-Y DisofprimarychargingDCvoltage(Y) CHG-DC-K DisofPrychargeDCvoltg(Bk)&gainVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestprimarychargingDCvoltageofYcolor. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestoutputvalueofprimarychargingDCvoltage
Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs (Bk).
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs
Unit V Display/adj/setrange 0to1500
Appropriatetargetvalue 400to900 Unit V
CHG-DC-M DisofprimarychargingDCvoltage(M) Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestprimarychargingDCvoltageofMcolor. D-K-TRGT DisofATRctrlBkpatchtargetdensity
Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBkpatchimagetargetdensitycreatedbyATR
Adj/set/operatemethod - control.
Unit V Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Appropriatetargetvalue 400to900 theQualitySupportDivision.
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange 340to640
Relatedservicemode - Appropriatetargetvalue 340to640
CHG-DC-C DisofprimarychargingDCvoltage(C) Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestprimarychargingDCvoltageofCcolor. Relatedusermode -
Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod - D-CRNT-P DisofATRctrldarkcurrent(P-wave)
Caution - Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedarkcurrentvalue(P-wave)measuredatATR
Display/adj/setrange 0to1500 control.
Unit V Usecase WhencheckingthePatchSensor
Appropriatetargetvalue 400to900 Adj/set/operatemethod -
Defaultvalue - Caution -
Requiredtime - Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Relatedservicemode - Unit -
Relatedusermode - Appropriatetargetvalue 100orunder
Supplement/memo - Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Dark current: current flowing when the Patch Sensor LED is
OFF.
8-87
8

8
8-88
D-CRNT-S DisofATRctrldarkcurrent(S-wave) DENS-Y-H DisofATRctrlY-clrT/Dratiohistory
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedarkcurrentvalue(S-wave)measuredatATR Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Y-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio)
control. detectedbytheATRSensor(Y)atATRcontrol.
Usecase WhencheckingthePatchSensor SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/
Adj/set/operatemethod - failure,whereasgradualchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailurein
Caution - tonersupplysystem.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow
Unit - densityorfoggingdeterioration
Appropriatetargetvalue 0to409 Adj/set/operatemethod -
Defaultvalue - Caution -
Relatedusermode - Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230
Supplement/memo Dark current: current flowing when the Patch Sensor LED is Defaultvalue -
OFF. Requiredtime -
P-SENS-S DisATRctrlbaselightintnsty(S-wave) Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details To display the light intensity (S-wave) reflected from the base Relatedusermode -
(ITB)atATRcontrol. Supplement/memo -
Intolerable values may be caused by insufficient ITB cleaning, DENS-M-H DisofATRctrlM-clrT/Dratiohistory
etc. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8M-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio)
Usecase WhencheckingITBfailureatlowdensityorfoggingdeterioration detectedbytheATRSensor(M)atATRcontrol.
Adj/set/operatemethod - SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/
Caution - failure,whereasgradualchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailurein
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 tonersupplysystem.
Unit - Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow
densityorfoggingdeterioration
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>P-SENS-P
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>PT-LPADJ Unit -
Relatedusermode - Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-88
8

8
8-89
DENS-C-H DisofATRctrlC-clrT/Dratiohistory DS-S-M-H DisofM-clrpatchimagedensityhistory
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8C-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio) Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8M-patchimagedensitylogdata.
detectedbytheATRSensor(C)atATRcontrol. ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc.
SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/ SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailureinPatchSensor,
failure,whereasgradualchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailurein Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein
tonersupplysystem. tonersupplysystem.
Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor.
densityorfoggingdeterioration Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020
Caution - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
DS-S-Y-H DisofY-clrpatchimagedensityhistory Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Y-patchimagedensitylogdata. DS-S-C-H DisofC-clrpatchimagedensityhistory
ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8C-patchimagedensitylogdata.
SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatethefailureinPatchSensor, ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc.
Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailureinPatchSensor,
tonersupplysystem. Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein
ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor. tonersupplysystem.
Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020 ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020
Supplement/memo -
8-89
8

8
8-90
DS-S-K-H DisBkclrpatchimagedensityhistory SPL-LG-Y DisplayofYtonersupplyhistory
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Bk-patchimagedensitylogdata. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Y-tonersupplylogdata.
ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc. Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper
SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailureinPatchSensor, paper.
Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein Usecase WhencheckingtonersupplystatusatE020occurrence,low
tonersupplysystem. densityorfoggingdeterioration
ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020 Caution -
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Unit -
theQualitySupportDivision. Appropriatetargetvalue 0to4
Relatedservicemode - SPL-LG-M DisplayofMtonersupplyhistory
Relatedusermode - Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8M-tonersupplylogdata.
Supplement/memo - Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper
P-LED-DA DisofPatchSensorLEDlightintensity paper.
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythePatchSensorLEDintensity. Usecase WhencheckingtonersupplystatusatE020occurrence,low
ThestainonSensorwindoworsoiledITB(ITBcleaningfailure) densityorfoggingdeterioration
issuspectedifthebackgroundlightintensity(P-wave)istoolow Adj/set/operatemethod -
even with sufficient LED intensity and PT-LPADJ execution will Caution -
notcorrecttheproblem. Display/adj/setrange 0to4
Usecase WhencheckingthePatchSensor Unit -
Display/adj/setrange - Requiredtime -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>P-SENS-P
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-90
8

8
8-91
SPL-LG-C DisplayofCtonersupplyhistory SPL-LG-K DisplayofBktonersupplyhistory
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8C-tonersupplylogdata. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Bk-tonersupplylogdata.
Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper
paper. paper.
Usecase WhencheckingtonersupplystatusatE020occurrence,low Usecase Whencheckingthetonersupplystatusatlowdensityorfogging
densityorfoggingdeterioration deterioration
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
DENS-K-H DisofATRctrlBk-clrT/Dratiohistory CONT-M DisofATRSensor(M)controlvoltage
Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Bk-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio) Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageoftheATR
detectedbytheATRSensor(Bk)atATRcontrol. Sensor(M)atinitialization.
SharpchangeofvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/ Usecase WhencheckingbeforeclearingRAMdata
failure,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailureintoner Adj/set/operatemethod -
supplysystem. Caution -
Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow Display/adj/setrange 32to68
densityorfoggingdeterioration Unit V
Unit - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-M
Requiredtime - CONT-Y DisofATRSensor(Y)controlvoltage
Relatedservicemode - Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageoftheATR
Relatedusermode - Sensor(Y)atinitialization.
Supplement/memo - Usecase WhencheckingbeforeclearingRAMdata
Caution -
Unit V
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-Y
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-91
8

8
8-92
COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS ■ MISC
CONT-C DisofATRSensor(C)controlvoltage
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageoftheATR
COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC
Sensor(C)atinitialization. ENV-TR Disofsecondarytransferenvironment
Usecase WhencheckingbeforeclearingRAMdata Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheenvironment(moistureamount)ofsecondary
Adj/set/operatemethod - transfer.
Caution - Usecase Whencheckingthecurrentinstallationenvironmentofthe
machine
Unit V
Caution -
Defaultvalue -
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-C
Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
CONT-K DisofATRSensor(Bk)controlvoltage
Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageoftheATR
Sensor(Bk)atinitialization. Supplement/memo -
Usecase WhencheckingbeforeclearingRAMdata Y-DRM-LF DisplayofYDrumUnitdrumcounter
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.1 Details TodisplaythetotalchargingtimeoftheDrumUnit(Y).
Caution - Usecase WhencheckingthelifeoftheDrumUnit
Unit V Caution -
Defaultvalue - Unit 100msec
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-K Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
T-8-10
Supplement/memo -
M-DRM-LF DisplayofMDrumUnitdrumcounter
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythetotalchargingtimeoftheDrumUnit(M).
Usecase WhencheckingthelifeoftheDrumUnit
Caution -
Unit 100msec
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-92
8

8
8-93
COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC
C-DRM-LF DisplayofCDrumUnitdrumcounter LPOWER-M Displayoflaserlightintensity(M)
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythetotalchargingtimeoftheDrumUnit(C). Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheMlaserintensityinreal-time.
Usecase WhencheckingthelifeoftheDrumUnit Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseoftheimagedensityfailure
Caution - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Unit 100msec Display/adj/setrange 00toFF
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit Hex.(hexadecimal)
Defaultvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue 50toFF
K-DRM-LF DisplayofBkDrumUnitdrumcounter Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythetotalchargingtimeoftheDrumUnit(Bk). LPOWER-C Displayoflaserlightintensity(C)
Usecase WhencheckingthelifeoftheDrumUnit Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheClaserintensityinreal-time.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseoftheimagedensityfailure
Display/adj/setrange 0to10000000 Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Unit 100msec theQualitySupportDivision.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange 00toFF
Defaultvalue 0 Unit Hex.(hexadecimal)
LPOWER-Y Displayoflaserlightintensity(Y) Relatedusermode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheYlaserintensityinreal-time. Supplement/memo -
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseoftheimagedensityfailure LPOWER-K Displayoflaserlightintensity(Bk)
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBklaserintensityinreal-time.
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseoftheimagedensityfailure
theQualitySupportDivision. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange 00toFF Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Unit Hex.(hexadecimal) theQualitySupportDivision.
Appropriatetargetvalue 50toFF Display/adj/setrange 00toFF
Defaultvalue - Unit Hex.(hexadecimal)
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-11
8-93
8

8
8-94
■ ALARM-1 COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1
SUC-A-K ForR&Duse
COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1 Lv.1 Details -
SUC-A-Y ForR&Duse Usecase -
Lv.1 Details Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase - Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Display/adj/setrange -
Caution - Unit -
Display/adj/setrange - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode - SUC-L-Y ForR&Duse
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details -
SUC-A-M ForR&Duse Usecase -
Lv.1 Details - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase - Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - SUC-L-M ForR&Duse
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details -
SUC-A-C ForR&Duse Usecase -
Lv.1 Details - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase - Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-94
8

8
8-95
COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1 ■ HT-C
SUC-L-C ForR&Duse
Lv.2 Details -
COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C
Usecase - TGT-A-Y DisofARCDATscreenAY-colortargetVL
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
control.
Caution -
Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe
Display/adj/setrange -
tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset
Unit - thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Defaultvalue - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Requiredtime - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Relatedservicemode - theQualitySupportDivision.
Relatedusermode - Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Supplement/memo - Unit -
LST-DY-K ForR&Duse Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700
Lv.2 Details - Defaultvalue -
Usecase - Requiredtime -
Display/adj/setrange - Supplement/memo -
Unit - TGT-A-M DisofARCDATscreenAM-colortargetVL
Appropriatetargetvalue - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
Defaultvalue - control.
Requiredtime - Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe
Relatedservicemode - tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset
Relatedusermode - thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected.
Supplement/memo - Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
T-8-12 Adj/set/operatemethod -
theQualitySupportDivision.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 255
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-95
8

8
8-96
COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C
TGT-A-C DisofARCDATscreenAC-colortargetVL TGT-B-Y DisofARCDATscreenBY-colortargetVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe
tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset
thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected.
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue 255 Defaultvalue 255
TGT-A-K DisofARCDATscreenABk-clrtargetVL TGT-B-M DisofARCDATscreenBM-colortargetVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-96
8

8
8-97
TGT-B-C DisofARCDATscreenBC-colortargetVL TGT-C-Y DisofARCDATscreenCY-colortargetVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
TGT-B-K DisofARCDATscreenBBk-clrtargetVL TGT-C-M DisofARCDATscreenCM-colortargetVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-97
8

8
8-98
TGT-C-C DisofARCDATscreenCC-colortargetVL SUM-A-Y DisARCDATscreenAY-colorctrldiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
control. control.
thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs ifnotcorrected.
Adj/set/operatemethod - Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Unit - Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023
Defaultvalue 255 Appropriatetargetvalue -
Requiredtime - Defaultvalue 0
TGT-C-K DisofARCDATscreenCBk-clrtargetVL Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT SUM-A-M DisARCDATscreenAM-colorctrldiffer
control. Lv.2 Details TodisplayM-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe control.
tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe
thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
Adj/set/operatemethod - ifnotcorrected.
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Unit - theQualitySupportDivision.
Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023
Defaultvalue 255 Unit -
Relatedservicemode - Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-98
8

8
8-99
SUM-A-C DisARCDATscreenAC-colorctrldiffer SUM-B-Y DisARCDATscreenBY-colorctrldiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected.
Unit - Unit -
SUM-A-K DisARCDATscreenABk-colorctrldiffer SUM-B-M DisARCDATscreenBM-colorctrldiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBk-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayM-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-99
8

8
8-100
SUM-B-C DisARCDATscreenBC-colorctrldiffer SUM-C-Y DisARCDATscreenCY-colorctrldiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
SUM-B-K DisARCDATscreenBBk-colorctrldiffer SUM-C-M DisARCDATscreenCM-colorctrldiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBk-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayM-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-100
8

8
8-101
SUM-C-C DisARCDATscreenCC-colorctrldiffer SGNL-A-Y DisARCDATscreenAY-patchcurrentVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
control. control.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin
tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper developer.
ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision.
Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo - SGNL-A-M DisARCDATscreenAM-patchcurrentVL
SUM-C-K DisARCDATscreenCBk-colorctrldiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentM-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBk-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT control.
control. Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin
Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe
tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset developer.
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
ifnotcorrected. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Adj/set/operatemethod - theQualitySupportDivision.
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
theQualitySupportDivision. Unit -
Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Appropriatetargetvalue -
Unit - Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-101
8

8
8-102
SGNL-A-C DisARCDATscreenAC-patchcurrentVL SGNL-B-Y DisARCDATscreenBY-patchcurrentVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin
thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe
developer. developer.
Unit - Unit -
SGNL-A-K DisARCDATscreenABk-patchcurrentVL SGNL-B-M DisARCDATscreenBM-patchcurrentVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentM-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-102
8

8
8-103
SGNL-B-C DisARCDATscreenBC-patchcurrentVL SGNL-C-Y DisARCDATscreenCY-patchcurrentVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
SGNL-B-K DisARCDATscreenBBk-patchcurrentVL SGNL-C-M DisARCDATscreenCM-patchcurrentVL
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentM-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
control. control.
Unit - Unit -
8-103
8

8
8-104
SGNL-C-K DisARCDATscreenCBk-patchcurrentVL DLTA-A-Y DisofARCDATscreenAY-densitydiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand
control. thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol.
Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
developer. targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs ifnotcorrected.
SGNL-C-C DisARCDATscreenCC-patchcurrentVL Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT DLTA-A-M DisofARCDATscreenAM-densitydiffer
control. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheM-patchtargetvalueand
Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol.
thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
developer. tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
Adj/set/operatemethod - ifnotcorrected.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-104
8

8
8-105
DLTA-A-C DisofARCDATscreenAC-densitydiffer DLTA-B-Y DisofARCDATscreenBY-densitydiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand
thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
Unit - Unit -
DLTA-A-K DisofARCDATscreenABk-densitydiffer DLTA-B-M DisofARCDATscreenBM-densitydiffer
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheBk-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheM-patchtargetvalueand
thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol.
Unit - Unit -
8-105
8

8
8-106
DLTA-B-C DisofARCDATscreenBC-densitydiffer DLTA-C-Y DisofARCDATscreenCY-densitydiffer
thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol.
Unit - Unit -
DLTA-B-K DisofARCDATscreenBBk-densitydiffer DLTA-C-M DisofARCDATscreenCM-densitydiffer
thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol.
Unit - Unit -
8-106
8

8
8-107
DLTA-C-C DisofARCDATscreenCC-densitydiffer TGT-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol. controlat1/2speed.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe Adj/set/operatemethod -
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
ifnotcorrected. theQualitySupportDivision.
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700
theQualitySupportDivision. Defaultvalue -
Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 0 Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime - TGT-A-M2 ARCDATscrnAM-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD)
Relatedservicemode - Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
Relatedusermode - controlat1/2speed.
Supplement/memo - Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation
DLTA-C-K DisofARCDATscreenCBk-densitydiffer Adj/set/operatemethod -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheBk-patchtargetvalueand Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol. theQualitySupportDivision.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
Unit -
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
ifnotcorrected.
Defaultvalue -
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
TGT-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD)
Unit -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
controlat1/2speed.
Defaultvalue 0
Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-107
8

8
8-108
TGT-A-K2 ARCDATscrnABk-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-colortargetVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
controlat1/2speed. controlat1/3speed.
Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation
Unit - Unit -
TGT-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-A-K3 ARCDATscrnABk-clrtargetVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
TGT-A-M3 ARCDATscrnAM-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-colortargetVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
8-108
8

8
8-109
TGT-B-M3 ARCDATscrnBM-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-colortargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
TGT-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-B-M2 ARCDATscrnBM-colortargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
TGT-B-K3 ARCDATscrnBBk-clrtargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-colortargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
8-109
8

8
8-110
TGT-B-K2 ARCDATscrnBBk-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-colortargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
TGT-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-colortargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-C-K2 ARCDATscrnCBk-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
TGT-C-M2 ARCDATscrnCM-colortargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-colortargetVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
Unit - Unit -
8-110
8

8
8-111
TGT-C-M3 ARCDATscrnCM-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) SUM-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
Adj/set/operatemethod - tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
theQualitySupportDivision. ifnotcorrected.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Defaultvalue - theQualitySupportDivision.
Requiredtime - Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023
Relatedusermode - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo - Defaultvalue 0
TGT-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) Requiredtime -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Relatedservicemode -
controlat1/3speed. Relatedusermode -
Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod - SUM-A-M2 ARCDATscrnAM-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Lv.2 Details TodisplayM-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
theQualitySupportDivision. controlat1/2speed.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe
Unit -
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper
ifnotcorrected.
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
TGT-C-K3 ARCDATscrnCBk-clrtargetVL(1/3SPD)
Unit -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
controlat1/3speed.
Defaultvalue 0
Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-111
8

8
8-112
SUM-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
SUM-A-K2 ARCDATscrnABk-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-B-M2 ARCDATscrnBM-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-112
8

8
8-113
SUM-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
SUM-B-K2 ARCDATscrnBBk-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-C-M2 ARCDATscrnCM-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-113
8

8
8-114
SUM-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe
controlat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed.
Unit - Unit -
SUM-C-K2 ARCDATscrnCBk-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-A-M2 ARCDATscrnAM-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBk-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenM-patchtargetvalueandthe
controlat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed.
Unit - Unit -
8-114
8

8
8-115
DLT-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe
currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed
Unit - Unit -
DLT-A-K2 ARCDATscrnABk-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-B-M2 ARCDATscrnBM-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenBk-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenM-patchtargetvalueandthe
currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed.
Unit - Unit -
8-115
8

8
8-116
DLT-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe
currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed.
Unit - Unit -
DLT-B-K2 ARCDATscrnBBk-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-C-M2 ARCDATscrnCM-densitydiffer(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenBk-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenM-patchtargetvalueandthe
currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed.
Unit - Unit -
8-116
8

8
8-117
DLT-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) SGL-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper developer.
ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision.
Supplement/memo - SGL-A-M2 ARCDATscrnAM-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
DLT-C-K2 ARCDATscrnCBk-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentM-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenBk-patchtargetvalueandthe controlat1/2speed.
currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe developer.
targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
ifnotcorrected. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-117
8

8
8-118
SGL-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin
Unit - Unit -
SGL-A-K2 ARCDATscrnABkptchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-B-M2 ARCDATscrnBM-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-118
8

8
8-119
SGL-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
SGL-B-K2 ARCDATscrnBBkpatchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-C-M2 ARCDATscrnCM-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-119
8

8
8-120
SGL-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SUM-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget
developer. value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs developer.
SGL-C-K2 ARCDATscrnCBkpatchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT SUM-A-M3 ARCDATscrnAM-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
controlat1/2speed. Lv.2 Details TodisplayM-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin controlat1/3speed.
thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
developer. tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe
Adj/set/operatemethod - developer.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-120
8

8
8-121
SUM-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe
Unit - Unit -
SUM-A-K3 ARCDATscrnABk-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-B-M3 ARCDATscrnBM-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-121
8

8
8-122
SUM-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
SUM-B-K3 ARCDATscrnBBk-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-C-M3 ARCDATscrnCM-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-122
8

8
8-123
SUM-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand
controlat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe
Unit - Unit -
SUM-C-K3 ARCDATscrnCBk-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-A-M3 ARCDATscrnAM-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplayBk-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheM-patchtargetvalueand
controlat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe
Unit - Unit -
8-123
8

8
8-124
DLT-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe
Unit - Unit -
DLT-A-K3 ARCDATscrnABk-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-B-M3 ARCDATscrnBM-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
Unit - Unit -
8-124
8

8
8-125
DLT-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
Unit - Unit -
DLT-B-K3 ARCDATscrnBBk-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-C-M3 ARCDATscrnCM-densitydiffer(1/3SPD)
thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed.
Unit - Unit -
8-125
8

8
8-126
DLT-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) SGL-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed.
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper.
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
developer. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Relatedusermode - SGL-A-M3 ARCDATscrnAM-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentM-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT
DLT-C-K3 ARCDATscrnCBk-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) controlat1/3speed.
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheBk-patchtargetvalueand Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs
tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget Adj/set/operatemethod -
value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom
developer. theQualitySupportDivision.
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Display/adj/setrange 0to1023
Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Appropriatetargetvalue -
theQualitySupportDivision. Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-126
8

8
8-127
SGL-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper.
Unit - Unit -
SGL-A-K3 ARCDATscrnABkpatchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-B-M3 ARCDATscrnBM-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-127
8

8
8-128
SGL-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
SGL-B-K3 ARCDATscrnBBkpatchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-C-M3 ARCDATscrnCM-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Unit - Unit -
8-128
8

8
8-129
COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C
SGL-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
controlat1/3speed.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
SGL-C-K3 ARCDATscrnCBkpatchcurrentVL(1/3SPD)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT
controlat1/3speed.
Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe
tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-13
8-129
8

8
8-130
IO Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P006 15 Third delivery flapper solenoid SL7 1:ON
■ MainDevice(DCON>P004to029) 14 - - -
13 - - -
Address bit Name Mark Remarks 12 - - -
P004 15 - - - 11 - - -
14 Deliveryfan1connect FM7 0:connect 10 - - -
13 Multi-purposepapersensor PS47 1:paper 9 - - -
12 Duplexpapersensor PS38 1:paper 8 - - -
11 Thirddeliverysensor PS43 1:paper 7 - - -
10 Duplexinletsensor PS40 1:paper 6 - - -
9 - - - 5 - - -
8 - - - 4 - - -
7 - - - 3 - - -
6 - - - 2 - - -
5 - - - 1 - FM10 1:halfspeed
4 - - - 0 - - -
3 - - - P007 Fixingheatexhaustfan1,2_half FM1,FM2 1:halfspeed
2 - - - 15
speed
1 - - - 14 Fixingcoolingfan(front),(rear) FM5,FM6 1:ON
0 - - - Secondarytransferexhaustfan FM8 1:fullspeed
13
P005 15 - - - _fullspeed
14 - - - Secondarytransferexhaustfan FM8 1:halfspeed
12
13 Seconddeliverysensor PS42 1:paper _halfspeed
12 Reversesensor PS39 1:paper Processcartridgefan(front)_full FM10 1:fullspeed
11
11 Firstdeliverysensor PS41 1:paper speed
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - Fixingdeliverymotor_I1 M22 [I1:I0]=(00)0.88A,(01)0.62A(
7
6 - M28 0:CW1:CCW 10)0.51A,(11)0.09A
Lasershuttermotor_I1 M28 [I1:I0]=(00)0.40A,(01)0.30A( 6 - M22
5 5 - - -
10)0.22A,(11)0.09A
4 - M28 - M27 0:CW=OPEN1:
4
3 - - - CCW=CLOSE
2 - SL5 1:ON Shuttermotor_I1 M27 [I1:I0]=(00)0.40A,(01)0.30A(
3
1 - SL6 1:ON 10)0.22A,(11)0.09A
0 - SL4 1:ON 2 - M27
1 - - -
0 - FM1,FM2 1:fullspeed
8-130
8

8
8-131
Address bit Name Mark Remarks Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P008 15 - - - P010 15 Deliveryfan2_fullspeed FM9 1:fullspeed
14 - - - 14 Deliveryfan2_halfspeed FM9 1:halfspeed
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - UN21 1:bottle 8 - M26 1:ON
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - UN59 0:new 4 - - -
3 - UN58 0:new 3 - CL1 1:ON
2 - UN57 0:new 2 - - -
1 - UN56 0:new Cassette1pickupmotor_I1 M16 [I1:I0]=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A(
1
0 - - - 10)0.51A,(11)0.09A
P009 15 DCinterlockswitch1,2 SW3,SW4 1:DOOROPEN 0 - M16
14 Seconddeliverytrayfullsensor PS45 0:full P011 15 - - -
13 Firstdeliverytrayfullsensor PS44 0:full 14 - - -
12 - - - Cassette2pickupmotor_I1 M17 [I1:I0]=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A(
13
11 Lasershuttersensor PS29 1:HP 10)0.51A,(11)0.09A
10 Frontdoorsensor PS18 0:DOOROPEN 12 Cassette2pickupmotor_I0 M17
9 - PS33 1:detect 11 - - -
8 - UN53 1:detect 10 - - -
7 - UN51 1:detect Registrationmotor_I1 M19 [I1:I0]=(00)1.10A,(01)0.84A(
9
6 - PS21 0:DOOROPEN 10)0.62A,(11)0.09A
5 - PS20 0:DOOROPEN 8 - M19
4 - PS37 1:paper 7 - - -
- PS32 1:A4,K8,B4/B5,A4-R 6 - - -
3 Multi-purposemotor_I1 M18 [I1:I0]=(00)1.10A,(01)0.84A(
0:LTR/LGL,EXE,LTR-R 5
2 - PS31 1:HP 10)0.62A,(11)0.09A
1 - PS30 1:engage 4 - M18
0 - PS19 0:DOOROPEN 3 - - -
2 - - -
Multi-purposefeedmotor_I1 M20 [I1:I0]=(00)1.10A,(01)0.84A(
1
10)0.62A,(11)0.09A
0 - M20
8-131
8

8
8-132
P012 15 - - - P014 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 Fixingarchsensor2 PS36 1:paper Processcartridgefan(rear)_half FM4 0:halfspeed
13
12 Fixingarchsensor1 PS35 1:paper speed
11 Fixinginletsensor PS34 1:paper 12 - - -
10 - - - 11 Fixingmotor_CW M21 0:CW1:CCW
9 - - - 10 - - -
8 - - - 9 Fixingmotor_ON M21
7 - - - 8 - - -
6 - - - 7 - - -
5 - - - 6 - - 0:OFF
4 - - - 5 - - 1:OFF
3 - - - 4 - FM4 0:fullspeed
2 - - - First&Seconddeliverymotor_I1 M23 [I1:I0]=(00)1.16A,(01)0.89A(
3
1 - - - 10)0.66A,(11)0.09A
0 - - - 2 - M23
P013 15 - - - 1 - - -
14 - - - 0 - - -
13 - - - P015 Thirddeliverymotor_I1 M25 [I1:I0]=(00)0.93A,(01)0.74A(
15
12 - - - 10)0.44A,(11)0.09A
11 - - - 14 Thirddeliverymotor_I0 M25
10 - - - 13 - - -
9 - - - 12 - - -
8 - - - Reverserollermotor_I1 M24 [I1:I0]=(00)0.72A,(01)0.51A(
11
7 - - - 10)0.39A,(11)0.09A
6 - - - 10 Reverserollermotor_I0 M24
5 - - - 9 - - -
4 - - - 8 - - -
3 - - - 7 - M24 0:CW1:CCW
2 - - - 6 - - -
1 - - - 5 - - -
0 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-132
8

8
8-133
P016 15 Cassette3sizeswitchB_7 SW2 0:detect P018 15 - - -
14 Cassette3sizeswitchB_6 SW2 0:detect 14 - - -
11 Cassette3sizeswitchA_3 SW1 0:detect 11 - - -
10 Cassette3sizeswitchA_2 SW1 0:detect 10 - - -
9 - SW1 0:detect 9 - - -
8 - SW1 0:detect 8 - - -
7 - SW4 0:detect Cassette3pickupmotor_I1 M1 (I1:I0)=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A
7
6 - SW4 0:detect (10)0.51A,(11)0.09A
5 - SW4 0:detect 6 - M1
4 - SW4 0:detect Cassette4pickupmotor_I1 M2 (I1:I0)=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A
5
3 - SW3 0:detect (10)0.51A,(11)0.09A
2 - SW3 0:detect 4 - M2
1 - SW3 0:detect 3 - - -
0 - SW3 0:detect 2 - - -
P017 15 Cassette3papersensor PS2 0:paper 1 - SL2 1:ON
14 Cassette3paperlevelsensorA PS4 0:paper 0 - SL1 1:ON
13 Cassette3paperlevelsensorB PS5 0:paper P019 15 - - -
12 Cassette3pre-registrationsensor PS8 1:paper 14 - - -
11 Cassette4papersensor PS3 0:paper 13 - - -
10 Cassette4paperlevelsensorA PS6 0:paper 12 - - -
9 - PS7 0:paper 11 - - -
8 - PS9 1:paper 10 - - -
7 - PS1 0:DOOROPEN 9 - - -
6 - - - 8 - M1 Hi:CCW/Low:CW
5 - - - 7 - M2 Hi:CCW/Low:CW
4 - - - 6 - - -
3 - - - 5 - - -
2 - - - 4 - - -
1 - - - 3 - - -
0 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-133
8

8
8-134
P020 15 Cassette1sizeswitchA SW6 0:detect P022 15 ITBsteeringsensor PS24 1:ON
14 Cassette1sizeswitchA SW6 0:detect 14 ITBdisplacementsensor1 PS25 1:ON
11 Cassette1sizeswitchB SW7 0:detect 11 ITBdisplacementsensor4 PS28 1:ON
10 Cassette1sizeswitchB SW7 0:detect Primarytransferdetachment PS22 0:engage
10
9 - SW7 0:detect sensor1
8 - SW7 0:detect 9 - PS23 1:engage
7 - SW8 0:detect 8 - - -
6 - SW8 0:detect 7 - - -
5 - SW8 0:detect 6 - - -
4 - SW8 0:detect 5 - - -
3 - SW9 0:detect 4 - - -
2 - SW9 0:detect 3 - - -
1 - SW9 0:detect 2 - - -
0 - SW9 0:detect 1 - SL3 1:ON
P021 15 Cassette1papersensor PS49 0:paper 0 - SL2 1:ON
14 Cassette1paperlevelsensorA PS51 0:paper P023 15 - - -
13 Cassette1paperlevelsensorB PS52 0:paper 14 - - -
12 Cassette1pre-registrationsensor PS55 1:paper 13 - - -
11 Cassette2papersensor PS50 0:paper 12 - - -
10 Cassette2paperlevelsensorA PS53 0:paper 11 - - -
9 - PS54 0:paper 10 - - -
8 - PS56 1:paper 9 - - -
7 - - - 8 - - -
6 - - - 7 - - -
5 - - - 6 - - -
4 - - - 5 - - -
3 - - - 4 - - -
2 - - - 3 - - -
1 - - - 2 - - -
0 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - -
8-134
8

8
8-135
P024 15 - - - P026 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 Tonercontaineroutercoversensor PS17 1:close 12 - - -
Tonercontainerinnercoversensor PS16 1:close 11 - - -
11
(Bk) 10 - - -
Tonercontainerinnercoversensor PS15 1:close 9 - - -
10
(C) 8 - - -
9 - PS14 1:close Primarytransferseparation M15 [I1:I0]=(00)1.06A,(01)0.87A(
7
8 - PS13 1:close motor_I1 10)0.69A,(11)0.09A
7 - PS8 1:HP 6 - M15
6 - PS7 1:HP 5 - - -
5 - PS6 1:HP 4 - M15 0:CW1:CCW
4 - PS5 1:HP ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor_I1 M14 [I1:I0]=(00)0.74A,(01)0.66A(
3
3 - TS4 1:toner 10)0.24A,(11)0.09A
2 - TS3 1:toner 2 - M14
1 - TS2 1:toner 1 - - -
0 - TS1 1:toner 0 - M14 0:CW1:CCW
P025 15 - - - P027 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 - - -
8-135
8

8
8-136
Address bit Name Mark Remarks ■ ColorImageReaderUnit(RCON>P001to005)
P028 15 Deckopensolenoid SL2D 1:ON
14 Deckliftermotor_lowerlimitsignal M2D 1:ON
Address bit Name Mark Remarks
13 Deckliftermotor M2D 1:ON P001 15 - - -
12 - - - 14 - - -
11 - - - 13 - - -
10 - - - 12 - - -
9 - CL2D 1:ON 11 - - -
8 - SL1D 1:ON 10 - - -
7 - LE100D 1:ON 9 - - -
6 - M1D 1:ON 8 - - -
5 - - - 7 - - -
4 - - - 6 - - -
3 - - - 5 - - -
2 - - - 4 - - -
1 - - - 3 - - -
0 - - - 2 - - -
P029 15 - - - 1 - - -
14 - - - 0 - - -
13 - - -
P002 15 - - -
Decklifterlowerlimitsensing SW2D 1:lowerlimit
12 14 - - -
switch
13 - - -
11 Decklifterupperlimitsensor PS3D 1:upperlimit
10 Decklifterpositionsensor PS4D 1:ON
12 - - -
9 - PS1D 1:paper 11 - - -
8 - - - 10 - - -
7 - PS9D 1:CLOSE 9 - - -
6 - SW1D 0:CLOSE 8 - - -
5 - PS7D 1:paper 7 Originalsizesensor1 CF1 0:paper
4 - PS2D 0:nopaper 6 - - -
3 - PS6D 1:paper 5 - - -
2 - PS5D 1:conect 4 - - -
1 - - - 3 - - -
0 - - - 2 - - -
T-8-14 1 - - -
0 - - -
8-136
8

8
8-137
P003 15 - - - P005 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 Scannerunitcoolingfanlock FM2 1:error 4 Scannermotor_derection M1 0:scan1:backscan
3 Scannerunitexhaustfanlock FM1 1:error 3 Fandrive FM2 1:ON
2 DADFopen/closedsensor2 SR3 0:OPEN1:CLOSE 2 Scannermotor M1 1:enable
1 DADFopen/closedsensor1 SR1 0:OPEN1:CLOSE 1 - - -
0 Originalsizesensor2 CF2 0:paper 0 Scannermotor_I1 M1
P004 15 - - - T-8-15
14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
11 - - -
10 - - -
9 - - -
8 - - -
Scannermotor_I0 M1 (I0:I1)=(0,0)100%(0,1)75
7
%(1,0)50%(1,1)25%
6 - - -
5 - - -
4 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-137
8

8
8-138
■ DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1(FEEDER>P001to007) Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P003 15 - - -
P001 15 - - - 13 - - -
14 - - - 12 - - -
13 - - - 11 - - -
12 - - - 10 - - -
11 - - - 9 - - -
10 - - - 8 - - -
9 - - - 7 Originalsizesensor1 SR17 1:paper
8 - - - 6 Originalsizesensor2 SR18 1:paper
7 Papersurfacesensor SR6 1:upperlimit 5 Originalsizesensor3 SR19 1:paper
6 TrayHPsensor SR13 1:HP(lowerlimit) 4 Originalsizesensor4 SR20 1:paper
5 Trayopen/closedsensor SR9 0:OPEN Disengaginghomepositionsensor SR15 1:HP
AB/ Inch identification sensor SR7 0:LGL(LTRR),A5R1: 3
4 1
A4R(A5),STMTR,B6 2 Leadingedgepositionsensor SR22 1:paper
LTR-R/ LGL identification sensor SR8 0:A4Randsmaller,1: 1 - - -
3
LargerthanA4R
Disengaginghomepositionsensor SR16 1:HP
2 Readmotorcoolingfanlock FM2 0:error 0
2
1 - - - P004 15 - - -
0 - - - 14 - - -
P002 15 - - - 13 - - -
14 - - - 12 - - -
13 - - - 11 - - -
12 - - - 10 - - -
11 - - - 9 - - -
10 - - - 8 - - -
9 - - - Post-separationsensor3(feeder PCB2 0:paper
8 - - - 7
side)
7 Scannerunitcoolingfanlock FM3 0:error 6 Delaysensor SR4 0:paper
6 PickuprollerunitlifterHPsensor SR12 1:HP Glassshiftinghomeposition SR11 0:HP
5 Post-separationsensor1 SR2 0:paper 5
sensor
4 Post-separationsensor2 SR3 0:paper 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 Registrationsensor PCB3 0:paper
2 - - - 2 Readsensor1 PCB4 0:paper
1 Originalsensor SR1 1:paper 1 Readsensor2 SR5 1:paper
0 Coveropen/closedsensor SR10 0:OPEN 0 Deliverysensor PCB5 0:paper
8-138
8

8
8-139
P005 15 - - - P007 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Disengagementmotor2 M7 1:enable 7 - - -
6 Disengagementmotor1 M6 1:enable 6 - - -
5 Trayliftermotor M8 1:enable 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 Deliverymotor_direction M5 0:CW1:CCW
3 stampsolenoid - 1:ON 3 Deliverymotor M5 1:enable
2 Trayliftermotor_direction M8 0:down1:up 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 Scannerunitcoolingfan FM3 1:ON
0 Feedmotor_direction M2 0:nouse1:CW 0 Pickuprollerunitliftermotor M10 1:enable
P006 15 - - - T-8-16
14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
11 - - -
10 - - -
9 - - -
8 - - -
7 Readmotor M4 1:enable
6 Registrationmotor M3 1:enable
5 Feedmotor M2 1:enable
4 Pickupmotor_direction M1 0:nouse1:CW
Pickuprollerunitlifter M10 0:nouse1:CW
3
motor_direction
2 Readmotorcoolingfan FM2 1:ON
1 Glassshiftmotor_direction M9 0:HP1:
0 Glassshiftmotor M9 1:enable
8-139
8

8
8-140
■ ColorImageReaderUnit-B2(FEEDER>P001to006) Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P003 15 - - -
P001 15 - - - 13 - - -
14 - - - 12 - - -
13 - - - 11 - - -
12 - - - 10 - - -
11 - - - 9 - - -
10 - - - 8 - - -
9 - - - 7 - - -
8 - - - 6 - - -
A4R/LTRR identification sensor SR10 0:A4Randsmaller,1:Larger 5 - - -
7
thanA4R
4 - - -
6 Lastdocumentdetectionsensor SR9 1:paper
3 Documentsetsensor SR5 0:papeer
5 Timingsensor SR4 1:paper
2 Coveropen/closedsensor SR6 1:OPEN
4 - - -
1 - - -
3 - - -
0 Documentwidthsensor1 SR12 1:paper
2 - - -
P004 15 - - -
1 - - -
14 - - -
0 - - -
13 - - -
P002 15 - - -
12 - - -
14 - - -
11 - - -
13 - - -
10 - - -
12 - - -
9 - - -
11 - - -
8 - - -
10 - - -
7 - - -
9 - - -
6 - - -
8 - - -
5 - - -
4 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
4 Deliveryreversalsensor SR3 1:paper
1 - - -
3 ReleasemotorHPsensor SR11 1:HP
0 - - -
2 - - -
1 Documentlengthsensor1 SR7 1:paper
0 Documentlengthsensor2 SR8 1:paper
8-140
8

8
8-141
Address bit Name Mark Remarks ■ InnerFinisher-A1(SORTER>P001toP014)
P005 15 - - -
14 - - -
13 - - - P001 15 - - -
12 - - - 14 - - -
11 - - - 13 - - -
10 - - - 12 - - -
9 - - - 11 - - -
8 - - - 10 - - -
7 Fan FM1 1:ON 9 - - -
6 Pickupclutch CL2 1:ON 8 - - -
5 Registrationclutch CL1 1:ON 7 Entrancesensor S1 0:ON1:OFF
releasemotor_I0 M2 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 6 GripperunitHPsensor S7 0:ON1:OFF
4 5 - - -
,1)->(1,0)->
releasemotor_I1 M2 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 4 - - -
3 3 - - -
,1)->(1,0)->
2 releasemotor M2 1:enable 2 - - -
1 Stampsolenoid SL2 1:ON 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 - - -
P006 15 - - - P002 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 Gripperunitmovemotor_CW M2 0:CW1:CCW
6 - - - 6 - - -
ADFmotor_I0 M1 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 5 Paperleverdrivesolenoid SOL1 0:OFF1:ON
5 4 - - -
,1)->(1,0)->
ADFmotor_I1 M1 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 3 Shiftmotor M4 0:OFF1:ON
4
,1)->(1,0)-> 2 shiftrollerreleasemotor M5 0:OFF1:ON
3 ADFmotor M1 1:enable 1 stoppermotor M6 0:OFF1:ON
2 ADFmotor_direction M1 0:separate1:pickup 0 Gripperopen/closemotor M7 0:OFF1:ON
1 - - -
0 - - -
T-8-17
8-141
8

8
8-142
P003 15 - - - P005 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Feedmotor_CW M3 0:CW1:CCW 7 - - -
6 Feedmotor_clock M3 1:output 6 - - -
5 - - - Entrancerollerrelease/stopperHP S5 0:ON1:OFF
5
4 STPmovemotor_clock M1 1:output sensor
3 STPmovemotor_PWM M1 0:OFF1:ON 4 - - -
2 Feedmotor_PWM M3 0:OFF1:ON 3 Shiftrollerreleasesensor S3 0:ON1:OFF
1 - - - 2 ShiftrollerHPsensor S2 0:ON1:OFF
0 Gripperunitmovemotor_PWM M2 0:OFF1:ON 1 - - -
P004 15 - - - 0 - - -
14 - - - P006 15 - - -
13 - - - 14 - - -
12 - - - 13 - - -
11 - - - 12 - - -
10 - - - 11 - - -
9 - - - 10 - - -
8 - - - 9 - - -
7 - - - 8 - - -
6 - - - Additionaltrayupper/lowerlimit S21 0:OFF1:ON
7
5 - - - sensor
4 - - - 6 - - -
3 Additionaltrayclocksensor S23 0:ON1:OFF 5 - - -
2 stacktrayclocksensor S14 0:ON1:OFF 4 - - -
1 staplermoveHPsensor S10 0:ON1:OFF 3 - - -
0 staplerHPsensor S18 0:ON1:OFF 2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-142
8

8
8-143
P007 15 - - - P009 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 Additionaltraypapersensor S22 0:ON1:OFF 0 - - -
P008 15 - - - P010 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 stacktraypapersensor S15 0:nopaper1:paper
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 stacktraymiddlesensor S16 1:mid/lowlevel
0 - - - 0 - - -
8-143
8

8
8-144
P011 15 - - - P013 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Processingtraysensor S6 0:nopaper1:paper 7 - - -
6 Staplersafetyswitch SW2 0:OFF1:ON 6 - - -
5 Fan2 M9 0:OFF1:ON 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 Fan1 M8 0:OFF1:ON 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 - - -
P012 15 - - - P014 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 staplermotor M10 0::ENABLE1:DISABLE
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 papersurfacesensor2 S12 0:OFF1:ON 5 - - -
4 papersurfacesensor1 S11 0:OFF1:ON 4 Trayliftmotor M11 0::ENABLE1:DISABLE
3 stapleredgingsensor S19 0:OFF1:ON 3 - - -
2 staplersensor S20 0:ON1:OFF 2 - - -
1 Gripperstaplerconnectionsensor S9 0:OFF1:ON 1 - - -
0 Frontcoverswitch SW1 0:OFF1:ON 0 - - -
T-8-18
8-144
8

8
8-145
■ StapleFinisher-C1/BookletFinisher-C1(SORTER>P001,P007 Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P003 15 - - -
toP031) 14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
P001 15 - - -
11 - - -
14 - - -
10 - - -
13 - - -
9 - - -
12 - - -
8 - - -
11 - - -
7 - - -
10 - - -
6 - - -
9 - - -
5 - - -
8 - - -
4 - - -
7 Tray2papersurfacesensor2 PI120 0:paper1:nopaper
3 - - -
6 - - -
2 - - -
5 - - -
1 - - -
4 - - -
0 - - -
3 Frontcoversensor PI102 0:CLOSE1:OPEN
P004 15 - - -
2 - - -
14 - - -
1 - - -
13 - - -
0 - - -
12 - - -
P002 15 - - -
11 - - -
14 - - -
10 - - -
13 - - -
9 - - -
12 - - -
8 - - -
11 - - -
7 - - -
10 - - -
6 - - -
9 - - -
5 - - -
8 - - -
4 - - -
7 - - -
3 - - -
6 - - -
2 - - -
5 - - -
1 - - -
4 - - -
0 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-145
8

8
8-146
P005 15 - - - P007 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 Tray1shiftmotor_lock M107 0:OFF1:lock
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 Frontcoversensor PI102 0:CLOSE1:OPEN
P006 15 - - - P008 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 Inletsensor PI103 0:paper1:nopaper
3 - - - 3 Swingguidehomepositionsensor PI105 1:HP
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 - - -
8-146
8

8
8-147
P009 15 - - - P011 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Tray1papersurfacesensor PI111 0:paper1:nopaper 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 - - -
1 Tray2shiftmotor_lock M108 0:OFF1:lock 1 - - -
0 Tray1papersensor PI112 0:paper1:nopaper 0 - - -
P010 15 - - - P012 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 Swingheightsensor PI123 0:CLOSE1:OPEN
6 - - - 6 Gearchangehomepositionsensor PI117 0:HP
5 - - - 5 Uppercoversensor PI101 0:CLOSE1:OPEN
4 - - - Rearendassistguidehome PI109 0:HP
4
3 - - - positionsensor
2 - - - 3 ProcessingTraysensor PI108 0:paper1:nopaper
1 - - - Rearaligningplatehomeposition PI107 0:HP
2
0 - - - sensor
Frontaligningplatehomeposition PI106 0:HP
1
sensor
0 - - -
8-147
8

8
8-148
P013 15 - - - P015 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Tray2shiftmotor M108 0:OFF1:ON 7 - - -
6 Tray2shiftmotor_CW M108 0:CW1:CCW 6 - - -
5 Inletrollerseparationsolenoid SL101 0:OFF1:ON 5 Staplershiftmotor_enable M105 0:standby1:enable
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 Stackejectionmotor_CW M102 0:CW1:CCW
Entrancefeedmotor_I1 M101 [P013>1:P013>0][0:0]: 1 Swingmotor_ampere M106 0:High1:Low
1 Low,[0:1]:MID,[1:0]: 0 Swingmotor_CW M106 0:CW1:CCW
High,[1:1]:Max P016 15 - - -
0 Entrancefeedmotor_I0 M101 14 - - -
P014 15 - - - 13 - - -
14 - - - 12 - - -
13 - - - 11 - - -
12 - - - 10 - - -
11 - - - 9 - - -
10 - - - 8 - - -
9 - - - 7 - - -
8 - - - 6 Rearaligningplatemotor M104 0:CW1:CCW
7 Tray1shiftmotor_enable M107 0:standby1:enable 5 - - -
6 Tray1shiftmotor_CW M107 0:CW1:CCW 4 Rearaligningplatemotor M104 0:High1:Low
5 Tray1shiftmotor M107 0:OFF1:ON 3 - - -
4 Rearendassistmotor_enable M109 0:standby1:enable 2 Frontaligningplatemotor_ampere M103 0:High1:Low
Rearendassistmotor_enable_I1 M109 [P014>3:P014>2][0:0]: 1 Frontaligningplatemotor_CW M103 0:CW1:CCW
3 Low,[0:1]:MID,[1:0]: 0 - - -
High,[1:1]:Max
2 Rearendassistmotor_enable_I0 M109
1 Rearendassistmotor_enable_CW M109 0:CW1:CCW
0 - - -
8-148
8

8
8-149
P017 15 - - - P019 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
Stapleralignmentinterference PI115 0:paper1:nopaper 7 - - -
7
sensor 6 Feedpathsensor PI104 0:paper1:nopaper
6 Shutterhomepositionsensor PI114 0:paper1:nopaper 5 - - -
5 Tray2papersensor PI113 0:HP 4 - - -
4 Staplershifthomepositionsensor PI110 0:HP 3 StitcherHPsensor(rear) SW5 1:HP
3 Tray2papersurfacesensor1 PI116 0:Interference 2 StitcherHPsensor(front) SW7 1:HP
2 - - - 1 - - -
1 - - - 0 - - -
0 - - - P020 15 - - -
P018 15 - - - 14 - - -
14 - - - 13 - - -
13 - - - 12 - - -
12 - - - 11 - - -
11 - - - 10 - - -
10 - - - 9 - - -
9 - - - 8 - - -
8 - - - Alignmentplatehomeposition PI5 1:HP
7
7 Staplershiftmotor_CW M105 0:CCW1:CW sensor
6 Bufferrollerseparationsolenoid SL102 0:OFF1:ON 6 - - -
5 Shutterclutch CL101 0:OFF1:ON 5 - - -
4 Stackejectionlowerrollerclutch CL102 0:OFF1:ON 4 - - -
3 Bufferrearendholdingsolenoid SL104 0:OFF1:ON 3 - - -
1stdeliveryrollerseparation SL103 0:OFF1:ON 2 Verticalpatpapersensor PI17 0:nopaper1:paper
2
solenoid 1 - - -
Staplershiftmotor_I1 M105 [P018>1:P018>0][0:0]: 0 - - -
1 Low,[0:1]:MID,[1:0]:
High,[1:1]:Max
0 Staplershiftmotor_I0 M105
8-149
8

8
8-150
P021 15 - - - P023 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 - - -
5 - - - 5 - - -
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 - - - 2 - - -
Paperpushingplatetopposition PI15 0:edge 1 - - -
1
sensor 0 - - -
Paperpushingplatehomeposition PI14 1:HP P024 15 - - -
0
sensor 14 - - -
P022 15 - - - 13 - - -
14 - - - 12 - - -
13 - - - 11 - - -
12 - - - 10 - - -
11 - - - 9 - - -
10 - - - 8 - - -
9 - - - 7 - - -
8 - - - 6 - - -
7 - - - 5 No.2 paper deflecting solenoid SL2 0:OFF1:ON
6 - - - 4 No.1 paper deflecting solenoid SL1 0:OFF1:ON
5 - - - 3 Saddleinletsolenoid SL5 0:OFF1:ON
4 - - - 2 Paperfoldinghomepositionsensor PI21 0:OFF1:ON
3 - - - 1 - - -
2 - - - 0 - - -
1 - - -
0 Feedmotor_CW M1 0:CCW1:CW
8-150
8

8
8-151
P025 15 - - - P027 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 - - -
6 - - - 6 Feedplatecontactsolenoid SL4 0:OFF1:ON
5 - - - 5 Paperfoldingmotor_RV M2 0:OFF1:ON
4 - - - 4 - - -
3 - - - 3 - - -
2 Feedmotor M1 0:ON1:OFF Paperpositioning PI8 0:paper1:nopaper
2
1 - - - platepapersensor
0 - - - Paperpositioningplatehome PI7 0:HP
1
P026 15 - - - positionsensor
14 - - - 0 Traypapersensor PI6 0:paper1:nopaper
13 - - - P028 15 - - -
12 - - - 14 - - -
11 - - - 13 - - -
10 - - - 12 - - -
9 - - - 11 - - -
8 - - - 10 - - -
7 - - - 9 - - -
6 - - - 8 - - -
5 - - - 7 Paperpushingplatemotor_EN M8 0:ON1:OFF
4 - - - 6 Paperpushingplatemotor_FWM M8 0:OFF1:ON
3 Stitchermotor(rear)_CW M6 0:ON1:OFF 5 Paperpushingplatemotor_RV M8 0:OFF1:ON
2 - - - 4 Paperfoldingmotor_FWD M2 0:OFF1:ON
1 Staplesensor(rear) SW4 0:OFF1:ON 3 - - -
0 - - - 2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-151
8

8
8-152
P029 15 - - - P031 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 Stitchermotor(rear)_CCW M6 0:ON1:OFF 7 Saddleinletsensor PI22 0:nopaper1:paper
6 - - - 6 Guidehomepositionsensor PI13 1:HP
5 - - - 5 Crescentrollerphasesensor PI12 1:HP
4 Stitchermotor(front)_CW M7 0:ON1:OFF 4 Deliverysensor PI11 0:paper1:nopaper
3 Stitchermotor(front)_CCW M7 0:ON1:OFF 3 Inletcoversensor PI9 0:CLOSE1:OPEN
2 Staplesensor(front) SW6 1:enable 2 - - -
1 - - - 1 - - -
0 - - - 0 - - -
P030 15 - - - T-8-19
14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
11 - - -
10 - - -
9 - - -
8 - - -
7 - - -
6 - - -
5 - - -
4 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-152
8

8
8-153
■ External2HolePuncher-B1(SORTER>P013,P032toP036, Address bit Name Mark Remarks
P033 15 - - -
P039) 14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
P013 15 - - -
11 - - -
14 - - -
10 - - -
13 - - -
9 - - -
12 - - -
8 - - -
11 - - -
7 - - -
10 - - -
6 - - -
9 - - -
5 - - -
8 - - -
4 - - -
7 - - -
3 - - -
6 - - -
2 - - -
5 - - -
1 - - -
4 Punchfeedmotor_enable M63 0:standby1:enable
0 - - -
Punchfeedmotor_I1 M63 [P013>3:P013>2][0:0]=Low
P034 15 - - -
3 ,[0:1]=MID,[1:0]=High,[1:1]=
14 - - -
Max
13 - - -
2 Punchfeedmotor_I0 M63
12 - - -
1 - - -
11 - - -
0 - - -
10 - - -
P032 15 - - -
9 - - -
14 - - -
8 - - -
13 - - -
7 Punchmotor_CW M61 0:ON
12 - - -
6 Punchmotor_CCW M61 0:ON
11 - - -
5 LEDPCB(Rearedgedirection) PCB3 0:nopaper1:paper
10 - - -
4 HorizontalregistrationHPsensor PI61 1:HP
9 - - -
3 - - -
8 - - -
2 - - -
7 PunchHPsensor PI63 0:HP
1 - - -
6 - - -
0 - - -
5 - - -
4 - - -
3 - - -
2 - - -
1 - - -
0 - - -
8-153
8

8
8-154
P035 15 - - - P039 15 - - -
14 - - - 14 - - -
13 - - - 13 - - -
12 - - - 12 - - -
11 - - - 11 - - -
10 - - - 10 - - -
9 - - - 9 - - -
8 - - - 8 - - -
7 - - - 7 Sideregistrationsensor1 PCB2 0:paper
6 - - - 6 ScrapfulldetectorPCB PCB4 0:paper
5 Sideregistrationmotor_ampere M62 0:active1:keep 5 Upperdoorswitch MSW61 0:OPEN1:CLOSE
4 - - - 4 Frontdoorswitch MSW62 0:OPEN1:CLOSE
0 - - - 0 - - -
P036 15 - - - T-8-20
14 - - -
13 - - -
12 - - -
11 - - -
10 - - -
9 - - -
8 - - -
7 - - -
6 - - -
5 - - -
4 - - -
3 - - -
2 Sideregistrationmotor_B M62 1:ON
1 Sideregistrationmotor_A M62 1:ON
0 - - -
8-154
8

8
8-155
COPIER ADJ-Y
COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY
Adjofimgpstninbookmode:horzscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagereadingstartpositioninhorizontalscanning
ADJUST direction.
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
enterthevalueofservicelabel.
■ ADJ-XY Whenthenon-imagewidthislargerthanthestandardvalue,set
COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY thesmallervalue.
ADJ-X Adjofimgpstninbookmode:vertscan Whenoutoforiginalareaiscopied,setthelargervalue.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagereadingstartposition(imageleadedge
therearsideby0.1mm.
position)inverticalscanningdirection.
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
enterthevalueofservicelabel. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Whenthenon-imagewidthislargerthanthestandardvalue,set 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
thesmallervalue. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Whenoutoforiginalareaiscopied,setthelargervalue. servicelabel.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto Display/adj/setrange 36to236
thetrailingedgesideby0.1mm. Unit 0.1mm
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Appropriatetargetvalue -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Defaultvalue 136
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Requiredtime -
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange 1to100 Relatedusermode -
Unit 0.1mm Supplement/memo -
Appropriatetargetvalue - ADJ-Y-DF AdjimgpstninDADFmode:horzscan[Frt]
Defaultvalue 18 Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagereadingstartpositioninhorizontalscanning
Requiredtime - directionatDADFreading.
Relatedservicemode - WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Relatedusermode - enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Supplement/memo - Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto
therearsideby0.1mm.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
servicelabel.
Unit 0.1mm
Defaultvalue 102
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-155
8

8
8-156
COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY
STRD-POS AdjreadpstninDADFmode:frontside ADJY-DF2 AdjimgpstninDADFmod:horizscan[bck]
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthereadingpositionatDADFreading(frontside). Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagepositionofbacksideinhorizontalscanning
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, directionatsimultaneousduplexreading.
enterthevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. therearsideby0.1mm.
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
servicelabel. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 1to200 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit 0.1mm Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Appropriatetargetvalue - servicelabel.
Defaultvalue 110 Display/adj/setrange 56to220
Requiredtime - Unit 0.1mm
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STRD-POS Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode - Defaultvalue 120
ADJ-X-MG Adjimgratioinbookmod:vertscan[frt] Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of image magnification in vertical Relatedusermode -
scanningdirectionatcopyboardreading. Supplement/memo -
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, T-8-21
As the value is incremented by 1, the image magnification
changesby0.01%.
+:Enlarge
-:Reduce
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
andpressOKkey.
servicelabel.
Unit 0.01%
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-156
8

8
8-157
■ CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD
W-PLT-Z Whiteleveldata(Z)entryofwhiteplate
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
W-PLT-X Whiteleveldata(X)entryofwhiteplate enterthevalueofservicelabel.WhenreplacingtheCopyboard
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Glass, enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the
enterthevalueofservicelabel.WhenreplacingtheCopyboard glass.
Glass, enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
glass. • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
• WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. servicelabel.
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange 7500to9999
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER.>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X,W-PLT-Y,BW-TGT
Relatedservicemode COPIER.>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-Y,W-PLT-Z,BW-TGT Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - SH-TRGT ShadingtgtVL(B&W)[bookmode]:D-Reader
W-PLT-Y Whiteleveldata(Y)entryofwhiteplate Lv.1 Details TosettheB&Wshadingtargetvalueincopyboardreading
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, mode.
enterthevalueofservicelabel.WhenreplacingtheCopyboard Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Glass, enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the • WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit
glass.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
• WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. servicelabel.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 1to2047
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Unit -
servicelabel.
Defaultvalue 1126
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 8735
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
Relatedservicemode COPIER.>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X,W-PLT-Z,BW-TGT
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-157
8

8
8-158
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD
100-RG ImgSensrRGcolordisplacecrrctVL:Frt DFTAR-R Shadingtargetvalue(R)[Frontside]
Lv.1 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(RandGlines)invertical Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof
scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperfront). servicelabel.
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront),
enterthevalueofservicelabel. executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) label.
andpressOKkey. Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe front)
servicelabel. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange -256to256 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit 0.001line Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange 700to1400
Supplement/memo - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2
100-GB ImgSensrGBcolordisplacecrrctVL:Frt Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(GandBlines)invertical Supplement/memo -
scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperfront). DFTAR-G Shadingtargetvalue(G)[Frontside]
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof
enterthevalueofservicelabel. servicelabel.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront),
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2
andpressOKkey. andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. label.
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
servicelabel. • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Display/adj/setrange -256to256 front)
Unit 0.001line Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue - 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Defaultvalue 0 Caution -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-158
8

8
8-159
DFTAR-B Shadingtargetvalue(B)[Frontside] MTF2-M2 MTFvalue2setting:horzscan[Front]
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
servicelabel. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront), Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
label. Caution -
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Display/adj/setrange 20to80
• WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper Unit -
front)
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Caution -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
MTF2-M3 MTFvalue3setting:horzscan[Front]
Defaultvalue 1209
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
Requiredtime -
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
MTF2-M1 MTFvalue1setting:horzscan[Front] Caution -
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Display/adj/setrange 20to80
Unit -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Caution -
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
MTF2-M4 MTFvalue4setting:horzscan[Front]
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-159
8

8
8-160
MTF2-M5 MTFvalue5setting:horzscan[Front] MTF2-M8 MTFvalue8setting:horzscan[Front]
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC
MTF2-M6 MTFvalue6setting:horzscan[Front] MTF2-M9 MTFvalue9setting:horzscan[Front]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MTF2-M7 MTFvalue7setting:horzscan[Front] MTF2-S1 MTFvalue1setting:vertscan[Front]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-160
8

8
8-161
MTF2-S2 MTFvalue2setting:vertscan[Front] MTF2-S5 MTFvalue5setting:vertscan[Front]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-161
8

8
8-162
MTF2-S8 MTFvalue8setting:vertscan[Front] 100DF2GB ImgSensrGBclrcrrctVL[bck]:D-Reader
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.2 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(GandBlines)invertical
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperback).
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. enterthevalueofservicelabel.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Defaultvalue 50 Unit 0.001line
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC Defaultvalue 0
MTF2-S9 MTFvalue9setting:vertscan[Front] Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Supplement/memo -
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. 100DF2RG ImgSensrRGclrcrrctVL[bck]:D-Reader
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Lv.2 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(RandGlines)invertical
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperback).
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Caution - enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Unit - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC Unit 0.001line
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-162
8

8
8-163
DFCH2R2 ComplexchartNo.2data(R)[Frontside] DFCH2B2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B)[Frontside]
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheReddata(forpaper Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheBluedata(for
front)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
DFCH2R10 ComplexchartNo.10data(R)[Frontside] DFCH2B10 ComplexchartNo.10data(B)[Frontside]
front)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperfront)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-163
8

8
8-164
DFCH2G2 ComplexchartNo.2data(G)[Frontside] CCD-CHNG Scanner Unit(ppr frt) rplce flag setting
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for Lv.1 Details To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used
paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. atthereplacementofScannerUnit(paperfront).
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperfront),enter1.When
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata replacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. thevalueofservicelabel.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase • WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperfront)
Caution - • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Requiredtime - 0:Dataatfactoryshipmentisused.
1:Dataatfactoryshipmentisnotused.(ScannerUnit(paper
front)isalreadyreplaced.)
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
DFCH2G10 ComplexchartNo.10data(G)[Frontside]
Defaultvalue 0
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for
Requiredtime -
paperfront)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart.
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTFMCL,MTFSCL,MTFMBW,
MTFSBW
Relatedusermode -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Supplement/memo -
Caution - MTF-M1 MTFvalue1setting:horzscan[Back]
Display/adj/setrange 0to2550 Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Caution -
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-164
8

8
8-165
MTF-M2 MTFvalue2setting:horzscan[Back] MTF-M5 MTFvalue5setting:horzscan[Back]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-165
8

8
8-166
MTF-M8 MTFvalue8setting:horzscan[Back] MTF-S2 MTFvalue2setting:vertscan[Back]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MTF-M9 MTFvalue9setting:horzscan[Back] MTF-S3 MTFvalue3setting:vertscan[Back]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MTF-S1 MTFvalue1setting:vertscan[Back] MTF-S4 MTFvalue4setting:vertscan[Back]
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemai)npowerswitch.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-166
8

8
8-167
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
MTF-S7 MTFvalue7setting:vertscan[Back]
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-167
8

8
8-168
DFCH-R2 ComplexchartNo.2data(R)[Backside] DFCH-B2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B)[Backside]
back)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R10,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10, Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R10,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10,
DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10 DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR
DFCH-R10 ComplexchartNo.10data(R)[Backside] DFCH-B10 ComplexchartNo.10data(B)[Backside]
back)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperback)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10, Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10,
DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10 DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR
8-168
8

8
8-169
DFCH-G2 ComplexchartNo.2data(G)[Backside] MTF2-M10 MTFvalue10setting:horzscan[Front]
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution -
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R10,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10, Relatedusermode -
DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10 Supplement/memo -
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR MTF2-M11 MTFvalue11setting:horzscan[Front]
Relatedusermode - Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
Supplement/memo - EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
DFCH-G10 ComplexchartNo.10data(G)[Backside] Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
paperback)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Caution -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Display/adj/setrange 20to85
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Appropriatetargetvalue -
Caution - Defaultvalue 50
Unit - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC
Requiredtime - MTF2-M12 MTFvalue12setting:horzscan[Front]
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-B2,DFCH-B10, Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation.
DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10 EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-169
8

8
8-170
MTF2-S10 MTFvalue10setting:vertscan[Front] MTF-M10 MTFvalue10setting:horzscan[Back]
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-170
8

8
8-171
MTF-S10 MTFvalue10setting:vertscan[Back] DFCH2K2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B&W)[Front]
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC Requiredtime -
MTF-S11 MTFvalue11setting:vertscan[Back] Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. DFCH2K10 ComplexchartNo.10data(B&W)[Front]
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata paperfront)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Unit - Caution -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>MTF-CLC Defaultvalue 0
MTF-S12 MTFvalue12setting:vertscan[Back] Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Supplement/memo -
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 50
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-171
8

8
8-172
DFCH-K2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B&W)[Back] DFTAR-BW Shadingtargetvalue(B&W)[Frontside]
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof
paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. servicelabel.
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront),
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL3,DF-WLVL4
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. label.
Caution - Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Unit - front)
Appropriatetargetvalue - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Defaultvalue 2000
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-R10,DFCH-B2,
DFCH-B10,DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10,DFCH-K10 Unit -
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR Appropriatetargetvalue -
DFCH-K10 ComplexchartNo.10data(B&W)[Back] Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL3,DF-WLVL4
Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for Relatedusermode -
paperback)ofNo.10imageinDADFcomplexchart. Supplement/memo -
EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. DFTBK-G Shadingtargetvalue(G)[Backside]
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Caution - back),executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-
Display/adj/setrange 0to2550 WLVL2andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetinthe
servicelabel.
Unit -
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Defaultvalue 0
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback)
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-R10,DFCH-B2,
Caution -
DFCH-B10,DFCH-G2,DFCH-G10,DFCH-K2
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-LNR
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 1136
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-172
8

8
8-173
DFTBK-B Shadingtargetvalue(B)[Backside] CCD-CHG2 Scanner Unit(paper back) rplce flag set
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof Lv.1 Details To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used
servicelabel. atthereplacementofScannerUnit(paperback).
WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback),enter1.When
back),executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF- replacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
WLVL2andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetinthe thevalueofservicelabel.
servicelabel. Usecase • WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback)
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 700to1400 0:Dataatfactoryshipmentisused.
Unit - 1:Dataatfactoryshipmentisnotused.(ScannerUnit(paper
Appropriatetargetvalue - back)isalreadyreplaced.)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2 Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2MCL,MTF2SCL,MTF2MBW,
DFTBK-R Shadingtargetvalue(R)[Backside] MTF2SBW
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof Relatedusermode -
servicelabel. Supplement/memo -
WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper DFTBK-BW Shadingtargetvalue(B&W)[Backside]
back),executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF- Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof
WLVL2andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetinthe servicelabel.
servicelabel. WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata back),executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL3,DF-
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback) WLVL4andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetinthe
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper
Display/adj/setrange 700to1400 back)
Unit - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2 Unit -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-22
8-173
8

8
8-174
■ IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG
REG-H-K AdjBkcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan
COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofblackcolorimageinthe
REG-H-Y AdjYcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel.
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofyellowcolorimageinthe Usecase Whenblackcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning
horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. directionoccurs
Usecase Whenyellowcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
directionoccurs pressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
pressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -128to127
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit 1pixel
Unit 1pixel Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode - REG-HS-Y AdjYcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofyellowcolorimageinthe
REG-H-C AdjCcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan horizontalscanningdirectioninsmallerincrementsthan1pixel.
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofcyancolorimageinthe Usecase Whenyellowcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning
horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. directionoccurs(smallerthan1pixel)
Usecase Whencyancolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
directionoccurs pressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit 1/32pixel
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-174
8

8
8-175
COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG
REG-HS-C AdjCcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan REG-V-Y AdjYcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofcyancolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofyellowcolorimageinthe
horizontalscanningdirectioninsmallerincrementsthan1pixel. verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel.
Usecase Whencyancolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Usecase Whenyellowcolordisplacementintheverticalscanningdirection
directionoccurs(smallerthan1pixel) occurs
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
pressOKkey. pressOKkey.
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange 0to127
Unit 1/32pixel Unit 1line
REG-HS-K AdjBkcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan REG-V-C AdjCcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofblackcolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofcyancolorimageinthe
horizontalscanningdirectioninsmallerincrementsthan1pixel. verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel.
Usecase Whenblackcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Usecase Whencyancolordisplacementintheverticalscanningdirection
directionoccurs(smallerthan1pixel) occurs
Unit 1/32pixel Unit 1line
8-175
8

8
8-176
COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG
REG-V-K AdjBkcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan REG-V-M AdjMcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofblackcolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofmagentacolorimageinthe
verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel.
Usecase Whenblackcolordisplacementintheverticalscanningdirection Usecase Whenmagentacolordisplacementintheverticalscanning
occurs directionoccurs
Unit 1line Unit 1line
REG-H-M AdjMcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan REG-HS-M FineadjMwritestartpstn:horzscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofmagentacolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofmagentacolorimageinthe
horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. horizontalscanningdirectioninsmallerincrementsthan1pixel.
Usecase Whenmagentacolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Usecase Whenmagentacolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning
directionoccurs directionoccurs(smallerthan1pixel)
Unit 1pixel Unit 1/32pixel
T-8-23
8-176
8

8
8-177
■ DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS
SGNL-C Ctonerdensvalueentryatinitialize
COPIER>ADJUST>DENS Lv.1 Details ToentertheCtonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at
SGNL-Y Ytonerdensvalueentryatinitialize initialization.
Lv.1 Details ToentertheYtonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter
initialization. RAMclear
Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
RAMclear 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - REF-Y Ytonerdensitytargetvalueentry
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details ToentertheATRSensor(Y)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter
SGNL-M Mtonerdensvalueentryatinitialize RAMclear.
Lv.1 Details ToentertheMtonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter
initialization. RAMclear
Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
RAMclear 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Caution - Unit -
Unit - Defaultvalue 94(atRAMclear).Thisischangedbyinitialization.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-177
8

8
8-178
COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS
REF-M Mtonerdensitytargetvalueentry SGNL-K Bktonerdensvalueentryatinitialize
Lv.1 Details ToentertheATRSensor(M)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter Lv.1 Details ToentertheBktonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at
RAMclear. initialization.
Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter
RAMclear RAMclear
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue 94(atRAMclear).Thisischangedbyinitialization. Defaultvalue 0
REF-C Ctonerdensitytargetvalueentry DMAX-Y AdjD-maxctrlYcolordenstargetVL
Lv.1 Details ToentertheATRSensor(C)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter Lv.2 Details Animagefailuremightoccurbecausethedensitytargetvalue
RAMclear. oftheD-maxcontrolbecomesoutofthesettingtabledueto
Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter environmentchange.
RAMclear AdjusttheoffsetoftheyellowdensitytargetvalueofD-max
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. control.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. TheoffsetisresetwhenD-maxcontrol(FullAdjust)isexecuted.
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Usecase Whenanyimagefailureoccursduetoenvironmentchange
Appropriatetargetvalue - Caution • Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Defaultvalue 94(atRAMclear).Thisischangedbyinitialization. • Thisislimitedfortheuseofprintermodel.
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-178
8

8
8-179
DMAX-M AdjD-maxctrlMcolordenstargetVL P-TG-Y AdjofATRcontrolY-colortargetvalue
Lv.2 Details Animagefailuremightoccurbecausethedensitytargetvalue Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforY.
oftheD-maxcontrolbecomesoutofthesettingtabledueto Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged,
environmentchange. theT/Dratioisalsochanged.
AdjusttheoffsetofthemagentadensitytargetvalueofD-max Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis
control. smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger.
TheoffsetisresetwhenD-maxcontrol(FullAdjust)isexecuted. Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur
Usecase Whenanyimagefailureoccursduetoenvironmentchange Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. andpressOKkey.
Caution • Donotusethisatthenormalservice. 3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER>
• Thisislimitedfortheuseofprintermodel. TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times.
Display/adj/setrange -128to128 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
Unit - Caution Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density. If
Appropriatetargetvalue - youadjusttheoffsetofthetargetvalue,foggingmightgetworse.
Defaultvalue 0 Display/adj/setrange -4to4
Relatedservicemode - Appropriatetargetvalue -
DMAX-C AdjD-maxctrlCcolordenstargetVL Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details Animagefailuremightoccurbecausethedensitytargetvalue Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
oftheD-maxcontrolbecomesoutofthesettingtabledueto Gradation>FullAdjust
environmentchange. Supplement/memo -
AdjusttheoffsetofthecyandensitytargetvalueofD-max
control.
TheoffsetisresetwhenD-maxcontrol(FullAdjust)isexecuted.
Usecase Whenanyimagefailureoccursduetoenvironmentchange
Adj/set/operatemethod
Caution • Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
• Thisislimitedfortheuseofprintermodel.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-179
8

8
8-180
P-TG-M AdjofATRcontrolM-colortargetvalue P-TG-C AdjofATRcontrolC-colortargetvalue
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforM. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforC.
Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged,
theT/Dratioisalsochanged. theT/Dratioisalsochanged.
Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis
smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger.
Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey.
3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER> 3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER>
TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times.
4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
Caution Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density. If Caution Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density. If
youadjusttheoffsetofthetargetvalue,foggingmightgetworse. youadjusttheoffsetofthetargetvalue,foggingmightgetworse.
Unit - Unit -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
Gradation>FullAdjust Gradation>FullAdjust
8-180
8

8
8-181
P-TG-K AdjofATRcontrolBk-colortargetvalue P-ALPHA AdjustmentofPatchSensoralphavalue
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforBk. Lv.1 Details To adjust the adjustment coefficient alpha for the patch sensor .
Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, Thevaluemultipliedby1000isdisplayedinthescreen.
theT/Dratioisalsochanged. WhenreplacingthePatchSensorUnit,enterthevalueofthe
Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis servicelabel.
smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. Usecase WhenadensityreadingerrorofthePatchSensoroccurs
Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
andpressOKkey. Caution -
3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER> Unit -
TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. Appropriatetargetvalue 1200
4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
Defaultvalue -
Caution Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density. If
Requiredtime -
youadjusttheoffsetofthetargetvalue,foggingmightgetworse.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>PT-LPADJ
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo alpha:RatioofP-wavetoS-wave
P-K-Y AdjYcolorptchdensconvscoeffctk
Defaultvalue 0
Lv.2 Details To adjust the yellow patch density conversion coefficient k value
Requiredtime -
ofthePatchSensor.
Relatedservicemode - Thevaluemultipliedby100isdisplayedonthescreen.
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity
Gradation>FullAdjust
Supplement/memo -
Caution -
DMAX-K AdjD-maxctrlBkcolordenstargetVL
Lv.2 Details Animagefailuremightoccurbecausethedensitytargetvalue
Unit -
oftheD-maxcontrolbecomesoutofthesettingtabledueto
environmentchange.
Defaultvalue 1700
AdjusttheoffsetoftheblackdensitytargetvalueofD-max
control. Requiredtime -
TheoffsetisresetwhenD-maxcontrol(FullAdjust)isexecuted. Relatedservicemode -
Usecase Whenanyimagefailureoccursduetoenvironmentchange Relatedusermode -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Supplement/memo -
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-181
8

8
8-182
P-K-M AdjMcolorptchdensconvscoeffctk REF-K Bktonerdensitytargetvalueentry
Lv.2 Details To adjust the magenta patch density conversion coefficient k Lv.2 Details ToentertheATRSensor(Bk)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter
valueofthePatchSensor. RAMclear.
Thevaluemultipliedby100isdisplayedonthescreen. Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter
Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity RAMclear
Adj/set/operatemethod - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to2047 Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Requiredtime - Defaultvalue 94(atRAMclear).Thisischangedbyinitialization.
P-K-C AdjCcolorptchdensconvscoeffctk Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details To adjust the cyan patch density conversion coefficient k value of DMLMT-HY YtonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit
thePatchSensor. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforY
Thevaluemultipliedby100isdisplayedonthescreen. inD-maxcontrol.
Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol
Adj/set/operatemethod - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust.
Display/adj/setrange 0to2047 Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit 1V
Supplement/memo - Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
P-K-K AdjBkcolorptchdensconvscoeffctk Gradation>QuickAdjust
Lv.2 Details To adjust the black patch density conversion coefficient k value Supplement/memo -
ofthePatchSensor.
Thevaluemultipliedby100isdisplayedonthescreen.
Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 1700
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-182
8

8
8-183
DMLMT-HM MtonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit DMLMT-HK BktonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforM Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforBk
inD-maxcontrol. inD-maxcontrol.
Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol
2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust.
Unit 1V Unit 1V
Gradation>QuickAdjust Gradation>QuickAdjust
DMLMT-HC CtonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit DMLMT-LY YtonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforC Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforYin
inD-maxcontrol. D-maxcontrol.
Unit 1V Unit 1V
8-183
8

8
8-184
DMLMT-LM MtonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit DMLMT-LK BktonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforM Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforBk
inD-maxcontrol. inD-maxcontrol.
Unit 1V Unit 1V
DMLMT-LC CtonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit CONT-Y ATRSensor(Y)controlvoltageentry
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforC Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(Y).
inD-maxcontrol. WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol thevalueofservicelabel.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc.
2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Display/adj/setrange -300to300 servicelabel.
Unit 1V Display/adj/setrange 32to68
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit 0.1V
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>CONT-Y
Gradation>QuickAdjust Relatedusermode -
8-184
8

8
8-185
CONT-M ATRSensor(M)controlvoltageentry CONT-K ATRSensor(Bk)controlvoltageentry
Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(M). Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(Bk).
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
thevalueofservicelabel. thevalueofservicelabel.
Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc. Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
servicelabel. servicelabel.
Unit 0.1V Unit 0.1V
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>CONT-M Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>CONT-K
CONT-C ATRSensor(C)controlvoltageentry T-8-24
Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(C).
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
thevalueofservicelabel.
Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
servicelabel.
Unit 0.1V
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>CONT-C
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-185
8

8
8-186
■ BLANK COPIER>ADJUST>BLANK
BLANK-R Adjustmentofrightedgemargin
COPIER>ADJUST>BLANK Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginontherightedgeofpaper.
BLANK-T Adjustmentofleadingedgemargin Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginontheleadingedgeofpaper. thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm).
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward Usecase • Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest
thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm). • When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing
Usecase • Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest separation
• When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
separation
Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1181
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit 1pixel
Relatedusermode - BLANK-B Adjustmentoftrailingedgemargin
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginonthetrailingedgeofpaper.
BLANK-L Adjustmentofleftedgemargin Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginontheleftedgeofpaper. thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm).
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward Usecase • Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest
thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm). • When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing
Usecase • Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest separation
• When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
separation
Caution -
Caution - Unit 1pixel
Relatedusermode -
T-8-25
Supplement/memo -
8-186
8

8
8-187
■ V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT
VCONT-M AdjofMcolorcontrastpotential
COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforM.
VCONT-Y AdjofYcolorcontrastpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforY. by10V.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges +:Imagebecomesdarker.
by10V. -:Imagebecomeslighter.
+:Imagebecomesdarker. Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing
-:Imagebecomeslighter. Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs.
Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed
Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs. inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density
Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed AdjustmentMode.
inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan
AdjustmentMode. imagedensityfailureoccurs
Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
imagedensityfailureoccurs andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. 3)ExecuteCOPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
3)ExecuteCOPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Display/adj/setrange -20to20
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit 10V
Display/adj/setrange -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -10to10
Unit 10V Defaultvalue 0
Appropriatetargetvalue -10to10 Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VCONT-Y,VCONT-C,VCONT-K
Requiredtime - COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VCONT-M,VCONT-C,VCONT-K Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC Gradation>FullAdjust
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density
Gradation>FullAdjust AdjustmentMode
Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density Supplement/memo -
AdjustmentMode
Supplement/memo -
8-187
8

8
8-188
COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT
VCONT-C AdjofCcolorcontrastpotential VCONT-K AdjofBkcolorcontrastpotential
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforC. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthecontrastpotentialVcontforBk.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges
by10V. by10V.
+:Imagebecomesdarker. +:Imagebecomesdarker.
-:Imagebecomeslighter. -:Imagebecomeslighter.
Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixingBelt
Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs. oratransferfailureoccurs.
Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed
inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density
AdjustmentMode. AdjustmentMode.
Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan
imagedensityfailureoccurs imagedensityfailureoccurs
3)ExecuteCOPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC. 3)ExecuteCOPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Unit 10V Unit 10V
Appropriatetargetvalue -10to10 Appropriatetargetvalue -10to10
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VCONT-Y,VCONT-M,VCONT-K Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VCONT-Y,VCONT-M,VCONT-C
COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DPC
Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density
AdjustmentMode AdjustmentMode
8-188
8

8
8-189
VBACK-Y AdjYcolorfoggingremovalpotential VBACK-M AdjMcolorfoggingremovalpotential
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforY. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforM.
AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/
Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe
foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential
changesby5V. changesby5V.
+:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare
alleviated. alleviated.
-:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier
adherencearealleviated. adherencearealleviated.
Usecase AttheoccurrenceofYfogging Usecase AttheoccurrenceofMfogging
Unit 10V Unit 10V
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VBACK-M,VBACK-C,VBACK-K Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VBACK-Y,VBACK-C,VBACK-K
Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColor Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColor
Cast Cast
8-189
8

8
8-190
VBACK-C AdjCcolorfoggingremovalpotential VBACK-K AdjBkcolorfoggingremovalpotential
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforC. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackfor
AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ Bk.
Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/
foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue.
changesby5V. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential
+:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare changesby5V.
alleviated. +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare
-:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier alleviated.
adherencearealleviated. -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier
Usecase AttheoccurrenceofCfogging adherencearealleviated.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Usecase AttheoccurrenceofBkfogging
andpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. andpressOKkey.
3)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. 3)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Unit 10V Display/adj/setrange -10to10
Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5 Unit 10V
Defaultvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VBACK-Y,VBACK-M,VBACK-K Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>VBACK-Y,VBACK-M,VBACK-C
Gradation>FullAdjust COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VBACK-K
Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColor Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
Cast Gradation>FullAdjust
Supplement/memo - Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColor
Cast
Supplement/memo -
8-190
8

8
8-191
PT-VCT-Y AdjofYcolortargetcontrastpotential PT-VCT-C AdjofCcolortargetcontrastpotential
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheYpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-maxPASCAL Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheCpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-max
control. PASCALcontrol.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential
changesby1V. changesby1V.
+:Potentialisincreased. +:Potentialisincreased.
-:Potentialisdecreased. -:Potentialisdecreased.
Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur
3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g. 3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g.
COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times.
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1V Unit 1V
Defaultvalue Accordingtotheenvironmentcondition. Defaultvalue Accordingtotheenvironmentcondition.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>PT-VCT-M,PT-VCT-C,PT- Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>PT-VCT-Y,PT-VCT-M,PT-VCT-K
VCT-K Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - PT-VCT-K AdjofBkclrtargetcontrastpotential
PT-VCT-M AdjofMcolortargetcontrastpotential Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheBkpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-max
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheMpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-max PASCALcontrol.
PASCALcontrol. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential changesby1V.
changesby1V. +:Potentialisincreased.
+:Potentialisincreased. -:Potentialisdecreased.
-:Potentialisdecreased. Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur
Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g.
3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g. COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times.
COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Unit 1V
Unit 1V Appropriatetargetvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue Accordingtotheenvironmentcondition.
Defaultvalue Accordingtotheenvironmentcondition. Requiredtime -
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>PT-VCT-Y,PT-VCT-M,PT-VCT-C
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>PT-VCT-Y,PT-VCT-C,PT-VCT-K Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - T-8-26
8-191
8

8
8-192
■ PASCAL COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL
OFST-P-C Cdensityadjattestprintreading
COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofCcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto
OFST-P-Y Ydensityadjattestprintreading AdjustGradation(FullAdjust).
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofYcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
AdjustGradation(FullAdjust). enterthevalueofservicelabel.
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets
enterthevalueofservicelabel. darker.
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
darker. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange -128to128
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue AccordingtotheadjustmentvalueoftheReaderatfactory
Defaultvalue AccordingtotheadjustmentvalueoftheReaderatfactory shipment
shipment Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo - OFST-P-K Bkdensityadjattestprintreading
OFST-P-M Mdensityadjattestprintreading Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofBkcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofMcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto AdjustGradation(FullAdjust).
AdjustGradation(FullAdjust). WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, enterthevalueofservicelabel.
enterthevalueofservicelabel. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets darker.
darker. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe servicelabel.
servicelabel. Display/adj/setrange -128to128
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue AccordingtotheadjustmentvalueoftheReaderatfactory
Defaultvalue AccordingtotheadjustmentvalueoftheReaderatfactory shipment
shipment Requiredtime -
8-192
8

8
8-193
■ COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR
ADJ-C Ccolorbalanceadjustment
COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforCwhenthe
ADJ-Y Ycolorbalanceadjustment densityofCvariesbetweenmachines.
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforYwhenthe Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
densityofYvariesbetweenmachines. If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. occurs.
If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure Usecase Whenalleviatingthevariationofthedensitybetweenmachines
occurs. uponuser'srequest
Usecase Whenalleviatingthevariationofthedensitybetweenmachines Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
uponuser'srequest andpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -8to8
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit -
Relatedusermode - ADJ-K Bkcolorbalanceadjustment
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforBkwhenthe
ADJ-M Mcolorbalanceadjustment densityofBkvariesbetweenmachines.
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforMwhenthe Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
densityofMvariesbetweenmachines. If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. occurs.
If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure Usecase Whenalleviatingthevariationofthedensitybetweenmachines
occurs. uponuser'srequest
Usecase Whenalleviatingthevariationofthedensitybetweenmachines Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
uponuser'srequest andpressOKkey.
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-193
8

8
8-194
COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR
OFST-Y AdjofYbrightareadens&colorbalance OFST-M AdjofMbrightareadens&colorbalance
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofY. Lv.1 Details
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofM.
Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly
valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe
Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight.
performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears.
ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
Usecase • Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode.
• Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed Usecase • Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly
correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears • Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears
Display/adj/setrange -32to32 Caution -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance Relatedservicemode -
Supplement/memo - Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance
Supplement/memo -
8-194
8

8
8-195
OFST-C AdjofCbrightareadens&colorbalance OFST-K AdjBkbrightareadens&colorbalance
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofC. Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofBk.
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly
becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe
valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight.
Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot
performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears.
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode.
Usecase • Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly Usecase • Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly
• Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed • Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed
correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance
LD-OFS-Y ColorbalanceadjofYlowdensarea
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofY.
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
ImageQuality>ColorBalance.
Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
andpressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance
Supplement/memo -
8-195
8

8
8-196
LD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMlowdensarea LD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBklowdensarea
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofBk.
ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ImageQuality>ColorBalance.
Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
LD-OFS-C ColorbalanceadjofClowdensarea MD-OFS-Y ColorbalanceadjofYmiddensarea
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofC. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaofY.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-196
8

8
8-197
MD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMmiddensarea MD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBkmiddensarea
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details Toadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaof
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Bk.
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. ImageQuality>ColorBalance.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
MD-OFS-C ColorbalanceadjofCmiddensarea Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaofC. HD-OFS-Y ColorbalanceadjofYhighdensarea
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofY.
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. ImageQuality>ColorBalance.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Supplement/memo -
8-197
8

8
8-198
HD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMhighdensarea HD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBkhighdensarea
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofBk.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
HD-OFS-C ColorbalanceadjofChighdensarea T-8-28
Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofC.
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker.
ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust
ImageQuality>ColorBalance.
Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
andpressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>ColorBalance
Supplement/memo -
8-198
8

8
8-199
■ HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI
DIS-TGC DischgcrrntctrlCtgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheCtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent
DIS-TGY DischgcrrntctrlYtgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD controlinplainpaper(1/1speed).
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheYtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs
controlinplainpaper(1/1speed). Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Unit 5uA
Unit 5uA Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode - DIS-TGK DischgcrrntctrlBktgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD
Supplement/memo - Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheBktargetcurrentatdischargecurrent
DIS-TGM DischgcrrntctrlMtgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD controlinplainpaper(1/1speed).
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheMtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs
controlinplainpaper(1/1speed). Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs andpressOKkey.
andpressOKkey. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Unit 5uA
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-199
8

8
8-200
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI
DIS-TGY2 DischgcrrntctrlYtgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD DIS-TGC2 DischgcrrntctrlCtgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheYtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheCtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent
controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed). controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed).
Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs
Unit 5uA Unit 5uA
DIS-TGM2 DischgcrrntctrlMtgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD DIS-TGK2 DischgcrrntctrlBktgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheMtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheBktargetcurrentatdischargecurrent
controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed). controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed).
Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs
Unit 5uA Unit 5uA
8-200
8

8
8-201
OFSTAC-Y AdjofYclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD OFSTAC-C AdjofCclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforY. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforC.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased
by20uA. by20uA.
Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe
valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs.
• Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage
Caution • Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution • Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
• Ifthevalueistoolarge,thelifeofthePhotosensitiveDrum • Ifthevalueistoolarge,thelifeofthePhotosensitiveDrum
becomesshorter. becomesshorter.
Unit 50Vpp Unit 50Vpp
Requiredtime 1minute Requiredtime 1minute
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTAC-M,OFSTAC-C, Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTAC-Y,OFSTAC-M,
OFSTAC-K OFSTAC-K
OFSTAC-M AdjofMclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforM.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased
by20uA.
Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe
valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs.
Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure
• Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage
Caution • Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
• Ifthevalueistoolarge,thelifeofthePhotosensitiveDrum
becomesshorter.
Unit 50Vpp
Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime 1minute
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTAC-Y,OFSTAC-C,
OFSTAC-K
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-201
8

8
8-202
OFSTAC-K AdjofBkclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD OFSTACM2 AdjofMclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforBk. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforMat1/2speed.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50
by20uA. uA.
valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs.
• Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage
Caution • Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
• Ifthevalueistoolarge,thelifeofthePhotosensitiveDrum Display/adj/setrange -10to10
becomesshorter. Unit 50Vpp
Unit 50Vpp Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACY2,OFSTACC2,
Requiredtime 1minute OFSTACK2
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTAC-Y,OFSTAC-M, Relatedusermode -
OFSTAC-C Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode - OFSTACC2 AdjofCclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforCat1/2speed.
OFSTACY2 AdjofYclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforYat1/2speed. uA.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50 Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe
uA. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs.
Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure
valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage
Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
• Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -10to10
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Unit 50Vpp
Unit 50Vpp Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACY2,OFSTACM2,
Requiredtime - OFSTACK2
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACM2,OFSTACC2, Relatedusermode -
OFSTACK2 Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-202
8

8
8-203
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI ■ HV-TR
OFSTACK2 AdjofBkclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforBkat1/2speed.
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50 1TR-TGY AdjofprmrytrnsATVCYtargetcurrent
uA. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforYuponprimary
Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe transferATVCcontrol.
valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA.
Usecase • Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs.
• Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
andpressOKkey.
Unit 50Vpp
Caution -
Defaultvalue 0
Unit 1uA
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACY2,OFSTACM2,
Defaultvalue 0
OFSTACC2
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-29
Supplement/memo -
1TR-TGM AdjofprmrytrnsATVCMtargetcurrent
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforMuponprimary
transferATVCcontrol.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA.
Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs.
Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur.
Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs
andpressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit 1uA
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-203
8

8
8-204
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR
1TR-TGC AdjofprmrytrnsATVCCtargetcurrent 2TR-N1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdypln1st
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforCuponprimary Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideofplain
transferATVCcontrol. paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity,600
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA. dpi).
Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur. conditions
Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) pressOKkey.
Caution - Unit 0.2uA
Relatedusermode - 2TR-N2 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdypln2nd
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof
1TR-TGK1 PrmrytrnsATVCBktargetcurrent(clr) plainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity,
Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforBkuponprimary 600dpi).
transferATVCcontrolinfullcolormode. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA. conditions
Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur. pressOKkey.
Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Display/adj/setrange -128to127
andpressOKkey. Unit 0.2uA
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20
Unit 1uA Relatedservicemode -
Appropriatetargetvalue -10to10 Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-204
8

8
8-205
2TR-P1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdycrd1st 2TR-H1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy1st
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow ofheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow
humidity). humidity).
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
conditions conditions
Caution - Caution -
Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA
2TR-P2 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdycrd2nd 2TR-H2 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy2nd
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow heavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity)
humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions
conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey.
pressOKkey. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA
Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20
Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo -
8-205
8

8
8-206
2TR-UH1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyexthvy1st 2TR-N12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdypln1st
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof
extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in
humidity) normalhumidity,600dpi).
Caution - Caution -
2TR-UH2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyexthvy2nd 2TR-N22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdypln2nd
extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in
humidity) normalhumidity,600dpi).
Caution - Caution -
8-206
8

8
8-207
2TR-H12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy1st 2TR-UH12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyexthvy1st
heavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
Caution - Caution -
2TR-H22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy2nd 2TR-UH22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyexthvy2nd
heavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
Caution - Caution -
8-207
8

8
8-208
2TR-P12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdycrd1st 2TR-N13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdypln1st
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in
humidity). highhumidity,600dpi).
Caution - Caution -
2TR-P22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdycrd2nd 2TR-N23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdypln2nd
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in
humidity). highhumidity,600dpi).
Caution - Caution -
8-208
8

8
8-209
2TR-H13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy1st 2TR-UH13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyexthvy1st
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof
ofheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh
Caution - Caution -
2TR-H23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy2nd 2TR-UH23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyexthvy2nd
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof
ofheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh
Caution - Caution -
8-209
8

8
8-210
2TR-P13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdycrd1st 2TR-O1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdytransp
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthetransparencyat
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh secondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity).
humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA
Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20
Supplement/memo - 2TR-O12 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:normhmdytransp
2TR-P23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdycrd2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthetransparencyat
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof secondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormalhumidity).
postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
humidity). conditions
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
conditions pressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Caution -
Caution - Unit 0.2uA
Unit 0.2uA Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-210
8

8
8-211
2TR-O13 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:highhmdytransp 1TR-TGKT PrytrnsATVCBktgtcrrntadj:Bkonly
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthetransparencyat Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofprimarytransferATVCcontroltarget
secondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). currentinB&Wmode.
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetchangesby1uA.
conditions Ifthevalueistoolarge,foggingetc.duetotransfermemory
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and occursandifitistoosmall,transferfailureetc.occurs.
pressOKkey. Usecase WhentheimagefailureduetoprimarytransferoccursinB&W
Caution - mode
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Unit 0.2uA andpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 2)ExecutetheprimarytransferATVC(open/closetheFront
Coveretc.)
Defaultvalue 0
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Unit 1uA
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
2TR-HN2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyhvypln2nd
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof
relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>1TR-TGY,1TR-TGM,1TR-TGC,
(inlowhumidity). 1TR-TGK
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Relatedusermode -
conditions Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and 2TR-T1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdythin1st
pressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideofthin
Caution - paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity).
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst
Unit 1uA
imageormottledimageetc.occurs.
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Defaultvalue 0
conditions
Requiredtime -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-N2
pressOKkey.
Relatedusermode -
Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom
Supplement/memo - eachtime.
Unit 1uA
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-N1
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-211
8

8
8-212
2TR-T2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdythin2nd 2TR-T22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdythin2nd
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin
paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity). paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormalhumidity).
Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst
imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs.
Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom
eachtime. eachtime.
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-N2 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-N22
2TR-T12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdythin1st 2TR-T13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdythin1st
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideofthin Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideofthin
paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormalhumidity). paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity).
Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom
eachtime. eachtime.
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
8-212
8

8
8-213
2TR-T23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdythin2nd 2TR-R2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyrcycl2nd
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndside
paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). ofrecycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow
Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor humidity).
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor
imageormottledimageetc.occurs. high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe imageormottledimageetc.occurs.
conditions Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and conditions
pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom pressOKkey.
eachtime. Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
2TR-R1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyrcycl1st 2TR-R12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyrcycl1st
recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
8-213
8

8
8-214
2TR-R22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyrcycl2nd 2TR-R23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyrcycl2nd
recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
2TR-R13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyrcycl1st 2TR-HN1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyhvypln1st
recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol
humidity). (inlowhumidity).
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
8-214
8

8
8-215
2TR-HN12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvypln1st 2TR-HN13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvypln1st
relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol
(innormalhumidity). (inhighhumidity).
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
2TR-HN22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvypln2nd 2TR-HN23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvypln2nd
relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol
(innormalhumidity). (inhighhumidity).
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
8-215
8

8
8-216
2TR-SH1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy21st 2TR-SH12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy21st
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof
ofheavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow heavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H1 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H12
2TR-SH2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy22nd 2TR-SH22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy22nd
ofheavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow heavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H2 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H22
8-216
8

8
8-217
2TR-SH13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy21st 2TR-E2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyenvlp2nd
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof
heavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity).
humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor
Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs.
imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA
Unit 1uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P2
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H13 Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - 2TR-E12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyenvlp1st
2TR-E1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyenvlp1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof ofenvelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal
envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity). humidity).
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P1 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P12
8-217
8

8
8-218
2TR-E22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyenvlp2nd 2TR-E23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyenvlp2nd
ofenvelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity).
humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor
Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs.
imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe
Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA
Unit 1uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P23
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P22 Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo - 2TR-SH23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy22nd
2TR-E13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyenvlp1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndside
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof ofheavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh
envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). humidity).
Caution - Caution -
Unit 1uA Unit 1uA
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-P13 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-H23
8-218
8

8
8-219
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR ■ FEED-ADJ
2TR-OFF BatchadjofsectrnsATVCtargetcrrnt
Lv.1 Details Tocollectivelyadjusttheoffsetvaluesoftargetcurrentin
COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ
secondarytransferATVCcontrolregardlessofconditions. REGIST Adjofrgststarttiming:Plainpaper
Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetimingtoturnONtheRegistrationMotorinthecase
high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst ofplainpaper.
imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleading
Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasifthesamesymptom edgeofpaperisincreasedby0.1mm.
occursregardlessofconditions +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.)
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.)
pressOKkey. WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
Caution -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Unit 1uA
pressOKkey.
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Unit 0.1mm
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>2TR-N1,etc.
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
T-8-30
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
ADJ-C1 Cassette1writestartpstninhorzscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning
directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette1.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof
paperisincreasedby0.1mm.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.)
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.)
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
pressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit 0.1mm
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-219
8

8
8-220
COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ
ADJ-C2 Cassette2writestartpstninhorzscan ADJ-C4 Cassette4writestartpstninhorzscan
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning
directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette2. directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette4.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof
paperisincreasedby0.1mm. paperisincreasedby0.1mm.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.)
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.)
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
enterthevalueofservicelabel. thevalueofservicelabel.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - Caution -
Unit 0.1mm Unit 0.1mm
ADJ-C3 Cassette3writestartpstninhorzscan ADJ-MF Writestartpstninhorzscan:MPtray
directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette3. directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheMulti-purposeTray.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.)
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.)
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
thevalueofservicelabel. thevalueofservicelabel.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - Caution -
8-220
8

8
8-221
ADJ-DK Writestartpstninhorzscan:PprDeck ADJ-C2RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst22nd
directionwhenfeedingpaperfromthePaperDeck. directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette2.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.)
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.)
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
thevalueofservicelabel. enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - Caution -
ADJ-C1RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst12nd ADJ-C3RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst32nd
directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette1. directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette3.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.)
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.)
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
enterthevalueofservicelabel. enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Caution - Caution -
8-221
8

8
8-222
ADJ-C4RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst42nd ADJ-MFRE Writestartpstninhorzscan:MPTray2nd
directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette4. directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheMulti-purpose
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof Tray.
paperisincreasedby0.1mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) paperisincreasedby0.1mm.
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.)
WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.)
enterthevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata enterthevalueofservicelabel.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - pressOKkey.
Unit 0.1mm Display/adj/setrange -100to100
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit 0.1mm
ADJ-DKRE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Deck2nd Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning REG-THCK Rgststarttimingadj:Heavy,1/2speed
directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromthePaperDeck. Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnONthe
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof RegistrationMotorwhenfeedingheavypaper.
+:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) paperisincreasedby0.1mm.
-:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.)
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.)
thevalueofservicelabel. Usecase -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and
Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Unit 0.1mm
Unit 0.1mm Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo -
8-222
8

8
8-223
REG-OHT Rgststarttimingadj:Transparency REG-DUP2 Rgststarttimingadj:Heavy,2ndside
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnONthe Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnON
RegistrationMotorwhenfeedingtransparency. theRegistrationMotorwhenfeedingthesecondsideofheavy
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof paper.
+:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.) paperisincreasedby0.1mm.
-:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.) +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.)
Usecase - -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.)
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Usecase -
REG-DUP1 Rgststarttimingadj:Plain,2ndside Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnONthe LP-FEED1 Cassettepre-rgstarchamount:Plain
RegistrationMotorwhenfeedingthesecondsideofplainpaper. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthearchamountbeforeregistrationwhenfeedingplain
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof paperfromthecassette.
paperisincreasedby0.1mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepre-registrationarch
+:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.) amountchangesby0.5mm.
-:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.) +:Increase
Usecase - -:Decrease
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Usecase -
Supplement/memo -
8-223
8

8
8-224
LP-MULT1 MPTraypre-rgstarchamount:Plain REG-SPD SpeedadjustmentofRegistrationMotor
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthearchamountbeforeregistrationwhenfeedingplain Lv.1 Details Toadjust1/1speedoftheRegistrationMotor.
paperfromtheMulti-purposeTray. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thespeedisincreasedby0.2%.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepre-registrationarch +:Speedup
amountchangesby0.5mm. -:Slowdown
+:Increase Whenthevalueisdecreased,theblurryimageataround40to
-:Decrease 45mmfromtheimagetrailingedgeisalleviated.
Usecase - Usecase Whenblurryimageoccursataround40to45mmfromtheimage
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and trailingedge
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit 0.20%
LP-DUP1 Duplexpre-rgstarchamount:Plain Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthearchamountbeforeregistrationwhenfeedingplain T-8-31
paperinduplexmode.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepre-registrationarch
amountchangesby0.5mm.
+:Increase
-:Decrease
Usecase -
pressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit 0.5mm
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-224
8

8
8-225
■ CST-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ
MF-A4 AdjofMPTrayA4paperwidth
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewidthofA4paperintheMulti-purposeTray.
MF-A4R AdjofMPTrayA4Rpaperwidth WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewidthofA4RpaperintheMulti-purposeTray. thevalueofservicelabel.
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter Whenregisteringanewvalue,executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>
thevalueofservicelabel. CST>A4.
Whenregisteringanewvalue,executeCOPIER>FUNCTION> Usecase • WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
CST>A4R. • Whenregisteringanewvalue.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
• Whenregisteringanewvalue. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe
Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Display/adj/setrange 0to255
servicelabel. Unit -
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CST>A4
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CST>A4R Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-32
Supplement/memo -
MF-A6R AdjofMPTrayA6Rpaperwidth
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewidthofA6RpaperintheMulti-purposeTray.
WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter
Whenregisteringanewvalue,executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>
CST>A6R.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
• Whenregisteringanewvalue.
servicelabel.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CST>A6R
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-225
8

8
8-226
■ MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC
ACS-ADJ SetcriteriaforB&W/colorinACS:front
COPIER>ADJUST>MISC Lv.1 Details TosetthejudgmentlevelofB&W/colororiginalinACSmode.
SEG-ADJ Setcriteriafortext/photo:frontside Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas
Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentleveloftext/photooriginalinText/Photo/Map aB&Wdocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal
mode. tendstobedetectedasacolordocument.
Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas Usecase WhenadjustingthecolordetectionlevelinACSmode
aphotodocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
tendstobedetectedasatextdocument. andpressOKkey.
Usecase When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/ 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Photo/Mapmode Caution -
andpressOKkey.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
ACS-EN SetjudgmentareainACSmode:frontside
Lv.2 Details TosetthejudgmentareainACSmode.
Relatedusermode -
Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswidened.
Supplement/memo -
Usecase WhenadjustingthejudgmentareainACSmode
K-ADJ Setcriteriaforblacktext:frontside
Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentlevelofblackcharactersattextprocessing. andpressOKkey.
Asthevalueisincreased,thetexttendstobedetectedasblack. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Whenpreferringthetexttobejudgedasblack Caution -
andpressOKkey.
Unit -
Caution -
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-226
8

8
8-227
COPIER>ADJUST>MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC
ACS-CNT SetjdgmtpixelcountareainACS:front ACS-CNT2 SetACSjdgmtpixelcountareainDADF
Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor
presenceinACSmode. presenceinACSmodeatDADFreading.
Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswidened. Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswiden.
Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe
colorpresenceinACSmode colorpresenceinACSmodeatDADFreading
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
ACS-EN2 SetACSmodejdgmtareainDADFmode REOS-PG SetReosprocessingcoeffctat1200dpi
Lv.2 Details TosetthejudgmentareainACSmodeatDADFreading. Lv.2 Details To set an optimal Reos processing coefficient for 1200dpi print.
Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswidened. PrintPGofthetype55inCOPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE,check
Usecase WhenadjustingthejudgmentareainACSmodeatDADF theimagesinthe4areasofthisPG,andspecifythenumber
reading oftheareainwhichthecharacterproportionandlinewidth
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) becomeoptimumbytheReosprocessingmoduleinthecaseof
andpressOKkey. PDL1200dpisetting.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Afterthesettingisdone,outputtheverticalandhorizontal
Caution - patternswith3dotsand10spaces,whicharethesameasthe
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 PG above, in 1200 dpi, and confirm that the result is the same
as the specified area.
Unit -
Usecase -
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Caution -
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 2
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-227
8

8
8-228
SEG-ADJ3 Settext/photojdgmtstdrd:backside ACS-ADJ3 SetACSB&W/colorjdgmtstdrd:backside
Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentleveloftext/photooriginalinText/Photo/Map Lv.1 Details TosetthejudgmentlevelofB&W/colororiginalinACSmode
mode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). (backsideatduplexreadingwith1path).
Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas
aphotodocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal aB&Wdocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal
tendstobedetectedasatextdocument. tendstobedetectedasacolordocument.
Usecase When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/ Usecase WhenadjustingthecolordetectionlevelinACSmode(backside
Photo/Mapmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path) atduplexreadingwith1path)
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
K-ADJ3 SetBktextjdgmtstdrd:backside ACS-EN3 SetofACSmodejdgmtarea:backside
Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentlevelofblackcharactersattextprocessing Lv.2 Details TosetthejudgmentareainACSmode(backsideatduplex
(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). readingwith1path).
Asthevalueisincreased,thetexttendstobedetectedasblack. Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswidened.
Usecase Whenpreferringthetexttobejudgedasblack(backsideat
duplexreadingwith1path) Usecase WhenadjustingthejudgmentareainACSmode(backsideat
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) duplexreadingwith1path)
Supplement/memo -
8-228
8

8
8-229
ACS-CNT3 ACSmodejdgmtpixelcountarea:back SH-ADJ Adjustmentofsharpness
Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor Lv.1 Details Toadjustthesharpnessofthefollowingimageswhicharesetin
presenceinACSmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). theusermode:
Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswiden. -Imagetobereadinthecopyboardreadingmode
Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe - Image on the first side of a document to be read in the
colorpresenceinACSmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1 reverse-pathduplexstreamreadingmode
path) - Image on the first side of a document to be read in the 1-path
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) duplexstreamreadingmode
andpressOKkey. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetssharper.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Ifthevalueistoolarge,moireislikelytooccurinanoutput
Caution - imageofCOPYandSEND.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Tomatchtheimagequalitywiththatofthesecondsideinthe
1-pathduplexstreamreadingmode,decreasethevaluewhen
Unit -
moire on the first side is stronger than the second side and
increasethevaluewhenitisweaker.
Defaultvalue 0
Usecase WhenmoirefrequentlyoccursonimagesofCOPYandSEND
Requiredtime -
output
Relatedusermode - andpressOKkey.
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>MISC>SH-ADJ2
Relatedusermode Settings/Registration>Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImage
Quality>Sharpness
Supplement/memo -
8-229
8

8
8-230
COPIER>ADJUST>MISC ■ EXP-LED
SH-ADJ2 Sharpnesssettingchangefunction
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthesharpnessofimagesonthesecondsideofa
COPIER>ADJUST>EXP-LED
document,whichissetintheusermode,inthe1-pathduplex PR-EXP-Y SettingofYPre-exposureLEDcurrent
streamreadingmode. Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofYPre-exposureLED.
Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetssharper. Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost.
Ifthevalueistoolarge,moireislikelytooccurinanoutput Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell.
imageofCOPYandSEND. Usecase • When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct)
Tomatchtheimagequalitywiththatofthesecondsideinthe • Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell
1-pathduplexstreamreadingmode,decreasethevaluewhen Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
moire on the first side is stronger than the second side, and 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
increasethevaluewhenitisweaker. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Usecase WhenmoirefrequentlyoccursonimagesofCOPYandSEND Display/adj/setrange 0to15
output Unit 1/16%
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Appropriatetargetvalue 10to15
andpressOKkey. Defaultvalue 0
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Requiredtime -
Caution - Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange -3to3 Relatedusermode -
Unit - Supplement/memo -
Appropriatetargetvalue - PR-EXP-M SettingofMPre-exposureLEDcurrent
Defaultvalue 0 Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofMPre-exposureLED.
Requiredtime - Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>MISC>SH-ADJ Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell.
Relatedusermode Settings/Registration>Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImage Usecase • When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct)
Quality>Sharpness • Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell
Supplement/memo - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
T-8-33 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit 1/16%
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-230
8

8
8-231
COPIER>ADJUST>EXP-LED
PR-EXP-C SettingofCPre-exposureLEDcurrent
Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofCPre-exposureLED.
Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost.
Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell.
Usecase • When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct)
• Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell
Unit 1/16%
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
PR-EXP-K SettingofBkPre-exposureLEDcurrent
Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofBkPre-exposureLED.
Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost.
Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell.
Usecase • When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct)
• Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell
Unit 1/16%
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-34
8-231
8

8
8-232
COPIER STIR-C
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL
StirringofCcolordeveloper
Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheCDevelopingAssembly.
FUNCTION Usecase • Atinstallationofthemachine
• Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
■ INSTALL Caution -
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
STIR-Y StirringofYcolordeveloper OK!
Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheYDevelopingAssembly. Unit -
Usecase • Atinstallationofthemachine Appropriatetargetvalue -
• Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Defaultvalue -
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Requiredtime Approx.60seconds(C5051/5045),Approx.90seconds
Caution - (C5035/5030)
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y,STIR-M,STIR-K,
OK! STIR-4
Defaultvalue - STIR-K StirringofBkcolordeveloper
Requiredtime Approx.60seconds(C5051/5045),Approx.90seconds Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheBkDevelopingAssembly.
(C5035/5030) Usecase • Atinstallationofthemachine
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-M,STIR-C,STIR-K, • Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure
STIR-4 Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Relatedusermode - Caution -
Supplement/memo - Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
STIR-M StirringofMcolordeveloper OK!
Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheMDevelopingAssembly. Unit -
Usecase • Atinstallationofthemachine Appropriatetargetvalue -
• Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Defaultvalue -
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Requiredtime Approx.60seconds(C5051/5045),Approx.90seconds
Caution - (C5035/5030)
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y,STIR-M,STIR-C,
OK! STIR-4
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime Approx.60seconds(C5051/5045),Approx.90seconds
(C5035/5030)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y,STIR-C,STIR-K,
STIR-4
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-232
8

8
8-233
COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL
STIR-4 Stirringofallcolordeveloper CARD Cardnumbersetting
Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheDevelopingAssembliesof4colors(Y/M/ Lv.1 Details TosetthecardnumbertobeusedforCardReader.
C/Bk). Aseriesofnumbersfromtheenterednumbertothenumberof
Usecase • Atinstallationofthemachine cards specified by CARD-RNG can be used.
• Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Usecase • AtinstallationoftheCardReader
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. • AfterreplacementoftheHDD
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthenumber,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
OK! Caution Thecardmanagementinformation(departmentIDand
Unit - password)isinitialized.
Requiredtime Approx.60seconds(C5051/5045),Approx.90seconds Appropriatetargetvalue -
(C5035/5030) Defaultvalue 0
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-Y,STIR-M,STIR-C, Requiredtime -
STIR-K Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>CARD-RNG(Level2)
STRD-POS ScanpositionautoadjinDADFmode KEY ON/OFFofmanagementkeyfunction
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheDADFscanningpositionautomatically. Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertoenableordisablethemanagementkey
Usecase AtDADFinstallation/uninstallation function.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Setapaperforstreamreadingpositionadjustment,andthen Usecase -
closetheDADF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Theoperationautomaticallystopsaftertheadjustment. Caution -
3)WritethevaluedisplayedbyCOPIER>ADJUST>ADJ- Display/adj/setrange 0to1
XY>STRD-POSintheservicelabel. 0:OFF,1:ON
Caution Writetheadjustedvalueintheservicelabel.
Display/adj/setrange Atnormaltermination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime Approx.10seconds Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>STRD-POS Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-233
8

8
8-234
INISET-Y ExeofYDevAss'yinitialinstallmode INISET-M ExeofMDevAss'yinitialinstallmode
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial
installationoftheYDevelopingAssembly. installationoftheMDevelopingAssembly.
1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly
2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor
3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol
4.Patchlightintensitycorrection 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection
5.Backgroundcorrection 5.Backgroundcorrection
6.Dischargecurrentcontrol 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol
7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol
8.InitializationofthePatchSensor 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor
9.Autoregistration 9.Autoregistration
10. D-maxcontrol 10. D-maxcontrol
11. D-halfcontrol 11. D-halfcontrol
12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget) 12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget)
13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice) 13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice)
14. CounterresetoftheDevelopingAssembly 14. CounterresetoftheDevelopingAssembly
Usecase WhenreplacingtheYDevelopingAssembly Usecase WhenreplacingtheMDevelopingAssembly
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution • WheninstallingthemachineorreplacingtheDeveloping Caution • WheninstallingthemachineorreplacingtheDeveloping
Assemblyofothercolor,donotusethisitem.. Assemblyofothercolor,donotusethisitem..
• Executethisitemaftersetting"AINR-OFF"to"1:ON". • Executethisitemaftersetting"AINR-OFF"to"1:ON".
Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:xxxsecond(remainingtime),Atnormal Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:xxxsecond(remainingtime),Atnormal
termination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG termination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
Unit - Unit -
Requiredtime 155seconds Requiredtime 155seconds
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-M,INISET-C, Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-Y,INISET-C,
INISET-K,INISET-4,AINR-OFF INISET-K,INISET-4,AINR-OFF
8-234
8

8
8-235
INISET-C ExeofCDevAss'yinitialinstallmode AINR-OFF ON/OFFofwarm-uprotationdeactivation
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFtodisableexecutionofwarm-uprotation.
installationoftheCDevelopingAssembly. Warm-uprotationcanbeomittedwhenturningOFF/ONthe
1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly powertochecktheimage,etc.aftertheadjustmentofwarm-up
2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor rotation,etc.Thismodeisexecutedwhenwarm-uprotationis
3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol notneeded.
4.Patchlightintensitycorrection Usecase • Atinstallation
5.Backgroundcorrection • WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly
6.Dischargecurrentcontrol Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
8.InitializationofthePatchSensor Caution Besuretoenabletheoperation(canceldisabling)beforethe
9.Autoregistration machineisusedbytheuser.Theoperationisautomatically
10. D-maxcontrol enabledbyexecutingINISET-Y/M/C/K/4.
11. D-halfcontrol Display/adj/setrange 0to1
12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget) 0:OFF(Warm-uprotationenabled),1:ON(Warm-uprotation
13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice) disabled)
14. CounterresetoftheDevelopingAssembly
Unit -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheCDevelopingAssembly
Defaultvalue 0
Caution • WheninstallingthemachineorreplacingtheDeveloping Requiredtime -
Assemblyofothercolor,donotusethisitem..
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-Y,INISET-M,
• Executethisitemaftersetting"AINR-OFF"to"1:ON". INISET-C,INISET-K,INISET-4
Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:xxxsecond(remainingtime),Atnormal
Relatedusermode -
termination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
Supplement/memo -
Unit -
E-RDS Setuse/nouseofEmbedded-RDSfunction
Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertousetheEmbedded-RDSfunction.
Defaultvalue -
Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS
Requiredtime 155seconds
INISET-K,INISET-4,AINR-OFF
Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG
Relatedusermode -
andRGW-ADRasaset.
Supplement/memo -
0:Functionnotused,1:Functionused(Allthecounter
informationissent.)
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,
COM-LOG,RGW-ADR
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas
thedevicecounter,failure,andconsumablesetc.tothesales
company'sserverviaSOAPprotocol
8-235
8

8
8-236
RGW-PORT SetportnumberofSalesCo'sserver COM-LOG Disconnecterrorw/SalesCo'sserver
Lv.1 Details Tosettheportnumberofthesalescompany'sservertobeused Lv.1 Details Todisplayerrorinformationwhentheconnectionwiththesales
forEmbedded-RDS. company'sserverfailed.
Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Displayonly
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG
Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG andRGW-ADRasaset.
andRGW-ADRasaset. Display/adj/setrange Year,date,time,errorcode,errordetailinformation(maximum
Display/adj/setrange 1to65535 128characters)
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue 443 Defaultvalue -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS,COM-TEST,COM- Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-
LOG,RGW-ADR TEST,RGW-ADR
Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas
thedevicecounter,failure,andconsumablesetc.tothesales thedevicecounter,failure,andconsumablesetc.tothesales
company'sserverviaSOAPprotocol company'sserverviaSOAPprotocol
COM-TEST Disconnectresultw/SalesCo'sserver RGW-ADR URLsettingofSalesCompany'sserver
Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheresultoftheconnectiontestwiththesales Lv.1 Details TosettheURLofthesalescompany'sservertobeusedfor
company'sserver. Embedded-RDS.
Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelecttheURL.
Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG 2)EntertheURL,andthenpressOKkey.
andRGW-ADRasaset. 3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:ACTIVE,Whenconnectioniscompleted:OK, Caution • DonotuseShift-JIScharacterstrings.
Whenconnectionisfailed:NG • BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG
Unit - andRGW-ADRasaset.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange URL
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM- Defaultvalue https://a01.ugwdevice.net/ugw/agentif010
LOG,RGW-ADR Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-
Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas TEST,COM-LOG
thedevicecounter,failure,andconsumablesetc.tothesales Relatedusermode -
company'sserverviaSOAPprotocol Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas
8-236
8

8
8-237
CNT-DATE SetcountersendstartdatetoSCserver INISET-4 AllcolorDevAss'yinitialinstallmode
Lv.1 Details Tosettheyear,month,date,hourandminutetosendcounter Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial
informationtothesalescompany'sserver. installationoftheDevelopingAssembliesof4colors(Y,M,C,
ThisisdisplayedonlywhentheEmbedded-RDSthird-party Bk).
extendedfunctionisavailable. 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly
Usecase WhentheEmbedded-RDSthird-partyexpandedfunctionis 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor
available 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 5.Backgroundcorrection
Caution - 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol
Display/adj/setrange YYYYMMDDHHMM(12digits) 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol
YYYY:Year,MM:Month,DD:Date,HH:Hour,MM:Minute 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor
9.Autoregistration
Unit -
10. D-maxcontrol
11. D-halfcontrol
Defaultvalue 000000000000
12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget)
Requiredtime - 13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice)
Relatedservicemode - 14. CounterresetoftheDevelopingAssembly
Relatedusermode - Usecase • Atinstallation
Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas • WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembliesofallcolors
thedevicecounter,failure,andconsumablesetc.tothesales Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
company'sserverviaSOAPprotocol Caution • UsethisitemonlywhenreplacingDevelopingAssembliesof4
CNT-INTV SetcountersendintervaltoSCserver colorssimultaneously.
Lv.1 Details Tosettheintervalofsendingcounterinformationtothesales • Executethisitemaftersetting"AINR-OFF"to"1:ON".
company'sserverinaunitofonehour. Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:xxxsecond(remainingtime),Atnormal
ThisisdisplayedonlywhentheEmbedded-RDSthird-party termination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
extendedfunctionisavailable. Unit -
Usecase • WhenrestartingthepotentialcontrolafterexecutingCOPIER> Appropriatetargetvalue -
OPTION>IMG-FIX>PO-CNT.
Defaultvalue -
• WhenD-maxcontrolconditionsarechanged Requiredtime 155seconds
INISET-C,INISET-K,AINR-OFF
Caution -
Relatedusermode -
Display/adj/setrange 1to168(=1week)
Supplement/memo -
Unit 1hour
Defaultvalue 24
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Embedded-RDS:Functiontosenddeviceinformationsuchas
8-237
8

8
8-238
INISET-K ExeofBkDevAss'yinitialinstallmode BRWS-ACT ON/OFFofservicebrowser
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertosetON/OFFofthebrowserforservicing.
installationoftheBkDevelopingAssembly. When 2 is specified, the browser becomes enabled temporarily.
1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly Thismodecanbeusedwhencheckingoperation.
2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor Usecase • Whenusingthebrowserforservicing
3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol • Atoperationcheck
4.Patchlightintensitycorrection Adj/set/operatemethod -
5.Backgroundcorrection Caution -
6.Dischargecurrentcontrol Display/adj/setrange 0to2
7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 0:OFF,1:ON,2:OFFafterON
8.InitializationofthePatchSensor
Unit -
9.Autoregistration
10. D-maxcontrol
Defaultvalue 0
11. D-halfcontrol
12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget) Requiredtime -
13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice) Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>USER>BRWS-STS
14. CounterresetoftheDevelopingAssembly Relatedusermode -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheBkDevelopingAssembly Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. T-8-35
Caution • WheninstallingthemachineorreplacingtheDeveloping
Assemblyofothercolor,donotusethisitem..
• Executethisitemaftersetting"AINR-OFF"to"1:ON".
Display/adj/setrange Duringoperation:xxxsecond(remainingtime),Atnormal
termination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
INISET-C,INISET-4,AINR-OFF
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-238
8

8
8-239
■ CCD COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD
DF-LNR DerivingofDADFfront/backlinearity
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearitycharacteristicsintheuseof
DF-WLVL1 Whiteleveladjinbookmode:color DADFbasedonthescanningdataoftheDADFcomplexchart
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewhitelevelforcopyboardscanningautomatically (No.2,No.10).
bysettingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuseronthe
CopyboardGlass. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthevalueofthereader'sservicelabel.(underCOPIER>
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit ADJUST>CCD)
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata DFCH-R2,DFCH-G2,DFCH-B2,DFCH-K2,
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheCopyboardGlass. DFCH-R10,DFCH-G10,DFCH-B10,DFCH-K10,
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. DFCH2R2,DFCH2G2,DFCH2B2,DFCH2K2,
Caution BesuretoexecuteDF-WLVL2inarow. DFCH2R10,DFCH2G10,DFCH2B10,DFCH2K10
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
normally:OK! Caution -
Unit - Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Appropriatetargetvalue - OK!
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL2 Defaultvalue -
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFTBK-R,DFTBK-G,DFTBK-B Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFCH-R2,DFCH-G2,DFCH-B2,
Supplement/memo - DFCH-K2,DFCH-R10,DFCH-G10,DFCH-B10,DFCH-K10,
DF-WLVL2 WhiteleveladjinDADFmode:color DFCH2R2,DFCH2G2,DFCH2B2,DFCH2K2,DFCH2R10,
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewhitelevelforDADFscanningautomaticallyby DFCH2G10,DFCH2B10,DFCH2K10
settingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuserontheDADF. Relatedusermode -
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Supplement/memo -
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit MTF-CLC Deriving of MTF filter coefficient
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Lv.1 Details To derive the MTF filter coefficient to be set for ASIC based on
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheDADF. theMTFvalueoftheDADFcomplexchart.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterDF-WLVL1. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Caution -
OK! Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Unit - OK!
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1 Requiredtime -
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFTAR-R,DFTAR-G,DFTAR-B, Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF-M1toM12,MTF-S1toS12,
DFTAR2-R,DFTAR2-G,DFTAR2-B,DFTAR-BW,DFTAR2BW, MTF2-M1toM12,MTF2-S1toS12
DFTBK-R,DFTBK-G,DFTBK-B Relatedusermode -
Relatedusermode - Supplement/memo ThescanningdataoftheDADFcomplexchartisindicatedinthe
Supplement/memo - labeloftheScannerUnit(DADF/Reader).
8-239
8

8
8-240
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD
DF-WLVL3 Whiteleveladjinbookmode(B&W) BW-TGT SetofB&Wshadingtargetvalue
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewhitelevelforcopyboardscanningautomatically Lv.1 Details Afterthewhiteleveldata(X/Y/Z)fortheStandardWhitePlateis
bysettingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuseronthe set,readtheStandardWhitePlateandsettheblackandwhite
CopyboardGlass. shadingtargetvalue.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Usecase WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit Adj/set/operatemethod -
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterexecutionofCOPIER>
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheCopyboardGlass. ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X,W-PLT-Y,W-PLT-Z.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 1to2047
Caution BesuretoexecuteDF-WLVL4inarow. Unit -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Appropriatetargetvalue -
OK! Defaultvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X,W-PLT-Y,W-PLT-Z
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFTBK-BW T-8-36
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
DF-WLVL4 WhiteleveladjinDADFmode(B&W)
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewhitelevelforDADFscanningautomaticallyby
settingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuserontheDADF.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass
• WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheDADF.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterDF-WLVL3.
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>DFTAR-R,DFTAR-G,DFTAR-B,
DFTAR2-R,DFTAR2-G,DFTAR2-B,DFTBK-BW
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-240
8

8
8-241
■ DPC COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC
DRMRSETM ForcibleexeofMDrumreplacementmode
COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes,
DRMRSETY ForcibleexeofYDrumreplacementmode warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential
warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent
of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperation
becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent aswarm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,that
thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperationas werecorrectedaccordingtoMdrumcounter,totalchargingtime,
warm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,thatwere targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare
correctedaccordingtoYdrumcounter,totalchargingtime,target reset.
Vdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityarereset. Usecase • WhendetectionoftheDrumUnitreplacementhasfailed
Usecase • WhendetectionoftheDrumUnitreplacementhasfailed • WhentheDrumUnitusedinothermachineforawhileisused
• WhentheDrumUnitusedinothermachineforawhileisused asadummyunit
asadummyunit Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Whenthedrumreplacementmodeisenabled,itbecomes
Whenthedrumreplacementmodeisenabled,itbecomes disabledautomaticallyafterexecution.
disabledautomaticallyafterexecution. Caution UseaDrumUnitthatisnotclosetotheendoflifeasadummy
Caution UseaDrumUnitthatisnotclosetotheendoflifeasadummy unit.WhenusingaDrumUnitthatisclosetotheendoflife,it
unit.WhenusingaDrumUnitthatisclosetotheendoflife,it affectsthelifeofdeveloper,etc.
affectsthelifeofdeveloper,etc. Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Disabled(Notexecuted),1:Enabled(Executed)
0:Disabled(Notexecuted),1:Enabled(Executed) Unit -
Defaultvalue 0 Requiredtime Approx.2minutes
Requiredtime Approx.2minutes Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRM-RSET,DRMRSETY,
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRM-RSET,DRMRSETM, DRMRSETC,DRMRSETK
DRMRSETC,DRMRSETK Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-241
8

8
8-242
COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC
DRMRSETC ForcibleexeofCDrumreplacementmode DRMRSETK ForcibleexeofBkDrumreplacementmode
Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes,
warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause
of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential
becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent
thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperation thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperationas
aswarm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,that warm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,thatwere
werecorrectedaccordingtoCdrumcounter,totalchargingtime, correctedaccordingtoBkdrumcounter,totalchargingtime,
targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare
reset. reset.
Usecase • WhendetectionoftheDrumUnitreplacementhasfailed Usecase • WhendetectionoftheDrumUnitreplacementhasfailed
• WhentheDrumUnitusedinothermachineforawhileisused • WhentheDrumUnitusedinothermachineforawhileisused
asadummyunit asadummyunit
Whenthedrumreplacementmodeisenabled,itbecomes Whenthedrumreplacementmodeisenabled,itbecomes
disabledautomaticallyafterexecution. disabledautomaticallyafterexecution.
Caution UseaDrumUnitthatisnotclosetotheendoflifeasadummy Caution UseaDrumUnitthatisnotclosetotheendoflifeasadummy
unit.WhenusingaDrumUnitthatisclosetotheendoflife,it unit.WhenusingaDrumUnitthatisclosetotheendoflife,it
affectsthelifeofdeveloper,etc. affectsthelifeofdeveloper,etc.
0:Disabled(Notexecuted),1:Enabled(Executed) 0:Disabled(Notexecuted),1:Enabled(Executed)
Unit - Unit -
Requiredtime Approx.2minutes Requiredtime Approx.2minutes
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRM-RSET,DRMRSETY, Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRM-RSET,DRMRSETY,
DRMRSETM,DRMRSETK DRMRSETM,DRMRSETC
T-8-37
8-242
8

8
8-243
■ CST COPIER>FUNCTION>CST
MF-A4 RegMulti-purposeTrayA4standardwidth
COPIER>FUNCTION>CST Lv.1 Details ToregisterthestandardvalueofA4paperwidth(297mm)on
MF-A4R RegMulti-purposeTrayA4Rstdrdwidth theMulti-purposeTray.
Lv.1 Details ToregisterthestandardvalueofA4Rpaperwidth(210mm)on Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ>
theMulti-purposeTray. MF-A4.
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF- Usecase -
A4R. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA4paperontheMulti-purposeTray,andsettheguideso
Usecase - that it fits the paper width.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA4RpaperontheMulti-purposeTray,andsettheguideso 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
that it fits the paper width. Thevalueisregisteredafterautomaticadjustment.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Thevalueisregisteredafterautomaticadjustment. Display/adj/setrange 0to255
Caution - Unit -
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-38
Supplement/memo -
MF-A6R RegMulti-purposeTrayA6Rstdrdwidth
Lv.1 Details ToregisterthestandardvalueofA6Rpaperwidth(105mm)on
theMulti-purposeTray.
Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF-
A6R.
Usecase -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA6RpaperontheMulti-purposeTray,andsettheguideso
that it fits the paper width.
Thevalueisregisteredafterautomaticadjustment.
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A6R
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-243
8

8
8-244
■ CLEANING COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING
2TR-CLN CleanofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING Lv.1 Details TocleanpaperdustadheredontheSecondaryTransferOuter
DEVL-CLN CleaningofDevelopingAssembly Roller.
Lv.1 Details TocleantheDevelopingAssemblybyforciblyconsumingthe BoththePrimaryTransferRollerandtheSecondaryTransfer
deterioratedtoner. OuterRollerareengagedtotheITB.
Itisexecutedbytheuser'ssystemadministrator. TheProcessUnitdoesoperationthatisthesameatimage
Usecase Whenlightdensity,etc.occursafteroperatingthemachineina formation.Itforms4tonerbandswhichthe4colorsarelaidon
lowdutyandhighhumidityenvironmentforalongperiodoftime topofanotherontheITB.
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Thebasevoltage(Vb)calculatedwiththeSecondaryTransfer
Caution - ATVCcontrolisappliedtotheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller
Display/adj/setrange - untilthetonerbandspassthrough,sothattonerisadheredon
Unit - theSecondaryTransferOuterRoller.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Afterthetonerbandspassed,SecondaryTransferOuterRoller
Defaultvalue - cleaningcontrolisexecuted(positive/reversebiasisapplied
every2rotationsoftheroller).TonerisadheredontheITB.
Requiredtime -
WhenthetoneradheredontheITBpassedthroughtheITB
CleaningUnit,theoperationisstopped.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Usecase • WhenthebacksideofthesheetissoiledbytheSecondary
TransferOuterRoller
• WhencontactingwiththeSecondaryTransferOuterRollerat
thetimeofjamprocessing,etc.
Caution -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished
normally:OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-244
8

8
8-245
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING ■ FIXING
TNR-COAT ExetonercoatingmodetoSecTrnsRoll
Lv.1 Details WhenusinganewSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,materialon
COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING
thesurfaceoftherollerscrapesagainsttheITBandadhereson NIP-CHK Check of fixing nip width
it,causinganwhitespotimage. Lv.1 Details To check whether the fixing nip width is appropriate by printing.
Withthetonercoatingmode,theITBiscleanedbycoatingthe If it is not appropriate, a fixing failure may occur.
SecondaryTransferOuterRollerwithtoner,andremovingthe Usecase • When replacing the fixing-related parts (Fixing Film, Pressure
materialadheredontheITBwiththetoner. Roller)
Usecase WhenreplacingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller • When a fixing failure occurs
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA4/LTRplainpaper(75to90g/m2)onthemainunitdeck.
Caution - 2)Selectthecassette,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished Printingisstarted,andasheetisautomaticallystoppedatthe
normally:OK! fixing nip (10 seconds) and then is automatically delivered.
3)Measurethenipwidth.
Unit -
Caution -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished
Defaultvalue -
normally:OK!
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue Center:15.5+/-1mm,Edge:17.5+/-1mm
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue -
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
T-8-39
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-40
8-245
8

8
8-246
■ PANEL COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL
LED-OFF EndcheckofControlPanelLED
COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL Lv.1 Details ToterminatecheckingoftheLEDontheControlPanel.
LCD-CHK CheckofLCDPaneldotmissing Usecase DuringexecutionofLED-CHK
Lv.1 Details TocheckwhetherthereisamissingdotontheLCDPanelofthe Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
ControlPanel.
Caution -
Usecase WhenreplacingtheLCDPanel
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit -
2)CheckthattheLCDPanellightsupintheorderofwhite,
black,red,greenandblue.
3)PressSTOPkeytoterminatechecking. Defaultvalue -
Caution - Requiredtime -
Display/adj/setrange - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL>LED-CHK
Defaultvalue - KEY-CHK Checkofkeyentry
Requiredtime - Lv.1 Details TocheckthekeyinputontheControlPanel.
Relatedservicemode - Usecase WhenreplacingtheLCDPanel
Relatedusermode - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelecttheitemandpressthekeyontheControlPanel.
2)Checkthattheinputvalueisdisplayed.
Supplement/memo -
3)Releasetheselectiontoterminatechecking.
LED-CHK CheckofControlPanelLED
Caution -
Lv.1 Details TocheckwhethertheLEDontheControlPanellightsup.
Unit -
2)CheckthattheLEDlightsupintheorder.
3)TerminatecheckingwithLED-OFF. Defaultvalue -
Display/adj/setrange - Relatedservicemode -
Defaultvalue - TOUCHCHK AdjofcoordinatepstnofTouchPanel
Requiredtime - Lv.1 Details ToadjustthecoordinatepositionontheTouchPanelofthe
ControlPanel.
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL>LED-OFF
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
2)Pressthe9"+"insequence.
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-41
8-246
8

8
8-247
■ PART-CHK COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK
FAN Specification of operation Fan
COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK Lv.1 Details TospecifytheFantooperate.
CL Specification of operation Clutch Usecase WhenreplacingtheFan/checkingtheoperation
Lv.1 Details Tospecifytheclutchtooperate. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheClutch/checkingtheoperation Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 1to10
Caution - 1:FixingHeatExhaustFan1(FM1)
Display/adj/setrange 1to5 2:FixingHeatExhaustFan2(FM2)
1:Multi-purposePickupClutch(CL1) 3:Notused
2:TonerSupplyClutch(Y)(CL2) 4:ProcessCartridgeFan(Rear)(FM4)
3:TonerSupplyClutch(M)(CL3) 5:FixingCoolingFan(Front)(FM5)
4:TonerSupplyClutch(C)(CL4) 6:FixingCoolingFan(Rear)(FM6)
5:TonerSupplyClutch(Bk)(CL5) 7:DeliveryFan1(FM7)
Unit - 8:SecondaryTransferExhaustFan(FM8)
Appropriatetargetvalue - 9:DeliveryFan2(FM9)
Defaultvalue 0 10:ProcessCartridgeFan(Front)(FM10)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>CL-ON Appropriatetargetvalue -
CL-ON OperationcheckofClutch Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>FAN-ON
Lv.1 Details To start operation of the clutch specified with CL. Relatedusermode -
Duringoperation,ON/OFFisrepeatedwithanintervalof3 Supplement/memo -
seconds. FAN-ON OperationcheckofFan
Usecase WhenreplacingtheClutch/checkingtheoperation Lv.1 Details To start operation check of the Fan specified by FAN.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)DrivetheITBandDrum(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P> Usecase WhenreplacingtheFan/checkingtheoperation
MAIN-DRV). Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
3)CheckthegearoftheTransferCleaningAssembly. Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Caution - OK!
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Unit -
OK! Appropriatetargetvalue -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Requiredtime 1minute
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>FAN
Requiredtime Approx.1minute Relatedusermode -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>MAIN-DRV Supplement/memo -
COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>CL
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo RemovetheInnerCoversothattheClutchcanbechecked
visually.
8-247
8

8
8-248
COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK
MTR Specification of operation Motor MTR-ON OperationcheckofMotor
Lv.1 Details TospecifytheMotortooperate. Lv.1 Details To start operation check of the Motor specified by MTR.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheMotor/checkingtheoperation Theoperationautomaticallystopsafteroperationof5seconds.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheMotor/checkingtheoperation
Caution DonotoperateM1toM8andM13(*asterisk)unlesstheyare Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
necessary. Caution WhiletheTonerContainerDriveMotorisactive,besureto
Display/adj/setrange 1to30 removetheTonerContainer.Otherwise,tonerleakagemay
1:DrumMotor(Y,M,C)(M1toM3)* occurinthemachine.
2:DrumMotor(Y,M,C)(M1toM3)* Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
3:DrumMotor(Y,M,C)(M1toM3)* OK!
4:DrumMotor(Bk)(M4),ITBMotor(M13)* Unit -
5:DevelopingMotor(Y)(M5)* Appropriatetargetvalue -
6:DevelopingMotor(M)(M6)* Defaultvalue -
7:DevelopingMotor(C)(M7)* Requiredtime 1minute
8:DevelopingMotor(Bk)(M8)*
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>MTR
9:TonerContainerMotor(Y)(M9)
Relatedusermode -
10:TonerContainerMotor(M)(M10)
Supplement/memo -
11:TonerContainerMotor(C)(M11)
12:TonerContainerMotor(Bk)(M12) SL Specification of operation Solenoid
13:DrumMotor(Bk)(M4),ITBMotor(M13)* Lv.1 Details TospecifytheSolenoidtooperate.
14:ITBDisplacementControlMotor(M14) Usecase WhenreplacingtheSolenoid/checkingtheoperation
15:PrimaryTransferSeparationMotor(M15) Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey.
16:Cassette1PickupMotor(M16) Caution -
17:Cassette2PickupMotor(M17) Display/adj/setrange 1to7
18:Multi-purposeMotor(M18) 1:RegistrationShutterSolenoid(SL1)
19:RegistrationMotor(M19) 2:Cassette1PickupSolenoid(SL2)
20:Multi-purposeFeedMotor(M20) 3:Cassette2PickupSolenoid(SL3)
21:FixingMotor(M21) 4:Multi-purposeTrayLiftingSolenoid(SL4)
22:FixingDeliveryMotor(M22) 5:FirstDeliveryFlapperSolenoid(SL5)
23:First&SecondDeliveryMotor(M23) 6:SecondDeliveryFlapperSolenoid(SL6)
24:ReverseRollerMotor(M24) 7:ThirdDeliveryFlapperSolenoid(SL7)
25:ThirdDeliveryMotor(M25) Unit -
26:WasteTonerStirringMotor(M26) Appropriatetargetvalue -
27:ShutterMotor(M27) Defaultvalue 1
28:LaserShutterMotor(M28)
Requiredtime -
29:ScannerMotor(YM)(M29)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>SL-ON
30:ScannerMotor(CBk)(M30)
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Unit -
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>MTR-ON
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-248
8

8
8-249
COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK ■ CLEAR
SL-ON OperationcheckofSolenoid
Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the Solenoid specified by SL.
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR
Theoperationstopsafter"ONfor0.5sec"=>"OFFfor10sec" ERR Clearoferrorcode
=>"ONfor0.5sec"=>"OFFfor10sec"=>"ONfor0.5sec". Lv.1 Details Toclearerrorcodes(E000,E001,E002,E003,E717,E719).
Usecase WhenreplacingtheSolenoid/checkingtheoperation Usecase Aterroroccurrence
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Caution -
OK! Display/adj/setrange -
Unit - Unit -
Requiredtime 1minute Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>SL Relatedservicemode -
T-8-42 DC-CON RAMclearofDCControllerPCB
Lv.1 Details TocleartheRAMdataoftheDCControllerPCB.
Usecase WhenclearingtheRAMdataoftheDCControllerPCB
Caution • Beforeexecutionofthisitem,besuretooutputtheservice
modesettingvaluesbyP-PRINT.Afterexecution,enter
necessarysettingvalues.
• TheRAMdataisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturned
OFF/ON.
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>P-PRINT
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-249
8

8
8-250
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR
R-CON RAMclearofReaderControllerPCB PWD-CLR Clearofsystemadministratorpassword
Lv.1 Details TocleartheRAMdataoftheReaderControllerPCB. Lv.1 Details Toclearthepasswordofthesystemadministratorsetintheuser
Usecase WhenclearingtheRAMdataoftheReaderControllerPCB mode.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenclearingthepasswordofthesystemadministrator
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution • Beforeexecutionofthisitem,besuretooutputtheservice Caution -
modesettingvaluesbyP-PRINT.Afterexecution,enter Display/adj/setrange -
necessarysettingvalues. Unit -
• TheRAMdataisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturned Appropriatetargetvalue -
OFF/ON. Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime - ADRS-BK Clearofaddressbook
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>P-PRINT Lv.1 Details Tocleartheaddressbookdata.
Relatedusermode - Usecase Whenclearingtheaddressbookdata
Supplement/memo - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
JAM-HIST Clearofjamhistory 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Lv.1 Details Toclearthejamhistory. Caution Theaddressbookdataisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchis
Usecase Whenclearingthejamhistory turnedOFF/ON.
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - CNT-MCON ClearofMainControllerservicecounter
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details TocleartheservicecountercountedbytheMainControllerPCB.
ERR-HIST Clearoferrorcodehistory Usecase WhenclearingtheservicecountercountedbytheMain
Lv.1 Details Tocleartheerrorcodehistory. ControllerPCB
Usecase Whenclearingtheerrorcodehistory Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Unit -
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>COUNTER
Relatedusermode - Supplement/memo SeeCOUNTERforthetargetcounter.
Supplement/memo -
8-250
8

8
8-251
CNT-DCON ClearofDCControllerservicecounter MMI Clearofusermodesettingvalue
Lv.1 Details Tocleartheservicecounter(FIN-STPR,FIN-PDDL,SADDLE, Lv.1 Details Tocleartheusermodesettingvalues(excludingvaluesfor
STPL)countedbytheDCControllerPCB. ControlPanel,commonsettings,andFAX).
Usecase WhenclearingtheservicecountercountedbytheDCController • CommonSettings
PCB • TimerSettings
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. • Adjustment/Cleaning
Caution - • ReportSettings
Display/adj/setrange - • SystemSettings
Unit - • CopySettings
• CommunicationsSettings
• PrinterSettings
Defaultvalue -
Usecase Whenclearingvarioussettingvaluesofusermode
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2>FIN-STPR,FIN-PDDL,
SADDLE,STPL
Caution Thesettingvalueisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturned
Relatedusermode -
OFF/ON.
Supplement/memo -
OPTION ClearofservicemodesettingVL(OPTION)
Unit -
Lv.1 Details To return the value specified in service mode (OPTION) to the
defaultvalue(valueatthetimeofRAMclear).
Defaultvalue -
Usecase -
Requiredtime -
Caution • Beforeexecutionofthisitem,besuretooutputtheservice Relatedusermode -
modesettingvaluesbyP-PRINT.Afterexecution,enter
Supplement/memo -
necessarysettingvalues.
• ThisitemisexecutedforthedataontheMainControllerPCB,
DCControllerPCBandReaderControllerPCB.
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-251
8

8
8-252
MN-CON RAMclearofMNCONPCBSRAMBoard CA-KEY Deletion of CA certificate and key pair
Lv.1 Details TocleartheRAMdataoftheMainControllerPCBSRAMBoard. Lv.2 Details To simultaneously delete the CA certificate and key pair which
AlldataontheSRAMBoardisinitialized. areadditionallyregisteredbytheuser.
Usecase WhenclearingtheRAMdataoftheMainControllerPCBSRAM Usecase Whenaservicepersonreplaces/discardsthedevice
Board Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)CheckthatOKisdisplayed.
Themachineisautomaticallyrebooted. 3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution • Unlessthisitemisexecutedatthetimeofreplacement/
Caution • InformtheuserthatallimagesinInboxwillbedeletedandget discard of the device, the CA certificate and key pair which are
approvalforit. additionallyregisteredbytheuserremainintheHDD,whichis
• Since the file management information is initialized, images on aproblemintermsofsecurity.
theHDDcannotberead. • Do not execute this item carelessly because the CA certificate
• Beforeexecutionofthisitem,besuretooutputtheservice andkeypairwhichareadditionallyregisteredaredeleted
modesettingvaluesbyP-PRINT.Afterexecution,enter whenitisexecuted.Iftheyaredeletedmistakenly,theyneed
necessarysettingvalues. to be again registered by the user. If no CA certificate and
• TheRAMdataisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturned keypairareadditionallyregistered,themachinecondition
OFF/ON. becomesthesameastheoneatthetimeoffactoryshipment.
Display/adj/setrange - • WhenNGisdisplayedin2),thereisapossibilitythatdeletion
Unit - wasnotexecuted.Inthiscase,surelyexecutethedeletionby
Appropriatetargetvalue - initializingtheHDD,etc.
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange Atnormaltermination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>P-PRINT Appropriatetargetvalue -
CARD ClearofcardID-relateddata Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details ToclearthedatarelatedtothecardID(department). Relatedusermode -
Usecase WhenclearingthedatarelatedtothecardID Supplement/memo • The CA certificate is used in the MEAP application with E-RDS
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. andSSLclientconnection,andthekeypairisusedintheSSL
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. functionofIPP,RUIandMEAP.
Caution ThevalueisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFF/ • WhenthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFF/ON,theCA
certificate and key pair which were registered at the time
ON.
offactoryshipmentaredecompressedfromthearchive
(/BOOTDEV/KCMNG),andbecomeavailableintheE-RDS/
Unit -
SSLfunction.
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-252
8

8
8-253
ERDS-DAT InitializationofE-RDSSRAMdata REG-CLR Clearofimagepositioncorrectionvalue
Lv.1 Details ToinitializetheSCMvalueoftheEmbedded-RDSstoredinthe Lv.2 Details Toclearthevaluewhenthecorrectionvaluethatisadjustedby
SRAM. imagepositioncorrectioncontrolbecomesafaultyvaluedueto
SCMvaluesareON/OFFofE-RDS,server'sportnumber, somereasons.
server'sSOAPURL,andcommunicationschedulewiththe Whencolordisplacementcannotbecorrectedbyimageposition
server(howoftenthedataisacquired),etc. correctioncontrol,clearthecorrectionvalueandturnOFF/ON
ThevaluesetbyCOPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS, themachineorexecute"QuickAdjust"inusermodesothat
RGW-PORT,RGW-ADR,COM-LOGiscleared. imagepositioncorrectionisexecutedagain.
Usecase WhenupgradingtheBootableintheE-RDSenvironment Whenacorrectionfailureoccursinanobliquedirection,use
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. "COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER>LD-ADJ-Y,LD-ADJ-M,LD-
Caution ThemethodofusingtheSRAMinE-RDSdiffersdepending ADJ-C"atthesametime.
ontheBootableversion.Therefore,unlesstheSRAMdata Usecase • Whencolordisplacementcannotbecorrectedbyimage
isclearedatthetimeofversionupgrade,datainconsistency positioncorrectioncontrol
occurs. • Whenafailureoccursincorrectioninanobliquedirection
Display/adj/setrange Atnormaltermination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS,RGW-PORT,RGW- Defaultvalue -
ADR,COM-LOG Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER>LD-ADJ-Y,LD-ADJ-M,LD-
Supplement/memo - ADJ-C
KEY-CLR EncryptkeyclearofHDDEncryptBoard Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>AutoAdjust
Lv.2 Details TocleartheencryptionkeyoftheHDDEncryptionBoard Gradation>QuickAdjust
(SecurityKit)forreplacement. Supplement/memo -
Processingisexecutedatthetimeofreplacementofthe USBM-CLR InitializeUSBMEAPpriorityrgstinfo
encryptionboard,andanewencryptionkeyisgenerated. Lv.1 Details To initialize the registered ID data retained in the OS field by
Usecase WhenreplacingtheencryptionkeyfortheHDDEncryption callingtheAPIprovidedbytheOS.
Board Usecase WhenafailureoccursinUSBMEAPpriorityregistration
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
2)CheckthatOKisdisplayed. Caution -
3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -
Caution SincealldataintheHDDbecomesunavailablewhenexecuting Unit -
thisitem,besuretoinitializetheHDDafterturningOFF/ONthe Appropriatetargetvalue -
mainpowerswitch. Defaultvalue -
Display/adj/setrange Atnormaltermination:OK,Atabnormaltermination:NG Requiredtime -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-253
8

8
8-254
COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR ■ MISC-R
JV-CACHE CacheclearofJAVAapplication
Lv.1 Details ToclearthecacheinformationusedbyJAVAapplication.
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R
Usecase WheninitializingtheJAVAapplication SCANLAMP Light-upcheckofLED
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details TolightuptheLEDfor3seconds.
Caution - Usecase WhenreplacingtheLED
Display/adj/setrange - Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
OK!
Defaultvalue -
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-43
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
1PSCLB-A DADF2facescolordiffercrrct(front)
Lv.1 Details Toacquirescanningdataonthefrontsideinordertocorrectthe
colordifferencebetweenthefrontandbacksideatthetimeof
duplexstreamreading.
A significant color difference may occur between the front and
backsideoftheimagescannedonDADFcausedbyvariations
inthelightsourceofthelampandchangesindurability.Sucha
colordifferenceiscorrectedbyexecuting1PSCLB-Bfollowing
1PSCLB-A.
Usecase When a significant color difference occurs between the front and
backsidecausedbyvariationsinthelightsourceofthelamp
andchangesindurability
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperonDADF.
Caution BesurenottoturnOFF/ONthepowerafterOKisdisplayedby
1PSCLB-A.
OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>1PSCLB-B,1PCLBRST
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-254
8

8
8-255
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R
1PSCLB-B DADF2facescolordiffercrrct(back) 1PCLBSET DADF2facescolordiffercrrctrefside
Lv.1 Details Toacquirescanningdataonthebacksideinordertocorrectthe Lv.1 Details Tosetwhichsideofthefrontorbacksideshouldbethe
colordifferencebetweenthefrontandbacksideatthetimeof referencesidewhencorrectingacolordifferenceatthetimeof
duplexstreamreading. duplexstreamreading.
A significant color difference may occur between the front and The correction result is reflected after executing the following
backsideoftheimagescannedonDADFcausedbyvariations operation:specifythereferenceside,executeaseriesofcolor
inthelightsourceofthelampandchangesindurability.Sucha differencecorrectionprocessing,andthenturnOFF/ONthe
colordifferenceiscorrectedbyexecuting1PSCLB-Bfollowing power.
1PSCLB-A. Usecase BeforestartingcorrectionofcolordifferenceinDADFduplex
Usecase When a significant color difference occurs between the front and printing
backsidecausedbyvariationsinthelightsourceofthelamp Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
andchangesindurability Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Setthedocumentusedby1PSCLB-AonDADF,sothatthe Display/adj/setrange 0to2
frontsideisfaceddownandthecyanimageisplacedatthe 0:N/A,1:Frontside,2:Backside
rightrearside. Unit -
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue -
Caution BesurenottoturnOFF/ONthepowerafterOKisdisplayedby Defaultvalue 0
1PSCLB-A.
Requiredtime -
OK!
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
1PCLBUDR DADF2facesclrdiffercrrctlowrlimit
Defaultvalue -
Lv.1 Details Colorswhichdonotneedtobecorrectedaresometimes
Requiredtime -
correctedasaresultofcorrectionofcolordifferenceinduplex
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>1PSCLB-A,1PCLBRST streamreading.
Relatedusermode - Tokeepcolorswhichdonotneedtobecorrected,thecorrection
Supplement/memo - amountisadjustedsothattheeffectofcorrectionisweakened.
The result is reflected when correction of color difference is
executedagainafterthesettingismade.
When "1: ON" is specified, unnecessary correction is not
executed,butanexpectedeffectmaynotbeobtainedforother
colors.
Usecase Ifthecolordifferenceoccursonthecolorswhichdidn'thaveany
differencebeforecorrection,adjustthecorrectionamountbefore
executingthecolordifferencecorrectionagain.
Caution Expectedcorrectionresultmaynotbeobtained.
0:OFF,1:ON
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-255
8

8
8-256
1PCLBOVR DADF2facesclrdiffercrrctuprlimit BWM-PLTN SamplingofB&WcopyboardreadMTFvalue
Lv.1 Details Excessivecorrectionissometimesmadewhencorrectingcolor Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced
differenceinduplexstreamreading. fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition
Tocontrolexcessivecorrection,adjustthecorrectionamountto attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout
weakentheeffectofcorrection. correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas
The result is reflected when correction of color difference is moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby
executedagainafterthesettingismade. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation.
When "1: Weak control" or "2: Strong control" is specified, WhenB&Wcopyboardreadingisperformed,thecontroller
excessivecorrectionisnotmade,butanexpectedeffectmay performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin
notbeobtainedforothercolors. COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx.
Usecase Ifthecolordifferenceoccursonthecolorswhichdidn'thaveany Usecase Atinstallation
differencebeforecorrection,adjustthecorrectionamountbefore Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartonthecopyboardglass.
executingthecolordifferencecorrectionagain. 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Caution Expectedcorrectionresultmaynotbeobtained. Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Display/adj/setrange 0to2 OK!
0:Nocontrol,1:Weakcontrol,2:Strongcontrol Unit -
Requiredtime - Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-M1to12,MTF2-S1to12
Supplement/memo -
CLM-PLTN SamplingofcolorcopyboardreadMTFVL
Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced
fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition
attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout
correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas
moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby
readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation.
Whencolorcopyboardreadingisperformed,thecontroller
performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx.
Usecase Atinstallation
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartonthecopyboardglass.
Caution -
OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-M1to12,MTF2-S1to12
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-256
8

8
8-257
CLM-DF1 SamplingofclrfrontstreamreadMTFVL BWM-DF1 SamplingofB&WfrontstreamreadMTFVL
Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced
fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition
attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout
correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas
moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby
readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation.
Whencolorfrontsidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller WhenB&Wfrontsidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller
performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx. COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx.
Usecase Atinstallation Usecase Atinstallation
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartontheADF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartontheADF.
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
3)PerformcolorbacksidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchartset 3)PerformB&WbacksidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchart
ontheADF.(CLM-DF2) setontheADF.(BWM-DF2)
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
OK! OK!
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>CLM-DF2 Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>BWM-DF2
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-M1to12,MTF2-S1to12 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-M1to12,MTF2-S1to12
8-257
8

8
8-258
CLM-DF2 SamplingcolorbackstreamreadMTFVL BWM-DF2 SamplingB&WbackstreamreadMTFvalue
Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced
fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition
attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout
correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas
moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby
readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation.
Whencolorbacksidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller WhenB&Wbacksidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller
performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.TheMTFvalueissetin performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.TheMTFvalueissetin
MTF-Mx,MTF-Sx. MTF-Mx,MTF-Sx.
Usecase Atinstallation Usecase Atinstallation
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)PerformcolorfrontsidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchartset Adj/set/operatemethod 1)PerformB&WfrontsidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchart
ontheADF.(CLM-DF1) setontheADF.(BWM-DF1)
2)SettheMTFchartontheADF. 3)SettheMTFchartontheADF.
3)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 4)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
OK! OK!
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>CLM-DF1 Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>BWM-DF1
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF-M1to12,MTF-S1to12 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF-M1to12,MTF-S1to12
8-258
8

8
8-259
CLPLT-EN ColorcopyboardreadMTFVLinitialset BWPLT-EN B&WcopyboardreadMTFvalueinitialset
Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorcopyboardreadingtothe Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wcopyboardreadingtothe
factorysettingvalue. factorysettingvalue.
Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin
theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling
oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled.
WhenCLM-PLTNisexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-PLTNisexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1.
Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-PLTN Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-PLTN
becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue.
Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon
user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be
obtainedonthefrontsideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthefrontsideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga
fine adjustment with CLM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value fine adjustment with BWM-TGT after adjusting the MTF value
withCLM-PLTN. withBWM-PLTN.
Caution TheMTFvalueobtainedbyreadingtheMTFchartbecomes Caution TheMTFvalueobtainedbyreadingtheMTFchartbecomes
disabled. disabled.
0:Factorysettingvalue,1:Adjustmentvalueatinstallation 0:Factorysettingvalue,1:Adjustmentvalueatinstallation
Unit - Unit -
Requiredtime Approx.1minute Requiredtime Approx.1minute
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>CLM-PLTN,CLM-TGT Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>BWM-PLTN,BWM-TGT
8-259
8

8
8-260
CLDF1-EN ClrfrontstreamreadMTFVLinitialset BWDF1-EN B&WfrontstreamreadMTFVLinitialset
Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorfrontsidestreamreadingtothe Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wfrontsidestreamreadingto
factorysettingvalue. thefactorysettingvalue.
WhenCLM-DF1isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-DF1isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1.
Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-DF1 Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-DF1
obtainedonthefrontsideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthefrontsideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga
withCLM-DF1. withBWM-DF1.
disabled. disabled.
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>CLM-DF1,CLM-TGT Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>BWM-DF1,BWM-TGT
8-260
8

8
8-261
CLDF2-EN ClrbackstreamreadMTFVLinitialset BWDF2-EN B&WbackstreamreadMTFVLinitialset
Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorbacksidestreamreadingto Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wbacksidestreamreadingto
thefactorysettingvalue. thefactorysettingvalue.
WhenCLM-DF2isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-DF2isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1.
Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-DF2 Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-DF2
obtainedonthebacksideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthebacksideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga
withCLM-DF2. withBWM-DF2.
disabled. disabled.
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>CLM-DF2,CLM-TGT Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>BWM-DF2,BWM-TGT
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF-M1to12,MTF-S1to12 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF-M1to12,MTF-S1to12
8-261
8

8
8-262
CLM-TGT FineadjustmentofcolorMTFvalue SCANLMP2 Light-upcheckofLEDLampUnit:back
Lv.1 Details To perform the filter processing inside of the Reader Controller Lv.1 Details TolightuptheLEDLampUnitforbackside,whichisplaced
sothattheMTFvaluemeasuredbyCLM-PLTN/CLM-DF1/CLM- intheADF,andcheckwhetherthereisamissingblockorno
DF2becomes55%orlowerofthevalue. lightinginLED.
When 1 is specified, the MTF correction filter is calculated again, Usecase WhenreplacingtheLEDLampUnitforbackside
andtheMTFvaluebecomes50%orlowerofthevalue(the Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
image becomes foggy). The backed up MTF filter correction Caution -
coefficient is updated. Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Usecase WhendecreasingtheMTFvalue(tomaketheimagefoggy) OK!
uponuser'srequest(moire,incorrectjudgment) Unit -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue -
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Requiredtime Approx.5seconds
0:55%
1:50%(Theimagebecomesfoggy.)
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-44
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime Approx.2minutes
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo TheMTFvalueissetto65%atthetimeofshipment.
BWM-TGT FineadjustmentofB&WMTFvalue
Lv.1 Details To perform the filter processing inside of the Reader Controller
sothattheMTFvaluemeasuredbyBWM-PLTN/BWM-DF1/
BWM-DF2becomes55%orlowerofthevalue.
When 1 is specified, the MTF correction filter is calculated again,
andtheMTFvaluebecomes50%orlowerofthevalue(the
image becomes foggy). The backed up MTF filter correction
coefficient is updated.
Usecase WhendecreasingtheMTFvalue(tomaketheimagefoggy)
uponuser'srequest(moire,incorrectjudgment)
Caution -
0:55%
1:50%(Theimagebecomesfoggy.)
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo TheMTFvalueissetto65%atthetimeofshipment.
8-262
8

8
8-263
■ MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P
KEY-HIST OutputofCtrlPanelkeyentryhistory
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P Lv.1 Details ToprintthekeyinputhistoryontheControlPanel.
P-PRINT Outputofservicemodesettingvalue Usecase WhenprintingthekeyinputhistoryontheControlPanel
Lv.1 Details Toprinttheservicemodesettingvalue. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase BeforeexecutingtheCLEARservicemode,etc. Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Requiredtime Approx.15seconds
Requiredtime Approx.80seconds Relatedusermode -
Relatedusermode - HIST-PRT Outputofjamanderrorhistory
Supplement/memo Ittakesapproximately15secondsbeforeprintingstarts. Lv.1 Details Toprintthejamhistoryanderrorhistory.
AUTO-IMG Exeofimagepstncrrctctrl(arbitrary) Usecase Whenprintingthejam/errorhistory
Lv.1 Details Toexecuteaseriesofoperationofimagepositioncorrection Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
controlatarbitrarytiming.
Caution -
Imagepositioncorrectioncontrolisusuallyexecutedbythe
printer engine at the specified timing according to operating
conditionandenvironmentalchange.Imagepositioncorrection Unit -
whenremovingtheDrumUnitorreleasingtheITBpressureis Appropriatetargetvalue -
executedbyAT-IMG-X. Defaultvalue -
Usecase - Requiredtime Approx.15seconds
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Supplement/memo -
OK! TRS-DATA MovingmemoryreceptiondatatoInbox
Unit - Lv.2 Details TomovethedatareceivedinmemorytoInbox.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Usecase WhenmovingthedatareceivedinmemorytoInbox
Defaultvalue - Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime Approx.45seconds Caution -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>AT-IMG-X Display/adj/setrange -
Supplement/memo - Appropriatetargetvalue -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-263
8

8
8-264
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P
USER-PRT Outputofusermodelist ENV-PRT Inside temp/hmdy & fix roller temp log
Lv.1 Details Toprinttheusermodelist. Lv.1 Details Toprintthedataoftemperatureandhumidityinthemachine/
Usecase Whenprintingtheusermodelist temperatureofthesurfaceoftheFixingRolleraslogs.
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase When grasping information of temperature in the machine/fixing
Caution - temperaturefortroubleanalysis
Display/adj/setrange - Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally:
Defaultvalue - OK!
Supplement/memo Ittakesapproximately3secondsbeforeprintingstarts. Requiredtime Approx.15seconds
LBL-PRNT Outputofservicelabel Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details Toprinttheservicelabel. Relatedusermode -
Usecase Whenprintingtheservicelabel Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)PlaceA4/LTRpaperinCassette1. PJH-P-1 Detailinfoofprintjobhistory:100job
2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Toprinttheprintjobhistoryforthelatest100jobswithdetailed
Caution - information.
Display/adj/setrange - Inthecaseoflessthan100jobs,thehistoryofallprintjobsis
printed.
Unit -
Usecase Whenprintingtheprintjobhistorywithdetailedinformation
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime Approx.60seconds
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Ittakesapproximately15secondsbeforeprintingstarts.
Defaultvalue -
D-PRINT Outputofservicemode(DISPLAY)
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details TooutputitemsdisplayedbyDISPLAYintheservicemode.
ItemsoutputbyP-PRINT,LBL-PRNTandHIST-PRTandALARM Relatedservicemode -
areexcluded. Relatedusermode -
Usecase - Supplement/memo Outputtheprintjobhistorywithdetailedinformationwhichis
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. notdisplayed/printedinthejobhistoryscreenunder"System
Monitor>Print>Log>Printer"andinthereportoftheprintjob
Caution -
history.
OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-264
8

8
8-265
COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P
PJH-P-2 Detailinfoofprintjobhistory:alljob USBH-PRT OutputofUSBdeviceinformationreport
Lv.1 Details Toprintthehistoryofallprintjobsstoredinthemachinewith Lv.1 Details TooutputinformationoftheconnectedUSBdeviceintheformof
detailedinformation(formaximum5000jobs). areport.
ThedifferencebetweenPJH-P-1andthisitemisonlythe Usecase -
numberofjobsprinted. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whenprintingtheprintjobhistorywithdetailedinformation Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - ITB-INIT InitialadjustmentofITBSteering
Supplement/memo Outputtheprintjobhistorywithdetailedinformationwhichis Lv.1 Details TomakeinitialadjustmentofreferencepositionfortheITB
notdisplayed/printedinthejobhistoryscreenunder"System SteeringatinitialinstallationorreplacementoftheITB-related
Monitor>Print>Log>Printer"andinthereportoftheprintjob serviceparts.
history. Usecase • Atinstallation
AT-IMG-X Exeimgpstncrrctctrl(atpartsrplce) • WhenreplacingtheITB-relatedserviceparts
Lv.1 Details Toexecuteaseriesofoperationofimagepositioncorrection Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
controlatpartsreplacement. Caution Besuretocloseallcoversbeforeexecution.
Imagepositioncorrectioncontrolisusuallyexecutedbythe Display/adj/setrange Inprocessing:ACTIVE,Atnormaltermination:OK,Atabnormal
printer engine at the specified timing according to operating termination:NG
conditionandenvironmentalvariation.Imagepositioncorrection
Unit -
executedatarbitrarytimingotherthanatpartsreplacementis
executedbyAUTO-IMG.
Defaultvalue -
Usecase • WhenremovingtheDrumUnit
Requiredtime Approx.1minute
• WhenreleasingtheITBpressure
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Supplement/memo -
OK! T-8-45
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>AUTO-IMG
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-265
8

8
8-266
■ SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM
HD-CHECK EntireHDDcheckandrecovery
COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM Lv.1 Details TochecktheentireHDDandexecuterecoveryprocessing.
DOWNLOAD Shifttodownloadmode Usecase -
Lv.1 Details Tomakethemachineenterthedownloadmodeandwaitfora Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
command.
Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterCHK-TYPE.
PerformdownloadingbySST.
Usecase Atupgrade
0:SectorcheckoftheentireHDDandrecovery
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 1:Imageaccumulationarea
2)PerformdownloadingbySST. 2: Universal file storage area
Caution DonotturnOFFthepowerbeforeHOLDisdisplayed. 3: PDL file storage area
Display/adj/setrange Whenwaitingforacommand:STAND-BY/STNDBY,In 4: Program file storage area
communication:CONNECTED,Communicationterminated: Unit -
HOLD Appropriatetargetvalue -
Defaultvalue - Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>CHK-TYPE
Relatedusermode - HD-CLEAR Initialization of specified partition
Supplement/memo SST:ServiceSupportTool Lv.1 Details To initialize the HDD partition specified by CHK-TYPE.
CHK-TYPE OffsetadjustmentofPotentialSensor Usecase WheninitializingtheHDDpartition
Lv.1 Details TospecifythepartitionnumberoftheHDDtoexecuteHD- Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
CLEAR/HD-CHECK.
Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterCHK-TYPE.
Usecase WhenexecutingHD-CLEAR/HD-CHECK
Display/adj/setrange Top2digits:Progressratio(%,Returnsto"00"attermination)
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Last 2 digits: Result at termination (00: Normally finished,
Caution - Others: Abnormally finished)
0:EntireHDD Appropriatetargetvalue -
1:Imageaccumulationarea
Defaultvalue -
2: Universal file storage area
Requiredtime -
3: PDL file storage area
4: Program file storage area Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>CHK-TYPE
5:MEAPapplication Relatedusermode -
6:Addressbooktransfersetting Supplement/memo -
7:MEAPstoragedata
8:Systemlogstoragearea
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>HD-CLEAR,HD-CHECK
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Universal file: Management information of user setting data,
variouslogdata,PDLspooldata,andimagedata,etc.
8-266
8

8
8-267
COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM
DEBUG-1 Settingoflogtypeandsavetiming Lv.2 Details TobackupthesettingdatainSRAMoftheDCControllerPCB.
Lv.2 Details Tosetthetypesoflogstobestoredandthetimingtostorelogs Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCBfortroubleshootingatthe
intheHDD. timeoftroubleoccurrence
Logsareusedtoanalyzethecauseofatrouble. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofatrouble Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleft
Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. foralongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenbytheold
Changethesettingvalueinaccordancewiththeinstructions settingdataandthenewdataisdeleted.
fromtheQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -
0:SavePLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception Appropriatetargetvalue -
1:SavePLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception/Encode Defaultvalue -
2:SaveSUBLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception/Encode Requiredtime -
3:SaveSUBLOGinoverwritemodeatdetectionofReboot/ Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DSRAMRES
Exception/Encode
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DEBUG-2(Level2)
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo PLOGcanbeprintedbyCOPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>
DEBUG-2.
SUBLOGcannotbeprinted.(ItshouldbeuploadedfromSST.)
DEBUG-2 OutputoflogsavedonHDD
Lv.2 Details ToprintthePLOGsavedinHDDbyCOPIER>FUNCTION>
SYSTEM>DEBUG-1.(A4:Approx.20sheets)
SUBLOGisnotprinted.ItshouldbeuploadedfromSST.
Usecase WhenprintingPLOG
OK!
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DEBUG-1(Level2)
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
DSRAMBUP BackupofDCControllerPCBSRAM
8-267
8

8
8-268
COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM
DSRAMRES RestoreofDCControllerPCBSRAM RSRAMRES RestoreofReaderControllerPCBSRAM
Lv.2 Details TorestorethesettingdatawhichhasbeenbackedupinSRAM Lv.2 Details TorestorethesettingdatawhichhasbeenbackedupinSRAM
oftheDCControllerPCB. oftheReaderControllerPCB.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCBfortroubleshootingatthe Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCBfortroubleshooting
timeoftroubleoccurrence atthetimeoftroubleoccurrence
Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor
automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleft automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleftfor
foralongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenbytheold alongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenwithnewsetting
settingdataandthenewdataisdeleted. dataandtheolddataisdeleted.
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange -
Unit - Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DSRAMBUP Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>RSRAMBUP
RSRAMBUP BackupofReaderControllerPCBSRAM T-8-46
Lv.2 Details TobackupthesettingdatainSRAMoftheReaderController
PCB.
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCBfortroubleshooting
atthetimeoftroubleoccurrence
Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor
automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleft
foralongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenbytheold
settingdataandthenewdataisdeleted.
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>RSRAMRES
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-268
8

8
8-269
COPIER SCANSLCT
COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW
ON/OFFofscanareacalculatefunction
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthefunctiontocalculatescanningareafromthe
OPTION specified paper size.
Whenthepapersizeislargerthantheoriginalsize,selectingON
reducesproductivitybecausethescanningareagetslarger.
■ FNC-SW Usecase Whenmatchingthescanningareawiththepapersize
COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
MODEL-SZ Fixed magnifictn & DADF orgnl dtct size 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Lv.1 Details To set the fixed magnification ratio display and the original Caution
detectionsizewithDADF. Display/adj/setrange 0to1
ItissetautomaticallyatthetimeofinstallationoftheReader 0:OFF(calculatedfromthedetectedoriginalsize)
accordingtothelocation. 1: ON (calculated from the specified paper size)
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Unit
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Defaultvalue 0
Caution Requiredtime
Display/adj/setrange 0to3 Relatedservicemode
0: AB configuration (6R5E) for Japan, 1: Inch configuration (5R4E) Relatedusermode
for North/Middle/South America, 2: A configuration (3R3E) for Supplement/memo
Europe, 3: AB/Inch configuration (6R5E) for Asia, Oceania, South DH-SW ON/OFFofautoD-halfcontrol
America Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofautoD-halfcontrol.
Unit ExecutionintervalcanbesetbyCOPIER>OPTION>IMG-
Appropriatetargetvalue MCON>DH-TMG.
Defaultvalue Thedefaultdiffersaccordingtothelocation. Usecase -WhenD-half-relatedfailureoccurs/whenidentifyingthecauseof
Requiredtime D-half-relatedfailure
Relatedservicemode -Uponuser'srequest
Relatedusermode Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Supplement/memo 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution Besuretosetthevaluebackto1(ON)afterservicing.
0:OFF,1:ON
Unit
Appropriatetargetvalue
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON>DH-TMG
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-269
8

8
8-270
COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW
SENS-CNF Settingoforiginaldetectionsize W/SCNR SettingofReaderUnitinstallation
Lv.2 Details To set original detection size according to AB configuration/Inch Lv.1 Details TosetinstallationoftheReaderUnit.
configuration/A configuration. 1(installed)isautomaticallyselectedoncetheReaderUnitis
Select 1 (Inch configuration) for Inch configuration/A configuration detectedatthestartofthemachine.
machine. Usecase Wheninstalling/removingtheReaderUnit
Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution
Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Notinstalled,1:Installed
0: AB configuration, 1: Inch configuration Unit
Unit Appropriatetargetvalue
Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Accordingtothesettingatshipment
Defaultvalue 0 Requiredtime
Requiredtime Relatedservicemode
Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode
Relatedusermode Supplement/memo
Supplement/memo ORG-LGL SpecialpapersizesetinDADFmode:LGL
CONFIG Setcountry/area/lang/location/pprsize Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LGL configuration) that cannot be
Lv.1 Details Tosetthecountry/region,language,location,papersize recognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode.
configuration for multiple system software in HDD. Usecase -Uponuser'srequest
Usecase Uponuser'srequest -WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selectthesettingitem. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)Switchwith+/-key,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Display/adj/setrange XXYY.ZZ.AA 0:LEGAL-R,1:FOOLSCAP-R,2:OFICIO-R,3:FOLIO-R,4:
XX:Country/region(e.g.JP:Japan) AustralianFOOLSCAP-R,5:EcuadorOFICIO-R,6:Bolivia
YY: Language (fixed, e.g. ja: Japanese) OFICIO-R,7:ArgentineOFICIO-R,8:ArgentineLEGAL-R,9:
ZZ: Location (fixed, e.g. 00: CANON) GovernmentLEGAL-R,10:MexicoOFICIO-R
AA: Paper size configuration (00: AB configuration, 01: Inch Unit
configuration, 02: A configuration, 03: Inch/AB configuration) Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 0
Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime
Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode
Requiredtime Relatedusermode
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>MODEL-SZ Supplement/memo
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-270
8

8
8-271
ORG-LTR SpecialpapersizesetinDADFmode:LTR ORG-LDR SpclpprsizesetinDADF:LDR:Reader
Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LTR configuration) that cannot be Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LDR configuration) that cannot be
recognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode. recognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode.
Usecase -Uponuser'srequest Usecase -Uponuser'srequest
-WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF -WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF
Caution Caution ForoutsideJapanonly
0:LETTER,1:EXECUTIVE,2:ArgentineLETTER,3:Government 0:LEDGER-R,1:ArgentineLETTER
LETTER Unit
Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo ORG-B5 SpecialpapersizesetinDADFmode:B5
ORG-LTRR SpclpprsizesetinDADF:LTRR:Reader Lv.2 Details Tosetthesizeofspecialpaper(B5)thatcannotberecognizedin
Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LTR-R configuration) that cannot DADFstreamreadingmode.
berecognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode. Usecase -Uponuser'srequest
Usecase -Uponuser'srequest -WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF
-WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution ForoutsideJapanonly Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Display/adj/setrange 0to3 0: B5, 1: Korean government office paper
0:LTR-R,1:G-LTR-R,2:A-LTR-R,3:EXECUTIVE-R Unit
Supplement/memo
8-271
8

8
8-272
INTROT-1 Setini/lastrotationautoadjexeintvl INTROT-T Setofautoadjustmentstandbyinterval
Lv.1 Details Tosetthepaperintervaltoexecuteprocessautoadjustment Lv.1 Details Tosetthecontinuousstandbytimeuntilexecutionofauto
(analogpatchsequence,etc.)atinitial/lastrotation. adjustment.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisincreasedby500 When the standby condition continues more than the specified
sheets. When 0 is specified, the control is not executed. time,thePhotosensitiveDrumstartsidlerotationfor30seconds.
Usecase Whenmatchingtheuseenvironmentoftheuser. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetimegets1hourlonger.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. TheautoadjustmentduringstandbyisavailablewhenAUTO-DH
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. is1:ON.
Caution Increasingthenumberofsheets(wideningtheinterval)causes Usecase -Whenimagesmearoccurs
higherfrequencyofimagefailure. -Whenadjustingtimeforwarm-uprotationsorrotationtobe
Display/adj/setrange 50to1000 performed first time for the day
Unit 1sheet Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Defaultvalue 100 Caution If the value is too large, flip of the Drum Cleaning Blade may
occur.
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Unit 1hour
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 2
INTROT-2 Setoflastrotationautoadjexeintvl
Requiredtime
Lv.1 Details Tosetthepaperintervaltoexecuteautoadjustment(potential
control,patchpotentialcontrol,D-maxcontrol,D-halfcontrol)at Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV>AUTO-DH
lastrotation. Relatedusermode
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepaperintervalisincreased Supplement/memo
by 1 sheet. When 0 is specified, the control is not executed. BK-4CSW ON/OFFsimplefullclrmodeatphotomode
Usecase Whenmatchingtheuseenvironmentoftheuser. Lv.2 Details 3.5mmpitchunevennessmayoccurwhenprintingthesolidblack
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. imagewithusingB&WmodeinText/PhotoPrintoutMode.This
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. isbecausetheITBslipsduetotherotationspeeddifference
Caution Increasingthenumberofsheets(wideningtheinterval)causes betweentheITBandthePhotosensitiveDrum.
higherfrequencyofimagefailure. Insuchacase,setwhethertousethesimplefullcolormodethat
Display/adj/setrange 50to1000 createsblackwithusingasmallamountofY,MandCtoner.
InText/Photo/MapMode,itisprintedinB&Wmode.
Unit 1sheet
Usecase
Defaultvalue 500
Requiredtime
Caution
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
0:OFF,1:ON
Supplement/memo
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-272
8

8
8-273
MODELSZ2 Pprsizedtctglobalsupportinbookmode FXWRNLVL SetFixingFilmlifedisplaythresholdVL
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFforglobalsupportofdocumentsizedetectionin Lv.2 Details TosetthethresholdvaluetodisplaythelifeofFixingFilm.
copyboardreadingmode. Thisitemisenabledwhenthevalueatthefollowingissetto"1"
Usecase Uponuser'srequest(mixedmediaoriginalwithAB/Inch (default:0):COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>FXMSG-SW(ON/
configuration) OFFofFixingAssemblyreplacementmessage)
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. ThelifejudgmentcounterisstoredintheDCController.Itisnot
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. possibletochangeorcheckthecountervalue.
Caution -Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Usecase To prevent the fixing failure caused by the continuous use of
-TheDocumentSizeSensor(PhotoSensor)isadditionally FixingFilmthatexceedsthelife.
requiredtocorrectlydetectthedocumentsizewhentheoriginal Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
consists of mixed media (AB/Inch configuration). 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Caution
0:Detectedwithdetectionsizeaccordingtolocation,1:Detected Display/adj/setrange 0to3
withAB/Inchmixedmedia. 0:Alarmmessagenotdisplayed
Unit 1:Alarmmessagedisplayedwhenthelifejudgmentcounter
Appropriatetargetvalue reaches the specified value
Defaultvalue 0 2,3:Notused
Requiredtime Unit
Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue
Relatedusermode Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo Requiredtime
SVMD-ENT Settingofentrymethodtoservicemode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>FXMSG-SW
Lv.2 Details Tosetthewaytogetinservicemodetopreventinformationleak. Relatedusermode
Usecase Asneeded Supplement/memo
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. BASE-SW ModelswitchsetfromMEAP-FulltoBase
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Lv.1 Details ToswitchfromtheMEAP-FullmodeltotheBasemodel.
Caution SwitchthismodeinthecaseofrestrictingtheoperationofMEAP
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 applicationfortroubleanalysis.
0:[Settings/Registration]-Pressing[2]and[8]atthesametime- Usecase WhentroublethatcausedbyMEAPapplicationoccurs
[Settings/Registration] Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
1:[Settings/Registration]-Pressing[4]and[9]atthesametime- 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
[Settings/Registration] Caution SwitchfromtheBasemodeltotheMEAP-Fullmodelisnot
Unit available.
Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Defaultvalue 0 0:OFF(Basemodel),1:ON(Fullmodel)
Requiredtime Unit
Relatedusermode Defaultvalue Dependingonthesettingofoptionbit(MeapModelBIT).
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-273
8

8
8-274
KSIZE-SW SetofChinesepaper(K-size)support PDF-RDCT PDFreductionsetatforwarding
Lv.2 Details Tosettodetect/displaytheChinesepaper(Ksizepaper:8K, Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertoreducetheimagefortransmissionwhen
16K). converting the image received by IFAX into PDF for e-mail/file
Usecase WhenusingKsizepaper transmission.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Caution Gothroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW> 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
MODEL-SZ; and if MODEL-SZ is "0: AB configuration", this mode Caution
isenabled. Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Followingthecurrentsetting,1:Imagereduction
0:Notsupported,1:Supported Unit
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>MODEL-SZ Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo 8Kpaper:270x390mm,16Kpaper:270x195mm REBOOTSW RestartsettingatE240erroroccurrence
ORG-A4R SpecialpapersizesetinDADFmode:A4R Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertorebootinthecaseofE240error.
Lv.2 Details Tosetthesizeofspecialpaper(A4R)thatcannotberecognized InthecaseofE240error,themachineisautomaticallyrebooted
inDADFstreamreadingmode. duetothepossibilityofcontinuousoperationofthedrivesystem
WhenpickingupA4RsizeoriginalfromtheDADFoftheInch/AB whilethespooledprintjobiscleared.
configuration models, the size is converted into the specified size Printjobcanbeobtainedifselectingthesettingnottoreboot.
sothatanimagecanbeformedproperly. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Usecase -Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
-WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. -Besuretogetapprovalfromtheuserbytellingthepossibilityof
Caution continuousoperationofthedrivesysteminthecaseofE240error.
0:A4R,1:FOLIO-R 0:Rebooted,1:Notrebooted
Unit Unit
Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue
Requiredtime Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo Supplement/memo E240error:CommunicationerrorbetweentheMainControllerand
theDCController.
8-274
8

8
8-275
SJB-UNW Reserveupperlimitofsecureprintjob CARD-RNG Cardnumbersetting(departmentnumber)
Lv.2 Details Tosettheupperlimitforthenumberofreservedjobsinsecure Lv.2 Details Tosetthenumberofcards(departments)thatcanbeusedwith
printjob. theCardReader.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Whensettingthenumberofcards(departments)
Caution Caution
0:50jobs,1:90jobs Unit
Supplement/memo COMP-PRT Img proc memory allocate at job conflict
WEBV-SW ON/OFFofWebDAVfunction Lv.2 Details Whenmaking2ormorecompositionprints(pagenumber,number
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofWebDAVfunction. ofcopies,stamp,date,booklet,watermark),memoryforimage
OFFsettingcanreducememoryuseofthemachine.Inaddition, processingisallottedpreferentiallytoprintjobs.
thefollowingWebDAV-relateditemsarehiddeninusermode. Meanwhile,memoryforimageprocessingofscan/sendand
-Settings/Registration>SetDestination>RegisterDestinations> PDL input becomes insufficient depending on the options and
RegisterNewDest.>File>Protocol>WebDAV documentsize,andthesejobsmightbeunprocesseduntil
-Settings/Registration>FunctionSettings>Send>Common composition prints are finished.
Settings>UseDividedChunkSendforWebDAVTX Ifthesejobsareinterferedeachother,imageprocessingcanbe
Usecase Whenreducingmemoryuseofthemachine putforwardlittlebylittlebyallottingmemoryequallytoeachjob.
Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
0:ON,1:OFF Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Unit 0:Printpriority,1:Equalallocation
Appropriatetargetvalue Unit
Defaultvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue
Requiredtime Defaultvalue 0
Relatedservicemode Requiredtime
Relatedusermode Settings/Registration>SetDestination>RegisterDestinations> Relatedservicemode
RegisterNewDest.>File>Protocol>WebDAV Relatedusermode
Settings/Registration>FunctionSettings>Send>Common Supplement/memo
Settings>UseDividedChunkSendforWebDAVTX
Supplement/memo WebDAVfunctionisequippedasstandardwiththemachine.
8-275
8

8
8-276
ARCDT-SW ON/OFFofARCDATcontrol PT-W-SET Settonerbandwidthatinirotn:transp
Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFofARCDATcontrol. Lv.2 Details TosetthetonerbandwidththatiscreatedontheITBattheinitial
When "1: OFF" is set, the result of ARCDAT control is not reflected rotationwhenfeedingthetransparency.
toLUT. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetonerbandwidthis
Whenthehuevariationoccursinthecaseoffailurevalue increasedby10mm.
displayedinCOPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C,turnOFFtheARCDAT Whenthevalueisincreased,imagefailureduetoTransfer
controlonceandcheckthehue. CleaningBladeboundisreducedwhenfeedingthetransparency.
Ifhuevariationisalleviated,analyzethecauseofARCDATcontrol Usecase WhenimagefailureduetoTransferCleaningBladeboundoccurs
error(developer,PatchSensor,etc.). ontransparency
Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Makesuretoset"0:ON"againwhenARCDATcontrolrecovers. Display/adj/setrange 0to10
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Unit 10mm
0:ON,1:OFF Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 5
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C Supplement/memo
Relatedusermode DELV-FN2 ON/OFFofDeliveryFan
Supplement/memo Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoftheDeliveryFan2(FM9)ata1-sidedjob.
SJOB-CL Setofscanjobcancelingbylogout Usecase
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertocancelthescanjobinoperationbylogoutofthe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
user. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:OFF,1:ON
Caution -Thejobinscanningoperationcannotbecanceled. Unit
-Cancelbylogoutiskeptinthelog. Appropriatetargetvalue
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Defaultvalue 0
0:Disabled,1:Enabled Requiredtime
Unit Relatedservicemode
Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedusermode
Defaultvalue 0 Supplement/memo
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo Scanjob:Ajobafterthescanningoperationiscompleted.
8-276
8

8
8-277
USB-RCNT AutoconnectsetatUSBdevicedisconnct MIBCOUNT ScoperangesetofChargeCounterMIB
Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableautomaticconnectionwhentheUSB Lv.2 Details Tosettherangeofcounterinformationthatcanbeobtainedas
deviceisdisconnected. MIB(ManagementInformationBase).
Withthesettingtodisableautomaticconnection,USBdevice Usecase
cannotbeusedifdisconnectingandthenconnectingtheUSB Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
device.Toenableconnectionagain,thepowerneedstobeturned 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
OFF/ON. Caution
Withthesettingtoenableautomaticconnection,connectagain Display/adj/setrange 0to2
afterdisconnecting,andthenconnectingtheUSBdeviceagain. 0:Allchargecountersareobtained,1:Onlydisplayedcounter*is
Usecase Uponuser'srequest obtained,2:Allchargecountersarenotobtained
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. * : Counter specified by the following: COPIER > OPTION > USER
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. >COUNTER1to6
Caution Withthesettingtoenableautomaticconnection,disconnectingof Unit
1areamakesautomaticconnectionofallUSBdevicesifthereis Appropriatetargetvalue
USBhub. Defaultvalue 0
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Requiredtime
0:Noautomaticconnection,1:Automaticconnection
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>COUNTER1to6
Unit
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 0
RMT-CNSL ON/OFFofMEAPconsolescreen
Requiredtime
Lv.1 Details Selecting"1:ON"enablestoobtainlogforFunctionComposeron
Relatedservicemode consolescreen.
Relatedusermode Usecase WhenobtaininglogforFunctionComposer
Supplement/memo Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
UNLMTBND Over400bindersprintjobsupportset 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertosupportprintjobthatexceeds400binders. Caution
Withthesettingtosupport,themachinemakesprintbysharing Display/adj/setrange 0to1
bindersaccordingtojobattribution. 0:OFF,1:ON
Select"1:Notsupported"iftheuserdoesnotprintjob*withlarge
Unit
quantityofbinders.
Usecase
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Caution
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
0:Automaticsetting(whentheprintserverisnotconnected:no
support;Whentheprintserverisconnected:supported)
1:Notsupported
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo * : A job that requires finishing (such as stapling) in one job. Does
not apply in the case of executing finishing with multiple sets of
output.
8-277
8

8
8-278
MEAP-PRI SettingofMEAPtaskpriority W/RAID SettingofRAIDBoardinstallation
Lv.2 Details SelectingONincreasesMEAPtaskpriority. Lv.1 Details TosetinstallationconditionofRAIDBoard(HDDMirroringKit).
Usecase WhenimprovingprocessingperformanceofMEAP Select"1:Installed"wheninstallingtheRAIDBoard.Select"0:Not
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. installed"whenremovingtheRAIDBoard.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Wheninstalling/removingRAIDBoard
Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
0:OFF,1:ON Caution
Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Appropriatetargetvalue 0:Notinstalled,1:Installed
Defaultvalue 1 Unit
Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue
Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode Requiredtime
Supplement/memo Relatedservicemode
CNTR-SW Initofpartscounterreplacementtiming Relatedusermode
Lv.1 Details Toreturntheestimatedlifeofpartscountertotheinitialvalue. Supplement/memo
Usecase Uponuser'srequest PSWD-SW Passwordtypesettoenterservicemode
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Tosetthetypeofpasswordthatisrequiredtoenterwhengetting
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. intoservicemode.
Caution 2typesareavailable:onefor"servicetechnician"andtheother
Display/adj/setrange 0:Returnedtotheinitialvalue for"systemadministrator+servicetechnician".
Whenselectingthetypefor"systemadministrator+service
Unit
technician",enterthepasswordforservicetechnicianafterthe
passwordentrybytheuser'ssystemadministrator.
Defaultvalue 0
Usecase Uponrequestfromtheuserwhoconcernssecurity
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Caution
Supplement/memo
0:Nopassword,1:Servicetechnician,2:Systemadministrator+
servicetechnician
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-278
8

8
8-279
SM-PSWD Passwordsettingforservicetechnician BRWS-FAV Setofservicebrowserfavoriteregister
Lv.2 Details Tosetpasswordforservicetechnicianthatisusedwhengetting Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertoallowregistrationoffavoritesinthebrowserfor
intoservicemode. service.
Usecase Whenpasswordisrequiredtogetintoservicemode When1isset,favoritesinthebrowserforservicecanbeedited,
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. andanyURLscanbeaccessed.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Whenserviceengineerseditfavoritesinthebrowserforservice
Caution Besuretoselect1or2withPSWD-SWinadvance. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit Caution
Defaultvalue 11111111 0:Disabled,1:Enabled
Requiredtime Unit
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>PSWD-SW Appropriatetargetvalue
RPT2SIDE Setofreport1sided/2-sidedoutput Relatedservicemode
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertouse1-sidedor2-sidedforreportoutputof Relatedusermode
servicemode. Supplement/memo
Usecase Whenmaking2-sidedreportoutputtoreducethenumberof PSCL-MS Setautogradationadjoperation:heavy
outputpages Lv.1 Details Tosetatwhichspeed(1/1speed,1/2speed,or1/3speed)
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. PASCALcontrolandD-halfcontrolareexecutedatautogradation
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. adjustment.
Caution When“2”isset,theyareexecutedforthelastlyusedspeedonly.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Requiredtimeforautogradationadjustmentisshortwhileittakes
0:1-sided,1:2-sided timetoswitchtootherspeed.
This is suitable for the users who frequently use a specific paper
Unit
type.
When“3”isset,theyareexecutedforallspeedssimultaneously.
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtimeforautogradationadjustmentislong(approx.3
Requiredtime minutes)whileitisquicktoswitchtootherspeed.Thisissuitable
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>P-PRINT fortheuserswhousevariouspapertypes.
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo Usecase Whensettingthespeedaccordingtothematerialsusedbythe
user
Caution
2:Lastlyusedspeed,3:Allspeeds
Unit
Defaultvalue 2
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-279
8

8
8-280
DMX-DISP ON/OFFautogrdtnadjD-maxPASCALctrl INVALPDL DisableofPDLlicense
Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertoexecuteD-maxPASCALcontrolatfull Lv.1 Details TodisabletheregisteredPDLlicense.
adjustmentofautogradationadjustment. When"1:Disabled"isset,PDLisdisabledevenifaPDLlicense
When"0:ON"isset,D-maxPASCALcontrolandPASCALcontrol isregistered.Thisissettothemachinesinstalledatconvenience
areexecuted.FourA4-sizesheetsareusedfortestprints(Onefor stores,whichdonotallowPDLtobeused.
D-maxPASCALcontrolandthreeforPASCALcontrol) Usecase WhenprohibitingtheuseofPDL
When"1:OFF"isset,PASCALcontrol(gradationadjustment) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
onlyisexecuted.ThreeA4-sizesheetsareusedfortestprints(for 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
PASCALcontrol). Caution
Usecase Whenmakingthesettingaccordingtotheusageoftheuser Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:RegisteredPDLlicenseisenabled,1:Disabled
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit
Caution Appropriatetargetvalue
0:ON,1:OFF Requiredtime
Requiredtime IMGCNTPR Settingofimagequalitymode
Relatedservicemode Lv.1 Details Tosettheimagequalitymode.
Relatedusermode Thecounterprioritymodeisappliedwhen1isset,andtheimage
Supplement/memo qualityprioritymodeisappliedwhen0isset.
STND-PNL Setof3-DControlPanelinstallation Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Lv.2 Details [Notused]Tosetwhetherthe3-DControlPanelisinstalled. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Whenthe3-DControlPanelisinstalled,set"1:Installed". 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Atinstallationofthe3-DControlPanel Caution
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:Imagequalityprioritymode,1:Counterprioritymode
Caution Unit
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Appropriatetargetvalue
0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Defaultvalue 0
Unit Requiredtime
Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedusermode
Requiredtime Supplement/memo
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-280
8

8
8-281
CDS-FIRM Set to allow firmware update by admin CDS-UGW Set to allow firmware update from UGW
Lv.1 Details To set whether to permit update of the firmware by user Lv.1 Details To set whether to permit update of the firmware from the UGW
(administrator). server.
When"1:Enabled"isset,Updatercanbeactivatedfromtheuser When"1:Enabled"isset,Updateracceptstheoperationfromthe
mode. UGWserverincooperationwithCDS.
Usecase When allowing the administrator to update the firmware Usecase When allowing update of the firmware from the UGW server
Caution Caution
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled (This setting can be specified for China, 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled (This setting can be specified for China,
KoreaandTaiwanmodelsonly.) KoreaandTaiwanmodelsonly.)
Unit Unit
Supplement/memo Supplement/memo CDS:ContentsDeliverySystem
CDS-MEAP SettoallowMEAPinstallbyadmin LOCLFIRM Set to allow firmware update by file
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertopermittheuser(administrator)toinstallMEAP Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertopermittheuser(administrator)toupdatethe
applicationsandenableiRoptionsfromCDS. firmware from the remote UI using a local file.
When"1:Enabled"isset,Updatercanbeactivatedfromtheuser Thisupdateisexecutedasameasureforvulnerabilityin
mode. emergencysituations.
Usecase WhenallowingtheadministratortoinstallMEAPapplicationsand Usecase When allowing the administrator to update the firmware using a
enableiRoptionsfromCDS file
Caution Caution
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled (This setting can be specified for China, 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled (This setting can be specified for China,
KoreaandTaiwanmodelsonly.) KoreaandTaiwanmodelsonly.)
Unit Unit
Supplement/memo CDS:ContentsDeliverySystem Supplement/memo
8-281
8

8
8-282
COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW ■ DSPLY-SW
RSHDW-SW ON/OFFofremoteshutdown
Lv.1 Details Asharedmulti-functionmachineisnotlikelytobeshutdownat
COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW
powerfailure.SetON/OFFoftheremoteshutdownfunctionto UI-COPY Display/hideofcopyscreen
preventaccident. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethecopyfunction.
When"1:ON"isset,themachinecanbeshutdownfromthe Usecase Uponuser'srequest
remoteshutdownmenudisplayedintheremoteUI. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase When preventing an accident at specified power-off time. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution
Caution 0:Hide,1:Display
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Unit
0:OFF,1:ON Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 1
Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo
Relatedusermode UI-BOX Display/hideofInboxscreen
Supplement/memo Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheInboxfunction.
MC-FANSW SettingofControllerFancontrol Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Lv.1 Details Tosetfullspeed/halfspeedtofancontroloftheControllerFan1 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
and2. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
When "1: Full speed" is set, the heat exhaust efficiency is Caution
enhanced. Display/adj/setrange 0to2
Usecase -WhenHDDdamageoccursmultipletimes 0:NoInboxfunction(StoringisnotavailableevenwithPDLto
-Whenthemachineisinstalledinhightemperatureenvironment Inbox.)
inwhichHDDdamageislikelytooccur 1:Inboxfunctionisactive
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2:Inboxfunctionisactive(withlimitation;Storingisavailablewith
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. PDLtoInboxdespitenodisplayontheControlPanel/remoteUI)
Caution Unit
0:Halfspeed,1:Fullspeed Defaultvalue 1
Unit Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
T-8-47
8-282
8

8
8-283
COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW
UI-SEND Display/hideofsendscreen T-LW-LVL Distimingoftonerlevelwarningmssg
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheSENDfunction. Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofresidualtonerinthehopper.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Whentheresidualtonerlevelbecomeslowerthanthethreshold,
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. awarningmessageof"Thetonercontainercanbereplaced
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. (continuousprintisavailable)"isdisplayedontheControlPanel.
Caution Whenthevalueisincrementedby1,thethresholdisincreased
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 by20%.Asthesmallervalueisset,themessagetimingtobe
0:Hide,1:Display displayedbecomesearlier.
Unit Usecase -Uponuser'srequest
-Atthetimingthattheserviceengineervisitstothecustomer,etc.
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime
Caution
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Unit 1%
Supplement/memo
UI-FAX Display/hideofFAXscreen
Defaultvalue 10
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheFAXfunction.
Requiredtime
Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Caution
NWERR-SW OFF/ONofnetwork-relatederrordisplay
0:Hide,1:Display Lv.2 Details TosetOFF/ONofnetwork-relatederrormessagedisplay.
Whensetting"0:OFF"whilethemachineisnotconnectedto
Unit
network,theerrormessage"Checkthenetworkconnection."is
notdisplayed.
Defaultvalue 1
Usecase Whenusingthemachineasacopymachine
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Caution
Supplement/memo
0:OFF,1:ON
Unit
Defaultvalue 1:Normalmodel,0:Self-copymodel
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-283
8

8
8-284
UISW-DSP ON/OFFofuserscreenswitchdisplay FXMSG-SW ON/OFFofFixingAssemblyreplacemssg
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoftheswitchtochangethestandardscreenand Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplaythemessagepromptingthereplacement
simplescreenfortheusers. ofFixingAssemblyontheControlPanelwhenthelifejudgment
Usecase Uponuser'srequest counter reaches the specified value.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. When“1”(default:0)issetinFXMSG-SWandalso“1”(default:
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0)issetinCOPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>FXWRNLVL,thelifeof
Caution FixingAssemblyisdetected.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 WhentheFixingAssemblyreachestheendoflife,theFixing
0:OFF,1:ON Assembly replacement message: “Prepare new fixing roller. Call
servicerepresentative.”isdisplayed.
Unit
Whenthemessageisdisplayed,gothroughthefollowing
procedure.
Defaultvalue 1
1)AfterturningOFFthemainpowerswitch,replacetheFixing
Requiredtime FilmUnit+PressureRollerandFixingAssembly.
Relatedservicemode 2)AfterturningONthemainpowerswitch,executeCOPIER>
Relatedusermode FUNCTION>CLEAR>CNT-DCON.
Supplement/memo 3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
T-CRG-SW ON/OFFofTonerCntnerrplceusermode
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheTonerContainerreplacement Usecase
screeninusermode. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution 0:OFF,1:ON
Unit Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>FXWRNLVL
Requiredtime COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>CNT-DCON
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance> Maintenance> Replace Specified Supplement/memo
Toner
Supplement/memo
8-284
8

8
8-285
MEAP-DSP ScreenswitchsetfromMEAPtostandard UI-PRINT Display/hideofprintjobscreen
Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableswitchingfromMEAPscreentothe Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheprintjobscreen.
standardscreen(COPY/SEND/MailBoxscreen,etc).(Settingto Usecase Uponuser'srequest
display/hidethearrowmarkonMEAPscreen) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Inthecaseofanerror/jam/alarm,thescreenisswitchedtothe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
standardscreentodisplaywarningevenifdisablingthismode. Caution
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:Hide,1:Display
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit
Caution Appropriatetargetvalue
0:Enabled,1:Disabled Requiredtime
Requiredtime IMGC-ADJ Dis/hideofimgadjiteminusermode
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>ANIM-SW Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheitemrelatingtoimage
Relatedusermode adjustmentinusermode.
Supplement/memo IfdisablingtheswitchwithANIM-SW,thescreenwillnotbe Whenselectingdisplaysetting,detailedimageadjustment
switchedtothestandardscreeneveninthecaseofanerror/jam/ procedure will be displayed only for the duplicated paper specified
alarm. withthefollowingsettings:Preferences>PaperSettings>Set
ANIM-SW ScreenswitchsetfromMEAPtowarning PaperTypeManagement.
Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableswitchingfromMEAPscreentotheerror/ Usecase Asneeded
jamscreen. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Ifdisablingthismode,thescreenwillnotbeswitchedtothe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
warningscreeninthecaseofanerror/jam/alarm,andamessage Caution
isappearedontheMEAPscreenindicatingtocontacttheservice Display/adj/setrange 0to1
person. 0:Hide,1:Display
Usecase Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Caution
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
0:Enabled,1:Disabled(Nodisplayofwarningscreen)
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>SetPaperTypeManagement
Unit
Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>MEAP-DSP
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo IfjustdisablingtheswitchwithMEAP-DSP,thescreenis
switchedtothestandardscreeninthecaseofanerror/jam/alarm.
IfdisablingtheswitchwithANIM-SW,thescreenwillnotbe
switchedtothestandardscreenandawarningisappearedon
MEAPscreen.
8-285
8

8
8-286
UI-RSCAN Display/hideofremotescanscreen UI-WEB Display/hideofWebbrowserscreen
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheremotescanscreenonthe Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheWebbrowserscreen.
ControlPanel. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display
0:Hide,1:Display Unit
Supplement/memo UI-HOLD Display/hideofholdjobscreen
UI-EPRNT Display/hideofextendedprintscreen Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplaytheholdjobscreenontheControl
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheextendedprintscreen(print Panel.
screenforprintserver). Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide(PODfunctionOFF,JALOFF)
0:Hide,1:Display 1:Display(PODfunctionON,JALOFF)
Unit 2:Hide(PODfunctionOFF,JALON)
Appropriatetargetvalue 3:Hide(PODfunctionOFF,JALON)
Defaultvalue 1 Unit
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-286
8

8
8-287
TNR-WARN ON/OFFoftoneralarmdisplay UI-MEM ON/OFFofmemorymediascreendisplay
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplaythetoneralarmscreen. Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthememorymediascreendisplayonthe
When"1"isset,thetoneralarmisnotdisplayeduntilthetoner ControlPanel.
runsout. Usecase WhennotdisplayingthememorymediascreenontheControl
Usecase Whenpreferringtohidethealarmuntilthetonerrunsout Panel
Caution Caution
0:ON,1:OFF 0:OFF,1:ON
Unit Unit
Defaultvalue OtherthanUSA:0,ForUSA:1 Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo Supplement/memo
UI-SBOX ON/OFFofAdvancedBoxscreendisplay UI-NAVI Dis/hideofintroducetousefulfeatures
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoftheAdvancedBoxscreenontheControlPanel. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide"IntroductiontoUsefulFeatures"
Usecase WhennotdisplayingtheAdvancedBoxscreenontheControl inthemainmenu.
Panel Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Caution Caution
0:OFF,1:ON 0:Hide,1:Display
Unit Unit
Defaultvalue 0:Europe,1:OtherthanEurope Defaultvalue 1
8-287
8

8
8-288
COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW ■ NETWORK
UI-MOBP Display/hideofmobileprint
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide"MobilePrint"inthemainmenu.
COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK
Usecase Uponuser'srequest RAW-DATA Settingofreceiveddataprintmode
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.2 Details Tosetprintmodeforthereceivedimagedata.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Thisitemisusedtoidentifythecausewhetherit'sduetoimage
dataorimageprocessinginthecaseoftroublewithreceived
Caution
image.
Usecase Whenreceivedimagetroubleoccurs
0:Hide,1:Display
Unit
Caution Besuretosetthevaluebackto"0:normalprintoperation"after
Defaultvalue 1
recoveringfromthetrouble.
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode 0:Normalprintoperation,1:Printwithoriginaldatawithoutimage
Relatedusermode processing
Supplement/memo Unit
FCOT-DSP ON/OFFofFCOTprioritymodeinusermode Appropriatetargetvalue
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Color/BlackPriorityforFirstPrintTime" Defaultvalue 0
intheusermode. Requiredtime
When1isset,thehomepositionofthePrimaryTransferRollers
Relatedservicemode
forY,M,Ccanbeswitched.
Relatedusermode
Usecase Whensetting"Color/BlackPriorityforFirstPrintTime"intheuser
Supplement/memo
mode
RMT-LANG LanguagesettingofremoteUI
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Lv.2 Details TosetthelanguageonremoteUI.
Caution Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Switchwith+/-key,andthenpressOKkey.
0:OFF,1:ON 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit Caution
Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange ja/en/de/fr/it/es
ja:Japanese,en:English,de:German,fr:French,it:Italian,es:
Defaultvalue 1
Spanish
Requiredtime
Unit
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustAction>Color/BlackPriorityfor
Defaultvalue
FirstPrintTime
Requiredtime
Supplement/memo
Relatedservicemode
T-8-48
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-288
8

8
8-289
COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK
IFAX-LIM No.ofmaxprintlinesatIFAXreception SMTPRXPN SettingofSMTPreceptionportnumber
Lv.2 Details Tosetthemaximumnumberoflinesfore-mailtexttobeprinted Lv.2 Details TosetSMTPreceptionportnumber.
whenreceivingIFAX. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Settingofthisitemcanpreventendlessprintingoftheattached Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
file data in the case of receiving an error e-mail or failure in 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
interpretationofthecontext. Caution
Selecting0printstheheader/footerin1sheetwhenreceiving Display/adj/setrange 0to65535
e-mail text without attached file.
Unit
Usecase Whenpreventingendlessprintinthecaseoffailureinreception
Defaultvalue 25
Requiredtime
Caution
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
0:E-mailtextnotprinted,999:Unlimited
Supplement/memo
Unit
POP3PN SettingofPOP3receptionportnumber
Lv.2 Details TosetPOP3receptionportnumber.
Defaultvalue 500
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Caution
Supplement/memo
SMTPTXPN SettingofSMTPTXportnumber
Unit
Lv.2 Details TosetSMTPtransmissionportnumber.
Defaultvalue 110
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Caution
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Unit
FTPTXPN Specification of SEND port (FTP) number
Lv.2 Details Tospecifyaddressport(FTP)numberforSEND.
Defaultvalue 25
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Caution
Supplement/memo
Unit
Defaultvalue 21
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-289
8

8
8-290
STS-PORT ON/OFFofTOTsyncstatuscomctnport NS-CMD5 LimitCRAM-MD5authmethodatSMTPauth
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFforInquiry/Response(sync)-modestatus Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofCRAM-MD5authenticationmethodatthetimeof
communicationportwithT.O.T. SMTPauthentication.
Select"1:ON"inthecaseofconnectingthePCandthemachine Usecase Uponuser'srequest
withthecrosscablewhileServiceNAVIisused. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase WhentheServiceNAVIisused 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused
Unit Defaultvalue 0
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>CMD-PORT Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication
Relatedusermode functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused
Supplement/memo T.O.T:TUIFoverTCP.Communicationprotocoltobeusedfor fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this
communicationwiththebuilt-inapplication(UI)andtheinternal protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe
applicationsuchasCOPY/SEND/BOX,etc.(Canon'sown passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove
protocol). e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated.
CMD-PORT ON/OFFTOTasynccommandcomctnport NS-GSAPI LimitGSSAPIauthmethodatSMTPauth
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFforasynchronouscommandcommunicationport Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofGSSAPIauthenticationmethodatthetimeof
withT.O.T. SMTPauthentication.
Select"1:ON"inthecaseofconnectingthePCandthemachine Usecase Uponuser'srequest
withthecrosscablewhileServiceNAVIisused. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase WhentheServiceNAVIisused 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused
Unit Defaultvalue 0
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>STS-PORT Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication
Relatedusermode functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused
Supplement/memo T.O.T:TUIFoverTCP.Communicationprotocoltobeusedfor fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this
communicationwiththebuilt-inapplication(UI)andtheinternal protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe
applicationsuchasCOPY/SEND/BOX,etc.(Canon'sown passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove
protocol). e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated.
8-290
8

8
8-291
NS-NTLM LimitNTLMauthmethodatSMTPauth NS-PLN LimitplaintxtauthatSMTPauthnoencry
Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofNTLMauthenticationmethodatthetimeof Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofPLAIN/LOGINauthentication,whichisplaintext,
SMTPauthentication. atthetimeofSMTPauthenticationundertheenvironmentwhere
Usecase Uponuser'srequest thecommunicationpacketisnotencrypted.
0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Unit 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused
Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode
Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication Relatedusermode
functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication
fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused
protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this
passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe
e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated. passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove
NS-PLNWS LimitcleartextauthatSMTPauthencry e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated.
Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofPLAIN/LOGINauthentication,whichiscleartext, NS-LGN LimitLOGINauthenticationatSMTPauth
atthetimeofSMTPauthenticationundertheenvironmentwhere Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofLOGINauthenticationatthetimeofSMTP
thecommunicationpacketisencrypted. authentication.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Caution Caution
0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused
Unit Unit
Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication
functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused
fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this
protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe
passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove
e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated. e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated.
8-291
8

8
8-292
MEAP-PN HTTPportNo.settingofMEAPapplication DA-CNCT ConnectionsettingofWPGW
Lv.2 Details TosetHTTPportnumberofMEAPapplication. Lv.2 Details TosetWPGWconnection.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase ThismodeisusedfortheJapanesemodelsonlyandnotused
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. withoverseasmodels(outsideJapan)
Caution Donotspecifyport8080whenthePrintServerisconnected. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Otherwise,youcannotbrowsethedeviceRUIinwhichMEAP Caution Gothroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>COIN;and
authenticationapplicationisrunning(Port8080isreservedfor ifthesettingvalueforCOINischangedfrom0/1/2to3(selectDA
redirectionofEFIcontrollertotheiRside.) charge),thevalueisautomaticallyturns1.
Unit 0:OFF,1:ON
Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>ACC>COIN
Supplement/memo Relatedusermode
DA-PORT PortsettingwithDA Supplement/memo WPGW:WorkplaceGateway
Lv.2 Details TosetthecommunicationportwhenDAisinstalled. CHNG-STS SetofTOTstatusconnectionportnumber
SelectONwhenDAisinstalled. Lv.2 Details TosettheportnumberforstatusconnectionwithT.O.T.
Usecase WhenDAisinstalled(ThismodeisusedfortheJapanesemodels Usecase WhentheServiceNAVIisused
onlyandnotusedwithoverseasmodels(outsideJapan)) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Whengoingthroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION> Display/adj/setrange 1to65535
NETWORK>DA-CNCT,andselecting1forDA-CNCT,the Unit
followingitemisalsoON: Appropriatetargetvalue
COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>STS-PORT,CMD-PORT,DA- Defaultvalue 20010
PORT
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>STS-PORT
0:OFF,1:ON(Wheninstalled)
Relatedusermode
Unit
Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo DA:DigitalAccessory
8-292
8

8
8-293
CHNG-CMD SetofTOTcommandconnectionportNo. WUEV-SW Setting of sleep notification execution
Lv.2 Details TosettheportnumberforcommandconnectionwithT.O.T. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertonotifythesleepmodetotheapplication
Usecase WhentheServiceNAVIisused (imageWARE,etc)onthenetworkwhenshiftingto/recovering
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. fromthesleepmode.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Unit Caution
Defaultvalue 20000 0: Notified, 1: Not notified
Requiredtime Unit
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>CMD-PORT Appropriatetargetvalue
MEAP-SSL HTTPSportsettingofMEAP Relatedservicemode
Lv.2 Details TosettheportofHTTPSserverinthecaseofusingSSLwith Relatedusermode
HTTPofMEAP. Supplement/memo
Usecase WhenspecifyingthesettingofHTTPSportforMEAP WUEV-INT Setting of sleep notification interval
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.2 Details To set the interval of sleep notification.
Unit Caution ThisisactivewhenCOPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW
Appropriatetargetvalue is set to 0: Notified.
Requiredtime Unit 1second
LPD-PORT SettingofLPDportnumber Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW
Lv.2 Details TosettheLPDportnumber. Relatedusermode
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Supplement/memo
Caution
Unit
Defaultvalue 515
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo LPDport:NetworkportforTCP/IPcommunicationwhenmaking
printsthroughnetwork.
8-293
8

8
8-294
WUEV-POT Portnumbersettingforsleepnotice WUEN-LIV Recoverytimesettingaftersleepnotice
Lv.2 Details TosetportnumberofthePCtonotifythesleepmode. Lv.2 Details Tosetthetimefromthesleepstartfromnetworkwithoutjob
Usecase Uponuser'srequest assignmentuntilthemodeisshiftedtothesleepmode.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase When setting the startup time after sleep notification
Caution ThisisactivewhenCOPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
is set to 0: Notified. Caution
Unit Unit 1second
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW Relatedservicemode
WUEV-RTR Setting of sleep notification range DHCP-12 ON/OFFofDHCP-option12request
Lv.2 Details Tosetthenumberofavailablerouterstothetargetforsleep Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofinquiryonthehostname(Option12)which
notification. usesOption55ofDHCP.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest SelectingOFFcanpreventDHCPpacketfromincludingOption12
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. orOption81underthepacket-monitoringnetworkenvironment.
Caution ThisisactivewhenCOPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
is set to 0: Notified. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Appropriatetargetvalue 0:OFF,1:ON
Defaultvalue 3 Unit
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW Defaultvalue 1
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
8-294
8

8
8-295
DHCP-81 ON/OFFIPaddressdynamicchnginDHCP-81 IFX-CHIG SetoperationbyIFAXrecvmailcontent
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFfordynamicchangeofIPaddressbyOption81of Lv.1 Details TosetthenumberofcharactersfortheIFAXreceivedmailcontent,
DHCP. sothatthemailisnotprinted/forwardedwhenthecharactersin
SelectingOFFcanpreventDHCPpacketfromincludingOption12 the text is less than the number of specified characters.
orOption81underthepacket-monitoringnetworkenvironment. Thismachinecanoutputblankpaperbecausesomesenders
SelectingONenablesdynamicchangeofIPaddressbyOption81 sende-mailtextconsistsoflinefeedcodesonly.Insuchcase,
ofDHCPinthecasethatthedynamicDNSsettingisONinuser specify2(numberofcharacters)sothattherewillbenooutputof
mode. blankpaper.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Inthecaseofspecifyinganynumberotherthan0,header/footer
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. isprinted/forwardedin1sheetonlyifthee-mail(body)textisless
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. than the specified value while no TIFF file is attached.
Caution BesuretosetONforthedynamicDNSsettinginusermodeto Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thenumberoftargetcharacters
enabledynamicchangeofIPaddress. ine-mailbodytextisincreasedby1character.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Whenreducingprintofblankpaperduetoe-mailreceivedby
0:OFF,1:ON IFAX.
Unit Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Defaultvalue 1 Caution Besuretogetapprovalfromtheuserbytellingthattherewillbe
noprintofe-mail(body)textifthenumberofcharactersisless
Requiredtime
than the specified value.
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
0:E-mail(body)textisnotignored.
Supplement/memo DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Unit 1character
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo 1JapaneseKanjicharacteriscalculatedas2bytes,andthe
controlcodes(suchaslinefeedcode,etc)areincludedinthe
numberofcharacters.
8-295
8

8
8-296
DNSTRANS SettingofDNStransferpriority WOLTRANS Settingofsleeprecoveryprotocol
Lv.1 Details Tosetpriorityorderoftheprotocol(IPv4/IPv6)tobeusedforDNS Lv.1 Details Tosettheprotocolforrecoveryfromsleepmodeaccordingtothe
query. valueofWOL(WakeOnLAN)trans.
InthecaseofusingbothIPv6andIPv4whiletheDNSserver Reception of a specific network packet is one of the requirements
supportsIPv4,ittakestimebecauseoftimeoutwhenexecuting forthedevicetorecoverfromsleepmode.
DNSquerywithpriorityonIPv6. Whenthenumberofnetworkprotocolssupportedbythedevice
GivingpriorityonquerybyIPv4canshortenthetime. increases,thetypesofnetworkpacketswhichactivaterecovery
Usecase WhenittakestimetoexecuteDNSquerywithpriorityonIPv6 fromsleepmodevary.However,thereisapossibilitythatthe
becausetheDNSserversupportsIPv4 existingnetworkprotocolisactuallyused.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Selectthetypeofnetworkpacketwhichactivatesrecoveryfrom
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. sleepmodeaccordingtotheenvironmentwherethedeviceis
Caution used.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Whenselectingprotocolforsleeprecovery
0:IPv4,1:IPv6 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Appropriatetargetvalue Caution
Requiredtime 1:WSDandSNMP,2:WSDandCPCA,3:CPCAandSNMP
Relatedservicemode Unit
Relatedusermode Appropriatetargetvalue
Supplement/memo Defaultvalue 1
PROXYRES SettingofproxyresponsetoWindows Requiredtime
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertoprovideproxyresponseorreturnthedevice Relatedservicemode
statuswhenaninquiryisreceivedviaWindowswhilethedeviceis Relatedusermode
insleepmode. Supplement/memo
Usecase WhenexecutingstatusresponseforqueryfromWindowscorrectly 802XTOUT SetofIEEE802.1Xauthenticationtimeout
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details TosettimeoutvalueforIEEE802.1Xauthentication.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Ifthedeviceexecutes802.1Xauthentication,changethewaittime
Caution forresponsefromtheauthenticationserver.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Whenresponsefromtheauthenticationserverisslow/fast
0:Noproxyresponse,1:Proxyresponse Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime Unit second
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-296
8

8
8-297
IKERETRY SettingofIKEretrytimes NCONF-SW ON/OFF of Network Configurator function
Lv.1 Details Tosetthenumberofretriesinthecaseofnoresponsefromthe Lv.1 Details To set ON/OFF of Network Configurator function.
communicationtargetatthetimeofIKEpackettransmission. Iftheuserdoesnotusethefunction,selectOFFtopreventremote
Usecase Uponuser’srequest attackthroughnetwork.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Uponuser’srequest
Appropriatetargetvalue 0:OFF,1:ON
Defaultvalue 1 Unit
Supplement/memo IKE:InternetKeyExchange Relatedservicemode
SPDALDEL InitializationofSPDvalue Relatedusermode
Lv.2 Details ToinitializealltheSPDvaluesthatisundermanagement. Supplement/memo Network Configurator function is a function to be used for
SPDvaluescanbeinitializedwithoutclearingSRAM. communicationwithNetSpotDeviceInstaller,etc.,andthe
Usecase AtthetimeofSPDvaluemismatchwhenIPSecBoardisadded networksettingcanbechangedfromtheremote.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. IKEINTVL SettingofIKEretryinterval
2)TurnOFFandthenONthemainpowersupply. Lv.1 Details Tosetretryintervalinthecaseofnoresponsefromthe
Caution communicationtargetatthetimeofIKEpackettransmission.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Uponuser’srequest
0:OFF,1:ON Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime Unit second
Supplement/memo SPD:DatabasethatmanagesSA(SecurityAssociation). Requiredtime
SPDvalueismanagedwhenIPSecBoardisused.Normally, Relatedservicemode
SRAMneedstobeclearedinthecaseofmismatchinSPDvalue. Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo IKE:InternetKeyExchange
8-297
8

8
8-298
IPSDEBLV SettingofIPSecdebuglevel AFS-JOB SetofFAXserverjobreceptionport
Lv.2 Details ForR&Duse Lv.1 Details Tosetthereceptionportofthefaxservertowhichafaxclient
Usecase sendsjobs.
Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whenchangingthejobreceptionportofthefaxserver
Display/adj/setrange 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit Caution
Defaultvalue Unit
Supplement/memo Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>AFC-JOB,AFC-EVNT
SP-LINK Modesettingat1Wsleep Relatedusermode
Lv.1 Details Switchtoexecute10base-Tstandbyasdefaulttorealizethe Supplement/memo
standbypower1Winsleepmode. AFC-JOB SetofFAXclientjobsendingport
Usecase Whenshiftingtosleepmodeafternegotiation(sameas Lv.1 Details Tosettheportofafaxclientfromwhichjobsaresenttothefax
conventionalmachines) server.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenchangingthejobsendingportofafaxclient
0:Shifttosleepmodewith10base-T Display/adj/setrange 0to65535
1:Shifttosleepmodeafternegotiation Unit
Requiredtime Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>AFS-JOB,AFC-EVNT
Supplement/memo AFC-EVNT SetofFAXclienteventreceptionport
Lv.1 Details To set the event notification reception port of a fax client.
Usecase When changing the event notification reception port of a fax client
Caution
Unit
Defaultvalue 29400
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>AFS-JOB,AFC-JOB
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-298
8

8
8-299
ILOGMODE SettingofIPaddressblockmode IPTBROAD Settoallowbroad/multicastTX
Lv.1 Details TosetallprotocolsorTCP/UDP/ICMPunicastasthetargetofIP Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertopermittransmissionofbroadcastpacketsand
block. multicastpackets.
When0isset,themachinerespondstoARP,ICMPmulticastand Transmissionofbroadcastpacketsandmulticastpacketsis
broadcastwhichhavenodirectrelation,andconsequentlythe permittedwithoutspecifyinganexceptionaddress.Itispermitted
numberoflogsisincreased. withinthedeviceevenifitisrejectedinthedefaultsettingofthe
When 1 is set, the machine filters TCP, UDP and ICMP unicast IPv4/v6 transmission filter.
only. Set“1:Disabled”whentheuserdoesnotwanttosendthem.
Usecase Uponuser’srequest Usecase Uponuser’srequest
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to3 0:Enabled,1:Disabled,2to5:Notused
0:Allprotocolssupportmode Unit
1:TCP/UDP/ICMPunicastsupportmode Appropriatetargetvalue
2,3:Notused Defaultvalue 0
Unit Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode PFWFTPRT Set of RST reply at IP filter FTP SEND
Relatedusermode Lv.1 Details When FTP SEND is executed using an IP filter by which packets
Supplement/memo from a specific remote PC are rejected, SYN is returned to the
ILOGKEEP SetofIPaddressblocklogholdtime port113ifthePCsupportsauthenticationoftheFTPport113.
Lv.1 Details TosettheretentiontimefromthelogtimeofIPblock. However, since the IP filter blocks the packets, the block logs are
WhenaccessismadeagainfromasameIPaddresswhichwas increasedandtheperformanceislowered.
blockedbefore,ifitiswithintheretentiontimeofthepreviouslog, When1isset,RSTisreturnedtotheport113withoutblocking
itslogisnotrecorded. packets.
IfaccessisfrequentlymadefromasameIPaddress,thelog Usecase WhenexecutingFTPSENDagainsttheOSwhichsupports
record of the UI might be filled with its logs. If the user considers authentication of the FTP port 113 while the IP filter is enabled
thatasinglelogforasameIPaddressisenough,setthelonger Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
retentiontime. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Uponuser’srequest Caution
Caution Unit
0:1minute(specialmode) Defaultvalue 0
1to48:1hourto48hours Requiredtime
Requiredtime T-8-49
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-299
8

8
8-300
■ SOUND ■ ENV-SET
COPIER>OPTION>SOUND COPIER>OPTION>ENV-SET
DRM-RTIM Setexeintervaldrumlineprevsequence ENVP-INT Temp,humid&FixFilmtemploggetcycle
Lv.2 Details TosetthetimeintervaltorotatethePhotosensitiveDrumat Lv.1 Details Tosetthecycletoobtainlogofthetemperatureandhumidity
standbyorsleepmode. insidethemachineandthesurfacetemperatureoftheFixingFilm.
Whenadeviceisleftforalongperiodoftime,adrumpitchline Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecycleisincreasedby1
occurs.Topreventthis,rotatethePhotosensitiveDrumatthe minute.
specified interval for 300 msec only. Obtainedlogcanbedisplayedbyselectingthefollowing:COPIER
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisextendedby5 >DISPLAY>ENVRNT
minutes. Usecase Attroubleanalysis
Ifusersdonotcareaboutthedrumpitchlineortheywantto Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
reducetherotationinterval,increasethevalue. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Extendtheintervalfortheuserswhodonotcareaboutthedrum Caution
pitchlineafterthemachineisleftorwhowanttoreducethe Display/adj/setrange 0to480
numberofstart-up. Unit 1minute
Defaultvalue 60
Caution
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>ENVRNT
0:Notexecuted
Relatedusermode
Unit 5minutes
Supplement/memo
DRY-CISU ON/OFFofcondensationpreventionmode
Defaultvalue 3
Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFofcondensationmode.
Requiredtime
WhendropletsareappearedontheScannerUnitdueto
Relatedservicemode condensationandimagefailureorE225occurs,set"1:ON".
Relatedusermode Byselecting1,theScannerUnit(paperfront)stopsthefanfor
Supplement/memo 15secondsandtheScannerUnit(paperback)lightsLEDfor30
T-8-50 secondsfromthenextstartup.
Usecase WhendropletsareappearedontheScannerUnitdueto
condensationandimagefailureorE225occurs
Caution
0:OFF(Normalmode),1:ON(Anti-condensationmode)
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
T-8-51
8-300
8

8
8-301
■ CLEANING COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING
Lv.1 Details TosetthepaperintervaltoexecutetheITBcleaning.
COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING Asthevalueisincreased,downtimeandtonerconsumption
OHP-PTH SetofITBcleantranspthresholdvalue amountarereducedwhileanimagefailuremayoccurdueto
Lv.2 Details TosetthenumberofsheetsforITBcleaningintervaltobe soiledITB.
executedwhenfeedingtransparency. Usecase
Whenalargenumberoftransparenciesisfed,surfaceactive Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
agent adheres to the ITB, and consequently the transfer efficiency 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
islowered.Topreventtheimagefailure,patchesarecreatedon Caution
theITBandsurfaceactiveagentisremovedtogetherwiththe
tonerper30sheetsatpaperintervalandper22sheetsatlast
0:Notexecuted
rotation.
Unit 100sheets
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thenumberofsheetsfor
cleaningintervalatpaperintervalandatlastrotationisincreased Appropriatetargetvalue
by1sheet. Defaultvalue 1
Whenusingthetransparencythattendstocausetheadherenceof Requiredtime
surfaceactiveagent,decreasethevaluesothattheimagefailure Relatedservicemode
canbealleviated. Relatedusermode
Whenthevalueisincreased,thedowntimeandthetoner Supplement/memo
consumptioncanbereduced;however,imagefailuremayoccur. T-8-52
Usecase Whenanimagefailureoccursduetoloweringofthetransfer
efficiency
Caution
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING>TBLT-CLN
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
ITBB-TMG SettingofITBcleaningsheetinterval
8-301
8

8
8-302
■ FEED-SW COPIER>OPTION>FEED-SW
EVLP-FS Setting of fixing speed with envelop
COPIER>OPTION>FEED-SW Lv.2 Details To set fixing speed when feeding envelop.
PRNT-ORD Settingofdeliverymode As the value is incremented by 1, the fixing speed changes by
Lv.2 Details Tosetthedeliverymode. 0.1%.
Set"0:Straightdelivery"tomakestraightdeliveryatFCOTpriority. Decreasethevaluewhenthinlinedisplacementoccursontrailing
Selecteither"0:Straightdelivery"or"1:Reversedelivery" edgeofenvelop,andincreasethevaluewhenwrinklesoccur.
(accordingtomedia)whenastackingfailureoccursduetouneven Usecase Whenthinlinedisplacementorwrinklesoccurontrailingedge
glossorcurl. whilefeedingenvelop
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Besuretochangethevaluelittleatatimebecausewhensetting
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. anextremevalue,phenomenonoppositetothinlinedisplacement
Caution orwrinklesoccur.
Display/adj/setrange 0to2 Display/adj/setrange -20to20
0:Straightdelivery,1:Reversedelivery,2:Notused Unit 0.1%
Supplement/memo T-8-53
EVLP-SPD Settingofenvelopefeedspeed
Lv.1 Details Whenfeedingtheenvelopeinnormalspeed(1/2speed),the
gluedpartonenvelopemayadheretotheFixingFilm/Pressure
Roller.
Usethesamespeed(1/1speed)andsameimageformation
processingastheplainpaperforenvelopesothatadherencecan
bereduced.
Thisitemistosetwhethertofeedtheenvelopein1/2speedor
1/1speed.
Usecase WhenthegluedpartofenvelopeadherestotheFixingFilm/
PressureRoller
Caution
0:1/2speed,1:1/1speed
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-302
8

8
8-303
■ IMG-SPD COPIER>OPTION>IMG-SPD
MXSPDSEL SPD/Q'typriorityinmixedwidth:Reader
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-SPD Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertogiveprioritytospeedorimagequalitywhen
FX-D-TMP Setsmallpprdownsequencestarttemp feedingthepaperwithdifferentwidth.
Lv.1 Details Tosetthetemperaturetostartthedownsequencecontrolforthe When“0:Speedpriority”isset,theproductivitydoesnotreduce
smallsizepaper(smallerthanA4Rinwidthdirection). whileskewmayoccuratdifferentwidthmixedprint.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetemperatureisincreasedby When“1:Imagequalitypriority”isset,idlerotationisperformed
5degCfromtheinitialsettingtemperature. atdifferentwidthmixedprintandthenumberofregistrationis
Usecase Whenimprovingthehotoffsetandtheproductivityatthepaper increasedsothattheimagequalitycanbemaintainedwhilethe
edge productivityisreduced.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenskewoccursatdifferentwidthmixedprint
Display/adj/setrange -4to4 Caution ForoutsideJapanonly
-4:-20degC,-3:-15degC,-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC, Display/adj/setrange 0to1
1:5degC,2:10degC,3:15degC,4:20degC 0:Imagequalitypriority,1:Speedpriority
Unit 5degC Unit
FIX-ROT Idlerotnendtempaftersmallpprfeed T-8-54
Lv.1 Details Whenfeedingthesmallsizepaperfollowingthelargesizepaper
ontheFixingAssembly,thetemperatureatbothedgesofFixing
Film is higher than the center. To prevent the fixing offset or paper
wrinkle, it idles until the temperature becomes the specified value
afterthesmallsizepaperisfed.
This item is to set the temperature to finish the idle rotation.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetemperatureisincreasedby
5degCfromtheinitialsettingvalue.
ThetemperatureisdetectedbytheSubThermistor1and2.
Usecase Whenimprovingthehotoffsetandtheproductivityatthepaper
edge
Caution
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC
Unit 5degC
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-303
8

8
8-304
■ IMG-SPD COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR
DFDST-L2 DADFmodedustdtctleveladj:afterjob
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol
DFDST-L1 DADFmodedustdtctleveladj:pprintvl thatisexecutedafterthejobiscompletedinDADFmode.
Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning
thatisexecutedatpaperintervalinDADFmode. instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller,
Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning thedustislessdetected.
instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger,
thedustislessdetected. thesmalldustismorelikelydetected.
Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust
thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. -Uponuser'srequest
Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
-Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. screenmayappeartoooftensinceevensmalldustthatwillnotbe
Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction appearedontheimagecanbedetected.
screenmayappeartoooftensinceevensmalldustthatwillnotbe Whenreducingthevaluetoomuch,blacklinesmayappearonthe
appearedontheimagecanbedetected. image.
Whenreducingthevaluetoomuch,blacklinesmayappearonthe Display/adj/setrange 0to255
image. 0:OFF
0:OFF Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 0
Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Blacklinescanappearontheimageifthereisdust.Withdust
Relatedusermode detectioncorrectioncontrol,theimageiscorrectedtoprevent
Supplement/memo Blacklinescanappearontheimageifthereisdust.Withdust blacklinesoncedustisdetected.
detectioncorrectioncontrol,theimageiscorrectedtoprevent
blacklinesoncedustisdetected.
8-304
8

8
8-305
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR
DF2DSTL1 DADFdustdtctlvladjatpprintvl:bck DF2DSTL2 AdjDADFdustdtctlevelatjobend:bck
Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol
thatisexecutedatpaperintervalbytheScannerUnit(paperback) thatisexecutedbytheScannerUnit(paperback)afterthejobis
inDADFmode. completedinDADFmode.
Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning
instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller,
thedustislessdetected. thedustislessdetected.
Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger,
thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. thesmalldustismorelikelydetected.
Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust
-Uponuser'srequest -Uponuser'srequest
Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction
screenmayappeartoooftensinceevensmalldustthatwillnotbe screenmayappeartoooftensinceevensmalldustthatwillnotbe
appearedontheimagecanbedetected. appearedontheimagecanbedetected.
Whenreducingthevaluetoomuch,blacklinesmayappearonthe Whenreducingthevaluetoomuch,blacklinesmayappearonthe
image. image.
Unit Unit
Supplement/memo Blacklinescanappearontheimageifthereisdust.Withdust Supplement/memo Blacklinescanappearontheimageifthereisdust.Withdustde-
detectioncorrectioncontrol,theimageiscorrectedtoprevent tectioncorrectioncontrol,theimageiscorrectedtopreventblack
blacklinesoncedustisdetected. linesoncedustisdetected.
T-8-55
8-305
8

8
8-306
■ IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON TMC-SLCT Setting of error diffusion coefficient
Lv.2 Details To set coefficient to be used for error diffusion process.
PASCAL Use/nouseofautogradationadjdata
Specifyaccordingtothelevelofgranularityanddotstability.
Lv.1 Details Tosettouse/nottousethegradationadjustmentdatagamma
Usecase
LUTthatisgeneratedbyautogradationadjustment(Full/Quick
Adjust)control. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
SelectionisavailableastowhethertousegammaLUTatthetime 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
ofimageformation. Caution
Usecase WhenPASCAL-relatedfailureoccurs/whenidentifyingthecause Display/adj/setrange 0:Smallgranularity/lowdotstability
ofPASCAL-relatedfailure 1:Smallgranularity/lowdotstability(colormode),Large
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. granularity/highdotstability(B&Wmode)
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2:Largegranularity/highdotstability
Caution Unit
0:InitialLUTisused.(Automaticgradationadjustmentisnot Defaultvalue 2
used.) Requiredtime
1:Autogradationadjustmentisused. Relatedservicemode
2to3:Notused Relatedusermode
Unit Supplement/memo
Appropriatetargetvalue PRN-FLG Select of image area flag (PDL image)
Defaultvalue 1 Lv.2 Details To set the image area flag for the image processing which
Requiredtime isperformedwhenaPDLimagefailstobecompressedata
Relatedservicemode specified compression rate.
Relatedusermode If an image fails to be compressed at a specified compression
Supplement/memo rate,thefollowingoperationsareperformedasdefault:
-Processingtoprioritizereproductionoftext
SCR-SLCT HalftoneprocessinPhotoPrintoutmode
-ReplacingBkcolortoblackplaincolor
Lv.2 Details Tosethalftoneprocess(errordiffusion,screen2types)inPhoto
Set 1 when moire occurs or jaggy is significant.
Printoutmodewhenmakingacopy.
Set2whennotpreferringtoreplaceBkcolorwithblackplain
Changethesettingifthecopyimagehasaproblemwiththeinitial
color.
setting(Lowscreenruling).
Usecase - When moire occurs or jaggy is significant in case of printing an
Select0(errordiffusion)inthecaseofmoire(suitablefor
imagecontainingmanyhalftonedotsorphotos
characterreproduction).
-WhenavoidingtoreplaceBkcolorwithblackplaincolor
Select2(Highscreenruling)inthecaseofroughdots.
Usecase Whenmoireimageorroughdotsoccursoncopyimage
Caution Thissettingtradesoffwithreproducibilityoftext.
Caution
0:Highscreenruling,graycompensationLUT
1:Errordiffusion,graycompensationLUT
0:Errordiffusion,1:Lowscreenruling,2:Highscreenruling
2:Highscreenruling,normalLUT
Unit
Unit
Defaultvalue 1
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Copy>PhotoPrintoutMode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Supplement/memo
8-306
8

8
8-307
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON
SCN-FLG Select of image area flag (copy image) TMIC-BK ON/OFFofTMICBk_LUTendedgecorrect
Lv.2 Details To set the image area flag for the image processing which is Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthetrailingedgeadjustmentofBk_LUTforPDL
performedwhenascannedimagefailstobecompressedata andforcopywhichareusedbyTMIC.
specified compression rate. WhenthetrailingedgeadjustmentissettoON,thedensityofthe
If an image fails to be compressed at a specified compression highdensityareabecomeshigh,andconsequentlytextandthin
rate,processingtoprioritizereproductionoftextisperformedby linesbecomeclear.Whileanimagebecomesclear,thehueofthe
default. gradationareaofphotos,etc.ischanged.
Set1whenanimagecontainsmanyhalftonephotos. Usecase Whenthinlinesarepartlymissingorcharactersarefaded
Set2whenanimagecontainsmanyprintedphotos. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Whencopyinganimagewhichcontainsmanyhalftonedotsand 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
photos Caution
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:ONforPDL,OFFforcopy
Caution Thissettingtradesoffwithreproducibilityoftext. 1:OFFforPDL,OFFforcopy
Display/adj/setrange 0to2 2:ONforPDL,ONforcopy
0:Text 3:OFFforPDL,ONforcopy
1:Halftonephotoimage Unit
2:Printedphoto Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 2
Relatedusermode DH-MODE SetptchdataatDhalfexceptfullcrrct
Supplement/memo Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertousethehigh-densitypatchdatathathasbeen
scannedbyD-halfcontroloffullcorrectionatthetimeofD-half
controlotherthanfullcorrection.
Usecase
Caution
0:Used,1:Notused
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-307
8

8
8-308
DH-TMG SetofautoD-halfcontrolexeinterval REPORT-Z Setofreportprintimageprocessing
Lv.2 Details TosetthepaperintervaltoexecuteautoD-halfcontrol. Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprintinga
D-halfcontrolisexecutedatthetimeoflastrotationafter report.
completion of job with specified number of sheets. Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement
Thisitemisenabledwhen"1:ON"issetinCOPIER>OPTION> Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
FNC-SW>DH-SW. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
Caution colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore
Display/adj/setrange 500to2000 vividthan2.)
Unit 1sheet 1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
Appropriatetargetvalue colors.Screenprocessedimage.)
Defaultvalue 1000 2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith
Requiredtime blackplaincolor.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoarea
mightbedifferentfrom0.)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>DH-SW
3:Equivalenttoscannedphotomode(Blacktextisreproduced
Relatedusermode
withblackplaincolor.Screenprocessedimage.)
Supplement/memo
Unit
MIX-FLG Setimagecompositionimageprocessing
Lv.2 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenanimage
Defaultvalue 0
fails to be compressed at a specified compression rate by the
Requiredtime
MainControlleruponimagecomposition.
Relatedservicemode
Usecase Whenanimageprocessingfailureoccurs
Relatedusermode
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Supplement/memo
Caution
0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore
vividthan2.)
1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
colors.Screenprocessedimage.)
2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith
blackplaincolor.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoarea
mightbedifferentfrom0.)
3:Equivalenttoscannedphotomode(Blacktextisreproduced
withblackplaincolor.Screenprocessedimage.)
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-308
8

8
8-309
IFXEML-Z SetclriFAX,mailrecvprintimgprocess BMLNKS-Z SetBMLinkSreceptionprintimgprocess
Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprinting Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprinting
coloriFAXorreceivedmail. receivedBMLinkS.
Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement
Caution Caution
0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore
vividthan2.) vividthan2.)
1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4
colors.Screenprocessedimage.) colors.Screenprocessedimage.)
2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith 2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith
blackplaincolor.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoarea blackplaincolor.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoarea
mightbedifferentfrom0.) mightbedifferentfrom0.)
3:Equivalenttoscannedphotomode(Blacktextisreproduced 3:Equivalenttoscannedphotomode(Blacktextisreproduced
withblackplaincolor.Screenprocessedimage.) withblackplaincolor.Screenprocessedimage.)
Unit Unit
Supplement/memo Supplement/memo BMLinkS(BusinessMachineLinkageService):Anintegrated
networkOAdeviceinterface
8-309
8

8
8-310
REDU-CNT Settonerdepositamountlimtatclradj VP-ART Settingoflineartprocessing
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertolimitthetonerdepositamountatcolor Lv.2 Details Tomakeasettingforoutlineprocessingforlineartonscalable
adjustment (color balance, fine adjustment of density). PDF.
When 1 is set, the color adjustment value is reflected to an image Intheoutlineprocessing,abinaryimageoutlineisextractedinthe
precisely,buttonerscatteringintheTransferAssemblyandFixing field which is recognized as line art, and is converted into vector
Assemblymightoccur,andpapermightwindaroundtheFixing data.
Assembly. Specifywhethertoconvertthebinaryimageoutlineintovector
WhenCOPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>IMGC-ADJissetto1, dataortorecognizeitasoneline(asathinline).Forthethinline,
thissettingcanbealsomadeintheusermode. the line width can be specified.
Usecase -Uponuser'srequest Changethisvaluewhenyouwanttoobtainanoutputofawide-
- When reflecting the color adjustment value to an image precisely widthlineasonelineratherthanasanoutline(whenyouwantto
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. prioritizeeditoperationasalineratherthanimagequality).
Caution When1isset,tonerscatteringintheTransferAssemblyand Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
FixingAssemblymightoccur,andpapermightwindaroundthe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
FixingAssembly. Caution
0: Toner deposit amount is limited to the specified amount. Unit
1:Tonerdepositamountisnotlimited. Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue 1
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>IMGC-ADJ Supplement/memo
Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density
AdjustmentMode
Supplement/memo
8-310
8

8
8-311
VP-TXT Settingofcharactervectorization P-ALPHA AdjustmentofPatchSensoralphavalue
Lv.2 Details Tomakeasettingofvectorconversionprocessingfortexton Lv.1 Details To adjust the correction coefficient alpha value of the Patch
scalablePDF. Sensor.
Inthevectorconversionprocessing,abinaryimageoutlineis
extracted in the field which is recognized as text, and is converted Thevaluemultipliedby1000isdisplayedonthescreen.
intovectordata. WhenreplacingthePatchSensor,enterthevalueofservice
Inregularvectorconversion,functionapproximationisnotused label.
forsmalltextbecausetheimagequalityisnotchanged. Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity
Whenthevalueischanged,functionapproximationprocessingis
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue.
executedforsmalltext,whichrealizessmoothtextalthoughthe
imagequalityischanged. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Changethisvaluewhenyouwanttoprioritizesmoothnessin Caution
smalltext. Display/adj/setrange 512to2047
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Unit
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue 1200
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Defaultvalue
Caution Requiredtime
Display/adj/setrange 0to99 Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>PT-LPADJ
Unit Relatedusermode
Appropriatetargetvalue Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 1 AST-SEL Adjofadvancedsmoothingeffect
Requiredtime Lv.2 Details Toadjustthesmoothingeffectwhichissetintheadvanced
Relatedservicemode smoothingUI.
Relatedusermode Set3ifnosmoothingeffectisobtainedeventhoughStrongisset
Supplement/memo intheadvancedsmoothingUI.
PASCL-TY Papersettingforautogradationadj Set0iftoomucheffectisobtainedeventhoughWeakissetinthe
Lv.2 Details Autogradationadjustmentisnormallyexecutedwiththe advancedsmoothingUI.
recommended paper specified for each location. However, if you Usecase Whenimagefailures(jaggy,moire)occur
wanttochangethepapertype,usethissettingtochangethe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
papertype. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Whenexecutingtheautogradationadjustmentusingapaper Caution
otherthantherecommendedpapertype Display/adj/setrange 0to3
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Appropriatetargetvalue
Caution Donotchangethesettinginthenormaloperation. Defaultvalue 2
1:CS-814(ExceptforUSAandEU.MainlyforJapan) Relatedservicemode
2:Hammermill(ForUSA) Relatedusermode
3:Mondi(ForEU)
Supplement/memo AST:AdvancedSmoothingTechnology
Unit
Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation.
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-311
8

8
8-312
REGM-SEL Adj of fine-line density correction ERS-SEL1 Set1200dpiERSprocess:PSExpnsnKit
Lv.2 Details Toadjustthelineandtextdensitywhichissetinthethinline Lv.1 Details TochangetheERSprocessingwhenthehueofpatterned
densityadjustmentUI. graphicsischangedaccordingtophaseinthecaseofmaking
Set4ifdensityistooloweventhough+2issetinthethinline 1200-dpioutputwiththePSExpansionKitinstalled.
densityadjustmentUI. Theprocessingischangedonlyforgraphicsandimages,and
Set0ifdensityistoohigheventhough-2issetinthethinline ERSweightingprocessingisperformedtocharactersevenifthe
densityadjustmentUI. settingischanged.
Usecase Whenlineandtextadjustedbythinlinedensityadjustmentistoo Set1whentheaforementionedsymptomoccurs.
darkortoolightinthecaseof1200dpiprint Set3iftheproportionofsmallcharactersisdistortedafter1isset.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Set5ifthecolorofgraphicsisnotstabilizedafter1or3isset.In
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. thissetting,however,athinlineofasinglelinedisappears.
Caution Usecase Whenthehueischangedaccordingtophasewhenmaking
Display/adj/setrange 0to4 1200-dpioutput
Defaultvalue 2 Caution
Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange 0to7
Thefollowingprocessingareperformedtographicsandimages
Relatedservicemode
respectively:
Relatedusermode
0:Maxskipping,simpleskipping
Supplement/memo REGM-SEL:REosGaMmaSELect
1:ERS(average),simpleskipping
SCR-SW Setoflowscreenrulingdither 2:ERS(average),ERS(average)
Lv.1 Details Tosettheditheringmethodforlowscreenruling. 3:ERS(weighting),simpleskipping
When changing the value, confirm the change by setting "1: Low 4:ERS(weighting),ERS(weighting)
screenruling"inCOPIER>TEST>PG>TXPH. 5:Simpleskipping,simpleskipping
Usecase Uponuser'srequest(Dotditheringisused) 6,7:Notused
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit
2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation(FullAdjust). Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Caution Defaultvalue 0
0:Linedithering,1:Dotdithering Relatedservicemode
Appropriatetargetvalue Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>TEST>PG>TXPH
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-312
8

8
8-313
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON ■ IMG-LSR
ERS-SEL2 Set1200dpiERSprocess:printserver
Lv.1 Details TochangetheERSprocessingwhenthehueofpatterned
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-LSR
graphicsischangedaccordingtophaseinthecaseofmaking ARC-INT1 SetofARCDATinterruptioninterval
1200-dpioutputthroughconnectiontotheprintserver. Lv.2 Details TosetthenumberofsheetsastheintervalsatwhichARCDAT
Set1whentheaforementionedsymptomoccurs. controlisexecuted.
Set3iftheproportionofsmallcharactersisdistortedafter1isset. When the number of sheets reaches the specified value, ARCDAT
Set5ifthecolorofgraphicsisnotstabilizedafter1or3isset.In controlisexecutedbyinterruptinganongoingjob.
thissetting,however,athinlineofasinglelinedisappears. Ifthevalueistoolarge,thedensityofimagebecomesdifferent
Usecase Whenthehueischangedaccordingtophasewhenmaking beforeandaftertheinterruption.
1200-dpioutput Ifthevalueistoosmall,theproductivityislowered.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Actualsettingvalueiscalculatedbydividingtheentryvalueby0.9
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. androundingupafterthedecimalpoints.(e.g.:Ifanentryvalueis
100,settingvaluewillbe112.)
Caution
Usecase
Thefollowingprocessingareperformedtocharacters,graphics, Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
andimagesrespectively: Caution
0:ERS(weighting),Maxskipping,simpleskipping Display/adj/setrange 5to1000
1:ERS(average),ERS(average),simpleskipping Unit 1sheet
2:ERS(average),ERS(average),ERS(average) Appropriatetargetvalue 100
3:ERS(weighting),ERS(weighting),simpleskipping Defaultvalue 0
4:ERS(weighting),ERS(weighting),ERS(weighting) Requiredtime
5:ERS(weighting),simpleskipping,simpleskipping Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-LSR>ARC-INT2
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 0 ARC-INT2 SetARCDATexeinterval:lastrotation
Requiredtime Lv.2 Details TosetthenumberofsheetswhichARCDATcontrolisnot
Relatedservicemode executed,fromthestartofajob.
Relatedusermode ARCDATcontrolwhichissupposedtobeexecutedduringthe
Supplement/memo specified number of sheets is executed at last rotation of the
previousjob.Sincethenumberofinterruptionsduringajobis
reduced,theproductivityisenhanced.
However,thenumberoftimesofARCDATcontrolexecutedatlast
rotationmightbeincreaseddependingontheprintconditions.
Actualsettingvalueiscalculatedbydividingtheentryvalueby0.9
androundingupafterthedecimalpoints.(e.g.:Ifanentryvalueis
25,settingvaluewillbe28.)
Usecase
Caution
Unit 1sheet
Appropriatetargetvalue 25
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-LSR>ARC-INT1
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
T-8-56
8-313
8

8
8-314
■ IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV
DVTGT-K SetATRSensr(Bk)gainvalueoffset
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe
DEVL-VTH SettonerejectnimagedutythresholdVL gainvalueofATRSensor(Bk).
Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueoftheimageduty,whichisthe Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew
conditiontoperformthelowdutytonerejectionsequence. pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur.
Asthevalueislarger,coarsenessisdecreased,but Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso
productivityisloweredandtonerconsumptionisincreased. changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe
Asthevalueissmaller,productivityandtonerconsumption forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio.
areimproved,butcoarsenessisworsened. Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced.
Usecase Whenprintinglowduty(lowimageratio)images, Usecase
-graininess(coarseness)occurs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
-lowproductivityorhightonerconsumptionispointedoutby 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
theuser Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. sequence.
Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Unit
Display/adj/setrange -1to2 Appropriatetargetvalue
-1:-1%,0:0%,1:+1%,2:+2%
Defaultvalue 0
Unit
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode
Requiredtime
Supplement/memo
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV>DEVL-PTH
DVTGT-Y SetATRSensr(Y)gainvalueoffset
Relatedusermode
Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe
Supplement/memo gainvalueofATRSensor(Y).
INTPPR-1 SetWirecleanintervalinpprinterval Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew
Lv.2 Details TosetthepaperintervalforautomaticcleaningofthePrimary pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur.
ChargingWireandPre-transferChargingWire. Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso
Usecase changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe
Adj/set/operatemethod forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio.
Caution Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced.
Display/adj/setrange 50to1000 Usecase
Unit 1sheet Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Defaultvalue 200 Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection
Requiredtime sequence.
Relatedservicemode Display/adj/setrange -3to3
Relatedusermode Unit
Supplement/memo Appropriatetargetvalue
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-314
8

8
8-315
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV
DVTGT-M SetATRSensr(M)gainvalueoffset DEVL-PTH SetsheetthresholdVLoftonerejection
Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe Lv.1 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueforthenumberofsheets,whichis
gainvalueofATRSensor(M). theconditiontoperformthelowdutytonerejectionsequence.
Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew Asthevalueislarger,coarsenessisdecreased,but
pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur. productivityisloweredandtonerconsumptionisincreased.
Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso Asthevalueissmaller,productivityandtonerconsumption
changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe areenhanced,butcoarsenessisworsened.
forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio. Usecase Whileprintinglowduty(lowimageratio)images,
Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced. -graininess(coarseness)occurs
Usecase -lowproductivityorhightonerconsumptionispointedoutby
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. theuser
Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
sequence. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Unit 0:52sheets,1:100sheets,2:200sheets
Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV>DEVL-VTH
DVTGT-C SetATRSensr(C)gainvalueoffset Supplement/memo
Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe AUTO-DH ON/OFFofDrumcleanatwarm-uprotation
gainvalueofATRSensor(C). Lv.1 Details TosetOFF/ONofthePhotosensitiveDrumcleaningatwarm-
Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew uprotations.
pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur. Whensetting"1:ON",setthecleaningtimeinincrementsof
Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso 1secondwithD-CLN-TM.
changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe Usecase WhenimagesmearoccursinaHHenvironment
forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Caution
Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection Unit
sequence. Appropriatetargetvalue
Display/adj/setrange -3to3 Defaultvalue 0
Unit Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-315
8

8
8-316
PCHINT-1 ATRpatchpprintervaladj(1stlimit) DELV-THY SetofYtonerejectionexeimageratio
Lv.2 Details Toadjustthepaperintervalwhichpatchdetectionis Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute
performedbyATRcontrol.(1stlimit) Ytonerejection.
If the hue variation is significant, decrease the value. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby
Toreducethedowntime,increasethevalue. 1%.
Usecase Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. printingoflowdutyimage.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof
Caution wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput.
Display/adj/setrange 0to5 Usecase
0:0%,1:1%,2:2%,3:3%,4:4%,5:5%
Relatedservicemode
Unit
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
Defaultvalue 2
PCHINT-V AdjATRpatchVDcountertotalVLintvl
Requiredtime
Lv.2 Details Toadjusttheintervalofthetotalvideocountervaluewhich
patchdetectionisperformedbyATRcontrol. Relatedservicemode
If the hue variation is significant, decrease the value. Relatedusermode
Toreducethedowntime,increasethevalue. Supplement/memo
Usecase DELV-THC SetofCtonerejectionexeimageratio
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Ctonerejection.
Caution Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby
Display/adj/setrange 0to5 1%.
Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume
Unit
printingoflowdutyimage.
Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof
Defaultvalue 2
wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput.
Requiredtime
Usecase
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Supplement/memo Caution
0:0%,1:1%,2:2%,3:3%,4:4%,5:5%
Unit
Defaultvalue 2
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-316
8

8
8-317
DELV-THM SetofMtonerejectionexeimageratio ADJ-VPP AdjofdevelopingACbiasVpp
Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute Lv.2 Details ToadjustVppofthedevelopingACbias.
Mtonerejection. Ringmarksarealleviatedwhenthevalueisdecreasedinthe
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby -direction,andwhitespotsarealleviatedwhenthevalueis
1%. increasedinthe+direction.
Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume Usecase Whenimagefailures(ringmarks,whitespots)occur
printingoflowdutyimage. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)
Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof andpressOKkey.
wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase 3)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Whenthevalueisdecreasedtoomuchinthe-direction,
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. densitymightbelowered.
Caution Display/adj/setrange -2to0
0:0%,1:1%,2:2%,3:3%,4:4%,5:5% Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit Defaultvalue -1
Relatedusermode PAP-W-EN Solidimageunevendensreductionmode
Supplement/memo Lv.1 Details [Notused]IfdevelopertosupplytotheDevelopingCylinder
DELV-THK SetofBktonerejectionexeimageratio isnoteven,unevendensityoccursonthesolidimage.To
Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute makedevelopereven,enlargetheimageintervaltosecure
Bktonerejection. therotationtimeoftheTonerFeedScrew.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby Asthevalueisincreased,theimageinterval(paperinterval)
1%. iswiden.
Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume Ifunevendensityisseen,suchasdarkerleftedgeonthe
printingoflowdutyimage. solidimage,increasethevalue.
Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof Usecase Whenunevendensityoccursonsolidimage
wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution Unit
0:0%,1:1%,2:2%,3:3%,4:4%,5:5% Defaultvalue 0
Unit Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-317
8

8
8-318
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV ■ IMG-TR
PTN-LVL Grass-likelinelevelsetting
Lv.1 Details Tochangethepotentialasacountermeasureagainstgrass-
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-TR
likeline. 2TR-RVON ON/OFFendedgewhitespotcrrctscrn
Asthevalueisincreased,thegrass-likelineisalleviated; Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplaythescreentosetON/OFFofthepaper
however,tonerconsumptionincreases. trailingedgeweakbiasinusermode.
Increasethevaluewhengrass-likelineoccursatHToutput When1isset,trailingedgewhitespotcorrectionscreenis
ontheimageleadedge. displayedinusermode.IfONissetinthisscreen,weakbiasis
DecreasethevalueifusersdonotoutputHTontheimage appliedtothepapertrailingedge,andwhitespotsatthetrailing
leadingedgeortheydonotcareaboutgrass-likelineand edgearealleviated.
also,theywanttoreducethetonerconsumption. Usecase Uponuser'srequest(whenwhitespotsoccuratthetrailingedge)
Usecase Whengrass-likelineoccursatimageleadingedgeHT Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange -1to1 0:OFF,1:ON
Unit Unit
Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>IMGC-ADJ
Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Adjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>TailEndWhite
Supplement/memo PatchCorrect
T-8-57 Supplement/memo
T-8-58
8-318
8

8
8-319
■ IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX
DRM-RTIM Setexeintervaldrumlineprevsequence
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX Lv.2 Details TosetthetimeintervaltorotatethePhotosensitiveDrumat
DELV-FAN ON/OFFofcondensationpreventionmode standbyorsleepmode.
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofcondensationcontrolmode. Whenadeviceisleftforalongperiodoftime,adrumpitchline
When"1:ON"isset,internalandexternaltemperaturesare occurs.Topreventthis,rotatethePhotosensitiveDrumatthe
compared,andifneeded,turnONtheProcessCartridgeFan specified interval for 300 msec only.
(Front)(FM10). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisextendedby5
Usecase Whencondensationoccurs minutes.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Ifusersdonotcareaboutthedrumpitchlineortheywantto
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. reducetherotationinterval,increasethevalue.
Caution Usecase Extendtheintervalfortheuserswhodonotcareaboutthedrum
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 pitchlineafterthemachineisleftorwhowanttoreducethe
0:OFF,1:ON numberofstart-up.
Relatedservicemode 0:Notexecuted
Relatedusermode Unit 5minutes
Supplement/memo Appropriatetargetvalue
FX-S-TMP SettingofITOPcontroltemp:plainppr Defaultvalue 3
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforplainpaper(64 Requiredtime
to81g/m2)in1/1speed. Relatedservicemode
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Relatedusermode
increasedby5degC. Supplement/memo
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe TMP-TBL2 Setting of fixing control temp: heavy 1
leadingedgeonplainpaper Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for heavy paper 1
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. (106to163g/m2).
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
Caution increasedby5degC.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs.
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC Decrease the value when the fixing offset occurs.
Unit 5degC Usecase When the offset or fixing failure occurs on heavy paper 1
Appropriatetargetvalue Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Defaultvalue 0 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Requiredtime Caution
Relatedservicemode Display/adj/setrange -2to2
Relatedusermode -2:-10degC,-1:-10degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10deg
Supplement/memo C
Unit 5degC
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-319
8

8
8-320
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX
TMP-TBL3 Setting of fixing control temp: heavy 2 TMP-TBL5 Setting of fixing control temp: thin ppr
Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for heavy paper 2 Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for thin paper (52 to
(164to209g/m2). 63g/m2).
Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
increasedby5degC. increasedby5degC.
Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs. Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs.
Decrease the value when the fixing offset occurs. Decrease the value when the fixing offset occurs.
Usecase When the offset or fixing failure occurs on heavy paper 2 Usecase When the offset or fixing failure occurs on thin paper
Caution Caution
-2:-10degC,-1:-10degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10deg -2:-10degC,-1:-10degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10deg
C C
Unit 5degC Unit 5degC
TMP-TBL4 Setting of fixing control temp: heavy 3 TMP-TBL6 Setting of fixing control temp: envelope
Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for heavy paper 3 Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for envelope.
(210to256g/m2). Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis increasedby5degC.
increasedby5degC. Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs.
Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs. Decrease the value when the fixing offset occurs.
Decrease the value when the fixing offset occurs. Usecase When the offset or fixing failure occurs on envelope
Usecase When the offset or fixing failure occurs on heavy paper 3 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 -2:-10degC,-1:-10degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10deg
-2:-10degC,-1:-10degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10deg C
C Unit 5degC
Unit 5degC Appropriatetargetvalue
Supplement/memo
8-320
8

8
8-321
FXS-TMP2 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:heavy1 FXS-TMP4 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:heavy3
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforheavypaper Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforheavypaper3
1(106to163g/m2). (210to256g/m2).
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
increasedby5degC. increasedby5degC.
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe
leadingedgeonheavypaper1 leadingedgeonheavypaper3
Caution Caution
-2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC -2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC
Unit 5degC Unit 5degC
FXS-TMP3 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:heavy2 FXS-TMP5 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:thinppr
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforheavypaper2 Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforthinpaper.
(164to209g/m2). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis increasedby5degC.
increasedby5degC. Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe leadingedgeonthinpaper
leadingedgeonheavypaper2 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 -2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC
-2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC Unit 5degC
Unit 5degC Appropriatetargetvalue
Supplement/memo
8-321
8

8
8-322
FXS-TMP6 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:envelope FXST2-UH SetheavypprITOPstandbytime:LLev
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforenvelope. Lv.1 Details Tosetthetimeforinitialrotationwhenfeedingtheheavypaper
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis 1/2/3in18degCorlowertemperature.
increasedby5degC. Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs.
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Usecase When a fixing failure occurs in LL environment
leadingedgeonenvelope Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Unit 1second
-2:-10degC,H1436-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10 Appropriatetargetvalue
degC Defaultvalue 0
Unit 5degC Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode FN-ENTMP SetofFixingCoolingFanON/OFFtemp
Relatedusermode Lv.1 Details TosettheON/OFFtemperatureofFixingCoolingFan(Front/
Supplement/memo Rear).
FXST2-N2 SetplainpaperITOPstandbytime:LLev Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetemperatureisincreasedby
Lv.1 Details Tosetthetimeforinitialrotationwhenfeedingtheplainpaper 5degC.
1/plainpaper2in18degCorlowertemperature. Usecase When fixing offset/fixing failure occurs at the edge of small size
Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs. paper
Usecase When a fixing failure occurs in LL environment Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to20 -4:-20degC,-3:-15degC,-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,
Unit 1second 1:5degC,2:10degC,3:15degC,4:20degC
Appropriatetargetvalue Unit 5degC
Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode
Supplement/memo
8-322
8

8
8-323
FLYING ON/OFF of flying start temperature ctrl TMP-TBL8 Fixingcontroltemperatureset:transp
Lv.2 Details To set ON/OFF of flying start temperature control. Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for transparency.
When "1" is set, the flying start temperature control is not Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
executed.Thisismorelife-consciousforFixingAssembly increasedby5degC.
comparedto"0". Increase the value when fixing failure occurs.
Usecase WhenpreferringtoextendthelifeofFixingAssembly.However, Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs.
settingof"1"doesnotmeanthatthelifeofFixingAssemblyis Usecase When offset/fixing failure occurs on transparency
alwaysextended. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution When"1"isset,FPOTisreduced. Display/adj/setrange -2to2
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 -2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC
0:ON,1:OFF Unit 5degC
Supplement/memo DMX-OF-Y AdjustmentofYcolorD-maxsetting
TMP-TBL7 Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:pln2 Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid
Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for plain paper 2 (82 areaonyellowcolorimageisnotappropriateevenperforming
to105g/m2). autogradationadjustment.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe
increasedby5degC. valuewhenthedensityishigh.
Increase the value when fixing failure occurs. Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven
Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs. performingautogradationadjustment
Usecase When offset/fixing failure occurs on plain paper 2 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 3)Executeautogradationadjustment.
Caution Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment)
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 afterthesettingisdone..
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC Display/adj/setrange -3to3
Unit 5degC Unit
8-323
8

8
8-324
DMX-OF-M AdjustmentofMcolorD-maxsetting DMX-OF-K AdjustmentofBkcolorD-maxsetting
Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid
areaonmagentacolorimageisnotappropriateevenperforming areaonblackcolorimageisnotappropriateevenperforming
autogradationadjustment. autogradationadjustment.
valuewhenthedensityishigh. valuewhenthedensityishigh.
Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven
performingautogradationadjustment performingautogradationadjustment
3)Executeautogradationadjustment. 3)Executeautogradationadjustment.
Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment) Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment)
afterthesettingisdone.. afterthesettingisdone..
Unit Unit
DMX-OF-C AdjustmentofCcolorD-maxsetting TMP-TBL9 Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:coat1
Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for coated paper 1
areaoncyancolorimageisnotappropriateevenperformingauto (106to163g/m2).
gradationadjustment. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe increasedby5degC.
valuewhenthedensityishigh. Increase the value when fixing failure occurs.
Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs.
performingautogradationadjustment Usecase When offset/fixing failure occurs on coated paper 1
3)Executeautogradationadjustment. Caution
Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment) Display/adj/setrange -2to2
afterthesettingisdone.. -2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC
Display/adj/setrange -3to3 Unit 5degC
Supplement/memo
8-324
8

8
8-325
TMP-TB10 Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:coat2 FXS-TMP8 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:transp
Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for coated paper2 Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperaturefortransparency.
(164to209g/m2). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis increasedby5degC.
increasedby5degC. Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe
Increase the value when fixing failure occurs. leadingedgeontransparency
Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase When offset/fixing failure occurs on coated paper 2 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution -2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit 5degC Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode FXS-TM10 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:coat2
Supplement/memo Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforcoatedpaper2
FXS-TMP7 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:plainppr2 (164to209g/m2).
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforplainpaper2(82 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
to105g/m2). increasedby5degC.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe
increasedby5degC. leadingedgeoncoatedpaper2
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
leadingedgeonplainpaper2 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution -2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC Appropriatetargetvalue
Unit 5degC Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-325
8

8
8-326
COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX ■ CUSTOM
FXS-TMP9 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:coat1
Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforcoatedpaper1
COPIER>OPTION>CUSTOM
(106to163g/m2). TEMP-TBL Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:pln1
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Lv.1 Details To set the fixing control temperature for plain paper 1 (64 to 81
increasedby5degC. g/m2).
Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis
leadingedgeoncoatedpaper1 increasedby5degC.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Increase the value when fixing failure occurs.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs.
Caution Usecase When offset/fixing failure occurs on plain paper 1.
Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:5degC,2:10degC 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit 5degC Caution
Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange -2to2
-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC
Defaultvalue 0
Unit 5degC
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode
Requiredtime
Supplement/memo
Relatedservicemode
THIN-LP Set of fixing arch ctrl with thin paper
Relatedusermode
Lv.2 Details Tosetthearchcontrolmethodbetweenthesecondarytransfer
and fixing when feeding thin paper (52g/m2). Supplement/memo
Normally,thearchcontrolisexecutedatthepointwherearchon SC-L-CNT Setlargepaperjdgmtreferenceatscan
thetrailingedgeofpaperissmall. Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentreferenceofthescancounterastowhichto
When1issetinthecasethatanimagefailure(crepemark) useB4orLTRtodeterminelargesize.
occurswiththinpaper,thecontrolisalwaysexecutedatthepoint Thethresholdisdeterminedbythecombinationwiththesettingof
wherethearchonapaperislargewhilefeedingthinpaper. B4-L-CNT.
Usecase Whenanimagefailure(crepemark)occurswiththinpaper SC-L-CNT=0,B4-L-CNT=0:paperexceedingB4isdeterminedas
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. largesize,paperwithB4orsmallerisdeterminedassmallsize.
SC-L-CNT=0,B4-L-CNT=1:paperwithB4orlargerisdetermined
Caution
aslargesize,papersmallerthanB4isdeterminedassmallsize.
Usecase Asneeded
0:Archcontrolatthepointwherearchissmall,1:Archcontrolto
makethearchlargewiththinpaper Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit
Caution
Defaultvalue 0
0:B4size,1:LTRsize
Requiredtime
Unit
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo
Requiredtime
T-8-59
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>B4-L-CNT
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
8-326
8

8
8-327
COPIER>OPTION>CUSTOM
SCANTYPE SwitchofDADF+Reader
Lv.1 Details ToswitchtoadifferenttypeDADF+ReaderUnit.
Usecase Atinstallation
Caution
0:ReverseDuplexADF+Reader,1:1-PathDuplexADF+Reader
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo
ABK-TOOL Allowaccessfromaddressbookmntctool
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertoacceptimportfromtheaddressbook
maintenancetool.
Usecase Whenexecutingimportfromtheaddressbookmaintenancetool
Caution
Unit
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime
Relatedservicemode
Relatedusermode
Supplement/memo Addressbookmaintenancetool:ToolprovidedfromCMJ.
T-8-60
8-327
8

8
8-328
■ USER COPIER>OPTION>USER
SIZE-DET ON/OFFoforiginalsizedetectfunction
COPIER>OPTION>USER Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoforiginalsizedetectionfunction.
COPY-LIM Settingofupperlimitforcopy Usecase Uponuser'srequest(glareofthescanlamp,etc)
Lv.1 Details Tosettheupperlimitvalueforcopy. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution - 0:OFF,1:ON
Supplement/memo - COUNTER1 Displayofsoftwarecounter1
SLEEP Settingofautosleepfunction Lv.1 Details Todisplaycountertypeforsoftwarecounter1ontheCounter
Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFofautosleepfunction. Checkscreen.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest
Caution - Caution Displayonly.Nochangeisavailable.
0:OFF,1:ON 0:Notregistered
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue 1 Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation.
Supplement/memo Transfertimetosleepmodeissetintheusermode Supplement/memo -
(Preferences>Timer/EnergySettings>AutoSleepTime).
8-328
8

8
8-329
COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER
COUNTER2 Settingofsoftwarecounter2 COUNTER4 Settingofsoftwarecounter4
Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter2ontheCounterCheck Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter4ontheCounterCheck
screen. screen.
Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest
Caution - Caution -
0:Notregistered 0:Notregistered
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation. Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation.
COUNTER3 Settingofsoftwarecounter3 COUNTER5 Settingofsoftwarecounter5
Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter3ontheCounterCheck Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter5ontheCounterCheck
screen. screen.
Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest
Caution - Caution -
0:Notregistered 0:Notregistered
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation. Defaultvalue 0
8-329
8

8
8-330
COUNTER6 Settingofsoftwarecounter6 MB-CCV ControlcardusagelimitforMailBox
Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter6ontheCounterCheck Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofcontrolcardforMailBox.
screen. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to999 0:Unlimited,1:Limited
0:Notregistered Unit -
Supplement/memo - CONTROL ChargesettingofPDLjob
DATE-DSP Settingofdata/timedisplayformat Lv.1 Details TosetchargecounttransmissionofPDLjobtotheconnecting
Lv.2 Details Tosetdate/timedisplayformataccordingtothecountryor chargingmanagementdevice(coinmanagerornon-Canon-
region. madecontrolcard).
Afterthedisplayformatissetwiththismode,theorderofdateis Usecase Uponuser'srequest
reflected to the followings: Preferences > Timer/Energy Settings Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
>Date/TimeSettings,andreportoutput. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:Nocharge,1:Charge
Caution - Unit -
0:YYMM/DD,1:DD/MMYY,2:MM/DD/YY Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation. Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime - Supplement/memo - T-8-61
Relatedusermode Preferences>Timer/EnergySettings>Date/TimeSettings
Supplement/memo -
8-330
8

8
8-331
<Soft counter specifications>
No. CounterDetails
The numbers entered for software counters are classified as follows: 002 Remotecopy(fullcolor1)
003 Remotecopy(fullcolor2)
004 Remotecopy(monocolor1)
No. CounterDetails
005 Remotecopy(monocolor2)
000to099 Remotecopy
006 Remotecopy(blackandwhite1)
100to199 Total
007 Remotecopy(blackandwhite2)
200to299 Copy
008 Remotecopy(fullcolor/large)
300to399 Print
009 Remotecopy(fullcolor/small)
400to499 Copyandprint
010 Remotecopy(monocolor/large)
500to599 Scan
011 Remotecopy(monocolor/small)
600to699 Box
012 Remotecopy(blackandwhite/large)
700to799 Receptionprint
013 Remotecopy(blackandwhite/small)
800to899 Reportprint
014 Remotecopy(fullcolor+monocolor/large)
900to999 Transmission
015 Remotecopy(fullcolor+monocolor/small)
T-8-62
016 Remotecopy(fullcolor+monocolor2)
Meaningsofsymbolsintables 017 Remotecopy(fullcolor+monocolor1)
• L:Largesize(largerthanB4size) 018 Remotecopy(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
• S:Smallsize(smallerthanB4size) 019 Remotecopy(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
020 Remotecopy(monocolor/large/doublesided)
• S:Smallsize(smallerthanB4size)
021 Remotecopy(monocolor/small/doublesided)
Itcanbechangedbytheservicemode(COPIER>OPTION>USER>B4_L_CNT)sothat 022 Remotecopy(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
thepaperlargerthanB4sizecanbecountedaslargesizepaper. 023 Remotecopy(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
• Copy:Localcopy+remotecopy 071 Tonerbottleblack
• CopyA:Localcopy+remotecopy+boxprint 072 Tonerbottleyellow
073 Tonerbottlemagenta
• Print:PDLprint+reportprint+boxprint
074 Tonerbottlecyan
• PrintA:PDLprint+reportprint 081 Tonerbottleblack+Removethetonerbottleblack
• Scan:Blackandwhitescan+colorscan 082 Tonerbottleyellow+Removethetonerbottleyellow
083 Tonerbottlemagenta+Removethetonerbottlemagenta
084 Tonerbottlecyan+Removethetonerbottlecyan
091 1/10Tonerbottleblack
092 1/10Tonerbottleyellow
093 1/10Tonerbottlemagenta
094 1/10Tonerbottlecyan
101 Total1
102 Total2
103 Total(large)
104 Total(small)
105 Total(fullcolor2)
106 Total(fullcolor2)
108 Total(blackandwhite1)
109 Total(blackandwhite2)
110 Total(monocolor/large)
111 Total(monocolor/small)
112 Total(blackandwhite/large)
8-331
8

8
8-332
No. CounterDetails No. CounterDetails
113 Total(blackandwhite/small) 158 TotalB(monocolor/large)
114 Total1(doublesided) 159 TotalB(monocolor/small)
115 Total2(doublesided) 160 TotalB(blackandwhite/large)
116 large(doublesided) 161 TotalB(blackandwhite/small)
117 small(doublesided) 162 TotalB1(doublesided)
118 Total(monocolor1) 163 TotalB2(doublesided)
119 Total(monocolor2) 164 largeB(doublesided)
120 Total(fullcolor/large) 165 smallB(doublesided)
121 Total(fullcolor/small) 166 TotalB(monocolor1)
122 Total(fullcolor+monocolor/large) 167 TotalB(monocolor2)
123 Total(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 168 TotalB(fullcolor/large)
124 Total(fullcolor+monocolor2) 169 TotalB(fullcolor/small)
125 Total(fullcolor+monocolor1) 170 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor/large)
126 TotalA1 171 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor/small)
127 TotalA2 172 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor2)
128 TotalA(large) 173 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor1)
129 TotalA(small) 201 Copy(Total1)
130 TotalA(fullcolor1) 202 Copy(Total2)
131 TotalA(fullcolor2) 203 Copy(large)
132 TotalA(blackandwhite1) 204 Copy(small)
133 TotalA(blackandwhite2) 205 CopyA(Total1)
134 TotalA(monocolor/large) 206 CopyA(Total2)
135 TotalA(monocolor/small) 207 CopyA(large)
136 TotalA(blackandwhite/large) 208 CopyA(small)
137 TotalA(blackandwhite/small) 209 Localcopy(Total1)
138 TotalA1(doublesided) 210 Localcopy(Total2)
139 TotalA2(doublesided) 211 Localcopy(large)
140 largeA(doublesided) 212 Localcopy(small)
141 smallA(doublesided) 213 Remotecopy(Total1)
142 TotalA(monocolor1) 214 Remotecopy(Total2)
143 TotalA(monocolor2) 215 Remotecopy(large)
144 TotalA(fullcolor/large) 216 Remotecopy(small)
145 TotalA(fullcolor/small) 217 Copy(fullcolor1)
146 TotalA(fullcolor+monocolor/large) 218 Copy(fullcolor2)
147 TotalA(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 219 Copy(monocolor1)
148 TotalA(fullcolor+monocolor2) 220 Copy(monocolor2)
149 TotalA(fullcolor+monocolor1) 221 Copy(blackandwhite1)
150 TotalB1 222 Copy(blackandwhite2)
151 TotalB2 223 Copy(fullcolor/large)
152 TotalB(large) 224 Copy(fullcolor/small)
153 TotalB(small) 225 Copy(monocolor/large)
154 TotalB(fullcolor1) 226 Copy(monocolor/small)
155 TotalB(fullcolor2) 227 Copy(blackandwhite/large)
156 TotalB(blackandwhite1) 228 Copy(blackandwhite/small)
157 TotalB(blackandwhite2) 229 Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/large)
8-332
8

8
8-333
230 Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 287 Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor2)
231 Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/2) 288 Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor1)
232 Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/1) 289 Localcopy(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
233 Copy(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 290 Localcopy(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
234 Copy(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 291 Localcopy(monocolor/large/doublesided)
235 Copy(monocolor/large/doublesided) 292 Localcopy(monocolor/small/doublesided)
236 Copy(monocolor/small/doublesided) 293 Localcopy(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
237 Copy(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 294 Localcopy(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
238 Copy(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) 301 Print(Total1)
245 CopyA(fullcolor1) 302 Print(Total2)
246 CopyA(fullcolor2) 303 Print(large)
247 CopyA(monocolor1) 304 Print(small)
248 CopyA(monocolor2) 305 PrintA(Total1)
249 CopyA(blackandwhite1) 306 PrintA(Total2)
250 CopyA(blackandwhite2) 307 PrintA(large)
251 CopyA(fullcolor/large) 308 PrintA(small)
252 CopyA(fullcolor/small) 309 Print(fullcolor1)
253 CopyA(monocolor/large) 310 Print(fullcolor2)
254 CopyA(monocolor/small) 311 Print(monocolor1)
255 CopyA(blackandwhite/large) 312 Print(monocolor2)
256 CopyA(blackandwhite/small) 313 Print(blackandwhite1)
257 CopyA(fullcolor+monocolor/large) 314 Print(blackandwhite2)
258 CopyA(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 315 Print(fullcolor/large)
259 CopyA(fullcolor+monocolor2) 316 Print(fullcolor/small)
260 CopyA(fullcolor+monocolor1) 317 Print(monocolor/large)
261 CopyA(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 318 Print(monocolor/small)
262 CopyA(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 319 Print(blackandwhite/large)
263 CopyA(monocolor/large/doublesided) 320 Print(blackandwhite/small)
264 CopyA(monocolor/small/doublesided) 321 Print(fullcolor+monocolor/large)
265 CopyA(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 322 Print(fullcolor+monocolor/small)
266 CopyA(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) 323 Print(fullcolor+monocolor/2)
273 Localcopy(fullcolor1) 324 Print(fullcolor+monocolor/1)
274 Localcopy(fullcolor2) 325 Print(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
275 Localcopy(monocolor1) 326 Print(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
276 Localcopy(monocolor2) 327 Print(monocolor/large/doublesided)
277 Localcopy(blackandwhite1) 328 Print(monocolor/small/doublesided)
278 Localcopy(blackandwhite2) 329 Print(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
279 Localcopy(fullcolor/large) 330 Print(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
280 Localcopy(fullcolor/small) 331 PDLPrint(Total1)
281 Localcopy(monocolor/large) 332 PDLPrint(Total2)
282 Localcopy(monocolor/small) 333 PDLPrint(large)
283 Localcopy(blackandwhite/large) 334 PDLPrint(small)
284 Localcopy(blackandwhite/small) 335 PDLPrint(fullcolor1)
285 Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor/large) 336 PDLPrint(fullcolor2)
286 Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 339 PDLPrint(blackandwhite1)
8-333
8

8
8-334
340 PDLPrint(blackandwhite2) 603 Boxprint(large)
341 PDLPrint(fullcolor/large) 604 Boxprint(small)
342 PDLPrint(fullcolor/small) 605 Boxprint(fullcolor1)
345 PDLPrint(blackandwhite/large) 606 Boxprint(fullcolor2)
346 PDLPrint(blackandwhite/small) 607 Boxprint(monocolor1)
351 PDLPrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 608 Boxprint(monocolor2)
352 DLPrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 609 Boxprint(blackandwhite1)
355 PDLPrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 610 Boxprint(blackandwhite2)
356 PDLPrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) 611 Boxprint(fullcolor/large)
401 Copy+print(fullcolor/large) 612 Boxprint(fullcolor/small)
402 Copy+print(fullcolor/small) 613 Boxprint(monocolor/large)
403 Copy+print(blackandwhite/large) 614 Boxprint(monocolor/small)
404 Copy+print(blackandwhite/small) 615 Boxprint(blackandwhite/large)
405 Copy+print(blackandwhite2) 616 Boxprint(blackandwhite/small)
406 Copy+print(blackandwhite1) 617 Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor/large)
407 Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/large) 618 Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor/small)
408 Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/small) 619 Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor2)
409 Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/2) 620 Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor1)
410 Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/1) 621 Boxprint(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
411 Copy+print(large) 622 Boxprint(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
412 Copy+print(small) 623 Boxprint(monocolor/large/doublesided)
413 Copy+print(2) 624 Boxprint(monocolor/small/doublesided)
414 Copy+print(1) 625 Boxprint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
415 Copy+print(monocolor/large) 626 Boxprint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
416 Copy+print(monocolor/small) 701 Receptionprint(Total1)
417 Copy+print(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 702 Receptionprint(Total2)
418 Copy+print(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 703 Receptionprint(large)
419 Copy+print(monocolor/large/doublesided) 704 Receptionprint(small)
420 Copy+print(monocolor/small/doublesided) 705 Receptionprint(fullcolor1)
421 Copy+print(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 706 Receptionprint(fullcolor2)
422 Copy+print(blackandwhite/small/doublesided 709 Receptionprint(blackandwhite1)
501 Scan(Total1) 710 Receptionprint(blackandwhite2)
502 Scan(Total2) 711 Receptionprint(fullcolor/large)
503 Scan(large) 712 Receptionprint(fullcolor/small)
504 Scan(small) 715 Receptionprint(blackandwhite/large)
505 BlackandwhiteScan(Total1) 716 Receptionprint(blackandwhite/small)
506 BlackandwhiteScan(Total2) 721 Receptionprint(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
507 BlackandwhiteScan(large) 722 Receptionprint(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
508 BlackandwhiteScan(small) 725 Receptionprint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
509 Colorscan(Total1) 726 Receptionprint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
510 Colorscan(Total2) 727 AdvancedBoxPrint(Total1)
511 Colorscan(large) 728 AdvancedBoxPrint(Total2)
512 Colorscan(small) 729 AdvancedBoxPrint(large)
601 Boxprint(Total1) 730 AdvancedBoxPrint(small)
602 Boxprint(Total2) 731 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor1)
8-334
8

8
8-335
732 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor2) 803 Reportprint(large)
733 AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite1) 804 Reportprint(small)
734 AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite2) 805 Reportprint(fullcolor1)
735 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/large) 806 Reportprint(fullcolor2)
736 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/small) 809 Reportprint(blackandwhite1)
737 AdvancedBoxPrint(monocolor/large) 810 Reportprint(blackandwhite2)
738 AdvancedBoxPrint(monocolor/small) 811 Reportprint(fullcolor/large)
739 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 812 Reportprint(fullcolor/small)
740 AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 815 Reportprint(blackandwhite/large)
741 AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 816 Reportprint(blackandwhite/small)
742 AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) 821 Reportprint(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
743 NetworkPrint(Total1) 822 Reportprint(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
744 NetworkPrint(Total2) 825 Reportprint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
745 NetworkPrint(large) 826 Reportprint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
746 NetworkPrint(small) 915 Transmissionscantotal2(color)
747 NetworkPrint(fullcolor1) 916 Transmissionscantotal2(blackandwhite)
748 NetworkPrint(fullcolor2) 917 Transmissionscantotal3(color)
749 NetworkPrint(blackandwhite1) 918 Transmissionscantotal3(blackandwhite)
750 NetworkPrint(blackandwhite2) 921 Transmissionscantotal5(color)
751 NetworkPrint(fullcolor/large) 922 Transmissionscantotal5(blackandwhite)
752 NetworkPrint(fullcolor/small) 929 Transmissionscantotal6(color)
753 NetworkPrint(monocolor/large) 930 Transmissionscantotal6(blackandwhite)
754 NetworkPrint(blackandwhite/small) 937 Boxscan(color)
755 NetworkPrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) 938 Boxscan(blackandwhite)
756 NetworkPrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) 939 Remotescan(color)
757 NetworkPrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) 940 Remotescan(blackandwhite)
758 NetworkPrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) 945 Transmissionscan/E-mail(color)
759 MobilePrint(Total1) 946 Transmissionscan/E-mail(blackandwhite)
760 MobilePrint(Total2) 959 MediaScan(Color)
761 MobilePrint(large) 960 MediaScan(blackandwhite)
762 MobilePrint(small) 961 ApplicationScan(Total1)
763 MobilePrint(fullcolor1) 962 ApplicationBlackandwhiteScan(Total1)
764 MobilePrint(fullcolor2) 963 ApplicationColorScan(Total1)
765 MobilePrint(blackandwhite1) 964 SuperBoxLocalScan(Color)
766 MobilePrint(blackandwhite2) 965 SuperBoxLocalScan(Blackandwhite) T-8-63
767 MobilePrint(fullcolor/large)
768 MobilePrint(fullcolor/small)
769 MobilePrint(blackandwhite/large)
770 MobilePrint(blackandwhite/small)
771 MobilePrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided)
772 MobilePrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
773 MobilePrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided)
774 MobilePrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided)
801 Reportprint(Total1)
802 Reportprint(Total2)
8-335
8

8
8-336
B4-L-CNT CountsettingofB4size MF-LG-ST Dis/hideoflongstripmode
Lv.1 Details TosetB4countwithsoftwarecounter1to8astowhetherB4is Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethe[LongOriginal]button.
countedaslargesizeorsmallsize. When1isset,[LongOriginal]buttonisdisplayedinCopy>
Selecting1countsB4orlargersizepaperaslargesizewhile Optionsscreenandthelongstrippaperbecomesavailable.
papersmallerthanB4sizeassmallsize. Usecase Uponuser'srequest.(useoflongstriporiginalorlongstrip
Usecase Uponuser'srequest paper)
Caution - Caution LongstrippaperisejectedfromSecondaryDeliveryMouth
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 (excludingdeliveryfromInnerFinisher).
0:Smallsize,1:Largesize Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Unit - 0:Hide,1:Display
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>SC-L-CNT Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo - Relatedusermode Copy>Options
TRY-STP Stop setting at finisher tray full Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details Tosettostop/continueoutputatthetimeoftrayfulldetectionof CNT-DISP Display/hideofserialNo.
theFinisher. Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheserialNo.ontheCounter
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Checkscreen.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whensettingtodisplay/hideserialNo.ontheCounterCheck
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. screen
0:Attrayfulldetection,1:Heightdetectiononly Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - 0:Display,1:Hide
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
COPY-JOB Settingofcopyjobreservation
8-336
8

8
8-337
Lv.1 Details Tosettoenable/disablecopyjobreservationwhentheCard HDCR-DSP SettingofHDDcompletedeletemethod
Reader/CoinManagerisused. Lv.2 Details TosetdatadeletionmethodofHDDdatacompletedeletion
Usecase Uponuser'srequest function.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenswitchingthedeletionmethodinHDDdatacomplete
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. deletionmode
0:Enabled,1:Disabled Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - 1:1-timedeletionwith0data,2:1-timedeletionwithrandom
Defaultvalue 0 data,3:3-timedeletionwithrandomdata,4:DOD
NW-SCAN Settingofnetworkscanfunctionusage Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableuseofnetworkscanfunction. Relatedusermode -
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Supplement/memo HDDdatacompletedeletionfunction:afunctiontocompletely
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. deletedatainHDDbyoverwritingwith0(null)dataorrandom
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. data to the file data when logically deleting file on HDD (deleting
managementinformationdata).
Caution • DonotusethismodeinJapan.
• For PS/PCL machines for overseas (outside Japan), fix the JOB-INVL Jobintvlsettingatinterruptioncopy
settingvalueas1.Forothers,permittheuse. Lv.2 Details Tosetoutputintervalbetweenjobsatthetimeofinterruption
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 copy.
0:Disabled,1:Enabled Sorting is difficult after interruption copy because of the
Unit - continuousoutputofthenextjob.Paperintervalbecomeslonger
whenstartingpickupforthenextjobafterthelastsheetofthe
previousjobisdelivered.
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Supplement/memo -
0:Continuousoutputoftheinterruptioncopyandthenextjob
1:Startingpickupforthenextjobaftertheinterruptioncopyis
deliveredall.
2:Startingpickupforthenextjobafterthepreviousjobis
deliveredall.(Foralljobs)
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-337
8

8
8-338
TAB-ROT SetoflandscapeimgrotnatPDL:tabppr IDPRN-SW Chargetargetjobsetofdeptmngmcntr
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertorotatelandscapeimageby180degreeswhen Lv.1 Details Tosetthejobtypethatadvancesthedepartmentmanagement
PDLprintismadeontabpaper. counter.
When"1:Rotated"isset,imageisrotated. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:
0:Notrotated,1:Rotated PRINTcategory:BoxPrint,ReportPrint,SendLocalPrint,PDL
Unit - Print
Appropriatetargetvalue - COPYcategory:COPY
Defaultvalue 0 1:
Requiredtime - PRINTcategory:ReportPrint,SendLocalPrint,PDLPrint
COPYcategory:COPY,BoxPrint
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
PR-PSESW Display/hideofoutputStopbutton
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide[Stop]buttonontheStatus
Monitorscreen. Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Usecase • Uponuser'srequest.
• Whenpromptlystoppingtheprintjobinoperationorunder Supplement/memo -
reservation P-CRG-LF SetofoperationatDevelopingUnitlife
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.2 Details TosettheoperationwhenDevelopingUnitreachesitslife.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. When1isset,DevelopingUnitwhichreacheditslifecannotbe
Caution - used.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase -
0:Hide,1:Display Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime - 0:DevelopingUnitdoesnotstop,1:DevelopingUnitstops
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-338
8

8
8-339
CPRT-DSP ON/OFFof[PrintChargeLog]button CNT-SW Setdefaultdisitemsonchargecounter
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplaythe[PrintChargeLog]buttontoprint Lv.1 Details TosetdefaultdisplayitemsofthechargecounterontheCounter
thechargelogsonthechargelogscreeninusermode. Checkscreen.
When"1:ON"isset,thebuttonisdisplayedinManagement Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Settings>ChargeManagement>ChargeLogScreen. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - <ForNorthAmerica>
0:OFF,1:ON Counter1-Total1:101
Unit - Counter2-Total(Black1):108
Appropriatetargetvalue - Counter3-Copy(Fullcolor+SingleColor/Large):229
Defaultvalue 0 Counter4-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):230
Requiredtime - Counter5-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):321
Counter6-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):322
1:
Relatedusermode ManagementSettings>ChargeManagement>ChargeLog
Counter1-Total2:102
Supplement/memo -
Counter2-Total(Black2):109
PCL-COPY SetofPCLCOPIEScommandcontrolmethod Counter3-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):229
Lv.2 Details TosetthebindercontrolmethodofCOPIEScommandwithPCL. Counter4-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):230
SelectwhethertousethecontrolmethodofCanon-madePCL Counter5-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):321
orusethesamecontrolmethodofnon-Canon-madePCL. Counter6-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):322
Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2to5:
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Notused
Caution - <ForEurope>
0:ControlmethodofCanon-madePCL(followingthevalueof Counter1-Total(Black/Large):112
COPIES command that is specified for each page to control on a Counter2-Total(Black/Small):113
pagebasis) Counter3-Total(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):122
1:Controlmethodofnon-Canon-madePCL(handlingthevalue Counter4-Total(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):123
of COPIES command, which is specified for page 1 at the time Counter5-ColorScan(Total1):501
of Collate mode, as bind figure while the value of COPIES Counter6-Print(Total1):301
commandforthenextpageorlaterisinvalid.Samecontrol 1:
appliesasCanon-madePCLatthetimeofNonSortedmode) Counter1-Total1:101
2to65535:Forfutureuse 2to5:
Unit - Notused
Supplement/memo -
8-339
8

8
8-340
BCNT-AST Setofboxprintchargetargetjob DFLT-CPY Settingofcolormodeforcopy
Lv.1 Details TosetthejobtypethatadvancesthecountinboxprintwithNE Lv.1 Details Tosetthedefaultcolormodeforcopyoperation.
Controller(ASSIST). Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Usecase Whenswitchingthejobtypethatissubjecttocountingofthebox Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
printwithNEController 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution - 0:BasedonAuto/ACS/PrinterDriversettings,1:Colormode,2:
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 B/Wmode
0:PDLjob,1:Copyjob Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue Europe:2,OtherthanEurope:0
Relatedservicemode - Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Copy>SelectColorSettingsforCopy>Use
Relatedusermode - Auto(Color/Black)Selection
PRJOB-CP SetcountTXatRX/reportprint DFLT-BOX Setofcolormodeforboxprint
Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableapage-basiscountpulsetransmission Lv.1 Details Tosetthedefaultcolormodeforboxprintoperation.
tothechargingmanagementdeviceatthetimeofreceptionprint Usecase Uponuser'srequest
orreportprint. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - 0:BasedonAuto/ACS/PrinterDriversettings,1:Colormode,2:
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 B/Wmode
0:Notransmission,1:Transmission Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Defaultvalue Europe:2,OtherthanEurope:0
Relatedservicemode - Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Copy>SelectColorSettingsforCopy>Use
Relatedusermode - Auto(Color/Black)Selection
Supplement/memo Chargingmanagementdevice:Coinmanager,Non-Canon-made Supplement/memo -
controlcard
8-340
8

8
8-341
DOC-REM Dis/hideoforiginalremovalmessage RUI-RJT ConnctsetatinvalidauthfromremoteUI
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethemessagetoremoveoriginal Lv.2 Details TosettodisconnectHTTPportwhenthemachinereceives
whenscanningwithDADFwithoutopening/closingDADFafter invalidauthenticationfromremoteUI3times.
scanningwiththecopyboard. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Continuedconnection,1:Disconnected
0:Hide,1:Display Unit -
Supplement/memo - SND-RATE SetcompressratioatSENDhighcompress
DPT-ID-7 PasswordentrysetatdeptIDreg/auth Lv.2 Details Tosetthecompressionratiowhenthedatacompressionratiofor
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertorequireapasswordentryatthetimeof SEND(transmission)issetto"HighCompression".
registration/authenticationofdepartmentID. As the value is larger, the compression ratio is higher (the file
Withthesettingtorequireentry,entryof7-digitpasswordis sizebecomessmall).
requiredaswellasentryofdepartmentID. Usecase When making the transmission file size smaller
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Asthevalueistoolarge,animageisdeteriorated.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Compressionratio1/16,1:Compressionratio1/20,2:
0:DepartmentIDonly,1:7-digit(password)entry Compressionratio1/24
Unit - Unit -
Relatedusermode - Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Send>CommonSettings>Data
Supplement/memo - CompressionRatio
Supplement/memo -
8-341
8

8
8-342
CTM-S06 Set of password delete from export file IFAX-SZL SettingofIFAXsendsizelimit
Lv.2 Details To set to delete password for file transmission address from Lv.2 Details TosetforrestrictingdatasizeatthetimeofIFAXtransmission
export file. thatdoesnotgothroughtheserver.
With the setting to delete password, the password of file Withthesettingtorestrictthedatasize,therewillbe#830error
transmissiontargetisdeletedatthetimeofexportofaddress inthecaseofsendingdatathatexceedstheupperlimitvalue.
bookdatafromremoteUI. Inthecasethatthedatagoesthroughtheserver,thesizeof
Usecase • Uponuser'srequest transmissiondataisalwaysrestricted.
• Whenavoidinginformationleak Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Caution - Caution -
0:Passwordisretained,1:Passwordisdeleted. 0:Limited,1:Notlimited(Restrictionapplieswhendatagoes
Unit - throughtheserver.)
Supplement/memo0 - Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Send>E-Mail/I-FaxSettings>Maximum
FREG-SW Dis/hideofMEAPcounterfreergstarea DataSizeforSending
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidethefreeregisterareaofMEAP Supplement/memo Specifytheupperlimitvaluefortransmissiondatasizeinuser
counterforSEND mode.
Usecase Attroubleanalysis IFAX-PGD SetpagesplitTXatIFAXSimplemodeTX
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disablesplit-datatransmissiononapagebasis
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. inthecasethatthetransmissionsizeinIFAXSimplemode
Caution • Donotusethisatthenormalservice. exceedstheupperlimitvalue.
• Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructions Usecase Uponuser'srequest
fromtheQualitySupportDivision. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
0:Hide,1:Display Caution • Inthecasetoenablesplit-datatransmission,besuretoget
Unit - approvalfromtheuserbyexplainingthefollowing:
Appropriatetargetvalue - • Noguaranteeforpageorderonthereceptionside
Defaultvalue 0 • Thereisapossibilityofinterruptionofotherreceivedjobs
betweenpages
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo Individualcount-up(counteradvance)ofMEAPapplicationis
availableinthefreeregisterareaofMEAPcounter.
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING>W-CLN-P
Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Send>E-Mail/I-FaxSettings>Maximum
DataSizeforSending
Supplement/memo Specifytheupperlimitvaluefortransmissiondatasizeinuser
mode.
8-342
8

8
8-343
MEAPSAFE SettingofMEAPsafemode PRNT-POS ON/OFFofallpausesaterrorjobcancel
Lv.2 Details TosetsafemodeforMEAPplatform. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertopausetheprintoperationoffollowingjobs
MPSFisdisplayedontheControlPanelinsafemode. whenajobiscancelledduetoanerrorinsidethemachine(#037,
Insafemode,MEAPapplicationisstoppedwhilejustthesystem etc.)exceptservicecallsduringPDLprint.
application,whichstartswithinitialstate,isactivated.Thismode Usecase Uponuser'srequest
enablesobtaininglogforcauseanalysisofMEAPfailure. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase PerformsystemrecoveryprocessingwhenMEAPplatform 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
fails to be activated due to resource confliction between MEAP Caution -
applications,serviceregistrationoruseorder Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:OFF,1:ON
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit -
0:Normalmode,1:Safemode Requiredtime -
Requiredtime - AFN-PSWD Accesslimitsettingtousermode
Relatedservicemode - Lv.2 Details Tosettorestrictpasswordentrywhenaccessingtotheuser
Relatedusermode - mode.
Supplement/memo - Withthissettingisenabled,passwordentryofsystem
TRAY-FLL Setoftargettrayfortrayfullnotice administratorisrequiredafterpressingSettings/Registrationkey.
Lv.2 Details Tosetthetraywhichisthetargetofanoutputtrayfull Usecase Uponuser'srequest
notification. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - 0:Passwordisnotrequired,1:Passwordisrequired
0:Alltraystowhichpapercanbeoutput,1:Alltrayswhichare Appropriatetargetvalue -
specified as the dedicated trays Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedusermode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-343
8

8
8-344
PTJAM-RC AutoreprintsettingatPDLprintjam SLP-SLCT Usagesettingofnetworkapplications
Lv.2 Details Tosettoautomaticallyrestartprintingafterjamrecoverythat Lv.2 Details Withthesettingtousenetwork-relatedapplication,themachine
occurswithPDLprint. canberecoveredthroughnetworkbecauseitdoesnotmoveto
Usecase Uponuser'srequest sleepmode1.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Forthismachinetorecoverfromsleepmode1throughnetwork,
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. aparticularpacketneedstobereceived;however,theexisting
Caution - network-relatedapplicationdoesnotsendthispacket.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Withthesettingnottousethenetwork-relatedapplication,this
0:Notautomaticallyreprinted,1:Automaticallyreprinted machinecannotrecoverfromsleepmode1throughnetwork
whenitgetsintosleepmode1.
Unit -
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
0:Notused(Shifttosleepmode1isavailable.)
Supplement/memo -
1:Used(Shifttosleepmode1isnotavailable.)
PDL-NCSW CardmngmsettingforPDLprintjob
Unit -
Lv.2 Details TosettomakePDLprintjobtobesubjecttocardmanagement
bytheCardReader.
Defaultvalue 0
Withthesettingtoenablethismode,PDLprintisavailable
Requiredtime -
onlywhenthecardIDofthecardinsertedtotheCardReader
matchesthedepartmentID. Relatedservicemode -
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Relatedusermode -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Supplement/memo Network-relatedapplication:NetSpotAccountant,imageWARE
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. PS-MODE CompatiblemodesettingatPSusage
Caution - Lv.2 Details Tosetforcompatibilitywithexistingmachineregardingimage
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 process or print specification with PS print.
0:PDLprintisavailablewithnocardinserted. Selecting1enablestohavetheprintresultequivalenttothatof
1:PDLprintisavailableonlywhenthecardIDmatchesthe iR2200/2800/3300serieswhileselecting2enablestohavethe
departmentIDwhenthecardisinserted. printresultequivalenttothatofiR105series.
Unit - Usecase Atreplacement
Defaultvalue 0
Caution -
Requiredtime -
0:NouseofcompatibilitymodewithPS
Relatedusermode -
1:PSType3halftonecommandexistingcompatibility(Orderof
Supplement/memo -
growingditherisopposite.)
2to65535:Spare
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-344
8

8
8-345
CNCT-RLZ Settingofconnectionserializefunction COUNTER8 Settingofsoftwarecounter8
Lv.2 Details Connectionserializeisafunctiontoassurejobgroupingfunction Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter8ontheCounterCheck
ofimageWAREOutputManagerSelectEditionV1.0. screen.
Thesettingtoenablethismodecanavoidjobrearrangement Usecase Uponuser'srequest
becausethemachinedoesnotreceivejobdatafromother Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
connectionuntilitcompletesjobdatareceptionfromthecurrent 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
connection. Caution -
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Display/adj/setrange 0to999
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:Notregistered
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit -
0:OFF,1:ON Requiredtime -
Requiredtime - 2C-CT-SW Setofcolorcounterat2-colormode
Relatedservicemode - Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertousethemonocolorcounterorfullcolorcounter
Relatedusermode - forcount-upin2-colormode.
Supplement/memo Connection:Connectiontobeestablishedthroughnetwork Usecase -
betweenmultiplehosts(PC,etc). Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Jobgroupingfunction:AfunctionofimageWAREOutput 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
ManagerSelectEditionV1.0topreventjobinterruptionfrom
Caution -
otherPCbygroupjob(sendingmultiplejobsin1sessionatjob
transmission).
0:Monocolorcounter,1:Fullcolorcounter
COUNTER7 Settingofsoftwarecounter7
Unit -
Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter7ontheCounterCheck
screen.
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Caution -
Supplement/memo -
0:Notregistered
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-345
8

8
8-346
JA-FUNC ON/OFFofjobarchivefunction JA-RESTR Settingofjobarchivelimititems
Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofjobarchivefunction. Lv.2 Details To set restriction items for job archive specification.
Usecase - Withjobarchivefunctionenabled,followthesettingtoexecute
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. operation to restrict specification.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase -
Caution Changingthismodeisnotavailableinservicemode,butonly Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
referenceisavailable. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
ThismodecanbesetonlywiththeMEAPprogramthatsupports Caution ChangingthismodeisnotavailableinServiceMode,but
jobarchive. referenceisavailable(inServicemode).
Display/adj/setrange 0:OFF,1:ON ThismodeisavailableonlywiththeMEAPprogramthat
Unit - supportsjobarchive.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange 0:OFF,1:ON
Defaultvalue 0 32 specification restrictions with Bit definition
Requiredtime - Bit0: Function to obtain image file (0: OFF, 1:ON)
Bit1:Functiontocomposeformregistration(0:OFF,1:ON)
Bit2:Functiontoeditdocument(0:OFF,1:ON)
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
JA-JOB Settingofjobarchivetargetjob
Defaultvalue 0
Lv.2 Details Tosetthejobtypesubjecttojobarchive.
Requiredtime -
Withthejobarchivefunctionenabled,archiveoperationis
executedwhenexecutingthetargetjob. Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>JA-FUNC
Usecase - Relatedusermode -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Supplement/memo -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. LDAP-SW RetrievalconditionsetforLDAPserver
Caution Changingthismodeisnotavailableinservicemode,butonly Lv.1 Details Tosettheconditiontosearche-mailaddress,etc.fromLDAP
referenceisavailable. server.
ThismodecanbesetonlywiththeMEAPprogramthatsupports Usecase Whenspecifyingconditiontosearche-mailaddress,etc.from
jobarchive. LDAPserver
Display/adj/setrange 0:N/A,3:LimitedtoFAX/IFAX,0xFFFFFFFF:Alljobs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime - 0:Includesthenext,1:Notincludethenext,2:Equivalentto
thenext,3:Notequivalenttothenext,4:Startswiththenext,5:
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>JA-FUNC
Finisheswiththenext
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 4
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo LDAP(LightweightDirectoryAccessProtocol):Registering
LDAPserverenablestosearche-mailaddress,etc.fromLDAP
serverandtheresultcanberegisteredintheAddressBook,
etc.Registrationisavailablebythefollowing:SetDestination>
RegisterLDAPServer
8-346
8

8
8-347
FROM-OF Deletionofmailsender'saddress FILE-OF Filesendprohibitiontoenteredaddress
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodeletethesender'saddress(From)atthetime Lv.1 Details To set to prohibit address entry at the time of file transmission.
ofe-mailtransmission. Filetransmissionisnotavailablebyenteringtheaddress
Usecase Uponuser'srequest becauseofnodisplayof"File"onthetransmissionscreen.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. TheaddressesalreadyregisteredintheAddressBookcanbe
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. used.
Caution - Usecase Uponuser'srequest
0:Retained,1:Deleted 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit - Caution Torestrictaddressesfortransmission,besuretomanually
Appropriatetargetvalue - deletethembecausetheaddressesregisteredintheAddress
Defaultvalue 0 Bookcanbeused.
0:Enabled,1:Disabled
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
DOM-ADD Additionalentryofmaildestndomain
Requiredtime -
Lv.2 Details To set to automatically add the domain specified in user mode
tothesendingaddress(To)enteredatthetimeofe-mail Relatedservicemode -
transmission. Relatedusermode -
Ifspecifying"xxx.com"asadomaininusermodeinadvance, Supplement/memo -
justentering"aaa"enablestodisplay"aaa@xxx.com"when MAIL-OF Mailsendprohibitiontoenteredaddress
sendinge-mail. Lv.1 Details Tosettoprohibitaddressentryatthetimeofe-mailtransmission.
Usecase Uponuser'srequest E-mailtransmissionisnotavailablebyenteringtheaddress
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. becauseofnodisplayof"E-Mail"onthetransmissionscreen.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. TheaddressesalreadyregisteredintheAddressBookcanbe
Caution - used.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Uponuser'srequest
0:Notadded,1:Added Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Caution Torestrictaddressesfortransmission,besuretomanually
Defaultvalue 0 deletethembecausetheaddressesregisteredintheAddress
Bookcanbeused.
Requiredtime -
0:Enabled,1:Disabled
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-347
8

8
8-348
IFAX-OF IFAXsendprohibitiontoenteredaddress JA-DPI Disofjobarchiverecordresolution
Lv.1 Details TosettoprohibitaddressentryatthetimeofI-Faxtransmission. Lv.2 Details Todisplaytheresolutionofimagesforjobarchivesrecordedin
IFAXtransmissionisnotavailablebyenteringtheaddress jobsotherthanFAXreceptionandIFAXreception,etc.
becauseofnodisplayof"I-Fax"onthetransmissionscreen. Onlydisplayisavailableinservicemode.Thesettingisavailable
TheaddressesalreadyregisteredintheAddressBookcanbe onlyintheMEAPapplicationswhichsupportjobarchiving.
used. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Caution Torestrictaddressesfortransmission,besuretomanually Display/adj/setrange 0:Noconversion,1:100x100dpi,2:200x200dpi,3:300x
deletethembecausetheaddressesregisteredintheAddress 300dpi
Bookcanbeused. Unit -
0:Enabled,1:Disabled Defaultvalue 3
Relatedservicemode - JA-COMPR Disofjobarchiverecordcompressratio
Relatedusermode - Lv.2 Details Todisplaythecompressionratioofimagesforjobarchives
Supplement/memo - recordedinjobsotherthanFAXreceptionandI-Faxreception,
LDAP-DEF InitialcondtnsetofLDAPserversearch etc.
Lv.1 Details To set initial condition for search target attribute that is specified Onlydisplayisavailableinservicemode.Thesettingisavailable
atthetimeofLDAPserverDetailssearch. onlyintheMEAPapplicationswhichsupportjobarchiving.
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0to6 Display/adj/setrange 0:Noconversion,1:Compressionratio1/4,2:Compression
0:Name,1:E-mail,2:FAX,3:Organization,4:Organization ratio1/8,3:Compressionratio1/16,4:Compressionratio1/32,5:
unit,5:Noregistration1(anysetting),6:Noregistration2(any Compressionratio1/64
setting) Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>LDAP-SW Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-348
8

8
8-349
FREE-DSP Display/hideofchargedisablescreen CLR-TIM SetofHDDEncryKitdatadeletetiming
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheUseChargeManagement Lv.2 Details TosetthetimingtocompletelydeletethedatawhenHDD
screenforswitchingbetweenchargeandnocharge. EncryptionKitisused.
Thehardwareswitchforswitchingcharge/nochargeinthe Selecting0mayreducethejobprocessingspeedbecausepage
CoinManagerenablesthemodeinwhichalltheservicesare datathathasbeenalreadyprocessedisdeletedwhiletheother
availableforfree(storemanagermode)bytemporarilyreleasing jobisinprocess,causingoverloadtoCPUandHDDaccess.
thechargingsystem. Selecting1improvesthejobprocessingspeedbecausethe
Evenwithoutthehardwareswitch,themodecanbeswitched processisexecutedafterajobiscompleted.
withthesoftwareswitchwhenitissettodisplaytheUseCharge Usecase Uponrequesttoimprovethejobprocessingspeed
ManagementscreeninSettings/Registration. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Whenenablingalltheservicestobeprovidedforfreeby 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
temporarilyreleasingthechargingsystem Caution -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:Duringjobprocess,1:Afterthejobiscompleted
Caution - Unit -
0:Hide,1:Display Defaultvalue 0
Appropriatetargetvalue - Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>SSH-SW(level2)
Relatedservicemode - JA-FORMT Displayofjobarchiverecordformat
Relatedusermode ManagementSettings>ChargeManagement>UseCharge Lv.2 Details Todisplaytheformatofimagesforjobarchivesrecordedinjobs
Management otherthanFAXreceptionandIFAXreception,etc.
Supplement/memo - WhethertheimagesprocessedbyPacketJPEGarerecordedin
TNRB-SW SettingofTonerCntnercounterdisplay PacketJPEG,orconvertedintoRasterJPEGandthenrecorded
Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheTonerContainercounteron isdisplayed.
theCounterCheckscreen. Onlydisplayisavailableinservicemode.Thesettingisavailable
Usecase Whennotshowingthescreentousers onlyintheMEAPapplicationswhichsupportjobarchiving.
0:Hide,1:Display(TonerContainercounteronly),2:Display Display/adj/setrange 0:PacketJPEG,1:RasterJPEG
(TonerContainercounter+ejectioncounter) Unit -
Defaultvalue CountriesotherthanUSA:0,USA:1 Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
8-349
8

8
8-350
HDCR-DSW Dis/hideofHDDcompletedeleteON/OFF SNMP-COU InsidecomtynameSNMPaccesslimit:user
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide"HardDiskDataComplete Lv.2 Details TorestrictSNMPaccessbythecommunityname(userright)
Deletion"inusermode. thatiskeptinternally.
Withthissetting,HDDdatacompletedeletionfunctionis Thismachineinternallyretainsthecommunityname(userright)
availablewithON/OFFbuttononthescreen. other than the SNMP community name that is specified in user
Usecase Uponuser'srequest mode.Canon-madeutilitysoftware,suchasNetSpot,usesthis
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. communityname.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Becauseofsecurityconcern,select0/1inthecasetorestrict
Caution ThisisactivewhenCOPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>SSH-SW SNMPaccesswiththeinternalcommunityname.
is1(ON). Usecase WhenrestrictingSNTPaccesswiththecommunityname(user
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 right)thatisretainedinternally
0:Hide,1:Display Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Requiredtime - 0:OFF,1:Readonly,2:Read/Write
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>SSH-SW(level2) Unit -
Relatedusermode ManagementSettings>DataManagement>HDDData Appropriatetargetvalue -
CompleteDeletion>HardDiskDataCompleteDeletion Defaultvalue 2
SNMP-COA InsidecomtynameSNMPaccesslimit:admin Relatedservicemode -
Lv.2 Details TorestrictSNMPaccessbythecommunityname(administrator Relatedusermode Preferences>Network>SNMPSettings>CommunityName2
right)thatiskeptinternally. Settings
Thismachineinternallyretainsthecommunityname Supplement/memo -
(administratorright)otherthantheSNMPcommunitynamethat STPL-MAX Setofmaxnumberofsheetsforstaple
is specified in user mode. Canon-made utility software, such as Lv.2 Details Tosetthemaximumnumberofsheetstobestapledinthe
NetSpot,usesthiscommunityname. Finisher.
Becauseofsecurityconcern,select0/1inthecasetorestrict When"1:60sheets"isset,thestaplingcapacitybecomes60
SNMPaccesswiththeinternalcommunityname. sheets.
Usecase WhenrestrictingSNTPaccesswiththecommunityname Usecase -
(administratorright)thatisretainedinternally Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to2 0:50sheets,1:60sheets
0:OFF,1:Readonly,2:Read/Write Unit -
Relatedusermode Preferences>Network>SNMPSettings>CommunityName1 Supplement/memo -
Settings
Supplement/memo -
8-350
8

8
8-351
SCALL-SW Display/hideofrepairrequestbutton USBH-DSP Display/hideofUSBhostusage
Lv.1 Details [Notused](Forexpansion) Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface>
Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetherepair-requestbuttononthe USBSettings>UseUSBHost".
ControlPanel. Byselecting"1:Display",whethertouseUSBhostonUSB
Usecase Whenthesalescompanysupportsservicebytherepair-request settingscreencanbeselected.
button Usecase Whenswitchingtodisplayorhide"UseUSBHost"onUSB
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. settingscreen
0:Hide,1:Display Display/adj/setrange 0to1
Unit - 0:Hide,1:Display
Supplement/memo - Relatedusermode Preferences>ExternalInterface>USBSettings>UseUSB
SCALLCMP Setofrepairrequestcompletenotice Host
Lv.1 Details [Notused](Forexpansion) Supplement/memo -
With this setting enabled, a notification of repair completion is USBM-DSP Dis/hideofUSBex-memorydevicedriver
senttoUGWservertocleartherepair-requeststatusthatis Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface>
retainedinternally. USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforUSBExternalDevice".
Usecase Servicetechnicianusesthismodeaftercompletingrepair Byselecting"0:Hide",theitemisnotdisplayed,andtheuser
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. administratorcannotchangethesettingoftheMEAPdriverfor
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. theUSBexternalmemorydevice.
Caution - Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 of"UseMEAPdriverforUSBexternaldevice",set0afterthe
Unit - specified setting is completed.
Defaultvalue 0
Caution -
Requiredtime -
0:Hide,1:Display
Relatedusermode -
Unit -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode Preferences>ExternalInterface>USBSettings>UseMEAP
DriverforUSBExternalDevice
Supplement/memo -
8-351
8

8
8-352
USBI-DSP Dis/hideofUSBinputdevicedriverset USBB-DSP Dis/hideofUSBBluetoothdevicedriver
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface> Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface>
USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforUSBInputDevice". USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforBluetoothDevice."
Byselecting"0:Hide",theitemisnotdisplayed,andtheuser When"0:Hide"isset,thisitemisnotdisplayed,andtheuser
administratorcannotchangethesettingoftheMEAPdriverfor administratorcannotchangethesettingoftheMEAPdriverfor
theUSBinputdevice. theUSBBluetoothdevice.
Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting
of"UseMEAPDriverforUSBInputDevice",set0afterthe of"UseMEAPDriverforUSBBluetoothDevice",set0afterthe
specified setting is completed. specified setting is completed.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display
0:Hide,1:Display Unit -
Relatedservicemode - Relatedusermode Preferences>ExternalInterface>USBSettings>UseMEAP
Relatedusermode Preferences>ExternalInterface>USBSettings>UseMEAP DriverforBluetoothDevice
DriverforUSBInputDevice Supplement/memo -
Supplement/memo - USBR-DSP Dis/hideofUSBinfrareddevicedriver
CTCHKDSP Display/hideofcounterprint Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface>
Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide"PrintList"ontheCounter USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforUSBInfraredDevice."
Checkscreen. Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting
Modelname,modelnumberinformation,countercheckdateand of"UseMEAPDriverforUSBInfraredDevice,"set0afterthe
counterinformationcanbeoutputasatotalcountmanagement specified setting is completed.
report. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - 0:Hide,1:Display
0:Hide,1:Display Appropriatetargetvalue -
Requiredtime - Relatedusermode Preferences>ExternalInterface>USBSettings>UseMEAP
Relatedservicemode - DriverforUSBInfraredDevice
Supplement/memo -
8-352
8

8
8-353
COPIER>OPTION>USER ■ CST
POL-SCAN Dis/hideofRightsManagementServerset
Lv.1 Details When"1:Display"isset,theRightsManagementServerfunction
COPIER>OPTION>CST
screenisdisplayed. U1-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU1
WhiletheRightsManagementServerfunctionisastandard Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize
feature,itispossibletohideifnotnecessary. groupU1detection.
Caution - Caution -
0:Hide,1:Display 0:Hide,1:Display
Unit - Unit -
T-8-64
U2-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU2
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize
groupU2detection.
Caution -
0:Hide,1:Display
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-353
8

8
8-354
COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST
U3-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU3 ENV1 SettingofEnvelopeCassetteENV1size
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize Lv.1 Details TosetthesizeforEnvelopeCassetteENV1.
groupU3detection. Usecase WhenspecifyingthesizeforEnvelopeCassette
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 21:ISO-C5,22:COM10,23:MONARCH,24:DL,25:ISO-B5,
0:Hide,1:Display 26:Notused
Unit - Unit -
U4-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU4 ENV2 SettingofEnvelopeCassetteENV2size
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize Lv.1 Details TosetthesizeforEnvelopeCassetteENV2.
groupU4detection. Usecase WhenspecifyingthesizeforEnvelopeCassette
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 21:ISO-C5,22:COM10,23:MONARCH,24:DL,25:ISO-B5,
0:Hide,1:Display 26:Notused
Unit - Unit -
8-354
8

8
8-355
CST1-P1 SettingofCassette1papersize CST2-P2 SettingofCassette2papersize
Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette1. Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette2.
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
0:A5R,1:STMTR 0:B5,1:EXEC
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>B5/EXECPaperSelection
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
0:B5,1:EXEC 0:A5R,1:STMTR
Unit - Unit -
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>B5/EXECPaperSelection Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
0:A5R,1:STMTR 0:B5,1:EXEC
Unit - Unit -
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>B5/EXECPaperSelection
8-355
8

8
8-356
CST4-P1 SettingofCassette4papersize CST1-U1 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory1
Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette4. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette1.
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
0:A5R,1:STMTR 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36:
Unit - Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32:
Appropriatetargetvalue - Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37:
Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection Defaultvalue 0
CST4-P2 SettingofCassette4papersize Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette4. Relatedusermode -
Usecase - Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. CST1-U2 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory2
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory2usedinCassette1.
Caution - Usecase -
0:B5,1:EXEC 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit - Caution -
Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 0:16K-R,1to22Notused,23:K-LGL-R,24to31Notused,32:
Requiredtime - G-LTRR,33to34Notused
Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>B5/EXECPaperSelection Appropriatetargetvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-356
8

8
8-357
CST1-U3 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory3 CST2-U1 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory1
Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette1. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette2.
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36:
used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32:
Unit - Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37:
Appropriatetargetvalue - M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused
CST1-U4 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory4 Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory4usedinCassette1. Supplement/memo -
Usecase - CST2-U2 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory2
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory2usedinCassette2.
0:LGL,1to27:Notused,28:B-OFI Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - 0:16K-R,1to22Notused,23:K-LGL-R,24to31Notused,32:
Defaultvalue 0 G-LTRR,33to34Notused
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-357
8

8
8-358
CST2-U3 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory3 CST3-U1 Setcst3overseaspecialpprcategory1
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
CST2-U4 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory4 Relatedusermode -
Usecase - CST3-U2 Setcst3overseasspecialpprcategory2
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-358
8

8
8-359
CST3-U3 Setcst3overseasspecialpprcategory3 CST4-U1 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory1
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
CST3-U4 Setcst3overseasspecialpprcategory4 Relatedusermode -
Usecase - CST4-U2 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory2
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-359
8

8
8-360
COPIER>OPTION>CST ■ ACC
CST4-U3 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory3
Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette4.
COPIER>OPTION>ACC
Usecase - COIN Settingofchargemanagement
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Tosetchargingmanagementmethod.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager
Caution - Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to31 method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not Caution Incaseofsetting"3",if"0to2"ischangedto"3",thefollowingitems
used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR areautomaticallyset.Aftermakingachange,eventhough"3"isset
Unit - to"0to2"again,theywillnotberestored.
• COPIER>OPTION>USER>CONTROL,AFN-PSWD=1
Defaultvalue 0
• COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>DA-CNCT=1
• COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UI-FAX,UI-
Requiredtime - EXT=0
Relatedservicemode - • IESettings>IEFunctionPriority=ON
Relatedusermode - • Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>IPv4Settings>IP
Supplement/memo - AddressRangeSettings>RX/PrintRange:PermitIPv4Address=
CST4-U4 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory4 ON
Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory4usedinCassette4. • Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>IPv6Settings>IP
Usecase - AddressRangeSettings>RX/PrintRange:PermitIPv6Address=
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. ON
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>FTPPrintSettings>Use
Caution - FTPPrinting=OFF
Display/adj/setrange 0to28 • Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>IPPPrintSettings=ON
0:LGL,1to27:Notused,28:B-OFI • Preferences>Network>SMBServerSettings>SMBPrinter
Settings>UseSMB=ON
Unit -
• FunctionSettings>Send>E-Mail/I-FaxSettings>Communication
Settings>SMTPRX,POP=OFF
Defaultvalue 0 Incaseofsetting"4",if"0to2"ischangedto"4",thefollowingitems
Requiredtime - areautomaticallyset.Aftermakingachange,eventhough"4"isset
Relatedservicemode - to"0to2"again,theywillnotberestored.
Relatedusermode - • COPIER>OPTION>USER>AFN-PSWD=1
Supplement/memo - T-8-65 • COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UI-FAX,UI-
EXT,UI-RSCAN,UI-EPRNT,UI-HOLD=0
• ManagementSettings>DeviceManagement>DisplayLog=OFF
0:Nocharge
1:ChargewithCoinManager
2Chargewithremotecounter
3:ChargewithDA(onlyinJapan)
4:Chargewiththismachineitself
5:NewSCmode
6:Externalchargemode6
7:Externalchargemode7
Unit -
Appropriatetarget -
value
Defaultvalue 0
8-360
8

8
8-361
COPIER>OPTION>ACC COPIER>OPTION>ACC
Requiredtime - STPL-LMT SetNumberofsheetsforsaddlestitch
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>CONTROL Lv.2 Details Tosetthenumberofsheetsforsaddlestitch
COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>DA-CNCT Usecase -
COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UI-FAX,UI- Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
EXT method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Send>E-Mail/I-FaxSettings>Communication Caution -
Settings Display/adj/setrange 0to3
Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>DNSSettings>FTPPrint Unit -
Settings
Appropriatetarget -
Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>DNSSettings>IPPPrint
value
Settings
Defaultvalue 3
Supplement/memo Controlcardcanbeusedwith"0:Nocharge".
Requiredtime -
DA:DigitalAccessory
DK-P SettingofPaperDeckpapersize
Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinthePaperDeck.
Supplement/memo -
Usecase -
SC-TYPE SetofCoinManagersupportmachine
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Lv.2 Details TosetthemachinethatsupportstheCoinManager.
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Caution -
0:A4,1:LTR,2:Notused
Caution Donotusethissettingforthemachinesotherthantheonesthat
Unit -
supporttheCoinManager.
Appropriatetarget -
value
0:Machineinstalledinconveniencestores,1:Self-operatedcopy
Defaultvalue 0
machine
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Appropriatetarget -
Relatedusermode -
value
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 0
CARD-SW ScreensetwhenCoinManagerconnected
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details TosetcoinorcardthattheuserisurgedtoinsertontheControl
PanelwhentheCoinManagerisconnected.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Caution -
0:Coin,1:Card,2:Coinandcard,3:Card(forcustomization)
Unit -
Appropriatetarget -
value
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-361
8

8
8-362
OUT-TRAY SetofThirdDeliveryTrayinstallation USB-MSK LimitforUSBhostusingcannel
Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertheThirdDeliveryTrayisinstalled. Lv.1 Details TosetthechannelthatcannotusetheUSBhost.
WhentheThirdDeliveryTrayisinstalled,set"1". Usecase -
Usecase WheninstallingtheThirdDeliveryTray Adj/set/operate 0to2
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. method 0:Notlimited,1:CH1,2:Notused
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution -
Caution - Display/adj/setrange 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Unit -
Unit - Appropriatetarget -
Appropriatetarget - value
value Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo - UNIT-PRC SettingofCoinManagercurrencyunit
CC-SPSW SupportsettingofcontrolcardI/F Lv.2 Details TosetcurrencyunittobehandledwithCoinManager
Lv.2 Details Tosetsupportlevelforcontrolcard(CCIV/CCV)interface. Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager
Tokeepprocessingperformanceofprinterengine,select"1:Priority Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
onspeed". method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Tocorrectlystoptheoutputbytheupperlimitnumberofsheets, Caution -
select"2:Priorityonupperlimitnumberofsheets". Display/adj/setrange 0to6
Usecase Uponuser'srequest(whenconnectingtotheexternalcounter 0:Japaneseyen,1:Euro,2:Pound,3:SwissFranc.4:Dollar,5:No
managementsystemusingthecontrolcardinterface) currencyunit(nofractionalunit),6:Nocurrencyunit(withfractional
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. unit)
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit -
Caution Withpriorityonspeed,outputcannotbecorrectlystoppedbythe Appropriatetarget -
upperlimitnumberofsheets. value
Withpriorityontheupperlimitnumberofsheets,processing Defaultvalue 0
performanceoftheprinterengineisdecreaseddependingonpickup
Requiredtime -
location.
Relatedusermode -
0:Nosupport,1:Priorityonspeed,2:Priorityonupperlimitnumber
Supplement/memo -
ofsheets
Unit -
Appropriatetarget -
value
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-362
8

8
8-363
IN-TRAY SetofSecondDeliveryTrayinstallation MIN-PRC SetofCoinManagerminimumprice
Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertheSecondDeliveryTrayisinstalled. Lv.1 Details TosettheminimumamounttobehandledwithCoinManager.
WhentheSecondDeliveryTrayisinstalled,set"1". Enter10whenspecifying10Japaneseyenastheminimumamount
Usecase WheninstallingtheSecondDeliveryTray tobehandledwiththeCoinManagerthatsupportsJapaneseyen.
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Inthecasetospecify1to4(Euro/Pound/SwissFranc/Dollar)by
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. goingthroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>UNIT-PRC,
Caution - entryisinfractionalunit.Entryof50indicates50cents($0.50).
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager
0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Appropriatetarget - Caution Thismodeisenabledwhenselecting4forthefollowing:COPIER>
value OPTION>ACC>COIN.
Requiredtime - Unit Accordingtothesettingvaluebythefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>
Relatedservicemode - ACC>UNIT-PRC.
Relatedusermode - Appropriatetarget -
value
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue 10
DA-PUCT Setpickup/deliverycomctnatDAcharge
Requiredtime -
Lv.2 Details When a pickup and delivery notification error occurs due to network
failure,etc.,theprintoperationmightbedonewithoutcharging. Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>ACC>COIN,UNIT-PRC
Thisistosetthenumberofsheetsthatcanbefedafterthemachine Relatedusermode -
receivesAcksinglefromDA. Supplement/memo Asforthechargingamount,itcausesanerrorifspecifyingthe
Whenthevalueisdecreased,thenumberofprintstobemade valuethatissmallerthantheminimumcurrencyunitwithSettings/
withoutchargingisdecreased,buttheproductivitymightbelowered. Registrationmode.
Whenthevalueisincreased,theproductivityisnotlowered,butthe
numberofprintstobemadewithoutchargingisincreased.
Usecase -
Caution Asthesmallervalueisset,thenumberofprintstobemadewithout
chargingisdecreased,buttheproductivitymightbelowered.
Unit -
Appropriatetarget -
value
Defaultvalue 6
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo DA:DigitalAccessory
8-363
8

8
8-364
MAX-PRC SetofCoinManagermaximumprice SRL-SPSW SettingofSerialI/FKitsupport
Lv.1 Details TosetthemaximumamounttobehandledwithCoinManager. Lv.1 Details TosetthesupportleveloftheSerialInterfaceKit.
Enter8800whenspecifying8800Japaneseyenasthemaximum Tokeepprocessingperformanceofprinterengine,select"1:Priority
amounttobehandledwiththeCoinManagerthatsupportsJapanese onspeed".
yen. Tocorrectlystoptheoutputbytheupperlimitnumberofsheets,
Inthecasetospecify1to4(Euro/Pound/SwissFranc/Dollar)by select"2:Priorityonupperlimitnumberofsheets".
goingthroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>UNIT-PRC, Usecase AtinstallationofSerialInterfaceKit
entryisinfractionalunit.Entryof50indicates50cents($0.50). Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Withpriorityonspeed,outputcannotbecorrectlystoppedbythe
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. upperlimitnumberofsheets.
Caution Thismodeisenabledwhenselecting4forthefollowing:COPIER> Withpriorityontheupperlimitnumberofsheets,processing
OPTION>ACC>COIN. performanceoftheprinterengineisdecreaseddependingonpickup
Display/adj/setrange 0to9999 location.
Unit Accordingtothesettingvaluebythefollowing:COPIER>OPTION> Display/adj/setrange 0to2
ACC>UNIT-PRC. 0:Nosupport,1:Priorityonspeed,2:Priorityonupperlimitnumber
Appropriatetarget - ofsheets
value Unit -
Defaultvalue 8800 Appropriatetarget -
Requiredtime - value
Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>ACC>COIN,UNIT-PRC Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo Asforchargingamount,itcausesanerrorifspecifyingthevaluethat Relatedservicemode -
islargerthanthemaximumcurrencyunitwithSettings/Registration Relatedusermode -
mode. Supplement/memo -
MIC-TUN Manualadjofvoicerecognizemicrophone CC-EXT SetofinformationoutputatCCVcontrol
Lv.1 Details Tomanuallyadjustthesoundreceivinglevel(sensitivity)ofthe Lv.1 Details Tosettheinformationoutputoflarge/smallpapersizeandcolor/B&W
connectedvoicerecognitionmicrophone. atCCVcontrol.
Microphonesensitivityisautomaticallytunedinusermode;however, Usecase Wheninstallingamachinewhichrequirestheinformationonlarge/
adjustitmanuallyasneeded. smallpapersizeandcolor/B&W
Usecase Whenthesensitivityofmicrophoneisnotimprovedbyautotuning Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0to255 0:Notoutput,1:Output
Unit - Unit -
Appropriatetarget - Appropriatetarget -
value value
Relatedusermode Preferences>Accessibility>VoiceNavigationSettings>Tune Relatedusermode -
Microphone Supplement/memo -
8-364
8

8
8-365
■ INT-FACE COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE
AP-ACCNT JobdeptIDsetofappliw/printserver
COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE Lv.2 Details TosetdepartmentIDtotheprintjobfromtheapplication(PrintMe)
IMG-CONT Connectionsettingofprintserver equippedwithprintserver.
Lv.1 Details Tosetconnectionwithprintserver. Usecase Uponuser'srequest
Usecase Atinstallation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
0:Normalmode(Printservernotconnected),1,2:Notused,3: Appropriatetargetvalue -
Printserverconnected,4,5:Notused
Defaultvalue 0
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
AP-CODE Setoutputpasscodefromprintserver
Relatedusermode -
Lv.2 Details Tosetthepasscodeforoutputfromprintserver.
Supplement/memo -
Usecase -
AP-OPT Outputsetofappliwithprintserver
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertopermitoutputfromtheapplication(PrintMe) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
equippedwithprintserver.
Caution -
Unit -
Caution -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
0: Permits the specified account only, 1: Permits, 2: Permits the
specified department ID only Relatedservicemode -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-365
8

8
8-366
COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE ■ LCNS-TR
NWCT-TM Timeoutsettingofnetworkconnection
Lv.2 Details Tosetthetimetokeepnetworkconnectionbetweenthis
COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR
machineandthePCapplication(keep-alivesetting). ST-SEND InstallstatedisofSENDfunction
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetimeisincreasedby1 Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofSENDfunctionwhentransferis
minute. disabled.
Usecase - Usecase WhencheckingwhetherSENDfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SEND.
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicensekey
Display/adj/setrange 1to5 isdisplayedunderTR-SEND.
Unit 1minute Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK!
Supplement/memo ExpectedPCapplication:Networkprintapplication,E-mail Relatedservicemode -
function,cascadecopy,MEAPnetworkapplication,etc. Relatedusermode -
CNT-TYPE Connectionsettingofprintserver Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details Toswitchprintservertobeconnected. TR-SEND TrnslicensekeydisofSENDfunction
SpecifyprintserverwithEFIcontrollerID. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseSENDfunctionwhen
Usecase Atinstallationofprintserver transferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • Whenreplacingthedevice
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SEND.
Display/adj/setrange 1to999 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
443:ColorPASS-GX300,444:imagePASS-B1 ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-SEND.
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange 24digits
Relatedusermode -
T-8-67
Supplement/memo -
8-366
8

8
8-367
COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR
ST-ENPDF InstallstatedisofSENDencryPDFTX ST-SPDF InstalstatedisofSENDsearchblPDFTX
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftransmissionfunctionforSEND Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftransmissionfunctionforSEND
encryptionPDFwhentransferisdisabled. searchablePDFwhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhethertransmissionfunctionforSEND Usecase WhencheckingwhethertransmissionfunctionforSEND
encryptionPDFisinstalled searchablePDFisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ENPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SPDF.
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicensekey Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
isdisplayedunderTR-ENPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-SPDF.
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK!
Unit - Unit -
TR-ENPDF TrnslicensekeydisofSENDencryPDFTX TR-SPDF TrnslcnskeydisofSENDsearchblPDFTX
Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytousetransmissionfunctionfor Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytousetransmissionfunctionfor
SENDencryptionPDFwhentransferisdisabled. SENDsearchablePDFwhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD
• Whenreplacingthedevice • Whenreplacingthedevice
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ENPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SPDF.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-ENPDF. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-SPDF.
Caution ThismodeisenabledifSENDfunctionisinstalled. Caution ThismodeisenabledifSENDfunctionisinstalled.
Display/adj/setrange 24digits Display/adj/setrange 24digits
Unit - Unit -
8-367
8

8
8-368
ST-EXPDF InstallstatedisofPDFExpansionKit ST-PDFDR InstallstatedisofPDFdirectprint
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFExpansionKitwhentransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFdirectprintfunctionwhen
isdisabled. transferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFExpansionKitisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFdirectprintfunctionisinstalled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-EXPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PDFDR.
Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
keyisdisplayedunderTR-EXPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PDFDR.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo PDFExpansionKit:EncryptionPDF+SearchablePDF Supplement/memo -
TR-EXPDF TrnslicensekeydisofPDFExpnsnKit TR-PDFDR TrnslicensekeydisofPDFdirectprint
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePDFExpansionKitwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePDFdirectprintfunction
transferisdisabled. whentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-EXPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PDFDR.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-EXPDF. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PDFDR.
Caution ThismodeisenabledifSENDfunctionisinstalledforJapan. Caution -
Unit - Unit -
Supplement/memo PDFExpansionKit:EncryptionPDF+SearchablePDF Supplement/memo -
8-368
8

8
8-369
ST-SCR Installstatedisofencrysecureprint ST-HDCLR InstallstatedisofHDDencry/delete
Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofencryptionsecureprintfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofHDDencryption/datacomplete
whentransferisdisabled. deletionfunctionwhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase Whencheckingwhetherencryptionsecureprintfunctionis Usecase WhencheckingwhetherHDDencryption/datacompletedeletion
installed. functionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCR. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCLR.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-SCR. keyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCLR.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-SCR Trnslicensekeydisofencrysecurepnt TR-HDCLR TrnslicensekeydisofHDDencry/delete
Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytouseencryptionsecureprint Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseHDDencryption/data
functionwhentransferisdisabled. completedeletionfunctionwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCR. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCLR.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-SCR. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCLR.
Caution Thismodeisenabledifthereis"3DES+USH-H"Board. Caution Thismodeisenabledifthereis"3DES+USH-H"Board.
Unit - Unit -
8-369
8

8
8-370
ST-BRDIM InstallstatedisplayofBarDIMM ST-VNC InstallationstatedisplayofVNC
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofBarDIMMwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofVNCfunctionwhentransferis
disabled. disabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherBarDIMMisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherVNCfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-BRDIM. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-VNC.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-BRDIM. keyisdisplayedunderTR-VNC.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-BRDIM TransferlicensekeydisofBarDIMM TR-VNC TransferlicensekeydisplayofVNC
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseBarDIMMwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseVNCfunctionwhen
disabled. transferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-BRDIM. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-VNC.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-BRDIM. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-VNC.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-370
8

8
8-371
ST-WEB InstallationstatedisofWebbrowser ST-HRPDF InstallstatedisofhighcompressPDF
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofWebbrowserwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofhighcompressionPDFfunction
disabled. whentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherWebbrowserisinstalled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherhighcompressionPDFfunctionis
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WEB. installed.
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HRPDF.
Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-WEB. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
Caution - keyisdisplayedunderTR-HRPDF.
Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Caution -
Unit - Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK!
TR-WEB TransferlicensekeydisofWebbrowser Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseWebbrowserwhen TR-HRPDF TrnslcnskeydisofhighcompressPDF
transferisdisabled. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousehighcompressionPDF
Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD functionwhentransferisdisabled.
• Whenreplacingthedevice Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WEB. • Whenreplacingthedevice
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HRPDF.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-WEB. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-HRPDF.
Display/adj/setrange 24digits Caution -
Unit - Display/adj/setrange 24digits
Supplement/memo -
8-371
8

8
8-372
ST-TRSND InstallstatedisoftrialSENDfunction ST-WTMRK Installstatedisofwatermarkfunction
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftrialSENDfunctionwhentransfer Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofwatermarkprintfunctionwhen
isdisabled. transferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhethertrialSENDfunctionisinstalled. Usecase Whencheckingwhetherwatermarkprintfunctionisinstalled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TRSND. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WTMRK.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-TRSND. keyisdisplayedunderTR-WTMRK.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-TRSND TransferlicensekeydisoftrialSEND TR-WTMRK Trnslicensekeydisofwatermarkfunc
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousetrialSENDfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytousewatermarkprintfunction
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TRSND. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WTMRK.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-TRSND. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-WTMRK.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-372
8

8
8-373
ST-TSPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/timestamp ST-USPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/usersign
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith
timestampwhentransferisdisabled. usersignaturewhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithtime Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithuser
stampisinstalled. signatureisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TSPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USPDF.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-TSPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-USPDF.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-TSPDF LicensekeydisofPDFTXw/timestamp TR-USPDF TrnslcnskeydisofPDFTXw/usersign
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensetousePDFtransmissionfunctionwith Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePDFtransmissionfunction
timestampwhentransferisdisabled. withusersignaturewhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TSPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USPDF.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-TSPDF. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-USPDF.
Unit - Unit -
8-373
8

8
8-374
ST-DVPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/devcsign ST-SCPDF InstalstatedisofscalablePDFTXfunc
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofscalablePDFtransmission
devicesignaturewhentransferisdisabled. functionwhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithdevice Usecase WhencheckingwhetherscalablePDFtransmissionfunctionis
signatureisinstalled installed
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-DVPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCPDF.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-DVPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-SCPDF.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-DVPDF TrnslcnskeydisofPDFTXw/devcsign TR-SCPDF TrnslicensekeydisofscalablePDFTX
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePDFtransmissionfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousescalablePDFtransmission
withdevicesignaturewhentransferisdisabled. functionwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-DVPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCPDF.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-DVPDF. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-SCPDF.
Unit - Unit -
8-374
8

8
8-375
ST-AMS InstallationstatedisplayofACQ ST-ERDS InstalstatedisofE-RDS3rdptyexpnsn
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofACQwhentransferisdisabled. Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofthirdpartyexpansionfunctionof
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherACQisinstalled E-RDSwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AMS. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherthirdpartyexpansionfunctionofE-RDS
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. isinstalled
Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ERDS.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-AMS. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! keyisdisplayedunderTR-ERDS.
Unit - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK!
TR-AMS TransferlicensekeydisplayofACQ Relatedusermode -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseACQwhentransferis Supplement/memo Thirdpartyexpansionfunction:Afunctiontosendchargecounter
disabled. tothethirdparty'schargeserver.
Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD TR-ERDS LicensekeydisofE-RDS3rdptyexpnsn
• Whenreplacingthedevice Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytousethirdpartyexpansion
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AMS. functionofE-RDSwhentransferisdisabled.
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-AMS. • Whenreplacingthedevice
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ERDS.
Display/adj/setrange 24digits 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-ERDS.
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange 24digits
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Thirdpartyexpansionfunction:Afunctiontosendchargecounter
tothethirdparty'schargeserver.
8-375
8

8
8-376
ST-PS InstallstatedisplayofPSfunction ST-PCL InstallstatedisplayofPCLfunction
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPSfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPCLfunctionwhentransferis
disabled. disabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPSfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPCLfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PS. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCL.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-PS. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PCL.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-PS TransferlicensekeydisofPSfunction TR-PCL TransferlicensekeydisofPCLfunction
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePSfunctionwhentransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePCLfunctionwhentransfer
isdisabled. isdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PS. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCL.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PS. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PCL.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-376
8

8
8-377
ST-PSLI5 InstalstateofPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRII) ST-LIPS5 InstallstateofLIPSLX(UFRII)&LIPS4
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRIIfor Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSLX(UFRIIforoutsideJapan)
outsideJapan)functionwhentransferisdisabled. andLIPS4functionswhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRII)functionis Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSLX(UFRII)andLIPS4functions
installed areinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLI5. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS5.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLI5. keyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS5.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-PSLI5 LcnskeydisofPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRII) TR-LIPS5 LcnskeydisofLIPSLX(UFRII)&LIPS4
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFR Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseLIPSLX(UFRIIforoutside
IIforoutsideJapan)functionwhentransferisdisabled. Japan)andLIPS4functionswhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLI5. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS5.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLI5. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS5.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-377
8

8
8-378
ST-LIPS4 InstallstatedisofLIPSIVfunction ST-PSPCL InstallstatedisofPS/PCLfunction
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSIVfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/PCLfunctionwhentransferis
disabled. disabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSIVfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/PCLfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS4. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCL.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS4. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCL.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-LIPS4 TransferlicensekeydisplayofLIPSIV TR-PSPCL TransferlicensekeydisofPS/PCLfunc
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseLIPSIVfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePS/PCLfunctionwhen
transferisdisabled. transferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS4. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCL.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS4. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCL.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-378
8

8
8-379
ST-PCLUF InstallstatedisofPCL/UFRfunction ST-PSLIP InstallstatedisofPS/LIPSfunction
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPCL/UFRfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/LIPSfunctionwhentransferis
disabled. disabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPCL/UFRfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/LIPSfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCLUF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLIP.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-PCLUF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLIP.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-PCLUF TransferlicensekeydisofPCL/UDRfunc TR-PSLIP TransferlicensekeydisofPS/LIPSfunc
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePCL/UFRfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePS/LIPSfunctionwhen
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCLUF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLIP.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PCLUF. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLIP.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-379
8

8
8-380
ST-PSPCU InstallstatedisofPS/PCL/UFRfunc ST-LXUFR InstallstatedisofLIPSLX(UFRII)func
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/PCL/UFRfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSLX(UFRIIforoutsideJapan)
transferisdisabled. functionwhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/PCL/UFRfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSLX(UFRll)functionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCU. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LXUFR.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCU. keyisdisplayedunderTR-LXUFR.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-PSPCU TransferlicensekeydisofPS/PCL/UFR TR-LXUFR TrnslicensekeydisofLIPSLX(UFRII)
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePS/PCL/UFRfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseLIPSLX(UFRllforoutside
whentransferisdisabled. Japan)functionwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCU. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LXUFR.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCU. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-LXUFR.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-380
8

8
8-381
ST-HDCR2 InstallstatedisofHDDdeletefunction ST-USB-M Installstatedisofprint/savefromUSB
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofHDDdatacompletedeletion Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofprint/savefunctionfrommemory
functionwhentransferisdisabled. mediawhentransferisdisabled.
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherHDDdatacompletedeletionfunctionis Usecase Whencheckingwhetherprint/savefunctionfrommemorymedia
installed isinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCR2. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USB-M.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCR2. keyisdisplayedunderTR-USB-M.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-HDCR2 TrnslicensekeydisofHDDdeletefunc TR-USB-M Licensekeydisofprint/savefromUSB
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseHDDdatacomplete Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytouseprint/savefunctionfrom
deletionfunctionwhentransferisdisabled. memorymediaonanotherMFPwhentransferisdisabled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCR2. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USB-M.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCR2. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-USB-M.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-381
8

8
8-382
ST-MOBIL Installstatedisofmobilelinkfunc ST-JBLK Installstatedisofinfoembeddingfunc
Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofmobilecollaboration(mobileprint) Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofinformationembeddingfunction
functionwhentransferisdisabled. whentransferisdisabled.
Usecase Whencheckingwhethermobilecollaborationfunctionisinstalled Usecase Whencheckingwhetherinformationembeddingfunctionis
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-MOBIL. installed
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-JBLK.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-MOBIL. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
Caution - keyisdisplayedunderTR-JBLK.
TR-MOBIL Licensekeydisofmobilelinkfunc Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytousemobilecollaboration(mobile TR-JBLK Trnslicensekeydisofinfoembedfunc
print)functionwhentransferisdisabled. Lv.2 Details Todisplaytransferlicensekeytouseinformationembedding
Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD functionwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-MOBIL. • Whenreplacingthedevice
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-JBLK.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-MOBIL. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-JBLK.
Supplement/memo -
8-382
8

8
8-383
ST-AFAX InstallstatedisofAirFAXclientfunc ST-REPDF InstallstatedisofPDFw/readerextsn
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofAirFAXclientfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFfunctionwithreaderextension
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherAirFAXclientfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFfunctionwithreaderextensionis
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AFAX. installed
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-REPDF.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-AFAX. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense
Caution - keyisdisplayedunderTR-REPDF.
TR-AFAX TrnslicensekeydisofAirFAXclient Supplement/memo -
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseAirFAXclientfunctionwhen TR-REPDF TrnslcnskeydisofPDFw/readerextsn
transferisdisabled. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytousePDFfunctionwithreader
Usecase • WhenreplacingHDD extensionwhentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AFAX. • Whenreplacingthedevice
2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-REPDF.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-AFAX. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-REPDF.
Supplement/memo -
8-383
8

8
8-384
ST-OOXML InstallstatedisofOOXMLsendfunction ST-XPS InstallstatedisofXPSdirectprint
Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofOOXMLsendfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofXPSdirectprintfunctionwhen
Usecase WhencheckingwhetherOOXMLsendfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherXPSdirectprintfunctionisinstalled
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-OOXML. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-XPS.
keyisdisplayedunderTR-OOXML. keyisdisplayedunderTR-XPS.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TR-OOXML TrnslcnskeydisofOOXMLsendfunction TR-XPS TrnslcnskeydisofXPSdirectprint
Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseOOXMLsendfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplaytransferlicensekeytouseXPSdirectprintfunction
whentransferisdisabled. whentransferisdisabled.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-OOXML. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-XPS.
ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-OOXML. ThetransferlicensekeyisdisplayedunderTR-XPS.
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
T-8-68
8-384
8

8
8-385
COPIER TXPH
COPIER>TEST>PG
Settingoftestprintimagemode
Lv.1 Details Tosettheimagemodeatthetimeoftestprintoutput.
TEST Thismodeisenabledfortestprintonly.
Usecase Attroubleanalysis
■ PG Caution -
COPIER>TEST>PG Display/adj/setrange 0to6
TYPE Testprint 0:Errordiffusion
Lv.1 Details Toexecutethetestprint. 1:Lowscreenrulingscreen(approx.133to190lines)
Usecase Attroubleanalysis 2:Highscreenrulingscreen(approx.200to268lines)
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 3:Copyscreen(approx.220lines)
Testprintisexecuted. 4:REOSscreen(noscreenstructure)
Caution Besuretoreturnthevalueto0afterthetestprintoutput. 5to6:Notused
0:ImagefromCCD(normalprint) Appropriatetargetvalue -
1to3:ForR&Duse Defaultvalue -
4:16gradations Requiredtime -
5:Halftoneforallareas Relatedservicemode -
6:Grid Relatedusermode -
7to9:ForR&Duse Supplement/memo -
10:MCYBkhorizontalline THRU Imagecorrectiontableuseattestprint
11:ForR&Duse Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertousetheimagecorrectiontableatthetimeof
12:YMCBk64gradations testprintoutput.
13:ForR&Duse Usecase Attroubleanalysis
14:Fullcolor16gradations
15to100:ForR&Duse
Caution -
Unit -
0:Used,1:Notused
Defaultvalue 0
Unit -
Requiredtime Severalseconds
Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-385
8

8
8-386
COPIER>TEST>PG COPIER>TEST>PG
DENS-Y AdjofYcolordensityattestprint DENS-K AdjofBkcolordensityattestprint
Lv.1 Details ToadjustYcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5). Lv.1 Details ToadjustBkcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5).
Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher. Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher.
Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5) Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5)
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
DENS-M AdjofMcolordensityattestprint COLOR-Y Ycoloroutputsettingattestprint
Lv.1 Details ToadjustMcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5). Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofYcoloroutputfortestprint.
Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher. Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes.
Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5) Whensetting"COLOR-Y"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleY
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. colorisoutput.
Caution - Usecase Attestprint
Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Defaultvalue - 0:Notoutput,1:Output
DENS-C AdjofCcolordensityattestprint Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details ToadjustCcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5). Relatedusermode -
Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher. Supplement/memo -
Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5)
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-386
8

8
8-387
COLOR-M Mcoloroutputsettingattestprint COLOR-K Bkcoloroutputsettingattestprint
Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofMcoloroutputfortestprint. Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofBkcoloroutputfortestprint.
Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes. Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes.
Whensetting"COLOR-M"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleM Whensetting"COLOR-K"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleBk
colorisoutput. colorisoutput.
Usecase Attestprint Usecase Attestprint
Caution - Caution -
0:Notoutput,1:Output 0:Notoutput,1:Output
Unit - Unit -
COLOR-C Ccoloroutputsettingattestprint F/M-SW SettingofPGfullcolor/monocolor
Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofCcoloroutputfortestprint. Lv.1 Details Tosetfortheoutputinfullcolor/monochromecolorwithPG.
Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes. Usecase Whenseparating(identifying)thecausewhetherit'sduetocolor
Whensetting"COLOR-C"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleC ormonochrome.
colorisoutput. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Attestprint Caution -
Caution - 0:Fullcolor,1:Monochromecolor
0:Notoutput,1:Output Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-387
8

8
8-388
PG-PICK Settingoftestprintpickupcassette FINISH Accessoryprocessingfunctiontestprint
Lv.1 Details Tosetthepickupcassettefortestprintoutput. Lv.1 Details Toexecutethetestprintrelatingtoaccessoryprocessing
Usecase Attroubleanalysis function.
Attestprintoutput Usecase Whencheckingoperationofaccessoryprocessingfunction
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)EnterthenumberofsheetsforPG-QTY,andthenpressOK
Caution - key.
Display/adj/setrange 1to8 2)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
1:Cassette1,2:Cassette2,3:Cassette3,4:Cassette4,5:Paper 3)PressStartbutton.
Deck,6:Multi-purposeTray,7to8:Notused Themachineoutputsatestprint.
Unit - Caution -
Defaultvalue - 0:N/A
Requiredtime - 1:Staple(front)*1
2:Staple(2points)*1
3:Staple(rear)*1
Relatedusermode -
4:Booklet(saddlestitch)*1
Supplement/memo -
5:Z-fold(singlesleeve)*1
2-SIDE SettingofPG2-sidedmode 6:2-fold*1
Lv.1 Details Toset1-sided/2-sidedprintforPGoutput. 7:C-fold*2
Usecase Attroubleanalysis 8:V-fold*2
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 9:4-fold*2
Caution - 10:Z-fold(out-3-fold)*2
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 11:Punch(InnerPuncher)*3
0:1-sided,1:2-sided 12:Multiple-holepunch*4
Unit - 13:Shift*1
Appropriatetargetvalue - 14to99:Spare(forfutureuse)
Defaultvalue 0 *1Finisher,*2Multi-foldingmachine,*3InnerPuncher,*4
Multiple-holePuncher
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue 0
Supplement/memo -
Requiredtime -
PG-QTY SettingofPGoutputquantity
Relatedservicemode COPIER>TEST>PG>PG-QTY
Lv.1 Details TosetthenumberofsheetsforPGoutput.
Relatedusermode -
Usecase Attroubleanalysis
Supplement/memo -
T-8-69
Caution -
Unit 1sheet
Defaultvalue 1
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-388
8

8
8-389
■ NETWORK COPIER>TEST>NETWORK
Lv.2 Details To set whether to only display the device configuration in the
COPIER>TEST>NETWORK SystemMonitorscreenwhensupportingBMlinks.
PING Networkconnectioncheck Whenthesettingisswitched,theStatusandLogarenot
Lv.1 Details TocheckconnectionbetweenthismachineandTCP/IPnetwork. displayed.
Usecase • Whencheckingnetworkconnectionatthetimeofinstallation Usecase WhensupportingBMlinks
• Atnetworkconnectionfailure Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitch. Caution -
2)Connectthenetworkcabletothismachine,andthenturnON Display/adj/setrange 0to1
themainpowerswitch. 0:OrdinarySystemMonitorscreen
3)Informthesystemadministratoratuser'ssitethatinstallationof 1: Screen in which only the device configuration is displayed
thismachineiscomplete,andaskfornetworksetting. Unit -
4)Askthesystemadministratortocheckthenetworkconnection,
andchecktheremotehostaddressofPINGtransmissiontarget.
Defaultvalue 0
5)Selecttheitemandentertheremotehostaddress,andthen
pressOKkeyandStartkey. Requiredtime -
OK:Connectionisnormal.Checkingprocedureiscomplete. Relatedservicemode -
NG:Connectionfailed.Gotostep6)ifthecableconnectionis Relatedusermode -
OK.Incaseofcableconnectionfailure,connectagainandthen Supplement/memo -
gotostep5). IPV6-ADR SettingofPINGsendaddress(IPv6)
6)Selecttheitemandenterloopbackaddress,andthenpressOK Lv.1 Details TosettheIPv6addresstosendPING.
keyandStartkey. WhenPINGissenttothisaddressbyCOPIER>TEST>
OK:TCP/IPsettingofthismachineisnormal.Gotostep7)to NETWORK>PING-IP6,thenetworkconnectionconditioninthe
checkNIC. IPv6environmentcanbechecked.
NG:TCP/IPsettingofthismachinehasfailure.Gotostep3)to Usecase -
checkthesettingagain. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
7)Selecttheitemandenterthelocalhostaddress,andthenpress Caution • EnteraconsistentcharacterstringasanaddressofIPv6.
OKkey. • Enteranaddresswithin39charactersincludinghexadecimal
OK:NetworksettingofthismachineandNICarenormal.Inform numbers(0-9,a-f)andaseparator(:).
thesystemadministratorthatthetroubleisduetonetwork
environmentandaskforcountermeasure.
Unit -
NG:Connectionfailure/faultwithNIC.CheckconnectionofNIC/
replaceNIC.
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Display/adj/setrange 0.0.0.0to255.255.255.255
Atnormalstate:OK Relatedservicemode COPIER>TEST>NETWORK>PING-IP6
Atfailureoccurrence:NG Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo • Remotehostaddress:IPaddressofPCterminalinnetwork.
• Loopbackaddress:127.0.0.1.CheckingTCP/IPofthismachine
isavailablebecausethesignalisreturnedbeforeNIC.
• NIC:Networkinterfaceboard
• Localhostaddress:IPaddressofthismachine
BML-DISP SetSystemMonitorscrn:BMlinkssupport
8-389
8

8
8-390
COPIER>TEST>NETWORK COPIER>TEST>NETWORK
PING-IP6 PINGtransmissiontoIPv6address IPSECINT InterrupttestofIPSecEncryptionBoard
Lv.1 Details To send PING to the address specified by IPV6-ADR. Lv.1 Details ToexecutetheinterrupttestofIPSecEncryptionBoard.
ThenetworkconnectionconditionintheIPv6environmentcanbe Tocheckwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurred.
checked. Usecase Whencheckingwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurredtothe
Usecase - IPSecEncryptionBoard
Caution - Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - Display/adj/setrange Atnormalstate:OK
Unit - Atfailureoccurrence:NG(0:Theboardcannotberecognized.1:
Appropriatetargetvalue - Anerroroccurredtotheresult.)
Relatedservicemode COPIER>TEST>NETWORK>IPV6-ADR Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode - Requiredtime Approx.3minutes
IPSECPOL PollingtestofIPSecEncryptionBoard Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details ToexecutepollingtestofIPSecEncryptionBoard. Supplement/memo -
Tocheckwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurred. T-8-70
Usecase Whencheckingwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurredtothe
IPSecEncryptionBoard
Caution -
Display/adj/setrange Atnormalstate:OK
Atfailureoccurrence:NG(0:Theboardcannotberecognized.1:
Anerroroccurredtotheresult.)
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-390
8

8
8-391
COPIER COPY
COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL
Totalcopycounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine.
COUNTER Largesize:1,smallsize:1
Ablanksheetisnotcounted.
Usecase -
■ TOTAL Adj/set/operatemethod -
COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL Caution -
SERVICE1 Service-purposedtotalcounter1 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine. Unit -
Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Appropriatetargetvalue -
Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Defaultvalue -
Usecase - Requiredtime -
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Supplement/memo -
Unit - PDL-PRT PDLprintcounter
Appropriatetargetvalue - Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine
Defaultvalue - accordingtothechargecounteratPDLprint.
Requiredtime - Largesize:1,smallsize:1
Relatedservicemode - Ablanksheetisnotcounted.
Relatedusermode - Usecase -
Supplement/memo - Adj/set/operatemethod -
SERVICE2 Service-purposedtotalcounter2 Caution -
Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Largesize:2,smallsize:1 Unit -
Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Appropriatetargetvalue -
Usecase - Defaultvalue -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Requiredtime -
Caution - Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Relatedusermode -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-391
8

8
8-392
COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL
FAX-PRT FAXreceptionprintcounter RPT-PRT Reportprintcounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine
accordingtothechargecounteratFAXreception. accordingtothechargecounteratreportprint.
Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Largesize:1,smallsize:1
Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Ablanksheetisnotcounted.
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
BOX-PRT Inboxprintcounter 2-SIDE 2-sidedcopy/printcounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine
accordingtothechargecounteratInboxprint. accordingtothechargecounterat2-sidedcopy/print.
Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Largesize:1,smallsize:1
Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Ablanksheetisnotcounted.
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
8-392
8

8
8-393
COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL ■ PICK-UP
SCAN Scancounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountthenumberofscanoperationsaccordingtothecharge
COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP
counterwhenthescanningoperationiscomplete. C1 Cassette1pickuptotalcounter
Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1
Usecase - Usecase -
Adj/set/operatemethod Whenthecounteriscleared Adj/set/operatemethod -
Selecttheitem,andthenpressClearkey. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Numberofsheets
Supplement/memo - C2 Cassette2pickuptotalcounter
T-8-71 Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1
Usecase -
Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
C3 Cassette3pickuptotalcounter
Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1
Usecase -
Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-393
8

8
8-394
COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP
C4 Cassette4pickuptotalcounter 2-SIDE 2-sidedpickuptotalcounter
Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1 Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1
Usecase - Usecase -
Caution - Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets Unit Numberofsheets
MF Multi-purposeTraypickuptotalcounter T-8-72
Usecase -
Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
DK Deckpickuptotalcounter
Usecase -
Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-394
8

8
8-395
■ FEEDER ■ JAM
COPIER>COUNTER>FEEDER COPIER>COUNTER>JAM
FEED DADForiginalpickuptotalcounter TOTAL Printertotaljamcounter
Lv.1 Details Lv.1 Details
Usecase WhencheckingthetotalcounteroforiginalpickupbyDADF Usecase Whencheckingthetotaljamcounterofprinter
Caution - Caution -
Unit Numberofsheets Unit Numberoftimes
DFOP-CNT DADFhingeopen/closecounter FEEDER Feedertotaljamcounter
Lv.1 Details - Lv.1 Details -
Usecase WhencheckingtheDADFhingeopen/closecounter Usecase Whencheckingthetotaljamcounteroffeeder
Caution - Caution -
Unit Numberoftimes Unit Numberoftimes
T-8-73 SORTER Finishertotaljamcounter
Lv.1 Details -
Usecase When checking the total jam counter of finisher
Caution -
Unit Numberoftimes
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-395
8

8
8-396
COPIER>COUNTER>JAM COPIER>COUNTER>JAM
2-SIDE DuplexUnitjamcounter C2 LeftDeckjamcounter
Usecase WhencheckingthejamcounterofDuplexUnit Usecase Whencheckingthejamcounterofmachine'sLeftDeck
Caution - Caution -
MF Multi-purposeTrayjamcounter C3 Cassette3pickupjamcounter
Usecase WhencheckingthejamcounterofMulti-purposeTray Usecase Whencheckingthejamcounterofmachine'sCassette3
Caution - Caution -
C1 RightDeckjamcounter C4 Cassette4pickupjamcounter
Usecase Whencheckingthejamcounterofmachine'sRightDeck Usecase Whencheckingthejamcounterofmachine'sCassette4
Caution - Caution -
8-396
8

8
8-397
COPIER>COUNTER>JAM ■ MISC
DK PODDeckLitejamcounter
Lv.1 Details -
COPIER>COUNTER>MISC
Usecase WhencheckingthejamcounterofPODDeckLite T-SPLY-Y Ytonersupplycounter
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.1 Details NumberofYcolortonersupplyblocks.
CountedforeveryonerotationofTonerStirringScrew.
Caution -
Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftoner
Unit Numberoftimes
Caution -
Defaultvalue -
Unit Numberofblocks
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-74
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-SPLY-M Mtonersupplycounter
Lv.1 Details NumberofMcolortonersupplyblocks.
Caution -
Unit Numberofblocks
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-SPLY-C Ctonersupplycounter
Lv.1 Details NumberofCcolortonersupplyblocks.
Caution -
Unit Numberofblocks
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-397
8

8
8-398
COPIER>COUNTER>MISC COPIER>COUNTER>MISC
T-SPLY-K Bktonersupplycounter ST-NDL Stapleneedlecounter:Fin-A1/C1
Lv.1 Details NumberofBkcolortonersupplyblocks. Lv.1 Details Tocounttheuseofthestapleneedle.
CountedforeveryonerotationofTonerStirringScrew. Usecase -
Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftoner Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange - Unit Numberoftimes
Unit Numberofblocks Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo - ENT-PTH Entrancepaperpathcounter:Fin-C1
ALLPW-ON NumberofDCONPCBpower-ontimes Lv.1 Details Entrancepaperpathcounter
Lv.1 Details Numberofpower-ontimes(Non-all-nightPowerUnit). Usecase -
TocountupwhenpoweristurnedON(Non-all-nightPower Adj/set/operatemethod -
Unit). Caution -
Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftheproduct Display/adj/setrange -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Unit Numberofsheets
Display/adj/setrange - Defaultvalue -
Unit Numberoftimes Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode - TRAY-CHA Traychangecounter:Fin-C1
Relatedusermode - Lv.1 Details Traychangecounter
Supplement/memo - Usecase -
HDD-ON NumberofHDDstart-uptimes Adj/set/operatemethod -
Lv.1 Details TocountupatHDDstart-up. Caution -
Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftheproduct Display/adj/setrange -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Unit Numberoftimes
Display/adj/setrange - Defaultvalue -
Unit Numberoftimes Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-398
8

8
8-399
COPIER>COUNTER>MISC ■ JOB
PUN-CAB PunchUnitCablecounter:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details PunchUnitCablecounter
COPIER>COUNTER>JOB
Usecase - DVPAPLEN Averagepaperlengthofjob
Adj/set/operatemethod - Lv.1 Details Averagepaperlengthintheperiodfromwhentheprinterengine
startsprintingoperationtowhenitstopstheoperation.
Caution -
Sincetheprinterengineconsiderssmalljobsthatareexecuted
continuouslyasalargejob,theaveragepaperlengthaffects
Unit Numberoftimes calculationofthelife.
Appropriatetargetvalue - Usecase -
Defaultvalue - Adj/set/operatemethod -
Requiredtime - Caution -
Relatedservicemode - Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Relatedusermode - Unit mm
PUN-WST Punchwastecounter:Fin-C1 Defaultvalue -
Lv.1 Details PunchUnitpunchwastecounter Requiredtime -
Usecase - Relatedservicemode -
Adj/set/operatemethod - Relatedusermode -
Caution - Supplement/memo -
Display/adj/setrange - DVRUNLEN Averagedistanceofjob
Unit - Lv.1 Details Averagerunningdistanceintheperiodfromwhentheprinter
Appropriatetargetvalue - enginestartsprintingoperationtowhenitstopstheoperation.
Defaultvalue - Sincetheprinterengineconsiderssmalljobsthatareexecuted
Requiredtime - continuouslyasalargejob,theaveragerunningdistanceaffects
Relatedservicemode - calculationofthelife.
Relatedusermode - Usecase -
Supplement/memo - Adj/set/operatemethod -
SDL-NDL Saddlestapleneedlecounter:Fin-C1 Caution -
Lv.1 Details TocounttheuseoftheSaddlestapleneedle. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Usecase - Unit mm
Unit Numberoftimes Relatedservicemode -
Requiredtime - T-8-76
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-75
8-399
8

8
8-400
■ DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1
TR-BLT ITBpartscounter
COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
T/S-UNIT TransferSeparationGuidepartscounter 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Lv.1 Details TransferSeparationGuideUnit Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement parts
2ndline:Estimatedlife Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe key.
parts Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear andthenpressOKkey.
key. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
andthenpressOKkey.
Unit -
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Defaultvalue 0
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Requiredtime -
Supplement/memo -
TR-ROLC PrimaryTransferRoller(Y/M/C)partscounter
Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details Duetotheengagement/disengagementoftheRoller,Y/M/C
Supplement/memo - RollercounterisadvancedseparatelyfromBkRoller
T-CLN-BD ITBCleaningBladepartscounter 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Lv.1 Details ITBCleaningBlade 2ndline:Estimatedlife
1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
2ndline:Estimatedlife parts
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
parts key.
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
key. andthenpressOKkey.
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Unit -
Defaultvalue 0 Relatedservicemode COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1>TR-ROLK
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-400
8

8
8-401
COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1
TR-ROLK PrimaryTransferRoller(Bk)partscounter PT-DRM BkPhotosensitiveDrumpartscounter
Lv.1 Details Duetotheengagement/disengagementoftheRoller,BkRoller Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
counterisadvancedseparatelyfromY/M/CRoller 2ndline:Estimatedlife
parts key.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Unit -
Relatedservicemode COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1>TR-ROLC Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode - DV-UNT-C DevelopingAssembly(C)partscounter
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
2TR-ROLL SecTransferOuterRollerpartscounter 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Lv.1 Details SecondaryTransferOuterRoller Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement parts
2ndline:Estimatedlife Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe key.
parts Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear andthenpressOKkey.
key. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
andthenpressOKkey. Unit -
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Thisiscommonlyusedasoperatormaintenancepartscounter.
8-401
8

8
8-402
DV-UNT-Y DevelopingAssembly(Y)partscounter DV-UNT-K DevelopingAssembly(Bk)partscounter
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
parts parts
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
key. key.
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Unit - Unit -
DV-UNT-M DevelopingAssembly(M)partscounter C1-SP-RL Cassette1SeparationRollerprtscounter
parts parts
key. key.
Unit - Unit -
Defaultvalue - Defaultvalue 0
8-402
8

8
8-403
C1-FD-RL Cassette1FeedRollerpartscounter C2-FD-RL Cassette2FeedRollerpartscounter
parts parts
key. key.
Unit - Unit -
C2-SP-RL Cassette2SeparationRollerprtscounter M-SP-RL Multi-purposeTraySprtnRollprtscntr
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details Multi-purposeTraySeparationRoller
2ndline:Estimatedlife 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe 2ndline:Estimatedlife
parts Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear parts
key. Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, key.
andthenpressOKkey. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. andthenpressOKkey.
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Supplement/memo -
8-403
8

8
8-404
M-FD-RL Multi-purposeTrayFeedRollprtscntr FX-UNIT FixingAssemblypartscounter
Lv.1 Details Multi-purposeTrayFeedRoller Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife
2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts
parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key.
key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey.
andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Supplement/memo - FX-LW-BR FixingBearingpartscounter
FX-LW-RL PressureRollerpartscounter Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Supplement/memo -
8-404
8

8
8-405
WST-TNR WasteTonerContainerpartscounter PT-DR-Y PhotosensitiveDrum(Y)partscounter
parts parts
key. key.
Unit - Unit -
TN-FIL1 TonerFilterpartscounter PT-DR-M PhotosensitiveDrum(M)partscounter
parts parts
key. key.
Unit - Unit -
8-405
8

8
8-406
COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 ■ DRBL-2
PT-DR-C PhotosensitiveDrum(C)partscounter
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2
2ndline:Estimatedlife DF-PU-RL PickupRollerpartscounter:AllReader
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
parts 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
key. parts
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
andthenpressOKkey. key.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Defaultvalue 0 Unit Numberofsheets
Relatedusermode -
T-8-77
Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris
advancedeverytimeasheetisfed.
DF-SP-PD PickupSeparationPadpartscntr:Reader
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
2ndline:Estimatedlife
Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
parts
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
key.
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
andthenpressOKkey.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Unit Numberofsheets
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris
advancedeverytimeasheetisfed.
8-406
8

8
8-407
DF-FD-RL FeedRoller1partscounter:D-Reader LNT-TAP1 Dust-collectingcounter:AllReader
parts parts
key. key.
Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris
advancedeverytimeasheetisfed. advancedeverytimeasheetisfed.
DF-SP-RL SeparationRollerprtscounter:D-Reader LNT-TAP2 Dust-colletingTypeEcounter:D-Reader
parts parts
key. key.
Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris Supplement/memo Regardlessofthereadmode(1-sided/2-sided),thecounteris
advancedeverytimeasheetisfed. advancedeverytimeasheetisfed.
8-407
8

8
8-408
STAMP Stamppartscounter:AllReader PD-PU-RL PickupRollerpartscounter:Deck
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythepartscounterandtheestimatedlifeofDADF Lv.1 Details PickupRoller(Front/Rear)ofPaperDeck/PODDeckLite/Multi
Stamp. Deck(Upper)
1stline:Numberofsheetsfedafterthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
2ndline:Estimatedlifetobeenteredbyoperator 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Usecase Atreplacement Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,andthenenterthe key.
estimatedlife. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Unit Numberofsheets Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit Numberofsheets
DF-HNG-L LeftHingepartscounter:AllReader Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythepartscounterandtheestimatedlifeofDADF PD-SP-RL SeparationRollerpartscounter:Deck
HingeUnit(Left). Lv.1 Details SeparationRollerofPaperDeck/PODDeckLite/MultiDeck
1stline:Numberofsheetsfedafterthepreviousreplacement (Upper)
2ndline:Estimatedlifetobeenteredbyoperator 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Usecase Atreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe
key. parts
Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,andthenenterthe Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear
estimatedlife. key.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue,
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 andthenpressOKkey.
Unit Numberofsheets Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement.
Defaultvalue 0 Unit Numberofsheets
Supplement/memo Thecounterisadvancedeverytimeitisopened/closed. Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-408
8

8
8-409
PD-FD-RL FeedRollerpartscounter:Deck C3-FD-RL Cassette3FeedRollerpartscounter
Lv.1 Details FeedRollerofPaperDeck/PODDeckLite/MultiDeck(Upper) Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Unit Numberofsheets Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo - C4-SP-RL Cassette4SeparationRollerprtscounter
C3-SP-RL Cassette3SeparationRollerprtscounter Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife
Supplement/memo -
8-409
8

8
8-410
C4-FD-RL Cassette4FeedRollerpartscounter FIN-STPR Staplerpartscounter:Fin-A1/C1
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details StaplerUnit
2ndline:Estimatedlife 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit Numberoftimes
SORT Sortpathpartscounter Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement SADDLE Saddlefeedpathpartscounter:Fin-C1
2ndline:Estimatedlife Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Unit Numberofsheets Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999
Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit Numberoftimes
Supplement/memo -
8-410
8

8
8-411
SDL-STPL SaddleStaplerpartscounter:Fin-C1 FN-BFFRL BufferRollerpartscounter:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details SaddleStaplerUnit Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Unit Numberoftimes Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo - ENT-STC InletSttcChgElimprtscntr:Fin-A1/C1
PUNCH Puncherpartscounter:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details InletStaticChargeEliminator
Lv.1 Details TocountthenumberofpunchingintheInnerPuncher 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Unit Numberoftimes Appropriatetargetvalue -
Supplement/memo -
8-411
8

8
8-412
SWG-STC SwngGuideInsideSttcChgElim:Fin-C1 DL-STC StackWallSttcElimprtscntr:Fin-A1/C1
Lv.1 Details SwingGuideInsideStaticChargeEliminator Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Numberofsheets
Supplement/memo - OFST-RL OffsetRollerpartscounter:Fin-A1
RET-RL ReturnRollerpartscounter:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement
Lv.1 Details PaperReturnRoller(Front/Rear) 2ndline:Estimatedlife
parts key.
Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Unit Numberofsheets
Relatedusermode - T-8-78
Supplement/memo -
8-412
8

8
8-413
■ T-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>T-CNTR
BLACK BkTonerContainercounter
COPIER>COUNTER>T-CNTR Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1BkcolorTonerContainer
YELLOW YTonerContainercounter consumed.
Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1YcolorTonerContainerconsumed. Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer
Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer Adj/set/operatemethod -
Display/adj/setrange - Unit -
MAGENTA MTonerContainercounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1McolorTonerContainerconsumed.
Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
CYAN CTonerContainercounter
Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1CcolorTonerContainerconsumed.
Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-413
8

8
8-414
■ V-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>V-CNTR
CYAN VideocountCcounter
COPIER>COUNTER>V-CNTR Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofcyanvideocount.
TOTAL Videocounttotalcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:1
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionoftotalvideocountforeachcolor. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Smallsize:1,Largesize:1 Adj/set/operatemethod -
Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount Caution -
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - BLACK VideocountBkcounter
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofblackvideocount.
YELLOW VideocountYcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:1
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofyellowvideocount. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-80
Supplement/memo -
MAGENTA VideocountMcounter
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofmagentavideocount.
Smallsize:1,Largesize:1
Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-414
8

8
8-415
■ V2-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>V2-CNTR
CYAN VideocountCcounter
COPIER>COUNTER>V2-CNTR Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofcyanvideocount.
TOTAL Videocounttotalcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:2
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionoftotalvideocountforeachcolor. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode - BLACK VideocountBkcounter
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofblackvideocount.
YELLOW VideocountYcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:2
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofyellowvideocount. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Caution - Unit -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-81
Supplement/memo -
MAGENTA VideocountMcounter
Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofmagentavideocount.
Smallsize:1,Largesize:2
Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-415
8

8
8-416
FEEDER SPSN-LMN
FEEDER>DISPLAY
DisofPost-sprtnSensremissionvoltage
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-emittingvoltagevalueforthePost-separation
DISPLAY Sensor.
Usecase Whenjamsfrequentlyoccur
Adj/set/operatemethod N/A(Displayonly)
FEEDER>DISPLAY
Caution -
FEEDSIZE DisoforiginalsizedetectedbyDADF
Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheoriginalsizedetectedbyDADF.
Unit -
Usecase -
Appropriatetargetvalue Approx.113
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Unit -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
SPSN-RCV DisofPost-sprtnSensrrecvvoltage
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-receivingvoltagevalueforthePost-
separationSensor.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Adj/set/operatemethod Removeandinsertthepaperatthesensorposition,andcheck
TRY-WIDE DistanceofOriginalWidthDetectSlider
thevalueatpresence/absenceofthepaper.
Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedistancebetweentheOriginalWidthDetection
Caution -
Sliders.
Usecase Atoriginalsizedetectionerror
Unit -
Adj/set/operatemethod Checkwhetherthevaluematchingtheslidepositionisdisplayed
Appropriatetargetvalue Atthepresenceofpaper:123orlower,Attheabsenceofpaper:
when the Original Width Slider is moved to the specified size
179orhigher
widthposition.
Defaultvalue -
Caution -
Requiredtime -
Display/adj/setrange 0toapprox.2970
Unit 0.1mm
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue -
RDSN-LMN DisofLeadSensoremissionvoltage
Requiredtime -
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-emittingvoltagevaluefortheLeadSensor.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Caution -
Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue Approx.113
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-416
8

8
8-417
FEEDER>DISPLAY ADJUST
RDSN-RCV DisplayofLeadSensorreceptionvoltage
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-receivingvoltagevaluefortheLeadSensor. FEEDER>ADJUST
Usecase Whenjamsfrequentlyoccur DOCST AdjofDADFimgleadedgemargin:front
Adj/set/operatemethod Removeandinsertthepaperatthesensorposition,andcheck Lv.1 Details ToadjustthemarginattheleadingedgeoftheimageforDADF
thevalueatpresence/absenceofthepaper. scanning.
Caution - ExecutewhentheoutputimageafterDADFinstallationis
Display/adj/setrange 0to255 dislocated.
Unit - EnterthevalueofservicelabelwhenReaderControllerPCBis
Appropriatetargetvalue Atthepresenceofpaper:123orlower,Attheabsenceofpaper: replaced/RAMdataiscleared.
179orhigher Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginattheleadingedge
Defaultvalue - oftheimageisdecreasedby0.1mm.(Theimagemovesinthe
Requiredtime - directionoftheleadingedgeofthesheet.)
Relatedservicemode - Usecase • WheninstallingDADF
Relatedusermode - • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Supplement/memo - Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
DRSN-LMN DisofDeliverySensoremitvoltg Caution -
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-emittingvoltagevaluefortheDelivery Display/adj/setrange -50to50
Sensor. Unit 0.1mm
Usecase Whenjamsfrequentlyoccur Appropriatetargetvalue -
Adj/set/operatemethod N/A(Displayonly) Defaultvalue 0
Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Relatedservicemode -
Appropriatetargetvalue Approx.113 Supplement/memo -
Defaultvalue - LA-SPEED Fine adj of DADF image magnifictn: front
Requiredtime - Lv.1 Details To adjust the image magnification in vertical scanning direction
Relatedservicemode - forDADFscanning.
Relatedusermode - Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1%
inverticalscanningdirection.(Thefeedingspeedincreases,and
Supplement/memo -
theimageisreduced.)
DRSN-RCV DisofDeliverySensorrecvvoltg
Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-receivingvoltagevaluefortheDelivery
Usecase • WheninstallingDADF
Sensor.
Caution -
Adj/set/operatemethod Removeandinsertthepaperatthesensorposition,andcheck
thevalueatpresence/absenceofthepaper.
Unit 0.10%
Caution -
Defaultvalue 0
Unit -
Requiredtime -
Appropriatetargetvalue Atthepresenceofpaper:123orlower,Attheabsenceofpaper:
179orhigher Relatedservicemode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-82
8-417
8

8
8-418
FEEDER>ADJUST FEEDER>ADJUST
DOCST2 AdjofDADFimgleadedgemargin:back ADJMSCN1 Zoomadjin2-sidedhorzscanway:front
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthemarginattheleadingedgeoftheimageforDADF Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification
scanning. inhorizontalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex
ExecutewhentheoutputimageafterDADFinstallationis scanning.
dislocated. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1%
EnterthevalueofservicelabelwhenReaderControllerPCBis inhorizontalscanningdirection.
replaced/RAMdataiscleared. Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginattheleadingedge magnification at the time of duplex scanning
oftheimageisdecreasedby0.1mm.(Theimagemovesinthe Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
directionoftheleadingedgeofthesheet.) Caution -
Usecase • WheninstallingDADF Display/adj/setrange -10to10
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Unit 0.10%
Unit 0.1mm Relatedservicemode -
Requiredtime - ADJMSCN2 Zoomadjin2-sidedhorzscanway:back
Relatedservicemode - Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the back side image magnification
Relatedusermode - inhorizontalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex
Supplement/memo - scanning.
LA-SPD2 Fine adj of DADF image magnifictn: back Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1%
Lv.1 Details To adjust the image magnification in vertical scanning direction inhorizontalscanningdirection.
forDADFscanning. Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1% magnification at the time of duplex scanning
inverticalscanningdirection.(Thefeedingspeedincreases,and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
theimageisreduced.) Caution -
Usecase • WheninstallingDADF Display/adj/setrange -10to10
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Unit 0.10%
Unit 0.10% Relatedservicemode -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-418
8

8
8-419
FEEDER>ADJUST FUNCTION
ADJSSCN1 Zoomadjin2-sidedvertscanway:front
Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification FEEDER>FUNCTION
inverticalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex
SENS-INT InitializationofDADFSensors
scanning.
Lv.1 Details ToinitializeDADFSensors.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1%
Usecase WhenreplacingReaderControllerPCB/Post-separationSensor
inverticalscanningdirection.
1(SR2)/Post-separationSensor2(SR3)/Post-separation
Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage
Sensor3(PCB2)/RegistrationSensor(PCB3)/LeadSensor1
magnification at the time of duplex scanning
(PCB4)/LeadSensor2(SR5)
Caution -
Caution -
Unit 0.10%
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Supplement/memo -
ADJSSCN2 Zoomadjin2-sidedvertscanway:back
MTR-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationMotor
Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the back side image magnification
Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFMotortooperate.
inverticalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex
ThemotorisactivatedbyMTR-ON.
scanning.
Usecase Atoperationcheck
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1%
inverticalscanningdirection. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage Caution -
magnification at the time of duplex scanning Display/adj/setrange 0to9
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:PickupMotor(M1),1:FeedMotor(M2),2:Registration
Motor(M3),3:ReadMotor(M4),4:DeliveryMotor(M5),5:
Caution -
DisengagementMotor1(M6),6:DisengagementMotor2(M7),
7:TrayLifterMotor(M8),8:GlassShiftMotor(M9),9:Pickup
Unit 0.10%
RollerUnitLifterMotor(M10)
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-ON
Supplement/memo -
Relatedusermode -
T-8-83
Supplement/memo -
8-419
8

8
8-420
FEEDER>FUNCTION FEEDER>FUNCTION
TRY-A4 AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref1:A4 TRY-LTRR AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref2:LTRR
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint
1fortheDADFTray.(A4) 2fortheDADFTray.(LTRR)
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR) Usecase • WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR)
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata
Caution - Caution -
Unit - Unit -
TRY-A5R AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref2:A5R FEED-CHK SpecifyingDADFindividualfeedmode
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint Lv.1 Details TospecifythefeedmodeforDADF.
2fortheDADFTray.(A5R) FeedoperationisactivatedbyFEED-ON.
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR) Usecase Atoperationcheck
• WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange - 0:1-sidedpickup/deliveryoperation
Unit - 1:2-sidedpickup/deliveryoperation
Appropriatetargetvalue - 2:1-sidedpickup/deliveryoperation(withstamp)
Defaultvalue - 3:2-sidedpickup/deliveryoperation(withstamp)
TRY-LTR AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref1:LTR Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>FEED-ON
Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint Relatedusermode -
1fortheDADFTray.(LTR) Supplement/memo -
Usecase • WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR)
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-420
8

8
8-421
CL-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationClutch FAN-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationFan
Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFClutchtobeoperated. Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFFantobeoperated.
TheClutchisactivatedbyCL-ON. ThefanisactivatedbyFAN-ON.
Usecase Atoperationcheck Usecase Atoperationcheck
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Caution - Caution -
0:Clutch(CL1),1:Clutch(CL2) 0:MotorDriverCoolingFan(FM1)
Unit - 1:ReadMotorCoolingFan(FM2)
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>CL-ON Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>FAN-ON
CL-ON OperationcheckofDADFClutch Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the Clutch specified by CL-CHK. FAN-ON OperationcheckofDADFFan
Usecase Atoperationcheck Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the fan specified by FAN-CHK.
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Atoperationcheck
Theclutchoperatesforapproximately5secondsand Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
automaticallystops. Thefanoperatesforapproximately5secondsand
2)PressOKkey. automaticallystops.
Theoperationcheckiscompleted. 2)PressOKkey.
Caution PressOKkeyagainafterexecution.Itstopsautomaticallyafter Theoperationcheckiscompleted.
approx. 5 sec; however, it does not finish unless OK key is Caution PressOKkeyagainafterexecution.Itstopsautomaticallyafter
pressed(STOPscreendoesnotappear.) approx. 5 sec; however, it does not finish unless OK key is
Display/adj/setrange - pressed(STOPscreendoesnotappear.)
Unit - Display/adj/setrange -
Requiredtime Approx.5seconds Defaultvalue -
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>CL-CHK Requiredtime Approx.5seconds
Relatedusermode - Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>FAN-CHK
Supplement/memo -
8-421
8

8
8-422
SL-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationSolenoid MTR-ON Operationcheckofmotor
Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFsolenoidtobeoperate. Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the motor specified by MTR-CHK.
ThesolenoidisactivatedbySL-ON. Usecase Atoperationcheck
Usecase Atoperationcheck Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Theunitoperatesforapproximately5secondsand
Caution - automaticallystops.
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)PressOKkey.
0:DisengagementSolenoid(SL1) Theoperationcheckiscompleted.
1:StampSolenoid(SL2) Caution BesuretopresstheOKkeyagainafterexecution.The
Unit - operationautomaticallystopsafterapproximately5seconds,
Appropriatetargetvalue - butisnotcompletedunlesstheOKkeyispressed(STOPisnot
Defaultvalue - displayed).
Requiredtime - Display/adj/setrange -
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>SL-ON Unit -
SL-ON OperationcheckofDADFSolenoid Requiredtime Approx.5seconds
Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the solenoid specified by SL-CHK. Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>MTR-CHK
Usecase Atoperationcheck Relatedusermode -
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Supplement/memo -
Theunitoperatesforapproximately5secondsand ROLL-CLN RotationofDADFRollers
automaticallystops. Lv.1 Details TorotateforcleaningtheDADFRollers.
2)PressOKkey. Cleantherollerbyputtingthelint-freepapermoistenedwith
Theoperationcheckiscompleted. alcoholwhileitisrotating.
Caution BesuretopresstheOKkeyagainafterexecution.The Usecase Atrollercleaning
operationautomaticallystopsafterapproximately5seconds, Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
butisnotcompletedunlesstheOKkeyispressed(STOPisnot 2)Cleantherotatingrollerswithlint-freepapermoistenedwith
displayed). alcohol.
Display/adj/setrange - 3)PressOKkey.
Unit - Therollersstop.
Defaultvalue - Display/adj/setrange -
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>SL-CHK Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-422
8

8
8-423
FEEDER>FUNCTION
FEED-ON OperationcheckofDADFindividualfeed
Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the feed mode specified by FEED-
CHK.
Usecase Atoperationcheck
Caution -
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>FEED-CHK
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-84
8-423
8

8
8-424
SORTER STP-F2
SORTER>ADJUST
Adjfrtstaplepstn(45deg)(LTR):Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheLTRsizepaper.
ADJUST Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto
therearsideby0.49mm.
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononLTR
SORTER>ADJUST
sizepaper
PNCH-HLE Adjofpunchholepstnfrompaperedge
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthelengthfromthepaperedgetothepunchhole.
Caution -
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepunchholemovesby1
mm.
+: Unit 0.49mm
-: Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Usecase Uponuser'srequest Defaultvalue 0
Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Requiredtime -
2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange -4to2 Supplement/memo -
Unit 1mm STP-R1 Adjrearstaplepstn(45deg)(A4):Fin-C1
Appropriatetargetvalue - Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheA4sizepaper.
Defaultvalue 0 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto
Requiredtime - therearsideby0.49mm.
Relatedservicemode - Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononA4size
paper
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
Caution -
STP-F1 Adjfrtstaplepstn(45deg)(A4):Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheA4sizepaper.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto Unit 0.49mm
therearsideby0.49mm. Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononA4R Defaultvalue 0
sizepaper Requiredtime -
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Relatedservicemode -
Display/adj/setrange -6to6 Supplement/memo -
Unit 0.49mm
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-424
8

8
8-425
SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST
STP-R2 Adjrearstaplepstn(45deg)(LTR):Fin-C1 SDL-STP Adjofsaddlestapleposition:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheLTRpaper. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthestaplepositionforsaddlestitching..
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmoves
therearsideby0.49mm. downwardby0.5mm.
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononLTR Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursatthefoldpositionandthestaple
sizepaper positionforsaddlestitching
Caution - Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue 0
STP-2P Adjustmentof2-stapleposition:Fin-A1 SDL-ALG Adjofsaddlealignmentposition:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepaperpull-inamountoftheGripperatthetimeof Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetravellengthoftheAlignmentPlateforsaddle
2-pointstapling. stitching.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepaperpull-inamountis Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thealignmentpositionmoves
increasedby0.1mm. inthepush-indirectionby0.5mm.
Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursatthe2-pointstapleposition Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursduringthesaddlestitching
Caution - Caution -
8-425
8

8
8-426
ST-ALG1 AdjStackerA4sizealignpstn:Fin-C1 STP-F3 AdjA4Rfrtstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheA4sizepaperalignmentposition. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheA4Rsizepaper.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetravellengthofthe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto
AlignmentPlateisincreasedby0.42mm. therearsideby0.49mm.
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursinA4sizepaper Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononA4R
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. sizepaper
Caution - Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Unit 0.49mm
Defaultvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue 0
ST-ALG2 AdjStackerLTRsizealignpstn:Fin-C1 Supplement/memo -
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheLTRsizepaperalignmentposition. STP-F4 AdjLTRRfrtstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetravellengthofthe Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheLTRRsizepaper.
AlignmentPlateisincreasedby0.42mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursinLTRsizepaper therearsideby0.49mm.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononLTRR
Caution - sizepaper
Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit 0.42mm Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Display/adj/setrange -6to6
Defaultvalue 0 Unit 0.49mm
Requiredtime - Appropriatetargetvalue 0
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-426
8

8
8-427
STP-R3 AdjA4Rrearstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1 SW-UP-RL AdjofSwingRollerfallingpstn:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheA4Rsizepaper. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheSwingRollerdownposition.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theSwingRollerdownposition
therearsideby0.49mm. movesdownwardby0.2mm.
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononA4R Usecase WhenpaperfailstobetransportedtotheProcessingTrayand
sizepaper misalignmentoccurs
Caution - Caution -
STP-R4 AdjLTRRrearstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1 PUN-V-RG Adjofpunchverticalrgstpstn:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheLTRRsizepaper. Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheverticalregistrationpositionofthepapertobe
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto punched.
therearsideby0.49mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepunchholepositionmoves
Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononLTRR towardtheedgeby1mm.
sizepaper Usecase Whenmisalignmentofpunchholepositionoccurs
Caution - Caution -
Unit 0.49mm Unit 1mm
8-427
8

8
8-428
PRCS-RET AdjProcessTrayreturnamount:Fin-C1 DW-CL Settingdownwardcurlprevmode:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepull-backamountofthepaperontheProcessing Lv.1 Details Set1whendownwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtothe
Tray. StackTray,andpapersarenotstackedaccurately.
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepull-backamountis Usecase WhendownwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtotheStack
decreasedby1.4mm. Tray,andpapersarenotstackedaccurately
Usecase WhenthepaperisbentintheProcessingTray Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution -
Display/adj/setrange 0to5 0:OFF,1:ON
Unit 1.4mm Unit -
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Appropriatetargetvalue -
UP-CL Settingofupwardcurlprevmode:Fin-C1 THC-CL Settingheavypprcurlprevmode:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details Set1whenupwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtothe Lv.1 Details Set1whenupwardcurloccursatthetimeofheavypaper
StackTray,andpaperleaningduetothecurloccurs. delivery.
Usecase WhenupwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtotheStack When1isset,theamountofStackTraydescensionforstack
Tray,andpaperleaningduetothecurloccurs deliveryincreases.Thepapersurfacedetectionisperformedfor
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. everysheet,notforevery5sheets.
Caution - Usecase Whenupwardcurloccursatthetimeofheavypaperdelivery
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
0:OFF,1:ON Caution -
Appropriatetargetvalue - 0:OFF,1:ON
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-428
8

8
8-429
THC-PUSH Settingheavypproutprevmode:Fin-C1 THN-STC Setpoorthinpprstackprevmode:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details Set1whenthealreadystackedpaperispushedoutatthetime Lv.1 Details Set1whenthinpaperisnotappropriatelystacked.
ofheavypaperdelivery. When1isset,thestackingconditionofthinpaperimproves.
When1isset,theStackTraymovesdowntemporarilybefore Usecase Whenthinpaperisnotappropriatelystacked
theheavypaperisdeliveredtotheProcessingTrayiftheleading Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
sheetisheavypaper. Caution -
Usecase Whenthealreadystackedpaperispushedoutatthetimeof Display/adj/setrange 0to1
heavypaperdelivery 0:OFF,1:ON
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit -
Requiredtime - STP-P-CH Setstplstackdisplaceprevmode:Fin-C1
Relatedservicemode - Lv.1 Details Set1whenthepaperonthetopismisalignedinthestaple
Relatedusermode - deliverymode.
Supplement/memo - When1isset,paperstackalignmentoperationisexecutedtwice
OFST-STC Setpooroffsetstackprevmode:Fin-C1 immediatelybeforestapling.
Lv.1 Details Set1whenpaperisnotappropriatelystackedinthesmall-size Usecase Whenthepaperonthetopismisalignedinthestapledelivery
offsetmode. mode
When1isset,bufferoperationisnotperformedinthesmall-size Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
offsetmode. Caution -
Usecase Whenpaperisnotappropriatelystackedinthesmall-sizeoffset Display/adj/setrange 0to1
mode 0:OFF,1:ON
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-429
8

8
8-430
TRY-NIS Settrayswitchnoisereductmode:Fin-C1 FIN-NIS Settraydrivenoisereductmode:Fin-C1
Lv.1 Details Set1whentheoperationnoiseatthetimeofswitchingtheStack Lv.1 Details Set1whentheFinisheroperationnoiseisloud.
Trayisloud. When1isset,theinitialFinisheroperationisminimized.
When1isset,theStackTrayriseoperationbecomesslow. Usecase WhentheFinisheroperationnoiseisloud
Usecase WhentheoperationnoiseatthetimeofswitchingtheStackTray Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
isloud Caution -
Caution - 0:OFF,1:ON
0:OFF,1:ON Appropriatetargetvalue -
Relatedusermode - 1SHT-SHF Set1-sheetOffset+Collate:Fin-C1
Supplement/memo - Lv.1 Details Set1whensettingOffsetandCollatefor1-sheetdocument.
TRY-SU Settrayswitchingspeedupmode:Fin-C1 Usecase WhensettingOffsetandCollatefor1-sheetdocument
Lv.1 Details Set1whentheStackTrayswitchingtimeislong. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
When1isset,theStackTrayrisespeedbecomesfast. Caution -
Usecase WhentheStackTrayswitchingtimeislong Display/adj/setrange 0to1
0:OFF,1:ON
Requiredtime - SDL-SWCH Sddlstackcapacityswitchmode:Fin-C1
Relatedservicemode - Lv.1 Details Set1whenincreasingthestackingcapacityforsaddlestitching.
Relatedusermode - When1isset,thestackingcapacityincreasesovertheupper
Supplement/memo - limit.
Usecase Whenincreasingthestackingcapacityforsaddlestitching
Caution -
0:OFF,1:ON
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-430
8

8
8-431
SDL-ALM Setsddlfullstackalarmmode:Fin-C1 STP-NTN AdjofStapleNeedlepitch(A4):Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details Set1whendisablingthestackfullalarmforsaddlestitching. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepitchbetweenneedlesfor2-pointstapling.
Usecase Whendisablingthestackfullalarmforsaddlestitching Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepitchbetweenneedles
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. becomeswiderby0.27mm.
Caution - Usecase Whenthepitchbetweenneedlesfor2-pointstaplingis
Display/adj/setrange 0to1 inappropriate
0:OFF,1:ON Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Unit - Caution -
Defaultvalue 0 Unit 0.27mm
Requiredtime - Appropriatetargetvalue 0
SFT-AMT1 AdjshftamntofShftRoll(frt):Fin-A1 Relatedusermode -
Lv.1 Details ToadjustthefrontshiftamountoftheShiftRoller. Supplement/memo -
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theShiftRollermovestoward INSTP-F1 Adjoffrontstapleposition:Fin-A1
theguideby0.1mm. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepaperpull-inamountoftheGripperatthetimeof
Usecase Whenthefrontshiftamountofthepaperisinappropriate front1-pointstapling.
Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepaperpull-inamountis
Caution - increasedby0.1mm.
Display/adj/setrange 0to50 Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstapleposition
Unit 0.1mm Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 Caution -
Defaultvalue 0 Display/adj/setrange -50to50
Requiredtime - Unit 0.27mm
Relatedservicemode - Appropriatetargetvalue 0
SFT-AMT2 AdjshftamntofShftRoll(Rear):Fin-A1 Relatedservicemode -
Lv.1 Details ToadjusttherearshiftamountoftheShiftRoller. Relatedusermode -
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theShiftRollermovestoward Supplement/memo -
theguideby0.1mm.
Usecase Whentherearshiftamountofthepaperisinappropriate
Caution -
Unit 0.1mm
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-431
8

8
8-432
SORTER>ADJUST FUNCTION
INSTP-R1 Adjofrearstapleposition:Fin-A1
Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepaperpull-inamountoftheGripperatthetimeof SORTER>FUNCTION
rear1-pointstapling.
FIN-CON ControllerPCBRAMclear:Fin-C1
Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepaperpull-inamountis
Lv.1 Details ToexecutetheRAMclearofFinisherControllerPCBtodelete
increasedby0.1mm.
alltheadjustmentcontentsandcounterinformation.
Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursattherearstapleposition
Usecase -
Caution -
Display/adj/setrange -50to50 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Unit 0.27mm Caution • OutputtheservicemodesettingvaluesbyP-PRINTbefore
Appropriatetargetvalue 0 execution.Afterexecution,enterthenecessarysettingvalues.
Defaultvalue 0 • RAMclearisexecutedafterthemainpoweristurnedOFF/
Requiredtime - ON.
Relatedservicemode - Display/adj/setrange -
T-8-85 Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-86
8-432
8

8
8-433
OPTION
SORTER>OPTION
BLNK-SW SetSaddleFinisherfoldpositionmargin
Lv.1 Details TosetthemarginwidthoffoldpositiononSaddleFinisher.
Usecase Whenchangingthemarginwidthoffoldposition
Caution -
0:Normal,1:Wider
Unit -
Defaultvalue 2
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
T-8-87
8-433
8

8
8-434
BOARD MENU-3
BOARD>OPTION
Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel3
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethelevel3ofprintersetting
OPTION menu.
BOARD>OPTION
MENU-1 Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel1
Caution -
menu.
0:Hide,1:Display
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Caution -
Requiredtime -
0:Hide,1:Display Relatedservicemode -
Defaultvalue 0 MENU-4 Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel4
Requiredtime - Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethelevel4ofprintersetting
menu.
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
MENU-2 Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel2
Caution -
menu.
0:Hide,1:Display
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Caution -
Requiredtime -
0:Hide,1:Display Relatedservicemode -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
8-434
8

8
8-435
BOARD>OPTION
SURF-OFF UFRboardfunctionON/OFF
Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFofthefunctionaccordingtotheSURFboard
connectionstatus.
Usecase -
Caution -
0:OFF,1:ON
Unit -
Defaultvalue -
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo -
TR-DSP Hide/disoftonerreductionfunction
Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethetonerreductionfunction.
Caution -
0:Hide,1:Display
Unit -
Defaultvalue 0
Requiredtime -
Relatedusermode -
Supplement/memo Thetonerreductionfunctionisconstantlyenabledasdefault.
Toner color is limited to 2.1 colors when genuine Canon profile
isused,butitmaybecome2.1colorsormorewhenacustom
profile is used for PS data. Therefore, it is limited to 2.1 colors by
thetonerreductionfunction.
T-8-88
8-435
8

9 Installation
■ How to Check this
Installation Procedure
■ HDD Mirroring Kit-D1
■ Reader Heater Unit-G1
■ Things to do Before ■ Cassette Heater Unit-37
Installation ■ Cassette Heater Unit-32
■ Points to Note Before ■ Utility Tray-A1
Installation ■ Key Switch Unit-A2
■ Combination Table of ■ Voice Operation Kit-C1

Accessory Installation
■ Voice Guidance Kit-F1
■ Checking the Contents
■ Card Reader-C1

■ Unpacking ■ C opy Tray- J1
■ InstallationProcedure ■ Inner 2-Way Tray-F1
■ Printer Cover-C1 ■ Additional Memory B 512MB
■ 2.5 inch/80GB HDD-C1 ■ Expansion Bus-F1,
2.5 inch/250GB HDD-D1 IPSec Board-B2,
■ Removable HDD Kit-AC1 Wireless LAN Board-B1
9

9
9-2
9-2
9

9
9-3
HowtoCheckthisInstallationProcedure ThingstodoBeforeInstallation
WhenUsingthePartsIncludedinthePackage SelectinganInstallingLocation
Asymbolisdescribedontheillustrationinthecaseofusingthepartsincludedinthepackage Theinstallinglocationneedstomeetthefollowingconditions:
ofthisproduct. Thus,itisdesirabletogoovertheplannedinstallinglocationbeforebringingthemachineto
theuser'ssite.
1)Environmentoftheinstallationsitemustbewithintherangeindicatedbelow.Avoidany
area near the faucet, the water heater, the humidifier, or the refrigerator.
• Operation/imageassuredrange:temperature:15.0to30.0degC,humidity:5to80%
Packaged Item 2) Keep the installation site away from the source of fire, a dusty place, or a place generating
F-9-1 ammoniagas.Inthecaseofinstallingthisequipmentinaplacesubjecttodirectsunlight,it
isrecommendedtohangcurtainsoverthewindow.
SymbolsintheIllustration 3)Roomodorcanbebotheringwhenrunningthemachineforalongtimeinapoorly-
Thefrequently-performedoperationsaredescribedwithsymbolsinthisprocedure. ventilatedroomalthoughtheozoneamountgeneratedwhilerunningthisequipmentdoes
notharmhumanhealth.Besuretoprovideadequateventilationoftheroomtokeepthe
Screw Connector Harness
workenvironmentcomfortable.
4) The foot of this equipment should be in contact with the floor. This equipment should be
keptonthelevel.
5)Themachinemustbeawayfromthewallby100mmormoretosecureanenoughspace
Tighten Remove Connect Disconnect Secure Free
toperformmachineoperation.
Claw
• ColorImageReaderUnit-B2
4” (100 mm) ro more
Insert Remove Push Plug in Turn on 19 3/4” 19 3/4”
45 5/7” (1,159 mm)

(500 mm) (500 mm)
Checking instruction or more or more
Check Visual Check Sound Check

42 1/8” (1,071 mm)
(500 mm)
F-9-2
or more
19 3/4”
F-9-3
9-3
9

9
9-4
• DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1+InnerFinisher-A1+andPaperDeckUnit-B1
PointstoNoteBeforeInstallation
4” (100 mm) or more
Takenoteofthefollowingpointswheninstallingthisequipment.
19 3/4”
1)Movingthisequipmentfromalow-temperatureplacetoawarmplatecangenerate
(500 mm) 19 3/4”
or more (500 mm) condensation,resultinginimagefault.Thus,whenunpackingthisequipment,leaveitfor2
46 5/8” (1,184 mm)

or more
hoursormoresothattheequipmentbecomescomfortablewiththeroomtemperature.
(Condensation:formationofliquiddropsfromwatervaporonmetalsurface,andusually
occurswhenbringingametalobjectfromalow-temperatureplacetoawarmplacedueto
rapidly-cooledsurroundingmoisturevapor.)
2)Thehostmachineweighsmaximum175kg.Itisrecommendedtoliftitwith4peopleor
58 1/2” (1,487 mm)
(500 mm)
more.However,ifthereisastandardtohandleaheavyloadineachsalescompany,follow
or more
19 3/4”
50 5/8” (1,284 mm)
itforoperation.
Also,makesuretoliftthemachinewithkeepingitlevelatoperation.
F-9-4 Becausethegravitycenterisintherear,liftwithcare.
• DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1+External2/3HolePuncher-B1+BookletFinisher-
C1+BufferPassUnit-G1+PaperDeckUnit-B1
4” (100 mm) or more
19 3/4”
(500 mm) 19 3/4”
or more (500 mm)
46 5/8” (1,184 mm)

or more
81 1/4” (2,062 mm)

(500 mm)
or more
19 3/4”
4 5/8” (118 mm)

85 7/8” (2,180 mm)
F-9-5
6)Besuretoinstallthisequipmentinawell-ventilatedplace.Donotplacethisequipment
neartheairventintheroom.
9-4
9

9
9-5
CombinationTableofAccessoryInstallation CombinationoftheOptionsRelatedtotheHDD
WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedin
CombinationoftheOptionsinstallingtotheRightSide thefollowingtable.
• 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1
oftheHostMachine
• 2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1
• RemovableHDDKit-AC1
MEMO: • HDDMirroringKit-D1
• Thefollowingtableshowsthecombinationofaccessoriesthataresetattherightsideof
thehostmachine. • HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1
• Whensettingtheaccessoriesindicatedinthetable,refertothetablebelowandcheckthe
combinationbeforethesetup. ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination
• WheninstallingtheUSBDevicePort-B1,installitbeforeinstallingthefollowingoptions.
No. CombinationofProduct ReferencePagesintheManual
1 HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56
UtilityTray-A1 VoiceGuidance VoiceOperation Card 2 RemovableHDDKit
Kit-F1 Kit-C1 Reader-C1 3 HDD(80GB/250GB)+ p.9-57top.9-75
UtilityTray-A1 - no no yes RemovableHDDKit
VoiceGuidance 4 HDD(80GB/250GB)+
no - no yes p.9-43top.9-56,p.9-76top.9-21
Kit-F1 HDDMirroringKit
VoiceOperation 5 HDD(80GB/250GB)+
no no - yes RemovableHDDKit+ p.9-57top.9-21
Kit-C1
HDDMirroringKit
CardReader-C1 yes yes yes -
T-9-1
6 p.9-43top.9-56
yes:Available no:Unavailable HDD(80GB/250GB)+ RefertotheInstallationManualandInstruction
HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit SheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDD
DataEncryption&MirroringKit.
7 RemovableHDDKit+
p.9-57top.9-75
HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit
RefertotheInstallationManualandInstruction
8 HDD(80GB/250GB)+ SheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDD
RemovableHDDKit+
DataEncryption&MirroringKit.
HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit
T-9-2
9-5
9

9
9-6
CheckingtheContents
[1] Drum Unit (Bk) x 1 [2] Drum Unit (Color) x 3 [3] Reversal Trail-edge Guide x 1 1 [4] Right Lower Sub Cover x 1 [5] Size Plate x 2
[6] Light Front Cover x 1 [7] Light Grip Cover x 1 [8] Left Grip Cover x 2 [9] Waste Toner Container x 1 [10] Service Book Case x 1
2 [11] Power Cable x 1
F-9-6
9-6
9

9
9-7
*1Useonlyinthecasethatthecassettepedestalisnotinstalled.
*2Theconnectorhasadifferentshapedependingonlocations.
OtherthanUSA
MEMO:
• TheTouchPenisattachedwiththeControlPanel.
• Removeallthepartsinthecassette.
• OnlyforAUS,theTonerContainerisinstalledonthehostmachine.
<CD/Guides>
Checkthecontentsagainstthefollowing
USA(120V) EUR(230V) EUR(230V)
C5030/C5035/
C5030i/C5035i
C5045/C5051
e-Manual 1 3 3
QuickReference 1 - -
FrequentlyAskedQuestions 1 - -
GettingStarted 1 - -
RegistrationforPurchaseinUSA 1 - -
DrumUnitWarranty 1 - -
InstallationCheckList 1 - -
UsersGuide - 1 1
MEAPAdministrationSoftware 1 1 1
UFRIIUserSoftware 1 - 1
PCLUserSoftware - - 1
PSUserSoftware - - -
MaintenanceGuide 1 - -
HowtoUsetheManuals(UK) 1 5 5
AMSKit 1 - -
Register/UpdateSoftwareAdministratorGuide 1 1 1
T-9-3
9-7
9

9
9-8
Unpacking
1)Unpackthehostmachine.
MEMO:
Wheninstallingthecassettepedestal,
besuretoplacethehostmachine
onthecassettepedestal.(Seethe
InstallationProcedureofthecassette
pedestal)
2)Holdthe4gripsontheleftorrighttoliftthehostmachineup,andthenputdownthemachinefromtheskid.
CAUTION:
• Thehostmachineweighsmaximum175kg.It
isrecommendedtoliftitwith4peopleormore.
However,ifthereisastandardtohandleaheavy
loadineachsalescompany,followitforoperation.
Also,makesuretoliftthemachinewithkeepingit
levelatoperation.
• Becausethegravitycenterisintherear,liftwith
care.
Grip Grip
F-9-7
9-8
9

9
9-9
3)Removeallthetapesattachedtothehostmachine.
CAUTION:
TapesontheCassetteareaarepeeled
offinlatersteps.
F-9-8
4)PullouttheCassette1and2,andremovethepacking 5)OpentheFrontCoverandtheRightLowerCover.
MEMO: materialsfromthem.
• Whensettingupforthecopiermodel,refer
tothe"DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1,
ColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2installation
procedure".
• Whensettingupfortheprintermodel,refer
tothe"PrinterCover-C1"statedinthis
procedure.
F-9-10
F-9-9
9-9
9

9
9-10
6)PeelofftheProtectionPaper. 7)Inserttheprotrusionin1place.Whilepushingdown[A]claw,inserttheclawin2places,andinstallthe
RightFrontCover2.
Protection Paper
F-9-11
F-9-12
8)Inserttheprotrusionin1place.Whilepushingdown[A]claw,inserttheclawin3places,andinstallthe 9)Installthe2LeftHandleCovers.
RightRearCover3. • 1protrusioneach
• 1claweach
x3
x2
[A]
F-9-13 F-9-14
9-10
9

9
9-11
InstallationProcedure
InstallingtheDrumUnit
1)RemovetheITBCover. 2)CheckthattheITBSubPressureReleaseLeverispositionedinthedirectionofthearrowandifnot,turnitandadjustthe
• 2screws(toloosen) position.
direction
of the arrow
screw
ITB Sub Pressure
Release Lever
F-9-15
F-9-16
3) Turn the ITB Pressure Release Lever in the direction of the arrow, and then fit the projection to the triangle mark on the
platetoreleasethepressureITB.
ITB Pressure Release Lever
F-9-17
9-11
9

9
9-12
4)PullouttheProcessUnituntilitstops.
x2
F-9-18
5)HoldtheDevelopingAssemblywithonehand.Withtheotherhand,liftthedummyDrumupverticallyandslowlytoremoveit.(IfthedummyDrumisremoved,theseal
canberemovedsimultaneously.)
CAUTION:
Ifdiagonallypulledout,theseal
mightbedamaged.Besuretopull
it out flatly in upper direction, and
carefully.
Likely,removetheDrumofeach
color.
Dummy Drum
F-9-19
9-12
9

9
9-13
CAUTION:PointstoNotewhenRemovingtheDummyDrum
WhenremovingtheDummyDrum,besuretoliftitslowlyandvertically.
Ifliftingitinanobliquedirection,theSealontheDevelopingAssemblyisstressed,andmaycausetearoftheseal.
F-9-20
CAUTION:
IftheDevelopingSealistorn,removethetornsealbypullingtheendofitinthedirectionofthearrow.Atthattime,
becarefulnottoleavethetornsealintheDevelopingAssembly.
Rear Side
Seal
Seal
Front Side
F-9-21
9-13
9

9
9-14
6)HolddownthetopsurfaceofeachDevelopingAssemblyafterremovingDummyDrums.
CAUTION: MEMO:
CAUTION: Step7)to8)istoinstalltheDrumUnitof
Besuretopayattentiontothebelowin
eachcolor.
Besuretoholdtheupper doingthenextprocedure.
sideofeachDeveloping • DonottouchtheDrumarea.
Assemblywhenremoving
• DonotmaketheCovertobeincontact
theseal.Otherwisethe
withtheDrumarea.
coverwillbeofffromits
position. • DonotmaketheDrumareadisposedof
lightfor5minutesormore.
F-9-22
7)UnpacktheDrumUnit,andremovethecoverfromtheDrumUnit.
• Claws2pc Cover Dram Unit
CAUTION:
Thecovermightbestiff,soproceed
withextracarewhenremovingthe
coverfromtheDrumUnit.
x2
Claw
F-9-23
9-14
9

9
9-15
CAUTION: Drum for Color (Green) Drum for Bk (Blue)
OnlydrumforBk(bluecolor)
Position of Drum for Bk
is specified the color. Drums
forthe3colors(greenones),
are not specified the color (Y,
M,C).
Position of Drum for Color

F-9-24
MEMO:
Holdthehandlesatrightand
leftoftheDrumUnit.
Grip
F-9-25
9-15
9

9
9-16
CAUTION:
Ifpushingitintheangle,theshuttermay
breaks.Thusmakesuretoinstallitfrom
justabove.
F-9-26
8)FittheguideoftheProcessUnittotheguideoftheDrumUnittoinstalltheDrumUnit.
Drum Unit Guide
Process Unit Guide
Drum Unit Guide
Process Unit Guide
F-9-27
9-16
9

9
9-17
9)Checkthatthe8LEDlight-receivingareasoftheDrumUnitarenotofffromthebase.
F-9-28
10)PuttheProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine,andsecurewiththe2screws.
CAUTION:
CheckthatthereisnogapbetweenthehostmachineandtheProcessUnit,andthensecurewiththescrew.
[A] [A]
9-17
9

9
9-18
CAUTION:
AfterclosingtheProcessUnit,holdthe
edgeofeachDrumUnitfromaboveas
describedbelow.
IftheDrumUnitisnotsecured,itmay
causethecolordisplacement.
F-9-29
12)InstalltheITBCover,andtightenthe2
11)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverinthe screws(whichhavebeenloosened).
direction of the arrow, and then fit the projection
tothetrianglemarkontheplatetoapply
pressure.
CAUTION:
WhenpressuringtheITBPressure
ReleaseLever,besurethattheRight
Lower Cover is opened first before
pressuring.
F-9-30
9-18
9

9
9-19
13)ReleasetheWasteTonerLockLever. 14)SettheWasteTonerContainer,andthenputtheLeverback. 15)ClosetheRightLowerCover,the

RightUpperCover,andtheFront
Cover.
F-9-31
F-9-32
FixingtheMachineinPlace
<Inthecasethatthepedestalisinstalled>
1)Movethehostmachinetoinstallingposition,turnthe4adjustersofthepedestalwithscrewdriver,
andsecurethishostmachine.
F-9-33
9-19
9

9
9-20
SettingtheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch
CAUTION:
Incasethatthesettingenvironmentishighhumidityenvironment(*),turnontheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch.
*Thisisthecasethatthevalueoftheabsolutewatervolumeinthemachineisabout12gormore.
Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > ANALOG > ABS-HUM
1)RemovetheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchCover.
CAUTION:
Whenremovingthecover,donotinserta
screwdriverintheovalhole.
F-9-34
2)TurnONtheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch. 3)InstalltheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchCover.
F-9-35
9-20
9

9
9-21
SettingtheTonerContainer/TurningtheMainPowerON
MEMO:
OnlyforAUS,theTonerContainerisinstalledonthehostmachine.
1)Connectthepowerplugofthehostmachinetothepoweroutlet.
2)Removetheprotectionsheetonthecontrolpanel.
3)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONthemainpowerswitch.
MEMO:
• WhenturningONthemainpower,druminitializationanddevelopingassemblyinitializationareautomaticallyexecuted.
• In case of the host machine with the Toner Container, toner refill is executed in a row.
• Even turning OFF the main power during drum initialization, developing assembly initialization and toner refill, they will be re-executed when turning ON the power again.
4)Afteractivation,followtheinstructionintheControlPanel,andpresstheshutdownkeyintheControlPanel.
5)TurnONthemainpowerswitch.
6)EnterthefollowingServiceMode,makesurethatthesettingvalueis"1".
• COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>W/SCNR
7)SetthevalueofthefollowingServiceMode.
COPIER > OPTION > BODY > SCANTYPE
• SettingValue"0"ColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2
• SettingValue"1"DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1
8)ExittheServiceMode.
MEMO:
• In case of the host machine with the Toner Container, once the machine goes to standby state, drum initialization, developing assembly initialization and toner refill are completed.
• IncaseofthehostmachinewithouttheTonerContainer,executethefollowingprocedures.
9-21
9

9
9-22
9)OpentheTonerCover. 10)Addcheckmarkstoeachcolordisplayedontheoperationscreen,andpress[RemoveTonerCartridges]
toopentheTonerReplacementCover.
F-9-36
F-9-37
11) Hold the Toner Container as the figure below, and shake it 12)RemovetheProtectionCapoftheTonerContainer
MEMO: approximately10times. whilerotatingittothedirectionofthearrow.
Step11)to13)istoinstalltheTonerContainer
ofeachcolor.
F-9-38
F-9-39
9-22
9

9
9-23
13)InserttheTonerContainerallthewayin,andclosetheTonerExchangeCover. 14)ClosetheTonerCover.
MEMO:
• Toner refill will be executed.
• Oncethehostmachinegoestostandby
state,druminitialization,developing
assembly initialization and toner refill are
completed.
F-9-40
TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch
1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitchofthehostmachine.
2)BesurethatControlPanelDisplayandMainPowerLamparebothturnedOFF,andthendisconnectthepowerplug.
9-23
9

9
9-24
CassetteSetting
1)PresstheCassetteReleaseButton,andpullouttheCassette1and2
towardthefront. 2)HoldtheSideGuidePlateLever,andadjustitto Side Guide Plate
the predefined size. At that time, move the Side
GuidePlatebyreferringthesizeindex(label)of Rear Edge Guide Plate Lever Side Guide Plate Lever
the sheet size to be set, and fit it to the slot.
3)HoldtheTrailEdgeGuidePlateLever,andadjust
it to the predefined size. At that time, move the
TrailEdgeGuidePlatebyreferringthesizeindex
(label) of the sheet size be set, and fit it to the
slot.
Button
Rear Edge Guide Plate
F-9-42
F-9-41
4)Setpapers. 6)Cut2placesoftheSizePlatewithnippers.
5)OpenthecoverfromwhichtheSizePlateispushedin.
Cut
Paper
Cover
F-9-44
F-9-43
9-24
9

9
9-25
7)SettheSizePlateinaccordancewiththesizebeingset.(LumptheSizePlatesnotinusetogether 8)ClosethecoverfromwhichtheSizePlateispushedin,andinstallthecassette.
andstorethemattherear.) 9)Settheothercassetteinthesameway.
10)Ifthecassettepedestalisinstalled,dothesameforthecassetteofthecassettepedestalaswell.
MEMO:
Papersizesettingsareautomaticallyrecognized.
F-9-45
9-25
9

9
9-26
CheckingaftertheInstallation MEMO:
SettingtheADFbeforeexecutingAutoAdjustGradation.
1)InServiceMode,checktheresultofDrumUnitinitialization.
Refertothe"Afterinstallationsetting"inthe"theDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1,
Makesurethatthevalueoftheinstalledcoloris[0to2]. ColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2installationprocedure".
• Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-Y
• Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-M
• Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-C
ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection
In the case that the floor surface is either warped or uneven, execute the following work.
MEMO: 1)Checkthatthemainbodyisinstandbystate.
Ifanerrorcode[E061-xxxx]isdisplayedonthescreenorthevalueisnotappropriate,
1. Turn OFF the power, refit the Drum Unit and turn On the power again.
2.Iftheaboveworkdoesnotsolvetheproblem,executeinitializationoftheDrumUnit P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes.
foreachcolorinServiceMode.
• Service Mode > COPIER > FUNCTION > DPC > DRMRSETY AutoAdjustGradation
• ServiceMode>COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRMRSETM
• ServiceMode>COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>DRMRSETC AutoAdjustGradationisexecutedwith"Plain","Heavy1/Heavy2"or"Heavy3".
■ When"Plain"paperisused
2)ChecktheresultofinitializationofdevelopingtonerratioinServiceMode.
Checkthateachvalueiswithintherangeof32to68,andthenwritedownthevalueonthe 1)Cleanthesurfaceofcopyboardglass.
servicelabelattherearsideoftheFrontCover. 2)SetA3,A4,11×17orLTRpaperinthecassette.
• Service Mode > COPIER > ADJUST > DENS > CONT-Y 3)Select[Settings/Registration]>[Adjustment/Maintenance]>[AdjustImageQuality]>[Auto
• ServiceMode>COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-M AdjustGradation]>[Plain]>[FullAdjust].
• Service Mode > COPIER > ADJYST > DENS > CONT-C 4)Selectthecassetteforthetestprintandpress"OK".
• Service Mode > COPIER > ADJYST > DENS > CONT-K 5)Then,followthedirectiondisplayedonUI.
■ When"Heavy1/Heavy2"paperisused
3)ChecktheDevelopingPatchinitialization.
1)Cleanthesurfaceofcopyboardglass.
Checkthateachvalueiswithintherangeof340to640,andthenwritedownthevalueon
2)Settheheavypaperinthecassette.
theservicelabelattherearsideoftheFrontCover.
3)Select[Settings/Registration]>[Adjustment/Maintenance]>[AdjustImageQuality]>[Auto
• Service Mode > COPIER > ADJUST > DENS > SGNL-Y
AdjustGradation]>[Heavy1/Heavy2]>[FullAdjust].
• ServiceMode>COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>SGNL-M
4)Selectthecassetteforthetestprintandpress"OK".
• ServiceMode>COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>SGNL-C
5)Then,followthedirectiondisplayedonUI.
• ServiceMode>COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>SGNL-K
■ When"Heavy3"paperisused
MEMO: 1)SettheheavypaperontheMulti-purposeTray.
IfanErrorCode[E020-xxxx]isdisplayedonthescreenorthevalueisnotappropriate
2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[Adjustment/Maintenance]>[AdjustImageQuality]>[Auto
instep2)orstep3),turnOFFandthenONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine;and
then execute initialization of YMCK Developing Assembly. AdjustGradation]>[Heavy3]>[FullAdjust].
• ServiceMode>COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-4 3)Selectthecassetteforthetestprintandpress"OK".
4)Then,followthedirectiondisplayedonUI.
9-26
9

9
9-27
AdjustingImagePosition
MEMO:
Thesecondsideofthe2-sidedcopymentionedlatermeansthesecondsideintheimageformationorder.
With this equipment, the second side in the image formation order at the time of 2-sided copy/print is equivalent to the first side of the original.
■ MarginAdjustment(1stside;MechanicalAdjsutment)
1)MakecopiesusingtheCassette1and2,and
checkthattheleftedgemarginis2.5+/-1.5mm. <InCaseofNonstandard>
Feeding direction MEMO:

of paper
Adjsutmentmethodissameforboththe
image Cassette1and2.
L1
2)Pulloutthecassette.
3)Checkthe2scalepositionsontheadjustingplates.
F-9-46
F-9-47
4) Loosen the 3 fixing screws.
F-9-48
9-27
9

9
9-28
5)Movetheadjustingplatesbackandforthby
referringthescalecheckedinthestep3).As
movingtheadjustingplatetowardtherearby
1scale,theleftedgemarginbecomes1mm
smaller.
MEMO:
Whenmovingthescale,besurethat
theamountofthevaluetobemoved
arethesameforthe2points.
F-9-49
6) Tighten the fixing screw.

7)Returnthecassettetoitsoriginalposition.
9-28
9

9
9-29
MEMO:
Whenthecassettepositionsareunevenduetothemechanicaladjustment,adjustthembylooseningthescrewatleftside.
F-9-50
8)MakecopiesusingtheCassette1and2,and
checkthattheleftedgemarginis2.5+/-1.5mm.
9-29
9

9
9-30
■ MarginAdjustment(2ndside)
1)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette1,andcheck 2) If the left margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side in cassettte 1.
thattheleftmarginis2.5-/+2.0mm. COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-C1RE;1incrementofthevaluereducestheleftmarginby0.1mm
Feeding direction 3)Asfortheadjustmentvalueforsideregistrationonthe2ndsideincassette2,enterthesamevalueastheadjustmentvaluefortheleftmarginonthe
of paper 2ndsideincassette1.
COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-C2RE
image 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine.
5)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette2,andcheckthattheleftmarginis2.5-/+2.0mm.
L1
6) If the margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side in cassette 2.
COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-C2RE;1incrementofthevaluereducestheleftmarginby0.1mm.
7)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel.
ADJ-C1RE
F-9-51
ADJ-C2RE
8)ExitfromServiceMode.
■ MarginAdjustmentwithMultiPurposeTray(1stside;mechanicaladjustment)
1)PlacepaperontheMultiPurposeTray.See
thelabelonmanualfeedareatoplacepaper. <In the case that the left margin is out of specification>
2)MakecopyfromtheMultiPurposeTray,and 3)RemovepaperontheMultiPurposeTray.
checkthattheleftmarginis2.5-/+1.5mm. 4)OpentheMultiPurposeTrayintheconditionwherethe
MultiPurposeTraySubCoverisopened.
Feeding direction
of paper
image
L1
F-9-52
F-9-53
9-30
9

9
9-31
5) Loosen the fixing screw for the Multi Purpose Tray Upper Cover.
6)MovetheMultiPurposeTrayUpper
Coverbackandforthaccordingtothe
value confirmed in step 2). Moving the
MultiPurposeTrayUpperCovertothe
rearofthisequipmentincreasestheleft
Screw margin.
F-9-55
F-9-54
7) Tighten the fixing screw for the Multi Purpose

TrayUpperCover.
8)PlacepaperontheMultiPurposeTray.
9)MakecopyfromtheMultiPurposeTray,and
checkthattheleftmarginis2.5-/+1.5mm.
9-31
9

9
9-32
■ MarginAdjustmentwithMultiPurposeTray(2ndside)
1)Make2-sidedcopyfromthemanualfeedtray,andcheckthattheleftmarginonthe2ndsideis2.5-/+2.0mm.
2) If the left margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side from the Multi Purpose Tray.
COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-MFRE;1incrementofthevaluereducestheleftmarginby0.1mm.
3)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine.
4)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel.
ADJ-MFRE
■ Lead-edgeMarginAdjustment(1stside)
1)Makecopyfromcassettte1,andcheckthat 2)SelectthefollowinginServiceMode:COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REGIST
thelead-edgemarginisL1=4.0+1.5/-1.0 3)Changethesettingvaluetomakeadjustment(1incrementofthesettingvaluereducesthelead-
mm.Ifthelead-edgemarginisoutofthe edgemarginby0.1mm)
specification, go through the following steps to 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine.
makeadjustment. 5)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel.
L1 • REGIST
Feeding direction
of paper
image
F-9-56
9-32
9

9
9-33
■ Lead-edgeMarginAdjustment(2ndside)
1)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette1,and 2)SelectthefollowinginServiceMode:COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REG-DUP1
checkthatthelead-edgemarginonthe2nd 3)Changethesettingvaluetomakeadjustment(1incrementofthesettingvaluereducesthelead-
sideisL1=4.0+1.5/-1.0mm.Ifthelead-edge edgemarginby0.1mm)
margin is out of the specification, go through 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine.
thefollowingstepstomakeadjustment. 5)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel.
L1 • REG-DUP1
Feeding direction
of paper
image
F-9-57
9-33
9

9
9-34
InstallingOtherParts
<ServiceBookHolder>
1)Removethedouble-sticktapedetachmentpaperontheribareaoftheServiceBookHolder,and CAUTION:DonotattachtheServiceBookCasetothefollowinglocation:
attachtheServiceBookHoldertothePedestalBottomPlate.
• Insidethemachine(innersideofthefrontcover)
• Anywherethatblocksthelouverarea
• Anywherethatblocksthegriparea
MEMO:
In the case of machine confifuration without the cassette pedestal, attach
theServiceBookCasetotheLeftCoverofthismainunit.
F-9-58
<RightLowerSubCover1>
1)InstalltheRightLowerSubCover1.
(Performthisstepinthecasethatthecassettepedestalisnotinstalled)
• 2claws
F-9-59
9-34
9

9
9-35
<StampCartridgeinthecaseofDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1>
3)OpentheStampCover.
1)OpentheADF.
2)PulltheleveratupperareaoftheADF,
andopenthecoveroftheADFreading
area.
F-9-61
F-9-60
5)ClosetheStampCover.
4)Usingtweezers,installtheStamp 6)ClosethecoveroftheADFreadingarea.
Cartridgewithitsstampsidefacesup. 7)ClosetheADF.
F-9-62
9-35
9

9-36
<StampCartridgeinthecaseofColorImageReaderUnit-B1>
2)Usingtweezers,installtheStamp
1)OpentheFeedCoverandthe Cartridgewithitsstampsidefaces
SeparationGuideoftheDADF. up.
Feed Cover Separation Guide F-9-64
F-9-63
3)ClosetheFeedCoverandtheSeparation <ReversalTrail-edgeGuide>
GuideoftheDADF. InstalltheReversalTrail-edgeGuidetothedeliveryassembly.
• 2claws
Reversal Trail-edge Guide
x2
F-9-65
9-36

9
9-37
CheckingNetworkConnection ■ PingOperationProcedure
■ Overview CAUTION:
IftheusernetworkenvironmentisTCP/IP,usePingfunctiontocheckthatthenetworksetting PingcommandcannotbeexecutedtoWindowsVistaPCfromtheHostMachine.
isproperlyexecuted.
ToexecutePingcommandtoWindowsVistaPC,disabletheFireWall.Or,executePing
IftheusernetworkenvironmentisIPX/SPXorAppleTalk,skipthisprocedure. commandtotheHostMachinefromWindowsVistaPC.
■ CheckingNetworkConnection 1)Select[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4
Settings]>[PINGCommand].
CAUTION: 2)EnterIPaddresswithnumerickeypadonthecontrolpanelandpress"Start"key.
"Responsefromthehost"isdisplayedifPingoperationissuccessful."Noresponsefrom
Usethenetworkcableofrank5eorhigher.Inaddition,useofshieldtype(STPcable)
isrecommended. thehost"isdisplayedifPingoperationfails.
Whennon-shieldtype(UTPcable)isused,thesurroundingelectronicequipmentsmay
beinterferedviathenetworkcable. ■ CheckingwithRemoteHostAddress
You can check whether the network is connected or not by using remote host address to
1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitch.
executePing.
2)ConnectthenetworkcabletothehostmachineandturnONthemainpowerswitch.
Remotehostaddress:IPaddressofPCterminalthatisconnectedto/workswithTCP/IP
3)Informthesystemadministratorattheinstallationsitethattheinstallationofthehost
networkenvironment,whichconnectstothishostmachine.
machineiscomplete,andaskfornetworkconnectionofthehostmachine.
1)InformthesystemadministratortoexecutecheckingofnetworkconnectionusingPing.
2)Checktheremotehostaddresswiththesystemadministrator.
MEMO:
Networksettingcannotbeexecutedunlesslogginginasanadministrator. 3)EntertheremotehostaddresstoPING.
Factorydefaultpasswordisasfollows. • "Responsefromthehost":Themachineisproperlyconnectedtothenetwork.
• SystemadministrationdivisionID:7654321
• "Noresponsefromthehost":Executethefollowingtroubleshootingbecausethe
• Systemadministrationpassword:7654321
machineisnotconnectedtothenetwork.
CAUTION:
FollowingsettingneedstobeONtoperformnetworksetting:
• [Settings/Registration] > [Preferences] > [Network] > [Confirm Network Connection
Set.Changes]
• [Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4
Settings]>[UseIPv4]
4)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitch.
9-37
9

9
9-38
TroubleshootingofNetwork ■ CheckingNetworkFunctionontheMainController
Checkwiththeloopbackaddress:
■ CheckingConnectionoftheNetworkCable
Select:[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4
CheckthatthenetworkcableisproperlyconnectedtotheEthernetport. Settings]>[PINGCommand],andentertheIPaddress"127.0.0.1"withthenumerickeypad
andpresstheExecutekey.
■ PingOperationProcedure Ifthedisplayshows"Responsefromthehost",thenetworkofthemaincontrollerisproperly
functioning.
Askthenetworkadministratorattheuser'ssitetonotetheIPaddressofthePCthatis
Ifthedisplayshows"Noresponsefromthehost",thenetworkfunctionofthemaincontroller
connectedtothenetwork.
isfaulty.
Select:[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4
Replacewithamaincontrollerthatworksproperly,andthecheckconnection.
Settings]>[PINGCommand],andentertheIPaddressofPCwiththenumerickeypad,and
thenpress"Execute”key.
Ifthedisplayshows"Responsefromthehost",thenetworkconnectionisproperlyfunctioning.
Ifthedisplayshows"Noresponsefromthehost",gotothenextstepforanotherchecking.
MEMO:
CheckingofIPaddressofPCisavailablebytheprocedurebelow:
OnWindowsPC,gothroughthefollowing:Start>Program>Accessory>Command
Prompt, and enter ipconfig and press the Enter key. IP address information will be
displayed.
■ CheckingNetworkSettingoftheHostMachine
Check if the IP address specified on the host machine is correct. Select the following: [Settings/
Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4Settings]>[IPAddress
Settings], and note the IP address in the IP Address field. Select the following: [Settings/
Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4Settings]>[PING
Command],andentertheIPaddress.Ifthedisplayshows"Responsefromthehost",theIP
address specified on the host machine is correct. If the display shows "No response from the
host",gotothenextstepforanotherchecking.
MEMO:
Whenenteringanaddressbymanualoperation,settheSubnetMaskaccordingtothe
instructionsoftheuseradministrator.
9-38
9

9
9-39
PrinterCover-C1
CheckingtheContents
CAUTION:
The parts [2] to [4] are included in the contents in a state affixed onto the Printer Cover [1].
[1] Printer Cover x 1 [2] Top Front Cover x 1 [3] Top Right Cover x 1 [4] Top Left Cover x 1 [5] Reader Fixing Hook A x 1
[6] Reader Fixing Hook B x 2 [7] Fixing Hook C x 1 [8] Rubber Cap x 4 [9] Screw (Stepped Screw; M4) x 1 [10] Screw
(Flat Head Screw; M4x6)x 2
[11] Screw [12] Screw (Blinding; M4x8) x 8

(RS Tightening; M3x8.5) x 2
F-9-66
9-39
9

9
9-40
Referto"TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch"inMainUnitInstallationProcedure.
1)MovetheControlPanelinthedirectionofthearrow. 2)MovetheControlPanelMountCoverinthedirectionofthearrow.
• 1screw
F-9-67
F-9-68
3)Checktheinstallingpositionofthe2Joints(Right).InstallthemontheLmarkingsideiftheyareontheHmarkingside.
F-9-69
9-40
9

9
9-41
4) Place the Printer Cover by fitting to the positioning pins.
F-9-70
5)FixthePrinterCover.
• 2screws(Binding;M4x8)
• 1steppedscrew(M4)
USB Cable
CAUTION:
• Alignthescrewinleftsidetotheemboss
and tighten first.
• EnsurenottopinchtheUSBcable. x3
(IftightenascrewafterremovingUSBcable, Stepped Screw
ensuretore-installtheUSBcable.)
Embosses
F-9-71
9-41
9

9
9-42
6)InstalltheReaderFixingHookB.
• 2screws(FlatHead;M4x6)
Reader Fixing
7)InstalltheReaderFixingHooksAandC x2 Emboss
Hook A
afteradjustingittotheemboss. Reader Fixing Hook B x2
Fixing Hook C
F-9-72
10)ReturntheControlPanelMountCover.
8)InstalltheTopFrontCover. 11)ReturntheControlPanel.
Top Right Cover
• 2screws(RSTightening;M3x8.5)
9)InstalltheLeftTopCoverandRight x6
TopCover.
• 4rubbercaps
Screw
(RS Tightening; M3x8.5)
Top Left Cover Screw Top Front Cover

(RS Tightening; M3x8.5)
F-9-73
9-42
9

9
9-43
2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1
Pointstonoteatinstallation
1)Thereare2typesofinstallationproceduresonthisequipment:"Replacement"toboosttheHDDcapacityforstandardHDDand"Expansion"toinstallthe2HDDs.Seethefollowingforthose
2typesofprocedures.
2)WhenreplacingtheStandardHDDtotheHighCapacityHDD(2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1),itisrequiredtobackuptheStandardHDDbeforethereplacement.Fordetails,referto"PointstoNote
RegardingDataBackup/Export".Inaddition,installationwithSSTwillberequiredaftertheinstallation.Fordetails,referto"ProcedureAfterInstallingtheHighCapacityHDD".
3)WhenchangingthisequipmenttotheRemovableHDDorwhenexpandingtheRemovableHDD,otheroption"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"isrequired.
Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures.
• Itemin"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"describedinthismanual
4)Toexpandthisequipment,besuretoinstallthe2HDDswithsamecapacity.
5)Whenexpandingthisequipmentintothehostmachine,otheroption"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1"isrequired.
Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures.
• Itemin"HDDMirroringKit-D1"describedinthismanual
• RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1.
6)Installationproceduresarethesamebetweenthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1and2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1
.
WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedinthefollowingtable.
• HDDMirroringKit-D1
• HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1
ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination
1 HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56
2 RemovableHDDKit
p.9-57top.9-75
3 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit
4 HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDMirroringKit p.9-43top.9-56,p.9-76top.9-21
5 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDMirroringKit p.9-57top.9-21
6 p.9-43top.9-56
HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit
RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit.
7 RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit
p.9-57top.9-75
8 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit.
&MirroringKit
T-9-4
9-43
9

9
9-44
PointstoNoteRegardingDataBackup/Export
Beforeperformingworkthatwillresultinthelossofdata,informthesystemadministratoroftheinevitableloss,askinghimtomakeabackuporexportofimportantdataitems.Backuporexportwork
mustnotbeperformedbytheservicepersonbecauseofsecurityconsiderations.InthisInstallationProcedure,aseriesofbackuporexportproceduresaredescribedforreference.
Data to be Deleted Availability of Backup

InformationregisteredintheAddressBook Yes
SettingsmadefromtheSettings/Registrationscreen Yes *1
ForwardingSettings Yes
License files for MEAP applications Yes
MEAPapplications No
DatasavedusingMEAPapplications Yes *2
FavoriteSettingsregisteredintheCopyandMailBoxfunctions No
SendFunctionFavoriteSettings Yes
DatastoredinMailBoxesortheAdvancedBox Yes *3
ScanmodesregisteredintheSendFunction No
Unsentdocuments(documentswaitingtobesentwiththeDelayedSendmode) No
ImageformsstoredintheSuperimposeImage Yes
MEAPSMS(ServiceManagementService)password No
(thepasswordwillreturntoitsdefaultpasswordifitwaschanged)
Joblogs No
UserauthenticationinformationregisteredintheLocalDeviceAuthenticationuserauthenticationsystemofSSO-H(SingleSign-OnH) Yes
RegistrationinformationfortheNetworkPlace No
Key Pair and Server Certificate No
LoginformationfortheIPaddress/MACaddressrestrictionsettings No
PasswordthatisprotectedbyTPM Yes *4
EncryptionkeythatisprotectedbyTPM No
InformationforWebbrowsersettings Yes *5
QuickMenuInformation Yes
UserInformationoftheAdvancedBox Yes
*1CanonlybebackedupusingtheRemoteUI. T-9-5
*2DependingontheMEAPapplication.
*3Onlythefollowingitemsarebackedup.
• MailBoxSettings(mailboxnames,passwords,andautoerasetimes)
• FilesinMailBox
• FilesinAdvancedBox
• FormsregisteredfortheSuperimposeImage
*4 You may not be able to back up, depending on the type of the password.
*5OnlythestoredFavoriteSettingscanbebackedup.
9-44
9

9
9-45
■ ListofDataCapableofBackup
Data to be backed up Reference
AddressBook Forinformationonexportingdata,seethe"e-Manual>RemoteUI".
Settings/Registrationsettings
DeviceSettings(ForwardingSettings,AddressList,FavoriteSettings)
PrinterSettings
PaperInformation
FavoriteSettingsforWebbrowser Seethee-Manual>WebAccess.
(You can select this if web browser (Option) is installed.)
License files for MEAP applications For information on downloading license files, see the "e-Manual > MEAP".
DatasavedbyMEAPapplications DatasavedbyMEAPapplicationsmaybeabletobebackedup,dependingontheMEAPapplication.
SeethedocumentationincludedwiththeMEAPapplication.
DatastoredinMailBoxesortheAdvancedBox Seethee-Manual>RemoteUI"SettingtheBackupLocationforStoredData".
ImageformsstoredintheSuperimposeImage
SSO-H(SingleSign-OnH)userauthenticationinformation Seethee-Manual>MEAP.
QuickMenuInformation Seethee-Manual>QuickMenu.
UserInformationoftheAdvancedBox Seethee-Manual>Security.
T-9-6
Caution:WorktoPerformAfterInstallingtheKit
• When you start using this product, passwords set for Mail Boxes, Confidential Fax Inboxes, and the Memory RX Inbox are erased. Set these passwords again.
• Ifyouhaveloggedontothemachineusingaloginservice,suchasSSO-H(SingleSign-OnH)beforeusingthisproduct,youmustselecttheloginserviceagainusingSMS(Service
ManagementService)afterrestartingthemachine.FormoreinformationonusingSMS,seethee-Manual>MEAP.
9-45
9

9
9-46
■ MakingaBackupoftheData 3.Settings/RegistrationExportProcedure
1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI.
ThedataitemsthathavebeenbackedupmayberestoredwhentheHighCapacityHDDhas
http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/
beeninstalled.
IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername
Thesedataitemsarepropertyoftheuser,andtherestorationworkmustbeperformedbythe
andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword
systemadministrator.
inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin].
ThemethodofrestorationisdescribedintheUsersGuide.SeeTable(Datatobebackedup)
2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/
inPointstoNoteAboutInstallationoftheInstallationProcedure.
Export].
3)Click[Settings/Registration].
1.ProceduretomakeabackupofAddressBook
4)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport].
5) Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file.
4.PrinterSettingsExportProcedure
inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. MEMO:
2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/ Thefollowingitemstobeexportedarethesameastheoneswhicharedistributedby
Export]. deviceinformationdistribution.
3)Click[AddressList].
4)Click[Export].
5)SelectthesaveformatforAddresslist,andclick[StartExport].
6)Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file. Be sure to set
a distinctive name to an export file so that you can recognize it when importing it.
MEMO: 2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/
Exportingthedevicesettingswillexportallcontentsoftheaddresslist.Inotherwords, Export].
thereisnoneedforabackupunlessitneedstobedoneindividually. 3)Click[PrinterSettings].
4)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport].
2.DeviceSettingsExportProcedure
Export].
3)Click[DeviceSettings(ForwardingSettings,AddressList,FavoriteSettings)].
4)Click[Export],andthenclick[StartExport].
9-46
9

9
9-47
5.PaperInformationExportProcedure 7.StopofMEAPApplications,Disabling,DownloadofDisabledLicenseFilesand
1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI. Uninstallation
http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/ 1)SelecttheURLgivenbelowandaccessSMS.
IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername http://[IPaddressofthedevice]:8000/sms/
andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,askhim/
inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted.
Export]. Caution:
3)Click[PaperInformation]. ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,ask
4)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport]. him/hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDis
5)Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file. started.
6.BackupofMEAPApplication 2)Click[MEAPApplicationManagement].
WhenaMEAPapplicationhasbeeninstalled,thedataandlicensethattheMEAPapplication 3)Click[Stop]buttonoftheapplicationyouwanttostopontheMEAPApplication
retainswillbedeleted.IfnoMEAPapplicationisinstalled,thereisnoneedtomakeabackup. Managementpage.
IfaMEAPapplicationhasabackupfunction,makeabackupofthedatapeculiartothe 4)Clicktheapplicationofwhichlicensehasbeeninstalled.
MEAPapplicationusingthisfunction.Withregardtothelicense,thereisaneedtostopall 5) Click [License Control], and then click [Disable]. Click [Yes] in a confirmation window for
applicationsfromSMS(ServiceManagementService),invalidatethelicense,anddownload disablingthelicense.
the invalid license file. 6)Click[Download]under"Download/deleteDisabledLicenseFile"item.Followingthe
instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file. Set a distinctive name
Caution:MEAPBackupFunctionUsingtheSST
for the disabled license file so that you can recognize it for which application. After you
DatathathasbeenbackedupusingMEAPbackoftheSSTbeforetheuseoftheHigh download the disabled license file to your PC, click [Delete]. Click [Yes] in a confirmation
CapacityHDDisstartedmustnotbewrittenbacktothehostmachineaftertheuseof
windowforlicensedeletion.
theHighCapacityHDDisstarted.Similarly,evenifthedatathathasbeenbackedup
7)ReturntotheMEAPApplicationManagementpage,click[Uninstall]buttonofthe
aftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstartediswrittenbacktothehostmachine
application you want to uninstall. Click [Yes] in a confirmation window for uninstallation. If
beforetheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted,themachinedoesnotoperate.It
isnecessarytomakesurethattheimplementationconditionsfortheHighCapacity thereareseveralapplications,repeattheprocedures1)to7).
HDDarecompatiblebeforeandaftermakingabackupofdata,andtheMEAPbackup 8)AftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted,re-installtheapplicationusingan
functiondoesnotpermitmakingabackupofdatainthecourseofinstallingthekit. application file (jar file) of each application from SMS and the disabled license file (lic file).
TheoverviewofproceduresforstopofMEAPapplications,Disablingofthelicense,and
download of an Disabled license file is described below. For more information, see the MEAP
SMSAdministratorGuide.
9-47
9

9
9-48
8.UserAuthenticationInformationRegisteredbySSO-H(SingleSign-ONH) 9.BackupofUserinboxandAdvancedBoxdocumentdata
InthecasethattheMEAPloginapplicationhasbeenchangedtoSSO-H,thereisaneedto
makeabackupoftheuserauthenticationinformation. Caution:Backupof"AdvancedBox"
1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow. AdvancedBoxinalargecapacityHDDcannotbebackedup.Onlyrestoringthedata
http://[IPaddressofthedevice]:8000/sso/ backedupfromastandardHDDcanbeperformed.
ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,askhim/ Dependingonthesystemversionofthemachine,bothbackupandrestorationmight
hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted. notbeperformed.
Caution: Theprocedureofbackupandrestorationofaboxdocumentdataisdescribedbelow.
Specifythebackupdestinationofadocumentdata:
ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,ask
him/hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDis Specifyanaddress,ausername,apassword,andapathtotheSMBserverwhereabackup
started. ofadocumentdata.
2)LoginwiththeusernameandpasswordregisteredasanadministratorinSSO-H. Caution:Datawhichcannotbebackedup
Thedefaultadministratorusernameandpasswordareasfollows: Ifyoubackup/restorestoreddatawithoutrestartingthemachineafterchangingthe
UserName:Administrator languagedisplayedonthetouchpaneldisplaybypressing[Settings/Registration]>
Password:password [Preferences]fromthecontrolpanelofthemachine,thestoreddatamaynotbebacked
3)Click[UserControl]. up/restoredproperly.Formoreinformationonthedatathatcannotbebackedup,see
4)PutacheckmarktoSelectAll,andthenclick[Export]. PointstoNoteforInstallation.
5) Leave the file format and character code as defaults and click [Start Export].
6) Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file and click [Save].
Caution:
If the language setting in the common specification settings (Settings/Registration) is
settoON,'hostaddress'and'pathtofolder'mightnotbedisplayedcorrectlyorcannot
bereferred.
Caution:
• Regardingthemethodofinputtingcharacters,see'BasicOperations'inthee-Manual.
• Ahostaddresscanbeupto128charactersin1byteor64charactersin2bytesusing
the'Kana-Kanji,''Katakana,''alphanumericcharacter,''mark,'and'codeinput'modes.
• Apathtothefoldercanbeupto255charactersin1byte(127charactersin2bytes).
• Ausernamecanbeupto128charactersin1byteor64charactersin2bytesusing
the'Kana-Kanji,','Katakana,''alphanumericcharacter,''mark,'and'codeinput'modes.
• Apasswordcanbeupto7to48charactersusingthe'alphanumericcharacter'and
'mark(1byte)'modes.
• Thevoicesoundsymbolandthesemi-voicesoundsymbolenteredinthe'Katakana(1
byte)'modearecountedupasone1-bytecharacter.
9-48
9

9
9-49
[Backup method of User inbox and Advanced Box document data] 10.QuickMenuInformationExportProcedure
1)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Backup]. 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI.
2)Select'All'or'Changes'forthebackupmethod. http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/
3)Click[Execute]. IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername
Caution: inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin].
• IfanyofthehostIPaddress,username,password,orpathtothefolderisnot 2)SelectBasicTools>[QuickMenu]>[Export].
correctlyentered,abackupcannotbemade. 3) If the file needs to be encrypted, enter the password after check [Encrypt file]. (The
• Setthenumberofusersaccessibletothefolderto'2'orhigher,or'norestriction'.If numberofcharactersforthepasswordmustbemorethan4butlessthan16.)
themaximumnumberofusersissetto[1],restorationcannotbedoneproperly. 4)Click[Export].
• Ifyouselecttoencryptthebackupdata,thebackupprocessmaytakelonger. 5) Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file.
11.UserInformationoftheAdvancedBoxExportProcedure
[Restoring the backup data of User inbox and Advanced Box document data] 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI.
1)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Restore]. http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/
2)Click[DisplayBackupData]. IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername
3)Selectthebackupdatatorestorefromthelistandthenclick[Execute]. andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword
Caution: 2)SelectBasicTools>[UserAccessControlforAdvancedBox].
• Ifyouwanttorestoreencryptedbackupdata,enterthesamepasswordusedwhen Thedialogboxtoentertheusernameofadministratorandpasswordappears,enterthe
backingupthedata. systemadministratorIDandpassword,andthenclick[LogIn].
• Dependingonthesettingsofthemachine,thebackupdatamaynotbecompletely Thedefaultadministratorusernameandpasswordareasfollows:
restored,orsomedocumentsmaybeautomaticallyprinted. UserName:Administrator
• Restorationisperformedafteralloftheboxdatastoredinthemachine,ordocuments Password:password
thatarebeingsent,received,orstored,areerased. 3)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport].
9-49
9

9
9-50
CheckingtheContents
MEMO:
Configuration of contets is the same between the 2.5inch/80GB HDD-C1 and 2.5inch/250GB HDD-D1.

[1] HDD Support Plate x 1 [2] HDD x 1 [3] Vibration-prevention Dumpe x 4 [4] Spacer x 4 [5] HDD Grounding Plate x 1
[6] Screw (W sems; M3x14) x 4 [7] Screw (TP; M3x6) x 2
<CD/GUIDS> F-9-74
• NoticeforFCC/IC
• ChinaRoHSNotice3
9-50
9

9
9-51
■ AssemblyofOptionHDD
MEMO:
WhenexpandingtheoptionHDDtotheremovable Option HDD
HDD,refertothe"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"to
assembletheoptionHDD.
HDD Support Plate

1)AssembletheoptionHDD.
• 1OptionHDD x4
• 1HDDSupportPate
• 4Dust-preventionDumpers
• 4spacers Spacer
• 1HDDGroundingPlate
• 4 screws (binding with flat washer; M3x14)
(1 piece is used to fix the HDD Grounding Plate altogether)
Vibration-prevention Dumpe
HDD Grounding Plate
F-9-75
Label
Caution:
• AssemblingtheoptionHDD,becarefuloftheinstallation
direction.
• MakesurethatthelabelontheoptionHDDisfacingup.
• Makesurethat[A]partofHDDSupportPlateisplacedatthe
oppositesideofconnector.
[A] Connector
F-9-76
9-51
9

9
9-52
■ RemovingtheHDDUnit
1)OpentheRightRearCover1. 2)OpentheHDDLidbehindtheRightRearCover1. 3)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCablefromtheHDD.

• 1screw
x2
Signal Cable
Power Cable
F-9-77
F-9-79
F-9-78
4)PuttheSignalCableandthePowerCableasidesothatthayarenotpinched 5) Rmove the HDD Unit by holding it as shown in the figure below.
betweentheControllerBoxandtheHDDUnit. • 2screws
x2
F-9-80
F-9-81
9-52
9

9
9-53
■ ReplacementProceduretoBoosttheHDDCapacity
1) Remove the fixed HDD from the removed HDD Unit. 2)InstalltheOptionHDD.
• 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedinstep2).) • 2screws(Thescrewremovedinstep1).)
x2 x2
F-9-82 F-9-83
3)InstalltheHDDUnittothehost
CAUTION: machine.
4)InstalltheSignalCableandthePower
Atinstallation,be CabletotheOptionHDD.
suretoinstallthe 5)ClosetheHDDLid.
GroundingPlate 6)ClosetheRightRearCover1.
insidethe[A]partof 7)ClosetheRightLowerCover.
HDDFixingPlate. 8)ClosetheRightUpperCover.
[A] Grounding Plate [A] Grounding Plate
F-9-84
9-53
9

9
9-54
■ ExpansionProcedureforMirroring
1)InstalltheassembledOptionHDDtotheremovedHDDUnit.
• 2screws(TP;M3X6)
x2
F-9-85
CAUTION:
Atinstallation,besureto
installtheGroundingPlate
insidethe[A]partofHDD
FixingPlate.
[A] Grounding Plate [A] Grounding Plate
F-9-86
9-54
9

9
9-55
2)InstalltheenclosedHDDConnectionPlatetotheMirroringKit-D1or 3)InstalltheHDDUnittothehostmachine.
theHDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1.
• 4screws(TP;M3X6) MEMO:
WhentheoptionHDDUnithasbeen
expanded,theMirroringKit-D1orthe
HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1
x4 needstobeinstalled.Refertotheeach
installationprocedureandmakean
installation.
F-9-87
9-55
9

9
9-56
ProcedureAfterInstallingtheHighCapacityHDD 4.DownloadingtheSystemSoftware
1)Clickconnect.
■ InstallationprocedureInstallingtheSystemSoftwareUsingthe 2)Fromthelistofmachineseries,selecttheappropriatemodel.
3)Select'single',andclickstart.
SST 4)ExecuteHDDformat.
ThesystemdatastoredontheHDDandusedtocontrolthehostmachinewillbelostwhen 5)After5secfromwhenthepowerofthehostmachineisturnedOFF,restartthehost
the machine is first started up after installing the High Capacity HDD. machineindownloadmodeofsafemode.
Itisimportanttoinstallthesystemsoftwareusedtocontrolthehostmachinesothatthe 6)When"downloadmode"isdisplayedonthecontrolpanel,clicksimplemodestart.
machinemaystartupproperlyafterinstallationoftheHighCapacityHDD. 7)Clickstarttoexecutedownload.
Detailsfollow. 8)Followtheinstructiononthescreenandwhendownloadiscomplete,clickOK.
1.Requirements 9)ExitSST.
1)PC 10)ChecktheversionsofMN-CONTandLANGetcinservicemode.
Servicesupporttoolintheversionthatsupportsthishostmachinemustbeinstalled.
2)CrossEthernetCable ■ ExecutionofAutoAdjustGradation
WhentheHighCapacityHDDisinstalledtotheColorhostmachine,themachineinitializes
2.PreparingfortheInstallationoftheSystemSoftwareofHostmachine itsHDD,resettingthedatausedforautogradationcorrection.
1)IfbothPCandthemachineareon,turnthemoff. WhenyouhaveinstalledtheHighCapacityHDD,therefore,itisimportantthatyouexecute
2)ConnectthePCandthemachineusinganEthernetcable. autogradationcorrection(full)sothatexpectedoutputimagesmaybeobtained.
3)TurnonthePC.
4)Startupthemachineindownloadmode(safemode).
3.SelectingtheSystemSoftware
1)SettheCDcontainingthelatestsystemsoftwareinthePConwhichtheSSTisused.
2)StartuptheSST.
3)Clickcopytocopythesystemsoftware.
4)SelectthedriveinwhichtheSystemSoftwareCDhasbeenset,andclicksearch.
5)Clickcopy.
6)ClickOK.
9-56
9

9
9-57
RemovableHDDKit-AC1
PointstoNoteatInstallation
1)Whenexpandingbyinstallingthe2HDDs,otheroption"2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1"isrequired.
2)WhenreplacingtheStandardHDDtotheHighCapacityHDD(2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1),itisrequiredtobackup/exporttheStandardHDDbeforethereplacement.Inaddition,installationwithSSTwillbe
requiredaftertheinstallation.
Fordetails,refertothefollowingitemin“2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1”ofthismanual.
• Forbackup/exportprocedure:PointstoNoteRegardingDataBackup/Export
• Forprocedureafterinstallation:ProcedureAfterInstallationoftheHighCapacityHDD

3)Wheninstalling2HDDs,otheroption"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1"needstobeinstalled.Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures.
• Itemin"HDDMirroringKit-D1"describedinthismanual
• RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1.
4)Toexpandthisequipment,besuretoinstallthe2HDDswithsamecapacity.
1 HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56
2 RemovableHDDKit
p.9-57top.9-75
6 p.9-43top.9-56
HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&
MirroringKit.
7 RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit p.9-57top.9-75
8 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&
MirroringKit.
T-9-7
9-57
9

9
9-58
CheckingtheContents
[1] Hinge Shaft Stopper x 2 [2] HDD Handle x 2 [3] HDD Connector Plate x 2 [4] HDD Cover x 2 [5] HDD Blanking Plate x 1
[6] HDD Door Guide x 1 [7] HDD Lock Plate x 1 [8] HDD Lock Plate Shaft x 2 [9] HDD Lid Retainer x 1 [10] Shutdown Caution Label x 1
[11] Connector Fixing Block x 2 [12] Conversion Connector x 2 1 [13]

Signal Cable 2 [14] IV Cable (FK2-8453) x 1 1 [15] Power Cable
(660mm ; FK2-8432) x 1 (650mm ; FK2-8464) x 1
F-9-88
9-58
9

9
9-59
[16] HDD Drawer Unit x 1 [17] Screw [18] Screw (P Tight; M3X8) x 4
(R round head TP; M3X6) x 9
F-9-89
*1ThisisusedwheninstallingtheHDDMirroringKit-D1
*2ThisisusedwhenonlythestandardHDDofhostmachineisusedforaremovableHDD.
9-59
9

9
9-60
■ InstallingtheRemovableHDDKit
1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpentheRightUpper
Coversimultaneously.) 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
• 2screws(TP;M3) x3
• 1claw
Claw
F-9-90 F-9-91
4)WhentheReaderisinstalled, 5)RemovetheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable.
removetheReaderPower Control Panel
Cable. Communication Cable USB Cable
• 2connectors x2
• 2wiresaddles Reader Power
• 1cableguide Cable x2
x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-92 F-9-93
9-60
9

9
9-61
6)Removethe2screws,openthegripin2places.
7)Holdthe2Grips,andpullouttheMainControllerPCB1
approximately10mmtowardfront.
x2
Grips
F-9-95
F-9-94
8)RemovetheLeftRearCover. 9)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderCommunicationCable.
• 2rubbercaps
• 2screws
• 5claws
x2
claw
x5
F-9-96 F-9-97
9-61
9

9
9-62
10)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. 11)RemovetheRearCover.
• 1screw • 2rubbercaps
• 1hook hook • 2screws
• 1claw
x2
claw
Left Rear
Sub Cover
F-9-98 F-9-99
12)OpentheControllerBoxwhileavoidingtheharness.
• 2screws MEMO:
IftheFAXUnithasbeen
installed,removethe3screws
andopentheControllerBox
x3
x2 withtheFAXUnit.
Harness
Harness
F-9-101
F-9-100
9-62
9

9
9-63
13)RemovetheControllerCover. 14)RemovetheSignalCable
• 11screws(loosen) andthePowerCable. Cable Retainer
Edge Saddle
CAUTION:
x2
Donotremove
theFanCable.
Wire Saddles
• 1edgesaddle x4
• 3wiresaddles
• 2connectors Signal Cable
• 1cableretainer
Fan Cable
Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-103
F-9-102
16)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCable.
15)OpentheHDDLid.
• 1scrwe(Removedscrewwillnotbeused.) • 2degesaddles
• 5wiresaddles
• 2connectors
x2
MEMO: Wire Saddles
Wheninstallingother
option"HDDMirroring Connectors
Kit-D1"or"HDDData x7
Encryption/Mirroring
Kit-C1",removed
SignalCablewillbe
reused.ThePower Edge Saddl
Cablewillnotbeused.
Signal Power Edge Wire

Cable Cable Saddle Saddle
F-9-105
F-9-104
9-63
9

9
9-64
17)RemovetheHDDUnitby
holding it as shown in the figure
below.
• 2screws(Removedscrewwill x2
notbeused.)
F-9-106
18) Remove the fixed 19)RemovetheHDDfrom

HDDfromtheremoved theHDDSupportPlate.
HDDUnit.(Removed • 1HDDGroundingPlate
plateandscrewwillnot x2 • 4screws x4
beused.)
• 2screws
HDD
HDD Support Plate

HDD Grounding Plate
F-9-107
F-9-108
9-64
9

9
9-65
Caution:
InstallitinthepositionwheretheHDDconnector Screw hole
isplacedinthesidewithscrewholeofHDD
SupportPlate.(oppositedirectioncomparedtothe
fixed HDD)
Connector
Label
Screw hole
F-9-109
20) Install the HDD Connector Plate first, and 21)FixtheGroundingPlate.

thenHDDtotheHDDSupportPlate.(HDD • 1screw(TProundend;M3X6)
HDD
GroundingPlateandscrewaretheones
removedinstep19).) x4
• 1HDDGroundingPlate
HDD Connector Plate
• 4 screws (1 piece is used to fix the HDD
GroundingPlatealtogether.)
F-9-111
HDD Support Plate
HDD Grounding Plate
F-9-110
9-65
9

9
9-66
22)PurchaseoptionHDDandassemblethesecond
MEMO: HDD.
WheninstallingHDDMirroring • 1OptionHDD Option HDD
Kit-D1or"HDDDataEncryption/ • 1HDDSupportPlate(enclosedwithoptionHDD)
MirroringKit-C1",purchaseother • 1HDDConnectorPlate
optionHDDandgothroughthestep • 4Vibration-preventionDumpers(enclosedwith HDD Connector Plate
22). optionHDD)
• 4spacers(enclosedwithoptionHDD)
• 1HDDGroundingPlate(enclosedwithoption x5 HDD Support Plate
HDD) TP round end;
• 1screw(TProundend;M3X6)(enclosedwith M3X6
removableHDDKit)
• 4 screws (binding with flat washer; M3X14) Spacer
(enclosed with option HDD) (1 piece is used to fix
theHDDGroundingPlatealtogether.)
HDD Grounding Plate
Vibration-prevention Dumpe
F-9-112
23)InstalltheConversionConnector. 24)Fitthe2bossesof
ConnectorFixingBlock
Caution: totheholeofConversion Bosses
Connectorandinstallit. x2
Makesure • 2screws(PTight;M3X8)
thatthereis
noopening Caution:
betweenthe Besurenottotighten
Conversion thescrewsinwrong
Connectorand order.Otherwise,
partofHDD. theConversion Hole
Connectorwillnotbe
securedproperly.
F-9-113
F-9-114
9-66
9

9
9-67
25)InstalltheHDDCover. 26)InstalltheHDDHandle.
• 1claw • 2screws(TProundend;M3X6)
• 1screw(TProundend;M3X6)
x2
F-9-115
F-9-116
27)InstalltheHDDDoorGuide.
• 2claws
x2
Claws
F-9-117
9-67
9

9
9-68
Caution:
Becarefuloftheinstallation
directionofHDDLockPlate.
F-9-118
28)InstalltheHDDLockPlate.
• 2HDDLockPlateShafts
• 2HingeShaftStoppers
Hinge Shaft Stoppers
HDD Lock
Plate Shaft
HDD Lock
Plate Shaft HDD Lock Plate
F-9-119
9-68
9

9
9-69
29)Adjustthe2bossestothehole Holes
andinstalltheHDDLidRetainer. Bosses
• 1screw(TProundend;M3X6)
F-9-120
30)RemovetheHDDRearCover.(Removed
HDDRearCoverwillnotbeused.)
• 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedto
installtheHDDDrawerUnit.) x2
F-9-121
9-69
9

9
9-70
■ WhenChanging1FixedHDD(Standard)toRemovableHDD
1)Placeitinthepositionwherethe 2)RemovetheDrawerCable.
edgesaddleofHDDDrawerUnit Drawer Cable • 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedinstep3).)
isfacingup,removethelower Edge Saddle
DrawerCable(Slot.2). x2
• 2screws
• 2springs x2
• 2washers
Washer
Spring
Screw
F-9-122
F-9-123
3)InstalltheIVCable.
• 2screws(screwremovedinstep2))
x2
F-9-124
9-70
9

9
9-71
4)InstalltheIVCableofHDDDrawerUnit. 5)InstalltheHDDDrawerUnit.
• 2screws(thescrewsremovedinstep28)in<InstallingRemovableHDDKit>)
• 2screws
• 2springs
• 2washers
x2 IV Cable
x2
Washer
Spring
Screw
F-9-125
F-9-126
6)FixthecableoftheDrawerUnit.
• 3wiresaddles
Wire saddles
MEMO: x3
• Closethe[A]partofunusedwire
saddleandedgesaddle.
• ShortSignalCableandPowerCable
willnotbeused. [A]
•
c
FixtheunusedSignalCableandthe
PowerCablewiththewiresaddle.
[A]
F-9-127
9-71
9

9
9-72
7)InstalltheIVCable. 8)InstalltheConrollerCover.
• 1edgesaddle Cable Retainer
• 3wiresaddles Edge Saddle Caution:
• 2connectors Besurethatthegasketsonleft/right
• 1cableretainer x2
sideoftheControllerCoverarenot
protruded.
Wire Saddles
x4
Signal Cable
Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-128
9)InstalltheHDDBlankingPlatetoSlot.1. 10)InstalltheHDDtoSlot.2(rightside).
• 2screws(TProundend;M3X6)
x2
F-9-130
F-9-129
9-72
9

9
9-73
11)ClosetheHDDLid. 13) Affix the Shutdowm Warning Label in the appropriate language on the Right Rear 14)Installtheremovedcoverandthecable.
12)RestoretheControllerBoxCover. Cover1. • RearCover
• LeftRearSubCover
• ReaderCommunicationCable(whenreaderisinstalled)
• LeftRearCover
• USBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable
F-9-131
15)InstalltheMainControllerPCB1tothehostmachine.
CAUTION:
• Liftthehandle,inserttheMain
x2
ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt
thegripandinstallthe2screws.
• Makesuretotiltthegripslowly
onbothsidessimultaneously.
• CheckthattheMainController
PCB1isinstalledproperly.
Grips
F-9-132
9-73
9

9
9-74
16)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. 17)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower
Cover,andRightUpperCover.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe
connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart. x2 [A]
BendtheReaderPowerCableataright
angleonBpart.
Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-133
9-74
9

9
9-75
■ Wheninstalling"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1"
1)InstalltheHDDDrawerUnit. 2)InstalltheoriginallyinstalledHDDtoSlot.1(leftside).
• 2screws(Screwremovedinstep28)in<InstallingtheRemovableHDDKit>)
x2
F-9-135
F-9-134
3)InstalltheOptionHDDtoSlot2(rightside). 4)ClosetheHDDLid.
MEMO:
Toproceedtothelatersteps,refertothe
installationprocedureof"MirroringKit-D1"or
"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1".
F-9-136
9-75
9

9
9-76
HDDMirroringKit-D1
PointstoNoteatInstallation
1)Toinstalltheequipment,eitherthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1orthe2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1isrequired.Fortheinstallationprocedure,referto"2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1"inthismanual.
2)WhenchangingfromtheFixedHDD(standard)totheRemovableHDD,theRemovableHDDKit-AC1(option)needstobeinstalled.Fortheinstallationprocedure,referto"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"inthis
manual.
3)Theprocedurepresentedinthismanualisdescribedonthepremisethatthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1andtheRemovableHDDKit-AC1havebeeninstalled.
1 HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56
2 RemovableHDDKit
p.9-57top.9-75
6 p.9-43top.9-56
HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&
MirroringKit.
7 RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit p.9-57top.9-75
8 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&
MirroringKit.
T-9-8
9-76
9

9
9-77
CheckingtheContents
<Partstobeused>
1 [1] Signal Cable 1 [2] Signal Cable 1 [3] Signal Cable 1 [4] Power Cable 3 [5] Power Cable
(450mm (Red); FK2-8435) x 1 (80mm (Red); FK2-8436) x 1 (80mm (Blue); FK2-8438) x 1 (80mm; FK2-8461) x 2 (430mm; FK2-8463) x 2
1 [6] STS Cable 1, 2 [7] LED Cable 1, 2 [9] Encryption Board x 1 1, 2 [10] Wire saddle (Small) x 5
1, 2 [8] LED Board (Small) x 1
(550mm; FM4-0842) x 1 (1200mm; FM4-0839) x 1
1, 2 [11] Edge Saddle x 1 1, 2 [12] LED Label (Small)x 1 4 [13] Screw (TP; M3 X 6)x 10 5 [14] HDD Connection Plate x 1 *1 Used when installing the Fixed HDD
*2 Used when installing
the Removable HDD
*3 One piece is used
*4 6 pieces are used for this machine.
(4 out of 10 pieces are used when
installing the Option HDD.)
*5 Used when installing the option HDD
F-9-137
9-77
9

9
9-78
<Partsnottobeused>
[1] Signal Cable [2] Signal Cable [3] Power Cable [4] LED Board (large) x 1 [5] LED Cable
(340mm (Red); FK2-8434) x 1 (370mm (Blue); FK2-8441) x 1 (320mm; FK2-8467) x 1 (290mm; FM4-0840) x 1
[6] STS Cable [7] Wire saddle (large) x 1 [8] Wire saddle (Middle) x 1 [9] LED Label (large) x 1
(420mm; FM4-0843) x 1
F-9-138
<CD/Guide>
• HDDMirroringKit-D1UserDocumentation
• NoticeforFCC/IC
• ChinaRoHSNotice3
9-78
9

9
9-79
■ RemovingtheSignalCableandPowerSupplyCableWhenInstallingtheFixedHDD(Standard)
1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpentheRightUpper
Coversimultaneously.) 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
• 2screws(TP;M3) x3
• 1claw
Claw
F-9-139 F-9-140
4)WhentheReaderisinstalled, 5)RemovetheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable.
removetheReaderPower Control Panel
Cable. Communication Cable USB Cable
• 2connectors x2
• 2wiresaddles Reader Power
• 1cableguide Cable x2
x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-141 F-9-142
9-79
9

9
9-80
7)Holdthe2Grips,andpullouttheMainControllerPCB1
approximately10mmtowardfront.
x2
Grips
F-9-144
F-9-143
8)RemovetheLeftRearCover. 9)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderCommunicationCable.
• 2rubbercaps
• 2screws
• 5claws
x2
claw
x5
F-9-145 F-9-146
9-80
9

9
9-81
10)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. 11)RemovetheRearCover.
• 1screw • 2rubbercaps
• 1hook hook • 2screws
• 1claw
x2
claw
Left Rear
Sub Cover
F-9-147 F-9-148
12)OpentheControllerBoxwhileavoidingtheharness.
• 2screws MEMO:
IftheFAXUnithasbeen
installed,removethe3screws
andopentheControllerBox
x3
x2 withtheFAXUnit.
Harness
Harness
F-9-150
F-9-149
9-81
9

9
9-82
13)RemovetheControllerCover. 14)RemovetheSignalCable
• 11screws(loosen) andthePowerCable. Cable Retainer
Edge Saddle
CAUTION:
x2
Donotremove
theFanCable.
Wire Saddles
• 1edgesaddle x4
• 3wiresaddles
• 2connectors Signal Cable
• 1cableretainer
Fan Cable
Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-152
F-9-151
16)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCable.(Removedcableswillnotbeused.)
15)OpentheHDDLid.
• 1scrwe(Removedscrewwillnotbeused.) • 2degesaddles
• 5wiresaddles
• 2connectors
x2
Wire Saddles
Connectors
x7
Edge Saddl
Signal Power Edge Wire

Cable Cable Saddle Saddle
F-9-154
F-9-153
9-82
9

9
9-83
■ InstallingtheLEDBoard
1)InstalltheLEDBoard(small). 2)Installthe2wiresaddlesandtheedgesaddle.
Wire Saddles
x2
Edge Saddle
F-9-156
F-9-155
3)InstalltheLEDCable(1200mm;FM4-0839).
• 7wiresaddles Wire Saddle Cable Guide Wire Saddle
• 1edgesaddle (Top side of the Controller Box）
• 1cableguide x8
• 1connector
[A] [B]
CAUTION:
• Besuretoallowextracableat[A]areaintheconditionthat
theControllerBoxisfullyopened.
• Besuretotuckthe[B]areaoftheLEDcableundertheother
2cablesrunningthroughthe[B]area.Thisistopreventthe[B]
areaoftheLEDcablefrombeingslackedoffwhenclosingthe
LED Cable
ControllerBox.
Connector Edge Saddle Wire Saddle (1200mm)
F-9-157
9-83
9

9
9-84
■ InstallationProcedureWhentheFixedHDDHasBeenExpanded
1)InstalltheMirroringBoardsothat"CHA"
and"CHB"areplacedinthedirectionof
theHDDslot.
• 4screws(TP;M3X6) x4
CAUTION:
CHB
Besurethatthedirectionof
installingtheMirroringBoardis CHA
oppositetothecasewhenthe
RemovableHDDisinstalled.Ifit
isinstalledinawrongdirection,
thecablesdonotreachtheboard. Direction of the HDD Slot
F-9-158
2)InstallthecablestothePCBonthebackside.
• CommunicationCable(450mm(Red);FK2-8435) Cable Retainer
• PowerCable(430mm;FK2-8463) Edge Saddle
• STSCable(550mm;FM4-0842)
x3
3)Fixthecables.
Power Cable
• 3wiresaddles
• 1edgesaddle Wire Saddles
• Cableretainer x4
Signal Cable
STS Cable
Connector
F-9-159
9-84
9

9
9-85
4)InstalltheControllerCover. 5)InstallthecablestotheMirroringBoard.
• SignalCable(450mm(Red);FK2-8435)
CAUTION: • PowerCable(430mm;FK2-8463)
• LEDCable(1200mm;FM4-0839) Power Cable
Besurethatthegasketsonleft/rightsideof
• STSCable(550mm;FM4-0842) x4
theControllerCoverarenotprotruded. Signal Cable
CAUTION: STS Cable

Themachinecanoperateeventhe
STSCableandtheLEDCableare
notconnected.Therefore,when LED Cable
installingthecables,besurethat
theyareconnectedproperly.
F-9-160
6)Fixthecables.
• 4wiresaddles
• 1edgesaddle Wire Saddles Wire Saddles
x5
MEMO:
Besuretoclosetheunused
wiresaddle[A].
Edge Saddle [A]
F-9-161
9-85
9

9
9-86
CAUTION: Slot.2 (HDD2)
Besuretoacknowledgethefollowingcautionbefore
Slot.1 (HDD1) Signal Cable(Blue)
performingthenextprocedure.
CombinationsofconnectionbetweentheHDDsand Power Cable
theMirroringBoardareshownbelow. CH B
• ConnectSlot1to"CHA".(OriginallyinstalledHDD) CH A Signal Cable(Red)

• ConnectSlot2to"CHB".(NewHDD)
Power Cable
F-9-162
7)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Red);FK2-8436)andthe
PowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)toCHAontheMirroring
Board.
x2
Signal Ccable
Power Cable
F-9-163
9-86
9

9
9-87
8)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Red);FK2-8436)
andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)tothe
first HDD (Slot 1).
CAUTION: x2
Installthecablestocorrectpositions.
Signal Cable
Power Cable
F-9-164
9)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Blue);FK2-8438)
andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)toCHB
ontheMirroringBoard.
x2
Signal Cable
Power Cable
F-9-165
9-87
9

9
9-88
10)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Blue);FK2-8438)
andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)tothe
secondHDD(Slot2).
CAUTION: x2
Installthecablestocorrectpositions.
Signal Cable
Ppower Cable
F-9-166
11)Fixthecableswiththewiresaddle.
CAUTION: Wire Saddle
• Besuretoplacethetagson
thePowerSupplyCableinthe
positionwhereitisbeyondthe
wiresaddletowardtheHDD
side.
Wire Saddle
• IfreturningtheControllerBox
whileplacingthecablesand Tag
tagstowardthePCBside,they
mayinterferethefanonthe
hostmachine.
F-9-168
F-9-167
9-88
9

9
9-89
12)ClosetheHDDLid.
13)PlacetheControllerBoxtothe
originalposition. CAUTION:
14)Installtheremovedcoverand
• Liftthehandle,inserttheMain
thecable. x2
• RearCover ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt
• LeftRearSubCover thegripandinstallthe2screws.
• ReaderCommunicationCable • Makesuretotiltthegripslowly
(whenreaderisinstalled)
• LeftRearCover
• USBCableandControlPanel • CheckthattheMainController
CommunicationCable PCB1isinstalledproperly.
Grips
F-9-169
16)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. 17)InstalltheRightRearCover1.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe
connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart. x2 [A]
angleonBpart.
Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-170
9-89
9

9
9-90
18) Affix the LED label so that it fits the edge of the Right Rear Cover 1.
19)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower
LED Label
Right Rear Cover 1
F-9-171
9-90
9

9
9-91
■ ProcedurewhenaddingtheRemovableHDD
1)InstalltheMirroringBoardsothat"CHA"and"CHB"areplacedin
thedirectionoftheDCControllerPCB.
x4
CAUTION:
CHA
BesurethatthedirectionofinstallingtheMirroring
Board is opposite to the case when the fixed HDD is
installed.Ifitisinstalledinawrongdirection,thecables CHB
donotreachtheboard.
Direction of the DC Controller PCB
F-9-172
2)Installthecablestothe 4)InstalltheControllerCover.
PCBonthebackside. Cable Retainer
• SignalCable(FK2-8432; Edge Saddle CAUTION:
660mm)(Usetheexisting
Besurethatthegasketsonleft/rightside
cable.) x3
oftheControllerCoverarenotprotruded.
• PowerCable(650mm; Power Cable
FK2-8464)(Includedin
theRemovableHDDKit) Signal Cable
Wire Saddles
• STSCable(550mm; x4
FM4-0842)
3)Fixthecables.
• 3wiresaddles
• 1edgesaddle
• Cableretainer STS Cable
Connector
F-9-173
9-91
9

9
9-92
5)Installthe2wiresaddles.
6)InstallthecabletotheMirroringBoard.
• Signalcable
• Powersable(650mm;FK2-8464) LED Cable
• LEDcable(1200mm;FM4-0839) STS Cable
• STScable(550mm;FM4-0842) x4
Signal Cable
CAUTION: Power Cable
Themachinecanoperateeventhe
STSCableandtheLEDCableare
notconnected.Therefore,when
installingthecables,besurethat
theyareconnectedproperly.
F-9-174 F-9-175
7)Fixthecables.
• 7wiresaddles Edge Saddle Wire Saddles
• 1edgesaddle Wire
Saddles
MEMO:
x9
Besuretoclosetheunused
wiresaddle[A].
Edge Saddle Wire Saddles
F-9-176
9-92
9

9
9-93
CAUTION:
• When fixing the cables with wire saddles, be sure to take up
slackofthemat[A]part,andslackoffthemat[B]part.
• Ifslackingoffthecablesat[A]part,theymayintereferthefan
onthehostmachinewhenreturingtheControllerBox.
[A]
[B] Wire Saddles

F-9-177
Signal Cable(Blue)
CAUTION: Slot.2 (HDD2)
Besuretoacknowledgethefollowingcautionbefore Power Cable
performingthenextprocedure. Slot.1 (HDD1)
CombinationsofconnectionbetweentheHDDsand
theMirroringBoardareshownbelow. Signal Cable(Red)
CH A
• ConnectSlot1to"CHA".(OriginallyinstalledHDD)
CH B
• ConnectSlot2to"CHB".(NewHDD) Power Cable
F-9-178
9-93
9

9
9-94
8)InstallthecableoftheHDDDrawerUnittotheMirroringBoard.
9)PlacetheControllerBoxtotheoriginalposition.
x4
Power Cable
from front side
Signal Cable(Blue)
Signal Cable(Red)
Power Cable
from rear side
F-9-179
10) Affix the Shutdowm Warning Label in the 11)Installtheremovedcoverandthecable.

appropriatelanguageontheRightRearCover1. • RearCover
(includedintheRemovableHDDKit). • LeftRearSubCover
• ReaderCommunicationCable(whenreaderis
installed)
• LeftRearCover
• USBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable
F-9-180
9-94
9

9
9-95
CAUTION:
• Liftthehandle,inserttheMainControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt
x2
• Makesuretotiltthegripslowlyonbothsidessimultaneously.
• CheckthattheMainControllerPCB1isinstalledproperly.
Grips
F-9-181
13)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPower 14)InstalltheRightRearCover1.
Cable.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe x2 [A]
connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart.
angleonBpart. Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-182
9-95
9

9
9-96
15) Affix the LED label so that it fits the edge of the Right Rear Cover 1.
16)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower
LED Label
Right Rear Cover 1
F-9-183
■ CheckingOperationAfterInstallation
1)Insertthepowerplugintothesocketandturnonthemainpowerofthehostmachine.
2)Makeasettingofmirroring.
• Specify"1"under"ServiceMode>COPIER>OPTION>FNCSW>W/RAID".
3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerofthehostmachinetoenablethesettingvalue.
4)MakesurethattheUIscreenisactivatedcorrectly.
5)MakesurethattheLEDblinks.
• HDD1(Slot1):ThegreenLEDblinks.
• HDD2(Slot2):ThegreenandredLEDsblink.
CAUTION:
Rebuildprocessstartsaftersetting“1”forW/RAID.IfanerroroccursduringtherebuildprocessattheinitialinstallationTheharddiskneedstobereplaced.(Callservicerep.),reexecutethe
processwiththefollowingprocedure.
1)CheckthatthelightingredLEDisHDD2.
2)SelectServiceMode>COPIER>OPTION>FNCSW>W/RAID,andset“0”.
3)Toenablethesettingvalue,turnOFF/ONtheMainPowerSupplySwitchofthehostmachine.
4)SelectServiceMode>COPIER>OPTION>FNCSW>W/RAID,andset"1".
5)Toenablethesettingvalue,turnOFF/ONtheMainPowerSupplySwitchofthehostmachine.
Theforegoingprocedureislimitedtotherebuildprocessattheinitialinstallation.
Anerrorduringtherebuildprocessthatisexecutedduringoperationisnotincludedintheconsideration.
9-96
9

9
9-97
ReaderHeaterUnit-G1
Checkingthecontents
[1] Reader Heater X 1 [2] Flat Screw(M4X4) X 4 [3] Heater Sheet X 1sheet
F-9-184
*:3sheetsareusedinthisInstallationprocedure.
TurningOFFthepoweroftheHostMachine.
BesuretorefertoHowtoDisconnecttheMainPowerintheHostMachineinstallation.
9-97
9

9
9-98
1)OpentheADForCopyboardCover. 2)RemovetheReaderRightRetainerCover. 3)RemovetheReaderCableCover.

• 2Screws • 2Screws
x2 x2
F-9-185
F-9-186 F-9-187
4)RemovetheCopyboardGlass.
Caution:
Whenremovingthe
CopyboardGlass,besure
not to touch your finger
tothewhiteplateinthe
surfaceandthebacksideof
theglass.Ifitisdirty,clean
itwithlint-freepaper.
F-9-189
F-9-188
9-98
9

9
9-99
5)Align3sheetsofheatersheettothemarkingline,andadherethem.
Marking Line
Heater Sheet
F-9-190
6)InstalltheReaderHeater.
• 4FlatScrews(M4)
Caution:
DonotscratchthesurfaceoftheGuide
Shaft.
x4 Reader Heater
Guide Shaft
F-9-191
9-99
9

9
9-100
7)Passtheconnectorundertherailasshown.
F-9-192
Wire
Caution:
Donotscratchsurfaceofthewire
andtheScannerRail.
Scanner Rail
F-9-193
9-100
9

9
9-101
8)Loosenthescrew,shifttheHarnessGuideinthedirectionofthearrow,passtheharness,andmakespace[A].
[A]
Screw
F-9-194
9)PasstheharnessestotheclawoftheFFCGuidein4places.
Claw of the FFC Guide Claw of the FFC Guide

MEMO:
Makesurethattheharnesses
are securely fixed. x4
F-9-195
9-101
9

9
9-102
10)Puttheharnessthroughthe2edgesaddlesandconnecttheconnector. 11)Tightenthescrewloosenedinstep8)after
adjustingittotheboss.
x2 x2
Edge Saddle Edge Saddle

F-9-196
12)Installtheremovedcovers.
MEMO: • CopyboardGlass
Makesure • ReaderCableCover
thatthe • ReaderRightRetainerCover
sheetis
placedon 13)ClosetheADFortheCopyboard
theplate. Cover.
14)Insertthepowerplugofmainunit
intoasocket.
15)OpentheSwitchCoverandturn
themainpowerswitchON.
F-9-197
9-102
9

9
9-103
Checkingaftertheinstallation
1)RemovetheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchcover.
Caution:
Whenremovinga
cover,donotinsert
ascrewdriverinthe
slot.
F-9-198
2)CheckthattheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchisON. 4)InstalltheEnvironmentHeater 5)Checkthatthebreakerswitchinthebackofthemain 7)Connectthepowerplugofthehost

3)TurnON,ifitwasOFF. Switchcover. unitisON.5) machinetothepoweroutlet.
6)TurnON,ifitwasOFF.
F-9-199
F-9-200
9-103
9

9
9-104
CassetteHeaterUnit-37
CheckingtheContents
[1] Cassette Heater Unit x 1　 [2] Heater Connector Cover x 1 [3] Wire Saddle x 1 [4] Screw
(Ｗ Sems Round End; M3X6) x 1
[5] Screw (P Tight; M3x8) x 1
F-9-201
*Notusedwiththisprocedure.
9-104
9

9
9-105
1)PresstheCassetteReleaseButtontoremovetheCassette.
MEMO: (HostMachine:Cassettes1and2,Cassettepedestal:Cassette3and4)
Theinstallationprocedureofthisproductis
notchangedeitherinthehostmachinetor
thecassettepedestal.
Cassette 1
Cassette 3
Cassette 2
Cassette 4
Cassette Release Cassette Release

Button Button
F-9-202
2) Remove the Heater Connector Cover with a flat-blade screwdriver.

• 1claw
Claw
• 2protrusions
Protrusions
Heater Connector Cover
F-9-203
9-105
9

9
9-106
3)Fittheclaws(3places)ontheCassette
HeaterUnitintotheholesontheBasePlate, Cassette Heater Unit
andthen,moveittowardthefront.
• 3claws Cassette Heater Unit
Caution:
Base Plate
Be sure that the claws are fit into the
holesoftheBasePlateproperly. Base Plate
F-9-204
4)Tightentheremovedscrew(Wsemsroundend;M3X6)withthestubbydrivertoconnecttheconnector. 5)InstalltheheaterConnectorCover.
(The figure below shows an example of the Cassette Pedestal. Follow the same step as for the host machine.) 6)InstalltheremovedCassettes.
Connector
F-9-205
9-106
9

9
9-107
CheckingAftertheInstallation
1)RemovetheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchCover.
Caution:
Whenremovingthecover,be
surenottoinsertascrewdriverin
theelongatehole.
F-9-206
2)CheckthattheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchisON. 4)nstalltheEnvironment 5)CheckthatthebreakerswitchinthebackofthemainunitisON. 7)Connectthepowerplugofthe

3)TurnON,ifitwasOFF. HeaterSwitchCover. 6)TurnON,ifitwasOFF. hostmachinetothepoweroutlet.
F-9-207
F-9-208
9-107
9

9
9-108
CassetteHeaterUnit-32
CheckingBundledComponents
[3] [6]
[5]
[1]
[8]
[4]
[5] [2]
[11]
[7]
[10]
[9]
F-9-209
[1] Heaterunit 1pc.

F-9-210 [2] ACinputconnector 1pc.
F-9-211 [3] Relayharnessunit 1pc.
F-9-212 [4] ACcable 1pc.
F-9-213 [5] Screw(w/washer) 2pcs.
F-9-214 [6] Cableprotectionbush 1pc.
F-9-215 [7] Powersupplylabel 1pc.
F-9-216 [8] RStightscrew(M4x8) 2pcs.
F-9-217 [9] Wiresaddle 3pcs.(*Only2pcsareusedforthisunit.)
F-9-218 [10] Plugcover 1pc.
F-9-219 [11] Bindingscrew(M4x4) 1pc.(*Notusedforthisunit.
F-9-220
Wheninstallingtheheatertothepaperdeck,takethefollowingprecautions:
a.TheACpowerplugofthehostmachinemusthavebeenremovedfromtheoutlet.
b.Installtheheaterafterinstallingthehostmachineandpaperdeck.
c.Usecorrectscrews(lengthsanddiameters)atcorrectpositions.
9-108
9

9
9-109
1)Removereusableband,andthendisconnectthepaperdeckconnectorfromthehost 2)Releasethepaperdeckfromthehostmachine,andthenpressdownthelatchplateofthepaperdeck
machine. housing with your finger to open the housing.
F-9-222
F-9-221
3)Removethreescrews,andthendetachtherightcoverofthepaperdeckinthe 4)Removefourscrewsandtwootherscrew,andthendetachtherear
directionofthearrowshown. coverofthepaperdeck.
x3 x6
F-9-223
F-9-224
9-109
9

9
9-110
5)Removethreescrewsandoneconnector,andthendetachthefront-uppercover. 6)Removetwoscrews,andthendetachthetopcover.
x3 x2
x1
F-9-226
F-9-225
7)Attachthesuppliedcableprotectionbushingtotheholeon 8)Placetheheaterunitunderthetop 9)Insertthetwohooksoftheheaterunitintotheholesonthetopplateofthepaperdeck,andthen

thetoppanelofthepaperdeck. panelofthepaperdeck,andthen securetheheaterunittothemainbodyofthepaperdeckusingascrewwithtoothedwasher.
taketheconnectoroutofthehole
onthetopplate.
x1
F-9-227
F-9-228
9-110
9

9
9-111
10)Attachtheheaterconnectortothepanelmount. 11)Removeonescrewtoremovetheblindplatefromthepowercordmountofthepaperdeck.
x1
F-9-229 F-9-230
12
12)InstallthesuppliedACinputconnectorintwosteps([A]>[B]). 13)Installtherelayharnessunittotherearsidepanelofthepaperdeckusingthetwoscrews(M4X8),
Installthegroundcableusingascrewwithtoothedwasher. andthenconnecttheconnector.
[A]
[B]
x1 x2
F-9-231
F-9-232
9-111
9

9
9-112
14)Windtherelayharness(oneandhalfturns)aroundthecableguidesonthepower 15)Reattachtheexteriorcoversofthepaper 16)Manuallyslidethepaperdeckto

cordmount,andthenconnecttheconnector. deckinthefollowingsequence: thelefttoplaceitasideofthehost
machine.
[1]Topcover(Takecarenottohavecables
caught.)(M4X8:2pcs.)
[2]Front-uppercover(Insertthe
connector.)(M4X8:3pcs.)
[3]Rearcover(M3X8:2pcs.,M4X8:4pcs.)
[4]Rightcover(M4X8:3pcs.)
F-9-233
17)Attachreusableband,andthenconnecttheconnectorofthepaperdecktotheback 18)Stickthepowersupplylabeltotherearpanelofthepaperdeck.
ofthehostmachine.
F-9-235
F-9-234
9-112
9

9
9-113
19)Remove1screw(bindhead;M4x4)todetachtheplate.
x1
F-9-236
20)Attachtwowiresaddlestotherearpanelofthehostmachine,andthenconnecttheACcableconnectortothepowercordmountoftheheater.
RoutetheACcableasshown,andthenconnecttheotherconnector(plug)tothereceptacleontherearpanelofthehostmachine.
F-9-237
9-113
9

9
9-114
21)Fixthesuppliedplugcoveratrearsideofthehostmachinewith1screw(bind Toensuresmoothconnectionoftheheaterpowerconnectors,explaintotheuserthatanyobstaclethatcan
head;M4x4)removedatthestep19. preventthepaperdeckfromopeningshouldnotbeplacedinthehatchedarea.
[1]:Hostmachine[2]:Paperdeck[A]:Front
x1
[1]
[A] [2]
F-9-238 F-9-239
9-114
9

9
9-115
UtilityTray-A1
CheckingtheContents
[1] Utility Tray Unit x 1 [2] Wire Saddle x 5 [3] Screw (TP; M4x14) x 4 [4] Screw (TP; M4x10) x 2
*1ThepartsusingtoinstalltheKeyboard. F-9-240
1)Loosenthe2screwsontheUtilityTrayUnittoseparatetheMountingPlateandtheUtilityTray. 2)Removethe4facesealsfromtheReaderRightCover.
Face Seals
Screws
F-9-241
F-9-242
9-115
9

9
9-116
3)InstalltheMountingPlate.
• 4screws(TP;M4x10)
x4
F-9-243
4)InstalltheKeyboardTray.
• 2screws(loosen)
• 2screws(tighten)(TP;M4x10)
x2
F-9-244
9-116
9

9
9-117
WheninstallingtheKeyboard
1)Removethe2capcoversandinstallthe5wiresaddles.
Wire Saddle
Cap Cover
F-9-245
9-117
9

9
9-118
KeySwitchUnit-A2
CheckingtheContent
[1] Key Switch Unit x 1 [2] Control Key x 1 [3] Screw (Binding; M4×6) x 1
F-9-246
TurningOFFthepoweroftheHostMachine
9-118
9

9
9-119
1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpenalsotheRight 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
UpperCoverinthesametime). 3)RemovetheRightRearCover1.
• 1Screw(RSTightening;M4)
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• Clawin1place
x3
F-9-247
Claw
F-9-248
• 2Rubbercaps
• 2Screw
• Clawin5places
x2 Claw
x5
F-9-249
9-119
9

9
9-120
5)RemovetheRearCover. 6)RemovetheConnectorCover.
• 1Screw
• 2Rubbercaps
• 2Screws
• Clawin1place
x2
Claw
F-9-250 F-9-251
7)RemovetheconnectoroftheCassettePedestal.(IfthePedestalisnotinstalled,thisprocedureisnotneeded.)
• HarnessGuidein6places
Connector
• 5Connectors
x6
x5
Guide
F-9-252
9-120
9

9
9-121
8)RemovetheRearLowerCover.
• 2Rubbercaps
Hook
• 2Screws
• Clawin2places
• Hookin2places x2
Claw

x2
Claw
Hook
F-9-253
9)RemovetheRightRearCover3. 10)RemovetheRightRearCover2.
• Clawin3places • 2Screws
Claw
x3 x2
Claw
F-9-254 F-9-255
9-121
9

9
9-122
11)RemovetheKeySwitchBracket. 12)InstalltheKeySwitchUnittotheKeySwitchBracket.
• 2Screws • 1Screw(Binding:M4x6)
x2
F-9-257
F-9-256
13)InstalltheKeySwitchBracketassembledinthepreviousprocedure. 14)OpentheFeedDriverPCB.
• 2Screws(usethescrewremovedinstep11) • 2Screws
x2 x2
F-9-258 F-9-259
9-122
9

9
9-123
15)ConnecttheconnectorofthehostmachinewiththeconnectorofKeySwitchUnit. 16)PuttheFeedDriverPCBbackintheoriginalposition.
F-9-260
17)Cutthe[A]partoftheremovedRightRearCover2instep10)withnipper,etc. 18)Reinstalltheremovedcoversandtheconnectors.
• RightRearCover2
• RightRearCover3
• RearLowerCover
• CconnectoroftheCassettePedestal
[A] • ConnectorCover
• RearCover
• LeftRearCover
• RightRearCover1
• RightLowerCover
• RightUpperCover
F-9-261
9-123
9

9
9-124
Checkingafterinstallation
1)Connectthepowerplugofthehostmachineintotheoutlet.
3)Setthefollowingservicemodevalueto“1”.
[COPIER] > [FUNCTION] > [INSTALL] > [KEY]
5)Makesurethat[Setthecontrolkey]isdisplayed.
6)InserttheControlkeyintotheKeySwitchUnitandmakesurethatthemachineisreadyforcopy.
9-124
9

9
9-125
VoiceOperationKitC1
CheckingtheContents
[1] Speaker Unit X 1 [2] Voice Operation Board Unit X 1 [3] DVI Cable X 1 [4] Ring Core X 2 1 [5] Ring Core X 1
2 [6] Cord Guide X 7 3 [7] Wire Saddle X 3 [8] Screw(Binding; M4X20) X 2 1 [9] Screw(Binding; M3X20) X 1 1 [10] Screw(Binding; M4X6) X 1
[11] Screw(TP; M3x6) X 2
*1:NotusedinthisInstallationprocedure. F-9-262
*2:1pieceisusedinthisInstallationprocedure.
*3:2piecesareusedinthisInstallationprocedure.
<CD/Guide>
• VoiceGuidanceKitUsersGuide
• VoiceOperationKitUsersGuide
• VoiceOperationQuickReferenceGuide
• VoiceGuidanceGuideCD
• VoiceOperationKitManualCD
• FCC/ICInstructionSheet
9-125
9

9
9-126
PointstonotewhenInstalling
Caution:
TheColorImageReaderisnecessarytooperatethisequipment.
Wheninstallingtheequipment,seethe'CombinationTableofAccessoryInstallation'.
TurningOFFtheHostMachine
BesuretorefertotheHostMachineInstallation“Howtodisconnectmainpower”.
1)OpentheRightLowerCover(OpenalsotheRight
DeliveryUnitinthesametime). 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
3)RemovetheRightRear
Cover1.
• 1Screw(RSTight;M4) x3
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• Clawin1place
Claw
F-9-263
F-9-264
9-126
9

9
9-127
4)IfReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable. 5)RemovetheUSBcableandControlPanelCommunicationCable.
• 2Connectors Control Panel
• 1WireSaddle Communication Cable USB Cable
• 1CableGuide
x2
Reader Power x2
Cable
x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-266
F-9-265
x2
Grips
F-9-267
9-127
9

9
9-128
7)Holdthegripin2places,removetheMainControllerPCB1whileavoidingtheremovedharness. 8)RemovetheVoiceOperationBoardSupportPlatefromtheMainControllerRollerPCB1.
(DonotusetheremovedSupportVoiceOperationBoard.)
• 2Screws(removedscrewwillbe
usedinstep9))
x2
F-9-268
F-9-269
9)InstalltheVoiceOperationBoardUnitintheMainControllerRollerPCB1.
• 1Connector
• 2screws(2Screwsthatremovedinstep8))
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)
x4
MEMO:
Makesurethattheconnector
isproperlyinstalled.
Connector
F-9-270
9-128
9

9
9-129
Caution:
Liftthehandle,inserttheMain
ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt
x2
Makesuretotiltthegripslowlyon
bothsidessimultaneously.
CheckthattheMainController
Grip
F-9-271
11) InstalltheUSBCableandControlPanel
CommunicationCable.
12)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReader
PowerCable.
x2 [A]
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCable
fromtheconnectorsideand Cable Guide
makeaslackatApart. Wire Saddles
BendtheReaderPowerCableat
arightangleonBpart.
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-272
9-129
9

9
9-130
13)RemovetheSmallCoverinstalledintheRightRearCover1. 14)Cutthe[A]partoftheRightRearCover1withnipper,etc.
• 1Screw [A]
• Clawin2places 爪
x2
[A]
F-9-273
F-9-274
15)InstalltheRightRearCover1. 16)ClosetheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover. 17)RemovetheRubberCap,screw,theCoverSealfromtheReaderRightCover.

(DonotusetheremovedRubberCap,screwandCoverSeal.)
MEMO: Cover Seal
DonotclosetheRightRear
Cover1.
Rubber Cap
F-9-275
9-130
9

9
9-131
18)RemovetheSpeakerUnit(Lower)fromtheSpeakerUnit. 19)InstalltheSpeakerUnit(Lower).
• 2screws(removedscrew • 2Screws(Binding;M4x20)
willbeusedinstep20))
x2 Speaker Unit (Lower) x2
F-9-276
F-9-277
20)InstalltheSpeakerUnit(Upper). 21)RemovetheCordGuideCover.
• 2screws(screwsthatremovedinstep18))
x2
F-9-279
F-9-278
9-131
9

9
9-132
22) Peel off the paper liner, and affix the Cord Guide.
23)PeelofftheCoverSeal,andinstallthe2WireSaddles.
Cover Seal Wire Saddles

Cord Guide
F-9-280
24)InstalltheRingCoretobothsidesoftheDVICable,andremovethecap. 25)ConnectbothsidesoftheDVICablerespectively.
Ring Core DVI Cable
Cap
F-9-282
F-9-281
9-132
9

9
9-133
26)PasstheDVICablethroughtheholeoftheRightRearCover1,andclosethecover. 27)PassDVICabletotheCordGuide,andinstallthecover.
28)FixtheDVICabletotheWireSaddle
F-9-283
F-9-284
9-133
9

9
9-134
SettingCheck
3)[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Accessibility]>[VoiceNavigationSettings]>andmakesurethat[UseVoiceNavigation]is[ON].
4)[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Accessibility]>[VoiceNavigationSettings]>[VoiceNavigationatStartup]andmakesurethatis[SelectModeatStartup]set.
5)[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Accessibility]>[VoiceNavigationSettings]>andmakesurethat[TuneMicrophone]isdisplayed.
OperationCheck
■ Whenusing
1)PressResetKeyandVoiceRecognitionButtonfor3secsormore.
2)Intheoperationscreen[VoiceNavigation],selectoneofthefollowing:[Manual+VocalMode/VocalMode/ManualMode],andpressOK.
3)ThedisplayinPanelScreen,ifthedisplayinpanelscreenisboxedwithredframe,“VoiceGuidanceKit”isavailable.
MEMO:
If[ManualMode]isselectedin[VoiceNavigation],nothingisgoingtohappenevenifVoiceRecognitionButtonispressed.
If“VoiceGuidanceKit”doesn’tproperlyoperate,checkthebelow.
• Enter Service Mode > [COPIER] > [DISPLAY] > [VERSION], and check whether languages to be used for [TTS-JA/TTS-EN/TTS-IT/TTS-FR/TTS-DE] are properly installed.
• Enter Service Mode > [COPIER] > [DISPLAY] > [VERSION], and check whether [ASR-JA/ASR-EN] is properly installed.
■ Tostoptheuse
1)PresstheResetKeyfor3secsormore.
9-134
9

9
9-135
VoiceGuidanceKit-F1
CheckingtheContents
[1] Speaker Unit (Upper) X 1 [2] Speaker Unit (Lower) X 1 [3] Voice Guidance Board Unit X 1 [4] Speaker Cable X 1 1 [5] Cord Guide X 7
[6] Ring Core X 2 [7] Screw(Binding; M4X20) X 2 2 [8] Screw(Binding; M4X16) X 2 2 [9] Screw(Binding; M3X16) X 1 [10] Screw(Binding; M4X6) X 1
3 [11] Screw(TP; M3X6) X 2
F-9-285
9-135
9

9
9-136
*1:3piecesareusedinthisInstallationprocedure.
*2:NotusedinthisInstallationprocedure.
*3:2screwsareusedinthisInstallationProcedure.
<CD/GUIDES>
• VoiceGuidancekitUsersGuide
• VoiceGuidanceGuideCD
• Sheet:FCC/IC
PointstonotewhenInstalling
Caution
TheColorImageReaderisnecessarytooperatethisequipment.
Wheninstallingtheequipment,seethe'CombinationTableofAccessoryInstallation'.
BesuretorefertoHostMachineInstallation“Howtodisconnectmainpower”.
9-136
9

9
9-137
1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpenalsotheRight 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
DeliveryUnitinthesametime.) 3)RemovetheRightRearCover1.
• 1Screw(RSTight;M4)
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• Clawin1place
x3
F-9-286
Claw
F-9-287
4) Ifreaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable. 5)RemovetheUSBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable.

Communication Cable USB Cable
• 2wireSaddle
• 1CableGuide
x2 x2
Reader Power
Cable
x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-288
F-9-289
9-137
9

9
9-138
6)Removethe2screws,andopenthegripin2places.
x2
Grips
F-9-290
7)Holdthegripin2places,removetheMainControllerPCB1whileavoidingtheremovedharness. 8)RemovetheVoiceOperationBoardSupportPlatefromtheMainControllerPCB1.(Donotusethe
removedSupportVoiceOperationBoard.)
• 2Screws(removedscrewwillbe
usedinstep9))
x2
F-9-291 F-9-292
9-138
9

9
9-139
9)InstalltheVoiceGuidanceBoardUnitintheMainControllerPCB1.
• 1Connector
• 2screws(2Screwsthatremovedinstep8))
• 2Screws(TP;M3×6)
x4
MEMO:
Makesurethattheconnectoris
installedproperly.
Connector
F-9-293
10)InstalltheMainControllerPCB1intheHostMachine.
Caution
ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tiltthe
x2
gripandinstallthe2screws.
Makesuretotiltthegripslowlyonboth
sidessimultaneously.
CheckthattheMainControllerPCB1is
installedproperly.
Grip
F-9-294
9-139
9

9
9-140
11)InstalltheUSBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable.
12)Ifreaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCable
fromtheconnectorsideandmake x2 [A]
aslackatApart.
BendtheReaderPowerCableata
rightangleonBpart.
Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-295
13)RemovethesmallcoverinstalledintheRightRearCover1. 14)Cutthe[A]partofRightRearCover1withnipper,etc.
• 1Screw 爪 [A]
• Clawin2places
x2
F-9-296
[A]
F-9-297
9-140
9

9
9-141
15)InstalltheRightRearCover1. 16)ClosetheRightLowerCoverandthe 17)RemovetheRubberCap,screw,andCoverSealfromtheReaderRightCover.(Donotusetheremoved

RightUpperCover. RubberCap,screwandCoverSeal.)
MEMO: Cover Seal
DonotclosetheRightRear
Cover1.
Rubber Cap
F-9-298
18)InstalltheSpeakerUnit(lower). 19)InstalltheSpeakerUnit(Upper).
• 2Screws(Bind;M4x20) • 1Screw(Bind;M4x6)
x2
F-9-300
F-9-299
9-141
9

9
9-142
20)InstalltheRingCoretobothsidesoftheSpeakerCable. 21)Removethecoverofthe3CordGuides.
50mm
F-9-301
22) Peel off the paper liner, and affix them in 3 places in the Cord Guide as shown in the figure. 23)ConnectbothsidesoftheSpeakerCablerespectively.
MEMO:
Ifthisisusedtogetherwiththe
CardReader-C1.
Usethewiresaddleenclosedwith
theCardReaderInstallationKit-B1
tothe[A]area.
[A]
F-9-302
F-9-303
9-142
9

9
9-143
24)PasstheSpeakerCablethroughtheholeoftheRightRearCover1,andclosethecover. 25)PasstheSpeakerCabletoCordGuide,andinstallthe3CordGuidecovers.
F-9-304
9-143
9

9
9-144
3)[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Accessibility]>[VoiceNavigationSettings]>andmakesurethat[UseVoiceNavigation]is[ON].
4)[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Accessibility]>[VoiceNavigationSettings]>andmakesurethat[VoiceGuidefromSpeakers]isdisplayed.
OperationCheck
■ <Duringuse>
1)Pressresetkey3secsormore.
2)Press[MainMenu]inControlPanel.
3)Ifthedisplayinpanelscreenisboxedwithredframe,“VoiceGuidanceKit”isavailable.
If“VoiceGuidanceKit”doesn’tproperlyoperate,checkthebelow.
• Enter Service Mode > [COPIER] > [DISPLAY] > [VERSION], and check whether languages to be used for [TTS-JA/TTS-EN/TTS-IT/TTS-FR/TTS-DE] are properly
installed.
■ <Tostoptheuse>
1)PresstheResetKeyfor3secsormore.
9-144
9

9
9-145
CardReader-C1
PointstoNoteWhenInstalling
Caution:
ToinstalltheCardReader-C1,theCardReaderMountingKit-B1isrequired.
CheckingtheContents
■ CardReader-C1
[1] Card Reader Unit x 1 [2] Screw (RS tight; M4X10) X 1 [3] Toothed washer x 1
F-9-305
<CD/Manuals>
• ChinaRoHSInstructionSheet
9-145
9

9
9-146
■ CardReaderAttachment-B1
[1] Card Reader Mounting Plate [2] Card Reader Mounting Plate [3] Card Reader Relay Unit x 1 [4] Connector Cover x 1 [5] Card Reader External
(front) Unit x 1 (rear) Unit x 1 Relay Harness x 1
[6] Cord Guide x 2 [7] PCB Spacer x 1 [8] Wire Saddle x 1 [9] Screw (TP; M4X12) x 2 [10] Screw (TP; M3X6) x 4
F-9-306
<CD/Manuals>
• ChinaRoHSInstructionSheet
TurningOFFtheHostMachin
Refertothehostmachineinstallation[TurningOFFtheMainPower].
9-146
9

9
9-147
Caution:
• Wheninstallingthisequipment,referto[OptionInstallationCombinationList]andinstallit.
• AfterinstallingtheCardReader-C1,inputthecardnumbertobeusedinservicemodeonthisequipment:[COPIER]>[FUNCTION]>[INSTALL]>[CARD];otherwisethecardcannotberecognizedeven
thoughitisinserted.
1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(RightUpperCoverwill 2)OpentheRightRearCoverUnit1.
opensimultaneously.) 3)RemovetheRightRearCoverUnit1.
• 1Screw(RStight;M4)
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• 1Claw
x3
Claw
F-9-307 F-9-308
9-147
9

9
9-148
4)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable. 5)RemovetheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable.
• 2Connectors
Control Panel
• 2WireSaddles
• 1CableGuide
x2
Reader Power x2
Cable
x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-309 F-9-310
6)Removethe2screwsandopenthe2grips.
x2
Grips
F-9-311
9-148
9

9
9-149
7)Holdthe2gripsandremovetheMainControllerPCB1while 8)Removethe2screwsandtheupperscrewofBlankingCoverfromtheMain
avoidingtheremovedharness. ControllerPCB1.(Removedscrewisusedintheprocedure10))
Blanking Cover
x3
F-9-312
F-9-313
9)RemovethescrewandremovethePCBSpacer.(Removedscrewisusedintheprocedure12))
PCB Spacer
F-9-314
9-149
9

9
9-150
10)InstalltheCardReaderRelayUnit. 11)InstalltheconnectorofCardReaderExternalRelayHarness.
• 3Screws(screwsremoved
instep8))
• 1Connector
x3
F-9-315
F-9-316
12)InstalltheConnectorCover.
• 1screw(screwremovedinstep9))
Caution:
Installitinthepositionwherethetie-wrapof
CardReaderExternalRelayHarnessisinside
theConnectorCover..
F-9-317
9-150
9

9
9-151
Caution:
• Liftthehandle,inserttheMainControllerPCB1untilit
stops,tiltthegripandinstallthe2screws.
x2
• Makesuretotiltthegripslowlyonbothsides
simultaneously.
• CheckthattheMainControllerPCB1isinstalled
properly.
Grips
F-9-318
14)InstalltheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable.
15)WhentheReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable..
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPowerCablefromtheconnectorsideand
makeaslackatApart.
BendtheReaderPowerCableatarightangleonBpart. x2 [A]
Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-319
9-151
9

9
9-152
16)PasstheCardReaderExternalRelayHarnessthroughtheRightRearCoverUnit1andinstallit.
• 1Screws(RStight;M4)
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• 1Claw
• 1WireSaddle x3
Wire Saddle
F-9-320
17)ClosetheRightRearCoverUnit1,RightLowerCoverandtheRight 18)RemovetheJumperfromtheconnectorofCardReaderUnit.
UpperCover. (RemovedJumperwillnotbeused.)
F-9-321
9-152
9

9
9-153
19)InstalltheCardReaderUnittotheCardReaderMountingPlate(front)Unit. 20)Removethe2BlankingSealfromtheReaderRightCover.
• 1ToothedWasher Blanking Seal
• 1Screw(RStight;M4X10)
• 1Wiresaddle
Wire Saddle
Toothed Washer
F-9-322
F-9-323
21)InstalltheCardReaderInstallationPlate(rear)tothehostmachine. 22)ConnecttheCardReaderExternalRelayHarnesstotheconnectorofCardReaderUnit.
• 2Screws(TP; • 1Connector
M4X12) • 1EdgeSaddle Connector
x2
Edge
Saddle
F-9-324
F-9-325
9-153
9

9
9-154
23)InstalltheCardReaderMountingPlate(front)UnittotheCardReaderMountingPlate(rear). 24)Removethe2coversofCordGuide.
• 4Screws(TP;M3X6)
CAUTION:
x4
Donotpinchtheharness.
F-9-327
F-9-326
25) Remove the backing paper of Cord Guide and put it in the 2 places indicated in the figure.
26)Removethefaceseal,andinstallthewiresaddle.
Wire saddle
Cord Guide
F-9-328
9-154
9

9
9-155
27)PuttheCardReaderExternalRelayHarnessthroughthe2placesofCordGuideandinstallthecover. 29)ConnectthePowerPlugintotheoutlet.
28)FixtheCardReaderExternalRelayHarnesswiththeWireSaddle. 30)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONtheMain
PowerSwitch.
F-9-329
SettingAfterInstallation
1)ServiceMode
MEMO: 2)Select:[COPIER]>[FUNCTION]>[INSTALL]>[CARD]andenterthecardnumbertobeused(1 MEMO:
Thenumberofcard(numberof to2001). Aftersetting,ifarequestarisesfrom
department)canbechangedifa • Inputtheminimumcardnumbertobeusedbyauser. auserandchangingthenumberof
requestarisesfromauser.Makethis • 1000cardsfromtheinputtednumbercanbeused. card(numberofdepartment),make
settingbeforethestep2). 3)Toenablethesettingvalue,turnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. afollowingsetting.Inthatcase,
• Changethesettingvalueinservice 4)InsertthecardwiththeregisteredcardNo.andmakesurethatitisinstandby. thecurrentcounterinformationby
mode(level2)>[COPIER]> departmentwillbereset.
[OPTION]>[FNC-SW]>[CARD- • Executeinservicemode:>
RNG]. [COPIER]>[FUNCTION]>[CLEAR]
• Toenablethesettingvalue,turn >[CARD].
OFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • Specifythevalueinservicemode
• Afterthat,gothroughtheprocedure (level2):>[COPIER]>[OPTION]>
fromstep1). [FNC-SW]>[CARD-RNG].
• Afterthat,gothroughtheprocedure
fromstep1).
9-155
9

9
9-156
CopyTray-J1
Checkingthecontents
[1] Copy Tray x 1
F-9-330
TurningOFFthehostmachine
Refertothehostmachineinstallation:“TurningOFFthemainpower”.
9-156
9

9
9-157
Installationprocedure
1) Remove the Right Delivery Frame Cover with flat-blade screwdriver.

• 2Claws
claw
x2
F-9-331
2)InstalltheCopyTray. 3)ConnectthePowerPlugintotheoutlet.
• 2Claws 4)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONtheMain
PowerSwitch.
F-9-332
9-157
9

9
9-158
Settingafterinstallation
1)ServiceMode.
2) Select: [COPIER] > [OPTION] > [ACC] > [OUT-TRAY] and register ”1”.
4)Select:[Settings/Registration]>[FunctionSettings]>[Common]>[PaperOutputSettings]andcheckthat[DeliveryTraySettings]menuis
added.
5)SelecteithertrayBorCtocopy,andperformtestcopy.
6)CheckthatthepaperisoutputintheCopyTray.
7)Resetthetrayinaccordancewiththeuser’srequest.
9-158
9

9
9-159
Inner2-wayTray-F1
CheckingtheContents
[1] Inner 2way Tray X1 [2] Insert pin X1 [3] Screw (TP; M3X6) X1 [4] Second Delivery Full
Detection Lever X 1
*NotusedinthisInstallationprocedure. F-9-333
TurningOfftheMainPowerSwitch
9-159
9

9
9-160
1) Release the claw of the Inner 2way Tray Support using flat-blade screwdriver, and release the Inner 2way Tray from the host machine.
2)TurnovertheInner2wayTraySupportandinstalltothehostmachine.
• 1Screw(TP;M3x6)
F-9-334
3)InserttheInner2wayTrayto2slotsoftheDeliveryAssembly,andhookittotheslotoftheInner2wayTraySupport.
MEMO:
InserttheInner2wayTray
totheslotoftheDelivery
Assemblyandhookittothe
SecondTraySupportsothat
bossisinsertedtotheInner
RearCover1.
Caution:
CheckthattheInner2wayTray
UnitisinsertedtotheInner
2wayTraySupport.
F-9-335
9-160
9

9
9-161
4) Insert the insert pin into the hole of the In Tray, and fix to the Inner 2way Tray Support. 5)SelectcopytotheTrayB,andperformtestConnectthePowerPlugintotheoutlet.
6)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONtheMainPowerSwitch.
F-9-336
Settingafterinstallation
1)ServiceMode
2) [COPIER] > [OPTION] > [ACC] > [IN-TRAY], and set “1”
4)[Settings/Registration]>[FunctionSettings]>[Common]>[PaperOutputSettings]>[OutputTraySettings],andcheckthatmenuisadded.
5)SelectcopytotheTrayB,andperformtestcopy.
6)CheckthatacopyisdeliveredtotheInner2wayTray.
7)Setthetrayinaccordancewithuser’srequest.
9-161
9

9
9-162
AdditionalMemoryTypeB(512MB)
Checkingthecontents
[1] Expansion RAM x 1
F-9-337
Pre-Check
1)Checkthememorycapacity.
• Service Mode > COPIER > DISAPLAY > ACC-STS > RAM
2)Exittheservicemode.
Refertothehostmachineinstallation:“TurningOFFthemainpower”.
9-162
9

9
9-163
1)RemovetheLeftRearCover. 2)IftheReaderisinstalled,removetheReader
CommunicationCable.
• 2RubberCaps
• 2Screws Rubber Caps
• 5Claws
x2
Claws
x5
Rubber Caps
F-9-338 F-9-339
3)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. 4)IfFAXisinstalled,disconnecttheFAXcable.
• 1Screw
• 1Hook hook
Left Rear
Sub Cover
F-9-340 F-9-341
9-163
9

9
9-164
5)HoldthegripandremovetheMainControllerPCB2.
• 2Screws
x2
Grip
F-9-342
6)InstalltheExpansionRAM.
F-9-343
9-164
9

9
9-165
7)InstalltheMainControllerPCB2.
Caution:
• Liftthegripandinsertthe
MainControllerPCB2.
x2
Whenittouchestheend,
tiltthegripandinstallitwith
2screws.
• Makesuretotiltthegrip
slowlyonbothsides
simultaneously.
• CheckthattheMain
ControllerPCB2is Grip
installedproperly.
F-9-344
8)Installtheremovedcoverandthecable.
• ConnecttheFAXcable.(IftheFAXisinstalled.)
• InstalltheLeftRearSubCover.
• InstalltheReaderCommunicationCable(iftheReaderisinstalled).
• InstalltheLeftReaderCover.
9)ConnectthePowerPlugtotheOutlet.
10)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONtheMainPowerSwitch.
9-165
9

9
9-166
1)AfteraddingtheExpansionRAM,checkthatthememorycapacityisincreased.
• Service mode > COPIER > DISAPLAY > ACC-STS > RAM
2)Exittheservicemode.
.
9-166
9

9
9-167
ExpansionBus-F1,IPSecBoard-B2,WirelessLANBoard-B1InstallationProcedure
PointstoNotewhenInstalling
Caution
“PCIBusExpansionKit-F1”isrequiredtoset“IPSecBoard-B2”and“WirelessLANBoard-B1”
Whenusingwith"SerialInterfaceKit-K1"or"CopyControlInterfaceKit-A1",install"SerialInterfaceKit-K1"or"CopyControlInterfaceKit-A1"beforehand.
Thefollowing“RemovingMainControllerPCB1”,thereare3proceduresbasedontheinstallationcombination.
ExpansionBus-F1 IPSecSecurityBoard-B2 WirelessLANBoard-B1 Referenceforinstallation

○ ○ - Besuretoreferto“ToinstallExpansionBus-F1andIPSecBoard-B2atthesametime”
Besuretoreferto“ToinstallExpansionBus-F1andWirelessLANBoard-B1andIPSecBoard-B2atthesame
○ - ○
time”.
Besuretoreferto“ToinstallExpansionBus-F1andWirelessLANBoard-B1andIPSecBoard-B2atthesame
○ ○ ○
time”.
T-9-9
9-167
9

9
9-168
Checkingthecontents
■ ExpansionBus-F1
[1] PCI Bus Expansion PCB × 1 1 [2] Riser Support Plate × 1 [3] PCB Spacer × 3 2 [4] Screw(TP; M3×6) × 5
*1Thisisusedwhenconnectingthe“IPSecBoard-B2”. F-9-345
*22outof5screwsareused.
■ IPSecBoard-B2
[1] IPSec Security PCB × 1 [2] Wireless LAN Auxiliary Plate ×1 [3] Screw(TP; M3×6) × 2
*Notused F-9-346
<CD/Guides>
• FCC/ICInstructionSheetforUASonly
9-168
9

9
9-169
■ WirelessLANBoard-B1
[1] Wireless LAN Board x 1 [2] Bulk Head Unit x 1 [3] PCI Bus Expansion PCB x 1 [4] Wireless LAN Auxiliary Plate x 1
[5] Wireless LAN Support Plate x 1 2 [6] Wireless LAN Support Plate x 1 [7] MFP Antenna x 1 1 [8] Antenna Tape x 1Sheet [9] Wireless LAN Indication Label x 1
[10] Cord Guide(L90) x 3 3 [11] Screw(TP; M3x6) x 5
F-9-347
9-169
9

9
9-170
*1Besuretokeeptheremainingofthe3sheetsoftape,asitmightbeneededforlateruse.
*2Notused.
*33outof5screwsareused.
<CD/Guides>
• UsersManual
• WirelessLANUserManualCD
• Sheet:FCC/IC(UASonly)
TurningtheHostMachineOFF
9-170
9

9
9-171
■ RemovingtheMainControllerPCB1
1)OpentheRightLowerCover(OpenalsotheRight 2)OpentheRightRearCover1.
DeliveryUnitinthesametime). 3)RemovetheRightRearCover1.
• 1Screw(RSTight;M4)
• 2Screws(TP;M3)
• Clawin1place
x3
F-9-348
Claw
F-9-349
4)IfReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable. 5)RemovetheUSBcableandControlPanelCommunicationCable.
• 1WireSaddle
• 1CableGuide
x2 x2
Reader Power
Cable

x2 Cable Guide
Wire Saddles
Connectors
F-9-350
F-9-351
9-171
9

9
9-172
6)Removethe2screws,openthegripin2places. 7)Holdthegripin2places,removetheMainControllerPCB1
whileavoidingtheremovedharness.
x2
Grips
F-9-352
F-9-353
9-172
9

9
9-173
■ ToinstallExpansionBus-F1andIPSecBoard-B2inthesametime
1)InstallthePCIBusExpansionPCBinRiserSupportPlate. 2)Removethe3screwsoftheMainControllerPCB1,andinstallthe3PCBSpacers.
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(intheExpansionBus-F1contents) • 3Screws(removedscrewwillbeusedinstep3))
x2 x3
F-9-355
F-9-354
3)InstallthePCIBusExpansionPCBbyinsertingittotheconnectoroftheMainControllerPCB1. 4)InstalltheIPSecSecurityPCBbyinsertingittotheconnectorofthePCIBusExpansionPCB.
• 3Screws(screwsremovedinstep2)). • 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(intheIPSecBoard-B2contents)
x3 x2
F-9-356 F-9-357
9-173
9

9
9-174
Caution:
ControllerPCB1untilitstops,
tiltthegripandinstallthe2 x2
screws.
Makesuretotiltthegripslowly
Grip
F-9-358
6)InstalltheUSBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable. 8)InstalltheRightRearCover1.
7)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. 9)ClosetheRightLowerCover.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPower
Cablefromtheconnector x2 [A]
sideandmakeaslackatA
part.
BendtheReaderPower
CableatarightangleonB Cable Guide
part. Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-359
9-174
9

9
9-175
■ ToinstalltheExpansionBus-F1,CordlessWirelessLANBoard-B1andIPSecBoard-B2inthesametime.
Caution:Pointstonoteat
installation
Besurenottoinstallincorrect
WirelessLANSupportPlate.
F-9-360
installation
FortheBulkHeadUnit,be
sure to install the flat surface
oftheterminalassemblyfacing
upward.
F-9-361
9-175
9

9
9-176
1)InstalltheBulkHeadUnitintheWirelessLANSupportPlate. 2)InstallthePCIBusExpansionPCB(intheExpansionBus-F1contents)inthePCIExpansionSupportPlate.
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(intheWirelessLANBoard-B1contents)).
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(inthe PCI Bus Expansion PCB
ExpansionBus-F1contents)
x2
x2 Caution:Notewheninstalling
BesuretoinstallthePCIBus
ExpansionPCBtocomeunder
[A]partofPCIExpansion
SupportPlate. [A]
PCI Expansion Support Plate
Wireless LAN Support Plate Bulk Head Unit F-9-363
F-9-362
3)InserttheWirelessLANBoardtotheconnectorofthePCIBusExpansionPCB,andinstallitinPCI 4)RemovetheCoverPlatefromtheMainControllerRollerPCB1(TheremovedCoverPlatewillnot
ExpansionSupportPlate. beusedanymore).
• 1Screw(TP;M3x6)(intheWirelessLANBoard-B1contents). • 2Screws(theremovedscrewwillbeusedinstep7))
x2
F-9-364
F-9-365
9-176
9

9
9-177
5)Removethe3screwsoftheMainControllerPCB1,andinstallthe3PCBSpacers(inthePCIBusExpansionKitContent).
• 3Screws(theremovedscrewswillbeusedinstep6)).
x3
F-9-366
6)InstallthePCIExpansionSupportPlateassembledatstep3)intheMainControllerPCB1.
• 3Screws(usethescrewsremoved
instep5)).
x3
Caution:
DonottucktheFanCablewhen
installingthePCIExpansion
SupportPlate.
F-9-367
9-177
9

9
9-178
7)InstalltheWirelessLANSupportPlateassembledinstep1)intheMainControllerPCB1.
• 2Screws(usethescrewsremoved
instep4))
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(intheWireless
x4
LANBoard-B1Contents)
Caution:
DonottucktheFanCable
whentighteningthescrewof
WirelessLANSupportPlate.
F-9-368
.
8)InserttheterminalofBulkHeadUnitintotheindicatedposition.
MEMO:
MEMO: ToinstalltheIPSecSecurityBoard,performstep9)
Makesurethattheterminal to11).IfIPSecSecurityBoardisnottobeinstalled,
issecurelysettled. performfromstep12.
F-9-369
9-178
9

9
9-179
9)RemovetheplateoftheIPSecSecurityPCB.(Removedplateisnotusedanymore). 10)TurntheIPSecSecurityPCB(intheIPSecBoard-B2contents)upsidedown,andinstalltheWirelessLAN
AuxiliaryPlate(intheWirelessLANBoard-B1content)..
• 2Screws(Removedscrewswillbeusedinstep10)).
• 2Screws(usethescrews IPSec Security PCB
removedinstep9)).
x2 x2
Wireless LAN
F-9-370
Auxiliary Plate
F-9-371
11)InstalltheIPSecSecurityPCBbyinsertingittotheconnectorofthePCIBusExpansionPCB.
• 2Screws(TP;M3x6)(inthe
IPSecBoard-B2contents)
x2
F-9-372
9-179
9

9
9-180
Caution:
ControllerPCB1untilitstops,
tiltthegripandinstallthe2 x2
screws.
Makesuretotiltthegripslowly
Grip
F-9-373
13)InstalltheUSBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable. 15)InstalltheRightRearCover1.
14)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. 16)ClosetheRightLowerCover.
MEMO:
HandletheReaderPower
Cablefromtheconnector x2 [A]
sideandmakeaslackatA
part.
BendtheReaderPower
CableatarightangleonB Cable Guide
part. Wire Saddles
[B]
Reader Power Cable
Connectors
F-9-374
9-180
9

9
9-181
18) Affix the Antenna Tape in MFP Antenna, and affix it in the Reader. 19)Removethecoverofthe3CordGuide.
Caution:Pointstonoteat [B]
installation
TopreventtheMFPAntenna
frombeingcaughtbyADF,put [A]
itwithin60mmfromtheback
side. Antenna Tape
Makesurethat[A]partoverlaps
with[B]line. 60mm F-9-376
MFP Antenna
F-9-375
20)Peeloffthepaperliner,andinstalltheCordGuide.
installation
Be sure to affix the Cord Guide
25mmfromtheRightRear
Cover1.
Cord Guide
Right Rear Cover 1
25mm
F-9-377
F-9-378
9-181
9

9
9-182
21)PasstheMFPAntennaCabletotheCordGuide,and 22)OpentheRightRearCover1,inserttheconnectorofMFPAntennatotheterminaloftheMainControllerPCB1.
installtheCordGuideCover.
• 1WireSaddle
Connector
Wire saddle
Right Rear Cover 1
F-9-380
F-9-379
.
23) Affix the Wireless LAN Indication Label.
MEMO:
Besurethattheslackofthe
MFPAntennaCableisinthe
backsidelowerpartofthe
HostMachine.
F-9-381
F-9-382
9-182
9

9
9-183
WhenIPSecSecurityBoardhasalreadybeeninstalled
1)InsertthePowerPlugintheoutlet.
3) [Settings/Reristration] > [Preference] > [Network] > [Confirm Network Connection Set. Changes ] > turn it [ON].
4)[Settings/Reristration]>[Preference]>[Network]>andselect[TCP/IPSettings].
5)Besurethat“IPSecSettings”isdisplayed.
WhenWirelessLANBoardhasbeenalreadyinstalled
1)InsertthePowerPlugintheoutlet.
3)[Settings/Reristration]>[Preference]>select[ExternalInterface].
4)Besurethat“ExtensionCardSettings”isdisplayed.
9-183
9

Appendix
■ ServiceTools
■ GeneralCircuitDiagram
■ GeneralTimingChart
■ UserMode
■ BackupData

II
ServiceTools
SpecialTools
Inadditiontothestandardtoolsset,thefollowingspecialtoolsarerequiredwhenservicingthemachine:
Toolname ToolNo. Ctgr Appearance Remarks
Digitalmultimeter FY9-2002 A Usedasaprobeextensionwhenmakingelectricalchecks.
DoorSwitch TKN-0093 A
Testerextensionpin FY9-3038 A
Testerextensionpin FY9-3039 A Useforelectricalchecks.

(L-shaped)
CA-7testSheet FY9-9323 A Usedforadjusting/checkingimages.
II

III
Toolname ToolNo. Ctgr Appearance Remarks
Loupe CK-0056 B Usedforcheckingimages.
Cleaningtool - A Tocleanthefeedguide-Thisisnotaservicetool.-1ofthisare
enclosedatshipmentofthehostmachine.
Tospearl240 FY9-6007-000 B ITBCleaningBladeLubricant.
Mirrorpositioningtool FY9-3040-040 B Usedforpositioningmirrormounts.
Reference:Category T-9-10
A:Mustbekeptbyeachserviceengineer.
B: Must be kept by each group of about five engineers.
C:Mustbekeptbyeachwarkshop
III

IV
SolventsandOils
Item Uses Composition Remarks
Alcohol Cleaning;e.g., • Fluoride-familyhydrocarbon • Do not bring near fire.
glass,plastic,rubber;externalcovers. • Alcohol • Procurelocally.
• Surfaceactivating • Substitute:
• Water IPA(isopropyalcohol)
Solvent Cleaning;e.g., • Fluoride-familyhydrocarbon • Do not bring near fire.
metal;oilortonerstain. • Chlorine-familyhydrocarbon • Procurelocally.
• Alcohol • Substitute:MEK
Heat-resistinggrease Lubrication; e.g., fixing drive areas. • Mineraloil-familylithiumsoap • MO-138S
• Molybdenum disulfide • ToolNo:CK-0427(500g/can)
Lubricatingoil Mineral oil (paraffin-family) • ToolNo:CK-0524(100cc)
Lubricatingoil Lubrication;e.g.,driveareas,frictionareas. • Siliconeoil • ToolNo:CK-0551(20g)
Lubricatingoil Lubrication;e.g.,gears. • Specialoil • Tool No: HY9-0007
(EM-50L) • Specialsolidlubricatingagent
• Lithiumsoap
Lubricatingoil Lubrication;e.g.,scannerrail. • Siliconeoil • Tool No: FY9-6011 (50 cc)
Fixingpressurebeltunit
Conductinggrease Lubrication;e.g.,edgeofsecondarytransferroller,drumheaterslidingarea. • Fluorinepolywthyl • Tool No: FY9-6008 (75 g)
• Polytetra fluorune ethylene
T-9-11
IV

V
GeneralTimingChart
GeneralTimingChart

■ A4single-sided2printsfullcolor
Start key ON Imaging ready timing
Printer unit PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY
Drum motor (Y)
Drum motor (M)
Drum motor (C)
Drum motor (Bk)
Pre-exposure LED(Y)
Pre-exposure LED(M)
Pre-exposure LED(C)
Pre-exposure LED(Bk)
Primary charging AC bias(Y)
Primary charging AC bias(M)
Primary charging AC bias(C)
Primary charging AC bias(Bk)
Primary charging DC bias(Y)
Primary charging DC bias(M)
Primary charging DC bias(C)
Primary charging DC bias(Bk)
Reference signal
PVREQ signal
Laser(Y) Y1 Y2
作 Laser(M) M1 M2
像
系 Laser(C) C1 C2
Laser(Bk) Bk1 Bk2
Developing AC bias(Y)
Developing AC bias(M)
Developing AC bias(C)
Developing AC bias(Bk)
Developing DC bias(Y)
Developing DC bias(M)
Developing DC bias(C)
Developing DC bias(Bk)
Developing motor(Y)
Developing motor(M)
Developing motor(C)
Developing motor(Bk)
Primary transfer bias(Y)
Primary transfer bias(M)
Primary transfer bias(C)
Primary transfer bias(Bk)
Secondary transfer bias
Scanner motor(YM),(CBk)
First & Second delivery motor
Cassette 1 pickup motor
給 Cassette 1 pickup solenoid

紙
搬 Cassette 1 pre-registration sensor
送
系 Registration motor
Registration sensor
Fixing inlet sensor
Fixing delivery motor
定 Fixing motor
着
系 Fixing heater
F-9-383
V
VI
■ A4single-sided2printsBkcolor
Start key ON Imaging ready timing

Printer unit PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY
Drum motor (Bk)
Pre-exposure LED(Bk)
Primary charging AC bias(Bk)
Primary charging DC bias(Bk)

Image formation system
Reference signal
PVREQ signal
Laser(Bk)
Developing AC bias(Bk)
Developing DC bias(Bk)
Developing motor(Bk)
Primary transfer bias(Bk)
Secondary transfer bias
Scanner motor(Bk)
First & Second delivery motor
Cassette 1 pickup motor

Pickup/feed system
Cassette 1 pickup solenoid
Cassette 1 pre-registration sensor
Registration motor
Registration sensor
Fixing inlet sensor
Fixing delivery motor

Fixing system
Fixing motor
Fixing heater
F-9-384
VI
VII
GeneralCircuitDiagram
GeneralCircuitDiagram(1/16)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H1 SW1
Fixing heater Main power supply switch
J5014D

Image Runner Advance c5051 Series SM Rev0 092409

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Image Runner Advance c5051 Series SM Rev0 092409

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

September 24, 2009

imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051/C5045/C5035/C5030 Series

(C) CANON INC. 2009

Remove the screw.

Tighten the screw.

CDRH Act Handling of Laser System

A different description may be used for a different product.

Turn power switch ON Safety of Toner

Do not throw toner into fire. It may cause explosion.

Toner on Clothing or Skin

Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery

RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.

Wenn mit dem falschen Typ ausgewechselt, besteht Explosionsgefahr.

Notes Before Servicing

Product Lineup imageRUNNER ADVANCE C50 51

Host machine A: Product category (90: Production model, 50 : Office model)

■ Host machine configuration

【19】 【14】 【13】

Feature Features at servicing

■ New type connector is adopted

High image quality ITB

Low running cost

High image quality

Main Power Switch

[1] Main Power Switch

[1] Control Panel Power Switch [9] ID (authentication) Key

Set Destination 1/1

[1] Preferences [4] Set Destination

● Difference of Settings / Registration menu

4) A detailed explanation on the

2) Then the selected electrical

3) If the "i" button is pressed,

OPTION BODY OPTION ENV-SET ● Security measure

<VERSION > < 1/ 8 > < READY > <LEVEL 1 >

Display I/O Adjust Function Option Test Counter

<VERSION > < 1/ 2 > < READY > <LEVEL 2 >

Basic Configuration ■ Basic sequence

Period Definition Definition ● Print sequence

PSTBY PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY

Fixing motor(M21) disengage

The following adjustments to work, depending on the status of the product.

Period Definition Definition

Controller System ■ Specifications / configuration

Parts name Function, specifications, features

DDR2-SDRAM DDR2-SDRAM (M0)

F-2-9 DDR2-SDRAM (P)

* The capacity differs according to the location or model

LAN USB (D)

USB (H) Flash

*1: There is 1 port on the control panel as well

Wireless LAN PCB Image

F link PCB (main) F link PCB (sub)

Wireless LAN PCB Expansion Bus PCB Open I/F PCB

Name Function, specifications, features Main controller PCB 2

FSTDEV Image data (User Box)

Standby screen display

■ Flow of Image Data HDD

Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller ● Box

HDD HDD Image data buffer

I/F Rendering Print type image Image processing

Main Controller Riser PCB Main Controller

protection) TPM PCB

【19】【14】【13】

<VERSION > <　1/ 8　> < READY > <LEVEL 1 >

<VERSION > <　1/ 2　> < READY > <LEVEL 2 >